Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1479465f GJ |
1 | # French translations for the dpkg's manpages. |
2 | # Traduction française des pages de manuel de dpkg. | |
3 | # | |
4 | # Philippe Batailler <philippe.batailler@free.fr>, 2005, 2006. | |
5 | # Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2006, 2007. | |
6 | # Florent USSEIL <swiip81@free.fr>, 2008. | |
7 | # Christian Perrier <bubulle@debian.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. | |
8 | # Vincent Thomas <thomas@vinc-net.fr>, 2014 | |
9 | # Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>, 2014. | |
10 | msgid "" | |
11 | msgstr "" | |
12 | "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.0\n" | |
13 | "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n" | |
14 | "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-06-26 10:10+0000\n" | |
15 | "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-12-17 16:41+0100\n" | |
16 | "Last-Translator: Sébastien Poher <sbphr@volted.net>\n" | |
17 | "Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" | |
18 | "Language: fr\n" | |
19 | "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" | |
20 | "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" | |
21 | "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" | |
22 | "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" | |
23 | "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" | |
24 | ||
25 | #. type: TH | |
26 | #: deb.man | |
27 | #, no-wrap | |
28 | msgid "deb" | |
29 | msgstr "deb" | |
30 | ||
31 | #. type: TH | |
32 | #: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man | |
33 | #: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man | |
34 | #: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man | |
35 | #: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man | |
36 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man | |
37 | #: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
38 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
39 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
40 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
41 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man | |
42 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
43 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
44 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
45 | #: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man | |
46 | #, no-wrap | |
47 | msgid "%RELEASE_DATE%" | |
48 | msgstr "" | |
49 | ||
50 | #. type: TH | |
51 | #: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man | |
52 | #: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man | |
53 | #: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man | |
54 | #: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man | |
55 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man | |
56 | #: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
57 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
58 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
59 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
60 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man | |
61 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
62 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
63 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
64 | #: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man | |
65 | #, no-wrap | |
66 | msgid "%VERSION%" | |
67 | msgstr "" | |
68 | ||
69 | #. type: TH | |
70 | #: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man | |
71 | #: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man | |
72 | #: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man | |
73 | #: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man | |
74 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man | |
75 | #: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
76 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
77 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
78 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
79 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man | |
80 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
81 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
82 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
83 | #: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man | |
84 | #, no-wrap | |
85 | msgid "dpkg suite" | |
86 | msgstr "suite dpkg" | |
87 | ||
88 | #. type: SH | |
89 | #: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man | |
90 | #: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man | |
91 | #: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man | |
92 | #: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man | |
93 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man | |
94 | #: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
95 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
96 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
97 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
98 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man | |
99 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
100 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
101 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
102 | #: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man | |
103 | #, no-wrap | |
104 | msgid "NAME" | |
105 | msgstr "NOM" | |
106 | ||
107 | #. type: Plain text | |
108 | #: deb.man | |
109 | msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" | |
110 | msgstr "deb - Format des paquets binaires Debian" | |
111 | ||
112 | #. type: SH | |
113 | #: deb.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man deb-control.man | |
114 | #: deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man deb-split.man | |
115 | #: deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man | |
116 | #: deb-extra-override.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man deb-postinst.man | |
117 | #: deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man deb-triggers.man dsc.man | |
118 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
119 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
120 | #: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
121 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
122 | #: dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
123 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
124 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
125 | #: start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man | |
126 | #, no-wrap | |
127 | msgid "SYNOPSIS" | |
128 | msgstr "SYNOPSIS" | |
129 | ||
130 | #. type: Plain text | |
131 | #: deb.man deb-split.man deb-old.man | |
132 | msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" | |
133 | msgstr "I<nom-du-fichier>B<.deb>" | |
134 | ||
135 | #. type: SH | |
136 | #: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man | |
137 | #: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man | |
138 | #: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man | |
139 | #: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man | |
140 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man | |
141 | #: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
142 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
143 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
144 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
145 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man | |
146 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
147 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
148 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
149 | #: dselect.cfg.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man | |
150 | #, no-wrap | |
151 | msgid "DESCRIPTION" | |
152 | msgstr "DESCRIPTION" | |
153 | ||
154 | #. type: Plain text | |
155 | #: deb.man | |
156 | msgid "" | |
157 | "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " | |
158 | "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 " | |
159 | "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)." | |
160 | msgstr "" | |
161 | "Le format B<.deb> est le format des paquets binaires de Debian. Il est " | |
162 | "compatible depuis la version 0.93.76 de dpkg, et il est généré par défaut " | |
163 | "depuis les versions 1.2.0 de dpkg et 1.1.1elf (constructions i386/ELF)." | |
164 | ||
165 | #. type: Plain text | |
166 | #: deb.man | |
167 | msgid "" | |
168 | "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " | |
169 | "format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." | |
170 | msgstr "" | |
171 | "Le format décrit ici est utilisé depuis la version 0.93 de Debian ; les " | |
172 | "détails concernant le vieux format sont consultables dans B<deb-old>(5)." | |
173 | ||
174 | #. type: SH | |
175 | #: deb.man deb-split.man deb-old.man | |
176 | #, no-wrap | |
177 | msgid "FORMAT" | |
178 | msgstr "FORMAT" | |
179 | ||
180 | #. type: Plain text | |
181 | #: deb.man | |
182 | msgid "" | |
183 | "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only " | |
184 | "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name " | |
185 | "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which " | |
186 | "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are " | |
187 | "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 " | |
188 | "MiB member files." | |
189 | msgstr "" | |
190 | "Ce fichier est une archive B<ar> avec une valeur magique de B<!" | |
191 | "E<lt>archE<gt>>. Seul le format commun B<ar> est géré, sans extension pour " | |
192 | "les noms longs de fichiers, mais avec optionnellement un caractère « / » " | |
193 | "final, ce qui limite leur longueur utile à 15 caractères (sur les 16 " | |
194 | "autorisés). Les tailles de fichiers sont limitées à 10 chiffres décimaux " | |
195 | "ASCII, ce qui permet d'utiliser des fichiers membres d'une taille jusqu'à " | |
196 | "environ 9536,74 Mio." | |
197 | ||
198 | #. type: Plain text | |
199 | #: deb.man | |
200 | #, fuzzy | |
201 | #| msgid "" | |
202 | #| "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the " | |
203 | #| "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (only the new style " | |
204 | #| "long pathnames and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17), and " | |
205 | #| "the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg 1.15.0). " | |
206 | #| "Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error." | |
207 | msgid "" | |
208 | "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the " | |
209 | "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames " | |
210 | "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since " | |
211 | "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg " | |
212 | "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar " | |
213 | "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, " | |
214 | "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support " | |
215 | "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID " | |
216 | "and device numbers." | |
217 | msgstr "" | |
218 | "Les archives B<tar> actuellement gérées sont le format v7 d'origine, le " | |
219 | "format ustar pré-POSIX, un sous-ensemble du format GNU (uniquement le " | |
220 | "nouveau format de noms longs pour les chemins et les liens, gérés depuis " | |
221 | "dpkg 1.4.1.17) et le format ustar POSIX (noms longs gérés depuis dpkg " | |
222 | "1.15.0). Les marqueurs tar (« typeflags ») inconnus provoquent une erreur." | |
223 | ||
224 | #. type: Plain text | |
225 | #: deb.man | |
226 | msgid "" | |
227 | "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " | |
228 | "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " | |
229 | "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " | |
230 | "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " | |
231 | "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " | |
232 | "the case." | |
233 | msgstr "" | |
234 | "Le premier membre est nommé B<debian-binary> et contient une succession de " | |
235 | "lignes, séparées par des caractères saut de ligne. Pour le moment, une seule " | |
236 | "ligne est présente : le numéro de version du format, B<2.0> à l'heure où ce " | |
237 | "document a été écrit. Les programmes lisant des archives Debian récentes " | |
238 | "doivent être préparés à une augmentation du numéro de version mineur et à la " | |
239 | "présence de nouvelles lignes, et doivent les ignorer si tel est le cas." | |
240 | ||
241 | #. type: Plain text | |
242 | #: deb.man | |
243 | msgid "" | |
244 | "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " | |
245 | "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " | |
246 | "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " | |
247 | "(except at the end), as described below." | |
248 | msgstr "" | |
249 | "Si le numéro de version majeur a changé, cela signifie qu'une modification " | |
250 | "entraînant une incompatibilité entre les versions a été effectuée, et le " | |
251 | "programme doit alors s'arrêter. Si ce n'est pas le cas, le programme doit " | |
252 | "être en mesure de continuer à traiter correctement le fichier, à moins qu'il " | |
253 | "ne rencontre un membre non reconnu dans l'archive (excepté à la fin de cette " | |
254 | "dernière), comme décrit ci-dessous." | |
255 | ||
256 | #. type: Plain text | |
257 | #: deb.man | |
258 | #, fuzzy | |
259 | #| msgid "" | |
260 | #| "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive " | |
261 | #| "containing the package control information, either not compressed " | |
262 | #| "(supported since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> " | |
263 | #| "extension) or xz (with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), as a " | |
264 | #| "series of plain files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and " | |
265 | #| "contains the core control information. The control tarball may optionally " | |
266 | #| "contain an entry for `B<.>', the current directory." | |
267 | msgid "" | |
268 | "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive " | |
269 | "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported " | |
270 | "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz " | |
271 | "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), as a series of plain files, " | |
272 | "of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control " | |
273 | "information, the B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and B<symbols> files " | |
274 | "contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, B<postinst>, " | |
275 | "B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. The control " | |
276 | "tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current directory." | |
277 | msgstr "" | |
278 | "Le second membre requis est nommé B<control.tar>. Il s'agit d'une archive " | |
279 | "tar, soit non compressée (gérée depuis dpkg 1.17.6) ou compressée grâce à " | |
280 | "gzip (avec extension B<.gz>) ou xz (avec extension B<.xz>, gérée depuis dpkg " | |
281 | "1.17.6), contenant les informations de contrôle du paquet, sous la forme " | |
282 | "d'une série de fichiers, parmi lesquels le fichier B<control> est " | |
283 | "strictement requis et contient les principales informations de contrôle. " | |
284 | "L'archive de contrôle peut éventuellement contenir une entrée pour « . », le " | |
285 | "répertoire courant." | |
286 | ||
287 | #. type: Plain text | |
288 | #: deb.man | |
289 | msgid "" | |
290 | "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the " | |
291 | "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg " | |
292 | "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> " | |
293 | "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, " | |
294 | "supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported " | |
295 | "since dpkg 1.13.25)." | |
296 | msgstr "" | |
297 | "Le troisième et dernier membre obligatoire est appelé B<data.tar>. Il " | |
298 | "contient le système de fichiers sous forme d'une archive tar, soit non " | |
299 | "compressée (gérée depuis dpkg 1.10.24) ou compressée avec gzip (avec " | |
300 | "extension B<.gz>), xz (avec extensions B<.xz>, gérée depuis dpkg 1.15.6), " | |
301 | "bzip2 (avec extensions B<.bz2>, gérée depuis dpkg 1.10.24) ou lzma (avec " | |
302 | "extension B<.lzma>, gérée depuis dpkg 1.13.25)." | |
303 | ||
304 | #. type: Plain text | |
305 | #: deb.man | |
306 | #, fuzzy | |
307 | #| msgid "" | |
308 | #| "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations " | |
309 | #| "should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members " | |
310 | #| "may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after " | |
311 | #| "these three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after " | |
312 | #| "B<debian-binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which " | |
313 | #| "should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting with " | |
314 | #| "an underscore, `B<_>'." | |
315 | msgid "" | |
316 | "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " | |
317 | "ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be " | |
318 | "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " | |
319 | "Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-binary> " | |
320 | "and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely ignored " | |
321 | "by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, ‘B<_>’." | |
322 | msgstr "" | |
323 | "Ces trois membres doivent apparaître dans cet ordre exact. Les " | |
324 | "implémentations actuelles devraient ignorer tout membre additionnel suivant " | |
325 | "B<data.tar>. D'autres membres seront éventuellement proposés, et (si " | |
326 | "possible) seront placés après ces trois derniers. Tout autre membre qui " | |
327 | "nécessitera d'être inséré après B<debian-binary> et avant B<control.tar> ou " | |
328 | "B<data.tar> et qui pourra être ignoré sans problème par des programmes plus " | |
329 | "anciens, aura un nom commençant par un caractère de soulignement, « B<_> »." | |
330 | ||
331 | #. type: Plain text | |
332 | #: deb.man | |
333 | msgid "" | |
334 | "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " | |
335 | "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than " | |
336 | "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " | |
337 | "increased." | |
338 | msgstr "" | |
339 | "Les nouveaux membres qui ne pourront pas être ignorés sans conséquence " | |
340 | "seront insérés avant B<data.tar> avec des noms préfixés par quelque chose " | |
341 | "d'autre qu'un caractère de soulignement, ou impliqueront plus probablement " | |
342 | "une incrémentation du numéro majeur de version." | |
343 | ||
344 | #. type: SH | |
345 | #: deb.man | |
346 | #, no-wrap | |
347 | msgid "MEDIA TYPE" | |
348 | msgstr "TYPE DE SUPPORT" | |
349 | ||
350 | #. type: SS | |
351 | #: deb.man | |
352 | #, no-wrap | |
353 | msgid "Current" | |
354 | msgstr "Actuel" | |
355 | ||
356 | #. type: Plain text | |
357 | #: deb.man | |
358 | msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package" | |
359 | msgstr "application/vnd.debian.binary-package" | |
360 | ||
361 | #. type: SS | |
362 | #: deb.man | |
363 | #, no-wrap | |
364 | msgid "Deprecated" | |
365 | msgstr "Obsolète" | |
366 | ||
367 | #. type: Plain text | |
368 | #: deb.man | |
369 | msgid "application/x-debian-package" | |
370 | msgstr "application/x-debian-package" | |
371 | ||
372 | #. type: Plain text | |
373 | #: deb.man | |
374 | msgid "application/x-deb" | |
375 | msgstr "application/x-deb" | |
376 | ||
377 | #. type: SH | |
378 | #: deb.man deb822.man deb-buildinfo.man deb-changelog.man deb-changes.man | |
379 | #: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-src-files.man | |
380 | #: deb-split.man deb-version.man deb-old.man deb-origin.man deb-override.man | |
381 | #: deb-extra-override.man deb-shlibs.man deb-substvars.man deb-symbols.man | |
382 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man | |
383 | #: deb-triggers.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
384 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
385 | #: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
386 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-maintscript-helper.man dpkg-name.man | |
387 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
388 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
389 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
390 | #: dselect.cfg.man update-alternatives.man | |
391 | #, no-wrap | |
392 | msgid "SEE ALSO" | |
393 | msgstr "VOIR AUSSI" | |
394 | ||
395 | #. type: Plain text | |
396 | #: deb.man | |
397 | msgid "" | |
398 | "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-conffiles>(5) B<deb-" | |
399 | "triggers>(5), B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<deb-preinst>(5), B<deb-" | |
400 | "postinst>(5), B<deb-prerm>(5), B<deb-postrm>(5)." | |
401 | msgstr "" | |
402 | ||
403 | #. type: TH | |
404 | #: deb822.man | |
405 | #, no-wrap | |
406 | msgid "deb822" | |
407 | msgstr "" | |
408 | ||
409 | #. type: Plain text | |
410 | #: deb822.man | |
411 | #, fuzzy | |
412 | #| msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" | |
413 | msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format" | |
414 | msgstr "deb - Format des paquets binaires Debian" | |
415 | ||
416 | #. type: Plain text | |
417 | #: deb822.man | |
418 | msgid "" | |
419 | "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common " | |
420 | "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files " | |
421 | "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files " | |
422 | "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal " | |
423 | "databases are in a similar format)." | |
424 | msgstr "" | |
425 | ||
426 | #. type: SH | |
427 | #: deb822.man | |
428 | #, no-wrap | |
429 | msgid "SYNTAX" | |
430 | msgstr "" | |
431 | ||
432 | #. type: Plain text | |
433 | #: deb822.man | |
434 | msgid "" | |
435 | "A control file consists of one or more paragraphs of fields (the paragraphs " | |
436 | "are also sometimes referred to as stanzas). The paragraphs are separated by " | |
437 | "empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 B<SPACE> " | |
438 | "and U+0009 B<TAB> as paragraph separators, but control files should use " | |
439 | "empty lines. Some control files allow only one paragraph; others allow " | |
440 | "several, in which case each paragraph usually refers to a different " | |
441 | "package. (For example, in source packages, the first paragraph refers to " | |
442 | "the source package, and later paragraphs refer to binary packages generated " | |
443 | "from the source.) The ordering of the paragraphs in control files is " | |
444 | "significant." | |
445 | msgstr "" | |
446 | ||
447 | #. type: Plain text | |
448 | #: deb822.man | |
449 | msgid "" | |
450 | "Each paragraph consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of " | |
451 | "the field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value " | |
452 | "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII " | |
453 | "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters " | |
454 | "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through " | |
455 | "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment " | |
456 | "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)." | |
457 | msgstr "" | |
458 | ||
459 | #. type: Plain text | |
460 | #: deb822.man | |
461 | msgid "" | |
462 | "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation " | |
463 | "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) " | |
464 | "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is " | |
465 | "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field " | |
466 | "might be:" | |
467 | msgstr "" | |
468 | ||
469 | #. type: Plain text | |
470 | #: deb822.man | |
471 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
472 | #| msgid "Package flags" | |
473 | msgid "Package: dpkg\n" | |
474 | msgstr "Drapeaux du paquet :" | |
475 | ||
476 | #. type: Plain text | |
477 | #: deb822.man | |
478 | msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>." | |
479 | msgstr "" | |
480 | ||
481 | #. type: Plain text | |
482 | #: deb822.man | |
483 | msgid "" | |
484 | "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files " | |
485 | "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored." | |
486 | msgstr "" | |
487 | ||
488 | #. type: Plain text | |
489 | #: deb822.man | |
490 | msgid "" | |
491 | "A paragraph must not contain more than one instance of a particular field " | |
492 | "name." | |
493 | msgstr "" | |
494 | ||
495 | #. type: Plain text | |
496 | #: deb822.man | |
497 | msgid "There are three types of fields:" | |
498 | msgstr "" | |
499 | ||
500 | #. type: TP | |
501 | #: deb822.man | |
502 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
503 | #| msgid "B<Example>" | |
504 | msgid "B<simple>" | |
505 | msgstr "B<Exemple>" | |
506 | ||
507 | #. type: Plain text | |
508 | #: deb822.man | |
509 | msgid "" | |
510 | "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field " | |
511 | "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the " | |
512 | "field does not specify a different type." | |
513 | msgstr "" | |
514 | ||
515 | #. type: TP | |
516 | #: deb822.man | |
517 | #, no-wrap | |
518 | msgid "B<folded>" | |
519 | msgstr "" | |
520 | ||
521 | #. type: Plain text | |
522 | #: deb822.man | |
523 | msgid "" | |
524 | "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. " | |
525 | "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with " | |
526 | "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, " | |
527 | "is not significant in the field values of folded fields." | |
528 | msgstr "" | |
529 | ||
530 | #. type: Plain text | |
531 | #: deb822.man | |
532 | msgid "" | |
533 | "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that " | |
534 | "contain only one paragraph and no multiline fields to be read by parsers " | |
535 | "written for RFC5322." | |
536 | msgstr "" | |
537 | ||
538 | #. type: TP | |
539 | #: deb822.man | |
540 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
541 | #| msgid "B<half-configured>" | |
542 | msgid "B<multiline>" | |
543 | msgstr "B<half-configured>" | |
544 | ||
545 | #. type: Plain text | |
546 | #: deb822.man | |
547 | msgid "" | |
548 | "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. " | |
549 | "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, " | |
550 | "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are " | |
551 | "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded " | |
552 | "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of " | |
553 | "multiline fields." | |
554 | msgstr "" | |
555 | ||
556 | #. type: Plain text | |
557 | #: deb822.man | |
558 | msgid "" | |
559 | "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files " | |
560 | "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of multi-" | |
561 | "character version relationships." | |
562 | msgstr "" | |
563 | ||
564 | #. type: Plain text | |
565 | #: deb822.man | |
566 | msgid "" | |
567 | "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ " | |
568 | "between types of control files." | |
569 | msgstr "" | |
570 | ||
571 | #. type: Plain text | |
572 | #: deb822.man | |
573 | msgid "" | |
574 | "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field " | |
575 | "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive " | |
576 | "unless the description of the field says otherwise." | |
577 | msgstr "" | |
578 | ||
579 | #. type: Plain text | |
580 | #: deb822.man | |
581 | msgid "" | |
582 | "Paragraph separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 " | |
583 | "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between " | |
584 | "fields. Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing " | |
585 | "them by a U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)." | |
586 | msgstr "" | |
587 | ||
588 | #. type: Plain text | |
589 | #: deb822.man | |
590 | msgid "" | |
591 | "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are " | |
592 | "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files " | |
593 | "(I<debian/control>) and in B<deb-origin>(5) files. These comment lines are " | |
594 | "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical lines." | |
595 | msgstr "" | |
596 | ||
597 | #. type: Plain text | |
598 | #: deb822.man | |
599 | msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8." | |
600 | msgstr "" | |
601 | ||
602 | #. type: Plain text | |
603 | #: deb822.man | |
604 | msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>." | |
605 | msgstr "" | |
606 | ||
607 | #. type: TH | |
608 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
609 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
610 | #| msgid "deb-origin" | |
611 | msgid "deb-buildinfo" | |
612 | msgstr "deb-origin" | |
613 | ||
614 | #. type: Plain text | |
615 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
616 | #, fuzzy | |
617 | #| msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file" | |
618 | msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format" | |
619 | msgstr "" | |
620 | "deb-shlibs - Fichier d'information sur les bibliothèques partagées Debian" | |
621 | ||
622 | #. type: Plain text | |
623 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
624 | #, fuzzy | |
625 | #| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" | |
626 | msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>" | |
627 | msgstr "I<nom-du-fichier>B<.deb>" | |
628 | ||
629 | #. type: Plain text | |
630 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
631 | #, fuzzy | |
632 | #| msgid "" | |
633 | #| "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " | |
634 | #| "number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each " | |
635 | #| "field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case " | |
636 | #| "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are " | |
637 | #| "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple " | |
638 | #| "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines " | |
639 | #| "when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " | |
640 | #| "B<Description> field, see below)." | |
641 | msgid "" | |
642 | "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a B<." | |
643 | "buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields. Each field " | |
644 | "begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case insensitive), " | |
645 | "followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only " | |
646 | "by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, " | |
647 | "but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the " | |
648 | "body of the field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-" | |
649 | "Changes>, B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, " | |
650 | "B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." | |
651 | msgstr "" | |
652 | "Chaque paquet Debian possède un fichier principal de contrôle qui contient " | |
653 | "un certain nombre de champs ou de commentaires pour les lignes commençant " | |
654 | "par un caractère « B<#> ». Chaque champ commence par une étiquette, telle " | |
655 | "que B<Package> ou B<Version> (la casse n'importe pas), suivie d'un « : », et " | |
656 | "du contenu du champ. Les champs sont séparés seulement par des étiquettes de " | |
657 | "champ. En d'autres termes, le contenu d'un champ peut s'étendre sur " | |
658 | "plusieurs lignes, mais les outils d'installation joindront en général les " | |
659 | "lignes pendant le traitement du contenu du champ (sauf pour le champ " | |
660 | "B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)." | |
661 | ||
662 | #. type: Plain text | |
663 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man | |
664 | msgid "" | |
665 | "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as " | |
666 | "specified in RFC4880." | |
667 | msgstr "" | |
668 | ||
669 | #. type: Plain text | |
670 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
671 | msgid "" | |
672 | "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will " | |
673 | "be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that includes B<any> " | |
674 | "the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<." | |
675 | "buildinfo>, or otherwise for a build that includes B<all> the name will be " | |
676 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>, or otherwise for a " | |
677 | "build that includes B<source> the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<source-" | |
678 | "version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>." | |
679 | msgstr "" | |
680 | ||
681 | #. type: SH | |
682 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man deb-control.man deb-origin.man dsc.man | |
683 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
684 | #| msgid "SOURCE FIELDS" | |
685 | msgid "FIELDS" | |
686 | msgstr "LES CHAMPS SOURCE" | |
687 | ||
688 | #. type: TP | |
689 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man | |
690 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
691 | #| msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (required)" | |
692 | msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)" | |
693 | msgstr "B<Description:> I<description courte> (requis)" | |
694 | ||
695 | #. type: Plain text | |
696 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
697 | msgid "" | |
698 | "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " | |
699 | "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " | |
700 | "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " | |
701 | "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " | |
702 | "version. The current format version is B<1.0>." | |
703 | msgstr "" | |
704 | ||
705 | #. type: TP | |
706 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man | |
707 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
708 | #| msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" | |
709 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)" | |
710 | msgstr "B<Source:> I<nom-du-paquet-source> (requis)" | |
711 | ||
712 | #. type: Plain text | |
713 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
714 | msgid "" | |
715 | "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " | |
716 | "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-" | |
717 | "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a binary-" | |
718 | "only non-maintainer upload." | |
719 | msgstr "" | |
720 | ||
721 | #. type: TP | |
722 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man | |
723 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
724 | #| msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" | |
725 | msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)" | |
726 | msgstr "B<Package:> I<nom-du-paquet-binaire> (requis)" | |
727 | ||
728 | #. type: Plain text | |
729 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
730 | msgid "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built." | |
731 | msgstr "" | |
732 | ||
733 | #. type: TP | |
734 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
735 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
736 | #| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" | |
737 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)" | |
738 | msgstr "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (requis)" | |
739 | ||
740 | #. type: Plain text | |
741 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
742 | #, fuzzy | |
743 | #| msgid "" | |
744 | #| "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was " | |
745 | #| "compiled for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', " | |
746 | #| "`powerpc' etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are " | |
747 | #| "architecture independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl " | |
748 | #| "scripts, and documentation." | |
749 | msgid "" | |
750 | "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently " | |
751 | "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. " | |
752 | "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " | |
753 | "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special " | |
754 | "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be " | |
755 | "present in the list." | |
756 | msgstr "" | |
757 | "L'architecture précise pour quel type de matériel le paquet a été compilé. " | |
758 | "Voici quelques architectures habituelles : « i386 », « m68k », « sparc », " | |
759 | "« alpha », « powerpc », etc. Remarquez que l'option B<all> signifie que le " | |
760 | "paquet est indépendant de toute architecture. C'est le cas, par exemple, des " | |
761 | "scripts d'interpréteur de commandes (shell) ou Perl, ainsi que de la " | |
762 | "documentation." | |
763 | ||
764 | #. type: TP | |
765 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man deb-control.man dsc.man | |
766 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
767 | #| msgid "B<Version:>I< version-string>" | |
768 | msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)" | |
769 | msgstr "B<Version:>I< chaîne-de-la-version>" | |
770 | ||
771 | #. type: Plain text | |
772 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man | |
773 | #, fuzzy | |
774 | #| msgid "" | |
775 | #| "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " | |
776 | #| "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number " | |
777 | #| "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are " | |
778 | #| "described in B<deb-version>(5)." | |
779 | msgid "" | |
780 | "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " | |
781 | "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number " | |
782 | "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are " | |
783 | "described in B<deb-version>(5)." | |
784 | msgstr "" | |
785 | "C'est classiquement le numéro de version du paquet d'origine dans la forme " | |
786 | "choisie par l'auteur du programme. Il peut y avoir aussi un numéro de " | |
787 | "révision Debian (pour les paquets non natifs). Le format exact et " | |
788 | "l'algorithme de tri sont décrits dans B<deb-version>(5)." | |
789 | ||
790 | #. type: TP | |
791 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
792 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
793 | #| msgid "B<binary:Version>" | |
794 | msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>" | |
795 | msgstr "B<binary:Version>" | |
796 | ||
797 | #. type: TQ | |
798 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
799 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
800 | #| msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>" | |
801 | msgid "I<changelog-entry>" | |
802 | msgstr "B<Changes:>I< entrées-du-fichier-des-changements>" | |
803 | ||
804 | #. type: Plain text | |
805 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
806 | #, fuzzy | |
807 | #| msgid "" | |
808 | #| "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " | |
809 | #| "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with " | |
810 | #| "a single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The " | |
811 | #| "exact content depends on the changelog format." | |
812 | msgid "" | |
813 | "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry " | |
814 | "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To " | |
815 | "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single " | |
816 | "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The " | |
817 | "exact content depends on the changelog format." | |
818 | msgstr "" | |
819 | "Les textes de toutes les entrées de changelog sont concaténés. Pour faire de " | |
820 | "ce champ un champ de contrôle Debian valide, les lignes multiples qui sont " | |
821 | "vides sont remplacées par un point B<« . »> et toutes les lignes sont " | |
822 | "indentées par une seule espace. Le contenu exact dépend du format du " | |
823 | "changelog." | |
824 | ||
825 | #. type: TP | |
826 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
827 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
828 | #| msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" | |
829 | msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)" | |
830 | msgstr "B<Package:> I<nom-du-paquet-binaire> (requis)" | |
831 | ||
832 | #. type: TQ | |
833 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man | |
834 | #, no-wrap | |
835 | msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)" | |
836 | msgstr "" | |
837 | ||
838 | #. type: TQ | |
839 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man | |
840 | #, no-wrap | |
841 | msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)" | |
842 | msgstr "" | |
843 | ||
844 | #. type: TQ | |
845 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man dsc.man | |
846 | #, no-wrap | |
847 | msgid " I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>" | |
848 | msgstr "" | |
849 | ||
850 | #. type: Plain text | |
851 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
852 | msgid "" | |
853 | "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " | |
854 | "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " | |
855 | "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and " | |
856 | "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>." | |
857 | msgstr "" | |
858 | ||
859 | #. type: Plain text | |
860 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-changes.man | |
861 | msgid "" | |
862 | "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " | |
863 | "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " | |
864 | "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " | |
865 | "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, " | |
866 | "and the file name." | |
867 | msgstr "" | |
868 | ||
869 | #. type: Plain text | |
870 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
871 | msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build." | |
872 | msgstr "" | |
873 | ||
874 | #. type: TP | |
875 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
876 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
877 | #| msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>" | |
878 | msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>" | |
879 | msgstr "B<Origin:>I< nom>" | |
880 | ||
881 | #. type: Plain text | |
882 | #: deb-buildinfo.man deb-control.man dsc.man | |
883 | msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from." | |
884 | msgstr "Nom de la distribution dont ce paquet provient." | |
885 | ||
886 | #. type: TP | |
887 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
888 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
889 | #| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" | |
890 | msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)" | |
891 | msgstr "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (requis)" | |
892 | ||
893 | #. type: Plain text | |
894 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
895 | msgid "" | |
896 | "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built " | |
897 | "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc." | |
898 | msgstr "" | |
899 | ||
900 | #. type: TP | |
901 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
902 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
903 | #| msgid "B<Date:>I< date>" | |
904 | msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>" | |
905 | msgstr "B<Date:>I< date>" | |
906 | ||
907 | #. type: Plain text | |
908 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
909 | msgid "" | |
910 | "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date " | |
911 | "in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." | |
912 | msgstr "" | |
913 | ||
914 | #. type: TP | |
915 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
916 | #, no-wrap | |
917 | msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>" | |
918 | msgstr "" | |
919 | ||
920 | #. type: Plain text | |
921 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
922 | msgid "" | |
923 | "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This " | |
924 | "field is only going to be present if the vendor has whitelisted it via some " | |
925 | "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information." | |
926 | msgstr "" | |
927 | ||
928 | #. type: Plain text | |
929 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
930 | msgid "" | |
931 | "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will " | |
932 | "emit this field." | |
933 | msgstr "" | |
934 | ||
935 | #. type: TP | |
936 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
937 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
938 | #| msgid "B<reinst-required>" | |
939 | msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)" | |
940 | msgstr "B<reinst-required>" | |
941 | ||
942 | #. type: TQ | |
943 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
944 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
945 | #| msgid "I<package>" | |
946 | msgid "I<package-list>" | |
947 | msgstr "I<paquet>" | |
948 | ||
949 | #. type: Plain text | |
950 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
951 | msgid "" | |
952 | "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package " | |
953 | "build process." | |
954 | msgstr "" | |
955 | ||
956 | #. type: Plain text | |
957 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
958 | msgid "" | |
959 | "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for " | |
960 | "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by " | |
961 | "commas." | |
962 | msgstr "" | |
963 | ||
964 | #. type: Plain text | |
965 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
966 | msgid "" | |
967 | "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in B<Build-" | |
968 | "Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source control " | |
969 | "fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their recursive " | |
970 | "dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is B<build-" | |
971 | "essential>." | |
972 | msgstr "" | |
973 | ||
974 | #. type: Plain text | |
975 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
976 | msgid "" | |
977 | "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency " | |
978 | "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be " | |
979 | "included." | |
980 | msgstr "" | |
981 | ||
982 | #. type: TP | |
983 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
984 | #, no-wrap | |
985 | msgid "B<Environment:>" | |
986 | msgstr "" | |
987 | ||
988 | #. type: TQ | |
989 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
990 | #, no-wrap | |
991 | msgid "I<variable-list>" | |
992 | msgstr "" | |
993 | ||
994 | #. type: Plain text | |
995 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
996 | msgid "" | |
997 | "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build " | |
998 | "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and " | |
999 | "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes " | |
1000 | "escaped (‘\\e\\e’)." | |
1001 | msgstr "" | |
1002 | ||
1003 | #. type: Plain text | |
1004 | #: deb-buildinfo.man | |
1005 | #, fuzzy | |
1006 | #| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
1007 | msgid "B<deb-changes>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1)." | |
1008 | msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
1009 | ||
1010 | #. type: TH | |
1011 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1012 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1013 | #| msgid "B<debian/changelog>" | |
1014 | msgid "deb-changelog" | |
1015 | msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" | |
1016 | ||
1017 | #. type: Plain text | |
1018 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1019 | #, fuzzy | |
1020 | #| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" | |
1021 | msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format" | |
1022 | msgstr "" | |
1023 | "deb-src-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets " | |
1024 | "source Debian" | |
1025 | ||
1026 | #. type: Plain text | |
1027 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1028 | #, fuzzy | |
1029 | #| msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog" | |
1030 | msgid "changelog" | |
1031 | msgstr "dpkg-parsechangelog" | |
1032 | ||
1033 | #. type: Plain text | |
1034 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1035 | msgid "" | |
1036 | "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog " | |
1037 | "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source " | |
1038 | "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to " | |
1039 | "the package." | |
1040 | msgstr "" | |
1041 | ||
1042 | #. type: Plain text | |
1043 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1044 | msgid "" | |
1045 | "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to " | |
1046 | "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other " | |
1047 | "release-specific information." | |
1048 | msgstr "" | |
1049 | ||
1050 | #. type: Plain text | |
1051 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1052 | msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:" | |
1053 | msgstr "" | |
1054 | ||
1055 | #. type: Plain text | |
1056 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1057 | #, no-wrap | |
1058 | msgid "" | |
1059 | "I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n" | |
1060 | " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" | |
1061 | " * I<change-details>\n" | |
1062 | " I<more-change-details>\n" | |
1063 | " [blank line(s), included in output of B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)]\n" | |
1064 | " * I<even-more-change-details>\n" | |
1065 | " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" | |
1066 | " -- I<maintainer-name> E<lt>I<email-address>E<gt> I<date>\n" | |
1067 | msgstr "" | |
1068 | ||
1069 | #. type: Plain text | |
1070 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1071 | msgid "" | |
1072 | "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number." | |
1073 | msgstr "" | |
1074 | ||
1075 | #. type: Plain text | |
1076 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1077 | msgid "" | |
1078 | "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this " | |
1079 | "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the " | |
1080 | "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file." | |
1081 | msgstr "" | |
1082 | ||
1083 | #. type: Plain text | |
1084 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1085 | msgid "" | |
1086 | "I<metadata> is a comma-separated list of I<keyword>=I<value> items. The " | |
1087 | "only I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<urgency> and B<binary-" | |
1088 | "only>. B<urgency>'s value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the I<." | |
1089 | "changes> file for the upload. B<binary-only> with a B<yes> value, is used " | |
1090 | "to denote that this changelog entry is for a binary-only non-maintainer " | |
1091 | "upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only change being the changelog " | |
1092 | "entry)." | |
1093 | msgstr "" | |
1094 | ||
1095 | #. type: Plain text | |
1096 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1097 | msgid "" | |
1098 | "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least " | |
1099 | "two spaces, but conventionally each change starts with an asterisk and a " | |
1100 | "separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to bring them in " | |
1101 | "line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be used here to " | |
1102 | "separate groups of changes, if desired." | |
1103 | msgstr "" | |
1104 | ||
1105 | #. type: Plain text | |
1106 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1107 | msgid "" | |
1108 | "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking " | |
1109 | "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package " | |
1110 | "into the distribution archive by including the string:" | |
1111 | msgstr "" | |
1112 | ||
1113 | #. type: Plain text | |
1114 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1115 | #, no-wrap | |
1116 | msgid " B<Closes: Bug#>I<nnnnn>\n" | |
1117 | msgstr "" | |
1118 | ||
1119 | #. type: Plain text | |
1120 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1121 | msgid "" | |
1122 | "in the change details (the exact Perl regular expression is B</closes:" | |
1123 | "\\es*(?:bug)?\\e#?\\es?\\ed+(?:,\\es*(?:bug)?\\e#?\\es?\\ed+)*/i>). This " | |
1124 | "information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> file." | |
1125 | msgstr "" | |
1126 | ||
1127 | #. type: Plain text | |
1128 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1129 | msgid "" | |
1130 | "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the " | |
1131 | "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are " | |
1132 | "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The " | |
1133 | "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the I<." | |
1134 | "changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgement when " | |
1135 | "the upload has been installed in the distribution archive." | |
1136 | msgstr "" | |
1137 | ||
1138 | #. type: Plain text | |
1139 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1140 | msgid "" | |
1141 | "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics " | |
1142 | "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):" | |
1143 | msgstr "" | |
1144 | ||
1145 | #. type: Plain text | |
1146 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1147 | msgid "" | |
1148 | "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> B<+>I<zzzz>" | |
1149 | msgstr "" | |
1150 | ||
1151 | #. type: Plain text | |
1152 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1153 | msgid "where:" | |
1154 | msgstr "" | |
1155 | ||
1156 | #. type: TP | |
1157 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1158 | #, no-wrap | |
1159 | msgid "I<day-of-week>" | |
1160 | msgstr "" | |
1161 | ||
1162 | #. type: Plain text | |
1163 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1164 | msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>." | |
1165 | msgstr "" | |
1166 | ||
1167 | #. type: TP | |
1168 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1169 | #, no-wrap | |
1170 | msgid "I<dd>" | |
1171 | msgstr "" | |
1172 | ||
1173 | #. type: Plain text | |
1174 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1175 | msgid "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>)." | |
1176 | msgstr "" | |
1177 | ||
1178 | #. type: TP | |
1179 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1180 | #, no-wrap | |
1181 | msgid "I<month>" | |
1182 | msgstr "" | |
1183 | ||
1184 | #. type: Plain text | |
1185 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1186 | msgid "" | |
1187 | "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, " | |
1188 | "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>." | |
1189 | msgstr "" | |
1190 | ||
1191 | #. type: TP | |
1192 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1193 | #, no-wrap | |
1194 | msgid "I<yyyy>" | |
1195 | msgstr "" | |
1196 | ||
1197 | #. type: Plain text | |
1198 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1199 | msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)." | |
1200 | msgstr "" | |
1201 | ||
1202 | #. type: TP | |
1203 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1204 | #, no-wrap | |
1205 | msgid "I<hh>" | |
1206 | msgstr "" | |
1207 | ||
1208 | #. type: Plain text | |
1209 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1210 | msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)." | |
1211 | msgstr "" | |
1212 | ||
1213 | #. type: TP | |
1214 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1215 | #, no-wrap | |
1216 | msgid "I<mm>" | |
1217 | msgstr "" | |
1218 | ||
1219 | #. type: Plain text | |
1220 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1221 | msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)." | |
1222 | msgstr "" | |
1223 | ||
1224 | #. type: TP | |
1225 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1226 | #, no-wrap | |
1227 | msgid "I<ss>" | |
1228 | msgstr "" | |
1229 | ||
1230 | #. type: Plain text | |
1231 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1232 | msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)." | |
1233 | msgstr "" | |
1234 | ||
1235 | #. type: TP | |
1236 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1237 | #, no-wrap | |
1238 | msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>" | |
1239 | msgstr "" | |
1240 | ||
1241 | #. type: Plain text | |
1242 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1243 | msgid "" | |
1244 | "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ " | |
1245 | "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates " | |
1246 | "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate " | |
1247 | "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of " | |
1248 | "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the " | |
1249 | "range B<00>-B<59>." | |
1250 | msgstr "" | |
1251 | ||
1252 | #. type: Plain text | |
1253 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1254 | msgid "" | |
1255 | "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand " | |
1256 | "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be " | |
1257 | "preceded by exactly one space. The maintainer details and the date must be " | |
1258 | "separated by exactly two spaces." | |
1259 | msgstr "" | |
1260 | ||
1261 | #. type: Plain text | |
1262 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1263 | msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8." | |
1264 | msgstr "" | |
1265 | ||
1266 | #. type: SH | |
1267 | #: deb-changelog.man deb-substvars.man dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man | |
1268 | #: dpkg.cfg.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
1269 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
1270 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man | |
1271 | #: dselect.cfg.man update-alternatives.man | |
1272 | #, no-wrap | |
1273 | msgid "FILES" | |
1274 | msgstr "FICHIERS" | |
1275 | ||
1276 | #. type: TP | |
1277 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1278 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1279 | #| msgid "B<debian/changelog>" | |
1280 | msgid "I<debian/changelog>" | |
1281 | msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" | |
1282 | ||
1283 | #. type: SH | |
1284 | #: deb-changelog.man deb-shlibs.man deb-symbols.man dpkg.man | |
1285 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-name.man | |
1286 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
1287 | #, no-wrap | |
1288 | msgid "EXAMPLES" | |
1289 | msgstr "EXEMPLES" | |
1290 | ||
1291 | #. type: Plain text | |
1292 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1293 | #, no-wrap | |
1294 | msgid "dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n" | |
1295 | msgstr "" | |
1296 | ||
1297 | #. type: Plain text | |
1298 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1299 | #, no-wrap | |
1300 | msgid "" | |
1301 | " [ Guillem Jover ]\n" | |
1302 | " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n" | |
1303 | " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n" | |
1304 | " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: #764929\n" | |
1305 | msgstr "" | |
1306 | ||
1307 | #. type: Plain text | |
1308 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1309 | #, no-wrap | |
1310 | msgid "" | |
1311 | " [ Updated programs translations ]\n" | |
1312 | " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" | |
1313 | msgstr "" | |
1314 | ||
1315 | #. type: Plain text | |
1316 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1317 | #, no-wrap | |
1318 | msgid "" | |
1319 | " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n" | |
1320 | " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" | |
1321 | " * German (Sven Joachim).\n" | |
1322 | msgstr "" | |
1323 | ||
1324 | #. type: Plain text | |
1325 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1326 | #, no-wrap | |
1327 | msgid " -- Guillem Jover E<lt>guillem@debian.orgE<gt> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n" | |
1328 | msgstr "" | |
1329 | ||
1330 | #. type: Plain text | |
1331 | #: deb-changelog.man | |
1332 | #, fuzzy | |
1333 | #| msgid "" | |
1334 | #| "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
1335 | msgid "B<deb-version>(5), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)." | |
1336 | msgstr "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
1337 | ||
1338 | #. type: TH | |
1339 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1340 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1341 | #| msgid "dpkg-genchanges" | |
1342 | msgid "deb-changes" | |
1343 | msgstr "dpkg-genchanges" | |
1344 | ||
1345 | #. type: Plain text | |
1346 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1347 | #, fuzzy | |
1348 | #| msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" | |
1349 | msgid "deb-changes - Debian changes file format" | |
1350 | msgstr "dpkg-genchanges - Créer des fichiers « .changes »." | |
1351 | ||
1352 | #. type: Plain text | |
1353 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1354 | #, fuzzy | |
1355 | #| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" | |
1356 | msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>" | |
1357 | msgstr "I<nom-du-fichier>B<.deb>" | |
1358 | ||
1359 | #. type: Plain text | |
1360 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1361 | #, fuzzy | |
1362 | #| msgid "" | |
1363 | #| "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " | |
1364 | #| "number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each " | |
1365 | #| "field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case " | |
1366 | #| "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are " | |
1367 | #| "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple " | |
1368 | #| "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines " | |
1369 | #| "when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " | |
1370 | #| "B<Description> field, see below)." | |
1371 | msgid "" | |
1372 | "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a " | |
1373 | "number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or " | |
1374 | "B<Binary> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " | |
1375 | "field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " | |
1376 | "may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " | |
1377 | "join lines when processing the body of the field (except in case of the " | |
1378 | "multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and " | |
1379 | "B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." | |
1380 | msgstr "" | |
1381 | "Chaque paquet Debian possède un fichier principal de contrôle qui contient " | |
1382 | "un certain nombre de champs ou de commentaires pour les lignes commençant " | |
1383 | "par un caractère « B<#> ». Chaque champ commence par une étiquette, telle " | |
1384 | "que B<Package> ou B<Version> (la casse n'importe pas), suivie d'un « : », et " | |
1385 | "du contenu du champ. Les champs sont séparés seulement par des étiquettes de " | |
1386 | "champ. En d'autres termes, le contenu d'un champ peut s'étendre sur " | |
1387 | "plusieurs lignes, mais les outils d'installation joindront en général les " | |
1388 | "lignes pendant le traitement du contenu du champ (sauf pour le champ " | |
1389 | "B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)." | |
1390 | ||
1391 | #. type: Plain text | |
1392 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1393 | msgid "" | |
1394 | "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " | |
1395 | "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " | |
1396 | "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " | |
1397 | "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " | |
1398 | "version. The current format version is B<1.8>." | |
1399 | msgstr "" | |
1400 | ||
1401 | #. type: TP | |
1402 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1403 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1404 | #| msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" | |
1405 | msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)" | |
1406 | msgstr "B<Package:> I<nom-du-paquet-binaire> (requis)" | |
1407 | ||
1408 | #. type: Plain text | |
1409 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1410 | msgid "" | |
1411 | "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same " | |
1412 | "format as the date in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." | |
1413 | msgstr "" | |
1414 | ||
1415 | #. type: Plain text | |
1416 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1417 | #, fuzzy | |
1418 | #| msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name." | |
1419 | msgid "" | |
1420 | "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> " | |
1421 | "file." | |
1422 | msgstr "La valeur de ce champ donne le nom du distributeur." | |
1423 | ||
1424 | #. type: Plain text | |
1425 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1426 | msgid "" | |
1427 | "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " | |
1428 | "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-" | |
1429 | "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a binary-only " | |
1430 | "non-maintainer upload." | |
1431 | msgstr "" | |
1432 | ||
1433 | #. type: Plain text | |
1434 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1435 | msgid "" | |
1436 | "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload." | |
1437 | msgstr "" | |
1438 | ||
1439 | #. type: TP | |
1440 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1441 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1442 | #| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>" | |
1443 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>" | |
1444 | msgstr "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>" | |
1445 | ||
1446 | #. type: Plain text | |
1447 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1448 | #, fuzzy | |
1449 | #| msgid "" | |
1450 | #| "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was " | |
1451 | #| "compiled for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', " | |
1452 | #| "`powerpc' etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are " | |
1453 | #| "architecture independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl " | |
1454 | #| "scripts, and documentation." | |
1455 | msgid "" | |
1456 | "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common " | |
1457 | "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> " | |
1458 | "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the " | |
1459 | "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> " | |
1460 | "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list." | |
1461 | msgstr "" | |
1462 | "L'architecture précise pour quel type de matériel le paquet a été compilé. " | |
1463 | "Voici quelques architectures habituelles : « i386 », « m68k », « sparc », " | |
1464 | "« alpha », « powerpc », etc. Remarquez que l'option B<all> signifie que le " | |
1465 | "paquet est indépendant de toute architecture. C'est le cas, par exemple, des " | |
1466 | "scripts d'interpréteur de commandes (shell) ou Perl, ainsi que de la " | |
1467 | "documentation." | |
1468 | ||
1469 | #. type: TP | |
1470 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1471 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1472 | #| msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (required)" | |
1473 | msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)" | |
1474 | msgstr "B<Description:> I<description courte> (requis)" | |
1475 | ||
1476 | #. type: Plain text | |
1477 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1478 | msgid "" | |
1479 | "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be " | |
1480 | "installed when it is uploaded to the archive." | |
1481 | msgstr "" | |
1482 | ||
1483 | #. type: TP | |
1484 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1485 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1486 | #| msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>" | |
1487 | msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)" | |
1488 | msgstr "B<Urgency:>I< priorité>" | |
1489 | ||
1490 | #. type: Plain text | |
1491 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1492 | msgid "" | |
1493 | "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order " | |
1494 | "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>." | |
1495 | msgstr "" | |
1496 | ||
1497 | #. type: TP | |
1498 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1499 | #, no-wrap | |
1500 | msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)" | |
1501 | msgstr "B<Maintainer:> I<nom complet et adresse électronique> (requis)" | |
1502 | ||
1503 | #. type: Plain text | |
1504 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1505 | #, fuzzy | |
1506 | #| msgid "" | |
1507 | #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " | |
1508 | #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " | |
1509 | #| "the software that was packaged." | |
1510 | msgid "" | |
1511 | "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " | |
1512 | "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " | |
1513 | "the software that was packaged." | |
1514 | msgstr "" | |
1515 | "Le format de ce champ sera « Jean Dupont E<lt>jdupont@foo.comE<gt> » ; et " | |
1516 | "c'est bien sûr le créateur du paquet, par opposition à l'auteur du programme " | |
1517 | "mis en paquet." | |
1518 | ||
1519 | #. type: TP | |
1520 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1521 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1522 | #| msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< fullname-email>" | |
1523 | msgid "B<Changed-By:>I< fullname-email>" | |
1524 | msgstr "B<Maintainer:>I< nom-complet-et-adresse-électronique>" | |
1525 | ||
1526 | #. type: Plain text | |
1527 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1528 | #, fuzzy | |
1529 | #| msgid "" | |
1530 | #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " | |
1531 | #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " | |
1532 | #| "the software that was packaged." | |
1533 | msgid "" | |
1534 | "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " | |
1535 | "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release." | |
1536 | msgstr "" | |
1537 | "Le format de ce champ sera « Jean Dupont E<lt>jdupont@foo.comE<gt> » ; et " | |
1538 | "c'est bien sûr le créateur du paquet, par opposition à l'auteur du programme " | |
1539 | "mis en paquet." | |
1540 | ||
1541 | #. type: TP | |
1542 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1543 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1544 | #| msgid "B<Description:>I< short-description>" | |
1545 | msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)" | |
1546 | msgstr "B<Description:>I< description-courte>" | |
1547 | ||
1548 | #. type: TQ | |
1549 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1550 | #, no-wrap | |
1551 | msgid " I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>" | |
1552 | msgstr "" | |
1553 | ||
1554 | #. type: Plain text | |
1555 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1556 | msgid "" | |
1557 | "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a " | |
1558 | "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions." | |
1559 | msgstr "" | |
1560 | ||
1561 | #. type: TP | |
1562 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1563 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1564 | #| msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>" | |
1565 | msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number-list>" | |
1566 | msgstr "B<Closes:>I< numéro-bogue>" | |
1567 | ||
1568 | #. type: Plain text | |
1569 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1570 | msgid "" | |
1571 | "A space-separated list of bug report numbers that have been resolved with " | |
1572 | "this upload. The distribution archive software might use this field to " | |
1573 | "automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution bug " | |
1574 | "tracking system." | |
1575 | msgstr "" | |
1576 | ||
1577 | #. type: TP | |
1578 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1579 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1580 | #| msgid "B<binary:Version>" | |
1581 | msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>" | |
1582 | msgstr "B<binary:Version>" | |
1583 | ||
1584 | #. type: Plain text | |
1585 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1586 | msgid "" | |
1587 | "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. " | |
1588 | "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog " | |
1589 | "matadata entry." | |
1590 | msgstr "" | |
1591 | ||
1592 | #. type: TP | |
1593 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1594 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1595 | #| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package list>" | |
1596 | msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:>I< profile-list>" | |
1597 | msgstr "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< liste de paquets>" | |
1598 | ||
1599 | #. type: Plain text | |
1600 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1601 | msgid "" | |
1602 | "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this " | |
1603 | "upload was built with." | |
1604 | msgstr "" | |
1605 | ||
1606 | #. type: TP | |
1607 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1608 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1609 | #| msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" | |
1610 | msgid "B<Changes:> (required)" | |
1611 | msgstr "B<Package:> I<nom-du-paquet-binaire> (requis)" | |
1612 | ||
1613 | #. type: TQ | |
1614 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1615 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1616 | #| msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>" | |
1617 | msgid "I<changelog-entries>" | |
1618 | msgstr "B<Changes:>I< entrées-du-fichier-des-changements>" | |
1619 | ||
1620 | #. type: Plain text | |
1621 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1622 | #, fuzzy | |
1623 | #| msgid "" | |
1624 | #| "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " | |
1625 | #| "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with " | |
1626 | #| "a single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The " | |
1627 | #| "exact content depends on the changelog format." | |
1628 | msgid "" | |
1629 | "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries " | |
1630 | "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty " | |
1631 | "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented " | |
1632 | "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format." | |
1633 | msgstr "" | |
1634 | "Les textes de toutes les entrées de changelog sont concaténés. Pour faire de " | |
1635 | "ce champ un champ de contrôle Debian valide, les lignes multiples qui sont " | |
1636 | "vides sont remplacées par un point B<« . »> et toutes les lignes sont " | |
1637 | "indentées par une seule espace. Le contenu exact dépend du format du " | |
1638 | "changelog." | |
1639 | ||
1640 | #. type: TP | |
1641 | #: deb-changes.man dsc.man | |
1642 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1643 | #| msgid "B<reinst-required>" | |
1644 | msgid "B<Files:> (required)" | |
1645 | msgstr "B<reinst-required>" | |
1646 | ||
1647 | #. type: TQ | |
1648 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1649 | #, no-wrap | |
1650 | msgid " I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>" | |
1651 | msgstr "" | |
1652 | ||
1653 | #. type: Plain text | |
1654 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1655 | msgid "" | |
1656 | "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section " | |
1657 | "and priority for each one." | |
1658 | msgstr "" | |
1659 | ||
1660 | #. type: Plain text | |
1661 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1662 | msgid "" | |
1663 | "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " | |
1664 | "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " | |
1665 | "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " | |
1666 | "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the " | |
1667 | "file section, the file priority, and the file name." | |
1668 | msgstr "" | |
1669 | ||
1670 | #. type: Plain text | |
1671 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1672 | msgid "" | |
1673 | "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " | |
1674 | "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> " | |
1675 | "fields." | |
1676 | msgstr "" | |
1677 | ||
1678 | #. type: Plain text | |
1679 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1680 | msgid "" | |
1681 | "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " | |
1682 | "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " | |
1683 | "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for B<Checksums-" | |
1684 | "Sha256>." | |
1685 | msgstr "" | |
1686 | ||
1687 | #. type: Plain text | |
1688 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1689 | msgid "" | |
1690 | "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " | |
1691 | "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the " | |
1692 | "other related B<Checksums> fields." | |
1693 | msgstr "" | |
1694 | ||
1695 | #. type: SH | |
1696 | #: deb-changes.man dsc.man dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-deb.man | |
1697 | #: dpkg-name.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dselect.man | |
1698 | #, no-wrap | |
1699 | msgid "BUGS" | |
1700 | msgstr "BOGUES" | |
1701 | ||
1702 | #. type: Plain text | |
1703 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1704 | msgid "" | |
1705 | "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The " | |
1706 | "B<Change-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The " | |
1707 | "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred " | |
1708 | "to as a suite." | |
1709 | msgstr "" | |
1710 | ||
1711 | #. type: Plain text | |
1712 | #: deb-changes.man | |
1713 | #, fuzzy | |
1714 | #| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
1715 | msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5)." | |
1716 | msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
1717 | ||
1718 | #. type: TH | |
1719 | #: deb-control.man | |
1720 | #, no-wrap | |
1721 | msgid "deb-control" | |
1722 | msgstr "deb-control" | |
1723 | ||
1724 | #. type: Plain text | |
1725 | #: deb-control.man | |
1726 | #, fuzzy | |
1727 | #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" | |
1728 | msgid "deb-control - Debian binary packages' master control file format" | |
1729 | msgstr "" | |
1730 | "deb-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets Debian" | |
1731 | ||
1732 | #. type: Plain text | |
1733 | #: deb-control.man | |
1734 | msgid "control" | |
1735 | msgstr "contrôle" | |
1736 | ||
1737 | #. type: Plain text | |
1738 | #: deb-control.man | |
1739 | #, fuzzy | |
1740 | #| msgid "" | |
1741 | #| "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " | |
1742 | #| "number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each " | |
1743 | #| "field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case " | |
1744 | #| "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are " | |
1745 | #| "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple " | |
1746 | #| "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines " | |
1747 | #| "when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " | |
1748 | #| "B<Description> field, see below)." | |
1749 | msgid "" | |
1750 | "Each Debian binary package contains the master I<control> file, which " | |
1751 | "contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as " | |
1752 | "B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the " | |
1753 | "body of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, " | |
1754 | "field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will " | |
1755 | "generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the " | |
1756 | "case of the B<Description> field, see below)." | |
1757 | msgstr "" | |
1758 | "Chaque paquet Debian possède un fichier principal de contrôle qui contient " | |
1759 | "un certain nombre de champs ou de commentaires pour les lignes commençant " | |
1760 | "par un caractère « B<#> ». Chaque champ commence par une étiquette, telle " | |
1761 | "que B<Package> ou B<Version> (la casse n'importe pas), suivie d'un « : », et " | |
1762 | "du contenu du champ. Les champs sont séparés seulement par des étiquettes de " | |
1763 | "champ. En d'autres termes, le contenu d'un champ peut s'étendre sur " | |
1764 | "plusieurs lignes, mais les outils d'installation joindront en général les " | |
1765 | "lignes pendant le traitement du contenu du champ (sauf pour le champ " | |
1766 | "B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)." | |
1767 | ||
1768 | #. type: TP | |
1769 | #: deb-control.man | |
1770 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1771 | #| msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" | |
1772 | msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)" | |
1773 | msgstr "B<Package:> I<nom-du-paquet-binaire> (requis)" | |
1774 | ||
1775 | #. type: Plain text | |
1776 | #: deb-control.man dsc.man | |
1777 | msgid "" | |
1778 | "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " | |
1779 | "file names by most installation tools." | |
1780 | msgstr "" | |
1781 | "La valeur de ce champ donne le nom du paquet, et la plupart des outils " | |
1782 | "d'installation s'en servent pour produire les noms des paquets." | |
1783 | ||
1784 | #. type: Plain text | |
1785 | #: deb-control.man | |
1786 | msgid "" | |
1787 | "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " | |
1788 | "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " | |
1789 | "non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described " | |
1790 | "in B<deb-version>(5)." | |
1791 | msgstr "" | |
1792 | "C'est classiquement le numéro de version du paquet d'origine dans la forme " | |
1793 | "choisie par l'auteur du programme. Il peut y avoir aussi un numéro de " | |
1794 | "révision Debian (pour les paquets non natifs). Le format exact et " | |
1795 | "l'algorithme de tri sont décrits dans B<deb-version>(5)." | |
1796 | ||
1797 | #. type: TP | |
1798 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
1799 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1800 | #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)" | |
1801 | msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)" | |
1802 | msgstr "B<Maintainer:> I<nom complet et adresse électronique> (requis)" | |
1803 | ||
1804 | #. type: Plain text | |
1805 | #: deb-control.man dsc.man | |
1806 | #, fuzzy | |
1807 | #| msgid "" | |
1808 | #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " | |
1809 | #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " | |
1810 | #| "the software that was packaged." | |
1811 | msgid "" | |
1812 | "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is " | |
1813 | "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " | |
1814 | "the software that was packaged." | |
1815 | msgstr "" | |
1816 | "Le format de ce champ sera « Jean Dupont E<lt>jdupont@foo.comE<gt> » ; et " | |
1817 | "c'est bien sûr le créateur du paquet, par opposition à l'auteur du programme " | |
1818 | "mis en paquet." | |
1819 | ||
1820 | #. type: TQ | |
1821 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1822 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1823 | #| msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (required)" | |
1824 | msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)" | |
1825 | msgstr "B<Description:> I<description courte> (requis)" | |
1826 | ||
1827 | #. type: TQ | |
1828 | #: deb-control.man | |
1829 | #, no-wrap | |
1830 | msgid "B< >I<long-description>" | |
1831 | msgstr "B< >I<description-longue>" | |
1832 | ||
1833 | #. type: Plain text | |
1834 | #: deb-control.man | |
1835 | #, fuzzy | |
1836 | #| msgid "" | |
1837 | #| "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the " | |
1838 | #| "first line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should " | |
1839 | #| "be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long " | |
1840 | #| "description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long " | |
1841 | #| "description must contain a single '.' following the preceding space." | |
1842 | msgid "" | |
1843 | "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " | |
1844 | "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used as " | |
1845 | "a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must " | |
1846 | "be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain " | |
1847 | "a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space." | |
1848 | msgstr "" | |
1849 | "Le format de la description du paquet est un résumé bref sur la première " | |
1850 | "ligne (après le champ « Description »). Les lignes suivantes peuvent servir " | |
1851 | "à une description plus longue et plus détaillée. Chaque ligne de cette " | |
1852 | "description longue doit être précédée d'une espace ; quand c'est une ligne " | |
1853 | "blanche, elle doit contenir un seul « . » après cette espace." | |
1854 | ||
1855 | #. type: TP | |
1856 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1857 | #, no-wrap | |
1858 | msgid "B<Section:>I< section>" | |
1859 | msgstr "B<Section:> I< section>" | |
1860 | ||
1861 | #. type: Plain text | |
1862 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1863 | #, fuzzy | |
1864 | #| msgid "" | |
1865 | #| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " | |
1866 | #| "software that it installs. Some common sections are \"utils\", \"net\", " | |
1867 | #| "\"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\", etc." | |
1868 | msgid "" | |
1869 | "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " | |
1870 | "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, " | |
1871 | "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc." | |
1872 | msgstr "" | |
1873 | "Champ général qui indique la catégorie d'un paquet ; cette catégorie est " | |
1874 | "fondée sur le programme que ce paquet installe. « Utils », « net », " | |
1875 | "« mail », « text », « x11 », etc. représentent quelques catégories " | |
1876 | "habituelles." | |
1877 | ||
1878 | #. type: TP | |
1879 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1880 | #, no-wrap | |
1881 | msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority>" | |
1882 | msgstr "B<Priority:>I< priorité>" | |
1883 | ||
1884 | #. type: Plain text | |
1885 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1886 | #, fuzzy | |
1887 | #| msgid "" | |
1888 | #| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a " | |
1889 | #| "whole. Common priorities are \"required\", \"standard\", \"optional\", " | |
1890 | #| "\"extra\", etc." | |
1891 | msgid "" | |
1892 | "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " | |
1893 | "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc." | |
1894 | msgstr "" | |
1895 | "Définit l'importance du paquet à l'intérieur du système général. " | |
1896 | "« Required », « standard », « optional », « extra », etc. représentent des " | |
1897 | "priorités habituelles." | |
1898 | ||
1899 | #. type: Plain text | |
1900 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1901 | #, fuzzy | |
1902 | #| msgid "" | |
1903 | #| "In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " | |
1904 | #| "accepted values based on the Policy Manual. A list of these values can " | |
1905 | #| "be obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." | |
1906 | msgid "" | |
1907 | "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted " | |
1908 | "values based on the specific distribution policy." | |
1909 | msgstr "" | |
1910 | "Les champs B<Section> et B<Priority> possèdent un ensemble défini de valeurs " | |
1911 | "acceptées, tiré de la Charte Debian (« Debian Policy »). On peut en trouver " | |
1912 | "une liste dans la version la plus récente du paquet B<debian-policy>." | |
1913 | ||
1914 | #. type: TP | |
1915 | #: deb-control.man | |
1916 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1917 | #| msgid "B<Installed-Size>" | |
1918 | msgid "B<Installed-Size:> size" | |
1919 | msgstr "B<Installed-Size>" | |
1920 | ||
1921 | #. type: Plain text | |
1922 | #: deb-control.man | |
1923 | msgid "" | |
1924 | "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units." | |
1925 | msgstr "" | |
1926 | ||
1927 | #. type: TP | |
1928 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1929 | #, no-wrap | |
1930 | msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
1931 | msgstr "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
1932 | ||
1933 | #. type: Plain text | |
1934 | #: deb-control.man | |
1935 | msgid "" | |
1936 | "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a " | |
1937 | "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " | |
1938 | "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " | |
1939 | "(at least not without using one of the force options)." | |
1940 | msgstr "" | |
1941 | "On se sert habituellement de ce champ uniquement si la réponse est B<yes>. " | |
1942 | "Cela signifie que ce paquet est exigé pour un fonctionnement correct du " | |
1943 | "système. Dpkg et les autres outils d'installation interdisent la suppression " | |
1944 | "d'un paquet B<Essential> (du moins tant qu'une des options de forçage n'est " | |
1945 | "pas utilisée)." | |
1946 | ||
1947 | #. type: TQ | |
1948 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
1949 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1950 | #| msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
1951 | msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
1952 | msgstr "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
1953 | ||
1954 | #. type: Plain text | |
1955 | #: deb-control.man | |
1956 | msgid "" | |
1957 | "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly " | |
1958 | "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required " | |
1959 | "when building other packages." | |
1960 | msgstr "" | |
1961 | ||
1962 | #. type: TP | |
1963 | #: deb-control.man | |
1964 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
1965 | #| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>" | |
1966 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)" | |
1967 | msgstr "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>" | |
1968 | ||
1969 | #. type: Plain text | |
1970 | #: deb-control.man | |
1971 | #, fuzzy | |
1972 | #| msgid "" | |
1973 | #| "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was " | |
1974 | #| "compiled for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', " | |
1975 | #| "`powerpc' etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are " | |
1976 | #| "architecture independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl " | |
1977 | #| "scripts, and documentation." | |
1978 | msgid "" | |
1979 | "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " | |
1980 | "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, " | |
1981 | "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " | |
1982 | "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " | |
1983 | "documentation." | |
1984 | msgstr "" | |
1985 | "L'architecture précise pour quel type de matériel le paquet a été compilé. " | |
1986 | "Voici quelques architectures habituelles : « i386 », « m68k », « sparc », " | |
1987 | "« alpha », « powerpc », etc. Remarquez que l'option B<all> signifie que le " | |
1988 | "paquet est indépendant de toute architecture. C'est le cas, par exemple, des " | |
1989 | "scripts d'interpréteur de commandes (shell) ou Perl, ainsi que de la " | |
1990 | "documentation." | |
1991 | ||
1992 | #. type: TP | |
1993 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
1994 | #, no-wrap | |
1995 | msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>" | |
1996 | msgstr "B<Origin:>I< nom>" | |
1997 | ||
1998 | #. type: TP | |
1999 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2000 | #, no-wrap | |
2001 | msgid "B<Bugs:>I< url>" | |
2002 | msgstr "B<Bugs:>I< URL>" | |
2003 | ||
2004 | #. type: Plain text | |
2005 | #: deb-control.man | |
2006 | msgid "" | |
2007 | "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " | |
2008 | "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." | |
2009 | msgstr "" | |
2010 | "L'I<URL> du système de suivi de bogues (BTS) de ce paquet. Le format utilisé " | |
2011 | "est I<type_de_bts>B<://>I<adresse-du-bts>, par exemple B<debbugs://bugs." | |
2012 | "debian.org>." | |
2013 | ||
2014 | #. type: TP | |
2015 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2016 | #, no-wrap | |
2017 | msgid "B<Homepage:>I< url>" | |
2018 | msgstr "B<Homepage:>I< URL>" | |
2019 | ||
2020 | #. type: Plain text | |
2021 | #: deb-control.man dsc.man | |
2022 | msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>." | |
2023 | msgstr "I<URL> de la page d'accueil du projet amont." | |
2024 | ||
2025 | #. type: TQ | |
2026 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2027 | #, no-wrap | |
2028 | msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>" | |
2029 | msgstr "B<Tag:>I< liste-d'étiquettes>" | |
2030 | ||
2031 | #. type: Plain text | |
2032 | #: deb-control.man | |
2033 | msgid "" | |
2034 | "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and " | |
2035 | "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package." | |
2036 | msgstr "" | |
2037 | "Liste d'étiquettes décrivant les qualités du paquet. La description et la " | |
2038 | "liste des étiquettes (« tags ») gérées peut être trouvée dans le paquet " | |
2039 | "B<debtags>." | |
2040 | ||
2041 | #. type: TP | |
2042 | #: deb-control.man | |
2043 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2044 | #| msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>" | |
2045 | msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>" | |
2046 | msgstr "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>" | |
2047 | ||
2048 | #. type: Plain text | |
2049 | #: deb-control.man | |
2050 | msgid "" | |
2051 | "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-" | |
2052 | "arch installations." | |
2053 | msgstr "" | |
2054 | ||
2055 | #. type: TP | |
2056 | #: deb-control.man | |
2057 | #, no-wrap | |
2058 | msgid "B<no>" | |
2059 | msgstr "" | |
2060 | ||
2061 | #. type: Plain text | |
2062 | #: deb-control.man | |
2063 | msgid "" | |
2064 | "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding " | |
2065 | "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed." | |
2066 | msgstr "" | |
2067 | ||
2068 | #. type: TP | |
2069 | #: deb-control.man | |
2070 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2071 | #| msgid "B<--rename>" | |
2072 | msgid "B<same>" | |
2073 | msgstr "B<--rename>" | |
2074 | ||
2075 | #. type: Plain text | |
2076 | #: deb-control.man | |
2077 | msgid "" | |
2078 | "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to " | |
2079 | "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from " | |
2080 | "itself." | |
2081 | msgstr "" | |
2082 | ||
2083 | #. type: TP | |
2084 | #: deb-control.man | |
2085 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2086 | #| msgid "B<--force-sign>" | |
2087 | msgid "B<foreign>" | |
2088 | msgstr "B<--force-sign>" | |
2089 | ||
2090 | #. type: Plain text | |
2091 | #: deb-control.man | |
2092 | msgid "" | |
2093 | "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to " | |
2094 | "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch " | |
2095 | "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value " | |
2096 | "B<foreign> is ignored)." | |
2097 | msgstr "" | |
2098 | ||
2099 | #. type: TP | |
2100 | #: deb-control.man | |
2101 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2102 | #| msgid "B<--all>" | |
2103 | msgid "B<allowed>" | |
2104 | msgstr "B<--all>" | |
2105 | ||
2106 | #. type: Plain text | |
2107 | #: deb-control.man | |
2108 | msgid "" | |
2109 | "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that " | |
2110 | "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the " | |
2111 | "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise." | |
2112 | msgstr "" | |
2113 | ||
2114 | #. type: TP | |
2115 | #: deb-control.man | |
2116 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2117 | #| msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" | |
2118 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]" | |
2119 | msgstr "B<Source:> I<nom-du-paquet-source> (requis)" | |
2120 | ||
2121 | #. type: Plain text | |
2122 | #: deb-control.man | |
2123 | msgid "" | |
2124 | "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is " | |
2125 | "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version " | |
2126 | "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by " | |
2127 | "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a binary-" | |
2128 | "only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary version via " | |
2129 | "«B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»." | |
2130 | msgstr "" | |
2131 | ||
2132 | #. type: TP | |
2133 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2134 | #, no-wrap | |
2135 | msgid "B<Subarchitecture:>I< value>" | |
2136 | msgstr "B<Subarchitecture:>I< valeur>" | |
2137 | ||
2138 | #. type: TQ | |
2139 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2140 | #, no-wrap | |
2141 | msgid "B<Kernel-Version:>I< value>" | |
2142 | msgstr "B<Kernel-Version:>I< valeur>" | |
2143 | ||
2144 | #. type: TQ | |
2145 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2146 | #, no-wrap | |
2147 | msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< value>" | |
2148 | msgstr "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< valeur>" | |
2149 | ||
2150 | #. type: Plain text | |
2151 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2152 | msgid "" | |
2153 | "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. " | |
2154 | "See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the B<debian-" | |
2155 | "installer> package for more details about them." | |
2156 | msgstr "" | |
2157 | "Ces champs sont utilisés par l'installateur et ne sont en général pas " | |
2158 | "nécessaires. Veuillez consulter /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/" | |
2159 | "modules.txt fourni avec le paquet B<debian-installer> pour plus de détails." | |
2160 | ||
2161 | #. type: TP | |
2162 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2163 | #, no-wrap | |
2164 | msgid "B<Depends:>I< package-list>" | |
2165 | msgstr "B<Depends:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2166 | ||
2167 | #. type: Plain text | |
2168 | #: deb-control.man | |
2169 | #, fuzzy | |
2170 | #| msgid "" | |
2171 | #| "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-" | |
2172 | #| "trivial amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will " | |
2173 | #| "not allow a package to be installed if the packages listed in its " | |
2174 | #| "B<Depends> field aren't installed (at least not without using the force " | |
2175 | #| "options). In an installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in " | |
2176 | #| "Depends: fields are run before those of the packages which depend on " | |
2177 | #| "them. On the opposite, in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run " | |
2178 | #| "before those of the packages listed in its Depends: field." | |
2179 | msgid "" | |
2180 | "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " | |
2181 | "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " | |
2182 | "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " | |
2183 | "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an " | |
2184 | "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields " | |
2185 | "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, " | |
2186 | "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the " | |
2187 | "packages listed in its B<Depends> field." | |
2188 | msgstr "" | |
2189 | "C'est la liste des paquets exigés pour que ce paquet procure un nombre " | |
2190 | "important de fonctionnalités. Le programme de maintenance des paquets " | |
2191 | "interdit l'installation d'un paquet quand les paquets répertoriés dans le " | |
2192 | "champ B<Depends> ne sont pas installés (du moins tant qu'une option de " | |
2193 | "forçage n'est pas utilisée) ; il lance les scripts « postinst » des paquets " | |
2194 | "répertoriés dans les champs « Depends: » avant les scripts « postinst » des " | |
2195 | "paquets qui dépendent d'eux. À l'inverse, lors d'une suppression, les " | |
2196 | "scripts « prerm » des paquets sont lancés avant ceux de leurs dépendances." | |
2197 | ||
2198 | #. type: TQ | |
2199 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2200 | #, no-wrap | |
2201 | msgid "B<Pre-Depends:>I< package-list>" | |
2202 | msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2203 | ||
2204 | #. type: Plain text | |
2205 | #: deb-control.man | |
2206 | msgid "" | |
2207 | "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " | |
2208 | "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " | |
2209 | "requires another package for running its preinst script." | |
2210 | msgstr "" | |
2211 | "C'est la liste des paquets qui doivent être installés B<et> configurés avant " | |
2212 | "que ce paquet puisse être installé. Habituellement, on utilise ce champ " | |
2213 | "quand un paquet a besoin d'un autre paquet pour lancer son script " | |
2214 | "« preinst »." | |
2215 | ||
2216 | #. type: TQ | |
2217 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2218 | #, no-wrap | |
2219 | msgid "B<Recommends:>I< package-list>" | |
2220 | msgstr "B<Recommends:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2221 | ||
2222 | #. type: Plain text | |
2223 | #: deb-control.man | |
2224 | msgid "" | |
2225 | "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " | |
2226 | "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " | |
2227 | "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." | |
2228 | msgstr "" | |
2229 | "C'est la liste des paquets qu'on trouverait avec ce paquet dans toute " | |
2230 | "installation standard. Le programme de maintenance des paquets avertit " | |
2231 | "l'utilisateur quand il installe un paquet sans installer les paquets " | |
2232 | "répertoriés dans le champ B<Recommends>." | |
2233 | ||
2234 | #. type: TQ | |
2235 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2236 | #, no-wrap | |
2237 | msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" | |
2238 | msgstr "B<Suggests:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2239 | ||
2240 | #. type: Plain text | |
2241 | #: deb-control.man | |
2242 | msgid "" | |
2243 | "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " | |
2244 | "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " | |
2245 | "reasonable." | |
2246 | msgstr "" | |
2247 | "C'est la liste des paquets qui, associés avec ce paquet, peuvent améliorer " | |
2248 | "son utilité ; néanmoins, une installation sans ces paquets est parfaitement " | |
2249 | "raisonnable." | |
2250 | ||
2251 | #. type: Plain text | |
2252 | #: deb-control.man | |
2253 | #, fuzzy | |
2254 | #| msgid "" | |
2255 | #| "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " | |
2256 | #| "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list " | |
2257 | #| "of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The " | |
2258 | #| "groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes " | |
2259 | #| "as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally " | |
2260 | #| "followed by a version number specification in parentheses." | |
2261 | msgid "" | |
2262 | "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " | |
2263 | "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " | |
2264 | "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups " | |
2265 | "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, " | |
2266 | "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed " | |
2267 | "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally " | |
2268 | "followed by a version number specification in parentheses." | |
2269 | msgstr "" | |
2270 | "La syntaxe des champs B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> et " | |
2271 | "B<Suggests> est une liste d'ensembles de paquets possibles. Chaque ensemble " | |
2272 | "est une liste de paquets séparés par une barre verticale (le symbole du " | |
2273 | "tube) « | ». Les ensembles sont séparés par des virgules. Une virgule " | |
2274 | "représente un « ET » logique et une barre verticale représente un « OU » " | |
2275 | "logique ; le tube a la précédence dans l'évaluation de l'expression. Chaque " | |
2276 | "nom de paquet peut être suivi par une contrainte sur le numéro de version, " | |
2277 | "celle-ci se trouve alors entre parenthèses." | |
2278 | ||
2279 | #. type: Plain text | |
2280 | #: deb-control.man | |
2281 | msgid "" | |
2282 | "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " | |
2283 | "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the " | |
2284 | "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will " | |
2285 | "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any " | |
2286 | "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as B<Multi-" | |
2287 | "Arch: allowed>." | |
2288 | msgstr "" | |
2289 | ||
2290 | #. type: Plain text | |
2291 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2292 | #, fuzzy | |
2293 | #| msgid "" | |
2294 | #| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " | |
2295 | #| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " | |
2296 | #| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>" | |
2297 | #| "\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater " | |
2298 | #| "than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for " | |
2299 | #| "equal to." | |
2300 | msgid "" | |
2301 | "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later " | |
2302 | "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " | |
2303 | "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ " | |
2304 | "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater " | |
2305 | "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for " | |
2306 | "equal to." | |
2307 | msgstr "" | |
2308 | "Une contrainte sur le numéro de version peut commencer par « E<gt>E<gt> », " | |
2309 | "et dans ce cas toute version supérieure correspondra, et il peut indiquer " | |
2310 | "(ou pas) le numéro de révision pour le paquet debian (les deux numéros étant " | |
2311 | "séparés par un trait d'union). Voici les relations acceptées pour les " | |
2312 | "versions : « E<gt>E<gt> » pour supérieur à, « E<lt>E<lt> » pour inférieur à, " | |
2313 | "« E<gt>= » pour supérieur ou égal, « E<lt>= » pour inférieur ou égal, et " | |
2314 | "« = » pour égal à." | |
2315 | ||
2316 | #. type: TQ | |
2317 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2318 | #, no-wrap | |
2319 | msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>" | |
2320 | msgstr "B<Breaks:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2321 | ||
2322 | #. type: Plain text | |
2323 | #: deb-control.man | |
2324 | msgid "" | |
2325 | "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the " | |
2326 | "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not " | |
2327 | "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to " | |
2328 | "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field." | |
2329 | msgstr "" | |
2330 | "C'est une liste de paquets que ce paquet « casse », par exemple en révélant " | |
2331 | "des bogues quand les paquets concernés dépendent de celui-ci. Le programme " | |
2332 | "de maintenance des paquets interdit la configuration de paquets cassés ; une " | |
2333 | "méthode usuelle de résolution est la mise à jour des paquets mentionnés dans " | |
2334 | "le champ B<Breaks>." | |
2335 | ||
2336 | #. type: TQ | |
2337 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2338 | #, no-wrap | |
2339 | msgid "B<Conflicts:>I< package-list>" | |
2340 | msgstr "B<Conflicts:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2341 | ||
2342 | #. type: Plain text | |
2343 | #: deb-control.man | |
2344 | msgid "" | |
2345 | "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " | |
2346 | "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " | |
2347 | "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " | |
2348 | "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." | |
2349 | msgstr "" | |
2350 | "C'est une liste de paquets qui sont en conflit avec ce paquet ; ils " | |
2351 | "contiennent par exemple des fichiers qui ont le même nom. Le programme de " | |
2352 | "maintenance des paquets interdit l'installation simultanée de paquets en " | |
2353 | "conflit. Deux paquets en conflit renseigneront une ligne B<Conflicts> avec " | |
2354 | "le nom de l'autre paquet." | |
2355 | ||
2356 | #. type: TQ | |
2357 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2358 | #, no-wrap | |
2359 | msgid "B<Replaces:>I< package-list>" | |
2360 | msgstr "B<Replaces:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2361 | ||
2362 | #. type: Plain text | |
2363 | #: deb-control.man | |
2364 | msgid "" | |
2365 | "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " | |
2366 | "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " | |
2367 | "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " | |
2368 | "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." | |
2369 | msgstr "" | |
2370 | "C'est une liste de paquets que ce paquet remplace. Il peut ainsi remplacer " | |
2371 | "les fichiers de ces autres paquets ; on se sert pour cela du champ " | |
2372 | "B<Conflicts> pour forcer la suppression des autres paquets, si celui-là " | |
2373 | "possède aussi les mêmes fichiers que le paquet en conflit." | |
2374 | ||
2375 | #. type: Plain text | |
2376 | #: deb-control.man | |
2377 | #, fuzzy | |
2378 | #| msgid "" | |
2379 | #| "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a " | |
2380 | #| "list of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In " | |
2381 | #| "the B<Breaks> and B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as `OR'. " | |
2382 | #| "An optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for " | |
2383 | #| "the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." | |
2384 | msgid "" | |
2385 | "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package " | |
2386 | "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and " | |
2387 | "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional " | |
2388 | "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the " | |
2389 | "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary " | |
2390 | "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same " | |
2391 | "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." | |
2392 | msgstr "" | |
2393 | "La syntaxe des champs B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> et B<Provides> " | |
2394 | "est une liste de noms de paquets, séparés par des virgules (et des espaces " | |
2395 | "facultatives). Dans les champs B<Breaks> et B<Conflicts> la virgule sera lue " | |
2396 | "comme un « OU ». On peut donner une version optionnelle de la même façon que " | |
2397 | "ci-dessus dans les champs B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> et B<Replaces>." | |
2398 | ||
2399 | #. type: TQ | |
2400 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2401 | #, no-wrap | |
2402 | msgid "B<Provides:>I< package-list>" | |
2403 | msgstr "B<Provides:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2404 | ||
2405 | #. type: Plain text | |
2406 | #: deb-control.man | |
2407 | #, fuzzy | |
2408 | #| msgid "" | |
2409 | #| "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this " | |
2410 | #| "is used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. " | |
2411 | #| "For example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they " | |
2412 | #| "provide a common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages " | |
2413 | #| "can depend. This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option " | |
2414 | #| "to satisfy the dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a " | |
2415 | #| "mail server from having to know the package names for all of them, and " | |
2416 | #| "using `|' to separate the list." | |
2417 | msgid "" | |
2418 | "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " | |
2419 | "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " | |
2420 | "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " | |
2421 | "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. " | |
2422 | "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " | |
2423 | "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " | |
2424 | "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to " | |
2425 | "separate the list." | |
2426 | msgstr "" | |
2427 | "C'est une liste de paquets virtuels que ce paquet procure. On s'en " | |
2428 | "serthabituellement pour des paquets qui offrent le même service. Par " | |
2429 | "exemple, sendmail et exim sont des serveurs de courrier, et donc ils " | |
2430 | "procurent chacun le paquet « mail-transport-agent » ; ainsi les autres " | |
2431 | "paquets peuvent dépendre de ce paquet virtuel. Sendmail et exim peuvent " | |
2432 | "ainsi chacun satisfaire la dépendance. Les paquets qui dépendent d'un " | |
2433 | "serveur de courrier n'ont pas à connaître les noms de tous les serveurs de " | |
2434 | "courrier et n'ont pas à utiliser « | » comme séparateur de liste." | |
2435 | ||
2436 | #. type: Plain text | |
2437 | #: deb-control.man | |
2438 | #, fuzzy | |
2439 | #| msgid "" | |
2440 | #| "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a " | |
2441 | #| "list of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In " | |
2442 | #| "the B<Breaks> and B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as `OR'. " | |
2443 | #| "An optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for " | |
2444 | #| "the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." | |
2445 | msgid "" | |
2446 | "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas " | |
2447 | "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be " | |
2448 | "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the " | |
2449 | "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact " | |
2450 | "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored " | |
2451 | "since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
2452 | msgstr "" | |
2453 | "La syntaxe des champs B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> et B<Provides> " | |
2454 | "est une liste de noms de paquets, séparés par des virgules (et des espaces " | |
2455 | "facultatives). Dans les champs B<Breaks> et B<Conflicts> la virgule sera lue " | |
2456 | "comme un « OU ». On peut donner une version optionnelle de la même façon que " | |
2457 | "ci-dessus dans les champs B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> et B<Replaces>." | |
2458 | ||
2459 | #. type: TQ | |
2460 | #: deb-control.man deb-src-control.man | |
2461 | #, no-wrap | |
2462 | msgid "B<Built-Using:>I< package-list>" | |
2463 | msgstr "B<Built-Using:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2464 | ||
2465 | #. type: Plain text | |
2466 | #: deb-control.man | |
2467 | #, fuzzy | |
2468 | #| msgid "" | |
2469 | #| "This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of " | |
2470 | #| "this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance " | |
2471 | #| "software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary " | |
2472 | #| "package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names " | |
2473 | #| "with strict (=) version relationships. Note that the archive " | |
2474 | #| "maintenance software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which " | |
2475 | #| "declares a B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within " | |
2476 | #| "the archive." | |
2477 | msgid "" | |
2478 | "This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of " | |
2479 | "this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance " | |
2480 | "software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary " | |
2481 | "package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names " | |
2482 | "with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships. Note that the archive maintenance " | |
2483 | "software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a B<Built-" | |
2484 | "Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive." | |
2485 | msgstr "" | |
2486 | "Ce champ affiche les paquets source supplémentaires utilisés lors de la " | |
2487 | "construction du paquet binaire. Il permet d'indiquer au logiciel de gestion " | |
2488 | "de l'archive que des paquets source supplémentaires doivent être conservés " | |
2489 | "tant que le paquet binaire est maintenu. Ce champ doit être une liste de " | |
2490 | "paquets source avec des références strictes de version (=). Veuillez noter " | |
2491 | "que le logiciel de gestion de l'archive risque de ne pas accepter un envoi " | |
2492 | "qui déclare une relation B<Built-Using> qui ne peut pas être satisfaite dans " | |
2493 | "l'archive." | |
2494 | ||
2495 | #. type: TP | |
2496 | #: deb-control.man | |
2497 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2498 | #| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package list>" | |
2499 | msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:>I< profile-list (obsolete)>" | |
2500 | msgstr "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< liste de paquets>" | |
2501 | ||
2502 | #. type: Plain text | |
2503 | #: deb-control.man | |
2504 | msgid "" | |
2505 | "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles " | |
2506 | "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). " | |
2507 | "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the B<." | |
2508 | "buildinfo> file, which supersedes it." | |
2509 | msgstr "" | |
2510 | ||
2511 | #. type: TP | |
2512 | #: deb-control.man | |
2513 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2514 | #| msgid "B<Build-Features:>I< features-list>" | |
2515 | msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:>I< reason-list>" | |
2516 | msgstr "B<Build-Features:>I< liste de fonctionnalités>" | |
2517 | ||
2518 | #. type: Plain text | |
2519 | #: deb-control.man | |
2520 | msgid "" | |
2521 | "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package " | |
2522 | "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear " | |
2523 | "in the I<debian/control> master source control file. The only currently " | |
2524 | "used reason is B<debug-symbols>." | |
2525 | msgstr "" | |
2526 | ||
2527 | #. type: SH | |
2528 | #: deb-control.man deb-conffiles.man deb-src-control.man deb-origin.man | |
2529 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
2530 | #, no-wrap | |
2531 | msgid "EXAMPLE" | |
2532 | msgstr "EXEMPLE" | |
2533 | ||
2534 | #. type: Plain text | |
2535 | #: deb-control.man | |
2536 | #, no-wrap | |
2537 | msgid "" | |
2538 | "# Comment\n" | |
2539 | "Package: grep\n" | |
2540 | "Essential: yes\n" | |
2541 | "Priority: required\n" | |
2542 | "Section: base\n" | |
2543 | "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
2544 | "Architecture: sparc\n" | |
2545 | "Version: 2.4-1\n" | |
2546 | "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" | |
2547 | "Provides: rgrep\n" | |
2548 | "Conflicts: rgrep\n" | |
2549 | "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" | |
2550 | " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" | |
2551 | " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" | |
2552 | " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" | |
2553 | " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" | |
2554 | " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" | |
2555 | " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" | |
2556 | " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" | |
2557 | " will run more slowly, however).\n" | |
2558 | msgstr "" | |
2559 | "# Commentaire\n" | |
2560 | "Package: grep\n" | |
2561 | "Essential: yes\n" | |
2562 | "Priority: required\n" | |
2563 | "Section: base\n" | |
2564 | "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
2565 | "Architecture: sparc\n" | |
2566 | "Version: 2.4-1\n" | |
2567 | "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" | |
2568 | "Provides: rgrep\n" | |
2569 | "Conflicts: rgrep\n" | |
2570 | "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" | |
2571 | " Il se peut que le grep de la famille GNU des utilitaires grep soit\n" | |
2572 | " le plus rapide de l'ouest ! Le grep de GNU est fondé sur un mécanisme\n" | |
2573 | " rapide de mise en correspondance déterministe d'états simples (environ\n" | |
2574 | " deux fois plus rapide que le « egrep » standard d'Unix), modifié par une\n" | |
2575 | " recherche de type Boyer-Moore-Gosper qui cherche une chaîne donnée en\n" | |
2576 | " empêchant que les textes impossibles soient analysés par le mécanisme de\n" | |
2577 | " mise en correspondance d'expressions rationnelles et sans avoir\n" | |
2578 | " nécessairement besoin de voir chaque caractère. C'est beaucoup plus\n" | |
2579 | " rapide que les « grep » ou « egrep » d'Unix.\n" | |
2580 | " (Des expressions rationnelles contenant des références circulaires\n" | |
2581 | " ralentissent cependant le programme.)\n" | |
2582 | ||
2583 | #. type: Plain text | |
2584 | #: deb-control.man | |
2585 | msgid "" | |
2586 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." | |
2587 | msgstr "" | |
2588 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." | |
2589 | ||
2590 | #. type: TH | |
2591 | #: deb-conffiles.man | |
2592 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2593 | #| msgid "I<conffiles>" | |
2594 | msgid "deb-conffiles" | |
2595 | msgstr "I<conffiles>" | |
2596 | ||
2597 | #. type: Plain text | |
2598 | #: deb-conffiles.man | |
2599 | #, fuzzy | |
2600 | #| msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers" | |
2601 | msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles" | |
2602 | msgstr "deb-triggers - actions différées du paquet" | |
2603 | ||
2604 | #. type: Plain text | |
2605 | #: deb-conffiles.man | |
2606 | #, fuzzy | |
2607 | #| msgid "I<conffiles>" | |
2608 | msgid "conffiles" | |
2609 | msgstr "I<conffiles>" | |
2610 | ||
2611 | #. type: Plain text | |
2612 | #: deb-conffiles.man | |
2613 | #, fuzzy | |
2614 | #| msgid "" | |
2615 | #| "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " | |
2616 | #| "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " | |
2617 | #| "package creation)." | |
2618 | msgid "" | |
2619 | "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in " | |
2620 | "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)." | |
2621 | msgstr "" | |
2622 | "Un paquet déclare ses relations avec des actions différées en incluant un " | |
2623 | "fichier I<triggers> dans son archive de contrôle (c'est-à-dire I<DEBIAN/" | |
2624 | "triggers> au moment de la création du paquet)." | |
2625 | ||
2626 | #. type: Plain text | |
2627 | #: deb-conffiles.man | |
2628 | msgid "" | |
2629 | "This file contains a list of files, one per line. They should be listed as " | |
2630 | "absolute pathnames, and should exist in the binary package, otherwise " | |
2631 | "B<dpkg>(1) will ignore them (although by default B<dpkg-deb>(1) will refuse " | |
2632 | "to build such binary packages). Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, and " | |
2633 | "empty lines will be ignored." | |
2634 | msgstr "" | |
2635 | ||
2636 | #. type: Plain text | |
2637 | #: deb-conffiles.man | |
2638 | #, no-wrap | |
2639 | msgid "" | |
2640 | "%CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n" | |
2641 | "%CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n" | |
2642 | "%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n" | |
2643 | "%CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n" | |
2644 | msgstr "" | |
2645 | ||
2646 | #. type: Plain text | |
2647 | #: deb-conffiles.man | |
2648 | #, fuzzy | |
2649 | #| msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
2650 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." | |
2651 | msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
2652 | ||
2653 | #. type: TH | |
2654 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2655 | #, no-wrap | |
2656 | msgid "deb-src-control" | |
2657 | msgstr "deb-src-control" | |
2658 | ||
2659 | #. type: Plain text | |
2660 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2661 | msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" | |
2662 | msgstr "" | |
2663 | "deb-src-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets " | |
2664 | "source Debian" | |
2665 | ||
2666 | #. type: Plain text | |
2667 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2668 | #, fuzzy | |
2669 | #| msgid "B<debian/control>" | |
2670 | msgid "debian/control" | |
2671 | msgstr "B<debian/control>" | |
2672 | ||
2673 | #. type: Plain text | |
2674 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2675 | #, fuzzy | |
2676 | #| msgid "" | |
2677 | #| "Each Debian source package contains the master \"control\" file, which " | |
2678 | #| "contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first " | |
2679 | #| "paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, " | |
2680 | #| "while each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each " | |
2681 | #| "paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a " | |
2682 | #| "fieldname, such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed " | |
2683 | #| "by a colon, the body of the field and a newline. Multi-line fields are " | |
2684 | #| "also allowed, but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should " | |
2685 | #| "start with at least one space. The content of the multi-line fields is " | |
2686 | #| "generally joined to a single line by the tools (except in the case of the " | |
2687 | #| "B<Description> field, see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line " | |
2688 | #| "field, insert a dot after the space. Lines starting with a B<'#'> are " | |
2689 | #| "treated as comments." | |
2690 | msgid "" | |
2691 | "Each Debian source package contains the master «control» file, which " | |
2692 | "contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first " | |
2693 | "paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, while " | |
2694 | "each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each " | |
2695 | "paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, " | |
2696 | "such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, " | |
2697 | "the body of the field and a newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, " | |
2698 | "but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should start with at least " | |
2699 | "one space. The content of the multi-line fields is generally joined to a " | |
2700 | "single line by the tools (except in the case of the B<Description> field, " | |
2701 | "see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot " | |
2702 | "after the space. Lines starting with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments." | |
2703 | msgstr "" | |
2704 | "Chaque paquet source Debian contient un fichier « control » maître, qui " | |
2705 | "contient au moins 2 paragraphes, séparés par une ligne vide. Le premier " | |
2706 | "paragraphe donne toutes les informations à propos du paquet source en " | |
2707 | "général et chaque paragraphe qui suit décrit exactement un paquet binaire. " | |
2708 | "Chaque paragraphe contient au moins un champ. Un champ commence par le nom " | |
2709 | "du champ, par exemple B<Package> ou B<Section> (la casse n'est pas " | |
2710 | "significative), suivi d'un caractère « deux-points », du contenu du champ et " | |
2711 | "d'un retour à la ligne. Les champs multi-lignes sont aussi possibles, mais " | |
2712 | "chaque ligne supplémentaire, qui ne comporte pas de nom de champ, doit " | |
2713 | "commencer par au moins une espace. Le contenu des champs multi-lignes est en " | |
2714 | "général réassemblé en une ligne unique par les outils (sauf pour le champ " | |
2715 | "B<Description>, voir ci-dessous). Pour inclure des lignes vides dans un " | |
2716 | "champ multi-lignes, il est nécessaire de mettre un point après l'espace " | |
2717 | "initiale. Les lignes commençant par B<« # »> sont traitées comme des " | |
2718 | "commentaires." | |
2719 | ||
2720 | #. type: SH | |
2721 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2722 | #, no-wrap | |
2723 | msgid "SOURCE FIELDS" | |
2724 | msgstr "LES CHAMPS SOURCE" | |
2725 | ||
2726 | #. type: TP | |
2727 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2728 | #, no-wrap | |
2729 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" | |
2730 | msgstr "B<Source:> I<nom-du-paquet-source> (requis)" | |
2731 | ||
2732 | #. type: Plain text | |
2733 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2734 | msgid "" | |
2735 | "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match " | |
2736 | "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name " | |
2737 | "must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and " | |
2738 | "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two " | |
2739 | "characters long and must start with an alphanumeric character." | |
2740 | msgstr "" | |
2741 | "La valeur de ce champ est le nom du paquet source et doit correspondre au " | |
2742 | "nom du paquet source dans le fichier debian/changelog. Un nom de paquet doit " | |
2743 | "être constitué uniquement de lettres minuscules (a-z), de chiffres (0-9), " | |
2744 | "des caractères plus (+) et moins (-) et de points (.). Les noms de paquets " | |
2745 | "doivent comporter au moins deux caractères et doivent commencer par un " | |
2746 | "caractère alphanumérique." | |
2747 | ||
2748 | #. type: Plain text | |
2749 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2750 | #, fuzzy | |
2751 | #| msgid "" | |
2752 | #| "Should be in the format \"Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>\", and " | |
2753 | #| "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to " | |
2754 | #| "the author of the software or the original packager." | |
2755 | msgid "" | |
2756 | "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and " | |
2757 | "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the " | |
2758 | "author of the software or the original packager." | |
2759 | msgstr "" | |
2760 | "Le format de ce champ sera « Jean Dupont E<lt>jdupont@foo.comE<gt> » ; il " | |
2761 | "indique le responsable actuel du paquet, par opposition à l'auteur du " | |
2762 | "logiciel ou au responsable originel." | |
2763 | ||
2764 | #. type: TP | |
2765 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2766 | #, no-wrap | |
2767 | msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>" | |
2768 | msgstr "B<Uploaders:>I< nom complet et adresse électronique>" | |
2769 | ||
2770 | #. type: Plain text | |
2771 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2772 | #, fuzzy | |
2773 | #| msgid "" | |
2774 | #| "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, " | |
2775 | #| "in the same format as the Maintainer field. Multiple co-maintainers " | |
2776 | #| "should be separated by a comma." | |
2777 | msgid "" | |
2778 | "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in " | |
2779 | "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should " | |
2780 | "be separated by a comma." | |
2781 | msgstr "" | |
2782 | "Affiche les noms et les adresses électroniques des co-responsables du " | |
2783 | "paquet, au même format que le champ Maintainer. Des co-responsables " | |
2784 | "multiples peuvent être séparés par une virgule." | |
2785 | ||
2786 | #. type: TP | |
2787 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2788 | #, no-wrap | |
2789 | msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>" | |
2790 | msgstr "B<Standards-Version:>I< chaîne de version>" | |
2791 | ||
2792 | #. type: Plain text | |
2793 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2794 | #, fuzzy | |
2795 | #| msgid "" | |
2796 | #| "This documents the most recent version of the standards (which consists " | |
2797 | #| "of the Debian Policy Manual and referenced texts from the B<debian-" | |
2798 | #| "policy> package) this package complies to." | |
2799 | msgid "" | |
2800 | "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards " | |
2801 | "this package complies with." | |
2802 | msgstr "" | |
2803 | "Ce champ indique la version la plus récente des normes (constituées par la " | |
2804 | "Charte Debian et les textes indiqués dans le paquet B<debian-policy>) " | |
2805 | "auxquelles ce paquet se conforme." | |
2806 | ||
2807 | #. type: Plain text | |
2808 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2809 | msgid "The upstream project home page URL." | |
2810 | msgstr "URL de la page d'accueil du projet amont." | |
2811 | ||
2812 | #. type: Plain text | |
2813 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2814 | msgid "" | |
2815 | "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " | |
2816 | "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian." | |
2817 | "org>. This field is usually not needed." | |
2818 | msgstr "" | |
2819 | "L'I<URL> du système de suivi de bogues (BTS) de ce paquet. Le format utilisé " | |
2820 | "est I<type_de_bts>B<://>I<adresse_du_btsE>, par exemple B<debbugs://bugs." | |
2821 | "debian.org>. Ce champ est en général inutile." | |
2822 | ||
2823 | #. type: TP | |
2824 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2825 | #, no-wrap | |
2826 | msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:>I< url>" | |
2827 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Arch:>I< URL>" | |
2828 | ||
2829 | #. type: TQ | |
2830 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2831 | #, no-wrap | |
2832 | msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:>I< url>" | |
2833 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Bzr:>I< URL>" | |
2834 | ||
2835 | #. type: TQ | |
2836 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2837 | #, no-wrap | |
2838 | msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:>I< url>" | |
2839 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Cvs:>I< URL>" | |
2840 | ||
2841 | #. type: TQ | |
2842 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2843 | #, no-wrap | |
2844 | msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:>I< url>" | |
2845 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Darcs:>I< URL>" | |
2846 | ||
2847 | #. type: TQ | |
2848 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2849 | #, no-wrap | |
2850 | msgid "B<Vcs-Git:>I< url>" | |
2851 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Git:>I< URL>" | |
2852 | ||
2853 | #. type: TQ | |
2854 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2855 | #, no-wrap | |
2856 | msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:>I< url>" | |
2857 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Hg:>I< URL>" | |
2858 | ||
2859 | #. type: TQ | |
2860 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2861 | #, no-wrap | |
2862 | msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:>I< url>" | |
2863 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Mtn:>I< URL>" | |
2864 | ||
2865 | #. type: TQ | |
2866 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2867 | #, no-wrap | |
2868 | msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:>I< url>" | |
2869 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Svn:>I< URL>" | |
2870 | ||
2871 | #. type: Plain text | |
2872 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2873 | msgid "" | |
2874 | "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this " | |
2875 | "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, " | |
2876 | "B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> (Subversion). " | |
2877 | "Usually this field points to the latest version of the package, such as the " | |
2878 | "main branch or the trunk." | |
2879 | msgstr "" | |
2880 | "Ce champ indique l'I<URL> du système de gestion de version utilisé pour la " | |
2881 | "gestion du paquet. Les systèmes gérés sont B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, " | |
2882 | "B<Darcs>, B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) et B<Svn> " | |
2883 | "(Subversion). En général, ce champ fait référence à la dernière version du " | |
2884 | "paquet, c'est-à-dire la branche principale ou le « trunk »." | |
2885 | ||
2886 | #. type: TP | |
2887 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2888 | #, no-wrap | |
2889 | msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< url>" | |
2890 | msgstr "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< URL>" | |
2891 | ||
2892 | #. type: Plain text | |
2893 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2894 | msgid "" | |
2895 | "The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System repository." | |
2896 | msgstr "" | |
2897 | "Indique l'I<URL> de l'interface web permettant de parcourir le dépôt du " | |
2898 | "système de gestion de version." | |
2899 | ||
2900 | #. type: Plain text | |
2901 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2902 | msgid "" | |
2903 | "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is " | |
2904 | "usually not needed." | |
2905 | msgstr "" | |
2906 | "Indique le nom de la distribution dont le paquet provient. Ce champ n'est " | |
2907 | "souvent pas nécessaire." | |
2908 | ||
2909 | #. type: TP | |
2910 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2911 | #, no-wrap | |
2912 | msgid "B<Build-Depends:>I< package-list>" | |
2913 | msgstr "B<Build-Depends:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2914 | ||
2915 | #. type: Plain text | |
2916 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2917 | #, fuzzy | |
2918 | #| msgid "" | |
2919 | #| "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " | |
2920 | #| "build the source package. Including a dependency in this list has the " | |
2921 | #| "same effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-" | |
2922 | #| "Depends-Indep>, with the additional effect of being used for source-only " | |
2923 | #| "builds." | |
2924 | msgid "" | |
2925 | "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " | |
2926 | "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when " | |
2927 | "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source " | |
2928 | "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same " | |
2929 | "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-" | |
2930 | "Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied when building the " | |
2931 | "source package." | |
2932 | msgstr "" | |
2933 | "Liste de paquets à installer et configurer pour pouvoir construire le paquet " | |
2934 | "source. Si une dépendance est ajoutée à cette liste, l'effet sera le même " | |
2935 | "que si elle était ajoutée à la fois dans B<Build-Depends-Arch> et B<Build-" | |
2936 | "Depends-Indep>, en ayant de plus l'effet d'être prise en compte pour les " | |
2937 | "constructions de paquets source uniquement (« source-only builds »)." | |
2938 | ||
2939 | #. type: TQ | |
2940 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2941 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2942 | #| msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:>I< package list>" | |
2943 | msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:>I< package-list>" | |
2944 | msgstr "B<Build-Depends-Arch:>I<liste-de-paquets>" | |
2945 | ||
2946 | #. type: Plain text | |
2947 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2948 | msgid "" | |
2949 | "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " | |
2950 | "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in " | |
2951 | "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build with " | |
2952 | "older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead." | |
2953 | msgstr "" | |
2954 | "Liste analogue à B<Build-Depends>, mais restreinte aux paquets nécessaires " | |
2955 | "pour construire les paquets dépendants de l'architecture. Les paquets " | |
2956 | "indiqués dans B<Build-Depends> sont alors également installés. Ce champ est " | |
2957 | "géré depuis la version 1.16.4 de dpkg ; pour pouvoir construire des paquets " | |
2958 | "avec des versions plus anciennes de dpkg, il est préférable d'utiliser " | |
2959 | "B<Build-Depends>." | |
2960 | ||
2961 | #. type: TQ | |
2962 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2963 | #, no-wrap | |
2964 | msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< package-list>" | |
2965 | msgstr "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
2966 | ||
2967 | #. type: Plain text | |
2968 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2969 | msgid "" | |
2970 | "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " | |
2971 | "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed " | |
2972 | "in this case." | |
2973 | msgstr "" | |
2974 | "Liste analogue à B<Build-Depends>, mais restreinte aux paquets nécessaires " | |
2975 | "pour construire les paquets indépendants de l'architecture. Les paquets " | |
2976 | "indiqués dans B<Build-Depends> sont alors aussi installés." | |
2977 | ||
2978 | #. type: TQ | |
2979 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
2980 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
2981 | #| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package list>" | |
2982 | msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package-list>" | |
2983 | msgstr "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< liste de paquets>" | |
2984 | ||
2985 | #. type: Plain text | |
2986 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
2987 | msgid "" | |
2988 | "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, " | |
2989 | "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a " | |
2990 | "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-" | |
2991 | "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of " | |
2992 | "being used for source-only builds." | |
2993 | msgstr "" | |
2994 | "Liste de paquets qui ne doivent pas être installés lors de la construction " | |
2995 | "du paquet, par exemple s'ils interfèrent avec le système de construction " | |
2996 | "utilisé. Si une dépendance est ajoutée à cette liste, l'effet sera le même " | |
2997 | "que si elle était ajoutée à la fois dans B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> et B<Build-" | |
2998 | "Conflicts-Indep>, en ayant de plus l'effet d'être prise en compte pour les " | |
2999 | "constructions de paquets source uniquement (« source-only builds »)." | |
3000 | ||
3001 | #. type: TQ | |
3002 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
3003 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
3004 | #| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:>I< package list>" | |
3005 | msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:>I< package-list>" | |
3006 | msgstr "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:>I< liste de paquets>" | |
3007 | ||
3008 | #. type: Plain text | |
3009 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3010 | msgid "" | |
3011 | "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " | |
3012 | "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to " | |
3013 | "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead." | |
3014 | msgstr "" | |
3015 | "Identique à B<Build-Conflicts>, mais n'est prise en compte que pour les " | |
3016 | "paquets dépendants de l'architecture. Ce champ est géré depuis la version " | |
3017 | "1.16.4 de dpkg ; pour pouvoir construire des paquets avec des versions plus " | |
3018 | "anciennes de dpkg, il est préférable d'utiliser B<Build-Conflicts>." | |
3019 | ||
3020 | #. type: TQ | |
3021 | #: deb-src-control.man dsc.man | |
3022 | #, no-wrap | |
3023 | msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< package-list>" | |
3024 | msgstr "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
3025 | ||
3026 | #. type: Plain text | |
3027 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3028 | msgid "" | |
3029 | "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " | |
3030 | "independent packages." | |
3031 | msgstr "" | |
3032 | "liste analogue à B<Build-Conflicts> mais restreinte à la construction des " | |
3033 | "paquets indépendants de l'architecture." | |
3034 | ||
3035 | #. type: Plain text | |
3036 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3037 | #, fuzzy | |
3038 | #| msgid "" | |
3039 | #| "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-" | |
3040 | #| "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each " | |
3041 | #| "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or \"pipe\") " | |
3042 | #| "symbols, \"|\". The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read " | |
3043 | #| "as \"AND\", and pipes as \"OR\", with pipes binding more tightly. Each " | |
3044 | #| "package name is optionally followed by a version number specification in " | |
3045 | #| "parentheses, an architecture specification in square brackets, and a " | |
3046 | #| "restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile names in " | |
3047 | #| "angle brackets." | |
3048 | msgid "" | |
3049 | "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-" | |
3050 | "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each " | |
3051 | "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, " | |
3052 | "‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as " | |
3053 | "“AND”, and pipes as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package " | |
3054 | "name is optionally followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a " | |
3055 | "colon ‘B<:>’, optionally followed by a version number specification in " | |
3056 | "parentheses, an architecture specification in square brackets, and a " | |
3057 | "restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile names in " | |
3058 | "angle brackets." | |
3059 | msgstr "" | |
3060 | "La syntaxe des champs B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> et B<Build-" | |
3061 | "Depends-Indep> est une liste de groupes contenant des paquets alternatifs. " | |
3062 | "Chaque groupe est une liste de paquets séparés par une barre verticale (le " | |
3063 | "symbole du tube) « | ». Les groupes sont séparés par des virgules. Une " | |
3064 | "virgule représente un « ET » logique et une barre verticale représente un " | |
3065 | "« OU » logique ; le tube représente un lien plus fort. Chaque nom de paquet " | |
3066 | "est suivi de façon optionnelle par un numéro de version entre parenthèses, " | |
3067 | "un type d'architecture entre crochets et une formule de restriction " | |
3068 | "constituée d'une ou plusieurs listes de noms de profil entre chevrons." | |
3069 | ||
3070 | #. type: Plain text | |
3071 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3072 | #, fuzzy | |
3073 | #| msgid "" | |
3074 | #| "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-" | |
3075 | #| "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where " | |
3076 | #| "the comma is read as an \"AND\". Specifying alternative packages using a " | |
3077 | #| "\"pipe\" is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a " | |
3078 | #| "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture " | |
3079 | #| "specification in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of " | |
3080 | #| "one or more lists of profile names in angle brackets." | |
3081 | msgid "" | |
3082 | "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-" | |
3083 | "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where " | |
3084 | "the comma is read as an “AND”. Specifying alternative packages using a " | |
3085 | "“pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a " | |
3086 | "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification " | |
3087 | "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more " | |
3088 | "lists of profile names in angle brackets." | |
3089 | msgstr "" | |
3090 | "La syntaxe des champs B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> et B<Build-" | |
3091 | "Conflicts-Indep> est une liste de paquets séparés par des virgules qui " | |
3092 | "représentent le « ET » logique. L'indication de paquets alternatifs avec une " | |
3093 | "barre verticale (le symbole du tube) « | » n'est pas prise en charge. Chaque " | |
3094 | "nom de paquet peut être suivi de façon optionnelle par un numéro de version " | |
3095 | "entre parenthèses, un type d'architecture entre crochets et une formule de " | |
3096 | "restriction constituée d'une ou plusieurs listes de noms de profil entre " | |
3097 | "chevrons." | |
3098 | ||
3099 | #. type: Plain text | |
3100 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3101 | msgid "" | |
3102 | "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " | |
3103 | "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). " | |
3104 | "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host " | |
3105 | "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real " | |
3106 | "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that " | |
3107 | "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if " | |
3108 | "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match " | |
3109 | "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with B<Multi-" | |
3110 | "Arch: foreign>." | |
3111 | msgstr "" | |
3112 | ||
3113 | #. type: Plain text | |
3114 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3115 | #, fuzzy | |
3116 | #| msgid "" | |
3117 | #| "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, " | |
3118 | #| "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of " | |
3119 | #| "the names, meaning \"NOT\"." | |
3120 | msgid "" | |
3121 | "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, " | |
3122 | "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the " | |
3123 | "names, meaning “NOT”." | |
3124 | msgstr "" | |
3125 | "Une indication d'architecture consiste en un ou plusieurs noms " | |
3126 | "d'architectures, séparés par des espaces. Un nom d'architecture peut être " | |
3127 | "précédé d'un point d'exclamation qui correspond alors au « NON » logique." | |
3128 | ||
3129 | #. type: Plain text | |
3130 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3131 | #, fuzzy | |
3132 | #| msgid "" | |
3133 | #| "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, " | |
3134 | #| "separated by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle " | |
3135 | #| "brackets. Items in the restriction list are build profile names, " | |
3136 | #| "separated by whitespace and can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, " | |
3137 | #| "meaning \"NOT\". A restriction formula represents a disjunctive normal " | |
3138 | #| "form expression." | |
3139 | msgid "" | |
3140 | "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated " | |
3141 | "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items in " | |
3142 | "the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and " | |
3143 | "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction " | |
3144 | "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression." | |
3145 | msgstr "" | |
3146 | "Une formule de restriction consiste en une ou plusieurs listes de " | |
3147 | "restriction séparées par des espaces. Chaque liste de restriction est " | |
3148 | "incluse entre chevrons. Les éléments des listes de restriction sont des noms " | |
3149 | "de profils de construction séparés par des espaces et pouvant être préfixés " | |
3150 | "d'un point d'exclamation représentant un « NON » logique. Une formule de " | |
3151 | "restriction représente une forme normale disjonctive." | |
3152 | ||
3153 | #. type: Plain text | |
3154 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3155 | msgid "" | |
3156 | "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be " | |
3157 | "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A " | |
3158 | "list of these packages is in the build-essential package." | |
3159 | msgstr "" | |
3160 | "Veuillez noter que les dépendances des paquets du jeu B<build-essential> " | |
3161 | "peuvent être omises et qu'il n'est pas possible de déclarer des conflits " | |
3162 | "avec ces paquets. La liste des paquets concernés est fournie par le paquet " | |
3163 | "build-essential." | |
3164 | ||
3165 | #. type: SH | |
3166 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3167 | #, no-wrap | |
3168 | msgid "BINARY FIELDS" | |
3169 | msgstr "CHAMPS BINAIRES" | |
3170 | ||
3171 | #. type: Plain text | |
3172 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3173 | msgid "" | |
3174 | "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in " | |
3175 | "a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package." | |
3176 | msgstr "" | |
3177 | "Veuillez noter que les champs B<Priority>, B<Section> et B<Homepage> peuvent " | |
3178 | "être placés dans le paragraphe d'un paquet binaire et leur valeur remplace " | |
3179 | "alors celle du paquet source." | |
3180 | ||
3181 | #. type: TP | |
3182 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3183 | #, no-wrap | |
3184 | msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" | |
3185 | msgstr "B<Package:> I<nom-du-paquet-binaire> (requis)" | |
3186 | ||
3187 | #. type: Plain text | |
3188 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3189 | msgid "" | |
3190 | "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as " | |
3191 | "to a source package name apply." | |
3192 | msgstr "" | |
3193 | "Ce champ sert à indiquer le nom du paquet binaire. Les restrictions sont les " | |
3194 | "mêmes que celles des paquets source." | |
3195 | ||
3196 | #. type: TP | |
3197 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3198 | #, no-wrap | |
3199 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" | |
3200 | msgstr "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (requis)" | |
3201 | ||
3202 | #. type: Plain text | |
3203 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3204 | msgid "" | |
3205 | "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For " | |
3206 | "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages " | |
3207 | "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or " | |
3208 | "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain " | |
3209 | "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. " | |
3210 | "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see B<dpkg-" | |
3211 | "architecture>(1) for more information about them)." | |
3212 | msgstr "" | |
3213 | "Ce champ indique l'architecture matérielle sur laquelle le paquet peut être " | |
3214 | "utilisé. Les paquets qui peuvent être utilisés sur toute architecture " | |
3215 | "doivent utiliser le champ B<any>. Les paquets indépendants de " | |
3216 | "l'architecture, tels les scripts shell ou Perl ou la documentation utilisent " | |
3217 | "la valeur B<all>. Pour restreindre un paquet à certaines architectures, " | |
3218 | "leurs noms doivent être indiqués séparés par des espaces. Il est également " | |
3219 | "possible d'utiliser des noms génériques d'architectures dans cette liste " | |
3220 | "(voir B<dpkg-architecture>(1) pour plus d'informations sur ces architectures " | |
3221 | "génériques)." | |
3222 | ||
3223 | #. type: TP | |
3224 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3225 | #, no-wrap | |
3226 | msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>" | |
3227 | msgstr "" | |
3228 | ||
3229 | #. type: Plain text | |
3230 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3231 | msgid "" | |
3232 | "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or " | |
3233 | "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula " | |
3234 | "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used." | |
3235 | msgstr "" | |
3236 | ||
3237 | #. type: Plain text | |
3238 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3239 | msgid "" | |
3240 | "If a binary package paragraph does not contain this field, then it " | |
3241 | "implicitly means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at " | |
3242 | "all)." | |
3243 | msgstr "" | |
3244 | ||
3245 | #. type: Plain text | |
3246 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3247 | msgid "" | |
3248 | "In other words, if a binary package paragraph is annotated with a non-empty " | |
3249 | "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only " | |
3250 | "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression " | |
3251 | "evaluates to true." | |
3252 | msgstr "" | |
3253 | ||
3254 | #. type: TP | |
3255 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3256 | #, no-wrap | |
3257 | msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>" | |
3258 | msgstr "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>" | |
3259 | ||
3260 | #. type: Plain text | |
3261 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3262 | #, fuzzy | |
3263 | #| msgid "" | |
3264 | #| "This field defines the type of the package. \"udeb\" is for size-" | |
3265 | #| "constrained packages used by the debian installer. \"deb\" is the default " | |
3266 | #| "value, it's assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in " | |
3267 | #| "the future." | |
3268 | msgid "" | |
3269 | "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained " | |
3270 | "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is " | |
3271 | "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future." | |
3272 | msgstr "" | |
3273 | "Ce champ indique le type de paquet. La valeur « udeb » est à utiliser pour " | |
3274 | "les paquets à taille contrôlée utilisés par l'installateur Debian. La valeur " | |
3275 | "« deb » est la valeur par défaut qui est utilisée si le champ n'est pas " | |
3276 | "présent. De nouveaux types pourraient être ajoutés au fil du temps." | |
3277 | ||
3278 | #. type: TQ | |
3279 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3280 | #, no-wrap | |
3281 | msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>" | |
3282 | msgstr "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>" | |
3283 | ||
3284 | #. type: Plain text | |
3285 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3286 | msgid "" | |
3287 | "These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they " | |
3288 | "are copied literally to the control file of the binary package." | |
3289 | msgstr "" | |
3290 | "Ces champs sont décrits dans la page de manuel de B<deb-control>(5), car ils " | |
3291 | "sont copiés littéralement dans le fichier « control » du paquet binaire." | |
3292 | ||
3293 | #. type: TQ | |
3294 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3295 | #, no-wrap | |
3296 | msgid "B<Enhances:>I< package-list>" | |
3297 | msgstr "B<Enhances:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
3298 | ||
3299 | #. type: Plain text | |
3300 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3301 | #, fuzzy | |
3302 | #| msgid "" | |
3303 | #| "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed " | |
3304 | #| "in the B<deb-control>(5) manpage and in the B<debian-policy> package." | |
3305 | msgid "" | |
3306 | "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in " | |
3307 | "the B<deb-control>(5) manpage." | |
3308 | msgstr "" | |
3309 | "Ces champs indiquent les relations entre les paquets. Ils sont détaillés " | |
3310 | "dans la page de manuel B<deb-control>(5) et dans le paquet B<debian-policy>." | |
3311 | ||
3312 | #. type: SH | |
3313 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3314 | #, no-wrap | |
3315 | msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS" | |
3316 | msgstr "LES CHAMPS UTILISATEUR" | |
3317 | ||
3318 | #. type: Plain text | |
3319 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3320 | msgid "" | |
3321 | "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The " | |
3322 | "tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to " | |
3323 | "the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom " | |
3324 | "naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero or " | |
3325 | "more of the letters B<BCS> and a hyphen." | |
3326 | msgstr "" | |
3327 | ||
3328 | #. type: TP | |
3329 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3330 | #, no-wrap | |
3331 | msgid "B<B>" | |
3332 | msgstr "" | |
3333 | ||
3334 | #. type: Plain text | |
3335 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3336 | #, fuzzy | |
3337 | #| msgid "" | |
3338 | #| "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in " | |
3339 | #| "a binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5). See also the Debian Policy " | |
3340 | #| "Manual for further details." | |
3341 | msgid "" | |
3342 | "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-" | |
3343 | "control>(5)." | |
3344 | msgstr "" | |
3345 | "Le champ I<dépendances> utilise la même syntaxe que le champ B<Depends> d'un " | |
3346 | "fichier de contrôle d'un paquet binaire, voir B<deb-control>(5). Voir aussi " | |
3347 | "la Charte Debian pour plus de détails." | |
3348 | ||
3349 | #. type: TP | |
3350 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3351 | #, no-wrap | |
3352 | msgid "B<S>" | |
3353 | msgstr "" | |
3354 | ||
3355 | #. type: Plain text | |
3356 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3357 | msgid "" | |
3358 | "The field will appear in the source package control file, see B<dsc>(5)." | |
3359 | msgstr "" | |
3360 | ||
3361 | #. type: TP | |
3362 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3363 | #, no-wrap | |
3364 | msgid "B<C>" | |
3365 | msgstr "" | |
3366 | ||
3367 | #. type: Plain text | |
3368 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3369 | msgid "" | |
3370 | "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see B<deb-" | |
3371 | "changes>(5)." | |
3372 | msgstr "" | |
3373 | ||
3374 | #. type: Plain text | |
3375 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3376 | msgid "" | |
3377 | "Note that the B<X>[B<BCS>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are " | |
3378 | "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as " | |
3379 | "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or " | |
3380 | "source package control files." | |
3381 | msgstr "" | |
3382 | ||
3383 | #. type: Plain text | |
3384 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3385 | msgid "" | |
3386 | "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global " | |
3387 | "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially " | |
3388 | "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those " | |
3389 | "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>." | |
3390 | msgstr "" | |
3391 | "Il faut prendre en compte le fait que ces champs définis par l'utilisateur " | |
3392 | "se serviront de l'espace de nommage global lequel pourrait, dans le futur, " | |
3393 | "entrer en conflit avec des champs officiellement reconnus. Pour éviter de " | |
3394 | "telles situations, il est conseillé de les préfixer avec B<Private-> " | |
3395 | "(exemple : B<XB-Private-New-Field>)." | |
3396 | ||
3397 | #. type: Plain text | |
3398 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3399 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
3400 | #| msgid "" | |
3401 | #| "# Comment\n" | |
3402 | #| "Source: dpkg\n" | |
3403 | #| "Section: admin\n" | |
3404 | #| "Priority: required\n" | |
3405 | #| "Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
3406 | #| "# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n" | |
3407 | #| "XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" | |
3408 | #| "Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" | |
3409 | #| "Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
3410 | #| "Vcs-Git: git://git.dpkg.org/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
3411 | #| "Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" | |
3412 | #| "Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n" | |
3413 | #| " libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" | |
3414 | msgid "" | |
3415 | "# Comment\n" | |
3416 | "Source: dpkg\n" | |
3417 | "Section: admin\n" | |
3418 | "Priority: required\n" | |
3419 | "Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
3420 | "# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n" | |
3421 | "XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" | |
3422 | "Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" | |
3423 | "Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
3424 | "Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
3425 | "Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" | |
3426 | "Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n" | |
3427 | " libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" | |
3428 | msgstr "" | |
3429 | "# Commentaire\n" | |
3430 | "Source: dpkg\n" | |
3431 | "Section: admin\n" | |
3432 | "Priority: required\n" | |
3433 | "Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
3434 | "# ce champ est copié dans les paquets source et binaires\n" | |
3435 | "XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" | |
3436 | "Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" | |
3437 | "Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
3438 | "Vcs-Git: git://git.dpkg.org/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
3439 | "Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" | |
3440 | "Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n" | |
3441 | " libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" | |
3442 | ||
3443 | #. type: Plain text | |
3444 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3445 | #, no-wrap | |
3446 | msgid "" | |
3447 | "Package: dpkg-dev\n" | |
3448 | "Section: utils\n" | |
3449 | "Priority: optional\n" | |
3450 | "Architecture: all\n" | |
3451 | "# this is a custom field in the binary package\n" | |
3452 | "XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
3453 | "Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2),\n" | |
3454 | " bzip2, lzma, patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n" | |
3455 | "Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n" | |
3456 | "Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n" | |
3457 | "Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n" | |
3458 | "Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n" | |
3459 | "Description: Debian package development tools\n" | |
3460 | " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n" | |
3461 | " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n" | |
3462 | " .\n" | |
3463 | " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n" | |
3464 | " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n" | |
3465 | msgstr "" | |
3466 | "Package: dpkg-dev\n" | |
3467 | "Section: utils\n" | |
3468 | "Priority: optional\n" | |
3469 | "Architecture: all\n" | |
3470 | "# champ personnalisé dans le paquet binaire\n" | |
3471 | "XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
3472 | "Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2), bzip2, lzma,\n" | |
3473 | " patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n" | |
3474 | "Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n" | |
3475 | "Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n" | |
3476 | "Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n" | |
3477 | "Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n" | |
3478 | "Description: Debian package development tools\n" | |
3479 | " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n" | |
3480 | " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n" | |
3481 | " .\n" | |
3482 | " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n" | |
3483 | " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n" | |
3484 | ||
3485 | #. type: Plain text | |
3486 | #: deb-src-control.man | |
3487 | msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
3488 | msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
3489 | ||
3490 | #. type: TH | |
3491 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3492 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
3493 | #| msgid "I<conffiles>" | |
3494 | msgid "deb-src-files" | |
3495 | msgstr "I<conffiles>" | |
3496 | ||
3497 | #. type: Plain text | |
3498 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3499 | #, fuzzy | |
3500 | #| msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" | |
3501 | msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format" | |
3502 | msgstr "dpkg-genchanges - Créer des fichiers « .changes »." | |
3503 | ||
3504 | #. type: Plain text | |
3505 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3506 | #, fuzzy | |
3507 | #| msgid "B<debian/files>" | |
3508 | msgid "debian/files" | |
3509 | msgstr "B<debian/files>" | |
3510 | ||
3511 | #. type: Plain text | |
3512 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3513 | msgid "" | |
3514 | "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the " | |
3515 | "B<.changes> control file." | |
3516 | msgstr "" | |
3517 | ||
3518 | #. type: Plain text | |
3519 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3520 | #, fuzzy | |
3521 | #| msgid "" | |
3522 | #| "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " | |
3523 | #| "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." | |
3524 | msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format." | |
3525 | msgstr "" | |
3526 | "Les éléments du fichier « override » sont séparés simplement par une espace. " | |
3527 | "Les commentaires commencent par un caractère B<« # »>." | |
3528 | ||
3529 | #. type: Plain text | |
3530 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3531 | msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority>" | |
3532 | msgstr "" | |
3533 | ||
3534 | #. type: Plain text | |
3535 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3536 | #, fuzzy | |
3537 | #| msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove." | |
3538 | msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute." | |
3539 | msgstr "" | |
3540 | "I<fichier-de-configuration> est le nom du fichier de configuration à " | |
3541 | "supprimer." | |
3542 | ||
3543 | #. type: Plain text | |
3544 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3545 | #, fuzzy | |
3546 | #| msgid "" | |
3547 | #| "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " | |
3548 | #| "available in the .deb. The allowed values are listed in the Debian policy." | |
3549 | msgid "" | |
3550 | "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields " | |
3551 | "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " | |
3552 | "archive." | |
3553 | msgstr "" | |
3554 | "I<priority> et I<section> correspondent respectivement aux champs de " | |
3555 | "contrôle présents dans le fichier .deb. Les valeurs autorisées sont définies " | |
3556 | "dans la Charte Debian." | |
3557 | ||
3558 | #. type: SH | |
3559 | #: deb-src-files.man deb-version.man dpkg-architecture.man | |
3560 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
3561 | #, no-wrap | |
3562 | msgid "NOTES" | |
3563 | msgstr "NOTES" | |
3564 | ||
3565 | #. type: Plain text | |
3566 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3567 | msgid "" | |
3568 | "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of B<dpkg-" | |
3569 | "gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it." | |
3570 | msgstr "" | |
3571 | ||
3572 | #. type: Plain text | |
3573 | #: deb-src-files.man | |
3574 | #, fuzzy | |
3575 | #| msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." | |
3576 | msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)." | |
3577 | msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." | |
3578 | ||
3579 | #. type: TH | |
3580 | #: deb-split.man | |
3581 | #, no-wrap | |
3582 | msgid "deb-split" | |
3583 | msgstr "deb-split" | |
3584 | ||
3585 | #. type: Plain text | |
3586 | #: deb-split.man | |
3587 | msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format" | |
3588 | msgstr "deb-split - formatage de paquets binaires Debian en plusieurs parties" | |
3589 | ||
3590 | # type: Plain text | |
3591 | #. type: Plain text | |
3592 | #: deb-split.man | |
3593 | msgid "" | |
3594 | "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller " | |
3595 | "pieces to ease transport in small media." | |
3596 | msgstr "" | |
3597 | "Le format B<.deb> en plusieurs parties (multi-part) permet de découper de " | |
3598 | "gros paquets en petites parties pour faciliter leur transport sur des " | |
3599 | "supports de faible capacité." | |
3600 | ||
3601 | #. type: Plain text | |
3602 | #: deb-split.man | |
3603 | msgid "" | |
3604 | "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " | |
3605 | "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
3606 | msgstr "" | |
3607 | "Le fichier est une archive B<ar> avec un numéro magique de B<!E<lt>archE<gt>." | |
3608 | ">. Les noms de fichiers peuvent comporter un caractère « / » final (depuis " | |
3609 | "dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
3610 | ||
3611 | #. type: Plain text | |
3612 | #: deb-split.man | |
3613 | msgid "" | |
3614 | "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " | |
3615 | "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:" | |
3616 | msgstr "" | |
3617 | "Le premier membre est appelé B<debians-split> et contient un ensemble de " | |
3618 | "lignes, séparées par des retours à la ligne. Actuellement, huit lignes sont " | |
3619 | "présentes :" | |
3620 | ||
3621 | #. type: IP | |
3622 | #: deb-split.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
3623 | #, no-wrap | |
3624 | msgid "•" | |
3625 | msgstr "•" | |
3626 | ||
3627 | #. type: Plain text | |
3628 | #: deb-split.man | |
3629 | msgid "" | |
3630 | "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written." | |
3631 | msgstr "" | |
3632 | "Numéro de version du format, B<2.1> au moment de la rédaction de cette page " | |
3633 | "de manuel." | |
3634 | ||
3635 | #. type: Plain text | |
3636 | #: deb-split.man | |
3637 | msgid "The package name." | |
3638 | msgstr "Nom du paquet" | |
3639 | ||
3640 | #. type: Plain text | |
3641 | #: deb-split.man | |
3642 | msgid "The package version." | |
3643 | msgstr "Version du paquet" | |
3644 | ||
3645 | #. type: Plain text | |
3646 | #: deb-split.man | |
3647 | msgid "The md5sum of the package." | |
3648 | msgstr "Somme de contrôle MD5 du paquet" | |
3649 | ||
3650 | #. type: Plain text | |
3651 | #: deb-split.man | |
3652 | msgid "The total size of the package." | |
3653 | msgstr "Taille totale du paquet" | |
3654 | ||
3655 | #. type: Plain text | |
3656 | #: deb-split.man | |
3657 | msgid "The maximum part size." | |
3658 | msgstr "Taille maximale d'un membre" | |
3659 | ||
3660 | #. type: Plain text | |
3661 | #: deb-split.man | |
3662 | msgid "" | |
3663 | "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts " | |
3664 | "(as in ‘1/10’)." | |
3665 | msgstr "" | |
3666 | "Numéro du membre courant, suivi d'une barre oblique (/) et du nombre total " | |
3667 | "de membres (par exemple ‘1/10’)." | |
3668 | ||
3669 | #. type: Plain text | |
3670 | #: deb-split.man | |
3671 | msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
3672 | msgstr "Architecture du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.1)" | |
3673 | ||
3674 | # type: Plain text | |
3675 | #. type: Plain text | |
3676 | #: deb-split.man | |
3677 | msgid "" | |
3678 | "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor " | |
3679 | "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, " | |
3680 | "and should ignore these if this is the case." | |
3681 | msgstr "" | |
3682 | "Les programmes qui lisent des archives en parties multiples doivent pouvoir " | |
3683 | "gérer l'augmentation du numéro de version mineure et autoriser la présence " | |
3684 | "de lignes supplémentaires (et les ignorer si elles existent)." | |
3685 | ||
3686 | #. type: Plain text | |
3687 | #: deb-split.man | |
3688 | msgid "" | |
3689 | "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has " | |
3690 | "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program " | |
3691 | "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member " | |
3692 | "in the archive (except at the end), as described below." | |
3693 | msgstr "" | |
3694 | "Si le numéro de version majeure a changé, cela signifie qu'une modification " | |
3695 | "incompatible a été effectuée, et le programme doit alors s'arrêter. Si ce " | |
3696 | "n'est pas le cas, le programme doit être en mesure de poursuivre " | |
3697 | "correctement, à moins qu'il ne rencontre un membre non reconnu dans " | |
3698 | "l'archive (excepté à la fin de cette dernière), comme décrit ci-dessous." | |
3699 | ||
3700 | #. type: Plain text | |
3701 | #: deb-split.man | |
3702 | msgid "" | |
3703 | "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes " | |
3704 | "the part number. It contains the raw part data." | |
3705 | msgstr "" | |
3706 | "Le deuxième et dernier membre requis se nomme B<data.>I<N> où I<N> est le " | |
3707 | "numéro de la partie. Il contient les données brutes de la partie." | |
3708 | ||
3709 | #. type: Plain text | |
3710 | #: deb-split.man | |
3711 | msgid "" | |
3712 | "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " | |
3713 | "ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be " | |
3714 | "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two." | |
3715 | msgstr "" | |
3716 | "Ces membres doivent apparaître dans cet ordre exact. Les implémentations " | |
3717 | "actuelles devraient ignorer tout membre additionnel suivant B<data.>I<N>. " | |
3718 | "D'autres membres seront éventuellement proposés, et (si possible) seront " | |
3719 | "placés après les deux premiers." | |
3720 | ||
3721 | #. type: Plain text | |
3722 | #: deb-split.man | |
3723 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." | |
3724 | msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." | |
3725 | ||
3726 | #. type: TH | |
3727 | #: deb-version.man | |
3728 | #, no-wrap | |
3729 | msgid "deb-version" | |
3730 | msgstr "deb-version" | |
3731 | ||
3732 | #. type: Plain text | |
3733 | #: deb-version.man | |
3734 | msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format" | |
3735 | msgstr "deb-version - Format du numéro de version des paquets Debian" | |
3736 | ||
3737 | #. type: Plain text | |
3738 | #: deb-version.man | |
3739 | msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]" | |
3740 | msgstr "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<version_amont>[B<->I<révision_debian>]" | |
3741 | ||
3742 | #. type: Plain text | |
3743 | #: deb-version.man | |
3744 | msgid "" | |
3745 | "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of " | |
3746 | "three components. These are:" | |
3747 | msgstr "" | |
3748 | "Les numéros de version utilisés pour les paquets sources et binaires se " | |
3749 | "composent de trois parties. Celles-ci sont :" | |
3750 | ||
3751 | #. type: TP | |
3752 | #: deb-version.man | |
3753 | #, no-wrap | |
3754 | msgid "I<epoch>" | |
3755 | msgstr "I<epoch>" | |
3756 | ||
3757 | #. type: Plain text | |
3758 | #: deb-version.man | |
3759 | msgid "" | |
3760 | "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in " | |
3761 | "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> " | |
3762 | "may not contain any colons." | |
3763 | msgstr "" | |
3764 | "Ce nombre est un entier positif (usuellement petit). Il peut être omis (dans " | |
3765 | "ce cas, la valeur nulle est implicite). S'il est omis, la I<version_amont> " | |
3766 | "peut ne pas contenir de caractère deux-points." | |
3767 | ||
3768 | #. type: Plain text | |
3769 | #: deb-version.man | |
3770 | msgid "" | |
3771 | "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of " | |
3772 | "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be " | |
3773 | "left behind." | |
3774 | msgstr "" | |
3775 | "Cette valeur est destinée à permettre de gérer des erreurs dans les anciens " | |
3776 | "numéros de version d'un paquet ou un changement dans la méthode de " | |
3777 | "numérotation des versions amont." | |
3778 | ||
3779 | #. type: TP | |
3780 | #: deb-version.man | |
3781 | #, no-wrap | |
3782 | msgid "I<upstream-version>" | |
3783 | msgstr "I<version_amont>" | |
3784 | ||
3785 | #. type: Plain text | |
3786 | #: deb-version.man | |
3787 | #, fuzzy | |
3788 | #| msgid "" | |
3789 | #| "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version " | |
3790 | #| "number of the original (\"upstream\") package from which the I<.deb> " | |
3791 | #| "file has been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the " | |
3792 | #| "same format as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may " | |
3793 | #| "need to be reformatted to fit into the package management system's format " | |
3794 | #| "and comparison scheme." | |
3795 | msgid "" | |
3796 | "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version " | |
3797 | "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has " | |
3798 | "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format " | |
3799 | "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be " | |
3800 | "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and " | |
3801 | "comparison scheme." | |
3802 | msgstr "" | |
3803 | "Ceci est la partie principale du numéro de version. Cela correspond " | |
3804 | "normalement au numéro de version du paquet d'origine qui a servi à créer le " | |
3805 | "fichier I<.deb>. Le format d'origine spécifié par l'auteur est généralement " | |
3806 | "conservé ; cependant, il arrive qu'il soit nécessaire d'adapter ce numéro " | |
3807 | "pour qu'il se conforme au format du système de gestion de paquet et du " | |
3808 | "procédé de comparaison des numéros de version." | |
3809 | ||
3810 | #. type: Plain text | |
3811 | #: deb-version.man | |
3812 | msgid "" | |
3813 | "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the " | |
3814 | "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of " | |
3815 | "the version number is mandatory." | |
3816 | msgstr "" | |
3817 | "Le principe de comparaison du système de gestion de paquets en ce qui " | |
3818 | "concerne la I<version_amont> est décrit ci-dessous. La partie " | |
3819 | "I<version_amont> du numéro de version est obligatoire." | |
3820 | ||
3821 | #. type: Plain text | |
3822 | #: deb-version.man | |
3823 | #, fuzzy | |
3824 | #| msgid "" | |
3825 | #| "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (\"A-Za-z0-9\") " | |
3826 | #| "and the characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, " | |
3827 | #| "colon, tilde) and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-" | |
3828 | #| "revision> then hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then " | |
3829 | #| "colons are not allowed." | |
3830 | msgid "" | |
3831 | "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the " | |
3832 | "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) " | |
3833 | "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then " | |
3834 | "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not allowed." | |
3835 | msgstr "" | |
3836 | "La I<version_amont> ne doit contenir que des caractères alphanumériques (\"A-" | |
3837 | "Za-z0-9\") et les caractères B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~>\" (point, plus, tiret, " | |
3838 | "deux-points, tilde) et devrait commencer par un chiffre. S'il n'y a pas de " | |
3839 | "partie I<revision_Debian> alors le tiret n'est pas autorisé ; s'il n'y a pas " | |
3840 | "d'I<epoch>, alors c'est le caractère deux-points qui n'est pas autorisé." | |
3841 | ||
3842 | #. type: TP | |
3843 | #: deb-version.man | |
3844 | #, no-wrap | |
3845 | msgid "I<debian-revision>" | |
3846 | msgstr "I<révision_Debian>" | |
3847 | ||
3848 | #. type: Plain text | |
3849 | #: deb-version.man | |
3850 | msgid "" | |
3851 | "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package " | |
3852 | "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the " | |
3853 | "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the " | |
3854 | "same way as the I<upstream-version> is." | |
3855 | msgstr "" | |
3856 | "Cette partie du numéro de version indique la version du paquet Debian à " | |
3857 | "partir du numéro de la version amont. Elle ne doit contenir que des symboles " | |
3858 | "alphanumériques et les caractères B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, point, tilde). Elle " | |
3859 | "est analysée de la même façon que la I<version_amont>." | |
3860 | ||
3861 | #. type: Plain text | |
3862 | #: deb-version.man | |
3863 | #, fuzzy | |
3864 | #| msgid "" | |
3865 | #| "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not " | |
3866 | #| "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of " | |
3867 | #| "software was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and " | |
3868 | #| "so there is only one \"debianization\" of it and therefore no revision " | |
3869 | #| "indication is required." | |
3870 | msgid "" | |
3871 | "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not " | |
3872 | "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software " | |
3873 | "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is " | |
3874 | "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is " | |
3875 | "required." | |
3876 | msgstr "" | |
3877 | "Cette partie est facultative ; si elle n'est pas présente, la " | |
3878 | "I<version_amont> ne doit pas contenir de tiret. Ce format est prévu pour le " | |
3879 | "cas où un logiciel a été directement conçu comme paquet Debian, il n'y a " | |
3880 | "donc qu'une seule « debianization » et donc par la suite pas besoin " | |
3881 | "d'indication de révision." | |
3882 | ||
3883 | #. type: Plain text | |
3884 | #: deb-version.man | |
3885 | #, fuzzy | |
3886 | #| msgid "" | |
3887 | #| "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at '1' each time " | |
3888 | #| "time the I<upstream-version> is increased." | |
3889 | msgid "" | |
3890 | "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the " | |
3891 | "I<upstream-version> is increased." | |
3892 | msgstr "" | |
3893 | "Il est convenu de repartir à 1 pour la I<révision_debian> à chaque fois que " | |
3894 | "la I<version_amont> est incrémentée." | |
3895 | ||
3896 | #. type: Plain text | |
3897 | #: deb-version.man | |
3898 | msgid "" | |
3899 | "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string " | |
3900 | "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-" | |
3901 | "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the " | |
3902 | "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least " | |
3903 | "significant part of the version number)." | |
3904 | msgstr "" | |
3905 | "Dpkg s'arrêtera au dernier tiret du numéro de version (s'il y en a un) pour " | |
3906 | "déterminer la partie I<version_amont> et la I<révision_Debian>. L'absence de " | |
3907 | "I<révision_Debian> est comparée avant sa présence, mais il faut noter que la " | |
3908 | "I<révision_Debian> est la partie la moins significative du numéro de version." | |
3909 | ||
3910 | #. type: SS | |
3911 | #: deb-version.man | |
3912 | #, no-wrap | |
3913 | msgid "Sorting algorithm" | |
3914 | msgstr "Algorithme de tri" | |
3915 | ||
3916 | #. type: Plain text | |
3917 | #: deb-version.man | |
3918 | msgid "" | |
3919 | "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the " | |
3920 | "package management system using the same algorithm:" | |
3921 | msgstr "" | |
3922 | "Les parties I<version_amont> et I<révision_Debian> sont comparées par le " | |
3923 | "système de gestion de paquet en utilisant le même algorithme :" | |
3924 | ||
3925 | #. type: Plain text | |
3926 | #: deb-version.man | |
3927 | msgid "The strings are compared from left to right." | |
3928 | msgstr "Les chaînes sont comparées de la gauche vers la droite." | |
3929 | ||
3930 | #. type: Plain text | |
3931 | #: deb-version.man | |
3932 | #, fuzzy | |
3933 | #| msgid "" | |
3934 | #| "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit " | |
3935 | #| "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) " | |
3936 | #| "are compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The " | |
3937 | #| "lexical comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all " | |
3938 | #| "the letters sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde " | |
3939 | #| "sorts before anything, even the end of a part. For example, the " | |
3940 | #| "following parts are in sorted order: '~~', '~~a', '~', the empty part, " | |
3941 | #| "'a'." | |
3942 | msgid "" | |
3943 | "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit " | |
3944 | "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are " | |
3945 | "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical " | |
3946 | "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters " | |
3947 | "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before " | |
3948 | "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in " | |
3949 | "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’." | |
3950 | msgstr "" | |
3951 | "Pour commencer, la première partie de chaque chaîne composée uniquement de " | |
3952 | "caractères non numériques est déterminée. Puis ces deux parties (l'une peut " | |
3953 | "être vide) sont comparées lexicalement. Si une différence est trouvée, elle " | |
3954 | "est retournée. La comparaison lexicale est effectuée sur une version " | |
3955 | "modifiée des valeurs ASCII afin que les lettres passent avant les autres " | |
3956 | "caractères et que les tildes (\"~\") passent avant tous les caractères, même " | |
3957 | "la fin d'une partie. Par exemple, les éléments suivants sont ordonnés " | |
3958 | "ainsi : « ~~ », « ~~a », « ~ », partie vide, « a »." | |
3959 | ||
3960 | #. type: Plain text | |
3961 | #: deb-version.man | |
3962 | msgid "" | |
3963 | "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists " | |
3964 | "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these " | |
3965 | "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result " | |
3966 | "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur " | |
3967 | "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero." | |
3968 | msgstr "" | |
3969 | "Puis, le début de ce qui reste des chaînes de caractères qui ne doivent plus " | |
3970 | "contenir que des chiffres est déterminé. Ces valeurs numériques sont " | |
3971 | "comparées et les différences sont remontées. Dans le cas d'une chaîne vide " | |
3972 | "(ce qui peut arriver si une chaîne est plus longue que l'autre lors de la " | |
3973 | "comparaison) elle compte pour un zéro." | |
3974 | ||
3975 | #. type: Plain text | |
3976 | #: deb-version.man | |
3977 | msgid "" | |
3978 | "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and " | |
3979 | "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both " | |
3980 | "strings are exhausted." | |
3981 | msgstr "" | |
3982 | "Ces deux étapes (comparaison et suppression des caractères non numériques " | |
3983 | "puis de suppression des caractères numériques dans le début de la chaîne) " | |
3984 | "sont répétées jusqu'à ce qu'une différence soit trouvée ou la fin des " | |
3985 | "chaînes atteinte." | |
3986 | ||
3987 | #. type: Plain text | |
3988 | #: deb-version.man | |
3989 | #, fuzzy | |
3990 | #| msgid "" | |
3991 | #| "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes " | |
3992 | #| "in version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version " | |
3993 | #| "numbering scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version " | |
3994 | #| "numbers containing strings of letters which the package management system " | |
3995 | #| "cannot interpret (such as 'ALPHA' or 'pre-'), or with silly orderings." | |
3996 | msgid "" | |
3997 | "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in " | |
3998 | "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering " | |
3999 | "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers " | |
4000 | "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot " | |
4001 | "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings." | |
4002 | msgstr "" | |
4003 | "Notez que le rôle de epoch est de permettre de se sortir des problèmes de " | |
4004 | "numérotation de version, et de faire face à des situations de changement de " | |
4005 | "logique de numérotation. Cela n'est B<pas> destiné à faire face à des " | |
4006 | "numéros de version qui contiennent des chaînes de lettres que le système de " | |
4007 | "gestion de paquet ne sait pas interpréter (comme « ALPHA », « pre- ») ou " | |
4008 | "d'autres choses stupides." | |
4009 | ||
4010 | #. type: Plain text | |
4011 | #: deb-version.man | |
4012 | msgid "" | |
4013 | "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in " | |
4014 | "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for " | |
4015 | "it later in the 1.10.x series." | |
4016 | msgstr "" | |
4017 | "Le caractère tilde (« ~ ») et sa propriété spéciale pour les comparaisons " | |
4018 | "ont été introduites dans la version 1.10 de dpkg. Ce n'est qu'à partir des " | |
4019 | "versions supérieures (1.10.x) que certaines parties des scripts de " | |
4020 | "construction de dpkg ont commencé à gérer ce système." | |
4021 | ||
4022 | #. type: Plain text | |
4023 | #: deb-version.man | |
4024 | msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" | |
4025 | msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)." | |
4026 | ||
4027 | #. type: TH | |
4028 | #: deb-old.man | |
4029 | #, no-wrap | |
4030 | msgid "deb-old" | |
4031 | msgstr "deb-old" | |
4032 | ||
4033 | #. type: Plain text | |
4034 | #: deb-old.man | |
4035 | msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" | |
4036 | msgstr "deb-old - Ancien format des paquets binaires Debian" | |
4037 | ||
4038 | #. type: Plain text | |
4039 | #: deb-old.man | |
4040 | msgid "" | |
4041 | "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " | |
4042 | "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see " | |
4043 | "B<deb>(5) for details of the new format." | |
4044 | msgstr "" | |
4045 | "Le format de fichier B<.deb> correspond aux paquets binaires Debian. Cette " | |
4046 | "page de manuel décrit l'B<ancien> format, utilisé avant la version 0.93 de " | |
4047 | "Debian. Veuillez consulter B<deb>(5) pour les informations sur le nouveau " | |
4048 | "format." | |
4049 | ||
4050 | #. type: Plain text | |
4051 | #: deb-old.man | |
4052 | msgid "" | |
4053 | "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " | |
4054 | "concatenated gzipped ustar files." | |
4055 | msgstr "" | |
4056 | "Le fichier consiste en deux lignes d'information au format texte ASCII, " | |
4057 | "suivi par la concaténation de deux fichiers ustar compressés avec gzip." | |
4058 | ||
4059 | #. type: Plain text | |
4060 | #: deb-old.man | |
4061 | msgid "" | |
4062 | "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " | |
4063 | "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." | |
4064 | msgstr "" | |
4065 | "La première ligne indique la version du format, remplie sur 8 chiffres, " | |
4066 | "c'est-à-dire B<0.939000> pour toutes les archives dans l'ancien format." | |
4067 | ||
4068 | #. type: Plain text | |
4069 | #: deb-old.man | |
4070 | msgid "" | |
4071 | "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " | |
4072 | "length of the first gzipped tarfile." | |
4073 | msgstr "" | |
4074 | "La deuxième ligne fournit un nombre décimal (sans zéros en tête), qui " | |
4075 | "indique la taille de la première archive tar compressée avec gzip." | |
4076 | ||
4077 | #. type: Plain text | |
4078 | #: deb-old.man | |
4079 | msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." | |
4080 | msgstr "" | |
4081 | "Chacune de ces lignes se termine par un unique caractère de nouvelle ligne." | |
4082 | ||
4083 | #. type: Plain text | |
4084 | #: deb-old.man | |
4085 | msgid "" | |
4086 | "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " | |
4087 | "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " | |
4088 | "information." | |
4089 | msgstr "" | |
4090 | "La première archive tar contient les informations de contrôle, sous forme " | |
4091 | "d'une série de fichiers ordinaires. Le fichier B<control> doit être présent, " | |
4092 | "puisqu'il contient les informations principales de contrôle." | |
4093 | ||
4094 | #. type: Plain text | |
4095 | #: deb-old.man | |
4096 | #, fuzzy | |
4097 | #| msgid "" | |
4098 | #| "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may " | |
4099 | #| "optionally be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> " | |
4100 | #| "subdirectory will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile " | |
4101 | #| "will have only files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile " | |
4102 | #| "may contain an entry for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." | |
4103 | msgid "" | |
4104 | "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " | |
4105 | "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " | |
4106 | "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " | |
4107 | "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " | |
4108 | "for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory." | |
4109 | msgstr "" | |
4110 | "Dans certaines archives vraiment anciennes, les fichiers de l'archive de " | |
4111 | "contrôle peuvent se trouver dans un sous-répertoire B<DEBIAN>. Dans ce cas, " | |
4112 | "le sous-répertoire B<DEBIAN> se trouve également dans l'archive de contrôle, " | |
4113 | "qui ne contiendra que des fichiers de ce répertoire. En option, l'archive de " | |
4114 | "contrôle peut contenir une entrée pour B<.>, le répertoire courant." | |
4115 | ||
4116 | #. type: Plain text | |
4117 | #: deb-old.man | |
4118 | msgid "" | |
4119 | "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " | |
4120 | "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " | |
4121 | "pathnames do not have leading slashes." | |
4122 | msgstr "" | |
4123 | "La seconde archive compressée avec gzip correspond à l'archive à placer dans " | |
4124 | "le système de fichiers. Elle contient des chemins relatifs à la racine du " | |
4125 | "système dans lequel se fera l'installation. Les noms de fichiers ne débutent " | |
4126 | "pas par des barres obliques (« / »)." | |
4127 | ||
4128 | #. type: Plain text | |
4129 | #: deb-old.man | |
4130 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." | |
4131 | msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." | |
4132 | ||
4133 | #. type: TH | |
4134 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4135 | #, no-wrap | |
4136 | msgid "deb-origin" | |
4137 | msgstr "deb-origin" | |
4138 | ||
4139 | #. type: Plain text | |
4140 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4141 | msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files" | |
4142 | msgstr "deb-origin - Fichiers d'informations propre à l'éditeur" | |
4143 | ||
4144 | #. type: Plain text | |
4145 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4146 | msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>" | |
4147 | msgstr "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<fichier>" | |
4148 | ||
4149 | #. type: Plain text | |
4150 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4151 | msgid "" | |
4152 | "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various " | |
4153 | "vendors who are providing Debian packages." | |
4154 | msgstr "" | |
4155 | ||
4156 | #. type: Plain text | |
4157 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4158 | #, fuzzy | |
4159 | #| msgid "" | |
4160 | #| "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about " | |
4161 | #| "various vendors who are providing Debian packages. They contain a number " | |
4162 | #| "of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field " | |
4163 | #| "begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, followed by a colon " | |
4164 | #| "and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In " | |
4165 | #| "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the tools " | |
4166 | #| "will join lines when processing the body of the field." | |
4167 | msgid "" | |
4168 | "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with " | |
4169 | "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, " | |
4170 | "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by " | |
4171 | "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but " | |
4172 | "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field." | |
4173 | msgstr "" | |
4174 | "Les fichiers de B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> peuvent fournir des informations sur " | |
4175 | "les différents distributeurs qui fournissent des paquets Debian. Ils " | |
4176 | "contiennent un certain nombre de champs ou de commentaires pour les lignes " | |
4177 | "commençant par un caractère « B<#> ». Chaque champ commence par une " | |
4178 | "étiquette, telle que B<Vendor> ou B<Parent>, suivi du caractère « deux-" | |
4179 | "points » et du contenu du champ. Les champs sont délimités par les " | |
4180 | "étiquettes de champs. En d'autres termes, le contenu d'un champ peut " | |
4181 | "s'étendre sur plusieurs lignes, mais les outils d'installation joindront en " | |
4182 | "général les lignes pendant le traitement du contenu du champ." | |
4183 | ||
4184 | #. type: Plain text | |
4185 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4186 | msgid "" | |
4187 | "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention " | |
4188 | "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some " | |
4189 | "variation is permitted. Namely, spaces are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), and " | |
4190 | "the file can have the same casing as the value in B<Vendor> field, or it can " | |
4191 | "be capitalized." | |
4192 | msgstr "" | |
4193 | ||
4194 | #. type: TP | |
4195 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4196 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
4197 | #| msgid "B<Vendor:>I< vendor-name>" | |
4198 | msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)" | |
4199 | msgstr "B<Vendor:>I< distributeur>" | |
4200 | ||
4201 | #. type: Plain text | |
4202 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4203 | msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name." | |
4204 | msgstr "La valeur de ce champ donne le nom du distributeur." | |
4205 | ||
4206 | #. type: TP | |
4207 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4208 | #, no-wrap | |
4209 | msgid "B<Vendor-URL:>I< vendor-url>" | |
4210 | msgstr "B<Vendor-URL:>I< adresse-URL-distributeur>" | |
4211 | ||
4212 | #. type: Plain text | |
4213 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4214 | msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL." | |
4215 | msgstr "La valeur de ce champ donne l'adresse URL du distributeur" | |
4216 | ||
4217 | #. type: TP | |
4218 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4219 | #, no-wrap | |
4220 | msgid "B<Bugs:>I< bug-url>" | |
4221 | msgstr "B<Bugs:>I< url-du-bogue>" | |
4222 | ||
4223 | #. type: Plain text | |
4224 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4225 | msgid "" | |
4226 | "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking " | |
4227 | "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., " | |
4228 | "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)." | |
4229 | msgstr "" | |
4230 | "La valeur de ce champ donne le type et l'adresse du système de suivi des " | |
4231 | "bogues du distributeur. Cela peut être une URL mailto ou debbugs (par " | |
4232 | "exemple debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)." | |
4233 | ||
4234 | #. type: TP | |
4235 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4236 | #, no-wrap | |
4237 | msgid "B<Parent:>I< vendor-name>" | |
4238 | msgstr "B<Parent:>I< distributeur>" | |
4239 | ||
4240 | #. type: Plain text | |
4241 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4242 | msgid "" | |
4243 | "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this " | |
4244 | "vendor derives from." | |
4245 | msgstr "" | |
4246 | "La valeur de ce champ donne le nom du distributeur dont le présent éditeur " | |
4247 | "est dérivé." | |
4248 | ||
4249 | #. type: Plain text | |
4250 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4251 | #, no-wrap | |
4252 | msgid "" | |
4253 | "Vendor: Debian\n" | |
4254 | "Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n" | |
4255 | "Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n" | |
4256 | msgstr "" | |
4257 | "Vendor: Debian\n" | |
4258 | "Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n" | |
4259 | "Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n" | |
4260 | ||
4261 | #. type: Plain text | |
4262 | #: deb-origin.man | |
4263 | msgid "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)" | |
4264 | msgstr "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)" | |
4265 | ||
4266 | #. type: TH | |
4267 | #: deb-override.man | |
4268 | #, no-wrap | |
4269 | msgid "deb-override" | |
4270 | msgstr "deb-override" | |
4271 | ||
4272 | #. type: Plain text | |
4273 | #: deb-override.man | |
4274 | msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file" | |
4275 | msgstr "deb-override - Fichier override d'une archive Debian" | |
4276 | ||
4277 | #. type: Plain text | |
4278 | #: deb-override.man deb-extra-override.man | |
4279 | msgid "override" | |
4280 | msgstr "override" | |
4281 | ||
4282 | #. type: Plain text | |
4283 | #: deb-override.man | |
4284 | msgid "" | |
4285 | "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " | |
4286 | "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the " | |
4287 | "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is " | |
4288 | "found in the override file." | |
4289 | msgstr "" | |
4290 | "Bien que l'on puisse trouver dans le fichier « control » la plupart des " | |
4291 | "informations concernant un paquet, certaines doivent être inscrites par les " | |
4292 | "responsables de la distribution plutôt que par le responsable du paquet afin " | |
4293 | "de garantir une cohérence globale. Ces informations se trouvent dans le " | |
4294 | "fichier « override »." | |
4295 | ||
4296 | #. type: Plain text | |
4297 | #: deb-override.man | |
4298 | msgid "" | |
4299 | "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " | |
4300 | "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." | |
4301 | msgstr "" | |
4302 | "Les éléments du fichier « override » sont séparés simplement par une espace. " | |
4303 | "Les commentaires commencent par un caractère B<« # »>." | |
4304 | ||
4305 | #. type: Plain text | |
4306 | #: deb-override.man | |
4307 | msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" | |
4308 | msgstr "I<paquet> I<priorité> I<section> [I<responsable>]" | |
4309 | ||
4310 | #. type: Plain text | |
4311 | #: deb-override.man | |
4312 | msgid "" | |
4313 | "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " | |
4314 | "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." | |
4315 | msgstr "" | |
4316 | "I<paquet> est le nom du paquet. Les entrées du fichier « override » " | |
4317 | "concernant des paquets qui ne sont pas dans l'arborescence des paquets " | |
4318 | "binaires sont ignorées." | |
4319 | ||
4320 | #. type: Plain text | |
4321 | #: deb-override.man | |
4322 | #, fuzzy | |
4323 | #| msgid "" | |
4324 | #| "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " | |
4325 | #| "available in the .deb. The allowed values are listed in the Debian policy." | |
4326 | msgid "" | |
4327 | "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " | |
4328 | "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " | |
4329 | "archive." | |
4330 | msgstr "" | |
4331 | "I<priority> et I<section> correspondent respectivement aux champs de " | |
4332 | "contrôle présents dans le fichier .deb. Les valeurs autorisées sont définies " | |
4333 | "dans la Charte Debian." | |
4334 | ||
4335 | #. type: Plain text | |
4336 | #: deb-override.man | |
4337 | msgid "" | |
4338 | "I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " | |
4339 | "unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " | |
4340 | "to perform a substitution." | |
4341 | msgstr "" | |
4342 | "L'élément I<responsable>, quand il existe, peut représenter soit le nom du " | |
4343 | "responsable quand il s'agit d'un remplacement sans condition, soit la chaîne " | |
4344 | "I<ancienresponsable> B<=E<gt>> I<nouveauresponsable> pour un changement de " | |
4345 | "responsable." | |
4346 | ||
4347 | #. type: Plain text | |
4348 | #: deb-override.man | |
4349 | msgid "" | |
4350 | "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " | |
4351 | "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." | |
4352 | msgstr "" | |
4353 | "On peut trouver les fichiers « override », dont on se sert pour établir les " | |
4354 | "fichiers officiels « Packages », dans le répertoire I<indices> des miroirs " | |
4355 | "Debian." | |
4356 | ||
4357 | #. type: Plain text | |
4358 | #: deb-override.man deb-extra-override.man | |
4359 | msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." | |
4360 | msgstr "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." | |
4361 | ||
4362 | #. type: TH | |
4363 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4364 | #, no-wrap | |
4365 | msgid "deb-extra-override" | |
4366 | msgstr "deb-extra-override" | |
4367 | ||
4368 | #. type: Plain text | |
4369 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4370 | msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file" | |
4371 | msgstr "" | |
4372 | "deb-extra-override - Fichier override supplémentaire d'une archive Debian" | |
4373 | ||
4374 | #. type: Plain text | |
4375 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4376 | msgid "" | |
4377 | "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the " | |
4378 | "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to " | |
4379 | "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides." | |
4380 | msgstr "" | |
4381 | "Bien que la majorité des informations d'un paquet source ou binaire puisse " | |
4382 | "être trouvée dans le fichier control/.dsc, ces informations peuvent être " | |
4383 | "remplacées lors de l'exportation dans des fichiers Packages ou Sources. Le " | |
4384 | "fichier d'« override » supplémentaire contient les valeurs remplacées." | |
4385 | ||
4386 | #. type: Plain text | |
4387 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4388 | msgid "" | |
4389 | "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments " | |
4390 | "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." | |
4391 | msgstr "" | |
4392 | "Les éléments du fichier « override » supplémentaire sont séparés simplement " | |
4393 | "par une espace. Les commentaires commencent par un caractère B<« # »>." | |
4394 | ||
4395 | #. type: Plain text | |
4396 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4397 | msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>" | |
4398 | msgstr "I<paquet> I<nom-de-champ> I<valeur>" | |
4399 | ||
4400 | #. type: Plain text | |
4401 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4402 | msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package." | |
4403 | msgstr "I<paquet> est le nom du paquet binaire/source." | |
4404 | ||
4405 | #. type: Plain text | |
4406 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4407 | msgid "" | |
4408 | "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden. I<value> is the " | |
4409 | "value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no " | |
4410 | "more than 3 columns when it's parsed." | |
4411 | msgstr "" | |
4412 | "I<nom-champ> est le nom du champ qui est remplacé. I<valeur> est la valeur à " | |
4413 | "mettre dans ce champ. Elle peut contenir des espaces car la ligne est " | |
4414 | "découpée en 3 colonnes au plus quand elle est analysée." | |
4415 | ||
4416 | #. type: Plain text | |
4417 | #: deb-extra-override.man | |
4418 | msgid "" | |
4419 | "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be " | |
4420 | "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." | |
4421 | msgstr "" | |
4422 | "Les fichiers de dérogation (« override ») supplémentaires utilisés pour " | |
4423 | "établir les fichiers officiels « Packages » se trouvent dans le répertoire " | |
4424 | "I<indices> des miroirs Debian." | |
4425 | ||
4426 | #. type: TH | |
4427 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4428 | #, no-wrap | |
4429 | msgid "deb-shlibs" | |
4430 | msgstr "deb-shlibs" | |
4431 | ||
4432 | #. type: Plain text | |
4433 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4434 | msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file" | |
4435 | msgstr "" | |
4436 | "deb-shlibs - Fichier d'information sur les bibliothèques partagées Debian" | |
4437 | ||
4438 | #. type: Plain text | |
4439 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4440 | msgid "" | |
4441 | "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>) to " | |
4442 | "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per " | |
4443 | "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with an B<#> " | |
4444 | "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must " | |
4445 | "have the format" | |
4446 | msgstr "" | |
4447 | "Les fichiers B<shlibs> associent les noms et versions (I<sonames>) des " | |
4448 | "bibliothèques partagées aux dépendances correspondantes dans les fichiers de " | |
4449 | "contrôle des paquets. Il y a une entrée par ligne et les lignes vides ne " | |
4450 | "sont B<pas> autorisées. Les lignes commencant par le caractère B<(« # »)> " | |
4451 | "sont considérées comme étant des commentaires et sont ignorées. Toutes les " | |
4452 | "autres lignes doivent être au format" | |
4453 | ||
4454 | #. type: Plain text | |
4455 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4456 | msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>" | |
4457 | msgstr "[I<type>B<:>] I<bibliothèque> I<version> I<dépendances>" | |
4458 | ||
4459 | #. type: Plain text | |
4460 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4461 | msgid "" | |
4462 | "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the " | |
4463 | "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is " | |
4464 | "optional and normally not needed." | |
4465 | msgstr "" | |
4466 | "Les champs I<bibliothèque> et I<version> sont séparés par des espaces. Le " | |
4467 | "champ I<dépendances> finit la ligne. Le champ I<type> est optionnel et donc " | |
4468 | "normalement pas nécessaire." | |
4469 | ||
4470 | #. type: Plain text | |
4471 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4472 | #, fuzzy | |
4473 | #| msgid "" | |
4474 | #| "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in " | |
4475 | #| "a binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5). See also the Debian Policy " | |
4476 | #| "Manual for further details." | |
4477 | msgid "" | |
4478 | "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a " | |
4479 | "binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5)." | |
4480 | msgstr "" | |
4481 | "Le champ I<dépendances> utilise la même syntaxe que le champ B<Depends> d'un " | |
4482 | "fichier de contrôle d'un paquet binaire, voir B<deb-control>(5). Voir aussi " | |
4483 | "la Charte Debian pour plus de détails." | |
4484 | ||
4485 | #. type: Plain text | |
4486 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4487 | msgid "" | |
4488 | "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that " | |
4489 | "provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read" | |
4490 | msgstr "" | |
4491 | "Le fichier B<shlibs> pour un paquet nommé I<libcrunch1>, qui fournit une " | |
4492 | "bibliothèque dont le nom est I<libcrunch.so.1>, doit avoir la ligne" | |
4493 | ||
4494 | #. type: Plain text | |
4495 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4496 | msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)" | |
4497 | msgstr "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)" | |
4498 | ||
4499 | #. type: Plain text | |
4500 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4501 | #, fuzzy | |
4502 | #| msgid "" | |
4503 | #| "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package " | |
4504 | #| "that added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols " | |
4505 | #| "were added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason " | |
4506 | #| "the dependencies might need to be tightened; again, see the Debian Policy " | |
4507 | #| "Manual for details." | |
4508 | msgid "" | |
4509 | "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that " | |
4510 | "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were " | |
4511 | "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the " | |
4512 | "dependencies might need to be tightened." | |
4513 | msgstr "" | |
4514 | "Les I<dépendances> doivent indiquer la version la plus récente du paquet qui " | |
4515 | "ajoute de nouveaux symboles à la bibliothèque : dans l'exemple précédent, de " | |
4516 | "nouveaux symboles ont été ajoutés avec la version 1.2 de I<libcrunch>. Ce " | |
4517 | "n'est pas la seule raison pour laquelle les dépendances doivent être suivies " | |
4518 | "avec soin ; une fois de plus, veuillez vous reporter à la charte Debian pour " | |
4519 | "plus de détails." | |
4520 | ||
4521 | #. type: Plain text | |
4522 | #: deb-shlibs.man | |
4523 | msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." | |
4524 | msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." | |
4525 | ||
4526 | #. type: TH | |
4527 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4528 | #, no-wrap | |
4529 | msgid "deb-substvars" | |
4530 | msgstr "deb-substvars" | |
4531 | ||
4532 | #. type: Plain text | |
4533 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4534 | msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables" | |
4535 | msgstr "deb-substvars - Variables de substitution de source Debian" | |
4536 | ||
4537 | #. type: Plain text | |
4538 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4539 | msgid "substvars" | |
4540 | msgstr "substvars" | |
4541 | ||
4542 | #. type: Plain text | |
4543 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4544 | msgid "" | |
4545 | "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " | |
4546 | "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " | |
4547 | "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " | |
4548 | "perform some variable substitutions on the output file." | |
4549 | msgstr "" | |
4550 | "Avant que B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> " | |
4551 | "n'écrivent leurs informations de contrôle (dans le fichier source de " | |
4552 | "contrôle B<.dsc> pour B<dpkg-source> et sur la sortie standard pour B<dpkg-" | |
4553 | "gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges>), ils réalisent quelques substitutions de " | |
4554 | "variables dans le fichier de sortie." | |
4555 | ||
4556 | #. type: Plain text | |
4557 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4558 | msgid "" | |
4559 | "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " | |
4560 | "names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " | |
4561 | "alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " | |
4562 | "left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " | |
4563 | "for more substitutions." | |
4564 | msgstr "" | |
4565 | "Une substitution de variable est de la forme : B<${>I<nom-variable>B<}>. Les " | |
4566 | "noms de variable consistent en caractères alphanumériques, traits d'union et " | |
4567 | "« deux points » ; ils commencent par une lettre ou un chiffre. La " | |
4568 | "substitution se fait répétitivement jusqu'à ce qu'il n'en reste aucune à " | |
4569 | "faire ; le texte entier du champ après la substitution est réexaminé pour " | |
4570 | "chercher d'autres substitutions." | |
4571 | ||
4572 | #. type: Plain text | |
4573 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4574 | msgid "" | |
4575 | "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" | |
4576 | "${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." | |
4577 | msgstr "" | |
4578 | "Quand toutes les substitutions ont été faites, chaque occurrence de la " | |
4579 | "chaîne B<${}> (laquelle n'est pas une substitution autorisée) est remplacée " | |
4580 | "par un signe B<$>." | |
4581 | ||
4582 | #. type: Plain text | |
4583 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4584 | msgid "" | |
4585 | "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those " | |
4586 | "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not " | |
4587 | "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> " | |
4588 | "and B<Architecture> fields." | |
4589 | msgstr "" | |
4590 | "Alors que le remplacement de variables est effectué sur tous les champs de " | |
4591 | "contrôle, certains de ces champs sont utilisés et nécessaires pendant la " | |
4592 | "construction alors même que la substitution n'a pas encore pu être " | |
4593 | "effectuée. Cela explique pourquoi il n'est pas possible d'utiliser de " | |
4594 | "variables dans les champs B<Package>, B<Source> et B<Architecture>." | |
4595 | ||
4596 | #. type: Plain text | |
4597 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4598 | msgid "" | |
4599 | "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have " | |
4600 | "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you " | |
4601 | "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly " | |
4602 | "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is " | |
4603 | "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following " | |
4604 | "field:" | |
4605 | msgstr "" | |
4606 | "La substitution de variables se fait dans le contexte des champs après leur " | |
4607 | "analyse. En conséquence, si vous souhaitez qu'une variable soit remplacée " | |
4608 | "sur plusieurs lignes, il n'est pas nécessaire de placer une espace après le " | |
4609 | "retour à la ligne. Cela se fait implicitement quand le champ est affiché. " | |
4610 | "Par exemple, si la variable B<${Description}> est positionnée sur « foo est " | |
4611 | "bar.${Newline}foo est super. » et si vous avez le champ suivant :" | |
4612 | ||
4613 | #. type: Plain text | |
4614 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4615 | #, no-wrap | |
4616 | msgid "" | |
4617 | " Description: foo application\n" | |
4618 | " ${Description}\n" | |
4619 | " .\n" | |
4620 | " More text.\n" | |
4621 | msgstr "" | |
4622 | " Description: application foo\n" | |
4623 | " ${Description}\n" | |
4624 | " .\n" | |
4625 | " Encore du texte.\n" | |
4626 | ||
4627 | #. type: Plain text | |
4628 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4629 | msgid "It will result in:" | |
4630 | msgstr "Le résultat final sera :" | |
4631 | ||
4632 | #. type: Plain text | |
4633 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4634 | #, no-wrap | |
4635 | msgid "" | |
4636 | " Description: foo application\n" | |
4637 | " foo is bar.\n" | |
4638 | " foo is great.\n" | |
4639 | " .\n" | |
4640 | " More text.\n" | |
4641 | msgstr "" | |
4642 | " Description: application foo\n" | |
4643 | " foo est bar.\n" | |
4644 | " foo est super.\n" | |
4645 | " .\n" | |
4646 | " Encore du texte.\n" | |
4647 | ||
4648 | #. type: Plain text | |
4649 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4650 | msgid "" | |
4651 | "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " | |
4652 | "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " | |
4653 | "specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " | |
4654 | "I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " | |
4655 | "lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." | |
4656 | msgstr "" | |
4657 | "On peut définir les variables en utilisant l'option commune B<-V>. On peut " | |
4658 | "aussi se servir du fichier B<debian/substvars> (ou tout autre fichier avec " | |
4659 | "l'option B<-T>). Ce fichier est composé de lignes de la forme suivante : " | |
4660 | "I<nom>B<=>I<valeur>. Les espaces résiduelles sur chaque ligne, les lignes " | |
4661 | "vides et les lignes qui commencent par un symbole B<#> sont ignorées." | |
4662 | ||
4663 | #. type: Plain text | |
4664 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4665 | msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" | |
4666 | msgstr "En outre, les variables standard suivantes sont disponibles :" | |
4667 | ||
4668 | #. type: TP | |
4669 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4670 | #, no-wrap | |
4671 | msgid "B<Arch>" | |
4672 | msgstr "B<Arch>" | |
4673 | ||
4674 | #. type: Plain text | |
4675 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4676 | msgid "" | |
4677 | "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being " | |
4678 | "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)." | |
4679 | msgstr "" | |
4680 | ||
4681 | #. type: TP | |
4682 | #: deb-substvars.man dpkg-query.man | |
4683 | #, no-wrap | |
4684 | msgid "B<source:Version>" | |
4685 | msgstr "B<source:Version>" | |
4686 | ||
4687 | #. type: Plain text | |
4688 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4689 | #, fuzzy | |
4690 | #| msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
4691 | msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
4692 | msgstr "Architecture du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.1)" | |
4693 | ||
4694 | #. type: TP | |
4695 | #: deb-substvars.man dpkg-query.man | |
4696 | #, no-wrap | |
4697 | msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" | |
4698 | msgstr "B<source:Upstream-Version>" | |
4699 | ||
4700 | #. type: Plain text | |
4701 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4702 | #, fuzzy | |
4703 | #| msgid "" | |
4704 | #| "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch " | |
4705 | #| "if any." | |
4706 | msgid "" | |
4707 | "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " | |
4708 | "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
4709 | msgstr "" | |
4710 | "La version amont du paquet source, avec éventuellement l'« epoch » de la " | |
4711 | "version debian." | |
4712 | ||
4713 | #. type: TP | |
4714 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4715 | #, no-wrap | |
4716 | msgid "B<binary:Version>" | |
4717 | msgstr "B<binary:Version>" | |
4718 | ||
4719 | #. type: Plain text | |
4720 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4721 | #, fuzzy | |
4722 | #| msgid "" | |
4723 | #| "The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a " | |
4724 | #| "binNMU for example)." | |
4725 | msgid "" | |
4726 | "The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " | |
4727 | "for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
4728 | msgstr "" | |
4729 | "La version du paquet binaire (qui peut être différente de source:Version " | |
4730 | "dans un binNMU par exemple)." | |
4731 | ||
4732 | #. type: TP | |
4733 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4734 | #, no-wrap | |
4735 | msgid "B<Source-Version>" | |
4736 | msgstr "B<Source-Version>" | |
4737 | ||
4738 | #. type: Plain text | |
4739 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4740 | #, fuzzy | |
4741 | #| msgid "" | |
4742 | #| "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is " | |
4743 | #| "now B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please " | |
4744 | #| "use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." | |
4745 | msgid "" | |
4746 | "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " | |
4747 | "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from " | |
4748 | "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as " | |
4749 | "appropriate." | |
4750 | msgstr "" | |
4751 | "La version du paquet source, selon le fichier changelog. Cette variable est " | |
4752 | "maintenant B<déconseillée> car sa signification est distincte de sa " | |
4753 | "fonction. Utilisez plutôt B<source:Version> ou B<binary:Version>." | |
4754 | ||
4755 | #. type: TP | |
4756 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4757 | #, no-wrap | |
4758 | msgid "B<Installed-Size>" | |
4759 | msgstr "B<Installed-Size>" | |
4760 | ||
4761 | #. type: Plain text | |
4762 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4763 | #, fuzzy | |
4764 | #| msgid "" | |
4765 | #| "The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied " | |
4766 | #| "into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the " | |
4767 | #| "value of that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will " | |
4768 | #| "use B<du -k debian/tmp> to find the default value." | |
4769 | msgid "" | |
4770 | "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is " | |
4771 | "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the " | |
4772 | "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will " | |
4773 | "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and " | |
4774 | "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other " | |
4775 | "filesystem object type." | |
4776 | msgstr "" | |
4777 | "La taille de tous les fichiers installés du paquet. Cette valeur est copiée " | |
4778 | "dans le champ adéquat du fichier « control » ; quand on fixe cette variable, " | |
4779 | "cela modifie la valeur de ce champ. Quand elle est indéterminée, B<dpkg-" | |
4780 | "gencontrol> utilise la commande B<du -k debian/tmp> pour trouver une valeur " | |
4781 | "par défaut." | |
4782 | ||
4783 | #. type: Plain text | |
4784 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4785 | msgid "" | |
4786 | "B<Note:> Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as " | |
4787 | "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the " | |
4788 | "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or " | |
4789 | "less space than the specified in this field." | |
4790 | msgstr "" | |
4791 | ||
4792 | #. type: TP | |
4793 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4794 | #, no-wrap | |
4795 | msgid "B<Extra-Size>" | |
4796 | msgstr "B<Extra-Size>" | |
4797 | ||
4798 | #. type: Plain text | |
4799 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4800 | msgid "" | |
4801 | "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " | |
4802 | "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " | |
4803 | "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " | |
4804 | "B<Installed-Size> control file field." | |
4805 | msgstr "" | |
4806 | "L'espace disque supplémentaire utilisé pour l'installation du paquet. Quand " | |
4807 | "on fixe cette variable, on ajoute sa valeur à la valeur de la variable " | |
4808 | "B<Installed-Size> (qu'elle soit définie explicitement ou calculée par " | |
4809 | "défaut) avant que la variable B<Installed-Size> ne soit copiée dans le champ " | |
4810 | "du fichier « control »." | |
4811 | ||
4812 | #. type: TP | |
4813 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4814 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
4815 | #| msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" | |
4816 | msgid "B<S:>I<fieldname>" | |
4817 | msgstr "B<F:>I<fieldname>" | |
4818 | ||
4819 | #. type: Plain text | |
4820 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4821 | #, fuzzy | |
4822 | #| msgid "" | |
4823 | #| "The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " | |
4824 | #| "canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other " | |
4825 | #| "than on places where they are expanded explicitly." | |
4826 | msgid "" | |
4827 | "The value of the source stanza field I<fieldname> (which must be given in " | |
4828 | "the canonical capitalisation; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables " | |
4829 | "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. " | |
4830 | "These variables are only available when generating binary control files." | |
4831 | msgstr "" | |
4832 | "La valeur du champ I<fieldname> affiché en sortie et qui doit être " | |
4833 | "classiquement en majuscules. Quand on fixe ces variables, cela ne prend " | |
4834 | "effet que là où elles sont effectivement développées." | |
4835 | ||
4836 | #. type: TP | |
4837 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4838 | #, no-wrap | |
4839 | msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" | |
4840 | msgstr "B<F:>I<fieldname>" | |
4841 | ||
4842 | #. type: Plain text | |
4843 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4844 | msgid "" | |
4845 | "The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " | |
4846 | "canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " | |
4847 | "on places where they are expanded explicitly." | |
4848 | msgstr "" | |
4849 | "La valeur du champ I<fieldname> affiché en sortie et qui doit être " | |
4850 | "classiquement en majuscules. Quand on fixe ces variables, cela ne prend " | |
4851 | "effet que là où elles sont effectivement développées." | |
4852 | ||
4853 | #. type: TP | |
4854 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4855 | #, no-wrap | |
4856 | msgid "B<Format>" | |
4857 | msgstr "B<Format>" | |
4858 | ||
4859 | #. type: Plain text | |
4860 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4861 | msgid "" | |
4862 | "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " | |
4863 | "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " | |
4864 | "field in the B<.changes> file will change too." | |
4865 | msgstr "" | |
4866 | "La version du format du fichier B<.changes> produite par la version des " | |
4867 | "scripts construisant le source. Quand on détermine cette variable, le " | |
4868 | "contenu du champ B<Format> dans le fichier B<.changes> est aussi modifié." | |
4869 | ||
4870 | #. type: TP | |
4871 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4872 | #, no-wrap | |
4873 | msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" | |
4874 | msgstr "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" | |
4875 | ||
4876 | #. type: Plain text | |
4877 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4878 | msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." | |
4879 | msgstr "Ces variables contiennent chacune le caractère correspondant." | |
4880 | ||
4881 | #. type: TP | |
4882 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4883 | #, no-wrap | |
4884 | msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" | |
4885 | msgstr "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" | |
4886 | ||
4887 | #. type: Plain text | |
4888 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4889 | msgid "" | |
4890 | "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>." | |
4891 | msgstr "" | |
4892 | "Les variables déterminées de cette façon sont produites par B<dpkg-" | |
4893 | "shlibdeps>." | |
4894 | ||
4895 | #. type: TP | |
4896 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4897 | #, no-wrap | |
4898 | msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" | |
4899 | msgstr "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" | |
4900 | ||
4901 | #. type: Plain text | |
4902 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4903 | #, fuzzy | |
4904 | #| msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." | |
4905 | msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
4906 | msgstr "La version amont de dpkg." | |
4907 | ||
4908 | #. type: TP | |
4909 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4910 | #, no-wrap | |
4911 | msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" | |
4912 | msgstr "B<dpkg:Version>" | |
4913 | ||
4914 | #. type: Plain text | |
4915 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4916 | #, fuzzy | |
4917 | #| msgid "The full version of dpkg." | |
4918 | msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
4919 | msgstr "La version complète de dpkg." | |
4920 | ||
4921 | #. type: Plain text | |
4922 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4923 | msgid "" | |
4924 | "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " | |
4925 | "empty value is assumed." | |
4926 | msgstr "" | |
4927 | "Quand une variable est référencée mais n'est pas définie, cela produit un " | |
4928 | "avertissement et une valeur nulle est supposée." | |
4929 | ||
4930 | #. type: TP | |
4931 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4932 | #, no-wrap | |
4933 | msgid "B<debian/substvars>" | |
4934 | msgstr "B<debian/substvars>" | |
4935 | ||
4936 | #. type: Plain text | |
4937 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4938 | msgid "List of substitution variables and values." | |
4939 | msgstr "La liste des variables de substitution et leurs valeurs." | |
4940 | ||
4941 | #. type: Plain text | |
4942 | #: deb-substvars.man | |
4943 | msgid "" | |
4944 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-" | |
4945 | "shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." | |
4946 | msgstr "" | |
4947 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-" | |
4948 | "shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." | |
4949 | ||
4950 | #. type: TH | |
4951 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4952 | #, no-wrap | |
4953 | msgid "deb-symbols" | |
4954 | msgstr "deb-symbols" | |
4955 | ||
4956 | #. type: Plain text | |
4957 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4958 | msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file" | |
4959 | msgstr "" | |
4960 | "deb-symbols - Fichier d'information sur les bibliothèques partagées Debian" | |
4961 | ||
4962 | #. type: Plain text | |
4963 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4964 | msgid "symbols" | |
4965 | msgstr "symboles" | |
4966 | ||
4967 | #. type: Plain text | |
4968 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4969 | msgid "" | |
4970 | "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a " | |
4971 | "subset of the template symbol files used by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1) in Debian " | |
4972 | "source packages." | |
4973 | msgstr "" | |
4974 | ||
4975 | #. type: Plain text | |
4976 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4977 | msgid "" | |
4978 | "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in " | |
4979 | "these files is:" | |
4980 | msgstr "" | |
4981 | "Le format pour une entrée d'information sur les dépendances étendues avec " | |
4982 | "bibliothèques partagées dans ces fichiers est le suivant :" | |
4983 | ||
4984 | #. type: Plain text | |
4985 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4986 | msgid "I<library-soname main-dependency-template>" | |
4987 | msgstr "I<modèle principal de dépendance de bibliothèque soname>" | |
4988 | ||
4989 | #. type: Plain text | |
4990 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4991 | msgid "[| I<alternative-dependency-template>]" | |
4992 | msgstr "[| I<modèle alternatif de dépendance>]" | |
4993 | ||
4994 | #. type: Plain text | |
4995 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
4996 | msgid "[...]" | |
4997 | msgstr "[...]" | |
4998 | ||
4999 | #. type: Plain text | |
5000 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5001 | msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]" | |
5002 | msgstr "[* I<nom-du-champ>: I<valeur-du-champ>]" | |
5003 | ||
5004 | #. type: Plain text | |
5005 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5006 | #, no-wrap | |
5007 | msgid "" | |
5008 | "[...]\n" | |
5009 | " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n" | |
5010 | msgstr "" | |
5011 | "[...]\n" | |
5012 | " I<symbole> I<version minimum>[I<id du modèle de dépendance>]\n" | |
5013 | ||
5014 | #. type: Plain text | |
5015 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5016 | #, fuzzy | |
5017 | #| msgid "" | |
5018 | #| "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as " | |
5019 | #| "exported by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where " | |
5020 | #| "I<#MINVER#> is dynamically replaced either by a version check like " | |
5021 | #| "\"(E<gt>= I<minimal-version>)\" or by nothing (if an unversioned " | |
5022 | #| "dependency is deemed sufficient)." | |
5023 | msgid "" | |
5024 | "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported " | |
5025 | "by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> " | |
5026 | "is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= I<minimal-" | |
5027 | "version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed sufficient)." | |
5028 | msgstr "" | |
5029 | "La variable I<soname de la bibliothèque> est exactement la valeur du champ " | |
5030 | "SONAME telle que exportée par B<objdump>(1). Un I<modèle de dépendance> est " | |
5031 | "une dépendance où I<#MINVER#> est dynamiquement remplacé soit par une " | |
5032 | "version comme \"(E<gt>= I<version minimum>)\" soit par rien (si une " | |
5033 | "dépendance quelle que soit sa version est reconnue suffisante)." | |
5034 | ||
5035 | #. type: Plain text | |
5036 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5037 | #, fuzzy | |
5038 | #| msgid "" | |
5039 | #| "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> " | |
5040 | #| "being \"Base\" if the library is not versioned) is associated to a " | |
5041 | #| "I<minimal-version> of its dependency template (the main dependency " | |
5042 | #| "template is always used and will end up being combined with the " | |
5043 | #| "dependency template referenced by I<id-of-dependency-template> if " | |
5044 | #| "present). The first alternative dependency template is numbered 1, the " | |
5045 | #| "second one 2, etc." | |
5046 | msgid "" | |
5047 | "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being " | |
5048 | "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-" | |
5049 | "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always " | |
5050 | "used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced " | |
5051 | "by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative " | |
5052 | "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc." | |
5053 | msgstr "" | |
5054 | "Chaque I<symbole> exporté (noté I<nom>@I<version>, avec I<version> qui " | |
5055 | "commence par \"Base\" si la bibliothèque n'a pas de version) est associé à " | |
5056 | "une I<version minimale> dans son modèle de dépendance (le modèle principal " | |
5057 | "de dépendance est toujours utilisé et se termine combiné avec le modèle de " | |
5058 | "dépendance référencé par l'I<id du modèle de dépendance> est présent). La " | |
5059 | "première alternative au modèle de dépendance est numérotée 1, la seconde 2, " | |
5060 | "etc." | |
5061 | ||
5062 | #. type: Plain text | |
5063 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5064 | msgid "" | |
5065 | "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. " | |
5066 | "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the " | |
5067 | "only valid fields are:" | |
5068 | msgstr "" | |
5069 | "Chaque entrée pour une bibliothèque peut aussi avoir des champs de méta-" | |
5070 | "information. Ces champs sont enregistrés dans des lignes qui débutent par un " | |
5071 | "astérisque (« * »). Actuellement, le seul champ valable est :" | |
5072 | ||
5073 | #. type: TP | |
5074 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5075 | #, no-wrap | |
5076 | msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>" | |
5077 | msgstr "B<Build-Depends-Package>" | |
5078 | ||
5079 | #. type: Plain text | |
5080 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5081 | #, fuzzy | |
5082 | #| msgid "" | |
5083 | #| "It indicates the name of the \"-dev\" package associated to the library " | |
5084 | #| "and is used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency " | |
5085 | #| "generated is at least as strict as the corresponding build dependency." | |
5086 | msgid "" | |
5087 | "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is " | |
5088 | "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at " | |
5089 | "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)." | |
5090 | msgstr "" | |
5091 | "Il indique le nom du paquet « -dev » associé à la bibliothèque et est " | |
5092 | "utilisé par B<dpkg-shlibdeps> pour s'assurer que la dépendance produite est " | |
5093 | "au moins aussi stricte que la dépendance de construction correspondante." | |
5094 | ||
5095 | #. type: TP | |
5096 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5097 | #, no-wrap | |
5098 | msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>" | |
5099 | msgstr "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>" | |
5100 | ||
5101 | #. type: Plain text | |
5102 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5103 | #, fuzzy | |
5104 | #| msgid "" | |
5105 | #| "It indicates what blacklist groups should be ignored, as a whitespace " | |
5106 | #| "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get " | |
5107 | #| "included in the output file. This should only be necessary for toolchain " | |
5108 | #| "packages providing those blacklisted symbols. The available groups are " | |
5109 | #| "system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and " | |
5110 | #| "B<gomp>." | |
5111 | msgid "" | |
5112 | "It indicates what blacklist groups should be ignored, as a whitespace " | |
5113 | "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included " | |
5114 | "in the output file (since dpkg 1.17.6). This should only be necessary for " | |
5115 | "toolchain packages providing those blacklisted symbols. The available groups " | |
5116 | "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and " | |
5117 | "B<gomp>." | |
5118 | msgstr "" | |
5119 | "Il indique que les groupes blacklistés seront ignorés, sous forme de liste " | |
5120 | "séparée par des espaces, afin que les symboles contenus dans ces groupes " | |
5121 | "soient inclus dans le fichier de sortie. Cela sera seulement nécessaire pour " | |
5122 | "les paquets de chaîne d'outils qui fournissent ces symboles blacklistés. Les " | |
5123 | "groupes disponibles dépendent des systèmes et, pour les systèmes basés sur " | |
5124 | "ELF et GNU, ce sont B<aeabi> et B<gomp>." | |
5125 | ||
5126 | #. type: SS | |
5127 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5128 | #, no-wrap | |
5129 | msgid "Simple symbols file" | |
5130 | msgstr "Simple fichier de symboles" | |
5131 | ||
5132 | #. type: Plain text | |
5133 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5134 | #, no-wrap | |
5135 | msgid "" | |
5136 | "libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" | |
5137 | " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" | |
5138 | " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" | |
5139 | " [...]\n" | |
5140 | msgstr "" | |
5141 | "libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" | |
5142 | " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" | |
5143 | " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" | |
5144 | " [...]\n" | |
5145 | ||
5146 | #. type: SS | |
5147 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5148 | #, no-wrap | |
5149 | msgid "Advanced symbols file" | |
5150 | msgstr "Fichier avancé de symboles" | |
5151 | ||
5152 | #. type: Plain text | |
5153 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5154 | msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1" | |
5155 | msgstr "libGL.so.1 libgl1" | |
5156 | ||
5157 | #. type: Plain text | |
5158 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5159 | msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#" | |
5160 | msgstr "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#" | |
5161 | ||
5162 | #. type: Plain text | |
5163 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5164 | #, no-wrap | |
5165 | msgid "" | |
5166 | "* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" | |
5167 | " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" | |
5168 | " [...]\n" | |
5169 | " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" | |
5170 | " [...]\n" | |
5171 | msgstr "" | |
5172 | "* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" | |
5173 | " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" | |
5174 | " [...]\n" | |
5175 | " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" | |
5176 | " [...]\n" | |
5177 | ||
5178 | #. type: Plain text | |
5179 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5180 | msgid "B<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>" | |
5181 | msgstr "B<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>" | |
5182 | ||
5183 | #. type: Plain text | |
5184 | #: deb-symbols.man | |
5185 | msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
5186 | msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
5187 | ||
5188 | #. type: TH | |
5189 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5190 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5191 | #| msgid "I<postinst>" | |
5192 | msgid "deb-postinst" | |
5193 | msgstr "I<postinst>" | |
5194 | ||
5195 | #. type: Plain text | |
5196 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5197 | msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script" | |
5198 | msgstr "" | |
5199 | ||
5200 | #. type: Plain text | |
5201 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5202 | #, fuzzy | |
5203 | #| msgid "I<postinst>" | |
5204 | msgid "postinst" | |
5205 | msgstr "I<postinst>" | |
5206 | ||
5207 | #. type: Plain text | |
5208 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5209 | #, fuzzy | |
5210 | #| msgid "" | |
5211 | #| "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " | |
5212 | #| "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " | |
5213 | #| "package creation)." | |
5214 | msgid "" | |
5215 | "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer " | |
5216 | "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive " | |
5217 | "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)." | |
5218 | msgstr "" | |
5219 | "Un paquet déclare ses relations avec des actions différées en incluant un " | |
5220 | "fichier I<triggers> dans son archive de contrôle (c'est-à-dire I<DEBIAN/" | |
5221 | "triggers> au moment de la création du paquet)." | |
5222 | ||
5223 | #. type: Plain text | |
5224 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man | |
5225 | msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:" | |
5226 | msgstr "" | |
5227 | ||
5228 | #. type: TP | |
5229 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5230 | #, no-wrap | |
5231 | msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>" | |
5232 | msgstr "" | |
5233 | ||
5234 | #. type: Plain text | |
5235 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5236 | #, fuzzy | |
5237 | #| msgid "The package name." | |
5238 | msgid "After the package was installed." | |
5239 | msgstr "Nom du paquet" | |
5240 | ||
5241 | #. type: TP | |
5242 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5243 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5244 | #| msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" | |
5245 | msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> I<trigger-name...>" | |
5246 | msgstr "B<interest> I<nom-action-différée>" | |
5247 | ||
5248 | #. type: Plain text | |
5249 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5250 | #, fuzzy | |
5251 | #| msgid "The package has been triggered." | |
5252 | msgid "After the package was triggered." | |
5253 | msgstr "Une action différée de ce paquet a été activée, il reste à l'exécuter." | |
5254 | ||
5255 | #. type: TP | |
5256 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5257 | #, no-wrap | |
5258 | msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
5259 | msgstr "" | |
5260 | ||
5261 | #. type: Plain text | |
5262 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5263 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." | |
5264 | msgstr "" | |
5265 | ||
5266 | #. type: TP | |
5267 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5268 | #, no-wrap | |
5269 | msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>" | |
5270 | msgstr "" | |
5271 | ||
5272 | #. type: Plain text | |
5273 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5274 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during removal." | |
5275 | msgstr "" | |
5276 | ||
5277 | #. type: TP | |
5278 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5279 | #, no-wrap | |
5280 | msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
5281 | msgstr "" | |
5282 | ||
5283 | #. type: TQ | |
5284 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5285 | #, no-wrap | |
5286 | msgid " [ B<removing> I<old-package old-version> ]" | |
5287 | msgstr "" | |
5288 | ||
5289 | #. type: Plain text | |
5290 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5291 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during deconfiguration of a package." | |
5292 | msgstr "" | |
5293 | ||
5294 | #. type: TP | |
5295 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5296 | #, no-wrap | |
5297 | msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
5298 | msgstr "" | |
5299 | ||
5300 | #. type: Plain text | |
5301 | #: deb-postinst.man | |
5302 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during replacement due to conflict." | |
5303 | msgstr "" | |
5304 | ||
5305 | #. type: Plain text | |
5306 | #: deb-postinst.man deb-postrm.man deb-preinst.man deb-prerm.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
5307 | #: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-statoverride.man | |
5308 | msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." | |
5309 | msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." | |
5310 | ||
5311 | #. type: TH | |
5312 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5313 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5314 | #| msgid "deb-control" | |
5315 | msgid "deb-postrm" | |
5316 | msgstr "deb-control" | |
5317 | ||
5318 | #. type: Plain text | |
5319 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5320 | msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script" | |
5321 | msgstr "" | |
5322 | ||
5323 | #. type: Plain text | |
5324 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5325 | #, fuzzy | |
5326 | #| msgid "I<postrm>" | |
5327 | msgid "postrm" | |
5328 | msgstr "I<postrm>" | |
5329 | ||
5330 | #. type: Plain text | |
5331 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5332 | #, fuzzy | |
5333 | #| msgid "" | |
5334 | #| "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " | |
5335 | #| "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " | |
5336 | #| "package creation)." | |
5337 | msgid "" | |
5338 | "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, " | |
5339 | "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive (i.e. " | |
5340 | "I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)." | |
5341 | msgstr "" | |
5342 | "Un paquet déclare ses relations avec des actions différées en incluant un " | |
5343 | "fichier I<triggers> dans son archive de contrôle (c'est-à-dire I<DEBIAN/" | |
5344 | "triggers> au moment de la création du paquet)." | |
5345 | ||
5346 | #. type: TP | |
5347 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5348 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5349 | #| msgid "I<postrm>" | |
5350 | msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>" | |
5351 | msgstr "I<postrm>" | |
5352 | ||
5353 | #. type: Plain text | |
5354 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5355 | #, fuzzy | |
5356 | #| msgid "The package name." | |
5357 | msgid "After the package was removed." | |
5358 | msgstr "Nom du paquet" | |
5359 | ||
5360 | #. type: TP | |
5361 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5362 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5363 | #| msgid "I<postrm>" | |
5364 | msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>" | |
5365 | msgstr "I<postrm>" | |
5366 | ||
5367 | #. type: Plain text | |
5368 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5369 | #, fuzzy | |
5370 | #| msgid "The package has been triggered." | |
5371 | msgid "After the package was purged." | |
5372 | msgstr "Une action différée de ce paquet a été activée, il reste à l'exécuter." | |
5373 | ||
5374 | #. type: TP | |
5375 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5376 | #, no-wrap | |
5377 | msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
5378 | msgstr "" | |
5379 | ||
5380 | #. type: Plain text | |
5381 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5382 | #, fuzzy | |
5383 | #| msgid "The package has been triggered." | |
5384 | msgid "After the package was upgraded." | |
5385 | msgstr "Une action différée de ce paquet a été activée, il reste à l'exécuter." | |
5386 | ||
5387 | #. type: TP | |
5388 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5389 | #, no-wrap | |
5390 | msgid "I<new-postrm >B<failed-upgrade>I< old-version new-version>" | |
5391 | msgstr "" | |
5392 | ||
5393 | #. type: Plain text | |
5394 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5395 | msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails." | |
5396 | msgstr "" | |
5397 | ||
5398 | #. type: TP | |
5399 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5400 | #, no-wrap | |
5401 | msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>" | |
5402 | msgstr "" | |
5403 | ||
5404 | #. type: Plain text | |
5405 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5406 | msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced." | |
5407 | msgstr "" | |
5408 | ||
5409 | #. type: TP | |
5410 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5411 | #, no-wrap | |
5412 | msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>" | |
5413 | msgstr "" | |
5414 | ||
5415 | #. type: Plain text | |
5416 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5417 | msgid "If I<preinst> fails during install." | |
5418 | msgstr "" | |
5419 | ||
5420 | #. type: TP | |
5421 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5422 | #, no-wrap | |
5423 | msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version new-version>" | |
5424 | msgstr "" | |
5425 | ||
5426 | #. type: Plain text | |
5427 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5428 | #, fuzzy | |
5429 | #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." | |
5430 | msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade of removed package." | |
5431 | msgstr "B<3.> Lancement du script I<preinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet." | |
5432 | ||
5433 | #. type: TP | |
5434 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5435 | #, no-wrap | |
5436 | msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" | |
5437 | msgstr "" | |
5438 | ||
5439 | #. type: Plain text | |
5440 | #: deb-postrm.man | |
5441 | msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade." | |
5442 | msgstr "" | |
5443 | ||
5444 | #. type: TH | |
5445 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5446 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5447 | #| msgid "deb-split" | |
5448 | msgid "deb-preinst" | |
5449 | msgstr "deb-split" | |
5450 | ||
5451 | #. type: Plain text | |
5452 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5453 | msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script" | |
5454 | msgstr "" | |
5455 | ||
5456 | #. type: Plain text | |
5457 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5458 | #, fuzzy | |
5459 | #| msgid "I<preinst>" | |
5460 | msgid "preinst" | |
5461 | msgstr "I<preinst>" | |
5462 | ||
5463 | #. type: Plain text | |
5464 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5465 | #, fuzzy | |
5466 | #| msgid "" | |
5467 | #| "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " | |
5468 | #| "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " | |
5469 | #| "package creation)." | |
5470 | msgid "" | |
5471 | "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer " | |
5472 | "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive " | |
5473 | "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)." | |
5474 | msgstr "" | |
5475 | "Un paquet déclare ses relations avec des actions différées en incluant un " | |
5476 | "fichier I<triggers> dans son archive de contrôle (c'est-à-dire I<DEBIAN/" | |
5477 | "triggers> au moment de la création du paquet)." | |
5478 | ||
5479 | #. type: TP | |
5480 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5481 | #, no-wrap | |
5482 | msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>" | |
5483 | msgstr "" | |
5484 | ||
5485 | #. type: Plain text | |
5486 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5487 | #, fuzzy | |
5488 | #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system." | |
5489 | msgid "Before the package is installed." | |
5490 | msgstr "Le paquet n'est pas installé sur le système." | |
5491 | ||
5492 | #. type: TP | |
5493 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5494 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5495 | #| msgid "B<--until> I<version>, B<-u>I<version>" | |
5496 | msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version new-version>" | |
5497 | msgstr "B<--until> I<version>, B<-u>I<version>" | |
5498 | ||
5499 | #. type: Plain text | |
5500 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5501 | msgid "Before removed package is upgraded." | |
5502 | msgstr "" | |
5503 | ||
5504 | #. type: TP | |
5505 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5506 | #, no-wrap | |
5507 | msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" | |
5508 | msgstr "" | |
5509 | ||
5510 | #. type: Plain text | |
5511 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5512 | #, fuzzy | |
5513 | #| msgid "The machine the package is built for." | |
5514 | msgid "Before the package is upgraded." | |
5515 | msgstr "Machine pour laquelle le paquet est construit." | |
5516 | ||
5517 | #. type: TP | |
5518 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5519 | #, no-wrap | |
5520 | msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
5521 | msgstr "" | |
5522 | ||
5523 | #. type: Plain text | |
5524 | #: deb-preinst.man | |
5525 | msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." | |
5526 | msgstr "" | |
5527 | ||
5528 | #. type: TH | |
5529 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5530 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5531 | #| msgid "deb-triggers" | |
5532 | msgid "deb-prerm" | |
5533 | msgstr "deb-triggers" | |
5534 | ||
5535 | #. type: Plain text | |
5536 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5537 | msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script" | |
5538 | msgstr "" | |
5539 | ||
5540 | #. type: Plain text | |
5541 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5542 | #, fuzzy | |
5543 | #| msgid "I<prerm>" | |
5544 | msgid "prerm" | |
5545 | msgstr "I<prerm>" | |
5546 | ||
5547 | #. type: Plain text | |
5548 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5549 | #, fuzzy | |
5550 | #| msgid "" | |
5551 | #| "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " | |
5552 | #| "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " | |
5553 | #| "package creation)." | |
5554 | msgid "" | |
5555 | "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by " | |
5556 | "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/" | |
5557 | "prerm> during package creation)." | |
5558 | msgstr "" | |
5559 | "Un paquet déclare ses relations avec des actions différées en incluant un " | |
5560 | "fichier I<triggers> dans son archive de contrôle (c'est-à-dire I<DEBIAN/" | |
5561 | "triggers> au moment de la création du paquet)." | |
5562 | ||
5563 | #. type: TP | |
5564 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5565 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5566 | #| msgid "B<--remove>" | |
5567 | msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>" | |
5568 | msgstr "B<--remove>" | |
5569 | ||
5570 | #. type: Plain text | |
5571 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5572 | #, fuzzy | |
5573 | #| msgid "The machine the package is built on." | |
5574 | msgid "Before the package is removed." | |
5575 | msgstr "Machine sur laquelle le paquet est construit." | |
5576 | ||
5577 | #. type: TP | |
5578 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5579 | #, no-wrap | |
5580 | msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
5581 | msgstr "" | |
5582 | ||
5583 | #. type: Plain text | |
5584 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5585 | msgid "Before an upgrade." | |
5586 | msgstr "" | |
5587 | ||
5588 | #. type: TP | |
5589 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5590 | #, no-wrap | |
5591 | msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" | |
5592 | msgstr "" | |
5593 | ||
5594 | #. type: Plain text | |
5595 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5596 | msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails." | |
5597 | msgstr "" | |
5598 | ||
5599 | #. type: TP | |
5600 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5601 | #, no-wrap | |
5602 | msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
5603 | msgstr "" | |
5604 | ||
5605 | #. type: TQ | |
5606 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5607 | #, no-wrap | |
5608 | msgid " [ B<removing> I<old-package old-version> ]" | |
5609 | msgstr "" | |
5610 | ||
5611 | #. type: Plain text | |
5612 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5613 | msgid "" | |
5614 | "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict." | |
5615 | msgstr "" | |
5616 | ||
5617 | #. type: TP | |
5618 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5619 | #, no-wrap | |
5620 | msgid "I<prerm> B<remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
5621 | msgstr "" | |
5622 | ||
5623 | #. type: Plain text | |
5624 | #: deb-prerm.man | |
5625 | #, fuzzy | |
5626 | #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." | |
5627 | msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict." | |
5628 | msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté mais n'est pas configuré." | |
5629 | ||
5630 | #. type: TH | |
5631 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5632 | #, no-wrap | |
5633 | msgid "deb-triggers" | |
5634 | msgstr "deb-triggers" | |
5635 | ||
5636 | #. type: Plain text | |
5637 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5638 | msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers" | |
5639 | msgstr "deb-triggers - actions différées du paquet" | |
5640 | ||
5641 | #. type: Plain text | |
5642 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5643 | msgid "triggers" | |
5644 | msgstr "actions différées" | |
5645 | ||
5646 | #. type: Plain text | |
5647 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5648 | msgid "" | |
5649 | "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " | |
5650 | "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " | |
5651 | "package creation)." | |
5652 | msgstr "" | |
5653 | "Un paquet déclare ses relations avec des actions différées en incluant un " | |
5654 | "fichier I<triggers> dans son archive de contrôle (c'est-à-dire I<DEBIAN/" | |
5655 | "triggers> au moment de la création du paquet)." | |
5656 | ||
5657 | #. type: Plain text | |
5658 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5659 | msgid "" | |
5660 | "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace " | |
5661 | "and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty " | |
5662 | "lines will be ignored." | |
5663 | msgstr "" | |
5664 | "Ce fichier contient des directives, une par ligne. Les mises en page et " | |
5665 | "autres espaces ainsi que ce qui suit le caractère B<« # »> sont sautés, et " | |
5666 | "les lignes vides seront ignorées." | |
5667 | ||
5668 | #. type: Plain text | |
5669 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5670 | msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:" | |
5671 | msgstr "Les directives actuellement gérées sont :" | |
5672 | ||
5673 | #. type: TP | |
5674 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5675 | #, no-wrap | |
5676 | msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" | |
5677 | msgstr "B<interest> I<nom-action-différée>" | |
5678 | ||
5679 | #. type: TQ | |
5680 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5681 | #, no-wrap | |
5682 | msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>" | |
5683 | msgstr "B<interest-await> I<nom-action-différée>" | |
5684 | ||
5685 | #. type: TQ | |
5686 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5687 | #, no-wrap | |
5688 | msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>" | |
5689 | msgstr "B<interest-noawait> I<nom-action-différée>" | |
5690 | ||
5691 | #. type: Plain text | |
5692 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5693 | #, fuzzy | |
5694 | #| msgid "" | |
5695 | #| "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All " | |
5696 | #| "triggers in which a package is interested must be listed using this " | |
5697 | #| "directive in the triggers control file. The \"noawait\" variant does not " | |
5698 | #| "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be " | |
5699 | #| "used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." | |
5700 | msgid "" | |
5701 | "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers " | |
5702 | "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the " | |
5703 | "triggers control file. The “noawait” variant does not put the triggering " | |
5704 | "packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used when the " | |
5705 | "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." | |
5706 | msgstr "" | |
5707 | "Indique que le paquet est concerné par l'action différée indiquée. Toutes " | |
5708 | "les actions différées associées au paquet doivent être listées en utilisant " | |
5709 | "cette directive depuis le fichier de contrôle des actions différées. La " | |
5710 | "variante « noawait » ne place toutefois pas les paquets qui provoquent cette " | |
5711 | "action différée dans l'état « triggers-awaited » (actions différées " | |
5712 | "attendues). Elle ne devrait être utilisée que lorsque la fonctionnalité " | |
5713 | "fournie par l'action différée n'est pas critique." | |
5714 | ||
5715 | #. type: TP | |
5716 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5717 | #, no-wrap | |
5718 | msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>" | |
5719 | msgstr "B<activate> I<nom-action-différée>" | |
5720 | ||
5721 | #. type: TQ | |
5722 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5723 | #, no-wrap | |
5724 | msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>" | |
5725 | msgstr "B<activate-await> I<nom-action-différée>" | |
5726 | ||
5727 | #. type: TQ | |
5728 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5729 | #, no-wrap | |
5730 | msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>" | |
5731 | msgstr "B<activate-noawait> I<nom-action-différée>" | |
5732 | ||
5733 | #. type: Plain text | |
5734 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5735 | #, fuzzy | |
5736 | #| msgid "" | |
5737 | #| "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " | |
5738 | #| "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " | |
5739 | #| "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " | |
5740 | #| "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure. The \"noawait\" variant " | |
5741 | #| "does not put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This " | |
5742 | #| "should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not " | |
5743 | #| "crucial." | |
5744 | msgid "" | |
5745 | "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " | |
5746 | "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " | |
5747 | "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " | |
5748 | "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure. The “noawait” variant does not " | |
5749 | "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used " | |
5750 | "when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." | |
5751 | msgstr "" | |
5752 | "Cette directive permet que tout changement dans l'état de ce paquet active " | |
5753 | "l'action différée spécifiée. L'action différée sera activée au début des " | |
5754 | "opérations suivantes : dépaquetage, configuration, suppression (y compris en " | |
5755 | "cas de remplacement par un paquet conflictuel), purge et déconfiguration. La " | |
5756 | "variante « noawait » ne place toutefois pas les paquets qui provoquent cette " | |
5757 | "action différée dans l'état « triggers-awaited » (actions différées " | |
5758 | "attendues). Elle ne devrait être utilisée que lorsque la fonctionnalité " | |
5759 | "fournie par l'action différée n'est pas critique." | |
5760 | ||
5761 | #. type: Plain text | |
5762 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5763 | msgid "" | |
5764 | "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the " | |
5765 | "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of " | |
5766 | "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to " | |
5767 | "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers " | |
5768 | "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated." | |
5769 | msgstr "" | |
5770 | "Si ce paquet disparaît durant le dépaquetage d'un autre paquet, l'action " | |
5771 | "différée sera activée lorsque la disparition est constatée vers la fin du " | |
5772 | "dépaquetage. L'exécution d'une action différée, et donc le passage du statut " | |
5773 | "triggers-awaited (action-différée-attendue) à installed (installé), ne " | |
5774 | "provoquera pas l'activation. Dans le cas d'un dépaquetage, les actions " | |
5775 | "différées listées dans l'ancienne et la nouvelle version du paquet seront " | |
5776 | "activées." | |
5777 | ||
5778 | #. type: Plain text | |
5779 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5780 | msgid "" | |
5781 | "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the " | |
5782 | "package." | |
5783 | msgstr "" | |
5784 | "Les directives inconnues sont des erreurs qui empêcheront l'installation du " | |
5785 | "paquet." | |
5786 | ||
5787 | #. type: Plain text | |
5788 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5789 | #, fuzzy | |
5790 | #| msgid "" | |
5791 | #| "The \"-noawait\" variants should always be favored when possible since " | |
5792 | #| "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be " | |
5793 | #| "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. " | |
5794 | #| "If the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, " | |
5795 | #| "it will avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run " | |
5796 | #| "the trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade." | |
5797 | msgid "" | |
5798 | "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since " | |
5799 | "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be " | |
5800 | "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If " | |
5801 | "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will " | |
5802 | "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the " | |
5803 | "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade." | |
5804 | msgstr "" | |
5805 | "Les variantes « -noawait » doivent toujours être privilégiées quand c'est " | |
5806 | "possible dans la mesure où les paquets provoquant une action différée ne " | |
5807 | "sont pas placés en état « triggers-awaited » (actions différées attendues), " | |
5808 | "et peuvent donc être immédiatement configurés sans recourir à l'exécution de " | |
5809 | "l'action différée. Si les paquets provoquant l'action différée sont des " | |
5810 | "dépendances d'autres paquets mis à jour, cela évitera le lancement de " | |
5811 | "l'action différée et rendra possible l'exécution de l'action différée une " | |
5812 | "seule fois au cours des étapes finales de la mise à jour. " | |
5813 | ||
5814 | #. type: Plain text | |
5815 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5816 | #, fuzzy | |
5817 | #| msgid "" | |
5818 | #| "The \"-noawait\" variants are only supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will " | |
5819 | #| "lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to add " | |
5820 | #| "a \"Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.16.1)\" to any package that wish to use " | |
5821 | #| "those directives." | |
5822 | msgid "" | |
5823 | "The “-noawait” variants are only supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead " | |
5824 | "to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to add a “Pre-" | |
5825 | "Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.16.1)” to any package that wish to use those " | |
5826 | "directives." | |
5827 | msgstr "" | |
5828 | "Les variantes « -noawait » ne sont gérées qu'à partir de dpkg 1.16.1 et " | |
5829 | "provoqueront des erreurs avec les versions plus anciennes. Il est donc " | |
5830 | "conseillé d'utiliser « Pre-Depends: dpkg(E<gt>= 1.16.1) » pour chaque paquet " | |
5831 | "qui a besoin de se servir de telles directives." | |
5832 | ||
5833 | #. type: Plain text | |
5834 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5835 | #, fuzzy | |
5836 | #| msgid "" | |
5837 | #| "The \"-await\" alias variants are only supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and " | |
5838 | #| "will lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to " | |
5839 | #| "add a \"Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.21)\" to any package that wish to " | |
5840 | #| "use those directives." | |
5841 | msgid "" | |
5842 | "The “-await” alias variants are only supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will " | |
5843 | "lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to add a " | |
5844 | "“Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.21)” to any package that wish to use those " | |
5845 | "directives." | |
5846 | msgstr "" | |
5847 | "Les alias de variantes « -await » ne sont gérés qu'à partir de dpkg 1.17.21 " | |
5848 | "et provoqueront des erreurs avec les versions plus anciennes. Il est donc " | |
5849 | "conseillé d'utiliser « Pre-Depends: dpkg(E<gt>= 1.17.21) » pour chaque " | |
5850 | "paquet qui a besoin de se servir de telles directives." | |
5851 | ||
5852 | #. FIXME: Unhardcode the pathname, and use dpkg instead of dpkg-dev. | |
5853 | #. type: Plain text | |
5854 | #: deb-triggers.man | |
5855 | msgid "" | |
5856 | "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." | |
5857 | msgstr "" | |
5858 | "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." | |
5859 | ||
5860 | #. type: TH | |
5861 | #: dsc.man | |
5862 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5863 | #| msgid "dselect" | |
5864 | msgid "dsc" | |
5865 | msgstr "dselect" | |
5866 | ||
5867 | #. type: Plain text | |
5868 | #: dsc.man | |
5869 | #, fuzzy | |
5870 | #| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" | |
5871 | msgid "dsc - Debian source packages' control file format" | |
5872 | msgstr "" | |
5873 | "deb-src-control - Format du fichier principal de contrôle dans les paquets " | |
5874 | "source Debian" | |
5875 | ||
5876 | #. type: Plain text | |
5877 | #: dsc.man | |
5878 | #, fuzzy | |
5879 | #| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" | |
5880 | msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>" | |
5881 | msgstr "I<nom-du-fichier>B<.deb>" | |
5882 | ||
5883 | #. type: Plain text | |
5884 | #: dsc.man | |
5885 | #, fuzzy | |
5886 | #| msgid "" | |
5887 | #| "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " | |
5888 | #| "number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each " | |
5889 | #| "field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case " | |
5890 | #| "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are " | |
5891 | #| "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple " | |
5892 | #| "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines " | |
5893 | #| "when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " | |
5894 | #| "B<Description> field, see below)." | |
5895 | msgid "" | |
5896 | "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which " | |
5897 | "contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as " | |
5898 | "B<Source> or B<Binary> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body " | |
5899 | "of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, " | |
5900 | "field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will " | |
5901 | "generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in case " | |
5902 | "of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and " | |
5903 | "B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." | |
5904 | msgstr "" | |
5905 | "Chaque paquet Debian possède un fichier principal de contrôle qui contient " | |
5906 | "un certain nombre de champs ou de commentaires pour les lignes commençant " | |
5907 | "par un caractère « B<#> ». Chaque champ commence par une étiquette, telle " | |
5908 | "que B<Package> ou B<Version> (la casse n'importe pas), suivie d'un « : », et " | |
5909 | "du contenu du champ. Les champs sont séparés seulement par des étiquettes de " | |
5910 | "champ. En d'autres termes, le contenu d'un champ peut s'étendre sur " | |
5911 | "plusieurs lignes, mais les outils d'installation joindront en général les " | |
5912 | "lignes pendant le traitement du contenu du champ (sauf pour le champ " | |
5913 | "B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)." | |
5914 | ||
5915 | #. type: Plain text | |
5916 | #: dsc.man | |
5917 | msgid "" | |
5918 | "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. " | |
5919 | "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret " | |
5920 | "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The " | |
5921 | "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision, a period, a numeric " | |
5922 | "minor revision, and then an optional subtype after whitespace, which if " | |
5923 | "specified is an alphanumeric word in parentheses. The subtype is optional " | |
5924 | "in the syntax but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions." | |
5925 | msgstr "" | |
5926 | ||
5927 | #. type: Plain text | |
5928 | #: dsc.man | |
5929 | msgid "" | |
5930 | "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 " | |
5931 | "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>." | |
5932 | msgstr "" | |
5933 | ||
5934 | #. type: TP | |
5935 | #: dsc.man | |
5936 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5937 | #| msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" | |
5938 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)" | |
5939 | msgstr "B<Source:> I<nom-du-paquet-source> (requis)" | |
5940 | ||
5941 | #. type: TP | |
5942 | #: dsc.man | |
5943 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5944 | #| msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>" | |
5945 | msgid "B<Binary:>I< binary-package-list>" | |
5946 | msgstr "B<Breaks:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
5947 | ||
5948 | #. type: Plain text | |
5949 | #: dsc.man | |
5950 | msgid "" | |
5951 | "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can " | |
5952 | "produce, separated by commas." | |
5953 | msgstr "" | |
5954 | ||
5955 | #. type: Plain text | |
5956 | #: dsc.man | |
5957 | msgid "" | |
5958 | "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives " | |
5959 | "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which " | |
5960 | "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions." | |
5961 | msgstr "" | |
5962 | ||
5963 | #. type: TP | |
5964 | #: dsc.man | |
5965 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5966 | #| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" | |
5967 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)" | |
5968 | msgstr "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (requis)" | |
5969 | ||
5970 | #. type: Plain text | |
5971 | #: dsc.man | |
5972 | msgid "" | |
5973 | "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which " | |
5974 | "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common " | |
5975 | "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, " | |
5976 | "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc." | |
5977 | msgstr "" | |
5978 | ||
5979 | #. type: Plain text | |
5980 | #: dsc.man | |
5981 | msgid "" | |
5982 | "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " | |
5983 | "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The " | |
5984 | "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the " | |
5985 | "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed " | |
5986 | "in the list is B<all>." | |
5987 | msgstr "" | |
5988 | ||
5989 | #. type: Plain text | |
5990 | #: dsc.man | |
5991 | msgid "" | |
5992 | "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in " | |
5993 | "the I<debian/control> in the source package." | |
5994 | msgstr "" | |
5995 | ||
5996 | #. type: TP | |
5997 | #: dsc.man | |
5998 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
5999 | #| msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>" | |
6000 | msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email-list>" | |
6001 | msgstr "B<Uploaders:>I< nom complet et adresse électronique>" | |
6002 | ||
6003 | #. type: TP | |
6004 | #: dsc.man | |
6005 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6006 | #| msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>" | |
6007 | msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)" | |
6008 | msgstr "B<Standards-Version:>I< chaîne de version>" | |
6009 | ||
6010 | #. type: Plain text | |
6011 | #: dsc.man | |
6012 | #, fuzzy | |
6013 | #| msgid "" | |
6014 | #| "The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System " | |
6015 | #| "repository." | |
6016 | msgid "" | |
6017 | "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System " | |
6018 | "repository." | |
6019 | msgstr "" | |
6020 | "Indique l'I<URL> de l'interface web permettant de parcourir le dépôt du " | |
6021 | "système de gestion de version." | |
6022 | ||
6023 | #. type: Plain text | |
6024 | #: dsc.man | |
6025 | msgid "" | |
6026 | "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository " | |
6027 | "used to maintain this package. See B<deb-src-control>(5) for more details." | |
6028 | msgstr "" | |
6029 | ||
6030 | #. type: TP | |
6031 | #: dsc.man | |
6032 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6033 | #| msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" | |
6034 | msgid "B<Testsuite:>I< name-list>" | |
6035 | msgstr "B<Suggests:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
6036 | ||
6037 | #. type: Plain text | |
6038 | #: dsc.man | |
6039 | msgid "" | |
6040 | "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test " | |
6041 | "suites. The value is a space-separated list of test suites. If the " | |
6042 | "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be " | |
6043 | "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will " | |
6044 | "automatically add it, preserving previous values." | |
6045 | msgstr "" | |
6046 | ||
6047 | #. type: TP | |
6048 | #: dsc.man | |
6049 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6050 | #| msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" | |
6051 | msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:>I< package-list>" | |
6052 | msgstr "B<Suggests:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
6053 | ||
6054 | #. type: Plain text | |
6055 | #: dsc.man | |
6056 | msgid "" | |
6057 | "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies " | |
6058 | "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions " | |
6059 | "removed, and OR dependencies flattened, except for binaries generated by " | |
6060 | "this source package and meta-dependencies such as B<@> or B<@builddeps@>." | |
6061 | msgstr "" | |
6062 | ||
6063 | #. type: Plain text | |
6064 | #: dsc.man | |
6065 | msgid "" | |
6066 | "Rationale: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the test " | |
6067 | "dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked." | |
6068 | msgstr "" | |
6069 | ||
6070 | #. type: Plain text | |
6071 | #: dsc.man | |
6072 | #, fuzzy | |
6073 | #| msgid "" | |
6074 | #| "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed " | |
6075 | #| "in the B<deb-control>(5) manpage and in the B<debian-policy> package." | |
6076 | msgid "" | |
6077 | "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages " | |
6078 | "used to build it. They are discussed in the B<deb-src-control>(5) manpage." | |
6079 | msgstr "" | |
6080 | "Ces champs indiquent les relations entre les paquets. Ils sont détaillés " | |
6081 | "dans la page de manuel B<deb-control>(5) et dans le paquet B<debian-policy>." | |
6082 | ||
6083 | #. type: TP | |
6084 | #: dsc.man | |
6085 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6086 | #| msgid "Package status:" | |
6087 | msgid "B<Package-List:>" | |
6088 | msgstr "État du paquet :" | |
6089 | ||
6090 | #. type: TQ | |
6091 | #: dsc.man | |
6092 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6093 | #| msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" | |
6094 | msgid " I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>" | |
6095 | msgstr "I<paquet> I<priorité> I<section> [I<responsable>]" | |
6096 | ||
6097 | #. type: Plain text | |
6098 | #: dsc.man | |
6099 | msgid "" | |
6100 | "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this " | |
6101 | "source package." | |
6102 | msgstr "" | |
6103 | ||
6104 | #. type: Plain text | |
6105 | #: dsc.man | |
6106 | #, fuzzy | |
6107 | #| msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package." | |
6108 | msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name." | |
6109 | msgstr "I<paquet> est le nom du paquet binaire/source." | |
6110 | ||
6111 | #. type: Plain text | |
6112 | #: dsc.man | |
6113 | msgid "" | |
6114 | "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another " | |
6115 | "common value is B<udeb>." | |
6116 | msgstr "" | |
6117 | ||
6118 | #. type: Plain text | |
6119 | #: dsc.man | |
6120 | msgid "" | |
6121 | "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same " | |
6122 | "name." | |
6123 | msgstr "" | |
6124 | ||
6125 | #. type: Plain text | |
6126 | #: dsc.man | |
6127 | msgid "" | |
6128 | "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the " | |
6129 | "currently known optional keys are:" | |
6130 | msgstr "" | |
6131 | ||
6132 | #. type: TP | |
6133 | #: dsc.man | |
6134 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6135 | #| msgid "B<Arch>" | |
6136 | msgid "B<arch>" | |
6137 | msgstr "B<Arch>" | |
6138 | ||
6139 | #. type: Plain text | |
6140 | #: dsc.man | |
6141 | msgid "" | |
6142 | "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, " | |
6143 | "with spaces converted to ‘,’." | |
6144 | msgstr "" | |
6145 | ||
6146 | #. type: TP | |
6147 | #: dsc.man | |
6148 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6149 | #| msgid "B<config-files>" | |
6150 | msgid "B<profile>" | |
6151 | msgstr "B<config-files>" | |
6152 | ||
6153 | #. type: Plain text | |
6154 | #: dsc.man | |
6155 | msgid "" | |
6156 | "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package " | |
6157 | "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’." | |
6158 | msgstr "" | |
6159 | ||
6160 | #. type: TP | |
6161 | #: dsc.man | |
6162 | #, no-wrap | |
6163 | msgid "B<essential>" | |
6164 | msgstr "" | |
6165 | ||
6166 | #. type: Plain text | |
6167 | #: dsc.man | |
6168 | msgid "" | |
6169 | "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the " | |
6170 | "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value." | |
6171 | msgstr "" | |
6172 | ||
6173 | #. type: Plain text | |
6174 | #: dsc.man | |
6175 | msgid "" | |
6176 | "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " | |
6177 | "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " | |
6178 | "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 " | |
6179 | "for B<Checksums-Sha256>." | |
6180 | msgstr "" | |
6181 | ||
6182 | #. type: Plain text | |
6183 | #: dsc.man | |
6184 | msgid "" | |
6185 | "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " | |
6186 | "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " | |
6187 | "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " | |
6188 | "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name." | |
6189 | msgstr "" | |
6190 | ||
6191 | #. type: Plain text | |
6192 | #: dsc.man | |
6193 | msgid "" | |
6194 | "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of " | |
6195 | "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related " | |
6196 | "fields." | |
6197 | msgstr "" | |
6198 | ||
6199 | #. type: Plain text | |
6200 | #: dsc.man | |
6201 | msgid "" | |
6202 | "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the " | |
6203 | "format of the extracted source package." | |
6204 | msgstr "" | |
6205 | ||
6206 | #. type: Plain text | |
6207 | #: dsc.man | |
6208 | #, fuzzy | |
6209 | #| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
6210 | msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)." | |
6211 | msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
6212 | ||
6213 | #. type: TH | |
6214 | #: dpkg.man | |
6215 | #, no-wrap | |
6216 | msgid "dpkg" | |
6217 | msgstr "dpkg" | |
6218 | ||
6219 | #. type: Plain text | |
6220 | #: dpkg.man | |
6221 | msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" | |
6222 | msgstr "dpkg - un gestionnaire de paquet pour Debian" | |
6223 | ||
6224 | #. type: Plain text | |
6225 | #: dpkg.man | |
6226 | msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>" | |
6227 | msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>" | |
6228 | ||
6229 | #. type: SH | |
6230 | #: dpkg.man | |
6231 | #, no-wrap | |
6232 | msgid "WARNING" | |
6233 | msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT" | |
6234 | ||
6235 | #. type: Plain text | |
6236 | #: dpkg.man | |
6237 | msgid "" | |
6238 | "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " | |
6239 | "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " | |
6240 | "--help>." | |
6241 | msgstr "" | |
6242 | "Ce manuel est destiné aux utilisateurs qui souhaitent aller au-delà de la " | |
6243 | "commande B<dpkg --help> pour la compréhension des options de la ligne de " | |
6244 | "commande et des états des paquets." | |
6245 | ||
6246 | #. type: Plain text | |
6247 | #: dpkg.man | |
6248 | msgid "" | |
6249 | "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " | |
6250 | "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " | |
6251 | "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." | |
6252 | msgstr "" | |
6253 | "Les responsables de paquet qui veulent comprendre comment B<dpkg> installe " | |
6254 | "leur paquet I<ne doivent pas> l'utiliser. Les descriptions concernant " | |
6255 | "l'installation ou la désinstallation des paquets sont très insuffisantes." | |
6256 | ||
6257 | #. type: Plain text | |
6258 | #: dpkg.man | |
6259 | msgid "" | |
6260 | "B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " | |
6261 | "primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<aptitude>(1). " | |
6262 | "B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " | |
6263 | "consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " | |
6264 | "tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " | |
6265 | "some way." | |
6266 | msgstr "" | |
6267 | "B<dpkg> est un outil pour l'installation, la création, la suppression et la " | |
6268 | "gestion des paquets Debian. B<aptitude>(1) est la principale interface à " | |
6269 | "B<dpkg> et la plus agréable pour l'utilisateur. B<dpkg> lui-même est " | |
6270 | "entièrement contrôlé par des paramètres sur la ligne de commande. Une " | |
6271 | "commande comporte exactement une action et zéro ou plusieurs options. Le " | |
6272 | "paramètre « action » dit ce que B<dpkg> doit faire et les options modifient " | |
6273 | "l'action d'une manière ou d'une autre." | |
6274 | ||
6275 | #. type: Plain text | |
6276 | #: dpkg.man | |
6277 | msgid "" | |
6278 | "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and B<dpkg-" | |
6279 | "query>(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the " | |
6280 | "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs " | |
6281 | "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no " | |
6282 | "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the " | |
6283 | "back-ends need to be called directly." | |
6284 | msgstr "" | |
6285 | "B<dpkg> peut également être utilisé comme interface pour B<dpkg-deb>(1) et " | |
6286 | "B<dpkg-query>(1). La liste des actions gérées est indiquée dans la section " | |
6287 | "B<ACTIONS>. Si cette section est présente, B<dpkg> n'exécute que B<dpkg-deb> " | |
6288 | "ou B<dpkg-query> avec les paramètres qui lui sont passés, mais aucune action " | |
6289 | "spécifique ne leur est communiquée. Pour utiliser cela, il est nécessaire " | |
6290 | "d'appeler le programme directement." | |
6291 | ||
6292 | #. type: SH | |
6293 | #: dpkg.man | |
6294 | #, no-wrap | |
6295 | msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" | |
6296 | msgstr "RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PAQUETS" | |
6297 | ||
6298 | #. type: Plain text | |
6299 | #: dpkg.man | |
6300 | msgid "" | |
6301 | "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " | |
6302 | "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " | |
6303 | "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." | |
6304 | msgstr "" | |
6305 | "B<dpkg> conserve des renseignements utiles sur les paquets disponibles. " | |
6306 | "Cette information est divisée en trois classes : les états, les états de la " | |
6307 | "sélection et les drapeaux. La modification de ces valeurs est principalement " | |
6308 | "dévolue à B<dselect>." | |
6309 | ||
6310 | #. type: SS | |
6311 | #: dpkg.man | |
6312 | #, no-wrap | |
6313 | msgid "Package states" | |
6314 | msgstr "États du paquet :" | |
6315 | ||
6316 | #. type: TP | |
6317 | #: dpkg.man | |
6318 | #, no-wrap | |
6319 | msgid "B<not-installed>" | |
6320 | msgstr "B<not-installed>" | |
6321 | ||
6322 | #. type: Plain text | |
6323 | #: dpkg.man | |
6324 | msgid "The package is not installed on your system." | |
6325 | msgstr "Le paquet n'est pas installé sur le système." | |
6326 | ||
6327 | #. type: TP | |
6328 | #: dpkg.man | |
6329 | #, no-wrap | |
6330 | msgid "B<config-files>" | |
6331 | msgstr "B<config-files>" | |
6332 | ||
6333 | #. type: Plain text | |
6334 | #: dpkg.man | |
6335 | msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." | |
6336 | msgstr "Seuls les fichiers de configuration du paquet existent sur le système." | |
6337 | ||
6338 | #. type: TP | |
6339 | #: dpkg.man | |
6340 | #, no-wrap | |
6341 | msgid "B<half-installed>" | |
6342 | msgstr "B<half-installed>" | |
6343 | ||
6344 | #. type: Plain text | |
6345 | #: dpkg.man | |
6346 | msgid "" | |
6347 | "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " | |
6348 | "reason." | |
6349 | msgstr "" | |
6350 | "L'installation du paquet a commencé mais, pour une raison quelconque, ne " | |
6351 | "s'est pas terminée." | |
6352 | ||
6353 | #. type: TP | |
6354 | #: dpkg.man | |
6355 | #, no-wrap | |
6356 | msgid "B<unpacked>" | |
6357 | msgstr "B<unpacked>" | |
6358 | ||
6359 | #. type: Plain text | |
6360 | #: dpkg.man | |
6361 | msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." | |
6362 | msgstr "Le paquet est dépaqueté mais n'est pas configuré." | |
6363 | ||
6364 | #. type: TP | |
6365 | #: dpkg.man | |
6366 | #, no-wrap | |
6367 | msgid "B<half-configured>" | |
6368 | msgstr "B<half-configured>" | |
6369 | ||
6370 | #. type: Plain text | |
6371 | #: dpkg.man | |
6372 | msgid "" | |
6373 | "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " | |
6374 | "completed for some reason." | |
6375 | msgstr "" | |
6376 | "Le paquet est dépaqueté et la configuration a commencé mais, pour une " | |
6377 | "quelconque raison, ne s'est pas terminée." | |
6378 | ||
6379 | #. type: TP | |
6380 | #: dpkg.man | |
6381 | #, no-wrap | |
6382 | msgid "B<triggers-awaited>" | |
6383 | msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>" | |
6384 | ||
6385 | #. type: Plain text | |
6386 | #: dpkg.man | |
6387 | msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package." | |
6388 | msgstr "" | |
6389 | "Le paquet attend l'exécution d'une action différée qui est à la charge d'un " | |
6390 | "autre paquet." | |
6391 | ||
6392 | #. type: TP | |
6393 | #: dpkg.man | |
6394 | #, no-wrap | |
6395 | msgid "B<triggers-pending>" | |
6396 | msgstr "B<triggers-pending>" | |
6397 | ||
6398 | #. type: Plain text | |
6399 | #: dpkg.man | |
6400 | msgid "The package has been triggered." | |
6401 | msgstr "Une action différée de ce paquet a été activée, il reste à l'exécuter." | |
6402 | ||
6403 | #. type: TP | |
6404 | #: dpkg.man | |
6405 | #, no-wrap | |
6406 | msgid "B<installed>" | |
6407 | msgstr "B<installed>" | |
6408 | ||
6409 | #. type: Plain text | |
6410 | #: dpkg.man | |
6411 | msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured." | |
6412 | msgstr "Le paquet est correctement dépaqueté et configuré." | |
6413 | ||
6414 | #. type: SS | |
6415 | #: dpkg.man | |
6416 | #, no-wrap | |
6417 | msgid "Package selection states" | |
6418 | msgstr "États de sélection des paquets" | |
6419 | ||
6420 | #. type: TP | |
6421 | #: dpkg.man | |
6422 | #, no-wrap | |
6423 | msgid "B<install>" | |
6424 | msgstr "B<install>" | |
6425 | ||
6426 | #. type: Plain text | |
6427 | #: dpkg.man | |
6428 | msgid "The package is selected for installation." | |
6429 | msgstr "Le paquet est sélectionné pour être installé." | |
6430 | ||
6431 | #. type: TP | |
6432 | #: dpkg.man | |
6433 | #, no-wrap | |
6434 | msgid "B<hold>" | |
6435 | msgstr "B<hold>" | |
6436 | ||
6437 | #. type: Plain text | |
6438 | #: dpkg.man | |
6439 | msgid "" | |
6440 | "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " | |
6441 | "to do that with option B<--force-hold>." | |
6442 | msgstr "" | |
6443 | "B<dpkg> laisse de côté un paquet marqué B<hold>, à moins qu'il ne soit lancé " | |
6444 | "avec l'option de forçage B<--force-hold>." | |
6445 | ||
6446 | #. type: TP | |
6447 | #: dpkg.man | |
6448 | #, no-wrap | |
6449 | msgid "B<deinstall>" | |
6450 | msgstr "B<deinstall>" | |
6451 | ||
6452 | #. type: Plain text | |
6453 | #: dpkg.man | |
6454 | msgid "" | |
6455 | "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " | |
6456 | "files, except configuration files)." | |
6457 | msgstr "" | |
6458 | "Le paquet est sélectionné pour être désinstallé (c'est-à-dire qu'on veut " | |
6459 | "supprimer tous les fichiers à l'exception des fichiers de configuration)." | |
6460 | ||
6461 | #. type: TP | |
6462 | #: dpkg.man | |
6463 | #, no-wrap | |
6464 | msgid "B<purge>" | |
6465 | msgstr "B<purge>" | |
6466 | ||
6467 | #. type: Plain text | |
6468 | #: dpkg.man | |
6469 | msgid "" | |
6470 | "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from " | |
6471 | "system directories, even configuration files)." | |
6472 | msgstr "" | |
6473 | "Le paquet est sélectionné pour être purgé (c'est-à-dire qu'on veut tout " | |
6474 | "supprimer dans les répertoire du système, même les fichiers de " | |
6475 | "configuration)." | |
6476 | ||
6477 | #. type: SS | |
6478 | #: dpkg.man | |
6479 | #, no-wrap | |
6480 | msgid "Package flags" | |
6481 | msgstr "Drapeaux du paquet :" | |
6482 | ||
6483 | #. type: TP | |
6484 | #: dpkg.man | |
6485 | #, no-wrap | |
6486 | msgid "B<ok>" | |
6487 | msgstr "" | |
6488 | ||
6489 | #. type: Plain text | |
6490 | #: dpkg.man | |
6491 | msgid "" | |
6492 | "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further " | |
6493 | "processing." | |
6494 | msgstr "" | |
6495 | ||
6496 | #. type: TP | |
6497 | #: dpkg.man | |
6498 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6499 | #| msgid "B<reinst-required>" | |
6500 | msgid "B<reinstreq>" | |
6501 | msgstr "B<reinst-required>" | |
6502 | ||
6503 | #. type: Plain text | |
6504 | #: dpkg.man | |
6505 | #, fuzzy | |
6506 | #| msgid "" | |
6507 | #| "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires " | |
6508 | #| "reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with " | |
6509 | #| "option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." | |
6510 | msgid "" | |
6511 | "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These " | |
6512 | "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" | |
6513 | "reinstreq>." | |
6514 | msgstr "" | |
6515 | "Un paquet marqué B<reinst-required> est défectueux et demande une " | |
6516 | "réinstallation. B<dpkg> ne peut supprimer de tels paquets, à moins qu'il ne " | |
6517 | "soit lancé avec l'option de forçage B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." | |
6518 | ||
6519 | #. type: SH | |
6520 | #: dpkg.man | |
6521 | #, no-wrap | |
6522 | msgid "ACTIONS" | |
6523 | msgstr "ACTIONS" | |
6524 | ||
6525 | #. type: TP | |
6526 | #: dpkg.man | |
6527 | #, no-wrap | |
6528 | msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..." | |
6529 | msgstr "B<-i>, B<--install> I<fichier-paquet>..." | |
6530 | ||
6531 | #. type: Plain text | |
6532 | #: dpkg.man | |
6533 | msgid "" | |
6534 | "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " | |
6535 | "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." | |
6536 | msgstr "" | |
6537 | "Installe le paquet. Si l'option B<--recursive> ou B<-R> est utilisée, " | |
6538 | "I<fichier-paquet> doit alors être un répertoire." | |
6539 | ||
6540 | #. type: Plain text | |
6541 | #: dpkg.man | |
6542 | msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" | |
6543 | msgstr "L'installation comporte les étapes suivantes :" | |
6544 | ||
6545 | #. type: Plain text | |
6546 | #: dpkg.man | |
6547 | msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." | |
6548 | msgstr "B<1.> Extraction des fichiers de contrôle du nouveau paquet." | |
6549 | ||
6550 | #. type: Plain text | |
6551 | #: dpkg.man | |
6552 | msgid "" | |
6553 | "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " | |
6554 | "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." | |
6555 | msgstr "" | |
6556 | "B<2.> Quand une ancienne version du même paquet est déjà installée, " | |
6557 | "exécution du script I<prerm> de l'ancien paquet." | |
6558 | ||
6559 | #. type: Plain text | |
6560 | #: dpkg.man | |
6561 | msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." | |
6562 | msgstr "B<3.> Lancement du script I<preinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet." | |
6563 | ||
6564 | #. type: Plain text | |
6565 | #: dpkg.man | |
6566 | msgid "" | |
6567 | "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " | |
6568 | "that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." | |
6569 | msgstr "" | |
6570 | "B<4.> Dépaquetage des nouveaux fichiers et, en même temps, sauvegarde des " | |
6571 | "anciens de manière à pouvoir les restaurer si quelque chose tourne mal." | |
6572 | ||
6573 | #. type: Plain text | |
6574 | #: dpkg.man | |
6575 | msgid "" | |
6576 | "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " | |
6577 | "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " | |
6578 | "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " | |
6579 | "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." | |
6580 | msgstr "" | |
6581 | "B<5.> Quand une ancienne version du même paquet est déjà installée, " | |
6582 | "exécution du script I<postrm> de l'ancien paquet. Il faut remarquer que ce " | |
6583 | "script est exécuté après le script I<preinst> du nouveau paquet, parce que " | |
6584 | "les nouveaux fichiers sont écrits dans le même temps que les anciens sont " | |
6585 | "supprimés." | |
6586 | ||
6587 | #. type: Plain text | |
6588 | #: dpkg.man | |
6589 | msgid "" | |
6590 | "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " | |
6591 | "about how this is done." | |
6592 | msgstr "" | |
6593 | "B<6.> Configuration du paquet. Voyez l'action B<--configure> pour savoir " | |
6594 | "comment cela se passe." | |
6595 | ||
6596 | #. type: TP | |
6597 | #: dpkg.man | |
6598 | #, no-wrap | |
6599 | msgid "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..." | |
6600 | msgstr "B<--unpack >I<fichier-paquet>..." | |
6601 | ||
6602 | #. type: Plain text | |
6603 | #: dpkg.man | |
6604 | msgid "" | |
6605 | "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " | |
6606 | "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." | |
6607 | msgstr "" | |
6608 | "Dépaquète le paquet mais ne configure rien. Si l'option B<--recursive> ou B<-" | |
6609 | "R> est utilisée, I<fichier-paquet> doit alors indiquer un répertoire." | |
6610 | ||
6611 | #. type: TP | |
6612 | #: dpkg.man | |
6613 | #, no-wrap | |
6614 | msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
6615 | msgstr "B<--configure >I<paquet>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
6616 | ||
6617 | #. type: Plain text | |
6618 | #: dpkg.man | |
6619 | msgid "" | |
6620 | "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-" | |
6621 | "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but " | |
6622 | "unconfigured packages are configured." | |
6623 | msgstr "" | |
6624 | "Reconfiguration d'un paquet dépaqueté mais non encore configuré. Si l'option " | |
6625 | "B<-a> ou B<--pending> est utilisée au lieu de I<paquet>, tous les paquets " | |
6626 | "dépaquetés mais non configurés sont configurés." | |
6627 | ||
6628 | #. type: Plain text | |
6629 | #: dpkg.man | |
6630 | msgid "" | |
6631 | "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the B<dpkg-" | |
6632 | "reconfigure>(8) command instead." | |
6633 | msgstr "" | |
6634 | "Pour reconfigurer un paquet qui l'a déjà été, vous devriez plutôt utiliser " | |
6635 | "la commande B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." | |
6636 | ||
6637 | #. type: Plain text | |
6638 | #: dpkg.man | |
6639 | msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" | |
6640 | msgstr "La configuration comporte les étapes suivantes :" | |
6641 | ||
6642 | #. type: Plain text | |
6643 | #: dpkg.man | |
6644 | msgid "" | |
6645 | "B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, " | |
6646 | "so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." | |
6647 | msgstr "" | |
6648 | "B<1.> Dépaquetage des fichiers de configuration, et dans le même temps " | |
6649 | "sauvegarde des anciens fichiers de configuration, de manière à pouvoir les " | |
6650 | "restaurer si quelque chose se passe mal." | |
6651 | ||
6652 | #. type: Plain text | |
6653 | #: dpkg.man | |
6654 | msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." | |
6655 | msgstr "B<2.> Exécution du script B<postinst>, s'il est fourni par le paquet." | |
6656 | ||
6657 | #. type: TP | |
6658 | #: dpkg.man | |
6659 | #, no-wrap | |
6660 | msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
6661 | msgstr "B<--triggers-only> I<paquet> ...|B<-a> | B<--pending>" | |
6662 | ||
6663 | #. type: Plain text | |
6664 | #: dpkg.man | |
6665 | #, fuzzy | |
6666 | #| msgid "" | |
6667 | #| "Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If " | |
6668 | #| "package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be " | |
6669 | #| "processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may " | |
6670 | #| "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-" | |
6671 | #| "pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --" | |
6672 | #| "pending>." | |
6673 | msgid "" | |
6674 | "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be " | |
6675 | "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will " | |
6676 | "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may " | |
6677 | "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> " | |
6678 | "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." | |
6679 | msgstr "" | |
6680 | "N'exécute que les actions différées. Toutes les actions différées en attente " | |
6681 | "seront traitées. Si des noms de paquets sont fournis, les actions différées " | |
6682 | "de ces paquets seront traitées, une fois chacune lorsque nécessaire. " | |
6683 | "L'utilisation de cette option peut laisser des paquets dans les états " | |
6684 | "incorrects de B<triggers-awaited> et de B<triggers-pending>. Cela peut être " | |
6685 | "corrigé plus tard en exécutant : B<dpkg --configure --pending>." | |
6686 | ||
6687 | #. type: TP | |
6688 | #: dpkg.man | |
6689 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6690 | #| msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>B<...|-a|--pending>" | |
6691 | msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
6692 | msgstr "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<paquet>B<...|-al--pending>" | |
6693 | ||
6694 | #. type: Plain text | |
6695 | #: dpkg.man | |
6696 | msgid "" | |
6697 | "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles, which " | |
6698 | "may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later " | |
6699 | "(conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/" | |
6700 | "conffiles> control file). If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a " | |
6701 | "package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed in file I<" | |
6702 | "%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed." | |
6703 | msgstr "" | |
6704 | "Supprimer un paquet installé. Supprime tout à l'exception des fichiers de " | |
6705 | "configuration, ce qui évite d'avoir à reconfigurer le paquet s'il était " | |
6706 | "réinstallé par la suite (ces fichiers sont les fichiers de configuration " | |
6707 | "listés dans le fichier de contrôle I<DEBIAN/conffiles>). Si B<-a> ou B<--" | |
6708 | "pending> est indiqué à la place d'un nom de paquet, alors tous les paquets " | |
6709 | "dépaquetés mais marqués pour suppression dans le fichier I<%ADMINDIR%/" | |
6710 | "status> seront supprimés." | |
6711 | ||
6712 | #. type: Plain text | |
6713 | #: dpkg.man | |
6714 | msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" | |
6715 | msgstr "La suppression d'un paquet comporte les étapes suivantes :" | |
6716 | ||
6717 | #. type: Plain text | |
6718 | #: dpkg.man | |
6719 | msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" | |
6720 | msgstr "B<1.> Lancement du script I<prerm>" | |
6721 | ||
6722 | #. type: Plain text | |
6723 | #: dpkg.man | |
6724 | msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" | |
6725 | msgstr "B<2.> Suppression des fichiers installés" | |
6726 | ||
6727 | #. type: Plain text | |
6728 | #: dpkg.man | |
6729 | msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" | |
6730 | msgstr "B<3.> lancement du script I<postrm>" | |
6731 | ||
6732 | #. type: TP | |
6733 | #: dpkg.man | |
6734 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6735 | #| msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
6736 | msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
6737 | msgstr "B<-P>, B<--purge>I<paquet>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
6738 | ||
6739 | #. type: Plain text | |
6740 | #: dpkg.man | |
6741 | msgid "" | |
6742 | "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, " | |
6743 | "including conffiles. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package " | |
6744 | "name, then all packages unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file " | |
6745 | "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are purged." | |
6746 | msgstr "" | |
6747 | "Purger un paquet installé ou déjà supprimé. L'action supprime tout, y " | |
6748 | "compris les fichiers de configuration. Si B<-a> ou B<--pending> est indiqué " | |
6749 | "à la place d'un nom de paquet, tous les paquets dépaquetés ou supprimés mais " | |
6750 | "marqués dans le fichier I<%ADMINDIR%/status> comme devant être purgés seront " | |
6751 | "purgés." | |
6752 | ||
6753 | #. type: Plain text | |
6754 | #: dpkg.man | |
6755 | msgid "" | |
6756 | "Note: some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are " | |
6757 | "created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that " | |
6758 | "case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> " | |
6759 | "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal " | |
6760 | "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, " | |
6761 | "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories." | |
6762 | msgstr "" | |
6763 | "Note : certains fichiers de configuration peuvent être inconnus de B<dpkg> " | |
6764 | "car ils sont créés et gérés séparement par le biais de scripts de " | |
6765 | "configuration. En ce cas, B<dpkg> ne les supprimera pas lui-même et le " | |
6766 | "script I<postrm> du paquet devra s'en charger durant l'opération de purge. " | |
6767 | "Cela ne s'applique bien entendu qu'aux fichiers situés dans les répertoires " | |
6768 | "systèmes et non aux fichiers de configuration créés dans les répertoires " | |
6769 | "« home » des utilisateurs." | |
6770 | ||
6771 | #. type: Plain text | |
6772 | #: dpkg.man | |
6773 | msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:" | |
6774 | msgstr "La suppression d'un paquet comporte les étapes suivantes :" | |
6775 | ||
6776 | #. type: Plain text | |
6777 | #: dpkg.man | |
6778 | msgid "" | |
6779 | "B<1.> Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for " | |
6780 | "detailed information about how this is done." | |
6781 | msgstr "" | |
6782 | "B<1.> Supprime le paquet s'il n'est pas déjà supprimé. Voir B<--remove> pour " | |
6783 | "plus de détails sur la façon dont cela est fait." | |
6784 | ||
6785 | #. type: Plain text | |
6786 | #: dpkg.man | |
6787 | msgid "B<2.> Run I<postrm> script." | |
6788 | msgstr "B<2.> Exécuter le script I<postrm>." | |
6789 | ||
6790 | #. type: TP | |
6791 | #: dpkg.man | |
6792 | #, no-wrap | |
6793 | msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]" | |
6794 | msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> I<nom-du-paquet>..." | |
6795 | ||
6796 | #. type: Plain text | |
6797 | #: dpkg.man | |
6798 | #, fuzzy | |
6799 | #| msgid "" | |
6800 | #| "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by " | |
6801 | #| "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the " | |
6802 | #| "files metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database. The origin of " | |
6803 | #| "the files metadata information in the database is the binary packages " | |
6804 | #| "themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time during " | |
6805 | #| "the installation process." | |
6806 | msgid "" | |
6807 | "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by " | |
6808 | "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files " | |
6809 | "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). " | |
6810 | "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary " | |
6811 | "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time " | |
6812 | "during the installation process." | |
6813 | msgstr "" | |
6814 | "Vérifie l'intégrité du I<nom-du-paquet> ou tous les paquets, si omis, en " | |
6815 | "comparant l'information des fichiers installés par un paquet avec " | |
6816 | "l'information des métadonnées des fichiers stockée dans la base de données " | |
6817 | "de B<dpkg>. L'origine de l'information des métadonnées des fichiers dans la " | |
6818 | "base de données, ce sont les paquets binaires eux-mêmes. Ces métadonnées " | |
6819 | "sont collectées au moment du dépaquetage des paquets durant le processus " | |
6820 | "d'installation." | |
6821 | ||
6822 | #. type: Plain text | |
6823 | #: dpkg.man | |
6824 | #, fuzzy | |
6825 | #| msgid "" | |
6826 | #| "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification " | |
6827 | #| "against the stored value in the files database. It will only get checked " | |
6828 | #| "if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any missing " | |
6829 | #| "metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used." | |
6830 | msgid "" | |
6831 | "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of " | |
6832 | "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will " | |
6833 | "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any " | |
6834 | "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used." | |
6835 | msgstr "" | |
6836 | "Actuellement la seule vérification fonctionnelle effectuée est une " | |
6837 | "comparaison des sommes de contrôle MD5 des fichiers par rapport aux valeurs " | |
6838 | "stockées dans la base de données des fichiers. La vérification n'a lieu que " | |
6839 | "si la base de données contient les informations nécessaires. Pour vérifier " | |
6840 | "si des méta-données manquent dans la base de données, la commande B<--audit> " | |
6841 | "peut être employée." | |
6842 | ||
6843 | #. type: Plain text | |
6844 | #: dpkg.man | |
6845 | msgid "" | |
6846 | "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by " | |
6847 | "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as " | |
6848 | "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the " | |
6849 | "format they expect." | |
6850 | msgstr "" | |
6851 | "On peut choisir le format de sortie avec l'option B<--verify-format>, par " | |
6852 | "défaut c'est le format B<rpm>, mais cela pourrait changer dans le futur, et " | |
6853 | "selon le format que les programmes analysant cette sortie de commande " | |
6854 | "pourraient explicitement attendre." | |
6855 | ||
6856 | #. type: TP | |
6857 | #: dpkg.man | |
6858 | #, no-wrap | |
6859 | msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]" | |
6860 | msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> I<nom-paquet>..." | |
6861 | ||
6862 | #. type: Plain text | |
6863 | #: dpkg.man | |
6864 | #, fuzzy | |
6865 | #| msgid "" | |
6866 | #| "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or " | |
6867 | #| "all packages if omitted. For example, searches for packages that have " | |
6868 | #| "been installed only partially on your system or that have missing, wrong " | |
6869 | #| "or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with " | |
6870 | #| "them to get them fixed." | |
6871 | msgid "" | |
6872 | "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all " | |
6873 | "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, " | |
6874 | "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system " | |
6875 | "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will " | |
6876 | "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed." | |
6877 | msgstr "" | |
6878 | "Effectue une vérification de et de consistance sur le I<nom-paquet> ou sur " | |
6879 | "tous les paquets si omis. Par exemple, recherche les paquets qui n'ont été " | |
6880 | "que partiellement installés sur le système ou qui ont des données de " | |
6881 | "contrôle ou des fichiers manquants, incorrects ou obsolètes. B<dpkg> suggère " | |
6882 | "une manière de les faire fonctionner." | |
6883 | ||
6884 | #. type: TP | |
6885 | #: dpkg.man | |
6886 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6887 | #| msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" | |
6888 | msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" | |
6889 | msgstr "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<fichier-Paquets>]" | |
6890 | ||
6891 | #. type: TQ | |
6892 | #: dpkg.man | |
6893 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
6894 | #| msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" | |
6895 | msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" | |
6896 | msgstr "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<fichier-Paquets>]" | |
6897 | ||
6898 | #. type: Plain text | |
6899 | #: dpkg.man | |
6900 | #, fuzzy | |
6901 | #| msgid "" | |
6902 | #| "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. " | |
6903 | #| "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with " | |
6904 | #| "information from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old " | |
6905 | #| "information is replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The " | |
6906 | #| "I<Packages-file> distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. If " | |
6907 | #| "the I<Packages-file> argument is missing or named B<-> then it will be " | |
6908 | #| "read from standard input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of " | |
6909 | #| "available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>." | |
6910 | msgid "" | |
6911 | "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " | |
6912 | "action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " | |
6913 | "I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " | |
6914 | "with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " | |
6915 | "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the I<Packages-" | |
6916 | "file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read from standard " | |
6917 | "input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages in " | |
6918 | "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>." | |
6919 | msgstr "" | |
6920 | "Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets " | |
6921 | "disponibles. L'action B<--merge-avail> combine les informations anciennes " | |
6922 | "avec celles qui proviennent du fichier I<fichier-Packages>. L'action B<--" | |
6923 | "update-avail> remplace les informations anciennes par celles qui proviennent " | |
6924 | "du fichier I<fichier-Packages>. Le fichier I<fichier-Packages> distribué " | |
6925 | "avec Debian est appelé simplement I<Packages>. Si le paramètre I<fichier- " | |
6926 | "Packages> est manquant ou est nommé B<->, alors, il sera lu à partir de " | |
6927 | "l'entrée standard (depuis dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> garde son propre " | |
6928 | "enregistrement des paquets disponibles dans I<%ADMINDIR%/available>." | |
6929 | ||
6930 | #. type: Plain text | |
6931 | #: dpkg.man | |
6932 | msgid "" | |
6933 | "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " | |
6934 | "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use " | |
6935 | "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track " | |
6936 | "of available packages." | |
6937 | msgstr "" | |
6938 | "Une simple commande permettant de récupérer et mettre à jour le fichier " | |
6939 | "I<available> est B<dselect update>. Veuillez noter que ce fichier est à peu " | |
6940 | "près inutile si vous n'utilisez pas B<dselect> mais une interface basée sur " | |
6941 | "APT. APT contient en effet son propre mécanisme pour suivre les paquets " | |
6942 | "disponibles." | |
6943 | ||
6944 | #. type: TP | |
6945 | #: dpkg.man | |
6946 | #, no-wrap | |
6947 | msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..." | |
6948 | msgstr "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<fichier_paquet>..." | |
6949 | ||
6950 | #. type: Plain text | |
6951 | #: dpkg.man | |
6952 | msgid "" | |
6953 | "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " | |
6954 | "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " | |
6955 | "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." | |
6956 | msgstr "" | |
6957 | "Met à jour l'information de B<dpkg> et de B<dselect> sur les paquets " | |
6958 | "disponibles avec les informations qui proviennent de I<fichier-paquet>. Si " | |
6959 | "l'option B<--recursive> ou B<-R> est utilisée, I<fichier-paquet> doit " | |
6960 | "indiquer un répertoire." | |
6961 | ||
6962 | #. type: TP | |
6963 | #: dpkg.man | |
6964 | #, no-wrap | |
6965 | msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>" | |
6966 | msgstr "B<--forget-old-unavail>" | |
6967 | ||
6968 | #. type: Plain text | |
6969 | #: dpkg.man | |
6970 | #, fuzzy | |
6971 | #| msgid "" | |
6972 | #| "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget " | |
6973 | #| "uninstalled unavailable packages." | |
6974 | msgid "" | |
6975 | "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled " | |
6976 | "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain " | |
6977 | "user information such as package selections." | |
6978 | msgstr "" | |
6979 | "Désormais B<obsolète> et sans effet car B<dpkg> oublie automatiquement les " | |
6980 | "paquets désinstallés qui ne sont pas disponibles." | |
6981 | ||
6982 | #. type: TP | |
6983 | #: dpkg.man | |
6984 | #, no-wrap | |
6985 | msgid "B<--clear-avail>" | |
6986 | msgstr "B<--clear-avail>" | |
6987 | ||
6988 | #. type: Plain text | |
6989 | #: dpkg.man | |
6990 | msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." | |
6991 | msgstr "Efface les renseignements existants sur les paquets disponibles." | |
6992 | ||
6993 | #. type: TP | |
6994 | #: dpkg.man | |
6995 | #, no-wrap | |
6996 | msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" | |
6997 | msgstr "B<--get-selections> [I<motif-de-nom-de-paquet>...]" | |
6998 | ||
6999 | #. type: Plain text | |
7000 | #: dpkg.man | |
7001 | msgid "" | |
7002 | "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " | |
7003 | "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will " | |
7004 | "not be shown." | |
7005 | msgstr "" | |
7006 | "Obtenir la liste des sélections de paquets et l'envoie sur la sortie " | |
7007 | "standard. Sans un motif, les paquets non installés (c'est-à-dire ceux qui " | |
7008 | "ont été précédemment purgés) ne seront pas affichés." | |
7009 | ||
7010 | #. type: TP | |
7011 | #: dpkg.man update-alternatives.man | |
7012 | #, no-wrap | |
7013 | msgid "B<--set-selections>" | |
7014 | msgstr "B<--set-selections>" | |
7015 | ||
7016 | #. type: Plain text | |
7017 | #: dpkg.man | |
7018 | #, fuzzy | |
7019 | #| msgid "" | |
7020 | #| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " | |
7021 | #| "the format 'I<package> I<state>', where state is one of B<install>, " | |
7022 | #| "B<hold>, B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines " | |
7023 | #| "beginning with '#' are also permitted." | |
7024 | msgid "" | |
7025 | "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " | |
7026 | "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, " | |
7027 | "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with " | |
7028 | "‘B<#>’ are also permitted." | |
7029 | msgstr "" | |
7030 | "Modifie la liste des sélections des paquets en lisant un fichier sur " | |
7031 | "l'entrée standard. Le format de ce fichier doit être de la forme « I<paquet> " | |
7032 | "I<état> », où état vaut B<install>, B<hold>, B<deinstall> ou B<purge>. Les " | |
7033 | "lignes vides ou les lignes de commentaires débutant par « # » sont " | |
7034 | "autorisées." | |
7035 | ||
7036 | #. type: Plain text | |
7037 | #: dpkg.man | |
7038 | msgid "" | |
7039 | "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, " | |
7040 | "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--" | |
7041 | "update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information." | |
7042 | msgstr "" | |
7043 | "Le fichier I<available> doit être à jour pour que cette commande soit utile, " | |
7044 | "autrement des paquets inconnus seront ignorés avec un avertissement. " | |
7045 | "Veuillez consultez les commandes B<--update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> pour " | |
7046 | "plus d'informations." | |
7047 | ||
7048 | #. type: TP | |
7049 | #: dpkg.man | |
7050 | #, no-wrap | |
7051 | msgid "B<--clear-selections>" | |
7052 | msgstr "B<--clear-selections>" | |
7053 | ||
7054 | #. type: Plain text | |
7055 | #: dpkg.man | |
7056 | #, fuzzy | |
7057 | #| msgid "" | |
7058 | #| "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. " | |
7059 | #| "This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-selections>, to " | |
7060 | #| "deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-selections>." | |
7061 | msgid "" | |
7062 | "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since " | |
7063 | "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-" | |
7064 | "selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-" | |
7065 | "selections>." | |
7066 | msgstr "" | |
7067 | "Met l'état de chaque paquet non essentiel à « deinstall ». Il faut utiliser " | |
7068 | "cette option juste avant B<--set-selections>, pour désinstaller les paquets " | |
7069 | "qui ne sont pas affichés par B<--set-selections>." | |
7070 | ||
7071 | #. type: TP | |
7072 | #: dpkg.man | |
7073 | #, no-wrap | |
7074 | msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>" | |
7075 | msgstr "B<--yet-to-unpack>" | |
7076 | ||
7077 | #. type: Plain text | |
7078 | #: dpkg.man | |
7079 | msgid "" | |
7080 | "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " | |
7081 | "still haven't been installed." | |
7082 | msgstr "" | |
7083 | "Recherche les paquets qui ont été sélectionnés pour l'installation, mais " | |
7084 | "qui, pour une raison quelconque, ne sont pas encore installés." | |
7085 | ||
7086 | #. type: TP | |
7087 | #: dpkg.man | |
7088 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7089 | #| msgid "B<-p>I<package>" | |
7090 | msgid "B<--predep-package>" | |
7091 | msgstr "B<-p>I<paquet>" | |
7092 | ||
7093 | #. type: Plain text | |
7094 | #: dpkg.man | |
7095 | msgid "" | |
7096 | "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant pre-" | |
7097 | "dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies." | |
7098 | msgstr "" | |
7099 | ||
7100 | #. type: Plain text | |
7101 | #: dpkg.man | |
7102 | msgid "" | |
7103 | "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can " | |
7104 | "be massaged as appropriate." | |
7105 | msgstr "" | |
7106 | ||
7107 | #. type: Plain text | |
7108 | #: dpkg.man | |
7109 | msgid "" | |
7110 | "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available " | |
7111 | "and 2 on error." | |
7112 | msgstr "" | |
7113 | ||
7114 | #. type: TP | |
7115 | #: dpkg.man | |
7116 | #, no-wrap | |
7117 | msgid "B<--add-architecture >I<architecture>" | |
7118 | msgstr "B<--add-architecture >I<architecture>" | |
7119 | ||
7120 | #. type: Plain text | |
7121 | #: dpkg.man | |
7122 | #, fuzzy | |
7123 | #| msgid "" | |
7124 | #| "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can " | |
7125 | #| "be installed without using B<--force-architecture>. The architecture " | |
7126 | #| "B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) is " | |
7127 | #| "always part of that list." | |
7128 | msgid "" | |
7129 | "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be " | |
7130 | "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The " | |
7131 | "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-" | |
7132 | "architecture>) is always part of that list." | |
7133 | msgstr "" | |
7134 | "Ajoute I<architecture> à la liste d'architectures pour lesquelles les " | |
7135 | "paquets peuvent être installés sans utiliser B<--force-architecture>. " | |
7136 | "L'architecture pour laquelle B<dpkg> est compilé (c'est-à-dire ce qu'affiche " | |
7137 | "B<--print-architecture>) est toujours incluse dans cette liste." | |
7138 | ||
7139 | #. type: TP | |
7140 | #: dpkg.man | |
7141 | #, no-wrap | |
7142 | msgid "B<--remove-architecture >I<architecture>" | |
7143 | msgstr "B<--remove-architecture >I<architecture>" | |
7144 | ||
7145 | #. type: Plain text | |
7146 | #: dpkg.man | |
7147 | #, fuzzy | |
7148 | #| msgid "" | |
7149 | #| "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages " | |
7150 | #| "can be installed without using B<--force-architecture>. If the " | |
7151 | #| "architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will " | |
7152 | #| "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The " | |
7153 | #| "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-" | |
7154 | #| "architecture>) can never be removed from that list." | |
7155 | msgid "" | |
7156 | "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can " | |
7157 | "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If " | |
7158 | "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will " | |
7159 | "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture " | |
7160 | "B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never " | |
7161 | "be removed from that list." | |
7162 | msgstr "" | |
7163 | "Retire I<architecture> de la liste d'architectures pour lesquelles les " | |
7164 | "paquets peuvent être installés sans utiliser B<--force-architecture>. Si " | |
7165 | "cette architecture est actuellement utilisée dans la base de données, cette " | |
7166 | "opération sera rejetée, sauf si B<--force-architecture> est utilisé. " | |
7167 | "L'architecture pour laquelle B<dpkg> est compilé (c'est-à-dire ce qu'affiche " | |
7168 | "B<--print-architecture>) ne peut jamais être retirée de cette liste." | |
7169 | ||
7170 | #. type: TP | |
7171 | #: dpkg.man | |
7172 | #, no-wrap | |
7173 | msgid "B<--print-architecture>" | |
7174 | msgstr "B<--print-architecture>" | |
7175 | ||
7176 | #. type: Plain text | |
7177 | #: dpkg.man | |
7178 | #, fuzzy | |
7179 | #| msgid "" | |
7180 | #| "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." | |
7181 | msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)." | |
7182 | msgstr "Affiche l'architecture des paquets installés (par exemple, « i386 »)." | |
7183 | ||
7184 | #. type: TP | |
7185 | #: dpkg.man | |
7186 | #, no-wrap | |
7187 | msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>" | |
7188 | msgstr "B<--print-foreign-architectures>" | |
7189 | ||
7190 | #. type: Plain text | |
7191 | #: dpkg.man | |
7192 | #, fuzzy | |
7193 | #| msgid "" | |
7194 | #| "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is " | |
7195 | #| "configured to allow packages to be installed for." | |
7196 | msgid "" | |
7197 | "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is " | |
7198 | "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
7199 | msgstr "" | |
7200 | "Affiche la liste, à raison d'une par ligne, des architectures pour " | |
7201 | "lesquelles B<dpkg> est autorisé à installer des paquets." | |
7202 | ||
7203 | #. type: TP | |
7204 | #: dpkg.man | |
7205 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7206 | #| msgid "B<--export=>I<format>" | |
7207 | msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>" | |
7208 | msgstr "B<--export=>I<format>" | |
7209 | ||
7210 | #. type: Plain text | |
7211 | #: dpkg.man | |
7212 | msgid "" | |
7213 | "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the " | |
7214 | "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot " | |
7215 | "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current " | |
7216 | "list of assertable features is:" | |
7217 | msgstr "" | |
7218 | ||
7219 | #. type: TP | |
7220 | #: dpkg.man | |
7221 | #, no-wrap | |
7222 | msgid "B<support-predepends>" | |
7223 | msgstr "" | |
7224 | ||
7225 | #. type: Plain text | |
7226 | #: dpkg.man | |
7227 | msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)." | |
7228 | msgstr "" | |
7229 | ||
7230 | #. type: TP | |
7231 | #: dpkg.man | |
7232 | #, no-wrap | |
7233 | msgid "B<working-epoch>" | |
7234 | msgstr "" | |
7235 | ||
7236 | #. type: Plain text | |
7237 | #: dpkg.man | |
7238 | msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)." | |
7239 | msgstr "" | |
7240 | ||
7241 | #. type: TP | |
7242 | #: dpkg.man | |
7243 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7244 | #| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" | |
7245 | msgid "B<long-filenames>" | |
7246 | msgstr "B<--log=>I<fichier>" | |
7247 | ||
7248 | #. type: Plain text | |
7249 | #: dpkg.man | |
7250 | msgid "Supports long filenames in B<deb>(5) archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)." | |
7251 | msgstr "" | |
7252 | ||
7253 | #. type: TP | |
7254 | #: dpkg.man | |
7255 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7256 | #| msgid "B<half-configured>" | |
7257 | msgid "B<multi-conrep>" | |
7258 | msgstr "B<half-configured>" | |
7259 | ||
7260 | #. type: Plain text | |
7261 | #: dpkg.man | |
7262 | msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)." | |
7263 | msgstr "" | |
7264 | ||
7265 | #. type: TP | |
7266 | #: dpkg.man | |
7267 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7268 | #| msgid "B<-a>I<arch>" | |
7269 | msgid "B<multi-arch>" | |
7270 | msgstr "B<-a>I<arch>" | |
7271 | ||
7272 | #. type: Plain text | |
7273 | #: dpkg.man | |
7274 | msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
7275 | msgstr "" | |
7276 | ||
7277 | #. type: TP | |
7278 | #: dpkg.man | |
7279 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7280 | #| msgid "B<--version>" | |
7281 | msgid "B<versioned-provides>" | |
7282 | msgstr "B<--version>" | |
7283 | ||
7284 | #. type: Plain text | |
7285 | #: dpkg.man | |
7286 | #, fuzzy | |
7287 | #| msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>." | |
7288 | msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
7289 | msgstr "Annule un précédent B<--no-triggers>." | |
7290 | ||
7291 | #. type: TP | |
7292 | #: dpkg.man | |
7293 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7294 | #| msgid "B<--force-sign>" | |
7295 | msgid "B<--validate->I<thing string>" | |
7296 | msgstr "B<--force-sign>" | |
7297 | ||
7298 | #. type: Plain text | |
7299 | #: dpkg.man | |
7300 | msgid "" | |
7301 | "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg " | |
7302 | "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is " | |
7303 | "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is " | |
7304 | "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:" | |
7305 | msgstr "" | |
7306 | ||
7307 | #. type: TP | |
7308 | #: dpkg.man | |
7309 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7310 | #| msgid "B<pkgstate>" | |
7311 | msgid "B<pkgname>" | |
7312 | msgstr "B<pkgstate>" | |
7313 | ||
7314 | #. type: Plain text | |
7315 | #: dpkg.man | |
7316 | #, fuzzy | |
7317 | #| msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
7318 | msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
7319 | msgstr "Architecture du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.1)" | |
7320 | ||
7321 | #. type: TP | |
7322 | #: dpkg.man | |
7323 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7324 | #| msgid "B<--rename>" | |
7325 | msgid "B<trigname>" | |
7326 | msgstr "B<--rename>" | |
7327 | ||
7328 | #. type: Plain text | |
7329 | #: dpkg.man | |
7330 | #, fuzzy | |
7331 | #| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7332 | msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
7333 | msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine cible (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7334 | ||
7335 | #. type: TP | |
7336 | #: dpkg.man | |
7337 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7338 | #| msgid "B<Arch>" | |
7339 | msgid "B<archname>" | |
7340 | msgstr "B<Arch>" | |
7341 | ||
7342 | #. type: Plain text | |
7343 | #: dpkg.man | |
7344 | #, fuzzy | |
7345 | #| msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
7346 | msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
7347 | msgstr "Architecture du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.1)" | |
7348 | ||
7349 | #. type: TP | |
7350 | #: dpkg.man | |
7351 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7352 | #| msgid "B<--version>" | |
7353 | msgid "B<version>" | |
7354 | msgstr "B<--version>" | |
7355 | ||
7356 | #. type: Plain text | |
7357 | #: dpkg.man | |
7358 | #, fuzzy | |
7359 | #| msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
7360 | msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
7361 | msgstr "Architecture du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.1)" | |
7362 | ||
7363 | #. type: TP | |
7364 | #: dpkg.man | |
7365 | #, no-wrap | |
7366 | msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" | |
7367 | msgstr "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" | |
7368 | ||
7369 | #. .TP | |
7370 | #. .B \-\-command\-fd \fIn\fP | |
7371 | #. Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor \fIn\fP. Note: | |
7372 | #. additional options set on the command line, and through this file descriptor, | |
7373 | #. are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run. | |
7374 | #. type: Plain text | |
7375 | #: dpkg.man | |
7376 | #, fuzzy | |
7377 | #| msgid "" | |
7378 | #| "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> " | |
7379 | #| "returns success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, " | |
7380 | #| "and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of " | |
7381 | #| "operators, which differ in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. " | |
7382 | #| "These treat an empty version as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne " | |
7383 | #| "ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later than any version: B<lt-nl " | |
7384 | #| "le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for compatibility with " | |
7385 | #| "control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." | |
7386 | msgid "" | |
7387 | "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " | |
7388 | "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) " | |
7389 | "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat " | |
7390 | "an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier than " | |
7391 | "any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later " | |
7392 | "than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for " | |
7393 | "compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= " | |
7394 | "E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete and " | |
7395 | "should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 " | |
7396 | "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true." | |
7397 | msgstr "" | |
7398 | "Compare des numéros de version, où I<op> est un opérateur binaire. B<dpkg> " | |
7399 | "retourne un zéro si la condition spécifiée est vérifiée, et retourne un " | |
7400 | "nombre différent de zéro dans le cas contraire. Il y a deux groupes " | |
7401 | "d'opérateurs ; ils diffèrent par leur façon de traiter l'absence de I<ver1> " | |
7402 | "ou de I<ver2>. Pour les opérateurs suivants, B<lt le eq ne ge gt>, l'absence " | |
7403 | "d'une version est considérée comme inférieure à toute version ; pour les " | |
7404 | "opérateurs B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>, l'absence d'une version est " | |
7405 | "considérée comme supérieure à toute version. Les opérateurs B<E<lt> " | |
7406 | "E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> ne sont fournis que pour la " | |
7407 | "compatibilité avec la syntaxe du fichier de contrôle." | |
7408 | ||
7409 | #. type: TP | |
7410 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
7411 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
7412 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-name.man | |
7413 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
7414 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
7415 | #: dselect.man | |
7416 | #, no-wrap | |
7417 | msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>" | |
7418 | msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>" | |
7419 | ||
7420 | #. type: Plain text | |
7421 | #: dpkg.man | |
7422 | msgid "Display a brief help message." | |
7423 | msgstr "Affiche un court message d'aide." | |
7424 | ||
7425 | #. type: TP | |
7426 | #: dpkg.man | |
7427 | #, no-wrap | |
7428 | msgid "B<--force-help>" | |
7429 | msgstr "B<--force-help>" | |
7430 | ||
7431 | #. type: Plain text | |
7432 | #: dpkg.man | |
7433 | msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." | |
7434 | msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur les options B<--force->I<quelque-chose>." | |
7435 | ||
7436 | #. type: TP | |
7437 | #: dpkg.man | |
7438 | #, no-wrap | |
7439 | msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" | |
7440 | msgstr "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" | |
7441 | ||
7442 | #. type: Plain text | |
7443 | #: dpkg.man | |
7444 | msgid "Give help about debugging options." | |
7445 | msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur les options de débogage." | |
7446 | ||
7447 | #. type: TP | |
7448 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
7449 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
7450 | #: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
7451 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
7452 | #: dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
7453 | #: dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
7454 | #: dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man update-alternatives.man | |
7455 | #, no-wrap | |
7456 | msgid "B<--version>" | |
7457 | msgstr "B<--version>" | |
7458 | ||
7459 | #. type: Plain text | |
7460 | #: dpkg.man | |
7461 | msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." | |
7462 | msgstr "Affiche la version de B<dpkg>." | |
7463 | ||
7464 | #. type: TP | |
7465 | #: dpkg.man | |
7466 | #, no-wrap | |
7467 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" | |
7468 | msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>" | |
7469 | ||
7470 | #. type: Plain text | |
7471 | #: dpkg.man | |
7472 | msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." | |
7473 | msgstr "" | |
7474 | "Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur les actions " | |
7475 | "suivantes." | |
7476 | ||
7477 | #. type: Plain text | |
7478 | #: dpkg.man | |
7479 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7480 | #| msgid "" | |
7481 | #| "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n" | |
7482 | #| " Build a deb package.\n" | |
7483 | #| "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n" | |
7484 | #| " List contents of a deb package.\n" | |
7485 | #| "B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" | |
7486 | #| " Extract control-information from a package.\n" | |
7487 | #| "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n" | |
7488 | #| " Extract the files contained by package.\n" | |
7489 | #| "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n" | |
7490 | #| " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" | |
7491 | #| " package.\n" | |
7492 | #| "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n" | |
7493 | #| " Display control field(s) of a package.\n" | |
7494 | #| "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n" | |
7495 | #| " Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" | |
7496 | #| " Debian package.\n" | |
7497 | #| "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n" | |
7498 | #| " Show information about a package.\n" | |
7499 | msgid "" | |
7500 | "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n" | |
7501 | " Build a deb package.\n" | |
7502 | "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n" | |
7503 | " List contents of a deb package.\n" | |
7504 | "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n" | |
7505 | " Extract control-information from a package.\n" | |
7506 | "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n" | |
7507 | " Extract the files contained by package.\n" | |
7508 | "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n" | |
7509 | " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" | |
7510 | " package.\n" | |
7511 | "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n" | |
7512 | " Display control field(s) of a package.\n" | |
7513 | "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n" | |
7514 | " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n" | |
7515 | "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n" | |
7516 | " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n" | |
7517 | "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n" | |
7518 | " Show information about a package.\n" | |
7519 | msgstr "" | |
7520 | "B<-b>, B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<archive>|I<répertoire>]\n" | |
7521 | " Construit un paquet deb.\n" | |
7522 | "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n" | |
7523 | " Liste le contenu d'un paquet deb.\n" | |
7524 | "B<-e>, B<--control> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<répertoire>]\n" | |
7525 | " Extrait les informations de contrôle d'un paquet.\n" | |
7526 | "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<répertoire de l'archive>\n" | |
7527 | " Extrait et affiche les fichiers contenus dans un paquet.\n" | |
7528 | "B<-f>, B<--field> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<champ de contrôle>] ...\n" | |
7529 | " Affiche le(s) champ(s) de contrôle d'un paquet.\n" | |
7530 | "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n" | |
7531 | " Affiche le contenu du fichier tar d'un paquet Debian.\n" | |
7532 | "B<-I>, B<--info> I<nom-de-fichier> [I<fichier de contrôle>]\n" | |
7533 | " Affiche des renseignements sur un paquet.\n" | |
7534 | ||
7535 | #. type: TP | |
7536 | #: dpkg.man | |
7537 | #, no-wrap | |
7538 | msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" | |
7539 | msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>" | |
7540 | ||
7541 | #. type: Plain text | |
7542 | #: dpkg.man | |
7543 | msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." | |
7544 | msgstr "" | |
7545 | "Voyez B<dpkg-query>(1) pour davantage d'explications sur les actions " | |
7546 | "suivantes." | |
7547 | ||
7548 | #. type: Plain text | |
7549 | #: dpkg.man | |
7550 | #, no-wrap | |
7551 | msgid "" | |
7552 | "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n" | |
7553 | " List packages matching given pattern.\n" | |
7554 | "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n" | |
7555 | " Report status of specified package.\n" | |
7556 | "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n" | |
7557 | " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n" | |
7558 | "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n" | |
7559 | " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" | |
7560 | "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n" | |
7561 | " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n" | |
7562 | " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n" | |
7563 | " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n" | |
7564 | msgstr "" | |
7565 | "B<-l>, B<--list> I<motif-du-nom-de-paquet> ...\n" | |
7566 | " Affiche la liste des paquets qui correspondent au motif.\n" | |
7567 | "B<-s>, B<--status> I<nom-du-paquet> ...\n" | |
7568 | " Donne l'état du paquet indiqué.\n" | |
7569 | "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<nom-du-paquet> ...\n" | |
7570 | " Affiche la liste des fichiers installés qui appartiennent\n" | |
7571 | " à I<paquet>.\n" | |
7572 | "B<-S>, B<--search> I<motif-du-fichier-à-rechercher> ...\n" | |
7573 | " Recherche un fichier dans les paquets installés.\n" | |
7574 | "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<nom-du-paquet>\n" | |
7575 | " Affiche les informations trouvées dans I<%ADMINDIR%/available>\n" | |
7576 | " à propos de I<paquet>. Les utilisateurs des interfaces à APT\n" | |
7577 | " devraient plutôt utiliser B<apt-cache show> I<nom-du-paquet>.\n" | |
7578 | ||
7579 | #. type: SH | |
7580 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
7581 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
7582 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
7583 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
7584 | #: dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
7585 | #: dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
7586 | #: dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man update-alternatives.man | |
7587 | #, no-wrap | |
7588 | msgid "OPTIONS" | |
7589 | msgstr "OPTIONS" | |
7590 | ||
7591 | #. type: Plain text | |
7592 | #: dpkg.man | |
7593 | #, fuzzy | |
7594 | #| msgid "" | |
7595 | #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " | |
7596 | #| "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names " | |
7597 | #| "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration " | |
7598 | #| "directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration " | |
7599 | #| "file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " | |
7600 | #| "without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." | |
7601 | msgid "" | |
7602 | "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " | |
7603 | "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names " | |
7604 | "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory " | |
7605 | "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either " | |
7606 | "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading " | |
7607 | "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)." | |
7608 | msgstr "" | |
7609 | "On peut spécifier toutes les options à la fois sur la ligne de commande, " | |
7610 | "dans le fichier de configuration de B<dpkg>, I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> ou " | |
7611 | "dans les fragments de fichiers du répertoire de configuration I<%PKGCONFDIR%/" | |
7612 | "dpkg.cfg.d/> (avec un nom qui respecte le motif '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*')). Chaque " | |
7613 | "ligne de ce fichier est soit une option (identique à une option en ligne de " | |
7614 | "commande mais sans tirets initiaux), soit un commentaire, commençant par " | |
7615 | "B<#>." | |
7616 | ||
7617 | #. type: TP | |
7618 | #: dpkg.man | |
7619 | #, no-wrap | |
7620 | msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" | |
7621 | msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<nombre>" | |
7622 | ||
7623 | #. type: Plain text | |
7624 | #: dpkg.man | |
7625 | msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." | |
7626 | msgstr "" | |
7627 | "Modifie le nombre d'erreurs au delà duquel B<dpkg> s'arrête. Il est par " | |
7628 | "défaut égal à 50." | |
7629 | ||
7630 | #. type: TP | |
7631 | #: dpkg.man | |
7632 | #, no-wrap | |
7633 | msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" | |
7634 | msgstr "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" | |
7635 | ||
7636 | #. type: Plain text | |
7637 | #: dpkg.man | |
7638 | msgid "" | |
7639 | "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " | |
7640 | "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " | |
7641 | "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " | |
7642 | "package." | |
7643 | msgstr "" | |
7644 | "Quand un paquet est supprimé, il peut arriver qu'un paquet installé " | |
7645 | "dépendait du paquet supprimé. En spécifiant cette option, on obtient la " | |
7646 | "déconfiguration automatique du paquet qui dépendait du paquet supprimé." | |
7647 | ||
7648 | #. type: TP | |
7649 | #: dpkg.man | |
7650 | #, no-wrap | |
7651 | msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>" | |
7652 | msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>" | |
7653 | ||
7654 | #. type: Plain text | |
7655 | #: dpkg.man | |
7656 | msgid "" | |
7657 | "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-oring desired values " | |
7658 | "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " | |
7659 | "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." | |
7660 | msgstr "" | |
7661 | "Demande de débogage. I<octal> est formé en faisant un « ou » logique entre " | |
7662 | "des valeurs souhaitées appartenant à la liste ci-dessous (notez que ces " | |
7663 | "valeurs pourront changer dans les prochaines versions). B<-Dh> ou B<--" | |
7664 | "debug=help> affiche ces valeurs de débogage." | |
7665 | ||
7666 | #. type: Plain text | |
7667 | #: dpkg.man | |
7668 | #, no-wrap | |
7669 | msgid "" | |
7670 | " Number Description\n" | |
7671 | " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" | |
7672 | " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" | |
7673 | " 10 Output for each file processed\n" | |
7674 | " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" | |
7675 | " 20 Output for each configuration file\n" | |
7676 | " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" | |
7677 | " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" | |
7678 | " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" | |
7679 | " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n" | |
7680 | " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n" | |
7681 | " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n" | |
7682 | " 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" | |
7683 | " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" | |
7684 | msgstr "" | |
7685 | " nombre description\n" | |
7686 | " 1 Informations de progression \n" | |
7687 | " en général utiles\n" | |
7688 | " 2 Appel et état des scripts du responsable\n" | |
7689 | " 10 Affichage pour chaque fichier traité\n" | |
7690 | " 100 De nombreux affichages pour chaque fichier\n" | |
7691 | " traité\n" | |
7692 | " 20 Affichage pour chaque fichier de configuration\n" | |
7693 | " 200 De nombreux affichages pour chaque fichier\n" | |
7694 | " de configuration\n" | |
7695 | " 40 Dépendances et conflits\n" | |
7696 | " 400 De nombreuses sorties pour les dépendances\n" | |
7697 | " et les conflits\n" | |
7698 | "10000 Sortie sur l'activation et le traitement des actions différées\n" | |
7699 | "20000 De nombreuses sorties sur les actions différées\n" | |
7700 | "40000 Quantité stupide de sorties sur les actions différées\n" | |
7701 | " 1000 Beaucoup de radotage à propos du répertoire\n" | |
7702 | " dpkg/info \n" | |
7703 | " 2000 Quantité stupide de radotage\n" | |
7704 | ||
7705 | #. type: TP | |
7706 | #: dpkg.man | |
7707 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7708 | #| msgid "B<--force-sign>" | |
7709 | msgid "B<--force->I<things>" | |
7710 | msgstr "B<--force-sign>" | |
7711 | ||
7712 | #. type: TQ | |
7713 | #: dpkg.man | |
7714 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
7715 | #| msgid "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>" | |
7716 | msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>" | |
7717 | msgstr "B<--force->I<quelque-chose>, B<--no-force->I<quelque-chose>, B<--refuse->I<quelque-chose>" | |
7718 | ||
7719 | #. type: Plain text | |
7720 | #: dpkg.man | |
7721 | msgid "" | |
7722 | "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " | |
7723 | "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" | |
7724 | "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " | |
7725 | "forced by default." | |
7726 | msgstr "" | |
7727 | "Forcer ou refuser (B<no-force> et B<refuse> signifient la même chose) de " | |
7728 | "faire quelque chose. I<quelque-chose> est une liste d'actions séparées par " | |
7729 | "des virgules, décrites ci-après. B<--force-help> affiche un message qui les " | |
7730 | "décrit. Les actions marquées d'un (*) sont forcées par défaut." | |
7731 | ||
7732 | #. type: Plain text | |
7733 | #: dpkg.man | |
7734 | msgid "" | |
7735 | "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " | |
7736 | "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " | |
7737 | "system.>" | |
7738 | msgstr "" | |
7739 | "I<Avertissement : ces options sont principalement destinées aux experts. Un " | |
7740 | "usage auquel manque la pleine compréhension de leurs effets peut casser le " | |
7741 | "système entier.>" | |
7742 | ||
7743 | #. type: Plain text | |
7744 | #: dpkg.man | |
7745 | msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." | |
7746 | msgstr "B<all> : Met en œuvre (ou pas) toutes les options de forçage." | |
7747 | ||
7748 | #. type: Plain text | |
7749 | #: dpkg.man | |
7750 | msgid "" | |
7751 | "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " | |
7752 | "installed." | |
7753 | msgstr "" | |
7754 | "B<downgrade>(*) : Installe un paquet, même si une version plus récente du " | |
7755 | "paquet est déjà installée." | |
7756 | ||
7757 | #. type: Plain text | |
7758 | #: dpkg.man | |
7759 | msgid "" | |
7760 | "I<Warning: At present >B<dpkg>I< does not do any dependency checking on " | |
7761 | "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the " | |
7762 | "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, " | |
7763 | "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system " | |
7764 | "unusable. Use with care.>" | |
7765 | msgstr "" | |
7766 | "I<Avertissement : pour l'instant,> B<dpkg> I<ne recherche pas les " | |
7767 | "dépendances lors d'un retour à une version inférieure d'un paquet ; il ne " | |
7768 | "vous préviendra pas si la version choisie casse les dépendances d'un autre " | |
7769 | "paquet. Cela peut avoir de sérieuses conséquences ; et si l'on revient à des " | |
7770 | "versions antérieures des programmes essentiels du système, cela peut rendre " | |
7771 | "votre système inutilisable. N'utiliser qu'avec précaution.>" | |
7772 | ||
7773 | #. type: Plain text | |
7774 | #: dpkg.man | |
7775 | msgid "" | |
7776 | "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " | |
7777 | "which the current package depends." | |
7778 | msgstr "" | |
7779 | "B<configure-any> : Configure aussi les paquets dépaquetés mais non " | |
7780 | "configurés dont dépend le paquet en question." | |
7781 | ||
7782 | #. type: Plain text | |
7783 | #: dpkg.man | |
7784 | #, fuzzy | |
7785 | #| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." | |
7786 | msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”." | |
7787 | msgstr "B<hold> : Traite même les paquets marqués « à garder » (« hold »)." | |
7788 | ||
7789 | #. type: Plain text | |
7790 | #: dpkg.man | |
7791 | msgid "" | |
7792 | "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " | |
7793 | "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " | |
7794 | "remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." | |
7795 | msgstr "" | |
7796 | "B<remove-reinstreq> : Supprime un paquet, même défectueux et marqué comme " | |
7797 | "demandant une réinstallation. Il se peut, dès lors, que des éléments du " | |
7798 | "paquet restent dans le système et soient oubliés par B<dpkg>." | |
7799 | ||
7800 | #. type: Plain text | |
7801 | #: dpkg.man | |
7802 | msgid "" | |
7803 | "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " | |
7804 | "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " | |
7805 | "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." | |
7806 | msgstr "" | |
7807 | "B<remove-essential> : supprime un paquet même s'il est considéré comme " | |
7808 | "indispensable. Les paquets « Essential » comportent les commandes Unix les " | |
7809 | "plus fondamentales et les enlever peut casser le système entier. Il faut " | |
7810 | "utiliser cette option avec prudence." | |
7811 | ||
7812 | #. type: Plain text | |
7813 | #: dpkg.man | |
7814 | msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." | |
7815 | msgstr "" | |
7816 | "B<depends> : Change tous les problèmes de dépendance en avertissements." | |
7817 | ||
7818 | #. type: Plain text | |
7819 | #: dpkg.man | |
7820 | msgid "" | |
7821 | "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." | |
7822 | msgstr "" | |
7823 | "B<depends-version> : Ignore les versions dans les questions de dépendance." | |
7824 | ||
7825 | #. type: Plain text | |
7826 | #: dpkg.man | |
7827 | #, fuzzy | |
7828 | #| msgid "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package." | |
7829 | msgid "" | |
7830 | "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg " | |
7831 | "1.14.6)." | |
7832 | msgstr "" | |
7833 | "B<breaks> : Force l'installation, même si cela risque de casser un autre " | |
7834 | "paquet." | |
7835 | ||
7836 | #. type: Plain text | |
7837 | #: dpkg.man | |
7838 | msgid "" | |
7839 | "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " | |
7840 | "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." | |
7841 | msgstr "" | |
7842 | "B<conflicts> : Installe un paquet, même s'il est en conflit avec un autre " | |
7843 | "paquet. C'est dangereux car habituellement cela produit le remplacement de " | |
7844 | "certains fichiers." | |
7845 | ||
7846 | #. type: Plain text | |
7847 | #: dpkg.man | |
7848 | #, fuzzy | |
7849 | #| msgid "" | |
7850 | #| "B<confmiss>: If a conffile is missing and the version in the package did " | |
7851 | #| "change, always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is " | |
7852 | #| "dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the " | |
7853 | #| "file." | |
7854 | msgid "" | |
7855 | "B<confmiss>: Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is " | |
7856 | "dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the " | |
7857 | "file." | |
7858 | msgstr "" | |
7859 | "B<confmiss> : si un fichier de configuration est manquant et que la version " | |
7860 | "du paquet change, toujours l'installer. Cette opération est dangereuse, " | |
7861 | "puisque les changements apportés au fichier ne seront pas préservés " | |
7862 | "(suppression)." | |
7863 | ||
7864 | #. type: Plain text | |
7865 | #: dpkg.man | |
7866 | msgid "" | |
7867 | "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " | |
7868 | "did change, always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--" | |
7869 | "force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " | |
7870 | "preferred." | |
7871 | msgstr "" | |
7872 | "B<confnew> : quand un fichier de configuration a été modifié et que la " | |
7873 | "version dans le paquet a changé, toujours installer la nouvelle version et " | |
7874 | "ne rien demander, sauf si l'option B<--force-confdef> est aussi présente, " | |
7875 | "auquel cas l'action par défaut est choisie." | |
7876 | ||
7877 | #. type: Plain text | |
7878 | #: dpkg.man | |
7879 | msgid "" | |
7880 | "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " | |
7881 | "did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--" | |
7882 | "force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " | |
7883 | "preferred." | |
7884 | msgstr "" | |
7885 | "B<confold> : quand un fichier de configuration a été modifié et que la " | |
7886 | "version du paquet a changé, garder l'ancienne version et ne rien demander, " | |
7887 | "sauf si l'option B<--force-confdef> est aussi présente, auquel cas l'action " | |
7888 | "par défaut est choisie." | |
7889 | ||
7890 | #. type: Plain text | |
7891 | #: dpkg.man | |
7892 | msgid "" | |
7893 | "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " | |
7894 | "did change, always choose the default action without prompting. If there is " | |
7895 | "no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or " | |
7896 | "B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to " | |
7897 | "decide the final action." | |
7898 | msgstr "" | |
7899 | "B<confdef> : quand un fichier de configuration a été modifié et que la " | |
7900 | "version du paquet a changé, utilise toujours l'action par défaut, de manière " | |
7901 | "non interactive. Quand il n'y a pas d'action par défaut, la commande " | |
7902 | "s'arrête et interroge l'utilisateur, à moins que l'option B<--force-confnew> " | |
7903 | "ou l'option B<--force-confold> n'ait été donnée, auquel cas elle se sert de " | |
7904 | "ces options pour déterminer ce qu'il faut faire." | |
7905 | ||
7906 | #. type: Plain text | |
7907 | #: dpkg.man | |
7908 | #, fuzzy | |
7909 | #| msgid "" | |
7910 | #| "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it " | |
7911 | #| "with the version in the package, even if the version in the package did " | |
7912 | #| "not change. If any of B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-" | |
7913 | #| "confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide " | |
7914 | #| "the final action." | |
7915 | msgid "" | |
7916 | "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with " | |
7917 | "the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not " | |
7918 | "change (since dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-" | |
7919 | "confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the " | |
7920 | "final action." | |
7921 | msgstr "" | |
7922 | "B<confask> : Si un fichier de configuration a été modifié, propose de le " | |
7923 | "remplacer avec la version du paquet, même si celle-ci n'a pas changé. Si " | |
7924 | "l'une des options B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-" | |
7925 | "confold>, ou B<--force-confdef> est également mentionnée, elle déterminera " | |
7926 | "l'action finalement utilisée." | |
7927 | ||
7928 | #. type: Plain text | |
7929 | #: dpkg.man | |
7930 | msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." | |
7931 | msgstr "B<overwrite> : Remplace un fichier par un fichier d'un autre paquet." | |
7932 | ||
7933 | #. type: Plain text | |
7934 | #: dpkg.man | |
7935 | #, fuzzy | |
7936 | #| msgid "" | |
7937 | #| "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." | |
7938 | msgid "" | |
7939 | "B<overwrite-dir>: Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." | |
7940 | msgstr "" | |
7941 | "B<overwrite-dir> : Remplace un répertoire par un répertoire d'un autre " | |
7942 | "paquet." | |
7943 | ||
7944 | #. type: Plain text | |
7945 | #: dpkg.man | |
7946 | msgid "" | |
7947 | "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." | |
7948 | msgstr "" | |
7949 | "B<overwrite-diverted> : Remplace un fichier détourné avec une version non " | |
7950 | "détournée." | |
7951 | ||
7952 | #. type: Plain text | |
7953 | #: dpkg.man | |
7954 | #, fuzzy | |
7955 | #| msgid "" | |
7956 | #| "B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking. " | |
7957 | #| "Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before file " | |
7958 | #| "renames, which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on " | |
7959 | #| "some file systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on " | |
7960 | #| "the first place due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length " | |
7961 | #| "files on abrupt system crashes." | |
7962 | msgid "" | |
7963 | "B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg " | |
7964 | "1.15.8.6). Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before " | |
7965 | "file renames, which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on " | |
7966 | "some file systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the " | |
7967 | "first place due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on " | |
7968 | "abrupt system crashes." | |
7969 | msgstr "" | |
7970 | "B<unsafe-io> : Ne pas effectuer d'action d'entrée/sortie non sûre lors de la " | |
7971 | "décompression. Cela implique actuellement de ne pas synchroniser le système " | |
7972 | "de fichiers avant le renommage de fichiers, ce qui est une cause connue de " | |
7973 | "dégradation des performances sur certains systèmes, en général ceux qui, peu " | |
7974 | "fiables, ont besoin d'actions sûres pour éviter de terminer avec des " | |
7975 | "fichiers de taille vide en cas d'interruption inopinée." | |
7976 | ||
7977 | #. type: Plain text | |
7978 | #: dpkg.man | |
7979 | msgid "" | |
7980 | "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount " | |
7981 | "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and " | |
7982 | "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce " | |
7983 | "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs " | |
7984 | "before atomic renames." | |
7985 | msgstr "" | |
7986 | "I<Note>: Pour ext4, le principal concerné, il est suggéré de plutôt utiliser " | |
7987 | "l'option de montage B<nodelalloc>, qui corrigera à la fois la dégradation " | |
7988 | "des performances et les problèmes de sécurité des données. Elle permet " | |
7989 | "notamment d'éviter de terminer avec des fichiers vides lors des arrêts " | |
7990 | "brutaux pour tout logiciel qui ne synchronise pas le système de fichiers " | |
7991 | "avant chaque renommage." | |
7992 | ||
7993 | #. type: Plain text | |
7994 | #: dpkg.man | |
7995 | msgid "" | |
7996 | "I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing " | |
7997 | "data, use with care.>" | |
7998 | msgstr "" | |
7999 | "I<Avertissement : L'utilisation de cette option peut améliorer la " | |
8000 | "performance mais augmente le risque de perte de données. Elle est donc à " | |
8001 | "utiliser avec précautions.>" | |
8002 | ||
8003 | #. type: Plain text | |
8004 | #: dpkg.man | |
8005 | msgid "" | |
8006 | "B<script-chrootless>: Run maintainer scrips without B<chroot>(2)ing into " | |
8007 | "B<instdir> even if the package does not support this mode of operation " | |
8008 | "(since dpkg 1.18.5)." | |
8009 | msgstr "" | |
8010 | ||
8011 | #. type: Plain text | |
8012 | #: dpkg.man | |
8013 | msgid "I<Warning: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care.>" | |
8014 | msgstr "" | |
8015 | ||
8016 | #. type: Plain text | |
8017 | #: dpkg.man | |
8018 | msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture." | |
8019 | msgstr "" | |
8020 | "B<architecture> : Traite même les paquets sans architecture ou avec une " | |
8021 | "architecture incorrecte." | |
8022 | ||
8023 | #. type: Plain text | |
8024 | #: dpkg.man | |
8025 | #, fuzzy | |
8026 | #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions." | |
8027 | msgid "" | |
8028 | "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg " | |
8029 | "1.16.1)." | |
8030 | msgstr "" | |
8031 | "B<bad-version> : Traite même les paquets dont la version est incorrecte" | |
8032 | ||
8033 | #. type: Plain text | |
8034 | #: dpkg.man | |
8035 | msgid "" | |
8036 | "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." | |
8037 | msgstr "" | |
8038 | "B<bad-path> : Programmes importants non visibles par la variable B<PATH>, ce " | |
8039 | "qui va poser des problèmes." | |
8040 | ||
8041 | #. type: Plain text | |
8042 | #: dpkg.man | |
8043 | msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." | |
8044 | msgstr "B<not-root> : Tente de (dés)installer même sans être root." | |
8045 | ||
8046 | #. type: Plain text | |
8047 | #: dpkg.man | |
8048 | msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." | |
8049 | msgstr "" | |
8050 | "B<bad-verify> : Installe un paquet même si la vérification de son " | |
8051 | "authenticité a échoué." | |
8052 | ||
8053 | #. type: TP | |
8054 | #: dpkg.man | |
8055 | #, no-wrap | |
8056 | msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." | |
8057 | msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<paquet>,..." | |
8058 | ||
8059 | #. type: Plain text | |
8060 | #: dpkg.man | |
8061 | msgid "" | |
8062 | "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " | |
8063 | "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." | |
8064 | msgstr "" | |
8065 | "Ne tient pas compte de la vérification des dépendances pour les paquets " | |
8066 | "spécifiés (en fait, la vérification est faite mais on ne donne rien d'autre " | |
8067 | "que des avertissements)." | |
8068 | ||
8069 | #. type: TP | |
8070 | #: dpkg.man | |
8071 | #, no-wrap | |
8072 | msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" | |
8073 | msgstr "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" | |
8074 | ||
8075 | #. type: Plain text | |
8076 | #: dpkg.man | |
8077 | msgid "" | |
8078 | "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " | |
8079 | "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " | |
8080 | "actually modifying anything." | |
8081 | msgstr "" | |
8082 | "Faire tout ce qui doit être fait, mais n'écrire aucune modification. On " | |
8083 | "utilise cette option pour voir ce qui se passe sans modifier quoi que ce " | |
8084 | "soit." | |
8085 | ||
8086 | #. type: Plain text | |
8087 | #: dpkg.man | |
8088 | msgid "" | |
8089 | "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " | |
8090 | "with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " | |
8091 | "purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " | |
8092 | "probably expected it to actually do nothing)" | |
8093 | msgstr "" | |
8094 | "Assurez-vous de donner l'option B<--no-act> avant le paramètre action, sinon " | |
8095 | "des résultats fâcheux sont probables. Par exemple, la commande B<dpkg --" | |
8096 | "purge foo --no-act> purge d'abord le paquet foo et essaie ensuite de purger " | |
8097 | "le paquet --no-act, même si vous comptiez qu'elle ne ferait rien du tout." | |
8098 | ||
8099 | #. type: TP | |
8100 | #: dpkg.man | |
8101 | #, no-wrap | |
8102 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" | |
8103 | msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" | |
8104 | ||
8105 | #. type: Plain text | |
8106 | #: dpkg.man | |
8107 | #, fuzzy | |
8108 | #| msgid "" | |
8109 | #| "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " | |
8110 | #| "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used " | |
8111 | #| "with B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." | |
8112 | msgid "" | |
8113 | "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " | |
8114 | "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " | |
8115 | "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions." | |
8116 | msgstr "" | |
8117 | "Traite récursivement tous les simples fichiers qui correspondent au motif " | |
8118 | "B<*.deb> et qui se trouvent dans les répertoires et sous-répertoires " | |
8119 | "spécifiés. On peut utiliser cette option avec les actions B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--" | |
8120 | "install>, B<--unpack> et B<--avail>." | |
8121 | ||
8122 | #. type: TP | |
8123 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
8124 | #, no-wrap | |
8125 | msgid "B<-G>" | |
8126 | msgstr "B<-G>" | |
8127 | ||
8128 | #. type: Plain text | |
8129 | #: dpkg.man | |
8130 | msgid "" | |
8131 | "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " | |
8132 | "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." | |
8133 | msgstr "" | |
8134 | "Ne pas installer un paquet si une version plus récente de ce paquet est déjà " | |
8135 | "installée. C'est un alias pour B<--refuse-downgrade>." | |
8136 | ||
8137 | #. type: TP | |
8138 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
8139 | #: dpkg-query.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
8140 | #, no-wrap | |
8141 | msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" | |
8142 | msgstr "B<--admindir>=I<dir>" | |
8143 | ||
8144 | #. type: Plain text | |
8145 | #: dpkg.man | |
8146 | #, fuzzy | |
8147 | #| msgid "" | |
8148 | #| "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that " | |
8149 | #| "give information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. " | |
8150 | #| "(Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%>)" | |
8151 | msgid "" | |
8152 | "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that give " | |
8153 | "information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. " | |
8154 | "(Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>»)" | |
8155 | msgstr "" | |
8156 | "Modifie le répertoire d'administration par défaut, qui contient de nombreux " | |
8157 | "fichiers donnant des informations au sujet de l'état des paquets installés " | |
8158 | "ou non, etc. (Le répertoire par défaut étant I<%ADMINDIR%>)" | |
8159 | ||
8160 | #. type: TP | |
8161 | #: dpkg.man | |
8162 | #, no-wrap | |
8163 | msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>" | |
8164 | msgstr "B<--instdir=>I<repertoire>" | |
8165 | ||
8166 | #. type: Plain text | |
8167 | #: dpkg.man | |
8168 | #, fuzzy | |
8169 | #| msgid "" | |
8170 | #| "Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where " | |
8171 | #| "packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to " | |
8172 | #| "B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means " | |
8173 | #| "that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. (Defaults to I</>)" | |
8174 | msgid "" | |
8175 | "Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where " | |
8176 | "packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to " | |
8177 | "B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that " | |
8178 | "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. (Defaults to «I</>»)" | |
8179 | msgstr "" | |
8180 | "Change le répertoire d'installation par défaut qui indique où les paquets " | |
8181 | "vont être installés. B<instdir> est aussi le nom du répertoire indiqué à " | |
8182 | "B<chroot>(2) avant que ne soient lancés les scripts d'installation, ce qui " | |
8183 | "signifie que ces scripts voient B<instdir> comme répertoire racine. (Le " | |
8184 | "répertoire par défaut est I</>)." | |
8185 | ||
8186 | #. type: TP | |
8187 | #: dpkg.man | |
8188 | #, no-wrap | |
8189 | msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>" | |
8190 | msgstr "B<--root=>I<répertoire>" | |
8191 | ||
8192 | #. type: Plain text | |
8193 | #: dpkg.man | |
8194 | #, fuzzy | |
8195 | #| msgid "" | |
8196 | #| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" | |
8197 | #| "var/lib/dpkg>." | |
8198 | msgid "" | |
8199 | "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to «I<dir>» and B<admindir> to «I<dir>B<" | |
8200 | "%ADMINDIR%>»." | |
8201 | msgstr "" | |
8202 | "Modifier B<root> change B<instdir> par I<répertoire> et B<admindir> par " | |
8203 | "I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
8204 | ||
8205 | #. type: TP | |
8206 | #: dpkg.man | |
8207 | #, no-wrap | |
8208 | msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" | |
8209 | msgstr "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" | |
8210 | ||
8211 | #. type: Plain text | |
8212 | #: dpkg.man | |
8213 | msgid "" | |
8214 | "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " | |
8215 | "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " | |
8216 | "example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " | |
8217 | "deinstallation." | |
8218 | msgstr "" | |
8219 | "Traiter seulement les paquets qui sont sélectionnés pour l'installation. La " | |
8220 | "sélection est réellement faite par B<dselect> ou par B<dpkg> quand ils " | |
8221 | "manipulent les paquets. Par exemple, quand un paquet est supprimé, il est " | |
8222 | "marqué comme ayant été sélectionné pour une désinstallation." | |
8223 | ||
8224 | #. type: TP | |
8225 | #: dpkg.man | |
8226 | #, no-wrap | |
8227 | msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" | |
8228 | msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" | |
8229 | ||
8230 | #. type: Plain text | |
8231 | #: dpkg.man | |
8232 | msgid "" | |
8233 | "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " | |
8234 | "installed." | |
8235 | msgstr "" | |
8236 | "Ne pas installer le paquet si la même version du paquet est déjà installée." | |
8237 | ||
8238 | #. type: TP | |
8239 | #: dpkg.man | |
8240 | #, no-wrap | |
8241 | msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>" | |
8242 | msgstr "B<--pre-invoke=>I<commande>" | |
8243 | ||
8244 | #. type: TQ | |
8245 | #: dpkg.man | |
8246 | #, no-wrap | |
8247 | msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>" | |
8248 | msgstr "B<--post-invoke=>I<commande>" | |
8249 | ||
8250 | #. type: Plain text | |
8251 | #: dpkg.man | |
8252 | #, fuzzy | |
8253 | #| msgid "" | |
8254 | #| "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the " | |
8255 | #| "B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-" | |
8256 | #| "only>, I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> and I<remove-" | |
8257 | #| "architecture> B<dpkg> actions. This option can be specified multiple " | |
8258 | #| "times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones " | |
8259 | #| "from the configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable " | |
8260 | #| "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action. " | |
8261 | #| "Note: front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which " | |
8262 | #| "might run the hooks more times than expected." | |
8263 | msgid "" | |
8264 | "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the " | |
8265 | "B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, " | |
8266 | "I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> B<dpkg> " | |
8267 | "actions (since dpkg 1.15.4; I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> " | |
8268 | "actions since dpkg 1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple times. " | |
8269 | "The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from the " | |
8270 | "configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable " | |
8271 | "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action. " | |
8272 | "Note: front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which " | |
8273 | "might run the hooks more times than expected." | |
8274 | msgstr "" | |
8275 | "Programme l'exécution de I<commande> à l'aide « sh -c » avant ou après " | |
8276 | "l'exécution de B<dpkg> pour les actions I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, " | |
8277 | "I<triggers-only>, I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> et I<remove-" | |
8278 | "architecture>. Cette option peut être utilisée plusieurs fois. L'ordre dans " | |
8279 | "lequel les options multiples sont indiquées sera préservé et celles " | |
8280 | "indiquées dans le fichier de configuration auront la priorité. La variable " | |
8281 | "d'environnement B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> est utilisée pour indiquer aux scripts " | |
8282 | "utilisés quelle est l'action actuelle de B<dpkg>. Note : les interfaces de " | |
8283 | "B<dpkg> peuvent l'appeler plusieurs fois à chaque invocation, ce qui peut " | |
8284 | "provoquer l'exécution des « hooks » plus souvent que prévu." | |
8285 | ||
8286 | #. type: TP | |
8287 | #: dpkg.man | |
8288 | #, no-wrap | |
8289 | msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>" | |
8290 | msgstr "B<--path-exclude=>I<motif-global>" | |
8291 | ||
8292 | #. type: TQ | |
8293 | #: dpkg.man | |
8294 | #, no-wrap | |
8295 | msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>" | |
8296 | msgstr "B<--path-include=>I<motif-global>" | |
8297 | ||
8298 | #. type: Plain text | |
8299 | #: dpkg.man | |
8300 | #, fuzzy | |
8301 | #| msgid "" | |
8302 | #| "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including " | |
8303 | #| "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install." | |
8304 | msgid "" | |
8305 | "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including " | |
8306 | "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install " | |
8307 | "(since dpkg 1.15.8)." | |
8308 | msgstr "" | |
8309 | "Utilise I<motif-global> comme filtre de chemins, soit en excluant, soit en " | |
8310 | "ré-incluant des chemins précédemment exclus, correspondant au motif indiqué, " | |
8311 | "pendant l'installation." | |
8312 | ||
8313 | #. type: Plain text | |
8314 | #: dpkg.man | |
8315 | msgid "" | |
8316 | "I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might " | |
8317 | "completely break your system, use with caution.>" | |
8318 | msgstr "" | |
8319 | "I<Attention : dépendre des chemins exclus peut entièrement casser le " | |
8320 | "système. Ce réglage doit donc être utilisé avec précautions.>" | |
8321 | ||
8322 | #. type: Plain text | |
8323 | #: dpkg.man | |
8324 | #, fuzzy | |
8325 | #| msgid "" | |
8326 | #| "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were '*' " | |
8327 | #| "matches any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also " | |
8328 | #| "'/'. For example, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> matches I<'/usr/share/doc/package/" | |
8329 | #| "README'>. As usual, '?' matches any single character (again, including " | |
8330 | #| "'/'). And '[' starts a character class, which can contain a list of " | |
8331 | #| "characters, ranges and complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed " | |
8332 | #| "information about globbing. Note: the current implementation might re-" | |
8333 | #| "include more directories and symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side " | |
8334 | #| "and avoid possible unpack failures, future work might fix this." | |
8335 | msgid "" | |
8336 | "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches " | |
8337 | "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For " | |
8338 | "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As " | |
8339 | "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ " | |
8340 | "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and " | |
8341 | "complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. " | |
8342 | "Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories and " | |
8343 | "symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack " | |
8344 | "failures; future work might fix this." | |
8345 | msgstr "" | |
8346 | "Les motifs globaux utilisent les mêmes caractères joker que le " | |
8347 | "shell où « * » correspond à une séquence quelconque de caractères, y compris " | |
8348 | "une chaîne vide ou le caractère « / ». Ainsi, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> comportera " | |
8349 | "I<'/usr/share/doc/package/README'>. Comme toujours, le caractère « ? » " | |
8350 | "correspond à un caractère quelconque (y compris « / »). Le caractère « [ » " | |
8351 | "marque le début d'une classe de caractères, qui contient une liste de " | |
8352 | "caractères, séries de caractères ou compléments de séries. Veuillez " | |
8353 | "consulter B<glob>(7) pour plus d'informations à propos des correspondances " | |
8354 | "globales. Note : l'implémentation actuelle pourrait ré-inclure plus de " | |
8355 | "répertoires et liens symboliques que nécessaire, par souci de sécurité et " | |
8356 | "pour éviter des échecs possibles de décompression. Des modifications à venir " | |
8357 | "pourraient changer cela." | |
8358 | ||
8359 | #. type: Plain text | |
8360 | #: dpkg.man | |
8361 | msgid "" | |
8362 | "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical " | |
8363 | "case is:" | |
8364 | msgstr "" | |
8365 | "Cela peut servir à exclure tous les chemins sauf certains spécifiques. Un " | |
8366 | "cas classique d'utilisation est :" | |
8367 | ||
8368 | #. type: Plain text | |
8369 | #: dpkg.man | |
8370 | #, no-wrap | |
8371 | msgid "" | |
8372 | "B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n" | |
8373 | "B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n" | |
8374 | msgstr "" | |
8375 | "B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n" | |
8376 | "B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n" | |
8377 | ||
8378 | #. type: Plain text | |
8379 | #: dpkg.man | |
8380 | msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files." | |
8381 | msgstr "" | |
8382 | "qui permet de supprimer tous les fichiers de documentation sauf les fichiers " | |
8383 | "de « copyright »." | |
8384 | ||
8385 | #. type: Plain text | |
8386 | #: dpkg.man | |
8387 | msgid "" | |
8388 | "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each " | |
8389 | "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that " | |
8390 | "matches a file name making the decision." | |
8391 | msgstr "" | |
8392 | "Ces deux options peuvent être utilisées plusieurs fois et éventuellement " | |
8393 | "être alternées entre elles. Les deux sont traitées dans l'ordre indiqué : la " | |
8394 | "dernière règle correspondant à un fichier donné est alors celle qui sera " | |
8395 | "utilisée." | |
8396 | ||
8397 | #. type: Plain text | |
8398 | #: dpkg.man | |
8399 | msgid "" | |
8400 | "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only " | |
8401 | "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal " | |
8402 | "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come " | |
8403 | "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to B<find>(1) " | |
8404 | "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object " | |
8405 | "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that " | |
8406 | "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the " | |
8407 | "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory " | |
8408 | "will fail to unpack." | |
8409 | msgstr "" | |
8410 | ||
8411 | #. type: Plain text | |
8412 | #: dpkg.man | |
8413 | msgid "Hint: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell." | |
8414 | msgstr "" | |
8415 | ||
8416 | #. type: TP | |
8417 | #: dpkg.man | |
8418 | #, no-wrap | |
8419 | msgid "B<--verify-format>I< format-name>" | |
8420 | msgstr "B<--verify-format>I< nom-de-format>" | |
8421 | ||
8422 | #. type: Plain text | |
8423 | #: dpkg.man | |
8424 | #, fuzzy | |
8425 | #| msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command." | |
8426 | msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)." | |
8427 | msgstr "Définit le format de sortie de la commande B<--verify>." | |
8428 | ||
8429 | #. type: Plain text | |
8430 | #: dpkg.man | |
8431 | #, fuzzy | |
8432 | #| msgid "" | |
8433 | #| "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a " | |
8434 | #| "line for every path that failed any check. The lines start with 9 " | |
8435 | #| "characters to report each specific check result, a 'B<?>' implies the " | |
8436 | #| "check could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc), 'B<.>' " | |
8437 | #| "implies the check passed, and an alphanumeric character implies a " | |
8438 | #| "specific check failed; the md5sum verification is denoted with a 'B<5>' " | |
8439 | #| "on the third character. The line is followed by a space and an attribute " | |
8440 | #| "character (currently 'B<c>' for conffiles), another space and the " | |
8441 | #| "pathname." | |
8442 | msgid "" | |
8443 | "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a " | |
8444 | "line for every path that failed any check. The lines start with 9 " | |
8445 | "characters to report each specific check result, a ‘B<?>’ implies the check " | |
8446 | "could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc), ‘B<.>’ implies " | |
8447 | "the check passed, and an alphanumeric character implies a specific check " | |
8448 | "failed; the md5sum verification failure (the file contents have changed) is " | |
8449 | "denoted with a ‘B<5>’ on the third character. The line is followed by a " | |
8450 | "space and an attribute character (currently ‘B<c>’ for conffiles), another " | |
8451 | "space and the pathname." | |
8452 | msgstr "" | |
8453 | "Le seul format de sortie géré actuellement est B<rpm>, qui consiste en une " | |
8454 | "ligne par chemin dont la vérification a échoué. Les lignes débutent par 9 " | |
8455 | "caractères pour signaler les résultats d'une vérification spécifique, un " | |
8456 | "« B<?> » implique que la vérification ne peut être réalisée (absence de " | |
8457 | "prise en charge, droit d'accès de fichier, etc), « B<.> » implique que la " | |
8458 | "vérification est passée et un caractère alphanumérique implique qu'une " | |
8459 | "vérification spécifique a échoué ; la vérification md5sum est identifiée par " | |
8460 | "un « B<5> » en troisième caractère. La ligne continue par une espace et un " | |
8461 | "caractère d'attribut (comme « B<c> » pour conffiles - fichiers de " | |
8462 | "configuration), une autre espace et le nom de chemin." | |
8463 | ||
8464 | #. type: TP | |
8465 | #: dpkg.man | |
8466 | #, no-wrap | |
8467 | msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>" | |
8468 | msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<n>" | |
8469 | ||
8470 | #. type: Plain text | |
8471 | #: dpkg.man | |
8472 | msgid "" | |
8473 | "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file " | |
8474 | "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The " | |
8475 | "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:" | |
8476 | msgstr "" | |
8477 | "Envoie un état du paquet compréhensible par la machine et met à jour cette " | |
8478 | "information dans le fichier de description I<n>. Cette option peut être " | |
8479 | "spécifiée plusieurs fois. L'information est généralement constituée d'un " | |
8480 | "enregistrement par ligne, dans l'une des formes suivantes :" | |
8481 | ||
8482 | #. type: TP | |
8483 | #: dpkg.man | |
8484 | #, no-wrap | |
8485 | msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>" | |
8486 | msgstr "B<status: >I<paquet>B<: >I<status>" | |
8487 | ||
8488 | #. type: Plain text | |
8489 | #: dpkg.man | |
8490 | msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file." | |
8491 | msgstr "" | |
8492 | "L'état du paquet a changé ; le I<status> est tel que dans le fichier d'état " | |
8493 | "( «status file »)." | |
8494 | ||
8495 | #. type: TP | |
8496 | #: dpkg.man | |
8497 | #, no-wrap | |
8498 | msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>" | |
8499 | msgstr "B<status: >I<paquet>B< : error : >I<message-d'erreur-complet>" | |
8500 | ||
8501 | #. type: Plain text | |
8502 | #: dpkg.man | |
8503 | msgid "" | |
8504 | "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will " | |
8505 | "be converted to spaces before output." | |
8506 | msgstr "" | |
8507 | "Une erreur s'est produite. Toutes les lignes supplémentaires éventuelles " | |
8508 | "dans I<extended-error-message> seront converties en espaces avant affichage." | |
8509 | ||
8510 | #. type: TP | |
8511 | #: dpkg.man | |
8512 | #, no-wrap | |
8513 | msgid "B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>" | |
8514 | msgstr "B<status: >I<fichier>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>" | |
8515 | ||
8516 | #. type: Plain text | |
8517 | #: dpkg.man | |
8518 | msgid "User is being asked a conffile question." | |
8519 | msgstr "" | |
8520 | "Une question pour un fichier de configuration va être posée à l'utilisateur." | |
8521 | ||
8522 | #. type: TP | |
8523 | #: dpkg.man | |
8524 | #, no-wrap | |
8525 | msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>" | |
8526 | msgstr "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<paquet>" | |
8527 | ||
8528 | #. type: Plain text | |
8529 | #: dpkg.man | |
8530 | msgid "" | |
8531 | "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, " | |
8532 | "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, " | |
8533 | "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." | |
8534 | msgstr "" | |
8535 | "Envoyé juste avant le début du traitement d'un stage. Les I<stages> sont " | |
8536 | "B<upgrade>, B<install> (les deux sont envoyés avant le dépaquetage), " | |
8537 | "B<configure>, B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." | |
8538 | ||
8539 | #. type: TP | |
8540 | #: dpkg.man | |
8541 | #, no-wrap | |
8542 | msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>" | |
8543 | msgstr "B<--status-logger>=I<commande>" | |
8544 | ||
8545 | #. type: Plain text | |
8546 | #: dpkg.man | |
8547 | #, fuzzy | |
8548 | #| msgid "" | |
8549 | #| "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the " | |
8550 | #| "shell I<command>'s standard input. This option can be specified multiple " | |
8551 | #| "times. The output format used is the same as in B<--status-fd.>" | |
8552 | msgid "" | |
8553 | "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell " | |
8554 | "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via ``sh -c'' (since dpkg 1.16.0). " | |
8555 | "This option can be specified multiple times. The output format used is the " | |
8556 | "same as in B<--status-fd>." | |
8557 | msgstr "" | |
8558 | "Envoie un état du paquet compréhensible par la machine et met à jour " | |
8559 | "l'information de progression sur l'entrée standard du processeur de " | |
8560 | "commandes I<command>. Cette option peut être spécifiée plusieurs fois. Le " | |
8561 | "format d'affichage utilisé est le même que celui de B<--status-fd.>" | |
8562 | ||
8563 | #. type: TP | |
8564 | #: dpkg.man | |
8565 | #, no-wrap | |
8566 | msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" | |
8567 | msgstr "B<--log=>I<fichier>" | |
8568 | ||
8569 | #. type: Plain text | |
8570 | #: dpkg.man | |
8571 | msgid "" | |
8572 | "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " | |
8573 | "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " | |
8574 | "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:" | |
8575 | msgstr "" | |
8576 | ||
8577 | #. type: TP | |
8578 | #: dpkg.man | |
8579 | #, no-wrap | |
8580 | msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>" | |
8581 | msgstr "" | |
8582 | ||
8583 | #. type: Plain text | |
8584 | #: dpkg.man | |
8585 | msgid "" | |
8586 | "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of " | |
8587 | "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, " | |
8588 | "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)." | |
8589 | msgstr "" | |
8590 | ||
8591 | #. type: TP | |
8592 | #: dpkg.man | |
8593 | #, no-wrap | |
8594 | msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>" | |
8595 | msgstr "" | |
8596 | ||
8597 | #. type: Plain text | |
8598 | #: dpkg.man | |
8599 | msgid "For status change updates." | |
8600 | msgstr "" | |
8601 | ||
8602 | #. type: TP | |
8603 | #: dpkg.man | |
8604 | #, no-wrap | |
8605 | msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>" | |
8606 | msgstr "" | |
8607 | ||
8608 | #. type: Plain text | |
8609 | #: dpkg.man | |
8610 | #, fuzzy | |
8611 | #| msgid "" | |
8612 | #| "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of " | |
8613 | #| "B<upgrade>, B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, " | |
8614 | #| "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." | |
8615 | msgid "" | |
8616 | "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, " | |
8617 | "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>." | |
8618 | msgstr "" | |
8619 | "Envoyé juste avant le début du traitement d'un stage. Les I<stages> sont " | |
8620 | "B<upgrade>, B<install> (les deux sont envoyés avant le dépaquetage), " | |
8621 | "B<configure>, B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." | |
8622 | ||
8623 | #. type: TP | |
8624 | #: dpkg.man | |
8625 | #, no-wrap | |
8626 | msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>" | |
8627 | msgstr "" | |
8628 | ||
8629 | #. type: Plain text | |
8630 | #: dpkg.man | |
8631 | msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>." | |
8632 | msgstr "" | |
8633 | ||
8634 | #. type: TP | |
8635 | #: dpkg.man | |
8636 | #, no-wrap | |
8637 | msgid "B<--no-debsig>" | |
8638 | msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" | |
8639 | ||
8640 | #. type: Plain text | |
8641 | #: dpkg.man | |
8642 | msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." | |
8643 | msgstr "Ne pas tenter de vérifier la signature des paquets." | |
8644 | ||
8645 | #. type: TP | |
8646 | #: dpkg.man | |
8647 | #, no-wrap | |
8648 | msgid "B<--no-triggers>" | |
8649 | msgstr "B<--no-triggers>" | |
8650 | ||
8651 | #. type: Plain text | |
8652 | #: dpkg.man | |
8653 | #, fuzzy | |
8654 | #| msgid "" | |
8655 | #| "Do not run any triggers in this run (activations will still be " | |
8656 | #| "recorded). If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--triggers-only> " | |
8657 | #| "I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run even if only " | |
8658 | #| "a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave packages in the " | |
8659 | #| "improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be " | |
8660 | #| "fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." | |
8661 | msgid "" | |
8662 | "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations " | |
8663 | "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--" | |
8664 | "triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run " | |
8665 | "even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave packages " | |
8666 | "in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can " | |
8667 | "be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." | |
8668 | msgstr "" | |
8669 | "Durant ce traitement, ne pas lancer d'actions différées (les activations " | |
8670 | "seront toujours enregistrées). S'il est utilisé avec B<--configure> " | |
8671 | "I<paquet> ou B<--triggers-only> I<paquet> alors le postinst du paquet sera " | |
8672 | "toujours exécuté même si seule l'exécution d'une action différée est " | |
8673 | "nécessaire. L'utilisation de cette option peut laisser des paquets dans les " | |
8674 | "mauvais états B<triggers-awaited> et B<triggers-pending>. Cela peut être " | |
8675 | "corrigé plus tard en exécutant B<dpkg --configure --pending>." | |
8676 | ||
8677 | #. type: TP | |
8678 | #: dpkg.man | |
8679 | #, no-wrap | |
8680 | msgid "B<--triggers>" | |
8681 | msgstr "B<--triggers>" | |
8682 | ||
8683 | #. type: Plain text | |
8684 | #: dpkg.man | |
8685 | #, fuzzy | |
8686 | #| msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>." | |
8687 | msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
8688 | msgstr "Annule un précédent B<--no-triggers>." | |
8689 | ||
8690 | #. type: SH | |
8691 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man | |
8692 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man | |
8693 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
8694 | #, no-wrap | |
8695 | msgid "EXIT STATUS" | |
8696 | msgstr "CODE DE SORTIE" | |
8697 | ||
8698 | #. type: TP | |
8699 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man | |
8700 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man | |
8701 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
8702 | #, no-wrap | |
8703 | msgid "B<0>" | |
8704 | msgstr "B<0>" | |
8705 | ||
8706 | #. type: Plain text | |
8707 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
8708 | #, fuzzy | |
8709 | #| msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." | |
8710 | msgid "" | |
8711 | "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion " | |
8712 | "command returned true." | |
8713 | msgstr "L'action demandée s'est correctement déroulée." | |
8714 | ||
8715 | #. type: TP | |
8716 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man | |
8717 | #: dpkg-trigger.man start-stop-daemon.man | |
8718 | #, no-wrap | |
8719 | msgid "B<1>" | |
8720 | msgstr "B<1>" | |
8721 | ||
8722 | #. type: Plain text | |
8723 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
8724 | msgid "A check or assertion command returned false." | |
8725 | msgstr "" | |
8726 | ||
8727 | #. type: TP | |
8728 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-split.man | |
8729 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man | |
8730 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
8731 | #, no-wrap | |
8732 | msgid "B<2>" | |
8733 | msgstr "B<2>" | |
8734 | ||
8735 | #. type: Plain text | |
8736 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-statoverride.man | |
8737 | #: dpkg-trigger.man dselect.man | |
8738 | msgid "" | |
8739 | "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or " | |
8740 | "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory " | |
8741 | "allocations, etc." | |
8742 | msgstr "" | |
8743 | ||
8744 | #. type: SH | |
8745 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
8746 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
8747 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
8748 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man | |
8749 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
8750 | #, no-wrap | |
8751 | msgid "ENVIRONMENT" | |
8752 | msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT" | |
8753 | ||
8754 | #. type: SS | |
8755 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
8756 | #, no-wrap | |
8757 | msgid "External environment" | |
8758 | msgstr "" | |
8759 | ||
8760 | #. type: TP | |
8761 | #: dpkg.man | |
8762 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
8763 | #| msgid "B<PAGER>" | |
8764 | msgid "B<PATH>" | |
8765 | msgstr "B<PAGER>" | |
8766 | ||
8767 | #. type: Plain text | |
8768 | #: dpkg.man | |
8769 | msgid "" | |
8770 | "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the " | |
8771 | "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not " | |
8772 | "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort." | |
8773 | msgstr "" | |
8774 | ||
8775 | #. type: TP | |
8776 | #: dpkg.man dselect.man | |
8777 | #, no-wrap | |
8778 | msgid "B<HOME>" | |
8779 | msgstr "B<HOME>" | |
8780 | ||
8781 | #. type: Plain text | |
8782 | #: dpkg.man | |
8783 | msgid "" | |
8784 | "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " | |
8785 | "specific configuration file." | |
8786 | msgstr "" | |
8787 | "Si cette option est utilisée, B<dpkg> utilisera le répertoire indiqué pour " | |
8788 | "lire le fichier de configuration propre à l'utilisateur." | |
8789 | ||
8790 | #. type: TP | |
8791 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-deb.man | |
8792 | #, no-wrap | |
8793 | msgid "B<TMPDIR>" | |
8794 | msgstr "B<TMPDIR>" | |
8795 | ||
8796 | #. type: Plain text | |
8797 | #: dpkg.man | |
8798 | msgid "" | |
8799 | "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary " | |
8800 | "files and directories." | |
8801 | msgstr "" | |
8802 | "Si cette option est utilisée, B<dpkg> utilisera le répertoire indiqué pour " | |
8803 | "créer les fichiers et répertoire temporaires." | |
8804 | ||
8805 | #. type: TP | |
8806 | #: dpkg.man | |
8807 | #, no-wrap | |
8808 | msgid "B<PAGER>" | |
8809 | msgstr "B<PAGER>" | |
8810 | ||
8811 | #. type: Plain text | |
8812 | #: dpkg.man | |
8813 | msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles." | |
8814 | msgstr "" | |
8815 | "Cette option indique le programme exécuté par B<dpkg> quand il affiche les " | |
8816 | "fichiers de configuration." | |
8817 | ||
8818 | #. type: TP | |
8819 | #: dpkg.man | |
8820 | #, no-wrap | |
8821 | msgid "B<SHELL>" | |
8822 | msgstr "B<SHELL>" | |
8823 | ||
8824 | #. type: Plain text | |
8825 | #: dpkg.man | |
8826 | #, fuzzy | |
8827 | #| msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." | |
8828 | msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell." | |
8829 | msgstr "" | |
8830 | "Le programme exécuté par B<dpkg> quand il lance un nouvel interpréteur de " | |
8831 | "commandes." | |
8832 | ||
8833 | #. type: TP | |
8834 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-query.man | |
8835 | #, no-wrap | |
8836 | msgid "B<COLUMNS>" | |
8837 | msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" | |
8838 | ||
8839 | #. type: Plain text | |
8840 | #: dpkg.man | |
8841 | #, fuzzy | |
8842 | #| msgid "" | |
8843 | #| "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " | |
8844 | #| "text. Currently only used by -l." | |
8845 | msgid "" | |
8846 | "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " | |
8847 | "text. Currently only used by B<--list>." | |
8848 | msgstr "" | |
8849 | "Fixe le nombre de colonnes utilisées par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il affiche un texte " | |
8850 | "formaté. Seule l'action B<-l> se sert actuellement de cette variable." | |
8851 | ||
8852 | #. type: TP | |
8853 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
8854 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
8855 | #| msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" | |
8856 | msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>" | |
8857 | msgstr "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" | |
8858 | ||
8859 | #. type: Plain text | |
8860 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
8861 | msgid "" | |
8862 | "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: " | |
8863 | "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>." | |
8864 | msgstr "" | |
8865 | ||
8866 | #. type: SS | |
8867 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
8868 | #, no-wrap | |
8869 | msgid "Internal environment" | |
8870 | msgstr "" | |
8871 | ||
8872 | #. type: TP | |
8873 | #: dpkg.man | |
8874 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
8875 | #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" | |
8876 | msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>" | |
8877 | msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" | |
8878 | ||
8879 | #. type: Plain text | |
8880 | #: dpkg.man | |
8881 | msgid "" | |
8882 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which " | |
8883 | "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be " | |
8884 | "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal " | |
8885 | "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a " | |
8886 | "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using " | |
8887 | "B<chroot>(2) and leaves this variable empty, but if B<--force-script-" | |
8888 | "chrootless> is specified then the B<chroot>(2) call is skipped and " | |
8889 | "B<instdir> is non-empty." | |
8890 | msgstr "" | |
8891 | ||
8892 | #. type: TP | |
8893 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-statoverride.man | |
8894 | #: dpkg-trigger.man update-alternatives.man | |
8895 | #, no-wrap | |
8896 | msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" | |
8897 | msgstr "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" | |
8898 | ||
8899 | #. type: Plain text | |
8900 | #: dpkg.man | |
8901 | #, fuzzy | |
8902 | #| msgid "" | |
8903 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the private " | |
8904 | #| "library directory of the currently running B<dpkg> instance." | |
8905 | msgid "" | |
8906 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the " | |
8907 | "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable " | |
8908 | "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value." | |
8909 | msgstr "" | |
8910 | "Définie par B<dpkg> dans l'environnement du script du responsable, cette " | |
8911 | "variable contient la version de l'instance de B<dpkg> en cours d'exécution." | |
8912 | ||
8913 | #. type: TP | |
8914 | #: dpkg.man | |
8915 | #, no-wrap | |
8916 | msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" | |
8917 | msgstr "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" | |
8918 | ||
8919 | #. type: Plain text | |
8920 | #: dpkg.man | |
8921 | #, fuzzy | |
8922 | #| msgid "" | |
8923 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
8924 | #| "the situation. Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>." | |
8925 | msgid "" | |
8926 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
8927 | "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>." | |
8928 | msgstr "" | |
8929 | "Cette variable définit l'invite du shell lancé par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il lui est " | |
8930 | "demandé d'« examiner la situation » lors du traitement des fichiers de " | |
8931 | "configuration. La valeur actuellement valable est : B<conffile-prompt>/" | |
8932 | ||
8933 | #. type: TP | |
8934 | #: dpkg.man | |
8935 | #, no-wrap | |
8936 | msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" | |
8937 | msgstr "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" | |
8938 | ||
8939 | #. type: Plain text | |
8940 | #: dpkg.man | |
8941 | #, fuzzy | |
8942 | #| msgid "" | |
8943 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
8944 | #| "the situation. Contains the path to the old conffile." | |
8945 | msgid "" | |
8946 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
8947 | "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile." | |
8948 | msgstr "" | |
8949 | "Cette variable est définie pour le shell lancé par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il lui est " | |
8950 | "demandé d'« examiner la situation » lors du traitement des fichiers de " | |
8951 | "configuration. Elle contient le nom de l'ancien fichier de configuration." | |
8952 | ||
8953 | #. type: TP | |
8954 | #: dpkg.man | |
8955 | #, no-wrap | |
8956 | msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" | |
8957 | msgstr "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" | |
8958 | ||
8959 | #. type: Plain text | |
8960 | #: dpkg.man | |
8961 | #, fuzzy | |
8962 | #| msgid "" | |
8963 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
8964 | #| "the situation. Contains the path to the new conffile." | |
8965 | msgid "" | |
8966 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
8967 | "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile." | |
8968 | msgstr "" | |
8969 | "Cette variable est définie pour le shell lancé par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il lui est " | |
8970 | "demandé d'« examiner la situation » lors du traitement des fichiers de " | |
8971 | "configuration. Elle contient le nom du nouveau fichier de configuration." | |
8972 | ||
8973 | #. type: TP | |
8974 | #: dpkg.man | |
8975 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
8976 | #| msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" | |
8977 | msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>" | |
8978 | msgstr "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" | |
8979 | ||
8980 | #. type: Plain text | |
8981 | #: dpkg.man | |
8982 | #, fuzzy | |
8983 | #| msgid "" | |
8984 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
8985 | #| "the situation. Contains the path to the old conffile." | |
8986 | msgid "" | |
8987 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since " | |
8988 | "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action." | |
8989 | msgstr "" | |
8990 | "Cette variable est définie pour le shell lancé par B<dpkg> lorsqu'il lui est " | |
8991 | "demandé d'« examiner la situation » lors du traitement des fichiers de " | |
8992 | "configuration. Elle contient le nom de l'ancien fichier de configuration." | |
8993 | ||
8994 | #. type: TP | |
8995 | #: dpkg.man | |
8996 | #, no-wrap | |
8997 | msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" | |
8998 | msgstr "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" | |
8999 | ||
9000 | #. type: Plain text | |
9001 | #: dpkg.man | |
9002 | #, fuzzy | |
9003 | #| msgid "" | |
9004 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " | |
9005 | #| "the currently running B<dpkg> instance." | |
9006 | msgid "" | |
9007 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " | |
9008 | "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
9009 | msgstr "" | |
9010 | "Cette variable est définie par B<dpkg> dans l'environnement du script du " | |
9011 | "responsable. Elle contient la version de l'instance de B<dpkg> en cours " | |
9012 | "d'exécution." | |
9013 | ||
9014 | #. type: TP | |
9015 | #: dpkg.man dpkg-divert.man | |
9016 | #, no-wrap | |
9017 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" | |
9018 | msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" | |
9019 | ||
9020 | #. type: Plain text | |
9021 | #: dpkg.man | |
9022 | #, fuzzy | |
9023 | #| msgid "" | |
9024 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-" | |
9025 | #| "qualified) package name being handled." | |
9026 | msgid "" | |
9027 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-" | |
9028 | "qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
9029 | msgstr "" | |
9030 | "Définie par B<dpkg> dans l'environnement du script du responsable, cette " | |
9031 | "variable contient le nom du paquet (sans qualification d'architecture) en " | |
9032 | "cours de traitement." | |
9033 | ||
9034 | #. type: TP | |
9035 | #: dpkg.man | |
9036 | #, no-wrap | |
9037 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>" | |
9038 | msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>" | |
9039 | ||
9040 | #. type: Plain text | |
9041 | #: dpkg.man | |
9042 | #, fuzzy | |
9043 | #| msgid "" | |
9044 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package " | |
9045 | #| "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state " | |
9046 | #| "greater than B<not-installed>. Since dpkg 1.17.2." | |
9047 | msgid "" | |
9048 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package " | |
9049 | "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater " | |
9050 | "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)." | |
9051 | msgstr "" | |
9052 | "Définie par B<dpkg> dans l'environnement du script du responsable, cette " | |
9053 | "variable contient le compte de référence du paquet, c'est-à-dire le nombre " | |
9054 | "d'instances de paquet avec un état plus élevé que B<not-installed>. Géré à " | |
9055 | "partir de dpkg 1.17.2." | |
9056 | ||
9057 | #. type: TP | |
9058 | #: dpkg.man | |
9059 | #, no-wrap | |
9060 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" | |
9061 | msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" | |
9062 | ||
9063 | #. type: Plain text | |
9064 | #: dpkg.man | |
9065 | #, fuzzy | |
9066 | #| msgid "" | |
9067 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the " | |
9068 | #| "architecture the package got built for." | |
9069 | msgid "" | |
9070 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture " | |
9071 | "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
9072 | msgstr "" | |
9073 | "Définie par B<dpkg> dans l'environnement du script du responsable, cette " | |
9074 | "variable contient l'architecture pour laquelle le paquet a été construit." | |
9075 | ||
9076 | #. type: TP | |
9077 | #: dpkg.man | |
9078 | #, no-wrap | |
9079 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" | |
9080 | msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" | |
9081 | ||
9082 | #. type: Plain text | |
9083 | #: dpkg.man | |
9084 | #, fuzzy | |
9085 | #| msgid "" | |
9086 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of " | |
9087 | #| "the script running (preinst, postinst, prerm, postrm)." | |
9088 | msgid "" | |
9089 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the " | |
9090 | "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since " | |
9091 | "dpkg 1.15.7)." | |
9092 | msgstr "" | |
9093 | "Définie par B<dpkg> dans l'environnement du script du responsable, cette " | |
9094 | "variable contient le nom du script en cours d'exécution (preinst, postinst, " | |
9095 | "prerm, postrm)." | |
9096 | ||
9097 | #. type: TP | |
9098 | #: dpkg.man | |
9099 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
9100 | #| msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" | |
9101 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>" | |
9102 | msgstr "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" | |
9103 | ||
9104 | #. type: Plain text | |
9105 | #: dpkg.man | |
9106 | #, fuzzy | |
9107 | #| msgid "" | |
9108 | #| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " | |
9109 | #| "the currently running B<dpkg> instance." | |
9110 | msgid "" | |
9111 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ " | |
9112 | "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> " | |
9113 | "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)." | |
9114 | msgstr "" | |
9115 | "Cette variable est définie par B<dpkg> dans l'environnement du script du " | |
9116 | "responsable. Elle contient la version de l'instance de B<dpkg> en cours " | |
9117 | "d'exécution." | |
9118 | ||
9119 | #. type: Plain text | |
9120 | #: dpkg.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
9121 | #, no-wrap | |
9122 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" | |
9123 | msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" | |
9124 | ||
9125 | #. type: Plain text | |
9126 | #: dpkg.man | |
9127 | #, fuzzy | |
9128 | #| msgid "Configuration fragment files." | |
9129 | msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
9130 | msgstr "Fragments de fichiers de configuration." | |
9131 | ||
9132 | #. type: Plain text | |
9133 | #: dpkg.man dpkg.cfg.man | |
9134 | #, no-wrap | |
9135 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>" | |
9136 | msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>" | |
9137 | ||
9138 | #. type: Plain text | |
9139 | #: dpkg.man | |
9140 | msgid "Configuration file with default options." | |
9141 | msgstr "Fichier de configuration contenant les options par défaut." | |
9142 | ||
9143 | #. type: TP | |
9144 | #: dpkg.man | |
9145 | #, no-wrap | |
9146 | msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>" | |
9147 | msgstr "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>" | |
9148 | ||
9149 | #. type: Plain text | |
9150 | #: dpkg.man | |
9151 | #, fuzzy | |
9152 | #| msgid "" | |
9153 | #| "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." | |
9154 | msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)." | |
9155 | msgstr "" | |
9156 | "Fichier journal standard. Voyez I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) et l'option B<--" | |
9157 | "log>." | |
9158 | ||
9159 | #. type: Plain text | |
9160 | #: dpkg.man | |
9161 | msgid "" | |
9162 | "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " | |
9163 | "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." | |
9164 | msgstr "" | |
9165 | "Les autres fichiers répertoriés ici sont dans leur répertoire par défaut, " | |
9166 | "voyez l'option B<--admindir> pour savoir comment changer l'emplacement de " | |
9167 | "ces fichiers." | |
9168 | ||
9169 | #. type: TP | |
9170 | #: dpkg.man | |
9171 | #, no-wrap | |
9172 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>" | |
9173 | msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>" | |
9174 | ||
9175 | #. type: Plain text | |
9176 | #: dpkg.man | |
9177 | msgid "List of available packages." | |
9178 | msgstr "Liste des paquets disponibles." | |
9179 | ||
9180 | #. type: TP | |
9181 | #: dpkg.man | |
9182 | #, no-wrap | |
9183 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>" | |
9184 | msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>" | |
9185 | ||
9186 | #. type: Plain text | |
9187 | #: dpkg.man | |
9188 | msgid "" | |
9189 | "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " | |
9190 | "a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " | |
9191 | "etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." | |
9192 | msgstr "" | |
9193 | "États des paquets disponibles. Ce fichier contient des informations qui " | |
9194 | "permettent de savoir si un paquet est marqué comme devant être supprimé ou " | |
9195 | "pas, devant être installé ou pas, etc. Voyez la section B<RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR " | |
9196 | "LES PAQUETS> pour des informations supplémentaires." | |
9197 | ||
9198 | #. type: Plain text | |
9199 | #: dpkg.man | |
9200 | msgid "" | |
9201 | "The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if " | |
9202 | "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles." | |
9203 | msgstr "" | |
9204 | "Le fichier d'état est sauvegardé quotidiennement dans I</var/backups>. Cela " | |
9205 | "peut être utile en cas de perte ou de corruption dûe à des problèmes de " | |
9206 | "système de fichiers." | |
9207 | ||
9208 | #. type: Plain text | |
9209 | #: dpkg.man | |
9210 | msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in B<deb>(5)." | |
9211 | msgstr "" | |
9212 | ||
9213 | #. type: Plain text | |
9214 | #: dpkg.man | |
9215 | msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." | |
9216 | msgstr "L'option B<--no-act> ne donne pas assez d'informations utiles." | |
9217 | ||
9218 | #. type: Plain text | |
9219 | #: dpkg.man | |
9220 | msgid "" | |
9221 | "To list installed packages related to the editor B<vi>(1) (note that B<dpkg-" | |
9222 | "query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the " | |
9223 | "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):" | |
9224 | msgstr "" | |
9225 | "Affichage des paquets installés liés à l'éditeur B<vi>(1) (noter que B<dpkg-" | |
9226 | "query> ne charge plus le fichier I<available> par défaut, sauf si l'option " | |
9227 | "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> est utilisée) :" | |
9228 | ||
9229 | #. type: Plain text | |
9230 | #: dpkg.man | |
9231 | #, no-wrap | |
9232 | msgid " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>\n" | |
9233 | msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>\n" | |
9234 | ||
9235 | #. type: Plain text | |
9236 | #: dpkg.man | |
9237 | msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:" | |
9238 | msgstr "" | |
9239 | "Pour voir les entrées de I<%ADMINDIR%/available> concernant deux paquets :" | |
9240 | ||
9241 | #. type: Plain text | |
9242 | #: dpkg.man | |
9243 | #, no-wrap | |
9244 | msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" | |
9245 | msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" | |
9246 | ||
9247 | #. type: Plain text | |
9248 | #: dpkg.man | |
9249 | msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" | |
9250 | msgstr "Pour rechercher vous-même dans la liste des paquets :" | |
9251 | ||
9252 | #. type: Plain text | |
9253 | #: dpkg.man | |
9254 | #, no-wrap | |
9255 | msgid " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>\n" | |
9256 | msgstr " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>\n" | |
9257 | ||
9258 | #. type: Plain text | |
9259 | #: dpkg.man | |
9260 | msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" | |
9261 | msgstr "Pour supprimer le paquet installé elvis :" | |
9262 | ||
9263 | #. type: Plain text | |
9264 | #: dpkg.man | |
9265 | #, no-wrap | |
9266 | msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" | |
9267 | msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" | |
9268 | ||
9269 | #. type: Plain text | |
9270 | #: dpkg.man | |
9271 | #, fuzzy | |
9272 | #| msgid "" | |
9273 | #| "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. " | |
9274 | #| "The I<available> file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors" | |
9275 | #| "\":" | |
9276 | msgid "" | |
9277 | "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " | |
9278 | "I<available> file shows that the vim package is in section B<editors>:" | |
9279 | msgstr "" | |
9280 | "Pour installer un paquet, vous devez d'abord le trouver dans une archive ou " | |
9281 | "sur un CD. Le fichier I<available> montre que le paquet vim se trouve dans " | |
9282 | "la section « editors » :" | |
9283 | ||
9284 | #. type: Plain text | |
9285 | #: dpkg.man | |
9286 | #, no-wrap | |
9287 | msgid "" | |
9288 | " B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" | |
9289 | " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" | |
9290 | msgstr "" | |
9291 | " B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" | |
9292 | " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" | |
9293 | ||
9294 | #. type: Plain text | |
9295 | #: dpkg.man | |
9296 | msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" | |
9297 | msgstr "Pour faire une copie locale des états de sélection des paquets :" | |
9298 | ||
9299 | #. type: Plain text | |
9300 | #: dpkg.man | |
9301 | #, no-wrap | |
9302 | msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" | |
9303 | msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" | |
9304 | ||
9305 | #. type: Plain text | |
9306 | #: dpkg.man | |
9307 | msgid "" | |
9308 | "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated " | |
9309 | "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice " | |
9310 | "(see https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ for more details), for example:" | |
9311 | msgstr "" | |
9312 | "Vous pourriez transférer ce fichier sur un autre ordinateur, et après avoir " | |
9313 | "mis à jour le fichier I<available> avec l'interface de gestion de paquets de " | |
9314 | "votre choix (voir https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ pour plus de " | |
9315 | "détails), par exemple :" | |
9316 | ||
9317 | #. type: Plain text | |
9318 | #: dpkg.man | |
9319 | #, no-wrap | |
9320 | msgid " B<apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail>\n" | |
9321 | msgstr " B<apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail>\n" | |
9322 | ||
9323 | #. type: Plain text | |
9324 | #: dpkg.man | |
9325 | msgid "or with dpkg 1.17.6 and earlier:" | |
9326 | msgstr "ou avec dpkg 1.17.6 et les versions antérieures :" | |
9327 | ||
9328 | #. type: Plain text | |
9329 | #: dpkg.man | |
9330 | #, no-wrap | |
9331 | msgid "" | |
9332 | " B<avail=`mktemp`>\n" | |
9333 | " B<apt-cache dumpavail E<gt>\"$avail\">\n" | |
9334 | " B<dpkg --merge-avail \"$avail\">\n" | |
9335 | " B<rm \"$avail\">\n" | |
9336 | msgstr "" | |
9337 | " B<avail=`mktemp`>\n" | |
9338 | " B<apt-cache dumpavail E<gt>\"$avail\">\n" | |
9339 | " B<dpkg --merge-avail \"$avail\">\n" | |
9340 | " B<rm \"$avail\">\n" | |
9341 | ||
9342 | #. type: Plain text | |
9343 | #: dpkg.man | |
9344 | msgid "you can install it with:" | |
9345 | msgstr "vous pouvez l'installer de cette manière :" | |
9346 | ||
9347 | #. type: Plain text | |
9348 | #: dpkg.man | |
9349 | #, no-wrap | |
9350 | msgid "" | |
9351 | " B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" | |
9352 | " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" | |
9353 | msgstr "" | |
9354 | " B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" | |
9355 | " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" | |
9356 | ||
9357 | #. type: Plain text | |
9358 | #: dpkg.man | |
9359 | msgid "" | |
9360 | "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " | |
9361 | "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " | |
9362 | "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " | |
9363 | "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." | |
9364 | msgstr "" | |
9365 | "On remarquera que cela n'installe ou ne supprime rien du tout ; cela ne fait " | |
9366 | "qu'enregistrer l'état souhaité des paquets. Vous aurez besoin d'autres " | |
9367 | "applications pour récupérer et installer réellement les paquets requis. Par " | |
9368 | "exemple, exécutez B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." | |
9369 | ||
9370 | #. type: Plain text | |
9371 | #: dpkg.man | |
9372 | msgid "" | |
9373 | "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " | |
9374 | "to modify the package selection states." | |
9375 | msgstr "" | |
9376 | "Habituellement, vous trouverez que B<dselect>(1) fournit une façon plus " | |
9377 | "aisée de modifier les états de sélection des paquets." | |
9378 | ||
9379 | #. type: SH | |
9380 | #: dpkg.man | |
9381 | #, no-wrap | |
9382 | msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" | |
9383 | msgstr "FONCTIONNALITÉS SUPPLÉMENTAIRES" | |
9384 | ||
9385 | #. type: Plain text | |
9386 | #: dpkg.man | |
9387 | msgid "" | |
9388 | "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " | |
9389 | "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>." | |
9390 | msgstr "" | |
9391 | "D'autres possibilités sont offertes en installant les paquets suivants : " | |
9392 | "B<apt>, B<aptitude> et B<debsums>." | |
9393 | ||
9394 | #. type: Plain text | |
9395 | #: dpkg.man | |
9396 | msgid "" | |
9397 | "B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " | |
9398 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." | |
9399 | msgstr "" | |
9400 | "B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " | |
9401 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) et B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." | |
9402 | ||
9403 | #. type: SH | |
9404 | #: dpkg.man | |
9405 | #, no-wrap | |
9406 | msgid "AUTHORS" | |
9407 | msgstr "AUTEURS" | |
9408 | ||
9409 | #. type: Plain text | |
9410 | #: dpkg.man | |
9411 | msgid "" | |
9412 | "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to " | |
9413 | "B<dpkg>." | |
9414 | msgstr "" | |
9415 | "Consultez I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> pour la liste de ceux qui ont contribué à " | |
9416 | "B<dpkg>." | |
9417 | ||
9418 | #. type: TH | |
9419 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9420 | #, no-wrap | |
9421 | msgid "dpkg-architecture" | |
9422 | msgstr "dpkg-architecture" | |
9423 | ||
9424 | #. type: Plain text | |
9425 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9426 | msgid "" | |
9427 | "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" | |
9428 | msgstr "" | |
9429 | "dpkg-architecture - Fixer et déterminer l'architecture pour la construction " | |
9430 | "d'un paquet" | |
9431 | ||
9432 | #. type: Plain text | |
9433 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9434 | msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" | |
9435 | msgstr "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<commande>]" | |
9436 | ||
9437 | #. type: Plain text | |
9438 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9439 | msgid "" | |
9440 | "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and " | |
9441 | "host architecture for package building." | |
9442 | msgstr "" | |
9443 | "B<dpkg-architecture> aide à déterminer et à fixer l'architecture de " | |
9444 | "construction et l'architecture hôte pour la création d'un paquet." | |
9445 | ||
9446 | #. type: Plain text | |
9447 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9448 | msgid "" | |
9449 | "The build architecture is always determined by an external call to " | |
9450 | "B<dpkg>(1), and cannot be set at the command line." | |
9451 | msgstr "" | |
9452 | "L'architecture de construction est toujours déterminée par un appel externe " | |
9453 | "à B<dpkg>(1). Elle ne peut pas être spécifiée en ligne de commande." | |
9454 | ||
9455 | #. type: Plain text | |
9456 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9457 | msgid "" | |
9458 | "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " | |
9459 | "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>. The default is determined by an " | |
9460 | "external call to B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if B<CC> " | |
9461 | "or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type> " | |
9462 | "is sufficient, the value of the other will be set to a usable default. " | |
9463 | "Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> " | |
9464 | "will warn you if your choice does not match the default." | |
9465 | msgstr "" | |
9466 | "Vous pouvez spécifier une architecture hôte en utilisant une des options B<--" | |
9467 | "host-arch> et B<--host-type> (ou les deux). Par défaut, la valeur est " | |
9468 | "déterminée par un appel à B<gcc>(1), ou en utilisant l'architecture de " | |
9469 | "construction si B<CC> ou gcc ne sont pas disponibles. Utiliser une seule des " | |
9470 | "options B<--host-arch> et B<--host-type> est suffisant, la valeur de l'une " | |
9471 | "est utilisée comme valeur par défaut de l'autre. Bien sûr, il est préférable " | |
9472 | "de n'en préciser qu'une seule, puisque B<dpkg-architecture> affichera un " | |
9473 | "avertissement si le choix ne correspond pas à la valeur par défaut." | |
9474 | ||
9475 | #. type: SH | |
9476 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man | |
9477 | #: dpkg-query.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man | |
9478 | #: dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man dselect.man start-stop-daemon.man | |
9479 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
9480 | #, no-wrap | |
9481 | msgid "COMMANDS" | |
9482 | msgstr "COMMANDES" | |
9483 | ||
9484 | #. type: TP | |
9485 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9486 | #, no-wrap | |
9487 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" | |
9488 | msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" | |
9489 | ||
9490 | #. type: Plain text | |
9491 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9492 | msgid "" | |
9493 | "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " | |
9494 | "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." | |
9495 | msgstr "" | |
9496 | "Affiche les variables d'environnement, une par ligne, en utilisant le format " | |
9497 | "I<VARIABLE=valeur>. C'est l'action par défaut." | |
9498 | ||
9499 | #. type: TP | |
9500 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9501 | #, no-wrap | |
9502 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>" | |
9503 | msgstr "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>" | |
9504 | ||
9505 | #. type: Plain text | |
9506 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9507 | msgid "" | |
9508 | "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " | |
9509 | "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to " | |
9510 | "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture " | |
9511 | "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " | |
9512 | "matched." | |
9513 | msgstr "" | |
9514 | "Vérifie l'égalité d'architectures (depuis dpkg 1.13.13). Cela compare " | |
9515 | "l'architecture Debian en cours (ou celle spécifiée) à I<architecture> afin " | |
9516 | "de vérifier leur égalité. Cette action ne gère pas les architectures joker. " | |
9517 | "La commande quitte avec un code de retour de 0 si l'architecture correspond " | |
9518 | "et de 1 dans le cas contraire." | |
9519 | ||
9520 | #. type: TP | |
9521 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9522 | #, no-wrap | |
9523 | msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>" | |
9524 | msgstr "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-joker>" | |
9525 | ||
9526 | #. type: Plain text | |
9527 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9528 | msgid "" | |
9529 | "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " | |
9530 | "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-" | |
9531 | "wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if " | |
9532 | "they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " | |
9533 | "matched." | |
9534 | msgstr "" | |
9535 | "Vérifie l'identité des architectures (depuis dpkg 1.13.13). Cela compare " | |
9536 | "l'architecture Debian en cours (ou celle spécifiée) à I<architecture-joker> " | |
9537 | "(après expansion de celle-ci) afin de vérifier leur correspondance. La " | |
9538 | "commande quitte avec un code de retour de 0 si l'architecture correspond et " | |
9539 | "de 1 dans le cas contraire." | |
9540 | ||
9541 | #. type: TP | |
9542 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9543 | #, no-wrap | |
9544 | msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>" | |
9545 | msgstr "B<-q>, B<--query> I<nom-de-variable>" | |
9546 | ||
9547 | #. type: Plain text | |
9548 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9549 | msgid "Print the value of a single variable." | |
9550 | msgstr "Affiche la valeur d'une seule variable." | |
9551 | ||
9552 | #. type: TP | |
9553 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9554 | #, no-wrap | |
9555 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" | |
9556 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" | |
9557 | ||
9558 | #. type: Plain text | |
9559 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9560 | msgid "" | |
9561 | "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " | |
9562 | "using eval." | |
9563 | msgstr "" | |
9564 | "Produit une commande, qui peut être utilisée pour positionner les variables " | |
9565 | "d'environnement avec « eval »." | |
9566 | ||
9567 | #. type: TP | |
9568 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9569 | #, no-wrap | |
9570 | msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>" | |
9571 | msgstr "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>" | |
9572 | ||
9573 | #. type: Plain text | |
9574 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9575 | msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-unset> but to unset all variables." | |
9576 | msgstr "" | |
9577 | "Affiche une commande similaire à celle produite par B<--print-unset>, mais " | |
9578 | "pour supprimer toutes les variables." | |
9579 | ||
9580 | #. type: TP | |
9581 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9582 | #, no-wrap | |
9583 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>" | |
9584 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<commande>" | |
9585 | ||
9586 | #. type: Plain text | |
9587 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9588 | msgid "" | |
9589 | "Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " | |
9590 | "determined value." | |
9591 | msgstr "" | |
9592 | "Exécute une I<commande> dans un environnement où toutes les variables sont " | |
9593 | "positionnées aux valeurs spécifiées." | |
9594 | ||
9595 | #. type: TP | |
9596 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9597 | #, no-wrap | |
9598 | msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>" | |
9599 | msgstr "B<-L>, B<--list-known>" | |
9600 | ||
9601 | #. type: Plain text | |
9602 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9603 | msgid "" | |
9604 | "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or " | |
9605 | "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--" | |
9606 | "match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
9607 | msgstr "" | |
9608 | "Affiche une liste des architectures valables. Elle peut être restreinte par " | |
9609 | "une ou plusieurs des options correspondantes B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-" | |
9610 | "bits> ou B<--match-endian> (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
9611 | ||
9612 | #. type: Plain text | |
9613 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
9614 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
9615 | #: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
9616 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man | |
9617 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
9618 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-split.man dpkg-statoverride.man | |
9619 | #: dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man update-alternatives.man | |
9620 | msgid "Show the usage message and exit." | |
9621 | msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide puis quitte." | |
9622 | ||
9623 | #. type: Plain text | |
9624 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
9625 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
9626 | #: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
9627 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-name.man | |
9628 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
9629 | #: dpkg-scansources.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
9630 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man dpkg-vendor.man | |
9631 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
9632 | msgid "Show the version and exit." | |
9633 | msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version puis quitte." | |
9634 | ||
9635 | #. type: TP | |
9636 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
9637 | #, no-wrap | |
9638 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>" | |
9639 | msgstr "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>" | |
9640 | ||
9641 | #. type: Plain text | |
9642 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9643 | msgid "Set the host Debian architecture." | |
9644 | msgstr "Définit l'architecture Debian en cours." | |
9645 | ||
9646 | #. type: TP | |
9647 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
9648 | #, no-wrap | |
9649 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>" | |
9650 | msgstr "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<type-de-système-gnu>" | |
9651 | ||
9652 | #. type: Plain text | |
9653 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9654 | msgid "Set the host GNU system type." | |
9655 | msgstr "Définit le type de système GNU en cours." | |
9656 | ||
9657 | #. type: TP | |
9658 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9659 | #, no-wrap | |
9660 | msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" | |
9661 | msgstr "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" | |
9662 | ||
9663 | #. type: Plain text | |
9664 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9665 | #, fuzzy | |
9666 | #| msgid "Set the target GNU system type." | |
9667 | msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
9668 | msgstr "Définit le type de système GNU de la cible." | |
9669 | ||
9670 | #. type: TP | |
9671 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9672 | #, no-wrap | |
9673 | msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" | |
9674 | msgstr "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<type-de-système-gnu>" | |
9675 | ||
9676 | #. type: Plain text | |
9677 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9678 | #, fuzzy | |
9679 | #| msgid "Set the target GNU system type." | |
9680 | msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
9681 | msgstr "Définit le type de système GNU de la cible." | |
9682 | ||
9683 | #. type: TP | |
9684 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9685 | #, no-wrap | |
9686 | msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>" | |
9687 | msgstr "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-joker>" | |
9688 | ||
9689 | #. type: Plain text | |
9690 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9691 | msgid "" | |
9692 | "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the " | |
9693 | "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
9694 | msgstr "" | |
9695 | "Restreindre les architectures listées par B<--list-known> à celles " | |
9696 | "correspondant à l'architecture-joker (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
9697 | ||
9698 | #. type: TP | |
9699 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9700 | #, no-wrap | |
9701 | msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>" | |
9702 | msgstr "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<bits-de-l'architecture>" | |
9703 | ||
9704 | #. type: Plain text | |
9705 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9706 | msgid "" | |
9707 | "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " | |
9708 | "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>." | |
9709 | msgstr "" | |
9710 | "Restreindre les architectures listées par B<--list-known> à celles employant " | |
9711 | "un CPU disposant du nombre de bits indiqués (depuis dpkg 1.17.14). Soit " | |
9712 | "B<32>, soit B<64>." | |
9713 | ||
9714 | #. type: TP | |
9715 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9716 | #, no-wrap | |
9717 | msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>" | |
9718 | msgstr "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<boutisme-d'architecture>" | |
9719 | ||
9720 | #. type: Plain text | |
9721 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9722 | msgid "" | |
9723 | "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " | |
9724 | "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>." | |
9725 | msgstr "" | |
9726 | "Restreindre les architectures listées par B<--list-known> à celles " | |
9727 | "correspondant au boutisme spécifié (depuis dpkg 1.17.14). Soit B<little>, " | |
9728 | "soit B<big>." | |
9729 | ||
9730 | #. type: TP | |
9731 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9732 | #, no-wrap | |
9733 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" | |
9734 | msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>" | |
9735 | ||
9736 | #. type: Plain text | |
9737 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9738 | msgid "" | |
9739 | "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " | |
9740 | "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " | |
9741 | "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " | |
9742 | "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " | |
9743 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." | |
9744 | msgstr "" | |
9745 | "Les valeurs positionnées par les variables d'environnement ayant le même nom " | |
9746 | "que celles utilisées par les scripts sont prises en compte (c'est-à-dire " | |
9747 | "utilisée par B<dpkg-architecture>), sauf si cette option est présente. Cela " | |
9748 | "permet à un utilisateur de surcharger une valeur même lorsque l'appel à " | |
9749 | "B<dpkg-architecture> est inclus dans un autre script (par exemple B<dpkg-" | |
9750 | "buildpackage>(1))." | |
9751 | ||
9752 | #. type: SH | |
9753 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9754 | #, no-wrap | |
9755 | msgid "TERMS" | |
9756 | msgstr "TERMINOLOGIE" | |
9757 | ||
9758 | #. type: IP | |
9759 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9760 | #, no-wrap | |
9761 | msgid "build machine" | |
9762 | msgstr "Machine de construction" | |
9763 | ||
9764 | #. type: Plain text | |
9765 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9766 | msgid "The machine the package is built on." | |
9767 | msgstr "Machine sur laquelle le paquet est construit." | |
9768 | ||
9769 | #. type: IP | |
9770 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9771 | #, no-wrap | |
9772 | msgid "host machine" | |
9773 | msgstr "Machine hôte" | |
9774 | ||
9775 | #. type: Plain text | |
9776 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9777 | msgid "The machine the package is built for." | |
9778 | msgstr "Machine pour laquelle le paquet est construit." | |
9779 | ||
9780 | #. type: IP | |
9781 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9782 | #, no-wrap | |
9783 | msgid "target machine" | |
9784 | msgstr "Machine cible" | |
9785 | ||
9786 | #. type: Plain text | |
9787 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9788 | #, fuzzy | |
9789 | #| msgid "" | |
9790 | #| "Set the target Debian architecture. This is only needed when building a " | |
9791 | #| "cross-toolchain, one that will be built on the build architecture, to be " | |
9792 | #| "run on the host architecture, and to build code for the target " | |
9793 | #| "architecture." | |
9794 | msgid "" | |
9795 | "The machine the compiler is building for. This is only needed when building " | |
9796 | "a cross-toolchain, one that will be built on the build architecture, to be " | |
9797 | "run on the host architecture, and to build code for the target architecture." | |
9798 | msgstr "" | |
9799 | "Définit l'architecture Debian cible. Cela est nécessaire uniquement lors de " | |
9800 | "la construction d'une chaîne d'outils de compilation croisée qui sera " | |
9801 | "construite sur l'architecture de construction, pour être exécutée sur " | |
9802 | "l'architecture hôte, afin de construire du code pour l'architecture cible." | |
9803 | ||
9804 | #. type: IP | |
9805 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9806 | #, no-wrap | |
9807 | msgid "Debian architecture" | |
9808 | msgstr "Architecture Debian" | |
9809 | ||
9810 | #. type: Plain text | |
9811 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9812 | msgid "" | |
9813 | "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP " | |
9814 | "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." | |
9815 | msgstr "" | |
9816 | "Chaîne de caractères de l'architecture Debian qui spécifie l'emplacement " | |
9817 | "dans l'archive FTP. Par exemple : i386, sparc, hurd-i386." | |
9818 | ||
9819 | #. type: IP | |
9820 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9821 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
9822 | #| msgid "Debian architecture" | |
9823 | msgid "Debian architecture tuple" | |
9824 | msgstr "Architecture Debian" | |
9825 | ||
9826 | #. type: Plain text | |
9827 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9828 | msgid "" | |
9829 | "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its " | |
9830 | "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at " | |
9831 | "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has " | |
9832 | "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, " | |
9833 | "eabihf-musl-linux-arm." | |
9834 | msgstr "" | |
9835 | ||
9836 | #. type: IP | |
9837 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9838 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
9839 | #| msgid "architecture wildcard" | |
9840 | msgid "Debian architecture wildcard" | |
9841 | msgstr "Architecture joker" | |
9842 | ||
9843 | #. type: Plain text | |
9844 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9845 | #, fuzzy | |
9846 | #| msgid "" | |
9847 | #| "An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " | |
9848 | #| "any real architecture being part of it. The general form is " | |
9849 | #| "E<lt>kernelE<gt>-E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." | |
9850 | msgid "" | |
9851 | "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will " | |
9852 | "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian " | |
9853 | "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them " | |
9854 | "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as " | |
9855 | "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:" | |
9856 | msgstr "" | |
9857 | "Une architecture joker est une architecture spéciale qui correspond à toutes " | |
9858 | "les architectures réelles qui en font partie. Il est en général de la forme " | |
9859 | "E<lt>noyauE<gt>-E<lt>processeurE<gt>. Par exemple : linux-any, any-i386, " | |
9860 | "hurd-any." | |
9861 | ||
9862 | #. type: Plain text | |
9863 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9864 | #, no-wrap | |
9865 | msgid "" | |
9866 | " B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>\n" | |
9867 | " B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>\n" | |
9868 | " B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>\n" | |
9869 | msgstr "" | |
9870 | ||
9871 | #. type: Plain text | |
9872 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9873 | msgid "" | |
9874 | "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any." | |
9875 | msgstr "" | |
9876 | ||
9877 | #. type: IP | |
9878 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9879 | #, no-wrap | |
9880 | msgid "GNU system type" | |
9881 | msgstr "Type de système GNU" | |
9882 | ||
9883 | #. type: Plain text | |
9884 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9885 | #, fuzzy | |
9886 | #| msgid "" | |
9887 | #| "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by " | |
9888 | #| "a hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-" | |
9889 | #| "gnu, x86_64-netbsd." | |
9890 | msgid "" | |
9891 | "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " | |
9892 | "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i686-" | |
9893 | "gnu, x86_64-netbsd." | |
9894 | msgstr "" | |
9895 | "Chaîne de caractères définissant l'architecture et constituée de deux " | |
9896 | "parties séparées par un tiret : processeur et système. Par exemple : i386-" | |
9897 | "linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." | |
9898 | ||
9899 | #. type: IP | |
9900 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9901 | #, no-wrap | |
9902 | msgid "multiarch triplet" | |
9903 | msgstr "" | |
9904 | ||
9905 | #. type: Plain text | |
9906 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9907 | msgid "" | |
9908 | "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does " | |
9909 | "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting " | |
9910 | "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system " | |
9911 | "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: " | |
9912 | "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: /lib/powerpc64le-linux-" | |
9913 | "gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/." | |
9914 | msgstr "" | |
9915 | ||
9916 | #. type: SH | |
9917 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9918 | #, no-wrap | |
9919 | msgid "VARIABLES" | |
9920 | msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT" | |
9921 | ||
9922 | #. type: Plain text | |
9923 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9924 | msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" | |
9925 | msgstr "Les variables suivantes sont positionnées par B<dpkg-architecture> :" | |
9926 | ||
9927 | #. type: IP | |
9928 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9929 | #, no-wrap | |
9930 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" | |
9931 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" | |
9932 | ||
9933 | #. type: Plain text | |
9934 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9935 | msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." | |
9936 | msgstr "Architecture Debian de la machine de construction." | |
9937 | ||
9938 | #. type: IP | |
9939 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9940 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
9941 | #| msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>" | |
9942 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>" | |
9943 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>" | |
9944 | ||
9945 | #. type: Plain text | |
9946 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9947 | #, fuzzy | |
9948 | #| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9949 | msgid "The Debian abi name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
9950 | msgstr "" | |
9951 | "Nom de processeur Debian de la machine de construction (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9952 | ||
9953 | #. type: IP | |
9954 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9955 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
9956 | #| msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>" | |
9957 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>" | |
9958 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>" | |
9959 | ||
9960 | #. type: Plain text | |
9961 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9962 | #, fuzzy | |
9963 | #| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9964 | msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
9965 | msgstr "" | |
9966 | "Nom de processeur Debian de la machine de construction (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9967 | ||
9968 | #. type: IP | |
9969 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9970 | #, no-wrap | |
9971 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>" | |
9972 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>" | |
9973 | ||
9974 | #. type: Plain text | |
9975 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9976 | msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9977 | msgstr "" | |
9978 | "Nom du système Debian de la machine de construction (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9979 | ||
9980 | #. type: IP | |
9981 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9982 | #, no-wrap | |
9983 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>" | |
9984 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>" | |
9985 | ||
9986 | #. type: Plain text | |
9987 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9988 | msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9989 | msgstr "" | |
9990 | "Nom de processeur Debian de la machine de construction (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
9991 | ||
9992 | #. type: IP | |
9993 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
9994 | #, no-wrap | |
9995 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>" | |
9996 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>" | |
9997 | ||
9998 | #. type: Plain text | |
9999 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10000 | msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
10001 | msgstr "" | |
10002 | "Taille de pointeur de la machine de construction (en bits, depuis dpkg " | |
10003 | "1.15.4)." | |
10004 | ||
10005 | #. type: IP | |
10006 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10007 | #, no-wrap | |
10008 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
10009 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
10010 | ||
10011 | #. type: Plain text | |
10012 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10013 | msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
10014 | msgstr "" | |
10015 | "Boutisme de la machine de construction (petit ou gros, depuis dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
10016 | ||
10017 | #. type: IP | |
10018 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10019 | #, no-wrap | |
10020 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>" | |
10021 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>" | |
10022 | ||
10023 | #. type: Plain text | |
10024 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10025 | msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10026 | msgstr "Partie CPU de B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10027 | ||
10028 | #. type: IP | |
10029 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10030 | #, no-wrap | |
10031 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
10032 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
10033 | ||
10034 | #. type: Plain text | |
10035 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10036 | msgid "The System part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10037 | msgstr "Partie « système » de B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10038 | ||
10039 | #. type: IP | |
10040 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10041 | #, no-wrap | |
10042 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>" | |
10043 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>" | |
10044 | ||
10045 | #. type: Plain text | |
10046 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10047 | msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine." | |
10048 | msgstr "Type de système GNU de la machine de construction." | |
10049 | ||
10050 | #. type: IP | |
10051 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10052 | #, no-wrap | |
10053 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>" | |
10054 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>" | |
10055 | ||
10056 | #. type: Plain text | |
10057 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10058 | msgid "" | |
10059 | "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem " | |
10060 | "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)." | |
10061 | msgstr "" | |
10062 | "Le type en clair de système GNU de la machine de construction, utilisé pour " | |
10063 | "les chemins du système de fichiers (depuis dpkg 1.16.0)." | |
10064 | ||
10065 | #. type: IP | |
10066 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10067 | #, no-wrap | |
10068 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>" | |
10069 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>" | |
10070 | ||
10071 | #. type: Plain text | |
10072 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10073 | msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." | |
10074 | msgstr "Architecture Debian de la machine hôte." | |
10075 | ||
10076 | #. type: IP | |
10077 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10078 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
10079 | #| msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10080 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>" | |
10081 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10082 | ||
10083 | #. type: Plain text | |
10084 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10085 | #, fuzzy | |
10086 | #| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10087 | msgid "The Debian abi name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
10088 | msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine hôte (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10089 | ||
10090 | #. type: IP | |
10091 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10092 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
10093 | #| msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10094 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>" | |
10095 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10096 | ||
10097 | #. type: Plain text | |
10098 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10099 | #, fuzzy | |
10100 | #| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10101 | msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
10102 | msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine hôte (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10103 | ||
10104 | #. type: IP | |
10105 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10106 | #, no-wrap | |
10107 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>" | |
10108 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>" | |
10109 | ||
10110 | #. type: Plain text | |
10111 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10112 | msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10113 | msgstr "Nom du système Debian de la machine hôte (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10114 | ||
10115 | #. type: IP | |
10116 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10117 | #, no-wrap | |
10118 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10119 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10120 | ||
10121 | #. type: Plain text | |
10122 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10123 | msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10124 | msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine hôte (depuis dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10125 | ||
10126 | #. type: IP | |
10127 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10128 | #, no-wrap | |
10129 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10130 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10131 | ||
10132 | #. type: Plain text | |
10133 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10134 | msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
10135 | msgstr "Taille de pointeur de la machine hôte (en bits, depuis dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
10136 | ||
10137 | #. type: IP | |
10138 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10139 | #, no-wrap | |
10140 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
10141 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
10142 | ||
10143 | #. type: Plain text | |
10144 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10145 | msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
10146 | msgstr "Boutisme de la machine hôte (petit ou gros, depuis dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
10147 | ||
10148 | #. type: IP | |
10149 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10150 | #, no-wrap | |
10151 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>" | |
10152 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>" | |
10153 | ||
10154 | #. type: Plain text | |
10155 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10156 | msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10157 | msgstr "Partie « processeur » de B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10158 | ||
10159 | #. type: IP | |
10160 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10161 | #, no-wrap | |
10162 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
10163 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
10164 | ||
10165 | #. type: Plain text | |
10166 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10167 | msgid "The System part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10168 | msgstr "Partie « système » de B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." | |
10169 | ||
10170 | #. type: IP | |
10171 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10172 | #, no-wrap | |
10173 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>" | |
10174 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>" | |
10175 | ||
10176 | #. type: Plain text | |
10177 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10178 | msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine." | |
10179 | msgstr "Type de système GNU de la machine hôte." | |
10180 | ||
10181 | #. type: IP | |
10182 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10183 | #, no-wrap | |
10184 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>" | |
10185 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>" | |
10186 | ||
10187 | #. type: Plain text | |
10188 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10189 | msgid "" | |
10190 | "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths " | |
10191 | "(since dpkg 1.16.0)." | |
10192 | msgstr "" | |
10193 | "Le type en clair de système GNU de la machine hôte, utilisé pour les chemins " | |
10194 | "du système de fichiers (depuis dpkg 1.16.0)." | |
10195 | ||
10196 | #. type: IP | |
10197 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10198 | #, no-wrap | |
10199 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>" | |
10200 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>" | |
10201 | ||
10202 | #. type: Plain text | |
10203 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10204 | msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10205 | msgstr "L'architecture Debian de la machine cible (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10206 | ||
10207 | #. type: IP | |
10208 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10209 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
10210 | #| msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10211 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>" | |
10212 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10213 | ||
10214 | #. type: Plain text | |
10215 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10216 | #, fuzzy | |
10217 | #| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10218 | msgid "The Debian abi name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
10219 | msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine cible (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10220 | ||
10221 | #. type: IP | |
10222 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10223 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
10224 | #| msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10225 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>" | |
10226 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10227 | ||
10228 | #. type: Plain text | |
10229 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10230 | #, fuzzy | |
10231 | #| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10232 | msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
10233 | msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine cible (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10234 | ||
10235 | #. type: IP | |
10236 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10237 | #, no-wrap | |
10238 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>" | |
10239 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>" | |
10240 | ||
10241 | #. type: Plain text | |
10242 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10243 | msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10244 | msgstr "Nom du système Debian de la machine cible (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10245 | ||
10246 | #. type: IP | |
10247 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10248 | #, no-wrap | |
10249 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10250 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>" | |
10251 | ||
10252 | #. type: Plain text | |
10253 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10254 | msgid "The Debian cpu name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10255 | msgstr "Nom du processeur Debian de la machine cible (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10256 | ||
10257 | #. type: IP | |
10258 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10259 | #, no-wrap | |
10260 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10261 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>" | |
10262 | ||
10263 | #. type: Plain text | |
10264 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10265 | msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10266 | msgstr "Taille de pointeur de la machine cible (en bits, depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10267 | ||
10268 | #. type: IP | |
10269 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10270 | #, no-wrap | |
10271 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
10272 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
10273 | ||
10274 | #. type: Plain text | |
10275 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10276 | msgid "" | |
10277 | "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10278 | msgstr "Boutisme de la machine cible (petit ou gros, depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10279 | ||
10280 | #. type: IP | |
10281 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10282 | #, no-wrap | |
10283 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>" | |
10284 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>" | |
10285 | ||
10286 | #. type: Plain text | |
10287 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10288 | msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10289 | msgstr "Partie « processeur » de B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10290 | ||
10291 | #. type: IP | |
10292 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10293 | #, no-wrap | |
10294 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
10295 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
10296 | ||
10297 | #. type: Plain text | |
10298 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10299 | msgid "The System part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10300 | msgstr "Partie « système » de B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10301 | ||
10302 | #. type: IP | |
10303 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10304 | #, no-wrap | |
10305 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>" | |
10306 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>" | |
10307 | ||
10308 | #. type: Plain text | |
10309 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10310 | msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10311 | msgstr "Type du système GNU de la machine cible (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10312 | ||
10313 | #. type: IP | |
10314 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10315 | #, no-wrap | |
10316 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>" | |
10317 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>" | |
10318 | ||
10319 | #. type: Plain text | |
10320 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10321 | msgid "" | |
10322 | "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem " | |
10323 | "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10324 | msgstr "" | |
10325 | "Le type de système clarifié GNU de la machine cible, utilisé pour les " | |
10326 | "chemins du système de fichiers (depuis dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
10327 | ||
10328 | #. type: SS | |
10329 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10330 | #, no-wrap | |
10331 | msgid "Architecture tables" | |
10332 | msgstr "Tables d'architectures" | |
10333 | ||
10334 | #. type: Plain text | |
10335 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10336 | #, fuzzy | |
10337 | #| msgid "" | |
10338 | #| "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. " | |
10339 | #| "Their location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " | |
10340 | #| "B<DPKG_DATADIR>." | |
10341 | msgid "" | |
10342 | "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their " | |
10343 | "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " | |
10344 | "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on " | |
10345 | "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they " | |
10346 | "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"." | |
10347 | msgstr "" | |
10348 | "Tous ces fichiers sont nécessaires afin que B<dpkg-architecture> puisse " | |
10349 | "fonctionner. Leurs emplacements peuvent être modifiés lors du traitement via " | |
10350 | "la variable d'environnement B<DPKG_DATADIR>." | |
10351 | ||
10352 | #. type: TP | |
10353 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10354 | #, no-wrap | |
10355 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>" | |
10356 | msgstr "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>" | |
10357 | ||
10358 | #. type: Plain text | |
10359 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10360 | #, fuzzy | |
10361 | #| msgid "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name." | |
10362 | msgid "" | |
10363 | "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 " | |
10364 | "(since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
10365 | msgstr "Table des noms de processeurs connus et liaison avec leur nom GNU." | |
10366 | ||
10367 | #. type: TP | |
10368 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10369 | #, no-wrap | |
10370 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>" | |
10371 | msgstr "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>" | |
10372 | ||
10373 | #. type: Plain text | |
10374 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10375 | #, fuzzy | |
10376 | #| msgid "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name." | |
10377 | msgid "" | |
10378 | "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format " | |
10379 | "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
10380 | msgstr "" | |
10381 | "Table des noms des systèmes d'exploitation connus et liaison avec leurs noms " | |
10382 | "GNU." | |
10383 | ||
10384 | #. type: TP | |
10385 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10386 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
10387 | #| msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/triplettable>" | |
10388 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>" | |
10389 | msgstr "I<%PKGDATADIR%/triplettable>" | |
10390 | ||
10391 | #. type: Plain text | |
10392 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10393 | #, fuzzy | |
10394 | #| msgid "" | |
10395 | #| "Mapping between Debian architecture triplets and Debian architecture " | |
10396 | #| "names." | |
10397 | msgid "" | |
10398 | "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. " | |
10399 | "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
10400 | msgstr "" | |
10401 | "Correspondances entre les triplets de l'architecture Debian et les noms des " | |
10402 | "architectures Debian." | |
10403 | ||
10404 | #. type: TP | |
10405 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10406 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
10407 | #| msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>" | |
10408 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>" | |
10409 | msgstr "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>" | |
10410 | ||
10411 | #. type: Plain text | |
10412 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10413 | #, fuzzy | |
10414 | #| msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." | |
10415 | msgid "" | |
10416 | "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 " | |
10417 | "(since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
10418 | msgstr "Architecture Debian de la machine hôte." | |
10419 | ||
10420 | #. type: SS | |
10421 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10422 | #, no-wrap | |
10423 | msgid "Packaging support" | |
10424 | msgstr "Gestion de l'empaquetage" | |
10425 | ||
10426 | #. type: TP | |
10427 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10428 | #, no-wrap | |
10429 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>" | |
10430 | msgstr "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>" | |
10431 | ||
10432 | #. type: Plain text | |
10433 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10434 | msgid "" | |
10435 | "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that " | |
10436 | "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
10437 | msgstr "" | |
10438 | "Un fragment de fichier Makefile qui définit correctement et exporte toutes " | |
10439 | "les variables que B<dpkg-architecture> peut fournir (depuis dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
10440 | ||
10441 | #. type: Plain text | |
10442 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10443 | msgid "" | |
10444 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" | |
10445 | "architecture>. Other examples:" | |
10446 | msgstr "" | |
10447 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepte l'option B<-a>, et la passe à B<dpkg-" | |
10448 | "architecture>. Voici d'autres exemples :" | |
10449 | ||
10450 | #. type: Plain text | |
10451 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10452 | msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build" | |
10453 | msgstr "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build" | |
10454 | ||
10455 | #. type: Plain text | |
10456 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10457 | msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`" | |
10458 | msgstr "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`" | |
10459 | ||
10460 | #. type: Plain text | |
10461 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10462 | msgid "" | |
10463 | "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an " | |
10464 | "architecture:" | |
10465 | msgstr "" | |
10466 | "Vérifie si l'architecture en cours (ou celle spécifiée) est identique à une " | |
10467 | "architecture :" | |
10468 | ||
10469 | #. type: Plain text | |
10470 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10471 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" | |
10472 | msgstr "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" | |
10473 | ||
10474 | #. type: Plain text | |
10475 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10476 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" | |
10477 | msgstr "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" | |
10478 | ||
10479 | #. type: Plain text | |
10480 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10481 | msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:" | |
10482 | msgstr "" | |
10483 | "Vérifie si l'architecture en cours (ou celle spécifiée) est un système " | |
10484 | "Linux :" | |
10485 | ||
10486 | #. type: Plain text | |
10487 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10488 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" | |
10489 | msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" | |
10490 | ||
10491 | #. type: Plain text | |
10492 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10493 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" | |
10494 | msgstr "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" | |
10495 | ||
10496 | #. type: SS | |
10497 | #: dpkg-architecture.man dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10498 | #, no-wrap | |
10499 | msgid "Usage in debian/rules" | |
10500 | msgstr "Utilisation dans debian/rules" | |
10501 | ||
10502 | #. type: Plain text | |
10503 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10504 | msgid "" | |
10505 | "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" | |
10506 | "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " | |
10507 | "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " | |
10508 | "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> " | |
10509 | "option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the " | |
10510 | "cross compilation support in your package:" | |
10511 | msgstr "" | |
10512 | "Les variables d'environnement définies par B<dpkg-architecture> sont " | |
10513 | "fournies à I<debian/rules> comme variables pour make (consultez la " | |
10514 | "documentation de make). Cependant, vous ne devez pas compter là-dessus " | |
10515 | "puisque cela empêche les appels manuels à ce script. À la place, vous devez " | |
10516 | "toujours les initialiser en utilisant B<dpkg-architecture> avec l'option B<-" | |
10517 | "q>. Voici quelques exemples, qui indiquent aussi comment améliorer la " | |
10518 | "gestion des compilations croisées de votre paquet :" | |
10519 | ||
10520 | #. type: Plain text | |
10521 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10522 | msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:" | |
10523 | msgstr "Récupération du type de système GNU et passage à ./configure :" | |
10524 | ||
10525 | #. type: Plain text | |
10526 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10527 | #, no-wrap | |
10528 | msgid "" | |
10529 | "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10530 | "DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10531 | "[...]\n" | |
10532 | "ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n" | |
10533 | " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10534 | "else\n" | |
10535 | " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\e\n" | |
10536 | " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10537 | "endif\n" | |
10538 | "[...]\n" | |
10539 | "\\&./configure $(confflags)\n" | |
10540 | msgstr "" | |
10541 | "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10542 | "DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10543 | "[...]\n" | |
10544 | "ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n" | |
10545 | " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10546 | "else\n" | |
10547 | " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\e\n" | |
10548 | " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
10549 | "endif\n" | |
10550 | "[...]\n" | |
10551 | "\\&./configure $(confflags)\n" | |
10552 | ||
10553 | #. type: Plain text | |
10554 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10555 | msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:" | |
10556 | msgstr "Effectuer une action pour une architecture spécifique :" | |
10557 | ||
10558 | #. type: Plain text | |
10559 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10560 | #, no-wrap | |
10561 | msgid "DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" | |
10562 | msgstr "DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" | |
10563 | ||
10564 | #. type: Plain text | |
10565 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10566 | #, no-wrap | |
10567 | msgid "" | |
10568 | "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n" | |
10569 | " [...]\n" | |
10570 | "endif\n" | |
10571 | msgstr "" | |
10572 | "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n" | |
10573 | " [...]\n" | |
10574 | "endif\n" | |
10575 | ||
10576 | #. type: Plain text | |
10577 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10578 | msgid "" | |
10579 | "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the " | |
10580 | "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables." | |
10581 | msgstr "" | |
10582 | "Ou, si vous n'avez besoin que de vérifier le type du processeur et du " | |
10583 | "système, utilisez les variables B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> ou B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>." | |
10584 | ||
10585 | #. type: Plain text | |
10586 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10587 | msgid "" | |
10588 | "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set " | |
10589 | "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:" | |
10590 | msgstr "" | |
10591 | "Veuillez noter qu'il est également possible d'utiliser un fragment externe " | |
10592 | "de fichier Makefile pour définir correctement toutes les variables que " | |
10593 | "B<dpkg-architecture> peut fournir :" | |
10594 | ||
10595 | #. type: Plain text | |
10596 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10597 | #, no-wrap | |
10598 | msgid "include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n" | |
10599 | msgstr "include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n" | |
10600 | ||
10601 | #. type: Plain text | |
10602 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10603 | msgid "" | |
10604 | "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get " | |
10605 | "architecture information during a package build." | |
10606 | msgstr "" | |
10607 | "Dans tous les cas, il ne faut jamais utiliser B<dpkg --print-architecture> " | |
10608 | "pour récupérer les informations relatives à l'architecture pendant la " | |
10609 | "construction d'un paquet." | |
10610 | ||
10611 | #. type: TP | |
10612 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10613 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
10614 | #| msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" | |
10615 | msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>" | |
10616 | msgstr "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" | |
10617 | ||
10618 | #. type: Plain text | |
10619 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10620 | msgid "" | |
10621 | "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the " | |
10622 | "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to " | |
10623 | "«%PKGDATADIR%»." | |
10624 | msgstr "" | |
10625 | ||
10626 | #. type: Plain text | |
10627 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10628 | msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17." | |
10629 | msgstr "" | |
10630 | "Tous les noms de commandes et d'options longs ne sont disponibles qu'à " | |
10631 | "partir de dpkg 1.17.17." | |
10632 | ||
10633 | #. type: Plain text | |
10634 | #: dpkg-architecture.man | |
10635 | msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." | |
10636 | msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." | |
10637 | ||
10638 | #. type: TH | |
10639 | #: dpkg.cfg.man | |
10640 | #, no-wrap | |
10641 | msgid "dpkg.cfg" | |
10642 | msgstr "dpkg.cfg" | |
10643 | ||
10644 | #. type: Plain text | |
10645 | #: dpkg.cfg.man | |
10646 | msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" | |
10647 | msgstr "dpkg.cfg - fichier de configuration de dpkg" | |
10648 | ||
10649 | #. type: Plain text | |
10650 | #: dpkg.cfg.man | |
10651 | #, fuzzy | |
10652 | #| msgid "" | |
10653 | #| "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " | |
10654 | #| "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " | |
10655 | #| "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes " | |
10656 | #| "surrounding option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting " | |
10657 | #| "a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." | |
10658 | msgid "" | |
10659 | "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " | |
10660 | "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " | |
10661 | "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " | |
10662 | "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " | |
10663 | "hash sign (‘B<#>’)." | |
10664 | msgstr "" | |
10665 | "Ce fichier liste les options appliquées par défaut à dpkg. Chaque ligne " | |
10666 | "contient une seule option, écrite exactement comme sur la ligne de commande " | |
10667 | "mais sans les tirets initiaux, inutilisés. Les guillemets autour des valeurs " | |
10668 | "d'options sont supprimés. Les commentaires sont autorisés en faisant " | |
10669 | "commencer la ligne par un caractère (« B<#> »)." | |
10670 | ||
10671 | #. type: Plain text | |
10672 | #: dpkg.cfg.man | |
10673 | msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" | |
10674 | msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" | |
10675 | ||
10676 | #. type: TH | |
10677 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10678 | #, no-wrap | |
10679 | msgid "dpkg-buildflags" | |
10680 | msgstr "dpkg-buildflags" | |
10681 | ||
10682 | #. type: Plain text | |
10683 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10684 | msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build" | |
10685 | msgstr "" | |
10686 | "dpkg-buildflags - retourne les options de compilation à utiliser pour la " | |
10687 | "construction du paquet" | |
10688 | ||
10689 | #. type: Plain text | |
10690 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10691 | msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" | |
10692 | msgstr "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<commande>]" | |
10693 | ||
10694 | #. type: Plain text | |
10695 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10696 | msgid "" | |
10697 | "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during " | |
10698 | "build of Debian packages." | |
10699 | msgstr "" | |
10700 | "B<dpkg-buildflags> est un script qui permet de récupérer les options de " | |
10701 | "compilation à utiliser pour la construction d'un paquet." | |
10702 | ||
10703 | #. type: Plain text | |
10704 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10705 | msgid "" | |
10706 | "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/" | |
10707 | "overridden in several ways:" | |
10708 | msgstr "" | |
10709 | "Les drapeaux par défaut sont définis par le fournisseur de la distribution " | |
10710 | "mais peuvent être étendus ou remplacés de plusieurs façons :" | |
10711 | ||
10712 | #. type: IP | |
10713 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10714 | #, no-wrap | |
10715 | msgid "1." | |
10716 | msgstr "1." | |
10717 | ||
10718 | #. type: Plain text | |
10719 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10720 | msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;" | |
10721 | msgstr "pour tout le système avec B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;" | |
10722 | ||
10723 | #. type: IP | |
10724 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10725 | #, no-wrap | |
10726 | msgid "2." | |
10727 | msgstr "2." | |
10728 | ||
10729 | #. type: Plain text | |
10730 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10731 | msgid "" | |
10732 | "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where B<" | |
10733 | "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;" | |
10734 | msgstr "" | |
10735 | "pour l'utilisateur courant avec B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> où " | |
10736 | "la valeur par défaut de B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> est B<$HOME/.config>;" | |
10737 | ||
10738 | #. type: IP | |
10739 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10740 | #, no-wrap | |
10741 | msgid "3." | |
10742 | msgstr "3." | |
10743 | ||
10744 | #. type: Plain text | |
10745 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10746 | msgid "" | |
10747 | "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section " | |
10748 | "B<ENVIRONMENT>);" | |
10749 | msgstr "" | |
10750 | "temporairement par l'utilisateur avec des variables d'environnement (voir " | |
10751 | "B<VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT>)." | |
10752 | ||
10753 | #. type: IP | |
10754 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10755 | #, no-wrap | |
10756 | msgid "4." | |
10757 | msgstr "4." | |
10758 | ||
10759 | #. type: Plain text | |
10760 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10761 | msgid "" | |
10762 | "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via " | |
10763 | "B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." | |
10764 | msgstr "" | |
10765 | "dynamiquement par le responsable du paquet avec des variables " | |
10766 | "d'environnement via B<debian/rules> (voir B<VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT>)." | |
10767 | ||
10768 | #. type: Plain text | |
10769 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10770 | #, fuzzy | |
10771 | #| msgid "The configuration files can contain two types of directives:" | |
10772 | msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:" | |
10773 | msgstr "" | |
10774 | "Les fichiers de configuration peuvent contenir deux types de directives :" | |
10775 | ||
10776 | #. type: TP | |
10777 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10778 | #, no-wrap | |
10779 | msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>" | |
10780 | msgstr "B<SET>I< drapeau valeur>" | |
10781 | ||
10782 | #. type: Plain text | |
10783 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10784 | msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>." | |
10785 | msgstr "Remplace le drapeau I<drapeau> par la valeur I<valeur>." | |
10786 | ||
10787 | #. type: TP | |
10788 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10789 | #, no-wrap | |
10790 | msgid "B<STRIP>I< flag value>" | |
10791 | msgstr "B<STRIP>I< valeur drapeau>" | |
10792 | ||
10793 | #. type: Plain text | |
10794 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10795 | msgid "" | |
10796 | "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>." | |
10797 | msgstr "" | |
10798 | "Retire du drapeau I<drapeau> tous les drapeaux de construction listés dans " | |
10799 | "I<valeur>." | |
10800 | ||
10801 | #. type: TP | |
10802 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10803 | #, no-wrap | |
10804 | msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>" | |
10805 | msgstr "B<APPEND>I< drapeau valeur>" | |
10806 | ||
10807 | #. type: Plain text | |
10808 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10809 | msgid "" | |
10810 | "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A " | |
10811 | "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-" | |
10812 | "empty." | |
10813 | msgstr "" | |
10814 | "Étend le drapeau I<drapeau> avec les options indiquées dans I<valeur>. Une " | |
10815 | "espace est ajoutée au début de ce qui est ajouté si la valeur actuelle du " | |
10816 | "drapeau n'est pas vide." | |
10817 | ||
10818 | #. type: TP | |
10819 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10820 | #, no-wrap | |
10821 | msgid "B<PREPEND>I< flag value>" | |
10822 | msgstr "B<PREPEND>I< valeur drapeau>" | |
10823 | ||
10824 | #. type: Plain text | |
10825 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10826 | msgid "" | |
10827 | "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. " | |
10828 | "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is " | |
10829 | "non-empty." | |
10830 | msgstr "" | |
10831 | "Préfixe le drapeau I<drapeau> avec les options indiquées dans I<valeur>. Une " | |
10832 | "espace est ajoutée au début de ce qui est ajouté si la valeur actuelle du " | |
10833 | "drapeau n'est pas vide." | |
10834 | ||
10835 | #. type: Plain text | |
10836 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10837 | msgid "" | |
10838 | "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash " | |
10839 | "(#). Empty lines are also ignored." | |
10840 | msgstr "" | |
10841 | "Les fichiers de configuration peuvent contenir des commentaires sur les " | |
10842 | "lignes commençant par un dièse (#). Les lignes vides sont également ignorées." | |
10843 | ||
10844 | #. type: TP | |
10845 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10846 | #, no-wrap | |
10847 | msgid "B<--dump>" | |
10848 | msgstr "B<--dump>" | |
10849 | ||
10850 | #. type: Plain text | |
10851 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10852 | #, fuzzy | |
10853 | #| msgid "" | |
10854 | #| "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It " | |
10855 | #| "prints one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign " | |
10856 | #| "(\"I<flag>=I<value>\"). This is the default action." | |
10857 | msgid "" | |
10858 | "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints " | |
10859 | "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign " | |
10860 | "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action." | |
10861 | msgstr "" | |
10862 | "Affiche sur la sortie standard tous les drapeaux de compilation et leurs " | |
10863 | "valeurs. Un drapeau par ligne est affiché, suivi de sa valeur, séparée par " | |
10864 | "le caractère « égal » (« I<drapeau>=I<valeur> »). Il s'agit de l'action par " | |
10865 | "défaut." | |
10866 | ||
10867 | #. type: TP | |
10868 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10869 | #, no-wrap | |
10870 | msgid "B<--list>" | |
10871 | msgstr "B<--list>" | |
10872 | ||
10873 | #. type: Plain text | |
10874 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10875 | msgid "" | |
10876 | "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See " | |
10877 | "the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them." | |
10878 | msgstr "" | |
10879 | "Affiche la liste des drapeaux gérés par l'éditeur actuel (un par ligne). " | |
10880 | "Voir la section B<DRAPEAUX GÉRÉS> pour plus d'informations sur chacun d'eux." | |
10881 | ||
10882 | #. type: TP | |
10883 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10884 | #, no-wrap | |
10885 | msgid "B<--status>" | |
10886 | msgstr "B<--status>" | |
10887 | ||
10888 | #. type: Plain text | |
10889 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10890 | #, fuzzy | |
10891 | #| msgid "" | |
10892 | #| "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of " | |
10893 | #| "B<dpkg-buildflags>: relevant environment variables, current vendor, state " | |
10894 | #| "of all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags with their " | |
10895 | #| "origin." | |
10896 | msgid "" | |
10897 | "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of " | |
10898 | "B<dpkg-buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, " | |
10899 | "current vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting " | |
10900 | "compiler flags with their origin." | |
10901 | msgstr "" | |
10902 | "Affiche toute information utile pour expliquer le comportement de B<dpkg-" | |
10903 | "buildflags> : variables d'environnement, éditeur actuel, état de tous les " | |
10904 | "drapeaux de fonctionnalités. Affiche également les drapeaux de compilation " | |
10905 | "résultants ainsi que leur origine." | |
10906 | ||
10907 | #. type: Plain text | |
10908 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10909 | msgid "" | |
10910 | "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps " | |
10911 | "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose " | |
10912 | "problems related to them." | |
10913 | msgstr "" | |
10914 | "Cette option est destinée à être utilisée depuis B<debian/rules>, afin de " | |
10915 | "garder dans le journal de construction une trace claire des drapeaux de " | |
10916 | "compilation utilisés. Cela peut être utile pour diagnostiquer des problèmes " | |
10917 | "qui y seraient liés." | |
10918 | ||
10919 | #. type: TP | |
10920 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10921 | #, no-wrap | |
10922 | msgid "B<--export=>I<format>" | |
10923 | msgstr "B<--export=>I<format>" | |
10924 | ||
10925 | #. type: Plain text | |
10926 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10927 | msgid "" | |
10928 | "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the " | |
10929 | "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not " | |
10930 | "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case " | |
10931 | "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the " | |
10932 | "environment. Supported formats:" | |
10933 | msgstr "" | |
10934 | "Affiche sur la sortie standard les commandes qui permettent d'exporter tous " | |
10935 | "les drapeaux de compilation pour un outil particulier. Si I<format> n'est " | |
10936 | "pas spécifié, sa valeur est B<sh>. Seuls les drapeaux de compilation " | |
10937 | "commençant par une majuscule sont inclus, les autres étant supposés " | |
10938 | "inadaptés à l'environnement. Formats pris en charge :" | |
10939 | ||
10940 | #. type: TP | |
10941 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10942 | #, no-wrap | |
10943 | msgid "B<sh>" | |
10944 | msgstr "B<sh>" | |
10945 | ||
10946 | #. type: Plain text | |
10947 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10948 | msgid "" | |
10949 | "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the " | |
10950 | "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for " | |
10951 | "evaluation by a shell." | |
10952 | msgstr "" | |
10953 | "Commandes shell pour définir et exporter tous les drapeaux de compilation " | |
10954 | "dans l'environnement. Les valeurs drapeau sont protégées et ainsi la sortie " | |
10955 | "est prête à être évaluée par un shell." | |
10956 | ||
10957 | #. type: TP | |
10958 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10959 | #, no-wrap | |
10960 | msgid "B<cmdline>" | |
10961 | msgstr "B<cmdline>" | |
10962 | ||
10963 | #. type: Plain text | |
10964 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10965 | msgid "" | |
10966 | "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the " | |
10967 | "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell " | |
10968 | "syntax." | |
10969 | msgstr "" | |
10970 | "Arguments à passer à la ligne de commande d'un programme de construction " | |
10971 | "pour utiliser tous les drapeaux de compilation (depuis dpkg 1.17.0). Les " | |
10972 | "valeurs drapeau sont protégées dans la syntaxe du shell." | |
10973 | ||
10974 | #. type: TP | |
10975 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10976 | #, no-wrap | |
10977 | msgid "B<configure>" | |
10978 | msgstr "B<configure>" | |
10979 | ||
10980 | #. type: Plain text | |
10981 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10982 | msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>." | |
10983 | msgstr "C'est un ancien alias pour B<cmdline>." | |
10984 | ||
10985 | #. type: TP | |
10986 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10987 | #, no-wrap | |
10988 | msgid "B<make>" | |
10989 | msgstr "B<make>" | |
10990 | ||
10991 | #. type: Plain text | |
10992 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
10993 | msgid "" | |
10994 | "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the " | |
10995 | "environment. Output can be written to a makefile fragment and evaluated " | |
10996 | "using an B<include> directive." | |
10997 | msgstr "" | |
10998 | "Directives de make pour définir et exporter tous les drapeaux de compilation " | |
10999 | "dans l'environnement. La sortie peut être écrite dans un fragment de " | |
11000 | "makefile et évaluée en utilisant une directive B<include>." | |
11001 | ||
11002 | #. type: TP | |
11003 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11004 | #, no-wrap | |
11005 | msgid "B<--get>I< flag>" | |
11006 | msgstr "B<--get>I< drapeau>" | |
11007 | ||
11008 | #. type: Plain text | |
11009 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11010 | msgid "" | |
11011 | "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is " | |
11012 | "known otherwise exits with 1." | |
11013 | msgstr "" | |
11014 | "Affiche la valeur de ce drapeau sur la sortie standard. Retourne un code de " | |
11015 | "sortie 0 si le drapeau est connu et 1 s'il est inconnu." | |
11016 | ||
11017 | #. type: TP | |
11018 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11019 | #, no-wrap | |
11020 | msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>" | |
11021 | msgstr "B<--origin>I< drapeau>" | |
11022 | ||
11023 | #. type: Plain text | |
11024 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11025 | msgid "" | |
11026 | "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if " | |
11027 | "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the " | |
11028 | "following values:" | |
11029 | msgstr "" | |
11030 | "Affiche l'origine de la valeur renvoyée par B<--get>. Retourne un code de " | |
11031 | "sortie 0 si le drapeau est connu et 1 s'il est inconnu. L'origine est une " | |
11032 | "des valeurs suivantes :" | |
11033 | ||
11034 | #. type: TP | |
11035 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11036 | #, no-wrap | |
11037 | msgid "B<vendor>" | |
11038 | msgstr "B<vendor>" | |
11039 | ||
11040 | #. type: Plain text | |
11041 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11042 | msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;" | |
11043 | msgstr "le drapeau défini à l'origine par l'éditeur est renvoyé ;" | |
11044 | ||
11045 | #. type: TP | |
11046 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11047 | #, no-wrap | |
11048 | msgid "B<system>" | |
11049 | msgstr "B<system>" | |
11050 | ||
11051 | #. type: Plain text | |
11052 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11053 | msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;" | |
11054 | msgstr "le drapeau est placé ou modifié par un réglage système ;" | |
11055 | ||
11056 | #. type: TP | |
11057 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11058 | #, no-wrap | |
11059 | msgid "B<user>" | |
11060 | msgstr "B<user>" | |
11061 | ||
11062 | #. type: Plain text | |
11063 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11064 | msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;" | |
11065 | msgstr "" | |
11066 | "le drapeau est placé ou modifié par une configuration spécifique à " | |
11067 | "l'utilisateur ;" | |
11068 | ||
11069 | #. type: TP | |
11070 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11071 | #, no-wrap | |
11072 | msgid "B<env>" | |
11073 | msgstr "B<env>" | |
11074 | ||
11075 | #. type: Plain text | |
11076 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11077 | msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration." | |
11078 | msgstr "" | |
11079 | "le drapeau est placé ou modifié par une configuration spécifique dans " | |
11080 | "l'environnement." | |
11081 | ||
11082 | #. type: TP | |
11083 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11084 | #, no-wrap | |
11085 | msgid "B<--query-features>I< area>" | |
11086 | msgstr "B<--query-features>I< domaine>" | |
11087 | ||
11088 | #. type: Plain text | |
11089 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11090 | #, fuzzy | |
11091 | #| msgid "" | |
11092 | #| "Print the features enabled for a given area. The only currently " | |
11093 | #| "recognized areas are B<qa>, B<reproducible> and B<hardening>, see the " | |
11094 | #| "B<FEATURE AREAS> section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is " | |
11095 | #| "known otherwise exits with 1." | |
11096 | msgid "" | |
11097 | "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). The only " | |
11098 | "currently recognized areas on Debian and derivatives are B<qa>, " | |
11099 | "B<reproducible>, B<sanitize> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE AREAS> " | |
11100 | "section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits " | |
11101 | "with 1." | |
11102 | msgstr "" | |
11103 | "Affiche les fonctionnalités activées pour un domaine donné. Les seuls " | |
11104 | "domaines reconnus actuellement sont B<qa>, B<reproducible> et B<hardening>, " | |
11105 | "voir la section B<ZONES D'OPTION> pour plus de détails. Retourne un code de " | |
11106 | "sortie 0 si le domaine est connu et 1 s'il est inconnu." | |
11107 | ||
11108 | #. type: Plain text | |
11109 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11110 | msgid "" | |
11111 | "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:" | |
11112 | msgstr "" | |
11113 | "L'affichage est dans le format RFC822, avec une section par fonctionnalité. " | |
11114 | "Par exemple :" | |
11115 | ||
11116 | #. type: Plain text | |
11117 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11118 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11119 | #| msgid "" | |
11120 | #| " Feature: pie\n" | |
11121 | #| " Enabled: no\n" | |
11122 | msgid "" | |
11123 | " Feature: pie\n" | |
11124 | " Enabled: yes\n" | |
11125 | msgstr "" | |
11126 | " Feature: pie\n" | |
11127 | " Enabled: no\n" | |
11128 | ||
11129 | #. type: Plain text | |
11130 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11131 | #, no-wrap | |
11132 | msgid "" | |
11133 | " Feature: stackprotector\n" | |
11134 | " Enabled: yes\n" | |
11135 | msgstr "" | |
11136 | " Feature: stackprotector\n" | |
11137 | " Enabled: yes\n" | |
11138 | ||
11139 | #. type: TP | |
11140 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-mergechangelogs.man dpkg-scansources.man | |
11141 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-vendor.man update-alternatives.man | |
11142 | #, no-wrap | |
11143 | msgid "B<--help>" | |
11144 | msgstr "B<--help>" | |
11145 | ||
11146 | #. type: SH | |
11147 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11148 | #, no-wrap | |
11149 | msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS" | |
11150 | msgstr "DRAPEAUX GÉRÉS" | |
11151 | ||
11152 | #. type: TP | |
11153 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11154 | #, no-wrap | |
11155 | msgid "B<CFLAGS>" | |
11156 | msgstr "B<CFLAGS>" | |
11157 | ||
11158 | #. type: Plain text | |
11159 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11160 | msgid "" | |
11161 | "Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes B<-" | |
11162 | "g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> if the " | |
11163 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)." | |
11164 | msgstr "" | |
11165 | "Options du compilateur C. La valeur par défaut définie par l'éditeur " | |
11166 | "comporte B<-g> et le niveau d'optimisation par défaut (B<-O2> en général, ou " | |
11167 | "B<-O0> si la variable d'environnement B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contient " | |
11168 | "I<noopt>)." | |
11169 | ||
11170 | #. type: TP | |
11171 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11172 | #, no-wrap | |
11173 | msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>" | |
11174 | msgstr "B<CPPFLAGS>" | |
11175 | ||
11176 | #. type: Plain text | |
11177 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11178 | msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty." | |
11179 | msgstr "Options du préprocesseur C. Valeur par défaut : aucune." | |
11180 | ||
11181 | #. type: TP | |
11182 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11183 | #, no-wrap | |
11184 | msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>" | |
11185 | msgstr "B<CXXFLAGS>" | |
11186 | ||
11187 | #. type: Plain text | |
11188 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11189 | msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." | |
11190 | msgstr "Options du compilateur C++. Analogue à B<CFLAGS>." | |
11191 | ||
11192 | #. type: TP | |
11193 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11194 | #, no-wrap | |
11195 | msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>" | |
11196 | msgstr "B<OBJCFLAGS>" | |
11197 | ||
11198 | #. type: Plain text | |
11199 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11200 | msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." | |
11201 | msgstr "Options du compilateur Objective C. Analogue à B<CFLAGS>." | |
11202 | ||
11203 | #. type: TP | |
11204 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11205 | #, no-wrap | |
11206 | msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>" | |
11207 | msgstr "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>" | |
11208 | ||
11209 | #. type: Plain text | |
11210 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11211 | msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>." | |
11212 | msgstr "Options du compilateur Objective C++. Analogue à B<CXXFLAGS>." | |
11213 | ||
11214 | #. type: TP | |
11215 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11216 | #, no-wrap | |
11217 | msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>" | |
11218 | msgstr "B<GCJFLAGS>" | |
11219 | ||
11220 | #. type: Plain text | |
11221 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11222 | msgid "Options for the GNU Java compiler (gcj). A subset of B<CFLAGS>." | |
11223 | msgstr "Options du compilateur Java GNU (gcj). Un sous-ensemble de B<CFLAGS>." | |
11224 | ||
11225 | #. type: TP | |
11226 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11227 | #, no-wrap | |
11228 | msgid "B<FFLAGS>" | |
11229 | msgstr "B<FFLAGS>" | |
11230 | ||
11231 | #. type: Plain text | |
11232 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11233 | msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>." | |
11234 | msgstr "Options du compilateur Fortran 77. Un sous-ensemble de B<CFLAGS>." | |
11235 | ||
11236 | #. type: TP | |
11237 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11238 | #, no-wrap | |
11239 | msgid "B<FCFLAGS>" | |
11240 | msgstr "B<FCFLAGS>" | |
11241 | ||
11242 | #. type: Plain text | |
11243 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11244 | msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>." | |
11245 | msgstr "Options du compilateur Fortran 9x. Analogue à B<FFLAGS>." | |
11246 | ||
11247 | #. type: TP | |
11248 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11249 | #, no-wrap | |
11250 | msgid "B<LDFLAGS>" | |
11251 | msgstr "B<LDFLAGS>" | |
11252 | ||
11253 | #. type: Plain text | |
11254 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11255 | msgid "" | |
11256 | "Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects " | |
11257 | "(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped " | |
11258 | "from these options). Default value: empty." | |
11259 | msgstr "" | |
11260 | "Options passées au compilateur lors du processus de liaison des exécutables " | |
11261 | "ou des objets partagés (si le linker est appelé directement, alors B<-Wl> et " | |
11262 | "B<,> doivent être retirés de ces options). Valeur par défaut : aucune." | |
11263 | ||
11264 | #. type: Plain text | |
11265 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11266 | msgid "" | |
11267 | "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to " | |
11268 | "support other languages)." | |
11269 | msgstr "" | |
11270 | "De nouveaux drapeaux pourront être ajoutés si besoin est (par exemple pour " | |
11271 | "la prise en charge de nouveaux langages)." | |
11272 | ||
11273 | #. type: SH | |
11274 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11275 | #, no-wrap | |
11276 | msgid "FEATURE AREAS" | |
11277 | msgstr "ZONES D'OPTION" | |
11278 | ||
11279 | #. type: Plain text | |
11280 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11281 | #, fuzzy | |
11282 | #| msgid "" | |
11283 | #| "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> " | |
11284 | #| "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the " | |
11285 | #| "\"+\" and \"-\" modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> \"pie" | |
11286 | #| "\" feature and disable the \"fortify\" feature you can do this in " | |
11287 | #| "B<debian/rules>:" | |
11288 | msgid "" | |
11289 | "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> " | |
11290 | "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the ‘B<" | |
11291 | "+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” " | |
11292 | "feature and disable the “fortify” feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:" | |
11293 | msgstr "" | |
11294 | "Chaque zone d'options peut être activée ou désactivée avec les valeurs " | |
11295 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> et B<DEB_BUIL_MAINT_OPTIONS> de l'espace de variables " | |
11296 | "d'environnement graĉe aux modificateurs « + » et « - ». Par exemple, pour " | |
11297 | "activer l'option B<hardening> « pie » et désactiver l'option « fortify », il " | |
11298 | "est possible d'indiquer ceci dans B<debian/rules> :" | |
11299 | ||
11300 | #. type: Plain text | |
11301 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11302 | #, no-wrap | |
11303 | msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n" | |
11304 | msgstr " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n" | |
11305 | ||
11306 | #. type: Plain text | |
11307 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11308 | #, fuzzy | |
11309 | #| msgid "" | |
11310 | #| "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or " | |
11311 | #| "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in " | |
11312 | #| "the B<hardening> area and enabling only \"format\" and \"fortify\" can be " | |
11313 | #| "achieved with:" | |
11314 | msgid "" | |
11315 | "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or " | |
11316 | "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in " | |
11317 | "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be " | |
11318 | "achieved with:" | |
11319 | msgstr "" | |
11320 | "L'option spéciale B<all> (valable dans tous les espaces) peut être utilisée " | |
11321 | "pour activer ou désactiver toutes les options de l'espace à la fois. Ainsi, " | |
11322 | "tout désactiver dans l'espace B<hardening> en n'activant que « format » et " | |
11323 | "« fortify » peut être réalisé avec :" | |
11324 | ||
11325 | #. type: Plain text | |
11326 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11327 | #, no-wrap | |
11328 | msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n" | |
11329 | msgstr " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n" | |
11330 | ||
11331 | #. type: SS | |
11332 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11333 | #, no-wrap | |
11334 | msgid "qa" | |
11335 | msgstr "" | |
11336 | ||
11337 | #. type: Plain text | |
11338 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11339 | msgid "" | |
11340 | "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect " | |
11341 | "problems in the source code or build system." | |
11342 | msgstr "" | |
11343 | "Plusieurs options de compilation (détaillées ci-dessous) peuvent être " | |
11344 | "utilisées pour détecter des problèmes dans le code source ou dans le système " | |
11345 | "de construction." | |
11346 | ||
11347 | #. type: TP | |
11348 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11349 | #, no-wrap | |
11350 | msgid "B<bug>" | |
11351 | msgstr "B<bug>" | |
11352 | ||
11353 | #. type: Plain text | |
11354 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11355 | msgid "" | |
11356 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds any warning option that reliably " | |
11357 | "detects problematic source code. The warnings are fatal. The only currently " | |
11358 | "supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-" | |
11359 | "Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, B<-Werror=implicit-function-" | |
11360 | "declaration> and B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>." | |
11361 | msgstr "" | |
11362 | ||
11363 | #. type: TP | |
11364 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11365 | #, no-wrap | |
11366 | msgid "B<canary>" | |
11367 | msgstr "B<canary>" | |
11368 | ||
11369 | #. type: Plain text | |
11370 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11371 | msgid "" | |
11372 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds dummy canary options to the build " | |
11373 | "flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how the build flags " | |
11374 | "propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build flag settings. " | |
11375 | "The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, " | |
11376 | "B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-" | |
11377 | "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-" | |
11378 | "canary->I<random-id>." | |
11379 | msgstr "" | |
11380 | "Ce paramètre (désactivé par défaut) ajoute des options détectrices " | |
11381 | "« canary » factices aux drapeaux de construction de telle sorte que les " | |
11382 | "rapports de compilation permettront de vérifier la façon dont ces drapeaux " | |
11383 | "se propagent et de repérer toute ommission des paramètres de drapeaux " | |
11384 | "habituels. Les drapeaux actuellement pris en charge sont B<CPPFLAGS>, " | |
11385 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>,\n" | |
11386 | " B<CXXFLAGS> ainsi que B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, avec les drapeaux définis à B<-" | |
11387 | "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, et B<LDFLAGS> paramétré à B<-Wl,-z," | |
11388 | "deb-canary->I<random-id>." | |
11389 | ||
11390 | #. type: SS | |
11391 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11392 | #, no-wrap | |
11393 | msgid "sanitize" | |
11394 | msgstr "" | |
11395 | ||
11396 | #. type: Plain text | |
11397 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11398 | #, fuzzy | |
11399 | #| msgid "" | |
11400 | #| "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden " | |
11401 | #| "a resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide " | |
11402 | #| "additional warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, " | |
11403 | #| "these are enabled by default for architectures that support them." | |
11404 | msgid "" | |
11405 | "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a " | |
11406 | "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, " | |
11407 | "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs." | |
11408 | msgstr "" | |
11409 | "Plusieurs options de compilation (détaillées ci-dessous) peuvent être " | |
11410 | "utilisées pour accroître la résistance du binaire compilé face aux attaques " | |
11411 | "par corruption de la mémoire ou fournir des messages d'avertissement " | |
11412 | "supplémentaires lors de la compilation. Sauf mention contraire (voir ci-" | |
11413 | "dessous), ces options sont activées par défaut pour les architectures qui " | |
11414 | "les gèrent." | |
11415 | ||
11416 | #. type: TP | |
11417 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11418 | #, no-wrap | |
11419 | msgid "B<address>" | |
11420 | msgstr "" | |
11421 | ||
11422 | #. type: Plain text | |
11423 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11424 | msgid "" | |
11425 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> " | |
11426 | "and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and " | |
11427 | "B<CXXFLAGS>." | |
11428 | msgstr "" | |
11429 | ||
11430 | #. type: TP | |
11431 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11432 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11433 | #| msgid "B<listhead>" | |
11434 | msgid "B<thread>" | |
11435 | msgstr "B<listhead>" | |
11436 | ||
11437 | #. type: Plain text | |
11438 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11439 | msgid "" | |
11440 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, " | |
11441 | "B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." | |
11442 | msgstr "" | |
11443 | ||
11444 | #. type: TP | |
11445 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11446 | #, no-wrap | |
11447 | msgid "B<leak>" | |
11448 | msgstr "" | |
11449 | ||
11450 | #. type: Plain text | |
11451 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11452 | msgid "" | |
11453 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It " | |
11454 | "gets automatically disabled if either the B<address> or the B<thread> " | |
11455 | "features are enabled, as they imply it." | |
11456 | msgstr "" | |
11457 | ||
11458 | #. type: TP | |
11459 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11460 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11461 | #| msgid "B<unpacked>" | |
11462 | msgid "B<undefined>" | |
11463 | msgstr "B<unpacked>" | |
11464 | ||
11465 | #. type: Plain text | |
11466 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11467 | msgid "" | |
11468 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=undefined> to " | |
11469 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." | |
11470 | msgstr "" | |
11471 | ||
11472 | #. type: SS | |
11473 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11474 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11475 | #| msgid "Hardening" | |
11476 | msgid "hardening" | |
11477 | msgstr "Compilation renforcée" | |
11478 | ||
11479 | #. type: Plain text | |
11480 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11481 | msgid "" | |
11482 | "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a " | |
11483 | "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional " | |
11484 | "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are " | |
11485 | "enabled by default for architectures that support them." | |
11486 | msgstr "" | |
11487 | "Plusieurs options de compilation (détaillées ci-dessous) peuvent être " | |
11488 | "utilisées pour accroître la résistance du binaire compilé face aux attaques " | |
11489 | "par corruption de la mémoire ou fournir des messages d'avertissement " | |
11490 | "supplémentaires lors de la compilation. Sauf mention contraire (voir ci-" | |
11491 | "dessous), ces options sont activées par défaut pour les architectures qui " | |
11492 | "les gèrent." | |
11493 | ||
11494 | #. type: TP | |
11495 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11496 | #, no-wrap | |
11497 | msgid "B<format>" | |
11498 | msgstr "B<format>" | |
11499 | ||
11500 | #. type: Plain text | |
11501 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11502 | #, fuzzy | |
11503 | #| msgid "" | |
11504 | #| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-" | |
11505 | #| "security> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. " | |
11506 | #| "This will warn about improper format string uses, and will fail when " | |
11507 | #| "format functions are used in a way that represent possible security " | |
11508 | #| "problems. At present, this warns about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> " | |
11509 | #| "functions where the format string is not a string literal and there are " | |
11510 | #| "no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", " | |
11511 | #| "foo);> This may be a security hole if the format string came from " | |
11512 | #| "untrusted input and contains \"%n\"." | |
11513 | msgid "" | |
11514 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> " | |
11515 | "to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn " | |
11516 | "about improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are " | |
11517 | "used in a way that represent possible security problems. At present, this " | |
11518 | "warns about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format " | |
11519 | "string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in " | |
11520 | "B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security " | |
11521 | "hole if the format string came from untrusted input and contains ‘%n’." | |
11522 | msgstr "" | |
11523 | "Ce réglage, activé par défaut, ajoute B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> à " | |
11524 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> et B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. Cela provoquera " | |
11525 | "l'avertissement en cas d'utilisation de chaînes de formatage incorrectes et " | |
11526 | "échouera si les fonctions de formatage sont utilisées d'une façon qui " | |
11527 | "présente des risques pour la sécurité. Actuellement, ce réglage crée des " | |
11528 | "avertissements pour les appels des fonctions B<printf> et B<scanf> lorsque " | |
11529 | "la chaîne de formatage n'est pas une chaîne littérale et qu'aucun paramètre " | |
11530 | "de formatage n'est utilisé (par exemple dans B<printf(foo);> au lieu de B< " | |
11531 | "printf(\"%s\", foo);>. Ce type de syntaxe peut créer un problème de sécurité " | |
11532 | "si la chaîne de formatage vient d'une source non sûre et contient « %n »." | |
11533 | ||
11534 | #. type: TP | |
11535 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11536 | #, no-wrap | |
11537 | msgid "B<fortify>" | |
11538 | msgstr "B<fortify>" | |
11539 | ||
11540 | #. type: Plain text | |
11541 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11542 | #, fuzzy | |
11543 | #| msgid "" | |
11544 | #| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to " | |
11545 | #| "B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of " | |
11546 | #| "information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace " | |
11547 | #| "insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited ones. " | |
11548 | #| "This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format " | |
11549 | #| "strings in writable memory that contain '%n' are blocked. If an " | |
11550 | #| "application depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked " | |
11551 | #| "around." | |
11552 | msgid "" | |
11553 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to " | |
11554 | "B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of " | |
11555 | "information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace " | |
11556 | "insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited ones. " | |
11557 | "This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format " | |
11558 | "strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are blocked. If an application " | |
11559 | "depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around." | |
11560 | msgstr "" | |
11561 | "Ce réglage, activé par défaut, ajoute B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> à B<CFLAGS> et " | |
11562 | "B<CPPFLAGS>. Lors de la création du code, le compilateur connaît un nombre " | |
11563 | "important d'informations relatives aux tailles de tampons (quand c'est " | |
11564 | "possible) et tente alors de remplacer des appels de fonctions avec une " | |
11565 | "taille illimitée de tampons, peu sûrs, par des appels avec des tampons de " | |
11566 | "taille limitée. Cette fonctionnalité est particulièrement utile pour du code " | |
11567 | "ancien et mal écrit. De plus, les chaînes de formatage dans la mémoire " | |
11568 | "accessible en écriture qui contiennent « %n » sont bloquées. Si une " | |
11569 | "application dépend de telles chaînes de formatage, un contournement devra " | |
11570 | "être mis en place." | |
11571 | ||
11572 | #. type: Plain text | |
11573 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11574 | msgid "" | |
11575 | "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be " | |
11576 | "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable " | |
11577 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be " | |
11578 | "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later." | |
11579 | msgstr "" | |
11580 | "Veuillez noter que pour que cette option fasse effet, la source devra aussi " | |
11581 | "être compilée avec B<-O1> ou plus. Si la variable d'environnement " | |
11582 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contient I<noopt>, la prise en charge de B<fortify> " | |
11583 | "sera désactivée du fait des nouveaux avertissements émis par glibc version " | |
11584 | "2.16 et ultérieure." | |
11585 | ||
11586 | #. type: TP | |
11587 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11588 | #, no-wrap | |
11589 | msgid "B<stackprotector>" | |
11590 | msgstr "B<stackprotector>" | |
11591 | ||
11592 | #. type: Plain text | |
11593 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11594 | msgid "" | |
11595 | "This setting (enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong is not in use) adds " | |
11596 | "B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " | |
11597 | "B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This " | |
11598 | "adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders many potential " | |
11599 | "code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best case this turns " | |
11600 | "code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues " | |
11601 | "(depending on the application)." | |
11602 | msgstr "" | |
11603 | "Ce réglage (activé par défaut si stackprotectorstrong n'est pas employé), " | |
11604 | "ajoute B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> à B<CFLAGS>, " | |
11605 | "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> et " | |
11606 | "B<FCFLAGS>. Il ajoute des contrôles liés aux réécritures de piles. Cela " | |
11607 | "conduit des tentatives d'attaques par injection de code à terminer en échec. " | |
11608 | "Dans le meilleur des cas, cette protection transforme une vulnérabilité " | |
11609 | "d'injection de code en déni de service ou en non-problème (selon les " | |
11610 | "applications)." | |
11611 | ||
11612 | #. type: Plain text | |
11613 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11614 | msgid "" | |
11615 | "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of " | |
11616 | "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-" | |
11617 | "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar." | |
11618 | msgstr "" | |
11619 | "Cette fonctionnalité impose de lier le code à glibc (ou toute autre " | |
11620 | "bibliothèque fournissant B<__stack_chk_fail>) et doit donc être désactivée " | |
11621 | "lorsque le code est construit avec B<-nostdlib>, B<-ffreestanding> ou " | |
11622 | "équivalents." | |
11623 | ||
11624 | #. type: TP | |
11625 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11626 | #, no-wrap | |
11627 | msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>" | |
11628 | msgstr "B<stackprotectorstrong>" | |
11629 | ||
11630 | #. type: Plain text | |
11631 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11632 | msgid "" | |
11633 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector-strong> to " | |
11634 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> " | |
11635 | "and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, but " | |
11636 | "without significant performance penalties." | |
11637 | msgstr "" | |
11638 | "Ce réglage, activé par défaut, ajoute B<-fstack-protector-strong> à " | |
11639 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> " | |
11640 | "et B<FCFLAGS>. Il s'agit d'une version renforcée de B<stackprotector>qui " | |
11641 | "n'affecte pas les performances de manière importante." | |
11642 | ||
11643 | #. type: Plain text | |
11644 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11645 | msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting." | |
11646 | msgstr "Désactiver B<stackprotector> désactive également ce paramètre." | |
11647 | ||
11648 | #. type: Plain text | |
11649 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11650 | msgid "" | |
11651 | "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition " | |
11652 | "also requires gcc 4.9 and later." | |
11653 | msgstr "" | |
11654 | "Cette fonctionnalité a les même exigences que B<stackprotector>, en plus de " | |
11655 | "nécessiter gcc 4.9 ou plus récent." | |
11656 | ||
11657 | #. type: TP | |
11658 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11659 | #, no-wrap | |
11660 | msgid "B<relro>" | |
11661 | msgstr "B<relro>" | |
11662 | ||
11663 | #. type: Plain text | |
11664 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11665 | msgid "" | |
11666 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. " | |
11667 | "During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by " | |
11668 | "the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before " | |
11669 | "turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT " | |
11670 | "overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become " | |
11671 | "disabled as well." | |
11672 | msgstr "" | |
11673 | "Ce réglage, activé par défaut, ajoute B<-Wl,-z,relro> à B<LDFLAGS>. Lors du " | |
11674 | "chargement du programme, plusieurs parties de la mémoire ELF doivent être " | |
11675 | "écrites par l'éditeur de liens. Ce réglage indique au chargeur de mettre ces " | |
11676 | "sections en lecture seule avant de rendre le contrôle au programme. " | |
11677 | "L'utilisation habituelle de ce réglage est la protection contre les attaques " | |
11678 | "par réécriture GOT. Si cette option est désactivée, l'option B<bindnow> sera " | |
11679 | "également désactivée." | |
11680 | ||
11681 | #. type: TP | |
11682 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11683 | #, no-wrap | |
11684 | msgid "B<bindnow>" | |
11685 | msgstr "B<bindnow>" | |
11686 | ||
11687 | #. type: Plain text | |
11688 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11689 | msgid "" | |
11690 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During " | |
11691 | "program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT " | |
11692 | "to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The option cannot become " | |
11693 | "enabled if B<relro> is not enabled." | |
11694 | msgstr "" | |
11695 | "Ce réglage, désactivé par défaut, ajoute B<-Wl,-z,now> à B<LDFLAGS>. Lors du " | |
11696 | "chargement du programme, tous les symboles dynamiques sont résolus, ce qui " | |
11697 | "permet au « PLT » entier (NdT : jargon détecté !) d'être en lecture seule " | |
11698 | "(du fait du réglage B<relro> ci-dessus). Cette option ne peut être activée " | |
11699 | "si B<relro> ne l'est pas." | |
11700 | ||
11701 | #. type: TP | |
11702 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11703 | #, no-wrap | |
11704 | msgid "B<pie>" | |
11705 | msgstr "B<pie>" | |
11706 | ||
11707 | #. type: Plain text | |
11708 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11709 | msgid "" | |
11710 | "This setting (with no default since dpkg 1.18.23, and injected by default by " | |
11711 | "gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, i386, kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, " | |
11712 | "mips, mipsel, mips64el, ppc64el, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian " | |
11713 | "architectures) adds the required options via gcc specs files if needed to " | |
11714 | "enable or disable PIE. When enabled and injected by gcc, adds nothing. When " | |
11715 | "enabled and not injected by gcc, adds B<-fPIE> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " | |
11716 | "B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-" | |
11717 | "fPIE -pie> to B<LDFLAGS>. When disabled and injected by gcc, adds B<-fno-" | |
11718 | "PIE> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, " | |
11719 | "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fno-PIE -no-pie> to B<LDFLAGS>." | |
11720 | msgstr "" | |
11721 | ||
11722 | #. type: Plain text | |
11723 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11724 | #, fuzzy | |
11725 | #| msgid "" | |
11726 | #| "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fPIE> to B<CFLAGS>, " | |
11727 | #| "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and " | |
11728 | #| "B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> to B<LDFLAGS>. Position Independent " | |
11729 | #| "Executable are needed to take advantage of Address Space Layout " | |
11730 | #| "Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR can already " | |
11731 | #| "be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), the code " | |
11732 | #| "areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries already " | |
11733 | #| "do this (-fPIC), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary .text " | |
11734 | #| "regions need to be build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP (Return " | |
11735 | #| "Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since there are no static " | |
11736 | #| "locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption attack." | |
11737 | msgid "" | |
11738 | "Position Independent Executable are needed to take advantage of Address " | |
11739 | "Space Layout Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR " | |
11740 | "can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), " | |
11741 | "the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries " | |
11742 | "already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary ." | |
11743 | "text regions need to be build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP " | |
11744 | "(Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since there are no " | |
11745 | "static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption attack." | |
11746 | msgstr "" | |
11747 | "Ce réglage, désactivé par défaut, ajoute B<-fPIE> à B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> " | |
11748 | "B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> et B<FCFLAGS>,ainsi que " | |
11749 | "B<-fPIE -pie> à B<LDFLAGS>. Les exécutables à position indépendante " | |
11750 | "(« Position Independent Executable ») permettent d'utiliser la randomisation " | |
11751 | "de l'organisation de l'espace d'adressage (ASLR : « Address Space Layout " | |
11752 | "Randomization »), qui est gérée par certaines versions du noyau. Bien que " | |
11753 | "ASLR puisse déjà être mise en œuvre pour les zones de données dans la pile " | |
11754 | "et le tampon (brk et mmap), les zones de codes doivent être compilées comme " | |
11755 | "indépendantes de la position. Les bibliothèques partagées font déjà cela (-" | |
11756 | "fPIC) ce qui permet automatiquement d'utiliser ASLR. Par contre les régions ." | |
11757 | "text binaires doivent être construites en mode PIE pour mettre en œuvre " | |
11758 | "ASLR. Une fois cela réalisé, les attaques ROP (« Return Oriented " | |
11759 | "Programming ») deviennent plus difficiles car il n'existe pas d'emplacement " | |
11760 | "statique d'où rebondir sur une attaque par corruption de la mémoire." | |
11761 | ||
11762 | #. type: Plain text | |
11763 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11764 | msgid "" | |
11765 | "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when " | |
11766 | "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via " | |
11767 | "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them " | |
11768 | "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked." | |
11769 | msgstr "" | |
11770 | ||
11771 | #. type: Plain text | |
11772 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11773 | msgid "" | |
11774 | "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. " | |
11775 | "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static " | |
11776 | "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:" | |
11777 | msgstr "" | |
11778 | ||
11779 | #. type: TP | |
11780 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11781 | #, no-wrap | |
11782 | msgid "none" | |
11783 | msgstr "" | |
11784 | ||
11785 | #. type: Plain text | |
11786 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11787 | msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library." | |
11788 | msgstr "" | |
11789 | ||
11790 | #. type: TP | |
11791 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11792 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11793 | #| msgid "B<-f>" | |
11794 | msgid "B<-fPIE>" | |
11795 | msgstr "B<-f>" | |
11796 | ||
11797 | #. type: Plain text | |
11798 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11799 | msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)." | |
11800 | msgstr "" | |
11801 | ||
11802 | #. type: TP | |
11803 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11804 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11805 | #| msgid "B<-f>" | |
11806 | msgid "B<-fPIC>" | |
11807 | msgstr "B<-f>" | |
11808 | ||
11809 | #. type: Plain text | |
11810 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11811 | msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library." | |
11812 | msgstr "" | |
11813 | ||
11814 | #. type: Plain text | |
11815 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11816 | msgid "" | |
11817 | "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs " | |
11818 | "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally " | |
11819 | "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using " | |
11820 | "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared " | |
11821 | "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared " | |
11822 | "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared " | |
11823 | "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous " | |
11824 | "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed " | |
11825 | "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as " | |
11826 | "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note:> This should not be needed with the default gcc specs " | |
11827 | "machinery." | |
11828 | msgstr "" | |
11829 | ||
11830 | #. type: Plain text | |
11831 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11832 | #, fuzzy | |
11833 | #| msgid "" | |
11834 | #| "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some " | |
11835 | #| "architectures (most notably i386) can see performance losses of up to 15% " | |
11836 | #| "in very text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less " | |
11837 | #| "than 1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not " | |
11838 | #| "see as high a worst-case penalty." | |
11839 | msgid "" | |
11840 | "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register " | |
11841 | "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations " | |
11842 | "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very " | |
11843 | "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than 1%. " | |
11844 | "Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as high a " | |
11845 | "worst-case penalty." | |
11846 | msgstr "" | |
11847 | "De plus, comme la protection PIE est mise en œuvre à l'aide dun registre " | |
11848 | "global, certaines architectures (notamment i386) peuvent souffrir de pertes " | |
11849 | "de performances allant jusqu'à 15 % sur des charges d'applications utilisant " | |
11850 | "largement les segments de texte ; le plus souvent, cette perte de " | |
11851 | "performances n'excèdera pas 1 %. Pour des architectures offrant plus de " | |
11852 | "registres globaux (par exemple amd64), cette pénalisation n'existe " | |
11853 | "pratiquement pas." | |
11854 | ||
11855 | #. type: SS | |
11856 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11857 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11858 | #| msgid "Reproducibility" | |
11859 | msgid "reproducible" | |
11860 | msgstr "Reproductibilité" | |
11861 | ||
11862 | #. type: Plain text | |
11863 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11864 | msgid "" | |
11865 | "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build " | |
11866 | "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. " | |
11867 | "Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that " | |
11868 | "support them." | |
11869 | msgstr "" | |
11870 | "Les options de compilation (détaillées ci-dessous) peuvent aider à améliorer " | |
11871 | "la reproductibilité de la construction ou fournir des messages " | |
11872 | "d'avertissement supplémentaires lors de la compilation. Sauf mention " | |
11873 | "contraire (voir ci-dessous), ces options sont activées par défaut pour les " | |
11874 | "architectures qui les gèrent." | |
11875 | ||
11876 | #. type: TP | |
11877 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11878 | #, no-wrap | |
11879 | msgid "B<timeless>" | |
11880 | msgstr "B<timeless>" | |
11881 | ||
11882 | #. type: Plain text | |
11883 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11884 | #, fuzzy | |
11885 | #| msgid "" | |
11886 | #| "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to B<CPPFLAGS>. " | |
11887 | #| "This will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and " | |
11888 | #| "B<__TIMESTAMP__> macros are used." | |
11889 | msgid "" | |
11890 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This " | |
11891 | "will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and B<__TIMESTAMP__> " | |
11892 | "macros are used." | |
11893 | msgstr "" | |
11894 | "Ce paramètre (désactivé par défaut) ajoute B<-Wdate-time> à B<CPPFLAGS>. " | |
11895 | "Cela provoquera des avertissements quand les macros B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> " | |
11896 | "et B<__TIMESTAMP__> sont utilisées. " | |
11897 | ||
11898 | #. type: TP | |
11899 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11900 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
11901 | #| msgid "B<--debug>" | |
11902 | msgid "B<fixdebugpath>" | |
11903 | msgstr "B<--debug>" | |
11904 | ||
11905 | #. type: Plain text | |
11906 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11907 | #, fuzzy | |
11908 | #| msgid "" | |
11909 | #| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector-strong> to " | |
11910 | #| "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, " | |
11911 | #| "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of " | |
11912 | #| "B<stackprotector>, but without significant performance penalties." | |
11913 | msgid "" | |
11914 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fdebug-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=." | |
11915 | "> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, " | |
11916 | "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level " | |
11917 | "directory of the package being built. This has the effect of removing the " | |
11918 | "build path from any generated debug symbols." | |
11919 | msgstr "" | |
11920 | "Ce réglage, activé par défaut, ajoute B<-fstack-protector-strong> à " | |
11921 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> " | |
11922 | "et B<FCFLAGS>. Il s'agit d'une version renforcée de B<stackprotector>qui " | |
11923 | "n'affecte pas les performances de manière importante." | |
11924 | ||
11925 | #. type: Plain text | |
11926 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11927 | msgid "" | |
11928 | "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the " | |
11929 | "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. " | |
11930 | "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with " | |
11931 | "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only " | |
11932 | "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting " | |
11933 | "build flags." | |
11934 | msgstr "" | |
11935 | "Deux jeux de variables d'environnement effectuent les mêmes opérations. Le " | |
11936 | "premier (DEB_I<drapeau>_I<opération>) ne devrait jamais être utilisé depuis " | |
11937 | "B<debian/rules>. Il est destiné aux utilisateurs souhaitant recompiler le " | |
11938 | "paquet source avec des drapeaux de compilation modifiés. Le second " | |
11939 | "(DEB_I<drapeau>_MAINT_I<opération>) ne doit être utilisé que dans B<debian/" | |
11940 | "rules> par les responsables de paquets pour modifier les drapeaux de " | |
11941 | "compilation concernés." | |
11942 | ||
11943 | #. type: TP | |
11944 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11945 | #, no-wrap | |
11946 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" | |
11947 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_SET>" | |
11948 | ||
11949 | #. type: TQ | |
11950 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11951 | #, no-wrap | |
11952 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>" | |
11953 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_MAINT_SET>" | |
11954 | ||
11955 | #. type: Plain text | |
11956 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11957 | msgid "" | |
11958 | "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>." | |
11959 | msgstr "" | |
11960 | "Cette variable permet de forcer la valeur renvoyée pour le I<drapeau> " | |
11961 | "indiqué." | |
11962 | ||
11963 | #. type: TP | |
11964 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11965 | #, no-wrap | |
11966 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>" | |
11967 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_STRIP>" | |
11968 | ||
11969 | #. type: TQ | |
11970 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11971 | #, no-wrap | |
11972 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>" | |
11973 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_MAINT_STRIP>" | |
11974 | ||
11975 | #. type: Plain text | |
11976 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11977 | msgid "" | |
11978 | "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that " | |
11979 | "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>." | |
11980 | msgstr "" | |
11981 | "Cette variable peut être utilisée pour fournir une liste d'options (séparées " | |
11982 | "par des espaces) qui seront retirées du jeu de drapeaux renvoyé pour le " | |
11983 | "I<drapeau> indiqué." | |
11984 | ||
11985 | #. type: TP | |
11986 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11987 | #, no-wrap | |
11988 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" | |
11989 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_APPEND>" | |
11990 | ||
11991 | #. type: TQ | |
11992 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11993 | #, no-wrap | |
11994 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>" | |
11995 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_MAINT_APPEND>" | |
11996 | ||
11997 | #. type: Plain text | |
11998 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
11999 | msgid "" | |
12000 | "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " | |
12001 | "returned for the given I<flag>." | |
12002 | msgstr "" | |
12003 | "Cette variable permet d'ajouter des options à la valeur renvoyée pour le " | |
12004 | "I<drapeau> indiqué." | |
12005 | ||
12006 | #. type: TP | |
12007 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12008 | #, no-wrap | |
12009 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>" | |
12010 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_PREPEND>" | |
12011 | ||
12012 | #. type: TQ | |
12013 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12014 | #, no-wrap | |
12015 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>" | |
12016 | msgstr "B<DEB_>I<drapeau>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>" | |
12017 | ||
12018 | #. type: Plain text | |
12019 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12020 | msgid "" | |
12021 | "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value " | |
12022 | "returned for the given I<flag>." | |
12023 | msgstr "" | |
12024 | "Cette variable permet de préfixer la valeur renvoyée pour le I<drapeau> " | |
12025 | "indiqué par des options supplémentaires." | |
12026 | ||
12027 | #. type: TP | |
12028 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
12029 | #, no-wrap | |
12030 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>" | |
12031 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>" | |
12032 | ||
12033 | #. type: TQ | |
12034 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12035 | #, no-wrap | |
12036 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>" | |
12037 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>" | |
12038 | ||
12039 | #. type: Plain text | |
12040 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12041 | msgid "" | |
12042 | "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable " | |
12043 | "various area features that affect build flags. The " | |
12044 | "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the " | |
12045 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the B<FEATURE AREAS> section for " | |
12046 | "details." | |
12047 | msgstr "" | |
12048 | "Ces variables peuvent être utilisées par un utilisateur ou un responsable de " | |
12049 | "paquet pour activer ou désactiver différentes options de zone qui affectent " | |
12050 | "les drapeaux de construction. La variable B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> " | |
12051 | "outrepasse tous les paramètres de la zone d'options B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>. " | |
12052 | "Voir la section B<ZONES D'OPTION> pour plus de détails." | |
12053 | ||
12054 | #. type: TP | |
12055 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-vendor.man | |
12056 | #, no-wrap | |
12057 | msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>" | |
12058 | msgstr "B<DEB_VENDOR>" | |
12059 | ||
12060 | #. type: Plain text | |
12061 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12062 | #, fuzzy | |
12063 | #| msgid "" | |
12064 | #| "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " | |
12065 | #| "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
12066 | msgid "" | |
12067 | "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " | |
12068 | "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
12069 | msgstr "" | |
12070 | "Ce réglage définit l'éditeur (« vendor ») actuel. Si cette valeur est vide, " | |
12071 | "le contenu du fichier B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> est utilisé." | |
12072 | ||
12073 | #. type: TP | |
12074 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12075 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12076 | #| msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" | |
12077 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>" | |
12078 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" | |
12079 | ||
12080 | #. type: Plain text | |
12081 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12082 | msgid "" | |
12083 | "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features " | |
12084 | "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This " | |
12085 | "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific." | |
12086 | msgstr "" | |
12087 | ||
12088 | #. type: SS | |
12089 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12090 | #, no-wrap | |
12091 | msgid "Configuration files" | |
12092 | msgstr "Fichiers de configuration." | |
12093 | ||
12094 | #. type: TP | |
12095 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12096 | #, no-wrap | |
12097 | msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
12098 | msgstr "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
12099 | ||
12100 | #. type: Plain text | |
12101 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12102 | msgid "System wide configuration file." | |
12103 | msgstr "Fichier de configuration pour l'ensemble du système." | |
12104 | ||
12105 | #. type: TP | |
12106 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12107 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12108 | #| msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" | |
12109 | msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or " | |
12110 | msgstr "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> ou B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" | |
12111 | ||
12112 | #. type: TQ | |
12113 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12114 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12115 | #| msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
12116 | msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" | |
12117 | msgstr "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
12118 | ||
12119 | #. type: Plain text | |
12120 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12121 | msgid "User configuration file." | |
12122 | msgstr "Fichier de configuration propre à l'utilisateur" | |
12123 | ||
12124 | #. type: TP | |
12125 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12126 | #, no-wrap | |
12127 | msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>" | |
12128 | msgstr "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>" | |
12129 | ||
12130 | #. type: Plain text | |
12131 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12132 | msgid "" | |
12133 | "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported " | |
12134 | "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
12135 | msgstr "" | |
12136 | "Fragment de fichier Makefile qui chargera (et facultativement exportera) " | |
12137 | "dans les variables (depuis dpkg 1.16.1) tous les drapeaux pris en charge par " | |
12138 | "B<dpkg-buildflags>." | |
12139 | ||
12140 | #. type: Plain text | |
12141 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12142 | msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a makefile:" | |
12143 | msgstr "" | |
12144 | "Pour passer des drapeaux de compilation à une commande de compilation dans " | |
12145 | "un Makefile :" | |
12146 | ||
12147 | #. type: Plain text | |
12148 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12149 | #, no-wrap | |
12150 | msgid "$(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" | |
12151 | msgstr "$(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" | |
12152 | ||
12153 | #. type: Plain text | |
12154 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12155 | #, no-wrap | |
12156 | msgid "\\&./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" | |
12157 | msgstr "\\&./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" | |
12158 | ||
12159 | #. type: Plain text | |
12160 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12161 | #, fuzzy | |
12162 | #| msgid "" | |
12163 | #| "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, \"eval\" can be " | |
12164 | #| "used to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:" | |
12165 | msgid "" | |
12166 | "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used " | |
12167 | "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:" | |
12168 | msgstr "" | |
12169 | "Pour définir les drapeaux de compilation dans un script shell ou un fragment " | |
12170 | "de shell, on peut utiliser « eval » pour interpréter la sortie et exporter " | |
12171 | "les drapeaux dans l'environnement :" | |
12172 | ||
12173 | #. type: Plain text | |
12174 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12175 | #, no-wrap | |
12176 | msgid "eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n" | |
12177 | msgstr "eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n" | |
12178 | ||
12179 | #. type: Plain text | |
12180 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12181 | msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:" | |
12182 | msgstr "ou définir les paramètres de position à passer à la commande :" | |
12183 | ||
12184 | #. type: Plain text | |
12185 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12186 | #, no-wrap | |
12187 | msgid "" | |
12188 | "eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n" | |
12189 | "for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n" | |
12190 | msgstr "" | |
12191 | "eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n" | |
12192 | "for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n" | |
12193 | ||
12194 | #. type: Plain text | |
12195 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12196 | msgid "" | |
12197 | "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the " | |
12198 | "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build " | |
12199 | "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg " | |
12200 | "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely on " | |
12201 | "this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>." | |
12202 | msgstr "" | |
12203 | "Il faut appeler B<dpkg-buildflags> ou inclure B<buildflags.mk> à partir du " | |
12204 | "fichier B<debian/rules> pour obtenir les drapeaux de compilation nécessaires " | |
12205 | "à passer au système de construction. Veuillez noter que les anciennes " | |
12206 | "versions de B<dpkg-buildpackage> (antérieures à dpkg 1.16.1) exportaient ces " | |
12207 | "drapeaux automatiquement. Néanmoins, il est déconseillé de dépendre de ce " | |
12208 | "comportement parce qu'il casse l'appel manuel de B<debian/rules>." | |
12209 | ||
12210 | #. type: Plain text | |
12211 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12212 | msgid "" | |
12213 | "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant " | |
12214 | "options to configure or B<make>(1) directly, as shown above." | |
12215 | msgstr "" | |
12216 | "Pour les paquets avec des systèmes de construction du style autoconf, il est " | |
12217 | "possible de passer les options appropriées à configure ou B<make>(1) " | |
12218 | "directement, comme vu ci-dessus." | |
12219 | ||
12220 | #. type: Plain text | |
12221 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12222 | msgid "" | |
12223 | "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about " | |
12224 | "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include " | |
12225 | "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and " | |
12226 | "storing the build flags in make variables." | |
12227 | msgstr "" | |
12228 | "Pour d'autres système de construction ou si on souhaite un contrôle " | |
12229 | "extrêmement précis sur le choix et la position où sont passés les drapeaux, " | |
12230 | "B<--get> peut être utilisé. Autrement, il est possible d'inclure " | |
12231 | "B<buildflags.mk> qui s'occupe de l'appel de B<dpkg-buildflags> et du " | |
12232 | "placement des drapeaux de compilation dans les variables de make." | |
12233 | ||
12234 | #. type: Plain text | |
12235 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12236 | msgid "" | |
12237 | "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be " | |
12238 | "picked up by your build system):" | |
12239 | msgstr "" | |
12240 | "Si vous voulez exporter tous les drapeaux de compilation dans " | |
12241 | "l'environnement (où le système de construction peut les récupérer) :" | |
12242 | ||
12243 | #. type: Plain text | |
12244 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12245 | #, no-wrap | |
12246 | msgid "" | |
12247 | "DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n" | |
12248 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
12249 | msgstr "" | |
12250 | "DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n" | |
12251 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
12252 | ||
12253 | #. type: Plain text | |
12254 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12255 | msgid "" | |
12256 | "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the " | |
12257 | "variables (as none are exported by default):" | |
12258 | msgstr "" | |
12259 | "Pour un contrôle supplémentaire sur ce qui est exporté, vous pouvez exporter " | |
12260 | "manuellement les variables (puisque aucune n'est exportée par défaut) :" | |
12261 | ||
12262 | #. type: Plain text | |
12263 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12264 | #, no-wrap | |
12265 | msgid "" | |
12266 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
12267 | "export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n" | |
12268 | msgstr "" | |
12269 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
12270 | "export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n" | |
12271 | ||
12272 | #. type: Plain text | |
12273 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12274 | msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:" | |
12275 | msgstr "" | |
12276 | "Et enfin, vous pouvez bien sûr passer manuellement les drapeaux aux " | |
12277 | "commandes :" | |
12278 | ||
12279 | #. type: Plain text | |
12280 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man | |
12281 | #, no-wrap | |
12282 | msgid "" | |
12283 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
12284 | "build-arch:\n" | |
12285 | "\\&\t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n" | |
12286 | msgstr "" | |
12287 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
12288 | "build-arch:\n" | |
12289 | "\\&\t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n" | |
12290 | ||
12291 | #. type: TH | |
12292 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12293 | #, no-wrap | |
12294 | msgid "dpkg-buildpackage" | |
12295 | msgstr "dpkg-buildpackage" | |
12296 | ||
12297 | #. type: Plain text | |
12298 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12299 | msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources" | |
12300 | msgstr "" | |
12301 | "dpkg-buildpackage - Construire depuis les sources des paquets binaires ou " | |
12302 | "sources" | |
12303 | ||
12304 | #. type: Plain text | |
12305 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12306 | msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]" | |
12307 | msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]" | |
12308 | ||
12309 | #. type: Plain text | |
12310 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12311 | msgid "" | |
12312 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a " | |
12313 | "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:" | |
12314 | msgstr "" | |
12315 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> est un programme qui permet d'automatiser la " | |
12316 | "construction d'un paquet Debian. Il comporte les étapes suivantes :" | |
12317 | ||
12318 | #. type: IP | |
12319 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12320 | #, no-wrap | |
12321 | msgid "B<1.>" | |
12322 | msgstr "B<1.>" | |
12323 | ||
12324 | #. type: Plain text | |
12325 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12326 | msgid "" | |
12327 | "It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables " | |
12328 | "(see B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --" | |
12329 | "before-build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)." | |
12330 | msgstr "" | |
12331 | "Préparation de l'environnement de compilation par positionnement de diverses " | |
12332 | "variables d'environnement (voir B<VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT>), exécution du " | |
12333 | "point d'entrée B<init> et appel de B<dpkg-source --before-build> (sauf si B<-" | |
12334 | "T> ou B<--target> ont été utilisés)." | |
12335 | ||
12336 | #. type: IP | |
12337 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12338 | #, no-wrap | |
12339 | msgid "B<2.>" | |
12340 | msgstr "B<2.>" | |
12341 | ||
12342 | #. type: Plain text | |
12343 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12344 | #, fuzzy | |
12345 | #| msgid "" | |
12346 | #| "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied " | |
12347 | #| "(unless B<-d> is specified)." | |
12348 | msgid "" | |
12349 | "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied " | |
12350 | "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)." | |
12351 | msgstr "" | |
12352 | "Contrôle des dépendances de constructions et des conflits de construction " | |
12353 | "(non effectué si B<-d> est utilisé)." | |
12354 | ||
12355 | #. type: IP | |
12356 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12357 | #, no-wrap | |
12358 | msgid "B<3.>" | |
12359 | msgstr "B<3.>" | |
12360 | ||
12361 | #. type: Plain text | |
12362 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12363 | #, fuzzy | |
12364 | #| msgid "" | |
12365 | #| "If a specific target has been selected with the B<-T> or B<--target> " | |
12366 | #| "option, it calls that target and stops here. Otherwise it runs the " | |
12367 | #| "B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the " | |
12368 | #| "build-tree (unless B<-nc> is specified)." | |
12369 | msgid "" | |
12370 | "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or B<--" | |
12371 | "target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs the " | |
12372 | "B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the build-" | |
12373 | "tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)." | |
12374 | msgstr "" | |
12375 | "Si une cible particulière a été indiquée avec les options B<-T> ou B<--" | |
12376 | "target>, appel de cette cible et arrêt. Dans le cas contraire, exécution du " | |
12377 | "point d'entrée B<preclean> et appel de B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> pour " | |
12378 | "nettoyage de l'arborescence source (sauf si B<-nc> a été utilisé)." | |
12379 | ||
12380 | #. type: IP | |
12381 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12382 | #, no-wrap | |
12383 | msgid "B<4.>" | |
12384 | msgstr "B<4.>" | |
12385 | ||
12386 | #. type: Plain text | |
12387 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12388 | #, fuzzy | |
12389 | #| msgid "" | |
12390 | #| "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the " | |
12391 | #| "source package (unless a binary-only build has been requested with B<-b>, " | |
12392 | #| "B<-B> or B<-A>)." | |
12393 | msgid "" | |
12394 | "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the " | |
12395 | "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or " | |
12396 | "equivalent options)." | |
12397 | msgstr "" | |
12398 | "Exécution du point d'entrée B<source> et appel de B<dpkg-source -b> pour " | |
12399 | "créer le paquet source (sauf si une construction binaire seule a été " | |
12400 | "demandée avec B<-b>, B<-B> ou B<-A>)." | |
12401 | ||
12402 | #. type: IP | |
12403 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12404 | #, no-wrap | |
12405 | msgid "B<5.>" | |
12406 | msgstr "B<5.>" | |
12407 | ||
12408 | #. type: Plain text | |
12409 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12410 | #, fuzzy | |
12411 | #| msgid "" | |
12412 | #| "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then " | |
12413 | #| "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-" | |
12414 | #| "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<-S>). Note " | |
12415 | #| "that I<build-target> and I<binary-target> are either B<build> and " | |
12416 | #| "B<binary> (default case, or if B<-b> is specified), or B<build-arch> and " | |
12417 | #| "B<binary-arch> (if B<-B> or B<-G> are specified), or B<build-indep> and " | |
12418 | #| "B<binary-indep> (if B<-A> or B<-g> are specified)." | |
12419 | msgid "" | |
12420 | "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then " | |
12421 | "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-" | |
12422 | "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<--" | |
12423 | "build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and " | |
12424 | "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an " | |
12425 | "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent " | |
12426 | "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> " | |
12427 | "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or B<build-" | |
12428 | "indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has been " | |
12429 | "requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)." | |
12430 | msgstr "" | |
12431 | "Exécution du point d'entrée B<build> et appel de B<debian/rules> I<build-" | |
12432 | "target>, puis exécution du point d'entrée B<binary> suivie de B<fakeroot " | |
12433 | "debian/rules> I<binary-target> (sauf si une construction source seule a été " | |
12434 | "demandée avec B<-S>). Noter que I<build-target> et I<binary-target> sont " | |
12435 | "soit B<build> et B<binary> (cas par défaut, ou avec utilisation de B<-b>) " | |
12436 | "soit B<build-arch> et B<binary-arch> (si B<-B> ou B<-G> est utilisé) soit " | |
12437 | "B<build-indep> et B<binary-indep> (si B<-A> ou B<-g> est utilisé)." | |
12438 | ||
12439 | #. type: IP | |
12440 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12441 | #, no-wrap | |
12442 | msgid "B<6.>" | |
12443 | msgstr "B<6.>" | |
12444 | ||
12445 | #. type: Plain text | |
12446 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12447 | #, fuzzy | |
12448 | #| msgid "" | |
12449 | #| "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<." | |
12450 | #| "changes> file. Many B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-" | |
12451 | #| "genchanges>." | |
12452 | msgid "" | |
12453 | "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a " | |
12454 | "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to " | |
12455 | "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>." | |
12456 | msgstr "" | |
12457 | "Exécution du point d'entrée B<changes> et appel de B<dpkg-genchanges> pour " | |
12458 | "créer un fichier B<.changes>. De nombreuses options de B<dpkg-buildpackage> " | |
12459 | "sont passées à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
12460 | ||
12461 | #. type: IP | |
12462 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12463 | #, no-wrap | |
12464 | msgid "B<7.>" | |
12465 | msgstr "B<7.>" | |
12466 | ||
12467 | #. type: Plain text | |
12468 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12469 | msgid "" | |
12470 | "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<." | |
12471 | "changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type of " | |
12472 | "build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that " | |
12473 | "includes B<any> the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-" | |
12474 | "version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>, or otherwise for a build that includes " | |
12475 | "B<all> the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all." | |
12476 | "changes>, or otherwise for a build that includes B<source> the name will be " | |
12477 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>. Many B<dpkg-" | |
12478 | "buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
12479 | msgstr "" | |
12480 | ||
12481 | #. type: IP | |
12482 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12483 | #, no-wrap | |
12484 | msgid "B<8.>" | |
12485 | msgstr "B<8.>" | |
12486 | ||
12487 | #. type: Plain text | |
12488 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12489 | #, fuzzy | |
12490 | #| msgid "" | |
12491 | #| "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> is specified, it will call " | |
12492 | #| "B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again." | |
12493 | msgid "" | |
12494 | "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, " | |
12495 | "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again." | |
12496 | msgstr "" | |
12497 | "Exécution du point d'entrée B<postclean> et si B<-tc> est utilisé, appel de " | |
12498 | "B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> à nouveau." | |
12499 | ||
12500 | #. type: IP | |
12501 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12502 | #, no-wrap | |
12503 | msgid "B<9.>" | |
12504 | msgstr "B<9.>" | |
12505 | ||
12506 | #. type: Plain text | |
12507 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12508 | msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>." | |
12509 | msgstr "Enfin, appel de B<dpkg-source --after-build>." | |
12510 | ||
12511 | #. type: IP | |
12512 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12513 | #, no-wrap | |
12514 | msgid "B<10.>" | |
12515 | msgstr "B<10.>" | |
12516 | ||
12517 | #. type: Plain text | |
12518 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12519 | msgid "" | |
12520 | "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> " | |
12521 | "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-" | |
12522 | "command>)." | |
12523 | msgstr "" | |
12524 | "Exécution du point d'entrée B<check> et appel d'un contrôleur de paquet pour " | |
12525 | "le fichier B<.changes> (dans le cas où une commande est spécifiée dans " | |
12526 | "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> ou avec B<--check-command>)." | |
12527 | ||
12528 | #. type: IP | |
12529 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12530 | #, no-wrap | |
12531 | msgid "B<11.>" | |
12532 | msgstr "B<11.>" | |
12533 | ||
12534 | #. type: Plain text | |
12535 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12536 | #, fuzzy | |
12537 | #| msgid "" | |
12538 | #| "It runs the B<sign> hook and calls B<gpg2> or B<gpg> to sign the B<.dsc> " | |
12539 | #| "file (if any, unless B<-us> is specified or on UNRELEASED builds), and " | |
12540 | #| "the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is specified or on UNRELEASED builds)." | |
12541 | msgid "" | |
12542 | "It runs the B<sign> hook and calls B<gpg2> or B<gpg> (as long as it is not " | |
12543 | "an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<.dsc> file " | |
12544 | "(if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the B<." | |
12545 | "buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or B<--" | |
12546 | "unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> or " | |
12547 | "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)." | |
12548 | msgstr "" | |
12549 | "Exécution du point d'entrée B<sign> et appel de B<gpg2> ou de B<gpg> pour " | |
12550 | "signature des fichiers B<.dsc> (sauf si B<-us> est utilisé ou pour des " | |
12551 | "constructions UNRELEASED) et B<.changes> (sauf si B<-uc> est utilisé ou pour " | |
12552 | "des constructions UNRELEASED)." | |
12553 | ||
12554 | #. type: IP | |
12555 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12556 | #, no-wrap | |
12557 | msgid "B<12.>" | |
12558 | msgstr "" | |
12559 | ||
12560 | #. type: Plain text | |
12561 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12562 | msgid "It runs the B<done> hook." | |
12563 | msgstr "Il exécute le point d'entrée B<done>." | |
12564 | ||
12565 | #. type: Plain text | |
12566 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12567 | #, fuzzy | |
12568 | #| msgid "" | |
12569 | #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the " | |
12570 | #| "B<dselect> configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on " | |
12571 | #| "the configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in " | |
12572 | #| "the configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the " | |
12573 | #| "command line option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it " | |
12574 | #| "starts with a B<#>)." | |
12575 | msgid "" | |
12576 | "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg-" | |
12577 | "buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the " | |
12578 | "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " | |
12579 | "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " | |
12580 | "‘B<#>’)." | |
12581 | msgstr "" | |
12582 | "On peut spécifier une option à la fois sur la ligne de commande et dans le " | |
12583 | "fichier de configuration de B<dselect>, I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> ou dans " | |
12584 | "les fichiers du répertoire de configuration I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. " | |
12585 | "Chaque ligne de ce fichier est soit une option (identique à une option en " | |
12586 | "ligne de commande mais sans tiret), soit un commentaire (si il commence par " | |
12587 | "B<#>)." | |
12588 | ||
12589 | #. type: TP | |
12590 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12591 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12592 | #| msgid "B<-t>I<type>" | |
12593 | msgid "B<--build=>I<type>" | |
12594 | msgstr "B<-t>I<type>" | |
12595 | ||
12596 | #. type: Plain text | |
12597 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12598 | #, fuzzy | |
12599 | #| msgid "" | |
12600 | #| "Specifies a build limited to source and architecture specific packages. " | |
12601 | #| "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
12602 | msgid "" | |
12603 | "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " | |
12604 | "dpkg 1.18.5). Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
12605 | msgstr "" | |
12606 | "Indique une construction limitée aux paquets source et binaires dépendants " | |
12607 | "de l'architecture. Passé à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
12608 | ||
12609 | #. type: Plain text | |
12610 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12611 | msgid "The allowed values are:" | |
12612 | msgstr "" | |
12613 | ||
12614 | #. type: TP | |
12615 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12616 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12617 | #| msgid "B<--force>" | |
12618 | msgid "B<source>" | |
12619 | msgstr "B<--force>" | |
12620 | ||
12621 | #. type: Plain text | |
12622 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12623 | msgid "" | |
12624 | "Builds the source package. Note: when using this value standalone and if " | |
12625 | "what you want is simply to (re-)build the source package, using B<dpkg-" | |
12626 | "source> is always better as it does not require any build dependencies to be " | |
12627 | "installed to be able to call the B<clean> target." | |
12628 | msgstr "" | |
12629 | ||
12630 | #. type: TP | |
12631 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12632 | #, no-wrap | |
12633 | msgid "B<any>" | |
12634 | msgstr "" | |
12635 | ||
12636 | #. type: Plain text | |
12637 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12638 | msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages." | |
12639 | msgstr "" | |
12640 | ||
12641 | #. type: TP | |
12642 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12643 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12644 | #| msgid "B<--all>" | |
12645 | msgid "B<all>" | |
12646 | msgstr "B<--all>" | |
12647 | ||
12648 | #. type: Plain text | |
12649 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12650 | #, fuzzy | |
12651 | #| msgid "" | |
12652 | #| "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " | |
12653 | #| "independent packages." | |
12654 | msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages." | |
12655 | msgstr "" | |
12656 | "liste analogue à B<Build-Conflicts> mais restreinte à la construction des " | |
12657 | "paquets indépendants de l'architecture." | |
12658 | ||
12659 | #. type: TP | |
12660 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12661 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12662 | #| msgid "B<canary>" | |
12663 | msgid "B<binary>" | |
12664 | msgstr "B<canary>" | |
12665 | ||
12666 | #. type: Plain text | |
12667 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12668 | msgid "" | |
12669 | "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " | |
12670 | "an alias for B<any,all>." | |
12671 | msgstr "" | |
12672 | ||
12673 | #. type: TP | |
12674 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12675 | #, no-wrap | |
12676 | msgid "B<full>" | |
12677 | msgstr "" | |
12678 | ||
12679 | #. type: Plain text | |
12680 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12681 | #, fuzzy | |
12682 | #| msgid "" | |
12683 | #| "Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built. " | |
12684 | #| "This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified." | |
12685 | msgid "" | |
12686 | "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as " | |
12687 | "the default case when no build option is specified." | |
12688 | msgstr "" | |
12689 | "Construction complète où les paquets sources et binaires sont construits. " | |
12690 | "Identique au cas par défaut où aucune option de construction n'est indiquée." | |
12691 | ||
12692 | #. type: TP | |
12693 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12694 | #, no-wrap | |
12695 | msgid "B<-g>" | |
12696 | msgstr "B<-g>" | |
12697 | ||
12698 | #. type: Plain text | |
12699 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12700 | #, fuzzy | |
12701 | #| msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>." | |
12702 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
12703 | msgstr "Annule un précédent B<--no-triggers>." | |
12704 | ||
12705 | #. type: Plain text | |
12706 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12707 | #, fuzzy | |
12708 | #| msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>." | |
12709 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
12710 | msgstr "Annule un précédent B<--no-triggers>." | |
12711 | ||
12712 | #. type: TP | |
12713 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12714 | #, no-wrap | |
12715 | msgid "B<-b>" | |
12716 | msgstr "B<-b>" | |
12717 | ||
12718 | #. type: Plain text | |
12719 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12720 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>." | |
12721 | msgstr "" | |
12722 | ||
12723 | #. type: TP | |
12724 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12725 | #, no-wrap | |
12726 | msgid "B<-B>" | |
12727 | msgstr "B<-B>" | |
12728 | ||
12729 | #. type: Plain text | |
12730 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12731 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>." | |
12732 | msgstr "" | |
12733 | ||
12734 | #. type: TP | |
12735 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12736 | #, no-wrap | |
12737 | msgid "B<-A>" | |
12738 | msgstr "B<-A>" | |
12739 | ||
12740 | #. type: Plain text | |
12741 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12742 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>." | |
12743 | msgstr "" | |
12744 | ||
12745 | #. type: TP | |
12746 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12747 | #, no-wrap | |
12748 | msgid "B<-S>" | |
12749 | msgstr "B<-S>" | |
12750 | ||
12751 | #. type: Plain text | |
12752 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12753 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>." | |
12754 | msgstr "" | |
12755 | ||
12756 | #. type: TP | |
12757 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12758 | #, no-wrap | |
12759 | msgid "B<-F>" | |
12760 | msgstr "B<-F>" | |
12761 | ||
12762 | #. type: Plain text | |
12763 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12764 | #, fuzzy | |
12765 | #| msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>." | |
12766 | msgid "" | |
12767 | "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or B<--build=source," | |
12768 | "any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)." | |
12769 | msgstr "Annule un précédent B<--no-triggers>." | |
12770 | ||
12771 | #. type: TP | |
12772 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12773 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12774 | #| msgid "B<--target=>I<target>" | |
12775 | msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]" | |
12776 | msgstr "B<--target=>I<cible>" | |
12777 | ||
12778 | #. type: TQ | |
12779 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12780 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12781 | #| msgid "B<--target >I<target>" | |
12782 | msgid "B<--target >I<target>[,...]" | |
12783 | msgstr "B<--target >I<cible>" | |
12784 | ||
12785 | #. type: TQ | |
12786 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12787 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12788 | #| msgid "B<--target=>I<target>" | |
12789 | msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]" | |
12790 | msgstr "B<--target=>I<cible>" | |
12791 | ||
12792 | #. type: Plain text | |
12793 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12794 | #, fuzzy | |
12795 | #| msgid "" | |
12796 | #| "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> after having setup the build environment " | |
12797 | #| "and stops the package build process here. If B<--as-root> is also given, " | |
12798 | #| "then the command is executed as root (see B<-r>). Note that official " | |
12799 | #| "targets that are required to be run as root by the Debian policy do not " | |
12800 | #| "need this option." | |
12801 | msgid "" | |
12802 | "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having " | |
12803 | "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source --before-" | |
12804 | "build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg 1.15.0, long " | |
12805 | "option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg 1.18.16). If B<--" | |
12806 | "as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as root (see B<--root-" | |
12807 | "command>). Note that known targets that are required to be run as root do " | |
12808 | "not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, B<binary-arch> and " | |
12809 | "B<binary-indep> targets)." | |
12810 | msgstr "" | |
12811 | "Appelle B<debian/rules> I<cible> après avoir mis en place l'environnement de " | |
12812 | "construction, puis interrompt le processus de construction. Si B<--as-root> " | |
12813 | "est également utilisé, la commande sera exécutée avec les privilèges du " | |
12814 | "superutilisateur (voir B<-r>). Noter que les cibles dont l'exécution par " | |
12815 | "root est imposée par la Charte Debian n'ont pas besoin de cette option." | |
12816 | ||
12817 | #. type: TP | |
12818 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12819 | #, no-wrap | |
12820 | msgid "B<--as-root>" | |
12821 | msgstr "B<--as-root>" | |
12822 | ||
12823 | #. type: Plain text | |
12824 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12825 | #, fuzzy | |
12826 | #| msgid "" | |
12827 | #| "Only meaningful together with B<--target>. Requires that the target be " | |
12828 | #| "run with root rights." | |
12829 | msgid "" | |
12830 | "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires " | |
12831 | "that the target be run with root rights." | |
12832 | msgstr "" | |
12833 | "N'est utile qu'avec B<--target>. Impose d'exécuter la cible avec les " | |
12834 | "privilèges du superutilisateur." | |
12835 | ||
12836 | #. type: TP | |
12837 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12838 | #, no-wrap | |
12839 | msgid "B<-si>" | |
12840 | msgstr "B<-si>" | |
12841 | ||
12842 | #. type: TP | |
12843 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12844 | #, no-wrap | |
12845 | msgid "B<-sa>" | |
12846 | msgstr "B<-sa>" | |
12847 | ||
12848 | #. type: TP | |
12849 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12850 | #, no-wrap | |
12851 | msgid "B<-sd>" | |
12852 | msgstr "B<-sd>" | |
12853 | ||
12854 | #. type: TP | |
12855 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
12856 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
12857 | #, no-wrap | |
12858 | msgid "B<-v>I<version>" | |
12859 | msgstr "B<-v>I<version>" | |
12860 | ||
12861 | #. type: TP | |
12862 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
12863 | #, no-wrap | |
12864 | msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>" | |
12865 | msgstr "B<-C>I<description-des-changements>" | |
12866 | ||
12867 | #. type: TQ | |
12868 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12869 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12870 | #| msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>" | |
12871 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>" | |
12872 | msgstr "B<-m>I<adresse-du-responsable>" | |
12873 | ||
12874 | #. type: TQ | |
12875 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12876 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12877 | #| msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>" | |
12878 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>" | |
12879 | msgstr "B<-e>I<adresse-du-responsable>" | |
12880 | ||
12881 | #. type: Plain text | |
12882 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12883 | msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page." | |
12884 | msgstr "Passé tel quel à B<dpkg-genchanges>. Voir sa page de manuel." | |
12885 | ||
12886 | #. type: Plain text | |
12887 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12888 | #, fuzzy | |
12889 | #| msgid "" | |
12890 | #| "Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " | |
12891 | #| "machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default " | |
12892 | #| "for the host machine." | |
12893 | msgid "" | |
12894 | "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg " | |
12895 | "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined " | |
12896 | "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine." | |
12897 | msgstr "" | |
12898 | "Précise l'architecture Debian pour laquelle on construit. L'architecture de " | |
12899 | "la machine sur laquelle on construit est automatiquement déterminée ; c'est " | |
12900 | "aussi l'architecture par défaut de la machine hôte." | |
12901 | ||
12902 | #. type: Plain text | |
12903 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12904 | #, fuzzy | |
12905 | #| msgid "" | |
12906 | #| "Specify the GNU system type we build for. It can be used in place of --" | |
12907 | #| "host-arch or as a complement to override the default GNU system type of " | |
12908 | #| "the host Debian architecture." | |
12909 | msgid "" | |
12910 | "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). " | |
12911 | "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the " | |
12912 | "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture." | |
12913 | msgstr "" | |
12914 | "Précise le type de système GNU pour lequel construire. Il peut être utilisé " | |
12915 | "à la place de B<--host-arch> ou en tant que complément afin de remplacer le " | |
12916 | "type de système GNU par défaut de l'architecture Debian cible." | |
12917 | ||
12918 | #. type: TP | |
12919 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12920 | #, no-wrap | |
12921 | msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" | |
12922 | msgstr "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" | |
12923 | ||
12924 | #. type: Plain text | |
12925 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12926 | #, fuzzy | |
12927 | #| msgid "" | |
12928 | #| "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for. The " | |
12929 | #| "default value is the host machine." | |
12930 | msgid "" | |
12931 | "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since " | |
12932 | "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine." | |
12933 | msgstr "" | |
12934 | "Précise l'architecture Debian pour laquelle les binaires compilés vont " | |
12935 | "construire. La valeur par défaut est l'architecture de la machine hôte." | |
12936 | ||
12937 | #. type: TP | |
12938 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12939 | #, no-wrap | |
12940 | msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" | |
12941 | msgstr "B<--target-type> I<type-de-système-gnu>" | |
12942 | ||
12943 | #. type: Plain text | |
12944 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12945 | #, fuzzy | |
12946 | #| msgid "" | |
12947 | #| "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for. It can be " | |
12948 | #| "used in place of --target-arch or as a complement to override the default " | |
12949 | #| "GNU system type of the target Debian architecture." | |
12950 | msgid "" | |
12951 | "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg " | |
12952 | "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to " | |
12953 | "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture." | |
12954 | msgstr "" | |
12955 | "Précise le type de système GNU pour lequel les binaires compilés vont " | |
12956 | "construire. Il peut être utilisé à la place de B<--target-arch> ou en tant " | |
12957 | "que complément afin de remplacer le type de système GNU par défaut de " | |
12958 | "l'architecture Debian cible." | |
12959 | ||
12960 | #. type: TP | |
12961 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12962 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12963 | #| msgid "B<-P >I<profile>[B<,>...]" | |
12964 | msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]" | |
12965 | msgstr "B<-P >I<profil>[B<,>...]" | |
12966 | ||
12967 | #. type: Plain text | |
12968 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12969 | #, fuzzy | |
12970 | #| msgid "" | |
12971 | #| "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list. The default " | |
12972 | #| "behavior is to build for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space " | |
12973 | #| "separated list) as the B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which " | |
12974 | #| "allows, for example, B<debian/rules> files to use this information for " | |
12975 | #| "conditional builds." | |
12976 | msgid "" | |
12977 | "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg " | |
12978 | "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build " | |
12979 | "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the " | |
12980 | "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, " | |
12981 | "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds." | |
12982 | msgstr "" | |
12983 | "Précise le ou les profils que l'on construit, sous forme d'une liste séparée " | |
12984 | "par des virgules. Le comportement par défaut est de construire pour un " | |
12985 | "profil non spécifique. Cela les définit également (sous la forme d'une liste " | |
12986 | "séparée par des espaces) en tant que variable d'environnement " | |
12987 | "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>, ce qui permet, par exemple, au fichiers B<debian/" | |
12988 | "rules> d'utiliser cette information pour des constructions conditionnelles." | |
12989 | ||
12990 | #. type: TP | |
12991 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12992 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
12993 | #| msgid "B<-j>[I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
12994 | msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
12995 | msgstr "B<-j>[I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
12996 | ||
12997 | #. type: Plain text | |
12998 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
12999 | #, fuzzy | |
13000 | #| msgid "" | |
13001 | #| "Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, number of jobs matching " | |
13002 | #| "the number of online processors if B<auto> is specified, or unlimited " | |
13003 | #| "number if I<jobs> is not specified, equivalent to the B<make>(1) option " | |
13004 | #| "of the same name. Will add itself to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment " | |
13005 | #| "variable, which should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit " | |
13006 | #| "the option. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel=> to the " | |
13007 | #| "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable which allows debian/rules files " | |
13008 | #| "to use this information for their own purposes. The B<parallel=>I<jobs> " | |
13009 | #| "or B<parallel=> option in B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable will " | |
13010 | #| "override the B<-j> value if this option is given. Note that the B<auto> " | |
13011 | #| "value will get replaced by the actual number of currently active " | |
13012 | #| "processors, and as such will not get propagated to any child process. If " | |
13013 | #| "the number of online processors cannot be inferred then the code will " | |
13014 | #| "fallback to using an unlimited number." | |
13015 | msgid "" | |
13016 | "Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, number of jobs matching the " | |
13017 | "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or " | |
13018 | "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified, equivalent to the B<make>(1) " | |
13019 | "option of the same name (since dpkg 1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). " | |
13020 | "Will add itself to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable, which should cause " | |
13021 | "all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, thus forcing the " | |
13022 | "parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the upstream build system if " | |
13023 | "that uses make) regardless of their support for parallel builds, which " | |
13024 | "might cause build failures. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to " | |
13025 | "the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable which allows debian/rules " | |
13026 | "files to use this information for their own purposes. The B<-j> value will " | |
13027 | "override the B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the " | |
13028 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will " | |
13029 | "get replaced by the actual number of currently active processors, and as " | |
13030 | "such will not get propagated to any child process. If the number of online " | |
13031 | "processors cannot be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial " | |
13032 | "execution (since dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic " | |
13033 | "and unsupported systems." | |
13034 | msgstr "" | |
13035 | "Nombre de processus simultanés qui peuvent être exécutés, nombre de " | |
13036 | "processus correspondant au nombre de processeurs en ligne si B<auto> est " | |
13037 | "indiquée, ou un nombre illimité si I<jobs> n'est pas indiqué, équivalent à " | |
13038 | "l'option B<make>(1) du même nom. S'ajoutera tout seul à la variable " | |
13039 | "d'environnement MAKEFLAGS, afin que les appels suivants de make en héritent. " | |
13040 | "Ajoute aussi B<parallel=>I<jobs> ou B<parallel=> à la variable " | |
13041 | "d'environnement B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> ce qui permet aux fichiers debian/rules " | |
13042 | "d'utiliser cette information pour leurs propres besoins. La présence de " | |
13043 | "B<parallel=>I<jobs> ou B<parallel=> dans la variable d'environnement " | |
13044 | "DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS remplace la valeur de l'option B<-j> si elle est précisée. " | |
13045 | "Notez que la valeur B<auto> sera remplacée par le nombre réel de processeurs " | |
13046 | "actuellement actifs, et par conséquent ne sera pas transmis à aucun " | |
13047 | "processus fils. Si le nombre de processeur en ligne ne peut pas être déduit, " | |
13048 | "alors le code utilisera par défaut un nombre illimité." | |
13049 | ||
13050 | #. type: TP | |
13051 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13052 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13053 | #| msgid "B<-j>[I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
13054 | msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
13055 | msgstr "B<-j>[I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
13056 | ||
13057 | #. type: Plain text | |
13058 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13059 | msgid "" | |
13060 | "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent " | |
13061 | "to the B<-j> option except that it does not set the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment " | |
13062 | "variable, and as such it is safer to use with any package including those " | |
13063 | "that are not parallel-build safe." | |
13064 | msgstr "" | |
13065 | ||
13066 | #. type: Plain text | |
13067 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13068 | #, fuzzy | |
13069 | #| msgid "The full version of dpkg." | |
13070 | msgid "" | |
13071 | "B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number of " | |
13072 | "jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior." | |
13073 | msgstr "La version complète de dpkg." | |
13074 | ||
13075 | #. type: TP | |
13076 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13077 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13078 | #| msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>" | |
13079 | msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>" | |
13080 | msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>" | |
13081 | ||
13082 | #. type: Plain text | |
13083 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13084 | #, fuzzy | |
13085 | #| msgid "" | |
13086 | #| "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied. This is the " | |
13087 | #| "default behavior." | |
13088 | msgid "" | |
13089 | "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option " | |
13090 | "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior." | |
13091 | msgstr "" | |
13092 | "Vérification les dépendances de constructions et les conflits ; se termine " | |
13093 | "en cas de problèmes. Ceci est le comportement par défaut." | |
13094 | ||
13095 | #. type: TP | |
13096 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13097 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13098 | #| msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" | |
13099 | msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>" | |
13100 | msgstr "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" | |
13101 | ||
13102 | #. type: Plain text | |
13103 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13104 | #, fuzzy | |
13105 | #| msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." | |
13106 | msgid "" | |
13107 | "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg " | |
13108 | "1.18.8)." | |
13109 | msgstr "Pas de vérification des dépendances de constructions et des conflits." | |
13110 | ||
13111 | #. type: TP | |
13112 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13113 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13114 | #| msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>" | |
13115 | msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>" | |
13116 | msgstr "B<--ignore-missing-info>" | |
13117 | ||
13118 | #. type: Plain text | |
13119 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13120 | msgid "" | |
13121 | "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). " | |
13122 | "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually " | |
13123 | "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set." | |
13124 | msgstr "" | |
13125 | ||
13126 | #. type: TP | |
13127 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13128 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13129 | #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" | |
13130 | msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>" | |
13131 | msgstr "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" | |
13132 | ||
13133 | #. type: Plain text | |
13134 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13135 | #, fuzzy | |
13136 | #| msgid "" | |
13137 | #| "Do not clean the source tree (implies B<-b> if nothing else has been " | |
13138 | #| "selected among B<-F>, B<-g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>)." | |
13139 | msgid "" | |
13140 | "Do not clean the source tree (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Implies B<-b> " | |
13141 | "if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or " | |
13142 | "B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg 1.18.0)." | |
13143 | msgstr "" | |
13144 | "Pas de nettoyage de l'arborescence des sources (implique B<-b> si aucune des " | |
13145 | "options B<-F>, B<-g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> ou B<-S> n'est utilisée)." | |
13146 | ||
13147 | #. type: TP | |
13148 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13149 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13150 | #| msgid "B<-p>I<package>" | |
13151 | msgid "B<--pre-clean>" | |
13152 | msgstr "B<-p>I<paquet>" | |
13153 | ||
13154 | #. type: Plain text | |
13155 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13156 | #, fuzzy | |
13157 | #| msgid "" | |
13158 | #| "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg " | |
13159 | #| "1.16.2)." | |
13160 | msgid "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8)." | |
13161 | msgstr "" | |
13162 | "Il contient le nom du paquet source de ce paquet binaire (depuis dpkg " | |
13163 | "1.16.2)." | |
13164 | ||
13165 | #. type: TP | |
13166 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13167 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13168 | #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" | |
13169 | msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>" | |
13170 | msgstr "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" | |
13171 | ||
13172 | #. type: Plain text | |
13173 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13174 | #, fuzzy | |
13175 | #| msgid "" | |
13176 | #| "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " | |
13177 | #| "after the package has been built." | |
13178 | msgid "" | |
13179 | "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " | |
13180 | "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." | |
13181 | msgstr "" | |
13182 | "Nettoyage de l'arborescence (en utilisant I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-" | |
13183 | "de-root> B<debian/rules clean>) après la construction du paquet." | |
13184 | ||
13185 | #. type: TP | |
13186 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13187 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13188 | #| msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>" | |
13189 | msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>" | |
13190 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<commande>" | |
13191 | ||
13192 | #. type: Plain text | |
13193 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13194 | #, fuzzy | |
13195 | #| msgid "" | |
13196 | #| "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " | |
13197 | #| "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if " | |
13198 | #| "one has been specified. Otherwise, if none has been specified, " | |
13199 | #| "B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is present. I<gain-" | |
13200 | #| "root-command> should start with the name of a program on the B<PATH> and " | |
13201 | #| "will get as arguments the name of the real command to run and the " | |
13202 | #| "arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include parameters " | |
13203 | #| "(they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-" | |
13204 | #| "command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. " | |
13205 | #| "B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-" | |
13206 | #| "c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be run." | |
13207 | msgid "" | |
13208 | "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " | |
13209 | "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " | |
13210 | "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has " | |
13211 | "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is " | |
13212 | "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on " | |
13213 | "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " | |
13214 | "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include " | |
13215 | "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. " | |
13216 | "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or " | |
13217 | "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell " | |
13218 | "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be " | |
13219 | "run." | |
13220 | msgstr "" | |
13221 | "Quand B<dpkg-buildpackage> doit exécuter une partie du processus de " | |
13222 | "construction en tant que root, il préfixe la commande exécutée par " | |
13223 | "I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root>, si une a été spécifiée. Si ce " | |
13224 | "n'est pas le cas alors B<fakeroot> est utilisé par défaut. I<commande-pour-" | |
13225 | "obtenir-privilèges-de-root> doit débuter par le nom d'un programme " | |
13226 | "accessible depuis B<PATH> et avoir comme arguments le nom de la commande " | |
13227 | "réelle avec les arguments qu'elle doit prendre. I<commande-pour-obtenir-" | |
13228 | "privilèges-de-root> peut recevoir des paramètres (ils doivent être séparés " | |
13229 | "par des espaces) mais aucun « métacaractère » de l'interpréteur de " | |
13230 | "commandes. Classiquement I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root> devrait " | |
13231 | "être B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> ou B<really>. B<su> ne va pas, puisque " | |
13232 | "ce programme peut uniquement utiliser l'interpréteur de commandes de " | |
13233 | "l'utilisateur avec l'option B<-c> au lieu de passer directement les " | |
13234 | "arguments à la commande qui doit être exécutée." | |
13235 | ||
13236 | #. type: TP | |
13237 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13238 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13239 | #| msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>" | |
13240 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>" | |
13241 | msgstr "B<-l>, B<--label> I<fichier>" | |
13242 | ||
13243 | #. type: Plain text | |
13244 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13245 | #, fuzzy | |
13246 | #| msgid "" | |
13247 | #| "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a " | |
13248 | #| "command with several standard parameters. With this option it's possible " | |
13249 | #| "to use another program invocation to build the package (it can include " | |
13250 | #| "space separated parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the " | |
13251 | #| "standard rules file with another make program (for example by using B</" | |
13252 | #| "usr/local/bin/make -f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)." | |
13253 | msgid "" | |
13254 | "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a " | |
13255 | "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option " | |
13256 | "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program " | |
13257 | "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated " | |
13258 | "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules " | |
13259 | "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make -" | |
13260 | "f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)." | |
13261 | msgstr "" | |
13262 | "Construire un paquet Debian implique généralement l'invocation de B<debian/" | |
13263 | "rules> comme une commande avec de nombreux paramètres standards. Avec cette " | |
13264 | "option, il est possible d'utiliser un autre programme à utiliser pour la " | |
13265 | "construction de paquet (ainsi que ses paramètres séparés par des espaces). " | |
13266 | "Une autre utilisation possible est d'exécuter le fichier rules standard avec " | |
13267 | "un autre programme de construction (par exemple en utilisant B</usr/local/" | |
13268 | "bin/make -f debian/rules> comme I<fichier-rules>)." | |
13269 | ||
13270 | #. type: TP | |
13271 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13272 | #, no-wrap | |
13273 | msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>" | |
13274 | msgstr "B<--check-command=>I<commande-contrôleur>" | |
13275 | ||
13276 | #. type: Plain text | |
13277 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13278 | #, fuzzy | |
13279 | #| msgid "" | |
13280 | #| "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built " | |
13281 | #| "referenced in the file. The command should take the B<.changes> pathname " | |
13282 | #| "as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>." | |
13283 | msgid "" | |
13284 | "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built " | |
13285 | "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the B<." | |
13286 | "changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>." | |
13287 | msgstr "" | |
13288 | "Commande utiliser pour vérifier le fichier B<.changes> lui-même et tout " | |
13289 | "objet construit référencé dans le fichier. La commande peut recevoir comme " | |
13290 | "argument le nom de chemin de B<.changes>. Cette commandement est en général " | |
13291 | "B<lintian>." | |
13292 | ||
13293 | #. type: TP | |
13294 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13295 | #, no-wrap | |
13296 | msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>" | |
13297 | msgstr "B<--check-option=>I<opt>" | |
13298 | ||
13299 | #. type: Plain text | |
13300 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13301 | #, fuzzy | |
13302 | #| msgid "" | |
13303 | #| "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with " | |
13304 | #| "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command>. Can be used multiple times." | |
13305 | msgid "" | |
13306 | "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with " | |
13307 | "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used " | |
13308 | "multiple times." | |
13309 | msgstr "" | |
13310 | "Passe l'option I<opt> à I<commande-contrôleur> indiquée par " | |
13311 | "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> ou B<--check-command>. Peut être utilisé plusieurs " | |
13312 | "fois." | |
13313 | ||
13314 | #. type: TP | |
13315 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13316 | #, no-wrap | |
13317 | msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>" | |
13318 | msgstr "B<--hook->I<nom-de-point-d'entrée>B<=>I<commande-de-point-d'entrée>" | |
13319 | ||
13320 | #. type: Plain text | |
13321 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13322 | #, fuzzy | |
13323 | #| msgid "" | |
13324 | #| "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, " | |
13325 | #| "which will run at the times specified in the run steps. The hooks will " | |
13326 | #| "always be executed even if the following action is not performed (except " | |
13327 | #| "for the B<binary> hook)." | |
13328 | msgid "" | |
13329 | "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which " | |
13330 | "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The " | |
13331 | "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed " | |
13332 | "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked " | |
13333 | "source directory." | |
13334 | msgstr "" | |
13335 | "Définit le code spécifié de l'interpréteur de commandes I<commande-de-point-" | |
13336 | "d'entrée> comme point d'entrée I<nom-de-point-d'entré> qui sera éxécuté aux " | |
13337 | "moments spécifiés par les étapes d'exécution. Les points d'entrée seront " | |
13338 | "toujours exécutés même si l'action suivante n'est pas effectuée (sauf pour " | |
13339 | "le point d'entrée B<binary>)." | |
13340 | ||
13341 | #. type: Plain text | |
13342 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13343 | msgid "" | |
13344 | "Note: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if their " | |
13345 | "commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences." | |
13346 | msgstr "" | |
13347 | "Note : Les points d'entrée sont susceptibles d'affecter le processus de " | |
13348 | "construction et provoquer des échecs de construction si leurs commandes " | |
13349 | "échouent, donc attention aux conséquences inattendues." | |
13350 | ||
13351 | #. type: Plain text | |
13352 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13353 | msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:" | |
13354 | msgstr "Les I<nom-de-point-d'entrée> actuellement pris en charge sont :" | |
13355 | ||
13356 | #. type: Plain text | |
13357 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13358 | #, fuzzy | |
13359 | #| msgid "" | |
13360 | #| "B<init preclean source build binary changes postclean check sign done>" | |
13361 | msgid "" | |
13362 | "B<init preclean source build binary buildinfo changes postclean check sign " | |
13363 | "done>" | |
13364 | msgstr "B<init preclean source build binary changes postclean check sign done>" | |
13365 | ||
13366 | #. type: Plain text | |
13367 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13368 | msgid "" | |
13369 | "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which " | |
13370 | "will get applied to it before execution:" | |
13371 | msgstr "" | |
13372 | "La I<commande-point-d'entrée> gère les chaînes de formatage de substitution " | |
13373 | "suivantes, qui lui sont appliquées avant exécution :" | |
13374 | ||
13375 | #. type: TP | |
13376 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13377 | #, no-wrap | |
13378 | msgid "B<%%>" | |
13379 | msgstr "B<%%>" | |
13380 | ||
13381 | #. type: Plain text | |
13382 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13383 | msgid "A single % character." | |
13384 | msgstr "Un caractère % seul" | |
13385 | ||
13386 | #. type: TP | |
13387 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13388 | #, no-wrap | |
13389 | msgid "B<%a>" | |
13390 | msgstr "B<%a>" | |
13391 | ||
13392 | #. type: Plain text | |
13393 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13394 | msgid "" | |
13395 | "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being " | |
13396 | "performed." | |
13397 | msgstr "" | |
13398 | "Une valeur booléenne (0 ou 1) qui indique si l'action suivante est effectuée." | |
13399 | ||
13400 | #. type: TP | |
13401 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13402 | #, no-wrap | |
13403 | msgid "B<%p>" | |
13404 | msgstr "B<%p>" | |
13405 | ||
13406 | #. type: Plain text | |
13407 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13408 | msgid "The source package name." | |
13409 | msgstr "Nom du paquet source" | |
13410 | ||
13411 | #. type: TP | |
13412 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13413 | #, no-wrap | |
13414 | msgid "B<%v>" | |
13415 | msgstr "B<%v>" | |
13416 | ||
13417 | #. type: Plain text | |
13418 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13419 | msgid "The source package version." | |
13420 | msgstr "La version du paquet source." | |
13421 | ||
13422 | #. type: TP | |
13423 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13424 | #, no-wrap | |
13425 | msgid "B<%s>" | |
13426 | msgstr "B<%s>" | |
13427 | ||
13428 | #. type: Plain text | |
13429 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13430 | msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)." | |
13431 | msgstr "La version du paquet source (sans l'« epoch »)." | |
13432 | ||
13433 | #. type: TP | |
13434 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13435 | #, no-wrap | |
13436 | msgid "B<%u>" | |
13437 | msgstr "B<%u>" | |
13438 | ||
13439 | #. type: Plain text | |
13440 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13441 | msgid "The upstream version." | |
13442 | msgstr "La version amont." | |
13443 | ||
13444 | #. type: TP | |
13445 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13446 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13447 | #| msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" | |
13448 | msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>" | |
13449 | msgstr "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" | |
13450 | ||
13451 | #. type: Plain text | |
13452 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13453 | #, fuzzy | |
13454 | #| msgid "" | |
13455 | #| "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. Can be used multiple times." | |
13456 | msgid "" | |
13457 | "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be " | |
13458 | "used multiple times." | |
13459 | msgstr "" | |
13460 | "Passe l'option I<opt> à B<dpkg-genchanges>. Peut être utilisé plusieurs fois." | |
13461 | ||
13462 | #. type: TP | |
13463 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13464 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13465 | #| msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>" | |
13466 | msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>" | |
13467 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<commande>" | |
13468 | ||
13469 | #. type: Plain text | |
13470 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13471 | #, fuzzy | |
13472 | #| msgid "" | |
13473 | #| "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG to sign a source control " | |
13474 | #| "(B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " | |
13475 | #| "(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg2> or B<gpg>. I<sign-" | |
13476 | #| "command> will get all the arguments that B<gpg2> or B<gpg> would have " | |
13477 | #| "gotten. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " | |
13478 | #| "metacharacters." | |
13479 | msgid "" | |
13480 | "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG to sign a source control (B<." | |
13481 | "dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the " | |
13482 | "B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg2> or B<gpg> (long option since dpkg " | |
13483 | "1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the arguments that B<gpg2> or B<gpg> " | |
13484 | "would have gotten. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other " | |
13485 | "shell metacharacters." | |
13486 | msgstr "" | |
13487 | "Quand B<dpkg-buildpackage> doit exécuter GPG pour signer un fichier source " | |
13488 | "de contrôle (B<.dsc>) ou un fichier B<.changes>, il exécute I<commande-de-" | |
13489 | "signature> (recherchée dans B<PATH> si nécessaire) au lieu de B<gpg2> ou " | |
13490 | "B<pgp>. I<commande-de-signature> reçoit tous les paramètres qu'auraient reçu " | |
13491 | "B<gpg2> ou B<pgp>. I<commande-de-signature> ne devra pas contenir d'espace " | |
13492 | "ni aucun « métacaractère » de l'interpréteur de commandes." | |
13493 | ||
13494 | #. type: TP | |
13495 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13496 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13497 | #| msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" | |
13498 | msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>" | |
13499 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" | |
13500 | ||
13501 | #. type: Plain text | |
13502 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13503 | #, fuzzy | |
13504 | #| msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." | |
13505 | msgid "" | |
13506 | "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages (long option since dpkg " | |
13507 | "1.18.8)." | |
13508 | msgstr "Précise une clé pour la signature des paquets." | |
13509 | ||
13510 | #. type: TP | |
13511 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13512 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13513 | #| msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" | |
13514 | msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>" | |
13515 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" | |
13516 | ||
13517 | #. type: Plain text | |
13518 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13519 | #, fuzzy | |
13520 | #| msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
13521 | msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." | |
13522 | msgstr "Il contient la description courte du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
13523 | ||
13524 | #. type: TP | |
13525 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13526 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13527 | #| msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" | |
13528 | msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>" | |
13529 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" | |
13530 | ||
13531 | #. type: Plain text | |
13532 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13533 | #, fuzzy | |
13534 | #| msgid "Do not sign the B<.changes> file." | |
13535 | msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)." | |
13536 | msgstr "Ne pas signer le fichier B<.changes>." | |
13537 | ||
13538 | #. type: TP | |
13539 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13540 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13541 | #| msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>" | |
13542 | msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>" | |
13543 | msgstr "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>" | |
13544 | ||
13545 | #. type: Plain text | |
13546 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13547 | #, fuzzy | |
13548 | #| msgid "Do not sign the B<.changes> file." | |
13549 | msgid "" | |
13550 | "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg " | |
13551 | "1.18.8)." | |
13552 | msgstr "Ne pas signer le fichier B<.changes>." | |
13553 | ||
13554 | #. type: TP | |
13555 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13556 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13557 | #| msgid "B<--no-debsig>" | |
13558 | msgid "B<--no-sign>" | |
13559 | msgstr "B<--no-debsig>" | |
13560 | ||
13561 | #. type: Plain text | |
13562 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13563 | msgid "" | |
13564 | "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> " | |
13565 | "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)." | |
13566 | msgstr "" | |
13567 | ||
13568 | #. type: TP | |
13569 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13570 | #, no-wrap | |
13571 | msgid "B<--force-sign>" | |
13572 | msgstr "B<--force-sign>" | |
13573 | ||
13574 | #. type: Plain text | |
13575 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13576 | #, fuzzy | |
13577 | #| msgid "" | |
13578 | #| "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless " | |
13579 | #| "of B<-us> or B<-uc> or other internal heuristics." | |
13580 | msgid "" | |
13581 | "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of " | |
13582 | "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, B<--" | |
13583 | "unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics." | |
13584 | msgstr "" | |
13585 | "Force la signature des fichiers produits (depuis dpkg 1.17.0) indépendamment " | |
13586 | "de B<-us>, B<-uc> ou d'autres heuristiques internes." | |
13587 | ||
13588 | #. type: TP | |
13589 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man | |
13590 | #, no-wrap | |
13591 | msgid "B<-sn>" | |
13592 | msgstr "B<-sn>" | |
13593 | ||
13594 | #. type: TP | |
13595 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man | |
13596 | #, no-wrap | |
13597 | msgid "B<-ss>" | |
13598 | msgstr "B<-ss>" | |
13599 | ||
13600 | #. type: TQ | |
13601 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13602 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13603 | #| msgid "B<-s>" | |
13604 | msgid "B<-sA>" | |
13605 | msgstr "B<-s>" | |
13606 | ||
13607 | #. type: TP | |
13608 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man | |
13609 | #, no-wrap | |
13610 | msgid "B<-sk>" | |
13611 | msgstr "B<-sk>" | |
13612 | ||
13613 | #. type: TP | |
13614 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man | |
13615 | #, no-wrap | |
13616 | msgid "B<-su>" | |
13617 | msgstr "B<-su>" | |
13618 | ||
13619 | #. type: TP | |
13620 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-source.man | |
13621 | #, no-wrap | |
13622 | msgid "B<-sr>" | |
13623 | msgstr "B<-sr>" | |
13624 | ||
13625 | #. type: TQ | |
13626 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13627 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13628 | #| msgid "B<-s>" | |
13629 | msgid "B<-sK>" | |
13630 | msgstr "B<-s>" | |
13631 | ||
13632 | #. type: TQ | |
13633 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13634 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13635 | #| msgid "B<-s>" | |
13636 | msgid "B<-sU>" | |
13637 | msgstr "B<-s>" | |
13638 | ||
13639 | #. type: TQ | |
13640 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13641 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13642 | #| msgid "B<-s>" | |
13643 | msgid "B<-sR>" | |
13644 | msgstr "B<-s>" | |
13645 | ||
13646 | #. type: TQ | |
13647 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13648 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13649 | #| msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" | |
13650 | msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" | |
13651 | msgstr "B<-i>[I<expr. rat.>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<expr. rat.>]" | |
13652 | ||
13653 | #. type: TQ | |
13654 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13655 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13656 | #| msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]" | |
13657 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]" | |
13658 | msgstr "B<-I>[I<motif-fichier>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<motif-fichier>]" | |
13659 | ||
13660 | #. type: TQ | |
13661 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13662 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13663 | #| msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>" | |
13664 | msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>" | |
13665 | msgstr "B<-z>I<niveau>, B<--compression-level>=I<niveau>" | |
13666 | ||
13667 | #. type: TQ | |
13668 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13669 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13670 | #| msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" | |
13671 | msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>" | |
13672 | msgstr "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" | |
13673 | ||
13674 | #. type: Plain text | |
13675 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13676 | msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page." | |
13677 | msgstr "" | |
13678 | "Chaîne passée telle quelle à B<dpkg-source>. Voir la page de manuel " | |
13679 | "correspondante." | |
13680 | ||
13681 | #. type: TP | |
13682 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13683 | #, no-wrap | |
13684 | msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" | |
13685 | msgstr "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" | |
13686 | ||
13687 | #. type: Plain text | |
13688 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13689 | #, fuzzy | |
13690 | #| msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source>. Can be used multiple times." | |
13691 | msgid "" | |
13692 | "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " | |
13693 | "multiple times." | |
13694 | msgstr "" | |
13695 | "Passe l'option I<opt> à B<dpkg-source>. Peut être utilisé plusieurs fois." | |
13696 | ||
13697 | #. type: TP | |
13698 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13699 | #, no-wrap | |
13700 | msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>" | |
13701 | msgstr "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>" | |
13702 | ||
13703 | #. type: Plain text | |
13704 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13705 | #, fuzzy | |
13706 | #| msgid "" | |
13707 | #| "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. Can be used multiple times." | |
13708 | msgid "" | |
13709 | "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " | |
13710 | "multiple times." | |
13711 | msgstr "" | |
13712 | "Passe l'option I<opt> à B<dpkg-genchanges>. Peut être utilisé plusieurs fois." | |
13713 | ||
13714 | #. type: TQ | |
13715 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13716 | #, no-wrap | |
13717 | msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>" | |
13718 | msgstr "B<--admindir >I<rép>" | |
13719 | ||
13720 | #. type: Plain text | |
13721 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
13722 | #, fuzzy | |
13723 | #| msgid "" | |
13724 | #| "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</" | |
13725 | #| "var/lib/dpkg>." | |
13726 | msgid "" | |
13727 | "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The " | |
13728 | "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
13729 | msgstr "" | |
13730 | "Change l'endroit où se trouve la base de données de B<dpkg>. Par défaut, " | |
13731 | "c'est I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
13732 | ||
13733 | #. type: TP | |
13734 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13735 | #, no-wrap | |
13736 | msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>" | |
13737 | msgstr "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>" | |
13738 | ||
13739 | #. type: Plain text | |
13740 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13741 | #, fuzzy | |
13742 | #| msgid "" | |
13743 | #| "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file. " | |
13744 | #| "Overridden by the B<--check-command> option." | |
13745 | msgid "" | |
13746 | "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since " | |
13747 | "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option." | |
13748 | msgstr "" | |
13749 | "Si cette option est utilisée, elle le sera comme commande pour contrôler le " | |
13750 | "fichier B<.changes>. Remplacée par l'option B<--check-command>." | |
13751 | ||
13752 | #. type: TP | |
13753 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13754 | #, no-wrap | |
13755 | msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>" | |
13756 | msgstr "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>" | |
13757 | ||
13758 | #. type: Plain text | |
13759 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13760 | #, fuzzy | |
13761 | #| msgid "" | |
13762 | #| "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes> and B<.dsc> files. " | |
13763 | #| "Overridden by the B<-k> option." | |
13764 | msgid "" | |
13765 | "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes> and B<.dsc> files (since " | |
13766 | "dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option." | |
13767 | msgstr "" | |
13768 | "Si cette option est utilisée, elle le sera pour la signature des fichiers B<." | |
13769 | "changes> et B<.dsc>. Remplacée par l'option B<-k>." | |
13770 | ||
13771 | #. type: Plain text | |
13772 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13773 | msgid "" | |
13774 | "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that might affect " | |
13775 | "the build process in I<debian/rules>, and the behavior of some dpkg commands." | |
13776 | msgstr "" | |
13777 | ||
13778 | #. type: Plain text | |
13779 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13780 | msgid "" | |
13781 | "With B<nocheck> the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable will be ignored. With " | |
13782 | "B<parallel=>I<N> the parallel jobs will be set to I<N>, overridden by the " | |
13783 | "B<--jobs-try> option." | |
13784 | msgstr "" | |
13785 | ||
13786 | #. type: TP | |
13787 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
13788 | #, no-wrap | |
13789 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>" | |
13790 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>" | |
13791 | ||
13792 | #. type: Plain text | |
13793 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13794 | #, fuzzy | |
13795 | #| msgid "" | |
13796 | #| "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package " | |
13797 | #| "being built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by " | |
13798 | #| "the B<-P> option." | |
13799 | msgid "" | |
13800 | "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " | |
13801 | "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. " | |
13802 | "Overridden by the B<-P> option." | |
13803 | msgstr "" | |
13804 | "Si cette option est utilisée, elle sera utilisée comme profil(s) de " | |
13805 | "construction actif(s) pour le paquet à construire. C'est une liste séparée " | |
13806 | "par des espaces de noms de profil. Cette option est outrepassée par l'option " | |
13807 | "B<-P>." | |
13808 | ||
13809 | #. type: Plain text | |
13810 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13811 | #, fuzzy | |
13812 | #| msgid "" | |
13813 | #| "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> " | |
13814 | #| "should not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective " | |
13815 | #| "interface to retrieve the needed values." | |
13816 | msgid "" | |
13817 | "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should " | |
13818 | "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface " | |
13819 | "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to " | |
13820 | "build packages and running it standalone should be supported." | |
13821 | msgstr "" | |
13822 | "Même si B<dpkg-buildpackage> exporte certaines variables, B<debian/rules> ne " | |
13823 | "doit pas dépendre de leur présence, mais doit préférablement utiliser " | |
13824 | "l'interface correspondante pour retrouver les valeurs nécessaires." | |
13825 | ||
13826 | #. type: TP | |
13827 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13828 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13829 | #| msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" | |
13830 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>" | |
13831 | msgstr "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" | |
13832 | ||
13833 | #. type: TQ | |
13834 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13835 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13836 | #| msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>" | |
13837 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>" | |
13838 | msgstr "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>" | |
13839 | ||
13840 | #. type: TQ | |
13841 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13842 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13843 | #| msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>" | |
13844 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>" | |
13845 | msgstr "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>" | |
13846 | ||
13847 | #. type: Plain text | |
13848 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13849 | msgid "" | |
13850 | "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters " | |
13851 | "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in " | |
13852 | "the build environment." | |
13853 | msgstr "" | |
13854 | "B<dpkg-architecture> est lancé avec les paramètres de B<-a> and B<-t>. Toute " | |
13855 | "variable retournée par l'option B<-s> est intégrée dans l'environnement de " | |
13856 | "construction." | |
13857 | ||
13858 | #. type: TP | |
13859 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man dpkg-deb.man dpkg-source.man dpkg-split.man | |
13860 | #, no-wrap | |
13861 | msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>" | |
13862 | msgstr "" | |
13863 | ||
13864 | #. type: Plain text | |
13865 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13866 | msgid "" | |
13867 | "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest " | |
13868 | "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined." | |
13869 | msgstr "" | |
13870 | ||
13871 | #. type: TP | |
13872 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13873 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13874 | #| msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
13875 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>" | |
13876 | msgstr "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
13877 | ||
13878 | #. type: Plain text | |
13879 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13880 | #, fuzzy | |
13881 | #| msgid "System wide configuration file." | |
13882 | msgid "System wide configuration file" | |
13883 | msgstr "Fichier de configuration pour l'ensemble du système." | |
13884 | ||
13885 | #. type: TP | |
13886 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13887 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13888 | #| msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" | |
13889 | msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or" | |
13890 | msgstr "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> ou B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" | |
13891 | ||
13892 | #. type: TQ | |
13893 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13894 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13895 | #| msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
13896 | msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>" | |
13897 | msgstr "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
13898 | ||
13899 | #. type: SS | |
13900 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13901 | #, no-wrap | |
13902 | msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported" | |
13903 | msgstr "Les drapeaux de compilation ne sont plus exportés." | |
13904 | ||
13905 | #. type: Plain text | |
13906 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13907 | msgid "" | |
13908 | "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler " | |
13909 | "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with " | |
13910 | "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case." | |
13911 | msgstr "" | |
13912 | "Entre les versions 1.14.17 et 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exportait les " | |
13913 | "drapeaux de compilation (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> et " | |
13914 | "B<LDFLAGS>) avec les valeurs que renvoyait B<dpkg-buildflags>. Cela n'est " | |
13915 | "plus le cas." | |
13916 | ||
13917 | #. type: SS | |
13918 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13919 | #, no-wrap | |
13920 | msgid "Default build targets" | |
13921 | msgstr "Cibles construites par défaut" | |
13922 | ||
13923 | #. type: Plain text | |
13924 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13925 | #, fuzzy | |
13926 | #| msgid "" | |
13927 | #| "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> " | |
13928 | #| "targets since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid " | |
13929 | #| "breakages of existing packages, and ease the transition, it will fallback " | |
13930 | #| "to using the B<build> target if B<make -f debian/rules -qn> I<build-" | |
13931 | #| "target> returns 2 as exit code." | |
13932 | msgid "" | |
13933 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets " | |
13934 | "since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid breakages " | |
13935 | "of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source package does " | |
13936 | "not build both architecture independent and dependent binary packages (since " | |
13937 | "dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if B<make -f debian/" | |
13938 | "rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code." | |
13939 | msgstr "" | |
13940 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> utilise les cibles B<build-arch> et B<build-indep> " | |
13941 | "depuis dpkg 1.16.2. Ces cibles sont donc obligatoires. Cependant, pour " | |
13942 | "éviter de casser les paquets existants et faciliter la transition, la cible " | |
13943 | "B<build> sera utilisée par défaut si B<make -f debian/rules -qn> I<build-" | |
13944 | "target> renvoie 2 comme code de retour." | |
13945 | ||
13946 | #. type: Plain text | |
13947 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13948 | msgid "" | |
13949 | "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial " | |
13950 | "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." | |
13951 | msgstr "" | |
13952 | "On devrait pouvoir mettre des espaces et des métacaractères du shell et les " | |
13953 | "arguments initiaux de I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root> et " | |
13954 | "I<commande-de-signature>." | |
13955 | ||
13956 | #. type: Plain text | |
13957 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man | |
13958 | #, fuzzy | |
13959 | #| msgid "" | |
13960 | #| "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-" | |
13961 | #| "genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), B<gpg2>(1), B<gpg>(1)." | |
13962 | msgid "" | |
13963 | "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-" | |
13964 | "genbuildinfo>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), " | |
13965 | "B<gpg2>(1), B<gpg>(1)." | |
13966 | msgstr "" | |
13967 | "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-" | |
13968 | "genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), B<gpg2>(1), B<gpg>(1)." | |
13969 | ||
13970 | #. type: TH | |
13971 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
13972 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
13973 | #| msgid "dpkg-buildflags" | |
13974 | msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo" | |
13975 | msgstr "dpkg-buildflags" | |
13976 | ||
13977 | #. type: Plain text | |
13978 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
13979 | #, fuzzy | |
13980 | #| msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files" | |
13981 | msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files" | |
13982 | msgstr "dpkg-gencontrol - Créer des fichiers de contrôle Debian." | |
13983 | ||
13984 | #. type: Plain text | |
13985 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
13986 | #, fuzzy | |
13987 | #| msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" | |
13988 | msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]" | |
13989 | msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" | |
13990 | ||
13991 | #. type: Plain text | |
13992 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
13993 | #, fuzzy | |
13994 | #| msgid "" | |
13995 | #| "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " | |
13996 | #| "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " | |
13997 | #| "upload control file (B<.changes> file)." | |
13998 | msgid "" | |
13999 | "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " | |
14000 | "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " | |
14001 | "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts (B<." | |
14002 | "buildinfo> file)." | |
14003 | msgstr "" | |
14004 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> lit les informations à la fois dans une arborescence " | |
14005 | "debian dépaquetée et déjà construite et sur les fichiers qui ont été créés ; " | |
14006 | "puis il crée un fichier de contrôle pour la mise en place dans l'archive " | |
14007 | "Debian (c'est le fichier B<.changes>)." | |
14008 | ||
14009 | #. type: Plain text | |
14010 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14011 | msgid "This command was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11." | |
14012 | msgstr "" | |
14013 | ||
14014 | #. type: Plain text | |
14015 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14016 | #, fuzzy | |
14017 | #| msgid "" | |
14018 | #| "Specifies a build limited to source and architecture specific packages. " | |
14019 | #| "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
14020 | msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components." | |
14021 | msgstr "" | |
14022 | "Indique une construction limitée aux paquets source et binaires dépendants " | |
14023 | "de l'architecture. Passé à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
14024 | ||
14025 | #. type: Plain text | |
14026 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14027 | msgid "" | |
14028 | "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-" | |
14029 | "Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-" | |
14030 | "Arch>)." | |
14031 | msgstr "" | |
14032 | ||
14033 | #. type: Plain text | |
14034 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14035 | msgid "" | |
14036 | "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-" | |
14037 | "Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-" | |
14038 | "Indep>)." | |
14039 | msgstr "" | |
14040 | ||
14041 | #. type: Plain text | |
14042 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14043 | msgid "" | |
14044 | "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified " | |
14045 | "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)." | |
14046 | msgstr "" | |
14047 | ||
14048 | #. type: Plain text | |
14049 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14050 | msgid "" | |
14051 | "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " | |
14052 | "is an alias for B<any,all>." | |
14053 | msgstr "" | |
14054 | ||
14055 | #. type: Plain text | |
14056 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14057 | #, fuzzy | |
14058 | #| msgid "" | |
14059 | #| "Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built. " | |
14060 | #| "This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified." | |
14061 | msgid "" | |
14062 | "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " | |
14063 | "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no " | |
14064 | "build option is specified." | |
14065 | msgstr "" | |
14066 | "Construction complète où les paquets sources et binaires sont construits. " | |
14067 | "Identique au cas par défaut où aucune option de construction n'est indiquée." | |
14068 | ||
14069 | #. type: TP | |
14070 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
14071 | #, no-wrap | |
14072 | msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" | |
14073 | msgstr "B<-c>I<fichier/control>" | |
14074 | ||
14075 | #. type: Plain text | |
14076 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14077 | msgid "" | |
14078 | "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " | |
14079 | "is B<debian/control>." | |
14080 | msgstr "" | |
14081 | "Indique le principal fichier de contrôle des sources où trouver des " | |
14082 | "renseignements. Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/control>." | |
14083 | ||
14084 | #. type: TP | |
14085 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14086 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
14087 | #, no-wrap | |
14088 | msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>" | |
14089 | msgstr "B<-l>I<fichier-des-changements>" | |
14090 | ||
14091 | #. type: Plain text | |
14092 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14093 | msgid "" | |
14094 | "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " | |
14095 | "B<debian/changelog>." | |
14096 | msgstr "" | |
14097 | "Indique le fichier des changements où trouver des renseignements. Par " | |
14098 | "défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/changelog>." | |
14099 | ||
14100 | #. type: TP | |
14101 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
14102 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14103 | #, no-wrap | |
14104 | msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>" | |
14105 | msgstr "B<-f>I<fichier/liste-des-fichiers>" | |
14106 | ||
14107 | #. type: Plain text | |
14108 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14109 | #, fuzzy | |
14110 | #| msgid "" | |
14111 | #| "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " | |
14112 | #| "B<debian/files>." | |
14113 | msgid "" | |
14114 | "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, " | |
14115 | "rather than using B<debian/files>." | |
14116 | msgstr "" | |
14117 | "Lit ou écrit la liste des fichiers qui doivent être envoyés vers l'archive " | |
14118 | "dans ce fichier plutôt que dans le fichier B<debian/files>." | |
14119 | ||
14120 | #. type: TP | |
14121 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14122 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
14123 | #, no-wrap | |
14124 | msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>" | |
14125 | msgstr "B<-F>I<format-du-fichiers-des-changements>" | |
14126 | ||
14127 | #. type: Plain text | |
14128 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14129 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
14130 | msgid "" | |
14131 | "Specifies the format of the changelog. See B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) for " | |
14132 | "information about alternative formats." | |
14133 | msgstr "" | |
14134 | "Indique le format du fichier des changements. Voir B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) " | |
14135 | "pour plus d'informations à propos des formats gérés." | |
14136 | ||
14137 | #. type: TP | |
14138 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14139 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
14140 | #, no-wrap | |
14141 | msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]" | |
14142 | msgstr "B<-O>[I<nom-de-fichier>]" | |
14143 | ||
14144 | #. type: Plain text | |
14145 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14146 | #, fuzzy | |
14147 | #| msgid "" | |
14148 | #| "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified), " | |
14149 | #| "rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<package-build-dir>B</" | |
14150 | #| "DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." | |
14151 | msgid "" | |
14152 | "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) " | |
14153 | "rather than to I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<." | |
14154 | "buildinfo> (where I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> " | |
14155 | "was used)." | |
14156 | msgstr "" | |
14157 | "Affiche le fichier « control » sur la sortie standard (ou I<nom-de-fichier>) " | |
14158 | "au lieu de B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (ou I<rep-de-construction-du-" | |
14159 | "paquet>B</DEBIAN/control> si l'option B<-P> a été utilisée)." | |
14160 | ||
14161 | #. type: TP | |
14162 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
14163 | #, no-wrap | |
14164 | msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>" | |
14165 | msgstr "B<-u>I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer>" | |
14166 | ||
14167 | #. type: Plain text | |
14168 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14169 | #, fuzzy | |
14170 | #| msgid "" | |
14171 | #| "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<.." | |
14172 | #| "> (B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include " | |
14173 | #| "their sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." | |
14174 | msgid "" | |
14175 | "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " | |
14176 | "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their " | |
14177 | "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)." | |
14178 | msgstr "" | |
14179 | "Cherche les fichiers à installer dans I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer> " | |
14180 | "plutôt que dans B<..> (B<dpkg-genchanges> doit trouver ces fichiers de " | |
14181 | "manière à mettre leurs tailles et leurs sommes de contrôle dans le fichier " | |
14182 | "B<.changes>)." | |
14183 | ||
14184 | #. type: TP | |
14185 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14186 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
14187 | #| msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>" | |
14188 | msgid "B<--always-include-path>" | |
14189 | msgstr "B<--single-debian-patch>" | |
14190 | ||
14191 | #. type: Plain text | |
14192 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14193 | msgid "" | |
14194 | "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current " | |
14195 | "directory starts with a whitelisted pattern." | |
14196 | msgstr "" | |
14197 | ||
14198 | #. type: Plain text | |
14199 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14200 | msgid "" | |
14201 | "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of " | |
14202 | "the pathname." | |
14203 | msgstr "" | |
14204 | ||
14205 | #. type: Plain text | |
14206 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14207 | msgid "" | |
14208 | "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating " | |
14209 | "the B<.buildinfo>." | |
14210 | msgstr "" | |
14211 | ||
14212 | #. type: Plain text | |
14213 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14214 | msgid "" | |
14215 | "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" | |
14216 | "lib/dpkg>." | |
14217 | msgstr "" | |
14218 | "Change l'endroit où se trouve la base de données de B<dpkg>. Par défaut, " | |
14219 | "c'est I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
14220 | ||
14221 | #. type: TP | |
14222 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
14223 | #, no-wrap | |
14224 | msgid "B<-q>" | |
14225 | msgstr "B<-q>" | |
14226 | ||
14227 | #. type: Plain text | |
14228 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14229 | #, fuzzy | |
14230 | #| msgid "" | |
14231 | #| "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " | |
14232 | #| "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " | |
14233 | #| "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." | |
14234 | msgid "" | |
14235 | "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. " | |
14236 | "B<-q> suppresses these messages." | |
14237 | msgstr "" | |
14238 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> affiche habituellement des messages d'information sur la " | |
14239 | "sortie d'erreur standard ; par exemple, combien de fichiers source du paquet " | |
14240 | "sont en cours d'installation. B<-q> supprime ces messages." | |
14241 | ||
14242 | #. type: Plain text | |
14243 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14244 | msgid "" | |
14245 | "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect " | |
14246 | "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option " | |
14247 | "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of " | |
14248 | "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to " | |
14249 | "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable " | |
14250 | "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to " | |
14251 | "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field." | |
14252 | msgstr "" | |
14253 | ||
14254 | #. type: TP | |
14255 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-genchanges.man | |
14256 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14257 | #, no-wrap | |
14258 | msgid "B<debian/files>" | |
14259 | msgstr "B<debian/files>" | |
14260 | ||
14261 | #. type: Plain text | |
14262 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14263 | #, fuzzy | |
14264 | #| msgid "" | |
14265 | #| "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " | |
14266 | #| "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." | |
14267 | msgid "" | |
14268 | "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when " | |
14269 | "producing a B<.buildinfo> file." | |
14270 | msgstr "" | |
14271 | "La liste des fichiers créés qui seront envoyés sur le serveur. B<dpkg-" | |
14272 | "genchanges> lit dans ce fichier les données nécessaires à la création du " | |
14273 | "fichier B<.changes>." | |
14274 | ||
14275 | #. type: Plain text | |
14276 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man | |
14277 | #, fuzzy | |
14278 | #| msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)." | |
14279 | msgid "B<deb-buildinfo>(5)." | |
14280 | msgstr "B<deb-origin>(5)." | |
14281 | ||
14282 | #. type: TH | |
14283 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14284 | #, no-wrap | |
14285 | msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" | |
14286 | msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" | |
14287 | ||
14288 | #. type: Plain text | |
14289 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14290 | msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" | |
14291 | msgstr "" | |
14292 | "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - vérifier les dépendances et les conflits de " | |
14293 | "construction" | |
14294 | ||
14295 | #. type: Plain text | |
14296 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14297 | msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]" | |
14298 | msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<fichier-control>]" | |
14299 | ||
14300 | #. type: Plain text | |
14301 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14302 | msgid "" | |
14303 | "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " | |
14304 | "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " | |
14305 | "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." | |
14306 | msgstr "" | |
14307 | "Ce programme vérifie si les dépendances et les conflits de construction " | |
14308 | "listés dans le fichier control existent dans les paquets installés sur le " | |
14309 | "système. S'il en existe, il les affiche et se termine avec un code de retour " | |
14310 | "différent de 0." | |
14311 | ||
14312 | #. type: Plain text | |
14313 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14314 | msgid "" | |
14315 | "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " | |
14316 | "be specified on the command line." | |
14317 | msgstr "" | |
14318 | "Par défaut, le fichier I<debian/control> est lu, mais un autre nom de " | |
14319 | "fichier peut être indiqué sur la ligne de commande." | |
14320 | ||
14321 | #. type: Plain text | |
14322 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14323 | #, fuzzy | |
14324 | #| msgid "" | |
14325 | #| "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines. Use when " | |
14326 | #| "only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with B<-B> when only a " | |
14327 | #| "source package is to be built." | |
14328 | msgid "" | |
14329 | "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg " | |
14330 | "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with " | |
14331 | "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built." | |
14332 | msgstr "" | |
14333 | "Ignore les lignes B<Build-Depends-Arch> et B<Build-Conflicts-Arch>. À " | |
14334 | "utiliser lorsque seuls des paquets indépendants d'une architecture seront " | |
14335 | "construits ou à combiner avec B<-B> si seul un paquet source est construit." | |
14336 | ||
14337 | #. type: Plain text | |
14338 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14339 | msgid "" | |
14340 | "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when " | |
14341 | "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a " | |
14342 | "source package is to be built." | |
14343 | msgstr "" | |
14344 | "Ignore les lignes B<Build-Depends-Indep> et B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>. À " | |
14345 | "utiliser lorsque seuls des paquets dépendants de l'architecture sont " | |
14346 | "construits ou à combiner avec B<-A> si seul un paquet source est construit." | |
14347 | ||
14348 | #. type: TP | |
14349 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14350 | #, no-wrap | |
14351 | msgid "B<-I>" | |
14352 | msgstr "" | |
14353 | ||
14354 | #. type: Plain text | |
14355 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14356 | msgid "" | |
14357 | "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are " | |
14358 | "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, " | |
14359 | "the so called Build-Essential package set." | |
14360 | msgstr "" | |
14361 | ||
14362 | #. type: TP | |
14363 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14364 | #, no-wrap | |
14365 | msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>" | |
14366 | msgstr "B<-d >I<chaine-des-dépendances-pour-la-construction>" | |
14367 | ||
14368 | #. type: TP | |
14369 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14370 | #, no-wrap | |
14371 | msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>" | |
14372 | msgstr "B<-c >I<chaîne-des-conflits-de-construction>" | |
14373 | ||
14374 | #. type: Plain text | |
14375 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14376 | #, fuzzy | |
14377 | #| msgid "" | |
14378 | #| "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in " | |
14379 | #| "the I<debian/control> file." | |
14380 | msgid "" | |
14381 | "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the " | |
14382 | "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
14383 | msgstr "" | |
14384 | "Utilise les dépendances et conflits de construction donnés au lieu de ceux " | |
14385 | "indiqués dans le fichier I<debian/control>." | |
14386 | ||
14387 | #. type: TP | |
14388 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14389 | #, no-wrap | |
14390 | msgid "B<-a >I<arch>" | |
14391 | msgstr "B<-a >I<arch>" | |
14392 | ||
14393 | #. type: Plain text | |
14394 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14395 | #, fuzzy | |
14396 | #| msgid "" | |
14397 | #| "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " | |
14398 | #| "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead " | |
14399 | #| "of the architecture of the current system." | |
14400 | msgid "" | |
14401 | "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " | |
14402 | "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of " | |
14403 | "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
14404 | msgstr "" | |
14405 | "Vérifie les dépendances et conflits de construction en supposant que le " | |
14406 | "paquet décrit dans le fichier de contrôle doit être construit pour " | |
14407 | "l'architecture indiquée au lieu de celle du système." | |
14408 | ||
14409 | #. type: TP | |
14410 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14411 | #, no-wrap | |
14412 | msgid "B<-P >I<profile>[B<,>...]" | |
14413 | msgstr "B<-P >I<profil>[B<,>...]" | |
14414 | ||
14415 | #. type: Plain text | |
14416 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14417 | #, fuzzy | |
14418 | #| msgid "" | |
14419 | #| "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " | |
14420 | #| "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s). The " | |
14421 | #| "argument is a comma-separated list of profile names." | |
14422 | msgid "" | |
14423 | "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " | |
14424 | "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg " | |
14425 | "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names." | |
14426 | msgstr "" | |
14427 | "Vérifie les dépendances et conflits de construction en supposant que le " | |
14428 | "paquet décrit dans le fichier de contrôle doit être construit pour le ou les " | |
14429 | "profils donnés. L'argument est une liste séparée par des virgules des noms " | |
14430 | "de profil." | |
14431 | ||
14432 | #. type: Plain text | |
14433 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man | |
14434 | msgid "" | |
14435 | "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " | |
14436 | "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-" | |
14437 | "P> option." | |
14438 | msgstr "" | |
14439 | "Si cette option est utilisée, elle sera utilisée comme profil(s) de " | |
14440 | "construction actif(s) pour le paquet à construire. C'est une liste séparée " | |
14441 | "par des espaces de noms de profil. Cette option est outrepassée par l'option " | |
14442 | "B<-P>." | |
14443 | ||
14444 | #. type: TH | |
14445 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14446 | #, no-wrap | |
14447 | msgid "dpkg-distaddfile" | |
14448 | msgstr "dpkg-distaddfile" | |
14449 | ||
14450 | #. type: Plain text | |
14451 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14452 | msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files" | |
14453 | msgstr "dpkg-distaddfile - Ajouter une entrée au fichier debian/files." | |
14454 | ||
14455 | #. type: Plain text | |
14456 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14457 | msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...]I< filename section priority>" | |
14458 | msgstr "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>...]I< fichier section priorité>" | |
14459 | ||
14460 | #. type: Plain text | |
14461 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14462 | msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." | |
14463 | msgstr "" | |
14464 | "B<dpkg-distaddfile> ajoute une entrée pour un fichier dans B<debian/files>." | |
14465 | ||
14466 | #. type: Plain text | |
14467 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14468 | msgid "" | |
14469 | "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and " | |
14470 | "priority for the B<.changes> file." | |
14471 | msgstr "" | |
14472 | "Il prend trois arguments sans option, à savoir le nom du fichier, la section " | |
14473 | "et la priorité, pour le fichier B<.changes>." | |
14474 | ||
14475 | #. type: Plain text | |
14476 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14477 | msgid "" | |
14478 | "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" | |
14479 | "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " | |
14480 | "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." | |
14481 | msgstr "" | |
14482 | "Le nom du fichier sera indiqué relativement au répertoire dans lequel B<dpkg-" | |
14483 | "genchanges> s'attend à trouver les fichiers, habituellement B<..>, plutôt " | |
14484 | "que relativement au répertoire dans lequel est exécuté B<dpkg-distaddfile.>" | |
14485 | ||
14486 | #. type: Plain text | |
14487 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
14488 | msgid "" | |
14489 | "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " | |
14490 | "B<debian/files>." | |
14491 | msgstr "" | |
14492 | "Lit ou écrit la liste des fichiers qui doivent être envoyés vers l'archive " | |
14493 | "dans ce fichier plutôt que dans le fichier B<debian/files>." | |
14494 | ||
14495 | #. type: Plain text | |
14496 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14497 | msgid "" | |
14498 | "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " | |
14499 | "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files." | |
14500 | msgstr "" | |
14501 | "La liste des fichiers créés qui seront installés sur le serveur. B<dpkg-" | |
14502 | "distaddfile> peut être utilisé pour ajouter des fichiers supplémentaires." | |
14503 | ||
14504 | #. type: Plain text | |
14505 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man | |
14506 | #, fuzzy | |
14507 | #| msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)." | |
14508 | msgid "B<deb-src-files>(5)." | |
14509 | msgstr "B<deb-origin>(5)." | |
14510 | ||
14511 | #. type: TH | |
14512 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14513 | #, no-wrap | |
14514 | msgid "dpkg-deb" | |
14515 | msgstr "dpkg-deb" | |
14516 | ||
14517 | #. type: Plain text | |
14518 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14519 | msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" | |
14520 | msgstr "" | |
14521 | "dpkg-deb - outil pour la manipulation des archives (.deb) des paquets Debian" | |
14522 | ||
14523 | #. type: Plain text | |
14524 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14525 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
14526 | msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> [I<options>...] I<commande>" | |
14527 | ||
14528 | #. type: Plain text | |
14529 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14530 | msgid "" | |
14531 | "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." | |
14532 | msgstr "" | |
14533 | "B<dpkg-deb> crée un paquet, dépaquette une archive ou donne des " | |
14534 | "renseignements sur les archives Debian" | |
14535 | ||
14536 | #. type: Plain text | |
14537 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14538 | msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." | |
14539 | msgstr "B<dpkg> sert à installer ou à supprimer des paquets sur le système." | |
14540 | ||
14541 | #. type: Plain text | |
14542 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14543 | msgid "" | |
14544 | "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " | |
14545 | "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " | |
14546 | "and run it for you." | |
14547 | msgstr "" | |
14548 | "Il est possible d'exécuter B<dpkg-deb> en appelant B<dpkg> avec les options " | |
14549 | "de B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> comprend que B<dpkg-deb> est appelé et le lance." | |
14550 | ||
14551 | #. type: Plain text | |
14552 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14553 | msgid "" | |
14554 | "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read " | |
14555 | "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character " | |
14556 | "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective " | |
14557 | "command description." | |
14558 | msgstr "" | |
14559 | ||
14560 | #. type: TP | |
14561 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14562 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
14563 | #| msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" | |
14564 | msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" | |
14565 | msgstr "B<-b>, B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<archive>|I<répertoire>]" | |
14566 | ||
14567 | #. type: Plain text | |
14568 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14569 | #, fuzzy | |
14570 | #| msgid "" | |
14571 | #| "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " | |
14572 | #| "I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the " | |
14573 | #| "control information files such as the control file itself. This directory " | |
14574 | #| "will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but " | |
14575 | #| "instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control " | |
14576 | #| "information area." | |
14577 | msgid "" | |
14578 | "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<binary-" | |
14579 | "directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which " | |
14580 | "contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This " | |
14581 | "directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but " | |
14582 | "instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control " | |
14583 | "information area." | |
14584 | msgstr "" | |
14585 | "Crée une archive Debian avec l'arborescence contenue dans I<répertoire>. " | |
14586 | "I<répertoire> doit posséder un sous-répertoire B<DEBIAN> qui contient les " | |
14587 | "fichiers de contrôle tels que le fichier « control » lui-même. Ce répertoire " | |
14588 | "I<n'apparaît pas> dans l'archive de l'arborescence du paquet binaire ; mais " | |
14589 | "les fichiers qu'il contient sont mis dans la zone de contrôle du paquet " | |
14590 | "binaire." | |
14591 | ||
14592 | #. type: Plain text | |
14593 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14594 | #, fuzzy | |
14595 | #| msgid "" | |
14596 | #| "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> " | |
14597 | #| "and parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and " | |
14598 | #| "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will " | |
14599 | #| "also check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files " | |
14600 | #| "found in the B<DEBIAN> control information directory." | |
14601 | msgid "" | |
14602 | "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " | |
14603 | "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and " | |
14604 | "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also " | |
14605 | "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the " | |
14606 | "B<DEBIAN> control information directory." | |
14607 | msgstr "" | |
14608 | "À moins de préciser B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> lit B<DEBIAN/control> et " | |
14609 | "l'analyse. Il cherche les erreurs de syntaxe et d'autres problèmes " | |
14610 | "existants ; puis il affiche le nom du paquet binaire qu'il construit. B<dpkg-" | |
14611 | "deb> vérifie aussi les permissions des scripts du responsable et des autres " | |
14612 | "fichiers qu'il trouve dans le répertoire de contrôle B<DEBIAN>." | |
14613 | ||
14614 | #. type: Plain text | |
14615 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14616 | #, fuzzy | |
14617 | #| msgid "" | |
14618 | #| "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package " | |
14619 | #| "into the file I<directory>B<.deb>." | |
14620 | msgid "" | |
14621 | "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " | |
14622 | "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>." | |
14623 | msgstr "" | |
14624 | "Quand aucune I<archive> n'est donnée, B<dpkg-deb> appelle le paquet " | |
14625 | "I<répertoire>B<.deb>." | |
14626 | ||
14627 | #. type: Plain text | |
14628 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14629 | msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." | |
14630 | msgstr "Si l'archive qui doit être créée existe déjà, elle est remplacée." | |
14631 | ||
14632 | #. type: Plain text | |
14633 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14634 | #, fuzzy | |
14635 | #| msgid "" | |
14636 | #| "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " | |
14637 | #| "file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " | |
14638 | #| "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " | |
14639 | #| "the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather " | |
14640 | #| "than a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> " | |
14641 | #| "needs to read and parse the package control file to determine which " | |
14642 | #| "filename to use)." | |
14643 | msgid "" | |
14644 | "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " | |
14645 | "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a " | |
14646 | "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option " | |
14647 | "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package " | |
14648 | "control file to determine which filename to use)." | |
14649 | msgstr "" | |
14650 | "Quand le second argument est un répertoire, B<dpkg-deb> appelle le paquet " | |
14651 | "I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, ou bien I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<." | |
14652 | "deb> si aucun champ B<Architecture> n'est présent dans le fichier de " | |
14653 | "contrôle du paquet. Quand un répertoire cible est précisé à la place d'un " | |
14654 | "fichier, l'option B<--nocheck> ne doit pas être utilisée (puisque B<dpkg-" | |
14655 | "deb> a besoin de lire et d'analyser le fichier de contrôle du paquet pour " | |
14656 | "connaître le nom de fichier à utiliser)." | |
14657 | ||
14658 | #. type: TP | |
14659 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14660 | #, no-wrap | |
14661 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]" | |
14662 | msgstr "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<nom-fichier-control>...]" | |
14663 | ||
14664 | #. type: Plain text | |
14665 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14666 | msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." | |
14667 | msgstr "Donne des renseignements sur une archive de paquet binaire." | |
14668 | ||
14669 | #. type: Plain text | |
14670 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14671 | msgid "" | |
14672 | "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " | |
14673 | "the contents of the package as well as its control file." | |
14674 | msgstr "" | |
14675 | "Quand aucun argument I<fichier-control> n'est précisé, un résumé du contenu " | |
14676 | "du paquet ainsi que son fichier « control » sont affichés." | |
14677 | ||
14678 | #. type: Plain text | |
14679 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14680 | msgid "" | |
14681 | "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " | |
14682 | "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " | |
14683 | "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " | |
14684 | "2." | |
14685 | msgstr "" | |
14686 | "Quand un argument I<fichier-control> est précisé, B<dpkg-deb> affiche les " | |
14687 | "éléments dans l'ordre d'apparition ; quand l'un des éléments n'est pas " | |
14688 | "présent, il affiche un message d'erreur sur « stderr » et quitte avec un " | |
14689 | "code égal à 2." | |
14690 | ||
14691 | #. type: TP | |
14692 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14693 | #, no-wrap | |
14694 | msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>" | |
14695 | msgstr "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>" | |
14696 | ||
14697 | #. type: Plain text | |
14698 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14699 | msgid "" | |
14700 | "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " | |
14701 | "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " | |
14702 | "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator." | |
14703 | msgstr "" | |
14704 | "Cette option donne des informations sur l'archive d'un paquet binaire selon " | |
14705 | "le format spécifié par l'argument B<--showformat>. Le format par défaut " | |
14706 | "affiche le nom et la version du paquet sur une seule ligne, séparés par une " | |
14707 | "tabulation." | |
14708 | ||
14709 | #. type: TP | |
14710 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14711 | #, no-wrap | |
14712 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]" | |
14713 | msgstr "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<nom-du-champ-de-control>...]" | |
14714 | ||
14715 | #. type: Plain text | |
14716 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14717 | msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." | |
14718 | msgstr "" | |
14719 | "Extrait les renseignements du fichier « control » de l'archive du paquet " | |
14720 | "binaire." | |
14721 | ||
14722 | #. type: Plain text | |
14723 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14724 | #, fuzzy | |
14725 | #| msgid "" | |
14726 | #| "If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " | |
14727 | #| "control file." | |
14728 | msgid "" | |
14729 | "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole " | |
14730 | "control file." | |
14731 | msgstr "" | |
14732 | "Quand aucun argument B<control-fichier-champ> n'est précisé, le fichier " | |
14733 | "« control » est affiché en entier." | |
14734 | ||
14735 | #. type: Plain text | |
14736 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14737 | #, fuzzy | |
14738 | #| msgid "" | |
14739 | #| "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " | |
14740 | #| "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one " | |
14741 | #| "B<control-file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each " | |
14742 | #| "with its field name (and a colon and space)." | |
14743 | msgid "" | |
14744 | "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " | |
14745 | "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one I<control-" | |
14746 | "field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " | |
14747 | "name (and a colon and space)." | |
14748 | msgstr "" | |
14749 | "Quand il y en a un, B<dpkg-deb> affiche ses éléments en suivant leur ordre " | |
14750 | "d'apparition dans le fichier « control ». Quand il y a plus d'un argument " | |
14751 | "B<control-fichier-field,> B<dpkg-deb> fait précéder chacun par le nom de son " | |
14752 | "champ (puis par un « deux-points » et une espace)." | |
14753 | ||
14754 | #. type: Plain text | |
14755 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14756 | msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." | |
14757 | msgstr "L'absence des champs demandés ne provoque pas de message d'erreur." | |
14758 | ||
14759 | #. type: TP | |
14760 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14761 | #, no-wrap | |
14762 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" | |
14763 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" | |
14764 | ||
14765 | #. type: Plain text | |
14766 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14767 | msgid "" | |
14768 | "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " | |
14769 | "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " | |
14770 | "verbose listing." | |
14771 | msgstr "" | |
14772 | "Liste seulement l'arborescence des fichiers d'une archive de paquet. C'est " | |
14773 | "en fait le résultat produit par la commande B<tar> et une option " | |
14774 | "d'énumération verbeuse." | |
14775 | ||
14776 | #. type: TP | |
14777 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14778 | #, no-wrap | |
14779 | msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>" | |
14780 | msgstr "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive répertoire>" | |
14781 | ||
14782 | #. type: Plain text | |
14783 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14784 | msgid "" | |
14785 | "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " | |
14786 | "directory." | |
14787 | msgstr "" | |
14788 | "Extrait l'arborescence des fichiers d'un paquet archive dans le répertoire " | |
14789 | "spécifié." | |
14790 | ||
14791 | #. type: Plain text | |
14792 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14793 | msgid "" | |
14794 | "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " | |
14795 | "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." | |
14796 | msgstr "" | |
14797 | "Il faut remarquer que l'extraction d'un paquet dans le répertoire root I<ne " | |
14798 | "produit pas> une installation correcte ! Utilisez B<dpkg> pour " | |
14799 | "l'installation des paquets." | |
14800 | ||
14801 | #. type: Plain text | |
14802 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14803 | msgid "" | |
14804 | "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its " | |
14805 | "permissions modified to match the contents of the package." | |
14806 | msgstr "" | |
14807 | "I<répertoire> est créé si nécessaire (mais pas ses répertoires parents) et " | |
14808 | "ses permissions sont modifiées pour correspondre au contenu du paquet." | |
14809 | ||
14810 | #. type: TP | |
14811 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14812 | #, no-wrap | |
14813 | msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" | |
14814 | msgstr "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive répertoire>" | |
14815 | ||
14816 | #. type: Plain text | |
14817 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14818 | msgid "" | |
14819 | "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a " | |
14820 | "listing of the files extracted as it goes." | |
14821 | msgstr "" | |
14822 | "Comme B<--extract> (B<-x>) avec B<--verbose> (B<-v>), ce qui affiche la " | |
14823 | "liste des fichiers au fur et à mesure qu'ils sont extraits." | |
14824 | ||
14825 | #. type: TP | |
14826 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14827 | #, no-wrap | |
14828 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>" | |
14829 | msgstr "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive répertoire>" | |
14830 | ||
14831 | #. type: Plain text | |
14832 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14833 | #, fuzzy | |
14834 | #| msgid "" | |
14835 | #| "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified " | |
14836 | #| "directory, and the control information files into a DEBIAN subdirectory " | |
14837 | #| "of the specified directory." | |
14838 | msgid "" | |
14839 | "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified " | |
14840 | "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " | |
14841 | "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
14842 | msgstr "" | |
14843 | "Extrait l'arborescence des fichiers d'un paquet archive dans le répertoire " | |
14844 | "spécifié et les fichiers d'information de contrôle dans un sous-répertoire " | |
14845 | "nommé DEBIAN de ce répertoire." | |
14846 | ||
14847 | #. type: Plain text | |
14848 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14849 | msgid "" | |
14850 | "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." | |
14851 | msgstr "" | |
14852 | "Le répertoire cible est créé si nécessaire (mais pas ses répertoires " | |
14853 | "parents)." | |
14854 | ||
14855 | #. type: Plain text | |
14856 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14857 | msgid "" | |
14858 | "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it " | |
14859 | "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported." | |
14860 | msgstr "" | |
14861 | ||
14862 | #. type: TP | |
14863 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14864 | #, no-wrap | |
14865 | msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>" | |
14866 | msgstr "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>" | |
14867 | ||
14868 | #. type: Plain text | |
14869 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14870 | msgid "" | |
14871 | "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard " | |
14872 | "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with B<tar>(1) this " | |
14873 | "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. " | |
14874 | "The input archive will always be processed sequentially." | |
14875 | msgstr "" | |
14876 | "Extrait les données de contrôle d'un paquet binaire et les envoie sur la " | |
14877 | "sortie standard dans le format propre à la commande B<tar> (depuis dpkg " | |
14878 | "1.17.14). En combinant cette option avec la commande B<tar>(1), on peut " | |
14879 | "ainsi extraire un fichier de contrôle précis d'une archive de paquet. " | |
14880 | "L'archive d'entrée sera toujours traitée séquentiellement." | |
14881 | ||
14882 | #. type: TP | |
14883 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14884 | #, no-wrap | |
14885 | msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" | |
14886 | msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" | |
14887 | ||
14888 | #. type: Plain text | |
14889 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14890 | msgid "" | |
14891 | "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " | |
14892 | "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " | |
14893 | "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will " | |
14894 | "always be processed sequentially." | |
14895 | msgstr "" | |
14896 | "Extrait les données de l'arborescence d'un paquet binaire et les envoie sur " | |
14897 | "la sortie standard dans le format propre à la commande B<tar>. En combinant " | |
14898 | "cette option avec la commande B<tar>(1), on peut ainsi extraire un fichier " | |
14899 | "précis d'une archive de paquet. L'archive d'entrée sera toujours traitée " | |
14900 | "séquentiellement." | |
14901 | ||
14902 | #. type: TP | |
14903 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14904 | #, no-wrap | |
14905 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]" | |
14906 | msgstr "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<répertoire>]" | |
14907 | ||
14908 | #. type: Plain text | |
14909 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14910 | msgid "" | |
14911 | "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " | |
14912 | "specified directory." | |
14913 | msgstr "" | |
14914 | "Extrait les fichiers de contrôle d'une archive de paquet dans le répertoire " | |
14915 | "spécifié." | |
14916 | ||
14917 | #. type: Plain text | |
14918 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14919 | msgid "" | |
14920 | "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " | |
14921 | "directory is used." | |
14922 | msgstr "" | |
14923 | "Quand aucun répertoire n'est précisé, on utilise un sous-répertoire " | |
14924 | "B<DEBIAN> du répertoire actuel." | |
14925 | ||
14926 | #. type: TP | |
14927 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14928 | #, no-wrap | |
14929 | msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" | |
14930 | msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>" | |
14931 | ||
14932 | #. type: Plain text | |
14933 | #: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-query.man | |
14934 | msgid "" | |
14935 | "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " | |
14936 | "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." | |
14937 | msgstr "" | |
14938 | "Cette option sert à spécifier le format de sortie de l'option B<--show>. Ce " | |
14939 | "format sera utilisé pour chaque paquet listé." | |
14940 | ||
14941 | #. type: Plain text | |
14942 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14943 | #, fuzzy | |
14944 | #| msgid "" | |
14945 | #| "The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " | |
14946 | #| "form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on " | |
14947 | #| "the same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options " | |
14948 | #| "(including escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the " | |
14949 | #| "explanation of the B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." | |
14950 | msgid "" | |
14951 | "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, " | |
14952 | "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same " | |
14953 | "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape " | |
14954 | "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--" | |
14955 | "showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." | |
14956 | msgstr "" | |
14957 | "Cet argument est une chaîne qui peut référencer tout champ avec la forme " | |
14958 | "${I<field-name>} ; une liste des champs valables peut être facilement " | |
14959 | "produite avec l'option B<-I> sur le même paquet. Une explication complète " | |
14960 | "des options de formatage (avec les séquences d'échappement et les espaces " | |
14961 | "entre les champs) se trouve dans la page B<dpkg-query>(1), option B<--" | |
14962 | "showformat>." | |
14963 | ||
14964 | #. type: Plain text | |
14965 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14966 | #, fuzzy | |
14967 | #| msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." | |
14968 | msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\et${Version}\\en”." | |
14969 | msgstr "Par défaut, la valeur de ce champ est ${Package}\\et${Version}\\en." | |
14970 | ||
14971 | #. type: TP | |
14972 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14973 | #, no-wrap | |
14974 | msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>" | |
14975 | msgstr "B<-z>I<niveau_compression>" | |
14976 | ||
14977 | #. type: Plain text | |
14978 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
14979 | #, fuzzy | |
14980 | #| msgid "" | |
14981 | #| "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when " | |
14982 | #| "building a package (default is 9 for gzip and bzip2, 6 for xz and lzma). " | |
14983 | #| "The accepted values are 0-9 with: 0 being mapped to compressor none for " | |
14984 | #| "gzip and 0 mapped to 1 for bzip2. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 was " | |
14985 | #| "equivalent to compressor none for all compressors." | |
14986 | msgid "" | |
14987 | "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when " | |
14988 | "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz). The accepted values " | |
14989 | "are 0-9 with: 0 being mapped to compressor none for gzip. Before dpkg " | |
14990 | "1.16.2 level 0 was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors." | |
14991 | msgstr "" | |
14992 | "Indique le niveau de compression à fournir au logiciel de compression appelé " | |
14993 | "en sous-main lors de la compression du paquet. La valeur par défaut est 9 " | |
14994 | "pour gzip et bzip, 6 pour xz et lzma. Les valeurs possibles sont les entiers " | |
14995 | "compris entre 0 et 9 : 0 correspond à aucune compression pour gzip et au " | |
14996 | "niveau 1 pour bzip2. Avant la version 1.16.2, la valeur 0 correspondait à " | |
14997 | "« aucune compression » pour tous les logiciels de compression." | |
14998 | ||
14999 | #. type: TP | |
15000 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15001 | #, no-wrap | |
15002 | msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>" | |
15003 | msgstr "B<-S>I<stratégie-compression>" | |
15004 | ||
15005 | #. type: Plain text | |
15006 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15007 | #, fuzzy | |
15008 | #| msgid "" | |
15009 | #| "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when " | |
15010 | #| "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are I<none> (since " | |
15011 | #| "dpkg 1.16.4), I<filtered>, I<huffman>, I<rle> and I<fixed> for gzip " | |
15012 | #| "(since dpkg 1.17.0) and I<extreme> for xz." | |
15013 | msgid "" | |
15014 | "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when " | |
15015 | "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since " | |
15016 | "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since " | |
15017 | "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz." | |
15018 | msgstr "" | |
15019 | "Indique la stratégie de compression à fournir au logiciel de compression " | |
15020 | "appelé en sous-main lors de la construction du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.2). " | |
15021 | "Les valeurs autorisées sont I<none> (depuis dpkg 1.16.4), I<filtered>, " | |
15022 | "I<huffman>, I<rle> et I<fixed> pour gzip (since dpkg 1.17.0) et I<extreme> " | |
15023 | "pour xz." | |
15024 | ||
15025 | #. type: TP | |
15026 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15027 | #, no-wrap | |
15028 | msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>" | |
15029 | msgstr "B<-Z>I<type_compression>" | |
15030 | ||
15031 | #. type: Plain text | |
15032 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15033 | #, fuzzy | |
15034 | #| msgid "" | |
15035 | #| "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " | |
15036 | #| "values are I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2> (deprecated), I<lzma> (deprecated), " | |
15037 | #| "and I<none> (default is I<xz>)." | |
15038 | msgid "" | |
15039 | "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " | |
15040 | "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), and B<none> (default is " | |
15041 | "B<xz>)." | |
15042 | msgstr "" | |
15043 | "Indique le type de compression à utiliser lors de la construction d'un " | |
15044 | "paquet. Les valeurs autorisées sont I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2> (déconseillée), " | |
15045 | "I<lzma> (déconseillée) et I<none> (I<xz> est la valeur par défaut)." | |
15046 | ||
15047 | #. type: TP | |
15048 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15049 | #, no-wrap | |
15050 | msgid "B<--uniform-compression>" | |
15051 | msgstr "B<--uniform-compression>" | |
15052 | ||
15053 | #. type: Plain text | |
15054 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15055 | #, fuzzy | |
15056 | #| msgid "" | |
15057 | #| "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all " | |
15058 | #| "archive members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>). Otherwise only the " | |
15059 | #| "B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported " | |
15060 | #| "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are I<none>, I<gzip> and " | |
15061 | #| "I<xz>." | |
15062 | msgid "" | |
15063 | "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive " | |
15064 | "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise " | |
15065 | "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported " | |
15066 | "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip> and " | |
15067 | "B<xz>." | |
15068 | msgstr "" | |
15069 | "Indique que les mêmes paramètres de compression doivent être utilisés pour " | |
15070 | "tous les membres de l'archive (c'est-à-dire B<control.tar> et B<data.tar>). " | |
15071 | "Sinon, seul le membre B<data.tar> utilisera ces paramètres. I<none>, I<gzip> " | |
15072 | "et I<xz> sont les seuls types de compression pris en charge pour cette " | |
15073 | "option d'uniformité." | |
15074 | ||
15075 | #. type: TP | |
15076 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15077 | #, no-wrap | |
15078 | msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>" | |
15079 | msgstr "B<--deb-format=>I<format>" | |
15080 | ||
15081 | #. type: Plain text | |
15082 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15083 | #, fuzzy | |
15084 | #| msgid "" | |
15085 | #| "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). " | |
15086 | #| "Allowed values are I<2.0> for the new format, and I<0.939000> for the old " | |
15087 | #| "one (default is I<2.0>)." | |
15088 | msgid "" | |
15089 | "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). " | |
15090 | "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old " | |
15091 | "one (default is B<2.0>)." | |
15092 | msgstr "" | |
15093 | "Indique la version du format d'archive utilisé lors de la construction. Les " | |
15094 | "valeurs autorisées sont I<2.0> pour le nouveau format et I<0.939000> pour " | |
15095 | "l'ancien (la valeur par défaut est I<2.0>)." | |
15096 | ||
15097 | #. type: Plain text | |
15098 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15099 | msgid "" | |
15100 | "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now " | |
15101 | "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of " | |
15102 | "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out " | |
15103 | "only." | |
15104 | msgstr "" | |
15105 | "L'ancien format d'archive, moins facilement compris par les outils non-" | |
15106 | "Debian, est maintenant dépassé. On l'utilise seulement quand on construit " | |
15107 | "des paquets qui doivent être analysés par des versions de dpkg plus " | |
15108 | "anciennes que la version 0.93.76 (septembre 1995), qui fut produite " | |
15109 | "uniquement pour le format « i386 a.out »." | |
15110 | ||
15111 | #. type: TP | |
15112 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15113 | #, no-wrap | |
15114 | msgid "B<--nocheck>" | |
15115 | msgstr "B<--nocheck>" | |
15116 | ||
15117 | #. type: Plain text | |
15118 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15119 | msgid "" | |
15120 | "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " | |
15121 | "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." | |
15122 | msgstr "" | |
15123 | "Empêche les vérifications normales de B<dpkg-deb --build> quant au contenu " | |
15124 | "proposé d'une archive. De cette façon, on peut construire n'importe quelle " | |
15125 | "archive, aussi défectueuse soit-elle." | |
15126 | ||
15127 | #. type: TP | |
15128 | #: dpkg-deb.man start-stop-daemon.man | |
15129 | #, no-wrap | |
15130 | msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" | |
15131 | msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" | |
15132 | ||
15133 | #. type: Plain text | |
15134 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15135 | #, fuzzy | |
15136 | #| msgid "" | |
15137 | #| "Enables verbose output. This currently only affects B<--extract> making " | |
15138 | #| "it behave like B<--vextract>." | |
15139 | msgid "" | |
15140 | "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects B<--" | |
15141 | "extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>." | |
15142 | msgstr "" | |
15143 | "Active l'affichage bavard. Cela n'affecte actuellement que B<--extract> et " | |
15144 | "le rend analogue à B<--vextract>." | |
15145 | ||
15146 | #. type: TP | |
15147 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15148 | #, no-wrap | |
15149 | msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>" | |
15150 | msgstr "B<-D>, B<--debug>" | |
15151 | ||
15152 | #. type: Plain text | |
15153 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15154 | msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." | |
15155 | msgstr "Permet les messages de débogage. Ce n'est pas très intéressant." | |
15156 | ||
15157 | #. type: Plain text | |
15158 | #: dpkg-deb.man dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man update-alternatives.man | |
15159 | msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." | |
15160 | msgstr "L'action demandée s'est correctement déroulée." | |
15161 | ||
15162 | #. type: Plain text | |
15163 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15164 | msgid "" | |
15165 | "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create " | |
15166 | "temporary files and directories." | |
15167 | msgstr "" | |
15168 | "Si cette option est utilisée, B<dpkg> l'utilisera comme répertoire pour " | |
15169 | "créer les fichiers et répertoires temporaires." | |
15170 | ||
15171 | #. type: Plain text | |
15172 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15173 | msgid "" | |
15174 | "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " | |
15175 | "B<deb>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container and used to clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) " | |
15176 | "file entries." | |
15177 | msgstr "" | |
15178 | ||
15179 | #. type: Plain text | |
15180 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15181 | msgid "" | |
15182 | "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " | |
15183 | "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " | |
15184 | "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." | |
15185 | msgstr "" | |
15186 | "N'essayez pas d'installer un logiciel avec B<dpkg-deb> ! Vous devez utiliser " | |
15187 | "B<dpkg> pour être sûr que tous ses fichiers sont correctement mis en place, " | |
15188 | "que les scripts du paquet sont exécutés et que son contenu et son état sont " | |
15189 | "enregistrés." | |
15190 | ||
15191 | #. type: Plain text | |
15192 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15193 | msgid "" | |
15194 | "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." | |
15195 | msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<paquet1>B<.deb> I<paquet2>B<.deb> se trompe." | |
15196 | ||
15197 | #. type: Plain text | |
15198 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15199 | msgid "" | |
15200 | "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " | |
15201 | "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support " | |
15202 | "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most " | |
15203 | "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. " | |
15204 | "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)" | |
15205 | msgstr "" | |
15206 | "Il n'existe pas d'authentification des fichiers B<.deb>. Il n'existe même " | |
15207 | "pas de système de somme de contrôle immédiat. Les outils de haut niveau " | |
15208 | "comme APT gèrent l'authentification des paquets B<.deb> récupérés depuis un " | |
15209 | "dépôt donné et la plupart des paquets fournissent désormais une somme de " | |
15210 | "contrôle MD5 créée par debian/rules. Cependant, ceci n'est pas directement " | |
15211 | "géré par les outils de plus bas niveau." | |
15212 | ||
15213 | #. type: Plain text | |
15214 | #: dpkg-deb.man | |
15215 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
15216 | msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
15217 | ||
15218 | #. type: TH | |
15219 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15220 | #, no-wrap | |
15221 | msgid "dpkg-divert" | |
15222 | msgstr "dpkg-divert" | |
15223 | ||
15224 | #. type: Plain text | |
15225 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15226 | msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" | |
15227 | msgstr "" | |
15228 | "dpkg-divert - remplacer la version d'un fichier contenu dans un paquet." | |
15229 | ||
15230 | #. type: Plain text | |
15231 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15232 | msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
15233 | msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
15234 | ||
15235 | #. type: Plain text | |
15236 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15237 | msgid "" | |
15238 | "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " | |
15239 | "diversions." | |
15240 | msgstr "" | |
15241 | "B<dpkg-divert> sert à créer et à mettre à jour la liste des détournements." | |
15242 | ||
15243 | #. type: Plain text | |
15244 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15245 | #, fuzzy | |
15246 | #| msgid "" | |
15247 | #| "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " | |
15248 | #| "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used " | |
15249 | #| "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " | |
15250 | #| "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some " | |
15251 | #| "package's configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked " | |
15252 | #| "as 'conffiles') need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer " | |
15253 | #| "version of a package which contains those files." | |
15254 | msgid "" | |
15255 | "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " | |
15256 | "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used " | |
15257 | "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " | |
15258 | "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " | |
15259 | "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " | |
15260 | "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer " | |
15261 | "version of a package which contains those files." | |
15262 | msgstr "" | |
15263 | "Le « détournement » de fichier est un moyen d'obliger B<dpkg>(1) à installer " | |
15264 | "un fichier non pas dans l'emplacement prévu mais dans un autre. Les scripts " | |
15265 | "des paquets Debian se servent de la déviation pour déplacer les fichiers qui " | |
15266 | "créent des conflits. Les administrateurs s'en servent, lors de " | |
15267 | "l'installation d'une version plus récente d'un paquet, pour remplacer les " | |
15268 | "fichiers de configuration de certains paquets, ou bien à chaque fois que des " | |
15269 | "fichiers (qui ne sont pas des « conffiles ») doivent être préservés par " | |
15270 | "B<dpkg>." | |
15271 | ||
15272 | #. type: TP | |
15273 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15274 | #, no-wrap | |
15275 | msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>" | |
15276 | msgstr "[B<--add>] I<fichier>" | |
15277 | ||
15278 | #. type: Plain text | |
15279 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15280 | msgid "Add a diversion for I<file>." | |
15281 | msgstr "Ajoute un détournement pour le I<fichier>." | |
15282 | ||
15283 | #. type: TP | |
15284 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15285 | #, no-wrap | |
15286 | msgid "B<--remove>I< file>" | |
15287 | msgstr "B<--remove>I< fichier>" | |
15288 | ||
15289 | #. type: Plain text | |
15290 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15291 | msgid "Remove a diversion for I<file>." | |
15292 | msgstr "Supprime un détournement pour le I<fichier>." | |
15293 | ||
15294 | #. type: TP | |
15295 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15296 | #, no-wrap | |
15297 | msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>" | |
15298 | msgstr "B<--list> I<motif-global>" | |
15299 | ||
15300 | #. type: Plain text | |
15301 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15302 | msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>." | |
15303 | msgstr "Liste les détournements qui correspondent à I<motif-global>." | |
15304 | ||
15305 | #. type: TP | |
15306 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15307 | #, no-wrap | |
15308 | msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>" | |
15309 | msgstr "B<--listpackage>I< fichier>" | |
15310 | ||
15311 | #. type: Plain text | |
15312 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15313 | #, fuzzy | |
15314 | #| msgid "" | |
15315 | #| "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file>. Prints LOCAL if " | |
15316 | #| "I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not diverted." | |
15317 | msgid "" | |
15318 | "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). " | |
15319 | "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not " | |
15320 | "diverted." | |
15321 | msgstr "" | |
15322 | "Affiche le nom du paquet qui dérive (« divert ») I<fichier>. Affiche LOCAL " | |
15323 | "si I<fichier> est dérivé localement et n'affiche rien si I<fichier> n'est " | |
15324 | "pas dérivé." | |
15325 | ||
15326 | #. type: TP | |
15327 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15328 | #, no-wrap | |
15329 | msgid "B<--truename>I< file>" | |
15330 | msgstr "B<--truename>I< fichier>" | |
15331 | ||
15332 | #. type: Plain text | |
15333 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15334 | msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file." | |
15335 | msgstr "Affiche le vrai nom d'un fichier détourné." | |
15336 | ||
15337 | #. type: TP | |
15338 | #: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man dselect.man update-alternatives.man | |
15339 | #, no-wrap | |
15340 | msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>" | |
15341 | msgstr "B<--admindir>I< répertoire>" | |
15342 | ||
15343 | #. type: Plain text | |
15344 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15345 | msgid "" | |
15346 | "Set the B<dpkg> data directory to I<directory> (default: I<%ADMINDIR%>)." | |
15347 | msgstr "" | |
15348 | "Définit le répertoire de données de B<dpkg> comme I<répertoire> (par défaut " | |
15349 | "c'est I<%ADMINDIR%>)." | |
15350 | ||
15351 | #. type: TP | |
15352 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15353 | #, no-wrap | |
15354 | msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>" | |
15355 | msgstr "B<--divert>I< détourner-dans>" | |
15356 | ||
15357 | #. type: Plain text | |
15358 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15359 | msgid "" | |
15360 | "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by " | |
15361 | "other packages, will be diverted." | |
15362 | msgstr "" | |
15363 | "I<détourner-dans> est l'emplacement vers lequel les versions de I<fichier>, " | |
15364 | "tel qu'il est donné par d'autres paquets, seront détournées." | |
15365 | ||
15366 | #. type: TP | |
15367 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15368 | #, no-wrap | |
15369 | msgid "B<--local>" | |
15370 | msgstr "B<--local>" | |
15371 | ||
15372 | #. type: Plain text | |
15373 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15374 | msgid "" | |
15375 | "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " | |
15376 | "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " | |
15377 | "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " | |
15378 | "version." | |
15379 | msgstr "" | |
15380 | "Indique que toutes les versions de ce fichier sont détournées. Cela signifie " | |
15381 | "qu'il n'y a pas d'exception et quel que soit le paquet installé, ce fichier " | |
15382 | "sera détourné. Un administrateur peut par exemple installer une version " | |
15383 | "modifiée localement." | |
15384 | ||
15385 | #. type: TP | |
15386 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15387 | #, no-wrap | |
15388 | msgid "B<--package>I< package>" | |
15389 | msgstr "B<--package>I< paquet>" | |
15390 | ||
15391 | #. type: Plain text | |
15392 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15393 | msgid "" | |
15394 | "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be " | |
15395 | "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>." | |
15396 | msgstr "" | |
15397 | "I<paquet> est le nom du paquet dont la copie de I<fichier> ne sera pas " | |
15398 | "détournée. Autrement dit, I<fichier> sera détourné sauf s'il appartient à " | |
15399 | "I<paquet>." | |
15400 | ||
15401 | #. type: TP | |
15402 | #: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-statoverride.man update-alternatives.man | |
15403 | #, no-wrap | |
15404 | msgid "B<--quiet>" | |
15405 | msgstr "B<--quiet>" | |
15406 | ||
15407 | #. type: Plain text | |
15408 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15409 | msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." | |
15410 | msgstr "Mode silencieux, pas de bavardage." | |
15411 | ||
15412 | #. type: TP | |
15413 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15414 | #, no-wrap | |
15415 | msgid "B<--rename>" | |
15416 | msgstr "B<--rename>" | |
15417 | ||
15418 | #. type: Plain text | |
15419 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15420 | msgid "" | |
15421 | "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation " | |
15422 | "in case the destination file already exists." | |
15423 | msgstr "" | |
15424 | "Met en fait le fichier de côté. Quand le fichier de destination existe, " | |
15425 | "B<dpkg-divert> interrompt l'opération." | |
15426 | ||
15427 | #. type: TP | |
15428 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15429 | #, no-wrap | |
15430 | msgid "B<--test>" | |
15431 | msgstr "B<--test>" | |
15432 | ||
15433 | #. type: Plain text | |
15434 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15435 | msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." | |
15436 | msgstr "Mode de test, ne modifie rien réellement, montre seulement." | |
15437 | ||
15438 | #. type: Plain text | |
15439 | #: dpkg-divert.man dpkg-query.man dpkg-statoverride.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
15440 | msgid "" | |
15441 | "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " | |
15442 | "as the B<dpkg> data directory." | |
15443 | msgstr "" | |
15444 | "Si cette variable est positionnée et que l'option B<--admindir> n'est pas " | |
15445 | "précisée, ce répertoire sera utilisé comme répertoire de données pour " | |
15446 | "B<dpkg>." | |
15447 | ||
15448 | #. type: Plain text | |
15449 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15450 | msgid "" | |
15451 | "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, " | |
15452 | "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name." | |
15453 | msgstr "" | |
15454 | "Si cette variable est positionnée et que les options B<--local> et B<--" | |
15455 | "package> ne le sont pas, B<dpkg-divert> en utilisera la valeur comme nom de " | |
15456 | "paquet." | |
15457 | ||
15458 | #. type: TP | |
15459 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15460 | #, no-wrap | |
15461 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>" | |
15462 | msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>" | |
15463 | ||
15464 | #. type: Plain text | |
15465 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15466 | msgid "" | |
15467 | "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " | |
15468 | "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " | |
15469 | "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." | |
15470 | msgstr "" | |
15471 | "Ce fichier contient la liste des détournements en œuvre sur le système. Il " | |
15472 | "se trouve dans le répertoire d'administration de B<dpkg>, avec d'autres " | |
15473 | "fichiers importants comme « status » ou « available »." | |
15474 | ||
15475 | #. type: Plain text | |
15476 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15477 | msgid "" | |
15478 | "Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension I<-" | |
15479 | "old>, before replacing it with the new one." | |
15480 | msgstr "" | |
15481 | "Note : B<dpkg-divert> préserve l'ancienne copie de ce fichier, avec " | |
15482 | "l'extension « -old », avant de la remplacer par la nouvelle." | |
15483 | ||
15484 | #. type: Plain text | |
15485 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15486 | msgid "" | |
15487 | "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. " | |
15488 | "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if " | |
15489 | "specified." | |
15490 | msgstr "" | |
15491 | "Pour l'ajout, le défaut est B<--local> et B<--divert> I<original>B<." | |
15492 | "distrib>. Pour la suppression, B<--package> ou B<--local> et B<--divert> " | |
15493 | "doivent correspondre quand ils sont précisés." | |
15494 | ||
15495 | #. type: Plain text | |
15496 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15497 | msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." | |
15498 | msgstr "On ne peut pas détourner des répertoires avec B<dpkg-divert>." | |
15499 | ||
15500 | #. type: Plain text | |
15501 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15502 | msgid "" | |
15503 | "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " | |
15504 | "creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " | |
15505 | "library. Because B<ldconfig> doesn't honour diverts (only B<dpkg> does), " | |
15506 | "the symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted " | |
15507 | "library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." | |
15508 | msgstr "" | |
15509 | "Il faut faire attention quand une bibliothèque partagée est détournée. " | |
15510 | "B<ldconfig>(8) crée un lien symbolique à partir du champ DT_SONAME embarqué " | |
15511 | "dans la bibliothèque. B<ldconfig> ne connaît pas les détournements (seul " | |
15512 | "B<dpkg> le fait), et si une bibliothèque détournée possède le même SONAME " | |
15513 | "que la bibliothèque non détournée, le lien symbolique peut pointer en fin de " | |
15514 | "compte sur la bibliothèque détournée." | |
15515 | ||
15516 | #. type: Plain text | |
15517 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15518 | msgid "" | |
15519 | "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." | |
15520 | "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" | |
15521 | "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" | |
15522 | msgstr "" | |
15523 | "Pour détourner toutes les copies de I</usr/bin/example> vers I</usr/bin/" | |
15524 | "example.foo>, c'est-à-dire demander aux paquets qui fournissent I</usr/bin/" | |
15525 | "example> de l'installer dans I</usr/bin/example.foo>, en effectuant le " | |
15526 | "changement de nom si nécessaire :" | |
15527 | ||
15528 | #. type: Plain text | |
15529 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15530 | msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" | |
15531 | msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" | |
15532 | ||
15533 | #. type: Plain text | |
15534 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15535 | msgid "To remove that diversion:" | |
15536 | msgstr "Pour supprimer ce détournement :" | |
15537 | ||
15538 | #. type: Plain text | |
15539 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15540 | msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" | |
15541 | msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" | |
15542 | ||
15543 | #. type: Plain text | |
15544 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15545 | msgid "" | |
15546 | "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" | |
15547 | "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" | |
15548 | msgstr "" | |
15549 | "Pour détourner n'importe quel paquet qui veut installer I</usr/bin/example> " | |
15550 | "dans I</usr/bin/example.foo>, sauf votre propre paquet I<wibble> :" | |
15551 | ||
15552 | #. type: Plain text | |
15553 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15554 | msgid "" | |
15555 | "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" | |
15556 | "example" | |
15557 | msgstr "" | |
15558 | "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" | |
15559 | "example" | |
15560 | ||
15561 | #. type: Plain text | |
15562 | #: dpkg-divert.man | |
15563 | msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" | |
15564 | msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" | |
15565 | ||
15566 | #. type: TH | |
15567 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15568 | #, no-wrap | |
15569 | msgid "dpkg-genchanges" | |
15570 | msgstr "dpkg-genchanges" | |
15571 | ||
15572 | #. type: Plain text | |
15573 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15574 | msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" | |
15575 | msgstr "dpkg-genchanges - Créer des fichiers « .changes »." | |
15576 | ||
15577 | #. type: Plain text | |
15578 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15579 | msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]" | |
15580 | msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]" | |
15581 | ||
15582 | #. type: Plain text | |
15583 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15584 | msgid "" | |
15585 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " | |
15586 | "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " | |
15587 | "upload control file (B<.changes> file)." | |
15588 | msgstr "" | |
15589 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> lit les informations à la fois dans une arborescence " | |
15590 | "debian dépaquetée et déjà construite et sur les fichiers qui ont été créés ; " | |
15591 | "puis il crée un fichier de contrôle pour la mise en place dans l'archive " | |
15592 | "Debian (c'est le fichier B<.changes>)." | |
15593 | ||
15594 | #. type: Plain text | |
15595 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15596 | msgid "" | |
15597 | "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " | |
15598 | "dpkg 1.18.5)." | |
15599 | msgstr "" | |
15600 | ||
15601 | #. type: Plain text | |
15602 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15603 | #, fuzzy | |
15604 | #| msgid "Do not sign the source package." | |
15605 | msgid "Upload the source package." | |
15606 | msgstr "Ne pas signer le paquet source." | |
15607 | ||
15608 | #. type: Plain text | |
15609 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15610 | msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages." | |
15611 | msgstr "" | |
15612 | ||
15613 | #. type: Plain text | |
15614 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15615 | msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages." | |
15616 | msgstr "" | |
15617 | ||
15618 | #. type: Plain text | |
15619 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15620 | msgid "" | |
15621 | "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " | |
15622 | "an alias for B<any,all>." | |
15623 | msgstr "" | |
15624 | ||
15625 | #. type: Plain text | |
15626 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15627 | #, fuzzy | |
15628 | #| msgid "" | |
15629 | #| "Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built. " | |
15630 | #| "This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified." | |
15631 | msgid "" | |
15632 | "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the " | |
15633 | "default case when no build option is specified." | |
15634 | msgstr "" | |
15635 | "Construction complète où les paquets sources et binaires sont construits. " | |
15636 | "Identique au cas par défaut où aucune option de construction n'est indiquée." | |
15637 | ||
15638 | #. type: Plain text | |
15639 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15640 | msgid "" | |
15641 | "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is " | |
15642 | "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-" | |
15643 | "B> haven't been used)." | |
15644 | msgstr "" | |
15645 | "Les options B<-s>I<x> contrôlent si l'archive source d'origine est incluse " | |
15646 | "dans l'installation produite si un paquet source est créé (c'est-à-dire que " | |
15647 | "les options B<-b> ou B<-B> n'ont pas été utilisées)." | |
15648 | ||
15649 | #. type: Plain text | |
15650 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15651 | msgid "" | |
15652 | "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if " | |
15653 | "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian " | |
15654 | "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog " | |
15655 | "entry." | |
15656 | msgstr "" | |
15657 | "Par défaut, ou quand l'option est indiquée, les sources d'origine sont " | |
15658 | "incluses uniquement si le numéro de version majeur (c'est-à-dire la version " | |
15659 | "sans les parties epoch et « révision Debian ») diffère de la version " | |
15660 | "précédente indiquée dans le fichier de changelog." | |
15661 | ||
15662 | #. type: Plain text | |
15663 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15664 | msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source." | |
15665 | msgstr "Force l'inclusion des sources d'origine." | |
15666 | ||
15667 | #. type: Plain text | |
15668 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15669 | msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff." | |
15670 | msgstr "" | |
15671 | "Force l'exclusion des sources d'origine et inclut seulement le « diff »." | |
15672 | ||
15673 | #. type: Plain text | |
15674 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15675 | msgid "" | |
15676 | "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " | |
15677 | "I<version> to be used." | |
15678 | msgstr "" | |
15679 | "Force l'utilisation des informations contenues dans le fichier « changelog » " | |
15680 | "et qui concernent toutes les versions strictement plus récentes que " | |
15681 | "I<version>." | |
15682 | ||
15683 | #. type: Plain text | |
15684 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15685 | msgid "" | |
15686 | "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> " | |
15687 | "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." | |
15688 | msgstr "" | |
15689 | "Lit la description des changements dans le fichier I<description-des-" | |
15690 | "changements> plutôt que dans le fichier « changelog » de l'arborescence " | |
15691 | "source." | |
15692 | ||
15693 | #. type: TP | |
15694 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15695 | #, no-wrap | |
15696 | msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>" | |
15697 | msgstr "B<-m>I<adresse-du-responsable>" | |
15698 | ||
15699 | #. type: Plain text | |
15700 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15701 | msgid "" | |
15702 | "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " | |
15703 | "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " | |
15704 | "control file." | |
15705 | msgstr "" | |
15706 | "Utilise I<adresse-du-responsable> comme nom et adresse électronique du " | |
15707 | "responsable de paquet plutôt que d'utiliser les informations contenues dans " | |
15708 | "le fichier « control » de l'arborescence source." | |
15709 | ||
15710 | #. type: TP | |
15711 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15712 | #, no-wrap | |
15713 | msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>" | |
15714 | msgstr "B<-e>I<adresse-du-responsable>" | |
15715 | ||
15716 | #. type: Plain text | |
15717 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15718 | msgid "" | |
15719 | "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " | |
15720 | "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " | |
15721 | "changelog." | |
15722 | msgstr "" | |
15723 | "Utilise I<adresse-du-responsable> comme nom et adresse électronique du " | |
15724 | "responsable de paquet pour cette mise en place, plutôt que d'utiliser les " | |
15725 | "informations contenues dans le fichier « changelog » de l'arborescence " | |
15726 | "source." | |
15727 | ||
15728 | #. type: TP | |
15729 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man | |
15730 | #, no-wrap | |
15731 | msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" | |
15732 | msgstr "B<-V>I<nom>B<=>I<valeur>" | |
15733 | ||
15734 | #. type: Plain text | |
15735 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-source.man | |
15736 | msgid "" | |
15737 | "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a " | |
15738 | "discussion of output substitution." | |
15739 | msgstr "" | |
15740 | "Fixe la valeur d'une variable de substitution. Consultez B<deb-substvars>(5) " | |
15741 | "pour une discussion sur la valeur de substitution." | |
15742 | ||
15743 | #. type: TP | |
15744 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man | |
15745 | #, no-wrap | |
15746 | msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>" | |
15747 | msgstr "B<-T>I<fichier/substvars>" | |
15748 | ||
15749 | #. type: Plain text | |
15750 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15751 | #, fuzzy | |
15752 | #| msgid "" | |
15753 | #| "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/" | |
15754 | #| "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that " | |
15755 | #| "are output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the " | |
15756 | #| "field of the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read " | |
15757 | #| "substitution variables from multiple files." | |
15758 | msgid "" | |
15759 | "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/" | |
15760 | "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are " | |
15761 | "output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the field of " | |
15762 | "the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " | |
15763 | "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
15764 | msgstr "" | |
15765 | "Lecture des variables de substitution depuis I<substvarsfile> ; la valeur " | |
15766 | "par défaut est B<debian/substvars>. Aucune substitution de variable n'est " | |
15767 | "faite sur les champs de sortie, cependant la variable spéciale I<Format> " | |
15768 | "remplacera le champ qui porte le même nom. Cette option peut être utilisée " | |
15769 | "plusieurs fois pour lire les variables de substitution depuis plusieurs " | |
15770 | "fichiers." | |
15771 | ||
15772 | #. type: TP | |
15773 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man | |
15774 | #, no-wrap | |
15775 | msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" | |
15776 | msgstr "B<-D>I<champ>B<=>I<valeur>" | |
15777 | ||
15778 | #. type: Plain text | |
15779 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man | |
15780 | msgid "Override or add an output control file field." | |
15781 | msgstr "Remplace ou ajoute en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle." | |
15782 | ||
15783 | #. type: TP | |
15784 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man | |
15785 | #, no-wrap | |
15786 | msgid "B<-U>I<field>" | |
15787 | msgstr "B<-U>I<champ>" | |
15788 | ||
15789 | #. type: Plain text | |
15790 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man | |
15791 | msgid "Remove an output control file field." | |
15792 | msgstr "Supprime en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle." | |
15793 | ||
15794 | #. type: Plain text | |
15795 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15796 | msgid "" | |
15797 | "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/" | |
15798 | "files>." | |
15799 | msgstr "" | |
15800 | "Lit ou écrit la liste des fichiers qui doivent être envoyés vers l'archive " | |
15801 | "dans ce fichier plutôt que dans le fichier B<debian/files>." | |
15802 | ||
15803 | #. type: Plain text | |
15804 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15805 | msgid "" | |
15806 | "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " | |
15807 | "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " | |
15808 | "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." | |
15809 | msgstr "" | |
15810 | "Cherche les fichiers à installer dans I<répertoire-des-fichiers-à-installer> " | |
15811 | "plutôt que dans B<..> (B<dpkg-genchanges> doit trouver ces fichiers de " | |
15812 | "manière à mettre leurs tailles et leurs sommes de contrôle dans le fichier " | |
15813 | "B<.changes>)." | |
15814 | ||
15815 | #. type: Plain text | |
15816 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15817 | msgid "" | |
15818 | "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " | |
15819 | "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " | |
15820 | "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." | |
15821 | msgstr "" | |
15822 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> affiche habituellement des messages d'information sur la " | |
15823 | "sortie d'erreur standard ; par exemple, combien de fichiers source du paquet " | |
15824 | "sont en cours d'installation. B<-q> supprime ces messages." | |
15825 | ||
15826 | #. type: Plain text | |
15827 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15828 | msgid "" | |
15829 | "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if " | |
15830 | "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)." | |
15831 | msgstr "" | |
15832 | ||
15833 | #. type: Plain text | |
15834 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15835 | msgid "" | |
15836 | "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " | |
15837 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." | |
15838 | msgstr "" | |
15839 | "La liste des fichiers créés qui seront envoyés sur le serveur. B<dpkg-" | |
15840 | "genchanges> lit dans ce fichier les données nécessaires à la création du " | |
15841 | "fichier B<.changes>." | |
15842 | ||
15843 | #. type: Plain text | |
15844 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man | |
15845 | #, fuzzy | |
15846 | #| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
15847 | msgid "" | |
15848 | "B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-src-files>(5), B<deb-" | |
15849 | "changelog>(5), B<deb-changes>(5)." | |
15850 | msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
15851 | ||
15852 | #. type: TH | |
15853 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15854 | #, no-wrap | |
15855 | msgid "dpkg-gencontrol" | |
15856 | msgstr "dpkg-gencontrol" | |
15857 | ||
15858 | #. type: Plain text | |
15859 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15860 | msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files" | |
15861 | msgstr "dpkg-gencontrol - Créer des fichiers de contrôle Debian." | |
15862 | ||
15863 | #. type: Plain text | |
15864 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15865 | msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" | |
15866 | msgstr "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" | |
15867 | ||
15868 | #. type: Plain text | |
15869 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15870 | msgid "" | |
15871 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " | |
15872 | "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" | |
15873 | "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields." | |
15874 | msgstr "" | |
15875 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> lit les informations contenues dans une arborescence " | |
15876 | "Debian dépaquetée et crée le fichier « control » d'un paquet binaire (par " | |
15877 | "défaut, c'est le fichier debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control) ; durant cette action il " | |
15878 | "y a simplification des champs de relations." | |
15879 | ||
15880 | #. type: Plain text | |
15881 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15882 | msgid "" | |
15883 | "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are " | |
15884 | "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true " | |
15885 | "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove " | |
15886 | "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates " | |
15887 | "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it " | |
15888 | "keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The " | |
15889 | "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency " | |
15890 | "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, " | |
15891 | "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one." | |
15892 | msgstr "" | |
15893 | "B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> et B<Suggests> sont simplifiés " | |
15894 | "dans cet ordre pour supprimer les dépendances qui sont connues pour être " | |
15895 | "vérifiées par la plus forte dépendance déjà traitée. Sont aussi supprimées " | |
15896 | "toutes les auto-dépendances (dans les faits, cela supprime les dépendances " | |
15897 | "qui sont déjà validées par la version du paquet déjà installé). Logiquement, " | |
15898 | "il conserve les correspondances entre plusieurs dépendances dans le même " | |
15899 | "paquet. L'ordre des dépendances est conservé du mieux possible : si une " | |
15900 | "dépendance doit être supprimée à cause d'une autre dépendance qui se trouve " | |
15901 | "dans un champ suivant, la dépendance remplaçante prendra la place de celle " | |
15902 | "éliminée." | |
15903 | ||
15904 | #. type: Plain text | |
15905 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15906 | msgid "" | |
15907 | "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> " | |
15908 | "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of " | |
15909 | "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the " | |
15910 | "field." | |
15911 | msgstr "" | |
15912 | "Les autres champs (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> et " | |
15913 | "B<Provides>) sont également simplifiés individuellement par l'analyse des " | |
15914 | "différentes dépendances lorsque un paquet est indiqué plusieurs fois dans le " | |
15915 | "champ." | |
15916 | ||
15917 | #. type: Plain text | |
15918 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15919 | msgid "" | |
15920 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/" | |
15921 | "files>." | |
15922 | msgstr "" | |
15923 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> ajoute aussi une entrée pour un paquet binaire dans " | |
15924 | "B<debian/files>." | |
15925 | ||
15926 | #. type: Plain text | |
15927 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15928 | msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated." | |
15929 | msgstr "Fixe le numéro de version du paquet binaire qui sera créé." | |
15930 | ||
15931 | #. type: Plain text | |
15932 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15933 | msgid "" | |
15934 | "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion " | |
15935 | "of output substitution." | |
15936 | msgstr "" | |
15937 | "Fixe la valeur d'une variable de substitution. Consultez B<deb-substvars>(5) " | |
15938 | "pour une discussion sur la valeur de substitution." | |
15939 | ||
15940 | #. type: Plain text | |
15941 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15942 | #, fuzzy | |
15943 | #| msgid "" | |
15944 | #| "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/" | |
15945 | #| "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " | |
15946 | #| "variables from multiple files." | |
15947 | msgid "" | |
15948 | "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/" | |
15949 | "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " | |
15950 | "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
15951 | msgstr "" | |
15952 | "Lecture des variables de substitution depuis I<substvarsfile> ; la valeur " | |
15953 | "par défaut est B<debian/substvars>. Cette option peut être utilisée " | |
15954 | "plusieurs fois pour lire les variables de substitution depuis plusieurs " | |
15955 | "fichiers." | |
15956 | ||
15957 | #. type: TP | |
15958 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-source.man | |
15959 | #, no-wrap | |
15960 | msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>" | |
15961 | msgstr "B<-c>I<fichier-de-contrôle>" | |
15962 | ||
15963 | #. type: TP | |
15964 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
15965 | #, no-wrap | |
15966 | msgid "B<-p>I<package>" | |
15967 | msgstr "B<-p>I<paquet>" | |
15968 | ||
15969 | #. type: Plain text | |
15970 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15971 | msgid "" | |
15972 | "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " | |
15973 | "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " | |
15974 | "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " | |
15975 | "generate." | |
15976 | msgstr "" | |
15977 | "Cette option produit les informations concernant le paquet binaire I<paquet>." | |
15978 | "Si le fichier de contrôle des sources liste un seul paquet binaire, on peut " | |
15979 | "omettre cette option ; sinon il est indispensable d'indiquer le paquet pour " | |
15980 | "lequel on veut produire les informations." | |
15981 | ||
15982 | #. type: TP | |
15983 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15984 | #, no-wrap | |
15985 | msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" | |
15986 | msgstr "B<-n>I<nom-de-fichier>" | |
15987 | ||
15988 | #. type: Plain text | |
15989 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15990 | msgid "" | |
15991 | "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " | |
15992 | "package_version_arch.deb filename." | |
15993 | msgstr "" | |
15994 | "Le nom du paquet est I<nom-de-fichier> au lieu de l'habituel : " | |
15995 | "paquet_version_arch.deb." | |
15996 | ||
15997 | #. type: TP | |
15998 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
15999 | #, no-wrap | |
16000 | msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" | |
16001 | msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" | |
16002 | ||
16003 | #. type: Plain text | |
16004 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
16005 | msgid "" | |
16006 | "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg " | |
16007 | "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell " | |
16008 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control " | |
16009 | "file. This is now the default behaviour. If you want to get the old " | |
16010 | "behaviour you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control " | |
16011 | "file." | |
16012 | msgstr "" | |
16013 | "Ces options, conservées pour compatibilité avec les anciennes versions des " | |
16014 | "scripts de construction de dpkg, sont maintenant déconseillées. Elles " | |
16015 | "servaient à dire à B<dpkg-gencontrol> d'inclure les champs « Section » et " | |
16016 | "« Priority » dans le fichier « control ». C'est maintenant le comportement " | |
16017 | "par défaut. Si vous voulez l'ancien comportement, vous pouvez utiliser " | |
16018 | "l'option B<-U> pour supprimer ces champs du fichier « control »." | |
16019 | ||
16020 | #. type: TP | |
16021 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16022 | #, no-wrap | |
16023 | msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>" | |
16024 | msgstr "B<-P>I<répertoire-construction-paquet>" | |
16025 | ||
16026 | #. type: Plain text | |
16027 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
16028 | msgid "" | |
16029 | "Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<package-build-dir> " | |
16030 | "instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " | |
16031 | "the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " | |
16032 | "B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." | |
16033 | msgstr "" | |
16034 | "Cette option indique à B<dpkg-source> que le répertoire de construction du " | |
16035 | "paquet est I<rep-de-construction-du-paquet> au lieu de B<debian/tmp>. Cette " | |
16036 | "valeur sert à trouver la valeur par défaut de la variable de substitution " | |
16037 | "B<Installed-Size> et celle du champ correspondant dans le fichier de " | |
16038 | "contrôle (on utilise la commande B<du>) ; elle donne aussi l'emplacement par " | |
16039 | "défaut pour le fichier de sortie." | |
16040 | ||
16041 | #. type: Plain text | |
16042 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
16043 | #, fuzzy | |
16044 | #| msgid "" | |
16045 | #| "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified), " | |
16046 | #| "rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or I<package-build-dir>B</" | |
16047 | #| "DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." | |
16048 | msgid "" | |
16049 | "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, " | |
16050 | "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or " | |
16051 | "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." | |
16052 | msgstr "" | |
16053 | "Affiche le fichier « control » sur la sortie standard (ou I<nom-de-fichier>) " | |
16054 | "au lieu de B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (ou I<rep-de-construction-du-" | |
16055 | "paquet>B</DEBIAN/control> si l'option B<-P> a été utilisée)." | |
16056 | ||
16057 | #. type: TP | |
16058 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
16059 | #, no-wrap | |
16060 | msgid "B<debian/control>" | |
16061 | msgstr "B<debian/control>" | |
16062 | ||
16063 | #. type: Plain text | |
16064 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
16065 | msgid "" | |
16066 | "The main source control information file, giving version-independent " | |
16067 | "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." | |
16068 | msgstr "" | |
16069 | "Le principal fichier d'information sur les sources ; il donne des " | |
16070 | "renseignements qui ne dépendent pas d'une version concernant le paquet " | |
16071 | "source et les paquets binaires qui peuvent être créés." | |
16072 | ||
16073 | #. type: Plain text | |
16074 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
16075 | msgid "" | |
16076 | "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " | |
16077 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " | |
16078 | "control files it generates here." | |
16079 | msgstr "" | |
16080 | "La liste des fichiers créés qui font partie de ceux qui seront envoyés sur " | |
16081 | "le serveur. B<dpkg-gencontrol> ajoute les noms présumés des fichiers des " | |
16082 | "paquets binaires à partir des fichiers « control » qu'il crée." | |
16083 | ||
16084 | #. type: Plain text | |
16085 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man | |
16086 | #, fuzzy | |
16087 | #| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
16088 | msgid "" | |
16089 | "B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), B<deb-" | |
16090 | "control>(5)." | |
16091 | msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
16092 | ||
16093 | #. type: TH | |
16094 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16095 | #, no-wrap | |
16096 | msgid "dpkg-gensymbols" | |
16097 | msgstr "dpkg-gensymbols" | |
16098 | ||
16099 | #. type: Plain text | |
16100 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16101 | msgid "" | |
16102 | "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency " | |
16103 | "information)" | |
16104 | msgstr "" | |
16105 | "dpkg-gensymbols - création des fichiers de symboles (information destinée " | |
16106 | "aux dépendances de bibliothèques partagées)" | |
16107 | ||
16108 | #. type: Plain text | |
16109 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16110 | msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]" | |
16111 | msgstr "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]" | |
16112 | ||
16113 | #. type: Plain text | |
16114 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16115 | msgid "" | |
16116 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) " | |
16117 | "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This " | |
16118 | "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the " | |
16119 | "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the " | |
16120 | "package." | |
16121 | msgstr "" | |
16122 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> analyse un répertoire temporaire de construction (par " | |
16123 | "défaut debian/tmp), y recherche les bibliothèques et crée un fichier " | |
16124 | "I<symbols> qui les décrit. Si ce fichier n'est pas vide, il est installé " | |
16125 | "dans le sous-répertoire DEBIAN du répertoire de construction afin de pouvoir " | |
16126 | "être inclus dans les informations de contrôle du paquet." | |
16127 | ||
16128 | #. type: Plain text | |
16129 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16130 | msgid "" | |
16131 | "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by " | |
16132 | "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is " | |
16133 | "found):" | |
16134 | msgstr "" | |
16135 | "Lors de la création de ces fichiers, il utilise en entrée certains fichiers " | |
16136 | "de symboles fournis par le responsable. Il recherche les fichiers suivants " | |
16137 | "(en utilisant le premier trouvé) :" | |
16138 | ||
16139 | #. type: Plain text | |
16140 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16141 | msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" | |
16142 | msgstr "debian/I<paquet>.symbols.I<arch>" | |
16143 | ||
16144 | #. type: Plain text | |
16145 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16146 | msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>" | |
16147 | msgstr "debian/symbols.I<arch>" | |
16148 | ||
16149 | #. type: Plain text | |
16150 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16151 | msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols" | |
16152 | msgstr "debian/I<paquet>.symbols" | |
16153 | ||
16154 | #. type: Plain text | |
16155 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16156 | msgid "debian/symbols" | |
16157 | msgstr "debian/symbols" | |
16158 | ||
16159 | #. type: Plain text | |
16160 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16161 | msgid "" | |
16162 | "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version " | |
16163 | "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds " | |
16164 | "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be " | |
16165 | "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended " | |
16166 | "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the " | |
16167 | "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-" | |
16168 | "gensymbols> helps with that." | |
16169 | msgstr "" | |
16170 | "L'intérêt principal de ces fichiers est de fournir la version minimale " | |
16171 | "associée à chaque symbole fourni par les bibliothèques. En général, cela " | |
16172 | "correspond à la première version du paquet qui a fourni ce symbole, mais " | |
16173 | "cette valeur peut être augmentée manuellement par le responsable si " | |
16174 | "l'interface binaire applicative (ABI) du symbole est étendue sans casser la " | |
16175 | "compatibilité avec les versions précédentes. La tenue à jour de ces fichiers " | |
16176 | "est à la charge du responsable du paquet, avec l'aide de B<dpkg-gensymbols>. " | |
16177 | ||
16178 | #. type: Plain text | |
16179 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16180 | msgid "" | |
16181 | "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, " | |
16182 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore " | |
16183 | "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize " | |
16184 | "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)." | |
16185 | msgstr "" | |
16186 | "Quand les fichiers de symboles créés sont différents de ceux fournis par le " | |
16187 | "responsable, B<dpkg-gensymbols> affichera les différences entre les deux " | |
16188 | "fichiers. Si ces différences sont trop importantes, le programme peut même " | |
16189 | "se terminer en échec (le nombre de différences tolérées peut être réglé avec " | |
16190 | "l'option B<-c>)." | |
16191 | ||
16192 | #. type: SH | |
16193 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16194 | #, no-wrap | |
16195 | msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES" | |
16196 | msgstr "TENUE À JOUR DES FICHIERS SYMBOLES" | |
16197 | ||
16198 | #. type: Plain text | |
16199 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16200 | #, fuzzy | |
16201 | #| msgid "" | |
16202 | #| "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of " | |
16203 | #| "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update " | |
16204 | #| "them every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal " | |
16205 | #| "version matches reality. The diffs contained in the build logs can be " | |
16206 | #| "used as a starting point, but the maintainer, additionally, has to make " | |
16207 | #| "sure that the behaviour of those symbols has not changed in a way that " | |
16208 | #| "would make anything using those symbols and linking against the new " | |
16209 | #| "version, stop working with the old version. In most cases, the diff " | |
16210 | #| "applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols file. That said, " | |
16211 | #| "further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for example to drop " | |
16212 | #| "the Debian revision from the minimal version so that backports with a " | |
16213 | #| "lower version number but the same upstream version still satisfy the " | |
16214 | #| "generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped because " | |
16215 | #| "the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one " | |
16216 | #| "should suffix the version with \"~\"." | |
16217 | msgid "" | |
16218 | "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of " | |
16219 | "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them " | |
16220 | "every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version " | |
16221 | "matches reality. The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a " | |
16222 | "starting point, but the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the " | |
16223 | "behaviour of those symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything " | |
16224 | "using those symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with " | |
16225 | "the old version. In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/" | |
16226 | "I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's " | |
16227 | "recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version " | |
16228 | "so that backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version " | |
16229 | "still satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be " | |
16230 | "dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, " | |
16231 | "then one should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’." | |
16232 | msgstr "" | |
16233 | "Les fichiers de symboles deviennent réellement utiles lorsqu'ils permettent " | |
16234 | "de suivre l'évolution du paquet sur plusieurs versions. En conséquence, le " | |
16235 | "responsable doit les mettre à jour chaque fois qu'un nouveau symbole est " | |
16236 | "ajouté afin que la version minimale associée corresponde à la réalité. Pour " | |
16237 | "effectuer cette opération correctement, le fichier de différences indiqué " | |
16238 | "dans le journal de construction peut être utilisé. Dans la plupart des cas, " | |
16239 | "ce fichier de différences peut être appliqué tel quel au fichier debian/" | |
16240 | "I<paquet>.symbols. Cela étant, quelques adaptations sont généralement " | |
16241 | "nécessaires : il est par exemple recommandé de retirer le numéro de révision " | |
16242 | "Debian de la version minimale afin que les paquets rétro-portés, de numéro " | |
16243 | "de version inférieur mais avec la même version amont continuent à répondre " | |
16244 | "aux pré-requis. Si le numéro de révision Debian ne peut vraiment pas être " | |
16245 | "retiré car le nouveau symbole est la conséquence d'une modification propre à " | |
16246 | "Debian, il est suggéré d'ajouter un suffixe « ~ » au numéro de version." | |
16247 | ||
16248 | #. type: Plain text | |
16249 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16250 | msgid "" | |
16251 | "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-" | |
16252 | "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the " | |
16253 | "patch should ideally only add new lines." | |
16254 | msgstr "" | |
16255 | "Avant d'appliquer le correctif au fichier de symboles, le responsable doit " | |
16256 | "contrôler qu'il est correct. Les symboles publics sont supposés ne jamais " | |
16257 | "disparaître et le correctif ne devrait donc qu'ajouter des lignes." | |
16258 | ||
16259 | #. type: Plain text | |
16260 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16261 | #, fuzzy | |
16262 | #| msgid "" | |
16263 | #| "Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with '#' as the " | |
16264 | #| "first character is a comment except if it starts with '#include' (see " | |
16265 | #| "section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with '#MISSING:' are special " | |
16266 | #| "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared." | |
16267 | msgid "" | |
16268 | "Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with ‘#’ as the " | |
16269 | "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see " | |
16270 | "section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special " | |
16271 | "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared." | |
16272 | msgstr "" | |
16273 | "Veuillez noter qu'il est possible de placer des commentaires dans les " | |
16274 | "fichiers de symboles : toute ligne commençant par « # » est un commentaire " | |
16275 | "sauf si elle commence par « #include » (voir la section B<utilisation des " | |
16276 | "inclusions>). Les lignes commençant par « #MISSING: » sont des commentaires " | |
16277 | "spéciaux qui indiquent les symboles qui peuvent avoir disparu." | |
16278 | ||
16279 | #. type: Plain text | |
16280 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16281 | msgid "" | |
16282 | "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There " | |
16283 | "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff " | |
16284 | "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking " | |
16285 | "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim " | |
16286 | "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will introduce " | |
16287 | "hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades." | |
16288 | msgstr "" | |
16289 | "N'oubliez pas de vérifier les anciennes versions des symboles ne doivent pas " | |
16290 | "être incrémentées. Il n'y a pas de moyen pour que B<dpkg-gensymbols> " | |
16291 | "prévienne de cela. Appliquer aveuglement le fichier de différences ou " | |
16292 | "supposer qu'il n'y a rien à changer, s'il n'y a pas de fichier de " | |
16293 | "différences, sans vérifier si il de telles modifications, ce qui peut faire " | |
16294 | "que des paquets, avec des dépendances lâches, prétendent qu'ils peuvent " | |
16295 | "fonctionner avec des paquets plus anciens avec lesquels ils ne peuvent " | |
16296 | "fonctionner. Cela introduira des bogues difficiles à trouver avec des mises " | |
16297 | "à jour (partielles)." | |
16298 | ||
16299 | #. type: SS | |
16300 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16301 | #, no-wrap | |
16302 | msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution" | |
16303 | msgstr "Utilisation du remplacement de #PACKAGE#" | |
16304 | ||
16305 | #. type: Plain text | |
16306 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16307 | msgid "" | |
16308 | "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. " | |
16309 | "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use " | |
16310 | "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during " | |
16311 | "installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, " | |
16312 | "I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package." | |
16313 | msgstr "" | |
16314 | "Dans de rares cas, le nom de la bibliothèque dépend de l'architecture. Afin " | |
16315 | "d'éviter de coder le nom du paquet en dur dans le fichier de symboles, il " | |
16316 | "est possible d'utiliser le marqueur I<#PACKAGE#>. Il sera remplacé par le " | |
16317 | "vrai nom du paquet lors de l'installation des fichiers de symboles. À la " | |
16318 | "différence du marqueur I<#MINVER#>, I<#PACKAGE#> n'apparaîtra jamais dans le " | |
16319 | "fichier de symboles d'un paquet binaire." | |
16320 | ||
16321 | #. type: SS | |
16322 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16323 | #, no-wrap | |
16324 | msgid "Using symbol tags" | |
16325 | msgstr "Utilisation des étiquettes de symbole" | |
16326 | ||
16327 | #. type: Plain text | |
16328 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16329 | msgid "" | |
16330 | "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. " | |
16331 | "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While " | |
16332 | "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-" | |
16333 | "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection " | |
16334 | "B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags." | |
16335 | msgstr "" | |
16336 | "L'étiquetage des symboles (« symbol tagging ») est utile pour marquer des " | |
16337 | "symboles qui sont particuliers d'une manière ou d'une autre. Tout symbole " | |
16338 | "peut avoir un nombre quelconque d'étiquettes associées. Bien que toutes les " | |
16339 | "étiquettes soient analysées et conservées, seules certaines d'entre elles " | |
16340 | "sont comprises par B<dpkg-gensymbols> et déclenchent un traitement " | |
16341 | "spécifique des symboles. Veuillez consulter la sous-section B<Étiquettes " | |
16342 | "standard de symbole> pour une référence complète à propos de ces étiquettes." | |
16343 | ||
16344 | #. type: Plain text | |
16345 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16346 | msgid "" | |
16347 | "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is " | |
16348 | "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends " | |
16349 | "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags " | |
16350 | "are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value " | |
16351 | "which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and " | |
16352 | "values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the " | |
16353 | "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag " | |
16354 | "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters " | |
16355 | "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for " | |
16356 | "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up " | |
16357 | "until the first space." | |
16358 | msgstr "" | |
16359 | "L'indication de l'étiquette vient juste avant le nom du symbole (sans " | |
16360 | "espace). Elle commence toujours par une parenthèse ouvrante B<(>, se termine " | |
16361 | "avec une parenthèse fermante B<)> et doit contenir au moins une étiquette. " | |
16362 | "Les étiquettes multiples doivent être séparées par le caractère B<|>. Chaque " | |
16363 | "étiquette peut comporter optionnellement une valeur, séparée du nom de " | |
16364 | "l'étiquette par le caractère B<=>. Les noms et valeurs des étiquettes sont " | |
16365 | "des chaînes quelconques qui ne doivent pas comporter les caractères B<)> B<|" | |
16366 | "> et B<=>. Les noms de symbole qui suivent une étiquette peuvent " | |
16367 | "optionnellement être mis entre guillemets avec les caractères B<'> ou B<\"> " | |
16368 | "afin d'y autoriser la présence d'espaces. Cependant, si aucune étiquette " | |
16369 | "n'est utilisée, les guillemets sont alors traités comme une partie du nom du " | |
16370 | "symbole, qui s'arrête alors au premier espace." | |
16371 | ||
16372 | #. type: Plain text | |
16373 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16374 | #, no-wrap | |
16375 | msgid "" | |
16376 | " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n" | |
16377 | " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n" | |
16378 | " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16379 | msgstr "" | |
16380 | " (étiq1=je suis marqué|étiquette avec espace)\"symbole comportant des espaces\"@Base 1.0\n" | |
16381 | " (optional)symbole_non_protégé@Base 1.0 1\n" | |
16382 | " symbole_non_étiqueté@Base 1.0\n" | |
16383 | ||
16384 | #. type: Plain text | |
16385 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16386 | msgid "" | |
16387 | "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two " | |
16388 | "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has " | |
16389 | "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged " | |
16390 | "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal " | |
16391 | "untagged symbol." | |
16392 | msgstr "" | |
16393 | "Le premier symbole de cet exemple est appelé I<symbole comportant des " | |
16394 | "espaces> et utilise deux étiquettes : I<étiq1> avec la valeur I<je suis " | |
16395 | "marqué> et I<étiquette avec espace> sans valeur. Le deuxième symbole, appelé " | |
16396 | "I<symbole_non_protégé> ne comporte que l'étiquette I<optional>. Le dernier " | |
16397 | "symbole est un exemple de symbole normal sans étiquette." | |
16398 | ||
16399 | #. type: Plain text | |
16400 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16401 | msgid "" | |
16402 | "Since symbol tags are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format, they can " | |
16403 | "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files " | |
16404 | "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are " | |
16405 | "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the " | |
16406 | "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the B<deb-" | |
16407 | "symbols>(5) format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements " | |
16408 | "of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, " | |
16409 | "in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and " | |
16410 | "unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original form " | |
16411 | "as they were loaded." | |
16412 | msgstr "" | |
16413 | "Comme les étiquettes de symbole sont une extension du format de B<deb-" | |
16414 | "symbols(5)>, elles ne peuvent apparaître que dans les fichiers de symboles " | |
16415 | "des paquets source (ces fichiers peuvent ensuite être vus comme des modèles " | |
16416 | "permettant de construire les fichiers de symboles inclus dans les paquets " | |
16417 | "binaires). Lorsque B<dpkg-gensymbols> est lancé sans l'option B<-t>, il " | |
16418 | "affiche les fichiers de symboles compatibles avec le format B<deb-" | |
16419 | "symbols(5)> : il traite entièrement les symboles d'après les exigences des " | |
16420 | "étiquettes standard et supprime les étiquettes dans sa sortie. Au contraire, " | |
16421 | "dans le mode modèle (« template », option B<-t>), tous les symboles et leurs " | |
16422 | "étiquettes (standard et inconnues) sont conservés dans la sortie et écrits " | |
16423 | "dans leur forme d'origine." | |
16424 | ||
16425 | #. type: SS | |
16426 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16427 | #, no-wrap | |
16428 | msgid "Standard symbol tags" | |
16429 | msgstr "Étiquettes standard de symbole" | |
16430 | ||
16431 | #. type: TP | |
16432 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16433 | #, no-wrap | |
16434 | msgid "B<optional>" | |
16435 | msgstr "B<optional>" | |
16436 | ||
16437 | #. type: Plain text | |
16438 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16439 | #, fuzzy | |
16440 | #| msgid "" | |
16441 | #| "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time " | |
16442 | #| "and that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, " | |
16443 | #| "disappeared optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the " | |
16444 | #| "diff in each new package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder " | |
16445 | #| "for the maintainer that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol " | |
16446 | #| "file or readded to the library. When the optional symbol, which was " | |
16447 | #| "previously declared as MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, " | |
16448 | #| "it will be upgraded back to the \"existing\" status with its minimum " | |
16449 | #| "version unchanged." | |
16450 | msgid "" | |
16451 | "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and " | |
16452 | "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared " | |
16453 | "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new " | |
16454 | "package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer " | |
16455 | "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to " | |
16456 | "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as " | |
16457 | "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back " | |
16458 | "to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged." | |
16459 | msgstr "" | |
16460 | "Un symbole marqué comme optionnel peut disparaître de la bibliothèque à tout " | |
16461 | "moment et ne provoquera pas l'échec de B<dpkg-gensymbols>. Cependant, les " | |
16462 | "symboles optionnels disparus apparaîtront en permanence comme manquants dans " | |
16463 | "le fichier de différences, à chaque nouvelle version du paquet. Ce " | |
16464 | "comportement sert de rappel au responsable qu'un tel symbole doit être " | |
16465 | "supprimé du fichier de symboles ou bien réajouté à la bibliothèque. Un tel " | |
16466 | "symbole optionnel, précédemment déclaré comme manquant (« MISSING »), peut " | |
16467 | "réapparaître soudainement dans la version suivante en étant remis à l'état " | |
16468 | "existant (« existing »), sans modification de sa version minimale." | |
16469 | ||
16470 | #. type: Plain text | |
16471 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16472 | msgid "" | |
16473 | "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance " | |
16474 | "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations " | |
16475 | "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an " | |
16476 | "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered " | |
16477 | "optional." | |
16478 | msgstr "" | |
16479 | "Cette étiquette est utile pour les symboles qui sont privés car leur " | |
16480 | "disparition ne provoque pas de changement d'interface applicative (ABI). Par " | |
16481 | "exemple, la plupart des modèles d'instanciation C++ sont dans cette " | |
16482 | "catégorie. Comme toute autre étiquette, celle-ci peut comporter une valeur " | |
16483 | "arbitraire qui peut servir à indiquer pour quelle raison le symbole est " | |
16484 | "optionnel." | |
16485 | ||
16486 | #. type: TP | |
16487 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16488 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
16489 | #| msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture list>" | |
16490 | msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>" | |
16491 | msgstr "B<arch=>I<liste d'architectures>" | |
16492 | ||
16493 | #. type: TQ | |
16494 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16495 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
16496 | #| msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture list>" | |
16497 | msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>" | |
16498 | msgstr "B<arch=>I<liste d'architectures>" | |
16499 | ||
16500 | #. type: TQ | |
16501 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16502 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
16503 | #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>" | |
16504 | msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>" | |
16505 | msgstr "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<boutisme-d'architecture>" | |
16506 | ||
16507 | #. type: Plain text | |
16508 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16509 | #, fuzzy | |
16510 | #| msgid "" | |
16511 | #| "This tag allows one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol " | |
16512 | #| "is supposed to exist. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols " | |
16513 | #| "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern " | |
16514 | #| "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an " | |
16515 | #| "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not " | |
16516 | #| "exist in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it " | |
16517 | #| "may cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-" | |
16518 | #| "specific symbol is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the " | |
16519 | #| "current host architecture is not listed in the tag), it is made arch " | |
16520 | #| "neutral (i.e. the arch tag is dropped and the symbol will appear in the " | |
16521 | #| "diff due to this change), but it is not considered as new." | |
16522 | msgid "" | |
16523 | "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol " | |
16524 | "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are supported " | |
16525 | "since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols " | |
16526 | "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern " | |
16527 | "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an " | |
16528 | "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist " | |
16529 | "in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause " | |
16530 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol " | |
16531 | "is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host " | |
16532 | "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and " | |
16533 | "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian " | |
16534 | "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), " | |
16535 | "but it is not considered as new." | |
16536 | msgstr "" | |
16537 | "Cette étiquette permet de restreindre la liste des architectures avec " | |
16538 | "lesquelles le symbole est censé exister. Lorsque la liste des symboles est " | |
16539 | "mise à jour avec ceux découverts dans la bibliothèque, tous les symboles " | |
16540 | "spécifiques d'architectures qui ne concernent pas l'architecture en cours " | |
16541 | "sont ignorés. Si un symbole propre à l'architecture en cours n'existe pas " | |
16542 | "dans la bibliothèque, les processus normaux pour des symboles manquants " | |
16543 | "s'appliquent jusqu'à éventuellement provoquer l'échec de B<dpkg-gensymbols>. " | |
16544 | "D'un autre côté, si le symbole propre à une architecture est trouvé alors " | |
16545 | "qu'il n'est pas censé exister (parce que l'architecture courante n'est pas " | |
16546 | "mentionnée dans l'étiquette), il est rendu indépendant de l'architecture " | |
16547 | "(l'étiquette d'architecture est abandonnée et le symbole apparaît dans le " | |
16548 | "fichier de différences) mais non considéré comme nouveau. (NdT : une " | |
16549 | "aspirine peut être nécessaire après la lecture de ce paragraphe)" | |
16550 | ||
16551 | #. type: Plain text | |
16552 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16553 | msgid "" | |
16554 | "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols " | |
16555 | "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the " | |
16556 | "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those " | |
16557 | "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in " | |
16558 | "template mode." | |
16559 | msgstr "" | |
16560 | "Dans le mode de fonctionnement par défaut (pas en mode « modèle »), seuls " | |
16561 | "les symboles spécifiques de certaines architectures qui correspondent à " | |
16562 | "l'architecture courante sont écrits dans le fichier de symboles. Au " | |
16563 | "contraire, tous les symboles spécifiques d'architectures (y compris ceux des " | |
16564 | "architectures différentes) seront écrits dans le fichier de symboles, dans " | |
16565 | "le mode « modèle »." | |
16566 | ||
16567 | #. type: Plain text | |
16568 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16569 | #, fuzzy | |
16570 | #| msgid "" | |
16571 | #| "The format of I<architecture list> is the same as the one used in the " | |
16572 | #| "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square " | |
16573 | #| "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be " | |
16574 | #| "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second " | |
16575 | #| "only on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel." | |
16576 | msgid "" | |
16577 | "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the " | |
16578 | "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square " | |
16579 | "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be " | |
16580 | "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only " | |
16581 | "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel." | |
16582 | msgstr "" | |
16583 | "Le format de I<liste d'architectures> est le même que le format utilisé dans " | |
16584 | "les champs B<Build-Depends> des fichiers I<debian/control> (à l'exception " | |
16585 | "des crochets d'inclusion []). Par exemple, le premier symbole de la liste " | |
16586 | "qui suit sera pris en compte sur les architectures alpha, n'importe quelle " | |
16587 | "amd64 et ia64, le second uniquement sur les architectures linux et le " | |
16588 | "troisième partout sauf sur armel." | |
16589 | ||
16590 | #. type: Plain text | |
16591 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16592 | #, no-wrap | |
16593 | msgid "" | |
16594 | " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16595 | " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16596 | " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n" | |
16597 | msgstr "" | |
16598 | " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)un_symbole_spécifique_64bit@Base 1.0\n" | |
16599 | " (arch=linux-any)un_symbole_spécifique_linux@Base 1.0\n" | |
16600 | " (arch=!armel)un_symbole_inexistant_sur_armel@Base 1.0\n" | |
16601 | ||
16602 | #. type: Plain text | |
16603 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16604 | msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>." | |
16605 | msgstr "" | |
16606 | ||
16607 | #. type: Plain text | |
16608 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16609 | #, no-wrap | |
16610 | msgid "" | |
16611 | " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16612 | " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16613 | msgstr "" | |
16614 | ||
16615 | #. type: Plain text | |
16616 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16617 | msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>." | |
16618 | msgstr "" | |
16619 | ||
16620 | #. type: Plain text | |
16621 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16622 | #, no-wrap | |
16623 | msgid "" | |
16624 | " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16625 | " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16626 | msgstr "" | |
16627 | ||
16628 | #. type: Plain text | |
16629 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16630 | msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained." | |
16631 | msgstr "" | |
16632 | ||
16633 | #. type: Plain text | |
16634 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16635 | #, no-wrap | |
16636 | msgid " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
16637 | msgstr "" | |
16638 | ||
16639 | #. type: TP | |
16640 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16641 | #, no-wrap | |
16642 | msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>" | |
16643 | msgstr "B<ignore-blacklist>" | |
16644 | ||
16645 | #. type: Plain text | |
16646 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16647 | msgid "" | |
16648 | "dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear " | |
16649 | "in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation " | |
16650 | "details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those " | |
16651 | "symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with " | |
16652 | "B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain " | |
16653 | "libraries like libgcc." | |
16654 | msgstr "" | |
16655 | "dpkg-gensymbols comporte une liste interne de symboles ignorés qui ne " | |
16656 | "devraient pas apparaître dans les fichiers de symboles car ils sont en " | |
16657 | "général uniquement des effets de bord de détails de mise en œuvre de la " | |
16658 | "chaîne d'outils de construction. Si, pour une raison précise, vous voulez " | |
16659 | "vraiment inclure un de ces symboles dans le fichier, vous pouvez imposer " | |
16660 | "qu'il soit ignoré, avec B<ignore-blacklist>. Cela peut être utile pour " | |
16661 | "certaines bibliothèques de bas niveau telles que libgcc." | |
16662 | ||
16663 | #. type: TP | |
16664 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16665 | #, no-wrap | |
16666 | msgid "B<c++>" | |
16667 | msgstr "B<c++>" | |
16668 | ||
16669 | #. type: Plain text | |
16670 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16671 | msgid "" | |
16672 | "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection below." | |
16673 | msgstr "" | |
16674 | "Indique un motif de symbole I<c++>. Voir la sous-section B<Utilisation de " | |
16675 | "motifs de symbole> plus loin." | |
16676 | ||
16677 | #. type: TP | |
16678 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16679 | #, no-wrap | |
16680 | msgid "B<symver>" | |
16681 | msgstr "B<symver>" | |
16682 | ||
16683 | #. type: Plain text | |
16684 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16685 | msgid "" | |
16686 | "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol " | |
16687 | "patterns> subsection below." | |
16688 | msgstr "" | |
16689 | "Indique un motif de symbole I<symver> (version de symbole). Voir la sous-" | |
16690 | "section B<Utilisation des motifs de symboles> plus loin." | |
16691 | ||
16692 | #. type: TP | |
16693 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16694 | #, no-wrap | |
16695 | msgid "B<regex>" | |
16696 | msgstr "B<regex>" | |
16697 | ||
16698 | #. type: Plain text | |
16699 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16700 | msgid "" | |
16701 | "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " | |
16702 | "below." | |
16703 | msgstr "" | |
16704 | "Indique un motif de symbole basé sur des I<expressions rationnelles>. Voir " | |
16705 | "la sous-section B<Utilisation des motifs de symboles> plus loin." | |
16706 | ||
16707 | #. type: SS | |
16708 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16709 | #, no-wrap | |
16710 | msgid "Using symbol patterns" | |
16711 | msgstr "Utilisation des motifs de symboles" | |
16712 | ||
16713 | #. type: Plain text | |
16714 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16715 | msgid "" | |
16716 | "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real " | |
16717 | "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each " | |
16718 | "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol " | |
16719 | "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern " | |
16720 | "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification " | |
16721 | "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be " | |
16722 | "considered as new." | |
16723 | msgstr "" | |
16724 | "Au contraire d'une indication normale de symbole, un motif permet de couvrir " | |
16725 | "des symboles multiples de la bibliothèque. B<dpkg-gensymbols> essaie de " | |
16726 | "faire correspondre chaque motif à chaque symbole qui n'est pas explicitement " | |
16727 | "défini dans le fichier de symboles. Dès qu'un motif est trouvé qui " | |
16728 | "correspond au symbole, l'ensemble de ses étiquettes et propriétés sont " | |
16729 | "utilisées comme spécification de base du symbole. Si aucun des motifs ne " | |
16730 | "correspond, le symbole sera considéré comme nouveau." | |
16731 | ||
16732 | #. type: Plain text | |
16733 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16734 | msgid "" | |
16735 | "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. " | |
16736 | "By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-c1> or " | |
16737 | "higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be " | |
16738 | "marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match " | |
16739 | "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any " | |
16740 | "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the " | |
16741 | "I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for " | |
16742 | "more information." | |
16743 | msgstr "" | |
16744 | "Un motif est considéré comme perdu si aucun symbole ne lui correspond dans " | |
16745 | "la bibliothèque. Par défaut, cela provoquera un échec de B<dpkg-gensymbols> " | |
16746 | "s'il est utilisé avec l'option B<-c1> (ou une valeur plus élevée). " | |
16747 | "Cependant, si l'échec n'est pas souhaité, le motif peut être marqué comme " | |
16748 | "optionnel avec l'étiquette I<optional>. Dans ce cas, si le motif ne " | |
16749 | "correspond à rien, il sera simplement mentionné dans le fichier de " | |
16750 | "différences comme I<MISSING> (manquant). De plus, comme pour tout autre " | |
16751 | "symbole, le motif peut être limité à des architectures données avec " | |
16752 | "l'étiquette I<arch>. Veuillez consulter la sous-section B<Étiquettes " | |
16753 | "standard de symbole> pour plus d'informations." | |
16754 | ||
16755 | #. type: Plain text | |
16756 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16757 | msgid "" | |
16758 | "Patterns are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format hence they are " | |
16759 | "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any " | |
16760 | "different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of " | |
16761 | "the specification serves as an expression to be matched against " | |
16762 | "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different " | |
16763 | "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag." | |
16764 | msgstr "" | |
16765 | "Les motifs sont une extension du format de B<deb-symbols(5)> en ce sens " | |
16766 | "qu'ils ne sont valables que dans les modèles de fichiers de symboles. " | |
16767 | "Cependant, la partie comportant le nom de symbole est utilisée comme une " | |
16768 | "expression à faire correspondre à I<name@version> du symbole réel. Afin de " | |
16769 | "faire la distinction entre les différents types de motifs, un motif sera " | |
16770 | "usuellement marqué avec une étiquette spéciale." | |
16771 | ||
16772 | #. type: Plain text | |
16773 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16774 | msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:" | |
16775 | msgstr "Actuellement, B<dpkg-gensymbols> gère trois types de base de motifs :" | |
16776 | ||
16777 | #. type: Plain text | |
16778 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16779 | msgid "" | |
16780 | "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by " | |
16781 | "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This " | |
16782 | "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary " | |
16783 | "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. " | |
16784 | "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture " | |
16785 | "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this " | |
16786 | "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-" | |
16787 | "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on " | |
16788 | "32bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit " | |
16789 | "ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:" | |
16790 | msgstr "" | |
16791 | "Ce motif est repéré par l'étiquette I<c++>. Il ne sera comparé qu'aux " | |
16792 | "symboles C++ avec leur nom de symbole complet (demangled) tel qu'affiché " | |
16793 | "avec l'utilitaire B<c++filt>. Ce motif est très pratique pour faire " | |
16794 | "correspondre les symboles dont les noms raccourcis (mangled) peuvent " | |
16795 | "différer selon les architectures bien que leurs noms complets restent les " | |
16796 | "mêmes. Un tel groupe de symboles sont les I<non-virtual thunks> pour " | |
16797 | "lesquels les décalages (offsets) spécifiques d'architectures sont inclus " | |
16798 | "dans leur nom court. Une manifestation usuelle de ce cas est le destructeur " | |
16799 | "virtuel qui, dans le contexte d'un « problème du diamant », a besoin d'un " | |
16800 | "symbole de transition spécial (ou « thunk ») non virtuel. Par exemple, même " | |
16801 | "si _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base sur une architecture 32 bits est identique à " | |
16802 | "_ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base sur une architecture 64 bits, les deux peuvent " | |
16803 | "être indiqués avec le même motif I<c++> :" | |
16804 | ||
16805 | #. type: Plain text | |
16806 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16807 | #, no-wrap | |
16808 | msgid "" | |
16809 | "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" | |
16810 | " [...]\n" | |
16811 | " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" | |
16812 | " [...]\n" | |
16813 | msgstr "" | |
16814 | "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" | |
16815 | " [...]\n" | |
16816 | " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" | |
16817 | " [...]\n" | |
16818 | ||
16819 | #. type: Plain text | |
16820 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16821 | msgid "" | |
16822 | "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:" | |
16823 | msgstr "Le nom complet ci-dessus peut être obtenu avec la commande suivante :" | |
16824 | ||
16825 | #. type: Plain text | |
16826 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16827 | #, no-wrap | |
16828 | msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" | |
16829 | msgstr " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" | |
16830 | ||
16831 | #. type: Plain text | |
16832 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16833 | msgid "" | |
16834 | "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, " | |
16835 | "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real " | |
16836 | "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with " | |
16837 | "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most " | |
16838 | "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols " | |
16839 | "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should " | |
16840 | "not degrade quality of the symbol file." | |
16841 | msgstr "" | |
16842 | "Veuillez noter que, bien que le nom complet soit unique dans la bibliothèque " | |
16843 | "par définition, cela n'est pas forcément vrai pour le nom raccourci. Deux " | |
16844 | "symboles réels différents peuvent avoir le même nom raccourci. C'est par " | |
16845 | "exemple le cas avec les symboles « thunk » non virtuels dans des " | |
16846 | "configurations d'héritage complexes ou avec la plupart des constructeurs et " | |
16847 | "destructeurs (puisque g++ crée usuellement deux symboles réels pour eux). " | |
16848 | "Cependant, comme ces collisions se produisent au niveau de l'interface " | |
16849 | "applicative binaire (ABI), elles ne devraient pas dégrader la qualité du " | |
16850 | "fichier de symboles." | |
16851 | ||
16852 | #. type: Plain text | |
16853 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16854 | msgid "" | |
16855 | "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have " | |
16856 | "versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version " | |
16857 | "where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> " | |
16858 | "pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:" | |
16859 | msgstr "" | |
16860 | "Ce motif est indiqué par l'étiquette I<symver>. Les bibliothèques bien " | |
16861 | "gérées utilisent des symboles versionnés où chaque version correspond à la " | |
16862 | "version amont à laquelle le symbole a été ajouté. Si c'est le cas, il est " | |
16863 | "possible d'utiliser un motif I<symver> pour faire correspondre chaque " | |
16864 | "symbole associé à la version spécifique. Par exemple :" | |
16865 | ||
16866 | #. type: Plain text | |
16867 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16868 | #, no-wrap | |
16869 | msgid "" | |
16870 | "libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" | |
16871 | " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" | |
16872 | " [...]\n" | |
16873 | " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" | |
16874 | " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" | |
16875 | msgstr "" | |
16876 | "libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" | |
16877 | " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" | |
16878 | " [...]\n" | |
16879 | " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" | |
16880 | " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" | |
16881 | ||
16882 | #. type: Plain text | |
16883 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16884 | msgid "" | |
16885 | "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to " | |
16886 | "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol " | |
16887 | "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 " | |
16888 | "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern " | |
16889 | "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns." | |
16890 | msgstr "" | |
16891 | "Tous les symboles associés avec les versions GLIBC_2.0 et GLIBC_2.7 " | |
16892 | "conduiront respectivement à des versions minimales de 2.0 et 2.7, à " | |
16893 | "l'exception du symbole access@GLIBC_2.0. Ce dernier amène à une dépendance " | |
16894 | "minimale sur la version 2.2 de libc6 bien qu'il soit dans le scope de " | |
16895 | "« (symvar)GLIBC_2.0 ». Cela est dû au fait que les symboles spécifiques " | |
16896 | "prennent le pas sur les motifs." | |
16897 | ||
16898 | #. type: Plain text | |
16899 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16900 | msgid "" | |
16901 | "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" " | |
16902 | "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by " | |
16903 | "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 " | |
16904 | "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same " | |
16905 | "behaviour is needed." | |
16906 | msgstr "" | |
16907 | "Veuillez noter que les anciens motifs avec caractères génériques (indiqués " | |
16908 | "sous la forme « *@version ») dans le champ de nom de symbole sont toujours " | |
16909 | "gérés. La nouvelle syntaxe « (symver|optional)version » doit toutefois leur " | |
16910 | "être préférée. Par exemple, « *@GLIBC_2.0 2.0 » devrait être écrit sous la " | |
16911 | "forme « (symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0 » si un comportement analogue est " | |
16912 | "recherché." | |
16913 | ||
16914 | #. type: Plain text | |
16915 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16916 | msgid "" | |
16917 | "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by " | |
16918 | "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular " | |
16919 | "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the " | |
16920 | "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> " | |
16921 | "string. For example:" | |
16922 | msgstr "" | |
16923 | "Les motifs d'expressions rationnelles sont indiqués par l'étiquette " | |
16924 | "I<regex>. La correspondance se fait avec une expression rationnelle Perl sur " | |
16925 | "le champ de nom de symbole. La correspondance est faite telle quelle et il " | |
16926 | "ne faut donc pas oublier le caractère I<^>, sinon la correspondance est " | |
16927 | "faite sur n'importe quelle partie du symbole réel I<name@version>. Par " | |
16928 | "exemple :" | |
16929 | ||
16930 | #. type: Plain text | |
16931 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16932 | #, no-wrap | |
16933 | msgid "" | |
16934 | "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" | |
16935 | " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" | |
16936 | " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" | |
16937 | msgstr "" | |
16938 | "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" | |
16939 | " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" | |
16940 | " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" | |
16941 | ||
16942 | #. type: Plain text | |
16943 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16944 | msgid "" | |
16945 | "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", \"mystack_pop@Base" | |
16946 | "\" etc. will be matched by the first pattern while e.g. " | |
16947 | "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't. The second pattern will match all symbols " | |
16948 | "having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will inherit " | |
16949 | "I<optional> tag from the pattern." | |
16950 | msgstr "" | |
16951 | "Les symboles tels que « mystack_new@Base », « mystack_push@Base », " | |
16952 | "« mystack_pop@Base », etc. seront en correspondance avec le premier motif " | |
16953 | "alors que, par exemple, « ng_mystack_new@Base » ne le sera pas. Le deuxième " | |
16954 | "motif correspondra pour tous les symboles qui comportent la chaîne " | |
16955 | "« private » dans leur nom et les correspondances hériteront de l'étiquette " | |
16956 | "I<optional> depuis le motif." | |
16957 | ||
16958 | #. type: Plain text | |
16959 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16960 | msgid "" | |
16961 | "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that " | |
16962 | "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For " | |
16963 | "example, both" | |
16964 | msgstr "" | |
16965 | "Les motifs de base indiqués précédemment peuvent être combinés au besoin. " | |
16966 | "Dans ce cas, ils sont traités dans l'ordre où les étiquettes sont indiquées. " | |
16967 | "Par exemple, les deux motifs" | |
16968 | ||
16969 | #. type: Plain text | |
16970 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16971 | #, no-wrap | |
16972 | msgid "" | |
16973 | " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n" | |
16974 | " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n" | |
16975 | msgstr "" | |
16976 | " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n" | |
16977 | " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n" | |
16978 | ||
16979 | #. type: Plain text | |
16980 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
16981 | msgid "" | |
16982 | "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and " | |
16983 | "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first " | |
16984 | "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled " | |
16985 | "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when " | |
16986 | "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw " | |
16987 | "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to " | |
16988 | "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of " | |
16989 | "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, " | |
16990 | "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of " | |
16991 | "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol." | |
16992 | msgstr "" | |
16993 | "Seront en correspondance avec les symboles " | |
16994 | "« _ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" » et " | |
16995 | "« _ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base ». Lors de la correspondance " | |
16996 | "avec le premier motif, le symbole complet est d'abord décodé en tant que " | |
16997 | "symbole C++, puis comparé à l'expression rationnelle. D'un autre côté, lors " | |
16998 | "de la correspondance avec le deuxième motif, l'expression rationnelle est " | |
16999 | "comparée au nom de symbole brut, puis le symbole est testé en tant que " | |
17000 | "symbole C++ en tentant de le décoder. L'échec de n'importe quel motif de " | |
17001 | "base provoquera l'échec de l'ensemble du motif. Ainsi, par exemple, " | |
17002 | "« __N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base » ne correspondra à aucun " | |
17003 | "des motifs car ce n'est pas un symbole C++ valable (NdT : j'ai l'impression " | |
17004 | "de traduire du Klingon !)." | |
17005 | ||
17006 | #. type: Plain text | |
17007 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17008 | msgid "" | |
17009 | "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> " | |
17010 | "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple " | |
17011 | "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) " | |
17012 | "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each " | |
17013 | "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns." | |
17014 | msgstr "" | |
17015 | "En général, les motifs sont divisés en deux groupes : les alias (I<c++> et " | |
17016 | "I<symver> de base) et les motifs génériques (I<regex> et toutes les " | |
17017 | "combinaisons de motifs de base multiples). La correspondance de motifs basés " | |
17018 | "sur des alias est rapide (O(1)) alors que les motifs génériques sont O(N) (N " | |
17019 | "étant le nombre de motifs génériques) pour chaque symbole. En conséquence, " | |
17020 | "il est déconseillé d'abuser des motifs génériques." | |
17021 | ||
17022 | #. type: Plain text | |
17023 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17024 | msgid "" | |
17025 | "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, " | |
17026 | "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are " | |
17027 | "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the " | |
17028 | "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template " | |
17029 | "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs " | |
17030 | "based on the alphanumerical order of their names." | |
17031 | msgstr "" | |
17032 | "Lorsque plusieurs motifs correspondent pour le même symbole réel, les alias " | |
17033 | "(d'abord I<c++>, puis I<symver>) sont privilégiés par rapport aux motifs " | |
17034 | "génériques. Ceux-ci sont essayés dans l'ordre où ils apparaissent dans le " | |
17035 | "modèle de fichier de symboles, en s'arrêtant à la première correspondance. " | |
17036 | "Veuillez noter, cependant, que la modification manuelle de l'ordre des " | |
17037 | "entrées de fichiers n'est pas recommandée car B<dpkg-gensymbols> crée des " | |
17038 | "fichiers de différences d'après l'ordre alphanumérique de leur nom." | |
17039 | ||
17040 | #. type: SS | |
17041 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17042 | #, no-wrap | |
17043 | msgid "Using includes" | |
17044 | msgstr "Utilisation des inclusions" | |
17045 | ||
17046 | #. type: Plain text | |
17047 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17048 | msgid "" | |
17049 | "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become " | |
17050 | "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include " | |
17051 | "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:" | |
17052 | msgstr "" | |
17053 | "Lorsqu'un jeu de symboles exportés varie selon les architectures, il est " | |
17054 | "souvent peu efficace d'utiliser un seul fichier de symboles. Pour couvrir " | |
17055 | "ces cas, une directive d'inclusion peut devenir utile dans certains cas :" | |
17056 | ||
17057 | #. type: Plain text | |
17058 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17059 | msgid "" | |
17060 | "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that " | |
17061 | "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive " | |
17062 | "like this:" | |
17063 | msgstr "" | |
17064 | "Il est possible de factoriser la partie commune dans un fichier externe " | |
17065 | "donné et l'inclure dans le fichier I<paquet>.symbols.I<arch> avec une " | |
17066 | "directive « include » utilisée de la manière suivante :" | |
17067 | ||
17068 | #. type: Plain text | |
17069 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17070 | msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"" | |
17071 | msgstr "#include \"I<paquets>.symbols.common\"" | |
17072 | ||
17073 | #. type: Plain text | |
17074 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17075 | msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:" | |
17076 | msgstr "" | |
17077 | "La directive d'inclusion peut également être étiquetée comme tout autre " | |
17078 | "symbole :" | |
17079 | ||
17080 | #. type: Plain text | |
17081 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17082 | msgid "(tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"" | |
17083 | msgstr "(étiquette|...|étiquetteN)#include \"fichier_à_inclure\"" | |
17084 | ||
17085 | #. type: Plain text | |
17086 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17087 | msgid "" | |
17088 | "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered " | |
17089 | "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to " | |
17090 | "create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific " | |
17091 | "symbol files:" | |
17092 | msgstr "" | |
17093 | "Le résultat sera que tous les symboles inclus depuis I<fichier_à_inclure> " | |
17094 | "seront considérés comme étiquetés par défaut avec I<etiq> ... I<etiqN>. Cela " | |
17095 | "permet de créer un fichier I<paquet>.symbols commun qui inclut les fichiers " | |
17096 | "de symboles spécifiques des architectures :" | |
17097 | ||
17098 | #. type: Plain text | |
17099 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17100 | #, no-wrap | |
17101 | msgid "" | |
17102 | " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n" | |
17103 | " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" | |
17104 | " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" | |
17105 | " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n" | |
17106 | msgstr "" | |
17107 | " symbole_commun1@Base 1.0\n" | |
17108 | " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" | |
17109 | " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" | |
17110 | " symbole_commun2@Base 1.0\n" | |
17111 | ||
17112 | #. type: Plain text | |
17113 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17114 | msgid "" | |
17115 | "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are " | |
17116 | "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of " | |
17117 | "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include " | |
17118 | "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything " | |
17119 | "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include " | |
17120 | "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override " | |
17121 | "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no " | |
17122 | "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags." | |
17123 | msgstr "" | |
17124 | "Les fichiers de symboles sont lus ligne par ligne et les directives " | |
17125 | "d'inclusion sont traitées dès qu'elles sont trouvées. En conséquence, le " | |
17126 | "contenu du fichier d'inclusion peut remplacer une définition qui précède " | |
17127 | "l'inclusion et ce qui suit l'inclusion peut remplacer une définition qu'elle " | |
17128 | "ajoutait. Tout symbole (ou même une autre directive d'inclusion) dans le " | |
17129 | "fichier inclus peut définir des étiquettes supplémentaires ou remplacer les " | |
17130 | "valeurs d'étiquettes héritées, dans sa définition d'étiquettes. Cependant, " | |
17131 | "pour un symbole donné, il n'existe pas de méthode permettant de remplacer " | |
17132 | "une de ses étiquettes héritées." | |
17133 | ||
17134 | #. type: Plain text | |
17135 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17136 | msgid "" | |
17137 | "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the " | |
17138 | "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. " | |
17139 | "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to " | |
17140 | "do it is the following:" | |
17141 | msgstr "" | |
17142 | "Un fichier inclus peut reprendre la ligne d'en-tête qui contient le " | |
17143 | "« SONAME » de la bibliothèque. Dans ce cas, cela remplace toute ligne d'en-" | |
17144 | "tête précédente. Il est cependant déconseillé de dupliquer les lignes d'en-" | |
17145 | "tête. Une façon de le faire est la méthode suivante :" | |
17146 | ||
17147 | #. type: Plain text | |
17148 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17149 | #, no-wrap | |
17150 | msgid "" | |
17151 | "#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n" | |
17152 | " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
17153 | msgstr "" | |
17154 | "#include \"libmachin1.symbols.common\"\n" | |
17155 | " symboles_specifique_architecture@Base 1.0\n" | |
17156 | ||
17157 | #. type: SS | |
17158 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17159 | #, no-wrap | |
17160 | msgid "Good library management" | |
17161 | msgstr "Bonnes pratiques de gestion des bibliothèques" | |
17162 | ||
17163 | #. type: Plain text | |
17164 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17165 | msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:" | |
17166 | msgstr "Une bibliothèque bien maintenue offre les possibilités suivantes :" | |
17167 | ||
17168 | #. type: Plain text | |
17169 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17170 | msgid "" | |
17171 | "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols " | |
17172 | "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;" | |
17173 | msgstr "" | |
17174 | "son interface de programmation (API) est stable (les symboles publics ne " | |
17175 | "sont jamais supprimés et les changements ne concernent que des ajouts de " | |
17176 | "nouveaux symboles publics) et les modifications provoquant une " | |
17177 | "incompatibilité doivent être combinés avec un changement de SONAME ;" | |
17178 | ||
17179 | #. type: Plain text | |
17180 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17181 | msgid "" | |
17182 | "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal " | |
17183 | "changes and API extension;" | |
17184 | msgstr "" | |
17185 | "idéalement, elle utilise le versionnement des symboles pour garantir la " | |
17186 | "stabilité de l'interface applicative binaire (ABI) malgré ses modifications " | |
17187 | "internes et l'extension de son API ;" | |
17188 | ||
17189 | #. type: Plain text | |
17190 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17191 | msgid "" | |
17192 | "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as " | |
17193 | "workaround)." | |
17194 | msgstr "" | |
17195 | "elle n'exporte pas les symboles privés (afin de contourner cela, de tels " | |
17196 | "symboles peuvent être étiquetés comme optionnels)." | |
17197 | ||
17198 | #. type: Plain text | |
17199 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17200 | msgid "" | |
17201 | "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and " | |
17202 | "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API " | |
17203 | "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream " | |
17204 | "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have " | |
17205 | "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author " | |
17206 | "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian " | |
17207 | "specific work-around." | |
17208 | msgstr "" | |
17209 | "En maintenant le fichier de symboles, il est facile d'en voir apparaître et " | |
17210 | "disparaître. Cependant, il est plus difficile de contrôler la présence " | |
17211 | "d'éventuelles modifications d'API ou ABI. En conséquence, le responsable " | |
17212 | "doit contrôler soigneusement le journal des modifications amont, à la " | |
17213 | "recherche de cas où une saine gestion des bibliothèques peut avoir été " | |
17214 | "omise. Si des problèmes potentiels sont découverts, l'auteur amont doit être " | |
17215 | "averti(e) car une correction en amont est meilleure qu'un travail spécifique " | |
17216 | "au paquet Debian." | |
17217 | ||
17218 | #. type: Plain text | |
17219 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17220 | msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp." | |
17221 | msgstr "Analyse de I<répertoire-construction-paquet>, plutôt que debian/tmp." | |
17222 | ||
17223 | #. type: Plain text | |
17224 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17225 | msgid "" | |
17226 | "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed " | |
17227 | "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)." | |
17228 | msgstr "" | |
17229 | "Définit le nom du paquet. Requis si plus d'un paquet binaire est indiqué " | |
17230 | "dans debian/control (ou s'il n'y a pas de fichier debian/control)." | |
17231 | ||
17232 | #. type: Plain text | |
17233 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17234 | msgid "" | |
17235 | "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/" | |
17236 | "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree." | |
17237 | msgstr "" | |
17238 | "Définit la version du paquet. La valeur par défaut est la version extraite " | |
17239 | "de debian/changelog. Ce paramètre est requis si le programme est lancé en " | |
17240 | "dehors de l'arborescence source d'un paquet." | |
17241 | ||
17242 | #. type: TP | |
17243 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17244 | #, no-wrap | |
17245 | msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>" | |
17246 | msgstr "B<-e>I<fichier-bibliothèque>" | |
17247 | ||
17248 | #. type: Plain text | |
17249 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17250 | msgid "" | |
17251 | "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public " | |
17252 | "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the " | |
17253 | "B<File::Glob>(3perl) manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match " | |
17254 | "multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-" | |
17255 | "e>)." | |
17256 | msgstr "" | |
17257 | "N'analyse que les bibliothèques explicitement mentionnées au lieu de " | |
17258 | "rechercher toutes les bibliothèques publiques. Les motifs du shell peuvent " | |
17259 | "être utilisés pour l'expansion des chemins d'accès (voir la page de manuel " | |
17260 | "de B<File::Glob>(3perl) pour plus d'informations) dans I<fichier-" | |
17261 | "bibliothèque> pour établir une correspondance avec plusieurs bibliothèques " | |
17262 | "avec un seul paramètre (afin d'éviter d'utiliser plusieurs options B<-e>)." | |
17263 | ||
17264 | #. type: TP | |
17265 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17266 | #, no-wrap | |
17267 | msgid "B<-I>I<filename>" | |
17268 | msgstr "B<-I>I<nom-de-fichier>" | |
17269 | ||
17270 | #. type: Plain text | |
17271 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17272 | msgid "" | |
17273 | "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is " | |
17274 | "integrated in the package itself." | |
17275 | msgstr "" | |
17276 | "Utilise I<nom-de-fichier> comme fichier de référence pour créer le fichier " | |
17277 | "de symboles à intégrer dans le paquet lui-même." | |
17278 | ||
17279 | #. type: Plain text | |
17280 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17281 | msgid "" | |
17282 | "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if " | |
17283 | "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-" | |
17284 | "dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, " | |
17285 | "its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file. You can use " | |
17286 | "this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream " | |
17287 | "version of your library." | |
17288 | msgstr "" | |
17289 | "Affiche le fichier de symboles créé sur la sortie standard ou dans le I<nom-" | |
17290 | "de-fichier>, si spécifié, plutôt que dans B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (ou " | |
17291 | "I<répertoire-construction-paquet>B</DEBIAN/symbols> si B<-P> est présent). " | |
17292 | "Si I<nom-de-fichier> existe déjà, son contenu sera utilisé comme base pour " | |
17293 | "le fichier créé. Cette fonctionnalité permet de mettre à jour le fichier de " | |
17294 | "symboles pour qu'il corresponde à une nouvelle version amont de la " | |
17295 | "bibliothèque." | |
17296 | ||
17297 | #. type: TP | |
17298 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17299 | #, no-wrap | |
17300 | msgid "B<-t>" | |
17301 | msgstr "B<-t>" | |
17302 | ||
17303 | #. type: Plain text | |
17304 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17305 | msgid "" | |
17306 | "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible " | |
17307 | "with B<deb-symbols>(5). The main difference is that in the template mode " | |
17308 | "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the " | |
17309 | "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. " | |
17310 | "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard B<deb-" | |
17311 | "symbols>(5) file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols " | |
17312 | "are always written to the symbol file template." | |
17313 | msgstr "" | |
17314 | "Écrit le fichier de symboles en mode modèle plutôt que dans un format " | |
17315 | "compatible avec B<deb-symbols(5)>. La différence majeure réside dans le fait " | |
17316 | "que les noms de symboles et les étiquettes sont écrits dans leur forme " | |
17317 | "d'origine au lieu d'être interprétés, avec réduction des étiquettes en mode " | |
17318 | "de compatibilité. De plus, certains symboles peuvent être omis lors de " | |
17319 | "l'écriture d'un fichier B<deb-symbols(5)> standard (selon les règles de " | |
17320 | "traitement des étiquettes) alors que tous les symboles sont écrits lors de " | |
17321 | "la création d'un modèle de fichier de symboles." | |
17322 | ||
17323 | #. type: TP | |
17324 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17325 | #, no-wrap | |
17326 | msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" | |
17327 | msgstr "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" | |
17328 | ||
17329 | #. type: Plain text | |
17330 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17331 | msgid "" | |
17332 | "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the " | |
17333 | "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing " | |
17334 | "levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never " | |
17335 | "fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some " | |
17336 | "new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have " | |
17337 | "disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced." | |
17338 | msgstr "" | |
17339 | "Définit les contrôles à effectuer lors de la comparaison des symboles créés " | |
17340 | "en utilisant le fichier de modèle comme point de départ. Le niveau par " | |
17341 | "défaut est 1. Plus le niveau est augmenté, plus le nombre de contrôles " | |
17342 | "effectués est important. Chaque niveau de contrôle comporte les contrôles " | |
17343 | "effectués pour les niveaux inférieurs. Le niveau 0 n'échoue jamais. Le " | |
17344 | "niveau 1 échoue si certains symboles ont disparu. Le niveau 2 échoue si de " | |
17345 | "nouveaux symboles ont été ajoutés. Le niveau 3 échoue si certaines " | |
17346 | "bibliothèques ont disparu. Le niveau 4 échoue si des bibliothèques ont été " | |
17347 | "ajoutées." | |
17348 | ||
17349 | #. type: Plain text | |
17350 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17351 | msgid "" | |
17352 | "This value can be overridden by the environment variable " | |
17353 | "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>." | |
17354 | msgstr "" | |
17355 | "Cette valeur peut être remplacée par la valeur de la variable " | |
17356 | "d'environnement B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>." | |
17357 | ||
17358 | #. type: Plain text | |
17359 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17360 | msgid "" | |
17361 | "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the " | |
17362 | "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost " | |
17363 | "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational " | |
17364 | "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)." | |
17365 | msgstr "" | |
17366 | "Fonctionne en mode silencieux et ne crée jamais de fichier de différences " | |
17367 | "entre le fichier de symboles créé et le fichier modèle utilisé comme point " | |
17368 | "de départ. N'affiche également aucun avertissement à propos de bibliothèques " | |
17369 | "nouvelles ou disparues ou de symboles nouveaux ou disparus. Cette option ne " | |
17370 | "désactive que l'affichage informatif, mais pas les contrôles eux-mêmes (voir " | |
17371 | "l'option B<-c>)." | |
17372 | ||
17373 | #. type: TP | |
17374 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17375 | #, no-wrap | |
17376 | msgid "B<-a>I<arch>" | |
17377 | msgstr "B<-a>I<arch>" | |
17378 | ||
17379 | #. type: Plain text | |
17380 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17381 | msgid "" | |
17382 | "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this " | |
17383 | "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its " | |
17384 | "binaries are already available." | |
17385 | msgstr "" | |
17386 | "Définit I<arch> comme architecture lors du traitement des fichiers de " | |
17387 | "symboles. Cette option permet de créer un fichier de symboles ou un fichier " | |
17388 | "de différences pour n'importe quelle architecture, à condition que les " | |
17389 | "fichiers binaires correspondants soient déjà disponibles." | |
17390 | ||
17391 | #. type: TP | |
17392 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17393 | #, no-wrap | |
17394 | msgid "B<-d>" | |
17395 | msgstr "B<-d>" | |
17396 | ||
17397 | #. type: Plain text | |
17398 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17399 | msgid "" | |
17400 | "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-" | |
17401 | "gensymbols> does." | |
17402 | msgstr "" | |
17403 | "Active le mode bavard. De nombreux messages sont affichés pour expliquer ce " | |
17404 | "que B<dpkg-gensymbols> fait." | |
17405 | ||
17406 | #. type: TP | |
17407 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17408 | #, no-wrap | |
17409 | msgid "B<-V>" | |
17410 | msgstr "B<-V>" | |
17411 | ||
17412 | #. type: Plain text | |
17413 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17414 | msgid "" | |
17415 | "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols " | |
17416 | "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by " | |
17417 | "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern." | |
17418 | msgstr "" | |
17419 | "Active le mode bavard. Le fichier de symboles créé contiendra les symboles " | |
17420 | "dépréciés sous forme de commentaires. De plus, en mode modèle, les motifs de " | |
17421 | "symboles seront suivis de commentaires affichant les symboles réels qui " | |
17422 | "correspondent au motif." | |
17423 | ||
17424 | #. type: TP | |
17425 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17426 | #, no-wrap | |
17427 | msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>" | |
17428 | msgstr "" | |
17429 | ||
17430 | #. type: Plain text | |
17431 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17432 | msgid "" | |
17433 | "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument " | |
17434 | "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line " | |
17435 | "arguments having precedence over environment variables)." | |
17436 | msgstr "" | |
17437 | ||
17438 | #. type: Plain text | |
17439 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17440 | msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>" | |
17441 | msgstr "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>" | |
17442 | ||
17443 | #. type: Plain text | |
17444 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17445 | msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>" | |
17446 | msgstr "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>" | |
17447 | ||
17448 | #. type: Plain text | |
17449 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17450 | msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>" | |
17451 | msgstr "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>" | |
17452 | ||
17453 | #. type: Plain text | |
17454 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man | |
17455 | msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." | |
17456 | msgstr "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." | |
17457 | ||
17458 | #. type: TH | |
17459 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17460 | #, no-wrap | |
17461 | msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper" | |
17462 | msgstr "dpkg-maintscript-helper" | |
17463 | ||
17464 | #. type: Plain text | |
17465 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17466 | msgid "" | |
17467 | "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer " | |
17468 | "scripts" | |
17469 | msgstr "" | |
17470 | "dpkg-maintscript-helper - contournement des limitations connues de dpkg dans " | |
17471 | "les scripts du responsable" | |
17472 | ||
17473 | #. type: Plain text | |
17474 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17475 | msgid "" | |
17476 | "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-" | |
17477 | "parameter>..." | |
17478 | msgstr "" | |
17479 | "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<commande> [I<paramètres>...] B<--> I<paramètres-" | |
17480 | "script-responsable>..." | |
17481 | ||
17482 | #. type: SH | |
17483 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17484 | #, no-wrap | |
17485 | msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS" | |
17486 | msgstr "COMMANDES ET PARAMÈTRES" | |
17487 | ||
17488 | #. type: Plain text | |
17489 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17490 | msgid "B<supports> I<command>" | |
17491 | msgstr "B<supports> I<commande>" | |
17492 | ||
17493 | #. type: Plain text | |
17494 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17495 | msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" | |
17496 | msgstr "" | |
17497 | "B<rm_conffile> I<fichier-de-configuration> [I<version-précédente> " | |
17498 | "[I<paquet>]]" | |
17499 | ||
17500 | #. type: Plain text | |
17501 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17502 | msgid "" | |
17503 | "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> " | |
17504 | "[I<package>]]" | |
17505 | msgstr "" | |
17506 | "B<mv_conffile> I<ancien-fichier-de-configuration> I<nouveau-fichier-de-" | |
17507 | "configuration> [I<dernière-version> [I<paquet>]]" | |
17508 | ||
17509 | #. type: Plain text | |
17510 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17511 | msgid "" | |
17512 | "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" | |
17513 | msgstr "" | |
17514 | "B<symlink_to_dir> I<nom-de-chemin> I<ancienne-cible> [I<version-précédente> " | |
17515 | "[I<paquet>]]" | |
17516 | ||
17517 | #. type: Plain text | |
17518 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17519 | msgid "" | |
17520 | "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" | |
17521 | msgstr "" | |
17522 | "B<dir_to_symlink> I<nom-de-chemin> I<nouvelle-cible> [I<version-précédente> " | |
17523 | "[I<paquet>]]" | |
17524 | ||
17525 | #. type: Plain text | |
17526 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17527 | msgid "" | |
17528 | "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some " | |
17529 | "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design " | |
17530 | "decisions or due to current limitations." | |
17531 | msgstr "" | |
17532 | "Ce programme est prévu pour être exécuté dans les scripts du responsable " | |
17533 | "afin de réaliser certaines tâches que B<dpkg> ne peut pas (encore) prendre " | |
17534 | "en charge directement à cause de limites de conception ou de limitations " | |
17535 | "actuelles." | |
17536 | ||
17537 | #. type: Plain text | |
17538 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17539 | msgid "" | |
17540 | "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer " | |
17541 | "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes " | |
17542 | "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will " | |
17543 | "automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable " | |
17544 | "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you " | |
17545 | "have to forward after a double hyphen." | |
17546 | msgstr "" | |
17547 | "La plupart de ces tâches nécessitent la coordination de plusieurs scripts du " | |
17548 | "responsable (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). Pour éviter des " | |
17549 | "erreurs, le même appel a simplement besoin d'être placé dans tous les " | |
17550 | "scripts. Le programme adaptera alors son comportement en fonction de la " | |
17551 | "variable d'environnement B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> et des paramètres des " | |
17552 | "scripts du responsable qui doivent être passés avec un double tiret." | |
17553 | ||
17554 | #. type: SH | |
17555 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17556 | #, no-wrap | |
17557 | msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS" | |
17558 | msgstr "PARAMÈTRES COMMUNS" | |
17559 | ||
17560 | #. type: TP | |
17561 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17562 | #, no-wrap | |
17563 | msgid "I<prior-version>" | |
17564 | msgstr "I<version-précédente>" | |
17565 | ||
17566 | #. type: Plain text | |
17567 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17568 | msgid "" | |
17569 | "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the " | |
17570 | "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that " | |
17571 | "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package " | |
17572 | "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the " | |
17573 | "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version " | |
17574 | "and have the operation tried only once)." | |
17575 | msgstr "" | |
17576 | "Indique la dernière version du paquet pour laquelle la mise à jour doit " | |
17577 | "provoquer l'opération. Il est important de déterminer correctement I<version-" | |
17578 | "précédente> afin que les opérations s'accomplissent correctement même si " | |
17579 | "l'utilisateur reconstruit le paquet avec une version locale. Si le paramètre " | |
17580 | "I<version-précédente> est vide ou omis, l'opération sera tentée à chaque " | |
17581 | "mise à jour (il est toutefois plus sûr d'indiquer la version afin que " | |
17582 | "l'opération n'ait lieu qu'une fois)." | |
17583 | ||
17584 | #. type: Plain text | |
17585 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17586 | msgid "" | |
17587 | "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now " | |
17588 | "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-" | |
17589 | "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now " | |
17590 | "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. " | |
17591 | "This applies to all other actions in the same way." | |
17592 | msgstr "" | |
17593 | "Si le fichier de configuration n'était pas fourni pour une raison ou une " | |
17594 | "autre dans plusieurs versions et que vous modifiez les scripts du " | |
17595 | "responsable pour nettoyer l'ancien fichier, I<version-précédente> doit être " | |
17596 | "basé sur la version actuellement préparée et non la première version qui ne " | |
17597 | "fournissait plus ce fichier de configuration. Ceci s'applique à toutes les " | |
17598 | "autres actions de la même manière" | |
17599 | ||
17600 | #. type: Plain text | |
17601 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17602 | msgid "" | |
17603 | "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, " | |
17604 | "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile to " | |
17605 | "be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as " | |
17606 | "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in " | |
17607 | "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only " | |
17608 | "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, " | |
17609 | "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>." | |
17610 | msgstr "" | |
17611 | "Par exemple, pour un fichier de configuration supprimé dans la version " | |
17612 | "B<2.0-1> d'un paquet, I<dernière-version> doit être B<2.0-1~>. Cela " | |
17613 | "provoquera la suppression du fichier même si la version précédente B<1.0-1> " | |
17614 | "a été reconstruite avec B<1.0-1local1> comme numéro de version. Ou bien, si " | |
17615 | "un paquet substitue un chemin d'un lien symbolique (fourni dans la version " | |
17616 | "B<1.0-1>) à un répertoire (fourni dans la version B<2.0-1>), mais ne réalise " | |
17617 | "réellement la substitution que dans les scripts du responsable dans la " | |
17618 | "version B<3.0-1>, I<dernière-version> doit être B<3.0-1~>." | |
17619 | ||
17620 | #. type: TP | |
17621 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17622 | #, no-wrap | |
17623 | msgid "I<package>" | |
17624 | msgstr "I<paquet>" | |
17625 | ||
17626 | #. type: Plain text | |
17627 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17628 | msgid "" | |
17629 | "The package name. When the package is “Multi-Arch: same” this parameter must " | |
17630 | "include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it should B<not> usually " | |
17631 | "include the architecture qualifier (as it would disallow cross-grades, or " | |
17632 | "switching from being architecture specific to architecture B<all> or vice " | |
17633 | "versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, the " | |
17634 | "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment " | |
17635 | "variables (as set by B<dpkg>) will be used to generate an arch-qualified " | |
17636 | "package name." | |
17637 | msgstr "" | |
17638 | ||
17639 | #. type: TP | |
17640 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17641 | #, no-wrap | |
17642 | msgid "B<-->" | |
17643 | msgstr "B<-->" | |
17644 | ||
17645 | #. type: Plain text | |
17646 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17647 | msgid "" | |
17648 | "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the " | |
17649 | "program after B<-->." | |
17650 | msgstr "" | |
17651 | "Tous les paramètres des scripts du responsable doivent être passés au " | |
17652 | "programme après B<-->." | |
17653 | ||
17654 | #. type: SH | |
17655 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17656 | #, no-wrap | |
17657 | msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS" | |
17658 | msgstr "TÂCHES LIÉES AUX FICHIERS DE CONFIGURATION" | |
17659 | ||
17660 | #. type: Plain text | |
17661 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17662 | msgid "" | |
17663 | "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile " | |
17664 | "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it " | |
17665 | "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for " | |
17666 | "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and " | |
17667 | "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown " | |
17668 | "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-" | |
17669 | "maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer " | |
17670 | "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf." | |
17671 | msgstr "" | |
17672 | "Lors de la mise à jour d'un paquet, B<dpkg> ne supprime pas automatiquement " | |
17673 | "les fichiers de configuration (comportant des modifications locales à " | |
17674 | "préserver) s'il n'est pas présent dans la nouvelle version. Il existe deux " | |
17675 | "raisons principales à cela. En premier lieu, le fichier de configuration " | |
17676 | "peut avoir été supprimé par accident, être réintégré dans la version " | |
17677 | "suivante et il peut être nécessaire de retrouver les modifications locales. " | |
17678 | "Ensuite, l'objectif est également de permettre d'effectuer la transition " | |
17679 | "depuis des fichiers de configuration gérés par dpkg vers un fichier géré via " | |
17680 | "les scripts du responsable, en général à l'aide d'un outil comme debconf ou " | |
17681 | "ucf." | |
17682 | ||
17683 | #. type: Plain text | |
17684 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17685 | msgid "" | |
17686 | "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it " | |
17687 | "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to " | |
17688 | "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer " | |
17689 | "scripts." | |
17690 | msgstr "" | |
17691 | "Cela signifie que si un paquet a besoin de renommer ou supprimer un fichier " | |
17692 | "de configuration, il doit le faire explicitement. L'objectif de B<dpkg-" | |
17693 | "maintscript-helper> est donc de fournir des méthodes de suppression ou " | |
17694 | "renommage de fichiers de configuration via les scripts du responsable." | |
17695 | ||
17696 | #. type: SS | |
17697 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17698 | #, no-wrap | |
17699 | msgid "Removing a conffile" | |
17700 | msgstr "Supprimer un fichier de configuration" | |
17701 | ||
17702 | #. type: Plain text | |
17703 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17704 | msgid "" | |
17705 | "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless " | |
17706 | "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be " | |
17707 | "preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile " | |
17708 | "should not disappear." | |
17709 | msgstr "" | |
17710 | "Si un fichier de configuration est complètement supprimé, il doit être " | |
17711 | "effacé du disque sauf si l'administrateur local l'a modifié. Les éventuelles " | |
17712 | "modifications locales doivent être conservées. Si la mise à jour du paquet " | |
17713 | "est interrompue, le fichier de configuration rendu obsolète ne doit pas " | |
17714 | "avoir disparu." | |
17715 | ||
17716 | #. type: Plain text | |
17717 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17718 | msgid "" | |
17719 | "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the " | |
17720 | "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" | |
17721 | msgstr "" | |
17722 | "L'ensemble de ces pré-requis est mis en œuvre en utilisant les commandes " | |
17723 | "shell suivantes dans les scripts B<preinst>, B<postinst> et B<postrm> :" | |
17724 | ||
17725 | #. type: Plain text | |
17726 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17727 | #, no-wrap | |
17728 | msgid "" | |
17729 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n" | |
17730 | " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
17731 | msgstr "" | |
17732 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n" | |
17733 | " I<fichier-de-configuration> I<dernière-version> I<paquet> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
17734 | ||
17735 | #. type: Plain text | |
17736 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17737 | msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove." | |
17738 | msgstr "" | |
17739 | "I<fichier-de-configuration> est le nom du fichier de configuration à " | |
17740 | "supprimer." | |
17741 | ||
17742 | #. type: Plain text | |
17743 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17744 | msgid "" | |
17745 | "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was " | |
17746 | "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not " | |
17747 | "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the " | |
17748 | "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept " | |
17749 | "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be " | |
17750 | "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the " | |
17751 | "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-" | |
17752 | "bak> file kept up to now." | |
17753 | msgstr "" | |
17754 | "Détails de la mise en œuvre actuelle : dans le script B<preinst>, il est " | |
17755 | "vérifié si le fichier de configuration a été modifié. Celui-ci est alors " | |
17756 | "renommé, soit en I<fichier-de-configuration>B<.dpkg-remove> s'il n'a pas été " | |
17757 | "modifié, soit en I<fichier-de-configuration>B<.dpkg-backup> s'il l'a été. " | |
17758 | "Dans le script B<postinst>, ce dernier fichier est ensuite renommé en " | |
17759 | "I<fichier-de-configuration>B<.dpkg-bak> et conservé pour référence puisqu'il " | |
17760 | "contient des modifications locales, mais le premier est supprimé. Si la mise " | |
17761 | "à jour du paquet est interrompue, le script B<postrm> remet en place le " | |
17762 | "fichier de configuration d'origine. À la purge du paquet, le script " | |
17763 | "B<postrm> supprimera également le fichier B<.dpkg-bak> qui avait été " | |
17764 | "conservé jusque là." | |
17765 | ||
17766 | #. type: SS | |
17767 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17768 | #, no-wrap | |
17769 | msgid "Renaming a conffile" | |
17770 | msgstr "Renommer un fichier de configuration" | |
17771 | ||
17772 | #. type: Plain text | |
17773 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17774 | msgid "" | |
17775 | "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure " | |
17776 | "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change " | |
17777 | "to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user " | |
17778 | "being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though they are " | |
17779 | "not responsible of them." | |
17780 | msgstr "" | |
17781 | "Si un fichier de configuration est déplacé à un autre endroit, il est " | |
17782 | "nécessaire de garantir la préservation des modifications locales. À première " | |
17783 | "vue, cela peut sembler être une simple modification dans le script " | |
17784 | "B<preinst>, mais cela risque de résulter en une demande, par B<dpkg>, " | |
17785 | "d'approbation de modifications locales qui n'existent pas réellement." | |
17786 | ||
17787 | #. type: Plain text | |
17788 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17789 | msgid "" | |
17790 | "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " | |
17791 | "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" | |
17792 | msgstr "" | |
17793 | "Un renommage élégant peut être mis en œuvre avec les extraits shell qui " | |
17794 | "suivent, dans les scripts B<preinst>, B<postinst> et B<postrm> :" | |
17795 | ||
17796 | #. type: Plain text | |
17797 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17798 | #, no-wrap | |
17799 | msgid "" | |
17800 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n" | |
17801 | " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
17802 | msgstr " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n" | |
17803 | ||
17804 | #. type: Plain text | |
17805 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17806 | msgid "" | |
17807 | "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile " | |
17808 | "to rename." | |
17809 | msgstr "" | |
17810 | "I<ancien-fichier> et I<nouveau-fichier> sont l'ancien et le nouveau nom du " | |
17811 | "fichier de configuration à renommer." | |
17812 | ||
17813 | #. type: Plain text | |
17814 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17815 | msgid "" | |
17816 | "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been " | |
17817 | "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-" | |
17818 | "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-" | |
17819 | "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if " | |
17820 | "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the " | |
17821 | "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if " | |
17822 | "required." | |
17823 | msgstr "" | |
17824 | "Détails de la mise en œuvre actuelle : dans le script B<preinst>, il est " | |
17825 | "vérifié si le fichier de configuration a été modifié. Celui-ci est alors " | |
17826 | "soit laissé en place s'il a été modifié, soit renommé en I<ancien-fichier>B<." | |
17827 | "dpkg-remove> s'il ne l'a pas été. Lors de la configuration, le script " | |
17828 | "B<postinst> supprime I<ancien-fichier>B<.dpkg-remove> et renomme I<ancien-" | |
17829 | "fichier> et I<nouveau-fichier> si I<ancien-fichier> existe toujours. Si la " | |
17830 | "mise à jour ou l'installation sont interrompues, le script B<postrm> renomme " | |
17831 | "I<ancien-fichier>B<.dpkg-remove> en I<ancien-fichier> si c'est indispensable." | |
17832 | ||
17833 | #. type: SH | |
17834 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17835 | #, no-wrap | |
17836 | msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES" | |
17837 | msgstr "SUBSTITUTIONS DE LIENS SYMBOLIQUES ET DE RÉPERTOIRES" | |
17838 | ||
17839 | #. type: Plain text | |
17840 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17841 | msgid "" | |
17842 | "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to " | |
17843 | "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will be " | |
17844 | "left as is." | |
17845 | msgstr "" | |
17846 | "Lors de la mise à jour d'un paquet, B<dpkg> ne substitue pas automatiquement " | |
17847 | "un lien symbolique à un répertoire ou le contraire. Les retours à une " | |
17848 | "version inférieure ne sont pas pris en charge et le chemin sera laissé comme " | |
17849 | "il est." | |
17850 | ||
17851 | #. type: SS | |
17852 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17853 | #, no-wrap | |
17854 | msgid "Switching a symlink to directory" | |
17855 | msgstr "Substituer un lien symbolique à un répertoire" | |
17856 | ||
17857 | #. type: Plain text | |
17858 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17859 | msgid "" | |
17860 | "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before " | |
17861 | "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the " | |
17862 | "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " | |
17863 | "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the " | |
17864 | "package." | |
17865 | msgstr "" | |
17866 | "Si un lien symbolique est substitué à un répertoire réel, il est nécessaire " | |
17867 | "de garantir qu'avant le dépaquettage le lien symbolique est retiré. À " | |
17868 | "première vue, cela peut sembler être une simple modification dans le script " | |
17869 | "B<preinst>, mais cela risque de résulter en problèmes si l'administrateur " | |
17870 | "local a personnalisé le lien symbolique ou si l'on revient à une version " | |
17871 | "antérieure du paquet." | |
17872 | ||
17873 | #. type: Plain text | |
17874 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17875 | #, no-wrap | |
17876 | msgid "" | |
17877 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\e\n" | |
17878 | " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
17879 | msgstr "" | |
17880 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\e\n" | |
17881 | " I<nom-de-chemin> I<ancienne-cible> I<version-précédente> I<paquet> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
17882 | ||
17883 | #. type: Plain text | |
17884 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17885 | msgid "" | |
17886 | "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a " | |
17887 | "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target " | |
17888 | "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or " | |
17889 | "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>." | |
17890 | msgstr "" | |
17891 | "I<nom-de-chemin> est le nom absolu de l'ancien lien symbolique (le chemin " | |
17892 | "sera un répertoire à la fin de l'installation) et I<ancienne-cible> la cible " | |
17893 | "de l'ancien lien symbolique vers I<nom-de-chemin>. Cela peut être un chemin " | |
17894 | "absolu ou relatif vers le répertoire contenant I<nom-de-chemin>." | |
17895 | ||
17896 | #. type: Plain text | |
17897 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17898 | msgid "" | |
17899 | "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and " | |
17900 | "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's " | |
17901 | "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> " | |
17902 | "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " | |
17903 | "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames I<pathname>B<." | |
17904 | "dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." | |
17905 | msgstr "" | |
17906 | "Détails de la mise en œuvre actuelle : dans le script B<preinst>, il est " | |
17907 | "vérifié si le lien symbolique existe et pointe vers I<ancienne-cible>. Si ce " | |
17908 | "n'est pas le cas, il est alors soit laissé en place, soit renommé en I<nom-" | |
17909 | "de-chemin>B<.dpkg-backup>. Lors de la configuration, le script B<postinst> " | |
17910 | "supprime I<nom-de-chemin>B<.dpkg-backup> si I<nom-de-chemin>B<.dpkg-backup> " | |
17911 | "est encore un lien symbolique. Si la mise à jour ou l'installation sont " | |
17912 | "interrompues, le script B<postrm> renomme I<nom-de-chemin>B<.dpkg-backup> en " | |
17913 | "I<nom-de-chemin> si c'est indispensable." | |
17914 | ||
17915 | #. type: SS | |
17916 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17917 | #, no-wrap | |
17918 | msgid "Switching a directory to symlink" | |
17919 | msgstr "Substituer un répertoire à un lien symbolique" | |
17920 | ||
17921 | #. type: Plain text | |
17922 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17923 | msgid "" | |
17924 | "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before " | |
17925 | "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to " | |
17926 | "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " | |
17927 | "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, " | |
17928 | "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package." | |
17929 | msgstr "" | |
17930 | "Si un répertoire réel est substitué à un lien symbolique, il est nécessaire " | |
17931 | "de garantir qu'avant le dépaquettage le répertoire est retiré. À première " | |
17932 | "vue, cela peut sembler être une simple modification dans le script " | |
17933 | "B<preinst>, mais cela risque de résulter en problèmes si le répertoire " | |
17934 | "contient des fichiers de configuration, des noms de chemins qui " | |
17935 | "appartiennent à d'autres paquets, des noms de chemin créés localement ou si " | |
17936 | "l'on revient à une version antérieure du paquet." | |
17937 | ||
17938 | #. type: Plain text | |
17939 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17940 | msgid "" | |
17941 | "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " | |
17942 | "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" | |
17943 | msgstr "" | |
17944 | "Une substitution élégante peut être mise en œuvre avec les extraits shell " | |
17945 | "qui suivent, dans les scripts B<preinst>, B<postinst> et B<postrm> :" | |
17946 | ||
17947 | #. type: Plain text | |
17948 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17949 | #, no-wrap | |
17950 | msgid "" | |
17951 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\e\n" | |
17952 | " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
17953 | msgstr "" | |
17954 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\e\n" | |
17955 | " I<nom-de-chemin> I<nouvelle-cible> I<version-précédente> I<paquet> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
17956 | ||
17957 | #. type: Plain text | |
17958 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17959 | msgid "" | |
17960 | "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a " | |
17961 | "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of " | |
17962 | "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to the " | |
17963 | "directory containing I<pathname>." | |
17964 | msgstr "" | |
17965 | "I<nom-de-chemin> est le nom absolu de l'ancien répertoire (le chemin sera un " | |
17966 | "lien symbolique à la fin de l'installation) et I<nouvelle-cible> la cible du " | |
17967 | "nouveau lien symbolique vers I<nom-de-chemin>. Cela peut être un chemin " | |
17968 | "absolu ou relatif vers le répertoire contenant I<nom-de-chemin>." | |
17969 | ||
17970 | #. type: Plain text | |
17971 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
17972 | msgid "" | |
17973 | "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does " | |
17974 | "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created " | |
17975 | "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to " | |
17976 | "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> " | |
17977 | "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, " | |
17978 | "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " | |
17979 | "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging " | |
17980 | "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging " | |
17981 | "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty " | |
17982 | "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes " | |
17983 | "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> " | |
17984 | "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." | |
17985 | msgstr "" | |
17986 | "Détails de la mise en œuvre actuelle : dans le script B<preinst>, il est " | |
17987 | "vérifié si le répertoire existe et ne contient pas de fichiers de " | |
17988 | "configuration, de noms de chemins qui appartiennent à d'autres paquets, de " | |
17989 | "noms de chemin créés localement. Si ce n'est pas le cas, il est alors soit " | |
17990 | "laissé en place, soit renommé en I<nom-de-chemin>B<.dpkg-backup> et un " | |
17991 | "répertoire vide provisoire nommé I<nom-de-chemin> est créé, marqué par un " | |
17992 | "fichier pour que dpkg le suive. Lors de la configuration, le script " | |
17993 | "B<postinst> achève la substitution si I<nom-de-chemin>B<.dpkg-backup> est " | |
17994 | "encore un répertoire et si I<nom-de-chemin> est le répertoire provisoire. Il " | |
17995 | "supprime le fichier qui marque le fichier provisoire et déplace les fichiers " | |
17996 | "nouvellement créés dans le répertoire provisoire vers la cible du lien " | |
17997 | "symbolique I<nouvelle cible>, remplace le répertoire provisoire I<nom-de-" | |
17998 | "chemin>, maintenant vide, par un lien symbolique vers la I<nouvelle-cible> " | |
17999 | "et, enfin supprime I<nom-de-chemin>B<.dpkg-backup>. Si la mise à jour ou " | |
18000 | "l'installation sont interrompues, le script B<postrm> renomme I<nom-de-" | |
18001 | "chemin>B<.dpkg-backup> en I<nom-de-chemin> si c'est indispensable." | |
18002 | ||
18003 | #. type: SH | |
18004 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18005 | #, no-wrap | |
18006 | msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES" | |
18007 | msgstr "INTÉGRATION DANS LES PAQUETS" | |
18008 | ||
18009 | #. type: Plain text | |
18010 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18011 | msgid "" | |
18012 | "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-" | |
18013 | "maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for " | |
18014 | "example B<dh_installdeb>(1)." | |
18015 | msgstr "" | |
18016 | "Lors de l'utilisation d'un assistant d'empaquetage, veuillez vérifier s'il " | |
18017 | "ne dispose pas d'une intégration native de B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> ce qui " | |
18018 | "vous facilitera la tâche. Voir par exemple B<dh_installdeb>(1)." | |
18019 | ||
18020 | #. type: Plain text | |
18021 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18022 | msgid "" | |
18023 | "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it " | |
18024 | "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required " | |
18025 | "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends on " | |
18026 | "the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, for " | |
18027 | "B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:" | |
18028 | msgstr "" | |
18029 | "Comme B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> est utilisé dans le script B<preinst>, " | |
18030 | "l'utiliser sans conditions impose une pré-dépendance afin de garantir que la " | |
18031 | "version minimale nécessaire de B<dpkg> ait bien été préalablement " | |
18032 | "configurée. La version minimale dépend de la commande utilisée : ainsi pour " | |
18033 | "B<rm_conffile> et B<mv_conffile>, cette version est 1.15.7.2, pour " | |
18034 | "B<symlink_to_dir> et B<dir_to_symlink>, c'est 1.17.14 :" | |
18035 | ||
18036 | #. type: Plain text | |
18037 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18038 | #, no-wrap | |
18039 | msgid " B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.14)\n" | |
18040 | msgstr " B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.14)\n" | |
18041 | ||
18042 | #. type: Plain text | |
18043 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18044 | msgid "" | |
18045 | "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the " | |
18046 | "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only " | |
18047 | "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed " | |
18048 | "B<dpkg>:" | |
18049 | msgstr "" | |
18050 | "Cependant, dans de nombreux cas, l'opération réalisée par le programme n'est " | |
18051 | "pas critique pour le paquet et au lieu d'utiliser une pré-dépendance, il est " | |
18052 | "possible de ne lancer le programme que si on a la certitude que la commande " | |
18053 | "nécessaire est gérée par la version actuellement installée de B<dpkg> :" | |
18054 | ||
18055 | #. type: Plain text | |
18056 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18057 | #, no-wrap | |
18058 | msgid "" | |
18059 | " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n" | |
18060 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n" | |
18061 | " fi\n" | |
18062 | msgstr "" | |
18063 | " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<commande>; then\n" | |
18064 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<commande> ...\n" | |
18065 | " fi\n" | |
18066 | ||
18067 | #. type: Plain text | |
18068 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18069 | msgid "" | |
18070 | "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The " | |
18071 | "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg " | |
18072 | "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in " | |
18073 | "case the environment is not sufficient." | |
18074 | msgstr "" | |
18075 | "La commande B<supports> retournera 0 en cas de réussite, 1 autrement. Elle " | |
18076 | "vérifiera si les variables d'environnement telles que définies par B<dpkg> " | |
18077 | "et requises par le script sont présentes, et considérera que c'est un échec " | |
18078 | "si l'environnement n'est pas suffisant." | |
18079 | ||
18080 | #. type: Plain text | |
18081 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man | |
18082 | msgid "B<dh_installdeb>(1)." | |
18083 | msgstr "B<dh_installdeb>(1)" | |
18084 | ||
18085 | #. type: TH | |
18086 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18087 | #, no-wrap | |
18088 | msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs" | |
18089 | msgstr "dpkg-mergechangelogs" | |
18090 | ||
18091 | #. type: Plain text | |
18092 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18093 | msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files" | |
18094 | msgstr "dpkg-mergechangelogs - fusion triple de fichiers debian/changelog" | |
18095 | ||
18096 | #. type: Plain text | |
18097 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18098 | msgid "" | |
18099 | "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]" | |
18100 | msgstr "" | |
18101 | "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<ancien> I<nouveau-a> I<nouveau-b> " | |
18102 | "[I<sortie>]" | |
18103 | ||
18104 | #. type: Plain text | |
18105 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18106 | msgid "" | |
18107 | "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to " | |
18108 | "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the " | |
18109 | "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given." | |
18110 | msgstr "" | |
18111 | "Ce programme utilise les 3 versions fournies de journal des modifications " | |
18112 | "(« changelog ») Debian pour créer un fichier de journalisation fusionné. Le " | |
18113 | "résultat est placé dans le fichier I<sortie> ou affiché sur la sortie " | |
18114 | "standard si ce paramètre est omis." | |
18115 | ||
18116 | #. type: Plain text | |
18117 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18118 | msgid "" | |
18119 | "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be " | |
18120 | "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing " | |
18121 | "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the " | |
18122 | "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and " | |
18123 | "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is " | |
18124 | "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge " | |
18125 | "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's " | |
18126 | "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global " | |
18127 | "conflict on the content of the entry)." | |
18128 | msgstr "" | |
18129 | "Chaque entrée est identifiée par son numéro de version. Les entrées ne sont " | |
18130 | "pas censées entrer en conflit, mais sont simplement fusionnées dans le bon " | |
18131 | "ordre (par numéro de version décroissant). Si l'option B<--merge-" | |
18132 | "prereleases> est utilisée, la partie de numéro de version qui suit le " | |
18133 | "dernier caractère tilde est omise ; les versions 1.0-1~exp1 et 1.0-1~exp5 " | |
18134 | "sont ainsi considérées comme la même entrée. Quand la même version est " | |
18135 | "mentionnée dans I<nouveau-a> et I<nouveau-b>, une fusion « 3-way » standard " | |
18136 | "est tentée (sous réserve que le module Algorithm::Merge soit disponible — il " | |
18137 | "est fourni par le paquet libalgorithm-merge-perl —. Dans le cas contraire, " | |
18138 | "un conflit global est créé dans le contexte de cette entrée." | |
18139 | ||
18140 | #. type: TP | |
18141 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18142 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18143 | #| msgid "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>" | |
18144 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>" | |
18145 | msgstr "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>" | |
18146 | ||
18147 | #. type: Plain text | |
18148 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18149 | msgid "" | |
18150 | "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version " | |
18151 | "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not." | |
18152 | msgstr "" | |
18153 | "Omet la version qui suit le dernier caractère tilde dans les numéros de " | |
18154 | "versions, lors de la comparaison qui permet d'identifier si deux entrées " | |
18155 | "sont les mêmes ou pas." | |
18156 | ||
18157 | #. type: Plain text | |
18158 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18159 | msgid "" | |
18160 | "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase " | |
18161 | "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, " | |
18162 | "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same " | |
18163 | "changelog entry that has evolved over time." | |
18164 | msgstr "" | |
18165 | "Cette option est utile lorsqu'on conserve la même entrée de journal mais que " | |
18166 | "la version est incrémentée régulièrement. Par exemple, cela permet " | |
18167 | "d'utiliser les numéros 2.3-1~exp1, 2.3-1~exp2, etc. jusqu'à une publication " | |
18168 | "officielle numérotée 2.3-1, toutes ces versions étant considérées comme " | |
18169 | "l'évolution dans le temps de la même version." | |
18170 | ||
18171 | #. type: SH | |
18172 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18173 | #, no-wrap | |
18174 | msgid "LIMITATIONS" | |
18175 | msgstr "LIMITATIONS" | |
18176 | ||
18177 | #. type: Plain text | |
18178 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18179 | msgid "" | |
18180 | "Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. " | |
18181 | "This might include stuff like vim modelines, comments which were not " | |
18182 | "supposed to be there, etc." | |
18183 | msgstr "" | |
18184 | "Tout ce qui ne peut pas être analysé par Dpkg::Changelog est perdu lors de " | |
18185 | "la fusion. Cela peut comprendre des lignes de mode vim, des commentaires qui " | |
18186 | "ne sont pas censés se trouver là, etc." | |
18187 | ||
18188 | #. type: SH | |
18189 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18190 | #, no-wrap | |
18191 | msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT" | |
18192 | msgstr "INTÉGRATION AVEC GIT" | |
18193 | ||
18194 | #. type: Plain text | |
18195 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18196 | msgid "" | |
18197 | "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git " | |
18198 | "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> " | |
18199 | "or B<~/.gitconfig>:" | |
18200 | msgstr "" | |
18201 | "Si vous souhaitez utiliser ce programme pour fusionner des journaux de " | |
18202 | "modifications Debian dans un dépôt git, vous devez tout d'abord enregistrer " | |
18203 | "un nouveau pilote de fusion dans B<.git/config> ou B<~/.gitconfig> :" | |
18204 | ||
18205 | #. type: Plain text | |
18206 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18207 | #, no-wrap | |
18208 | msgid "" | |
18209 | " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" | |
18210 | " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" | |
18211 | " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" | |
18212 | msgstr "" | |
18213 | " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" | |
18214 | " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" | |
18215 | " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" | |
18216 | ||
18217 | #. type: Plain text | |
18218 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18219 | msgid "" | |
18220 | "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file " | |
18221 | "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/" | |
18222 | "attributes>:" | |
18223 | msgstr "" | |
18224 | "Vous devez ensuite configurer l'attribut de fusion pour le fichier debian/" | |
18225 | "changelog, soit dans B<.gitattributes> du dépôt lui-même, soit dans B<.git/" | |
18226 | "info/attributes> :" | |
18227 | ||
18228 | #. type: Plain text | |
18229 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man | |
18230 | #, no-wrap | |
18231 | msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" | |
18232 | msgstr " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" | |
18233 | ||
18234 | #. type: TH | |
18235 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18236 | #, no-wrap | |
18237 | msgid "dpkg-name" | |
18238 | msgstr "dpkg-name" | |
18239 | ||
18240 | #. type: Plain text | |
18241 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18242 | msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" | |
18243 | msgstr "dpkg-name - redonne aux paquets Debian leur nom complet" | |
18244 | ||
18245 | #. type: Plain text | |
18246 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18247 | msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..." | |
18248 | msgstr "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<fichier>..." | |
18249 | ||
18250 | #. type: Plain text | |
18251 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18252 | msgid "" | |
18253 | "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy " | |
18254 | "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " | |
18255 | "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<." | |
18256 | ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The " | |
18257 | "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information " | |
18258 | "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-" | |
18259 | "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>." | |
18260 | msgstr "" | |
18261 | "Cette page de manuel documente le programme B<dpkg-name> qui fournit une " | |
18262 | "façon simple de redonner aux paquets B<Debian> leur nom complet. Ce nom " | |
18263 | "consiste en une chaîne « I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<." | |
18264 | ">I<type_de_paquet> » telle qu'elle est indiquée dans le fichier « control » " | |
18265 | "du paquet. La partie I<version> du nom est composée d'informations sur la " | |
18266 | "version originelle qui peuvent ou non être suivies d'un trait d'union et " | |
18267 | "d'informations sur la révision. La partie I<type_de_paquet> provient de ce " | |
18268 | "champ s'il existe. La valeur par défaut est B<deb>." | |
18269 | ||
18270 | #. type: TP | |
18271 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18272 | #, no-wrap | |
18273 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" | |
18274 | msgstr "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" | |
18275 | ||
18276 | #. type: Plain text | |
18277 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18278 | msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." | |
18279 | msgstr "Le nom du fichier n'aura pas l'information sur l'architecture." | |
18280 | ||
18281 | #. type: TP | |
18282 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18283 | #, no-wrap | |
18284 | msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" | |
18285 | msgstr "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" | |
18286 | ||
18287 | #. type: Plain text | |
18288 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18289 | msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." | |
18290 | msgstr "Faire un lien symbolique plutôt qu'une création de fichier." | |
18291 | ||
18292 | #. type: TP | |
18293 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18294 | #, no-wrap | |
18295 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" | |
18296 | msgstr "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" | |
18297 | ||
18298 | #. type: Plain text | |
18299 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18300 | msgid "" | |
18301 | "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " | |
18302 | "destination filename." | |
18303 | msgstr "" | |
18304 | "Remplace des fichiers existants s'ils ont le même nom que le fichier de " | |
18305 | "destination." | |
18306 | ||
18307 | #. type: TP | |
18308 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18309 | #, no-wrap | |
18310 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]" | |
18311 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<rep>]" | |
18312 | ||
18313 | #. type: Plain text | |
18314 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18315 | #, fuzzy | |
18316 | #| msgid "" | |
18317 | #| "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as " | |
18318 | #| "argument exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the " | |
18319 | #| "name of the target directory is extracted from the section field in the " | |
18320 | #| "control part of the package. The target directory will be `unstable/" | |
18321 | #| "binary-I<architecture>/I<section>'. If the section is not found in the " | |
18322 | #| "control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " | |
18323 | #| "sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `I<section>/" | |
18324 | #| "binary-I<architecture>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " | |
18325 | #| "packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option " | |
18326 | #| "with care, it's messy." | |
18327 | msgid "" | |
18328 | "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " | |
18329 | "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " | |
18330 | "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " | |
18331 | "the package. The target directory will be «unstable/binary-I<architecture>/" | |
18332 | "I<section>». If the section is not found in the control, then B<no-section> " | |
18333 | "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections B<non-free> and " | |
18334 | "B<contrib> the target directory is «I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The " | |
18335 | "section field is not required so a lot of packages will find their way to " | |
18336 | "the B<no-section> area. Use this option with care, it's messy." | |
18337 | msgstr "" | |
18338 | "Met les fichiers dans un sous-répertoire. Si le répertoire donné en " | |
18339 | "paramètre existe, les fichiers sont déplacés dans ce répertoire ; sinon le " | |
18340 | "répertoire cible, extrait du champ « section » que contient la partie de " | |
18341 | "contrôle du paquet, sera « unstable/binary-I<architecture>/I<section> ». " | |
18342 | "Quand aucune information sur la section n'est trouvée dans le fichier " | |
18343 | "« control », la section est supposée être « no-section ». Dans ce cas, ainsi " | |
18344 | "que si la section est « non-free » ou « contrib », le répertoire cible est " | |
18345 | "« I<section>/binary-I<architecture> ». Le champ « section » est facultatif ; " | |
18346 | "aussi beaucoup de paquets sont dans la zone « no-section ». Utilisez cette " | |
18347 | "option avec soin : elle est compliquée." | |
18348 | ||
18349 | #. type: TP | |
18350 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18351 | #, no-wrap | |
18352 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" | |
18353 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" | |
18354 | ||
18355 | #. type: Plain text | |
18356 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18357 | msgid "" | |
18358 | "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory " | |
18359 | "isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" | |
18360 | msgstr "" | |
18361 | "On peut utiliser cette option avec l'option B<-s>. Quand un répertoire cible " | |
18362 | "n'est pas trouvé, il est créé automatiquement. B<Utilisez cette option avec " | |
18363 | "soin.>" | |
18364 | ||
18365 | #. type: TP | |
18366 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18367 | #, no-wrap | |
18368 | msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
18369 | msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
18370 | ||
18371 | #. type: Plain text | |
18372 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18373 | msgid "" | |
18374 | "Some packages don't follow the name structure " | |
18375 | "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by " | |
18376 | "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact " | |
18377 | "on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other " | |
18378 | "installation tools might depend on this naming structure." | |
18379 | msgstr "" | |
18380 | "Certains paquets ne respectent pas l'organisation " | |
18381 | "I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Les paquets traités par " | |
18382 | "B<dpkg-name> la respectent. Cela n'a pas de conséquence sur la façon dont " | |
18383 | "B<dselect>(1) ou B<dpkg>(1) installent les paquets, mais il se peut que " | |
18384 | "d'autres systèmes d'installation aient besoin de cette organisation." | |
18385 | ||
18386 | #. type: TP | |
18387 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18388 | #, no-wrap | |
18389 | msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" | |
18390 | msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" | |
18391 | ||
18392 | #. type: Plain text | |
18393 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18394 | #, fuzzy | |
18395 | #| msgid "" | |
18396 | #| "The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " | |
18397 | #| "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control " | |
18398 | #| "part of `bar-foo.deb')." | |
18399 | msgid "" | |
18400 | "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " | |
18401 | "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " | |
18402 | "of B<bar-foo.deb>)." | |
18403 | msgstr "" | |
18404 | "Le nom du fichier « bar-foo.deb » devient « bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb » ou " | |
18405 | "quelque chose de similaire suivant les renseignements que contient la partie " | |
18406 | "de contrôle de « bar-foo.deb »." | |
18407 | ||
18408 | #. type: TP | |
18409 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18410 | #, no-wrap | |
18411 | msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" | |
18412 | msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" | |
18413 | ||
18414 | #. type: Plain text | |
18415 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18416 | #, fuzzy | |
18417 | #| msgid "" | |
18418 | #| "All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " | |
18419 | #| "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names " | |
18420 | #| "with no architecture information." | |
18421 | msgid "" | |
18422 | "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its " | |
18423 | "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with " | |
18424 | "no architecture information." | |
18425 | msgstr "" | |
18426 | "Cette commande B<dpkg-name> redonne leur nom complet à tous les fichiers qui " | |
18427 | "se trouvent dans le répertoire /root/debian et ses sous-répertoires et qui " | |
18428 | "possèdent une extension « deb », mais supprime l'information sur " | |
18429 | "l'architecture." | |
18430 | ||
18431 | #. type: TP | |
18432 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18433 | #, no-wrap | |
18434 | msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" | |
18435 | msgstr "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" | |
18436 | ||
18437 | #. type: Plain text | |
18438 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18439 | msgid "" | |
18440 | "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " | |
18441 | "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" | |
18442 | msgstr "" | |
18443 | "B<Ne faites pas ça !> L'archive sera complètement gâchée par des paquets qui " | |
18444 | "ne possèdent pas d'informations sur la section. B<Ne faites pas ça !>" | |
18445 | ||
18446 | #. type: TP | |
18447 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18448 | #, no-wrap | |
18449 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" | |
18450 | msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" | |
18451 | ||
18452 | #. type: Plain text | |
18453 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18454 | msgid "This can be used when building new packages." | |
18455 | msgstr "" | |
18456 | "On peut se servir de cette commande lors de la construction d'un nouveau " | |
18457 | "paquet." | |
18458 | ||
18459 | #. type: Plain text | |
18460 | #: dpkg-name.man | |
18461 | msgid "" | |
18462 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " | |
18463 | "B<xargs>(1)." | |
18464 | msgstr "" | |
18465 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " | |
18466 | "B<xargs>(1)." | |
18467 | ||
18468 | #. type: TH | |
18469 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18470 | #, no-wrap | |
18471 | msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog" | |
18472 | msgstr "dpkg-parsechangelog" | |
18473 | ||
18474 | #. type: Plain text | |
18475 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18476 | msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files" | |
18477 | msgstr "dpkg-parsechangelog - Analyse un fichier changelog Debian." | |
18478 | ||
18479 | #. type: Plain text | |
18480 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18481 | msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]" | |
18482 | msgstr "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]" | |
18483 | ||
18484 | #. type: Plain text | |
18485 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18486 | msgid "" | |
18487 | "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " | |
18488 | "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " | |
18489 | "machine-readable form." | |
18490 | msgstr "" | |
18491 | "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> lit et fait l'analyse du fichier « changelog » d'une " | |
18492 | "arborescence source dépaquetée et affiche les informations qu'il contient " | |
18493 | "sur la sortie standard et sous une forme lisible par la machine." | |
18494 | ||
18495 | #. type: TP | |
18496 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18497 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18498 | #| msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>" | |
18499 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>" | |
18500 | msgstr "B<-l>I<fichier-des-changements>" | |
18501 | ||
18502 | #. type: Plain text | |
18503 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18504 | #, fuzzy | |
18505 | #| msgid "" | |
18506 | #| "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A '-' can be used " | |
18507 | #| "to specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/" | |
18508 | #| "changelog>." | |
18509 | msgid "" | |
18510 | "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to " | |
18511 | "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>." | |
18512 | msgstr "" | |
18513 | "Indique le fichier des changements où trouver des renseignements. Un « - » " | |
18514 | "peut être utilisé pour spécifier une lecture à partir de l'entrée standard. " | |
18515 | "Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/changelog>." | |
18516 | ||
18517 | #. type: TP | |
18518 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18519 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18520 | #| msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>" | |
18521 | msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>" | |
18522 | msgstr "B<-F>I<format-du-fichiers-des-changements>" | |
18523 | ||
18524 | #. type: Plain text | |
18525 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18526 | #, fuzzy | |
18527 | #| msgid "" | |
18528 | #| "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from " | |
18529 | #| "a special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults " | |
18530 | #| "to the I<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>." | |
18531 | msgid "" | |
18532 | "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " | |
18533 | "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " | |
18534 | "the B<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>." | |
18535 | msgstr "" | |
18536 | "Indique le format du fichier changelog. Par défaut, c'est une ligne " | |
18537 | "spéciale, près de la fin du fichier, qui l'indique ; sinon, on utilise le " | |
18538 | "format classique I<debian>. Voir aussi B<FORMATS DES FICHIERS DE " | |
18539 | "CHANGEMENTS>." | |
18540 | ||
18541 | #. type: TP | |
18542 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18543 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18544 | #| msgid "B<-L>I<libdir>" | |
18545 | msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>" | |
18546 | msgstr "B<-L>I<rep_lib>" | |
18547 | ||
18548 | #. type: Plain text | |
18549 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18550 | msgid "" | |
18551 | "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl " | |
18552 | "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when " | |
18553 | "looking for the parser perl modules." | |
18554 | msgstr "" | |
18555 | ||
18556 | #. type: TP | |
18557 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18558 | #, no-wrap | |
18559 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>" | |
18560 | msgstr "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<champ>" | |
18561 | ||
18562 | #. type: Plain text | |
18563 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18564 | msgid "" | |
18565 | "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name " | |
18566 | "is not printed, only its value." | |
18567 | msgstr "" | |
18568 | "Indique le nom du champ à afficher (depuis dpkg 1.17.0). Le nom du champ " | |
18569 | "n'est pas affiché, mais seulement sa valeur." | |
18570 | ||
18571 | #. type: SS | |
18572 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18573 | #, no-wrap | |
18574 | msgid "Parser Options" | |
18575 | msgstr "Options de filtrage" | |
18576 | ||
18577 | #. type: Plain text | |
18578 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18579 | #, fuzzy | |
18580 | #| msgid "" | |
18581 | #| "The following options can be used to influence the output of the " | |
18582 | #| "changelog parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output. " | |
18583 | #| "They need to be supported by the parser script in question. See also " | |
18584 | #| "B<NOTES>." | |
18585 | msgid "" | |
18586 | "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog " | |
18587 | "parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output." | |
18588 | msgstr "" | |
18589 | "Les options suivantes peuvent être utilisées pour influencer la sortie de " | |
18590 | "l'analyseur du journal des modifications (« changelog »), par exemple la " | |
18591 | "gamme d'entrées ou le format de sortie. Ils doivent être gérés par le script " | |
18592 | "d'analyse en question. Voir aussi B<NOTES>." | |
18593 | ||
18594 | #. type: TP | |
18595 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18596 | #, no-wrap | |
18597 | msgid "B<--format>I< output-format>" | |
18598 | msgstr "B<--format>I< format-de-sortie>" | |
18599 | ||
18600 | #. type: Plain text | |
18601 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18602 | #, fuzzy | |
18603 | #| msgid "" | |
18604 | #| "Set the output format. Currently supported values are I<dpkg> and " | |
18605 | #| "I<rfc822>. I<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option " | |
18606 | #| "existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control " | |
18607 | #| "format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then " | |
18608 | #| "most fields are taken from the most recent entry, except otherwise stated:" | |
18609 | msgid "" | |
18610 | "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and " | |
18611 | "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option " | |
18612 | "existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control " | |
18613 | "format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then " | |
18614 | "most fields are taken from the most recent entry, except otherwise stated:" | |
18615 | msgstr "" | |
18616 | "Règle le format de sortie. Actuellement les valeurs gérées sont I<dpkg> et " | |
18617 | "I<rfc822>. I<dpkg> est le format classique de sortie (avant que cette option " | |
18618 | "n'existe) et l'option par défaut. Il se compose d'un paragraphe dans le " | |
18619 | "format du fichier de contrôle Debian (voir B<deb-control>(5)). Si plus d'une " | |
18620 | "entrée est demandée, alors la plupart des champs sont tirés de l'entrée la " | |
18621 | "plus récente, sauf si c'est indiqué autrement." | |
18622 | ||
18623 | #. type: TP | |
18624 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18625 | #, no-wrap | |
18626 | msgid "B<Source:>I< pkg-name>" | |
18627 | msgstr "B<Source:>I< nom-du-paquet>" | |
18628 | ||
18629 | #. type: TP | |
18630 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18631 | #, no-wrap | |
18632 | msgid "B<Version:>I< version>" | |
18633 | msgstr "B<Version:>I< version>" | |
18634 | ||
18635 | #. type: TP | |
18636 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18637 | #, no-wrap | |
18638 | msgid "B<Distribution:>I< target-distribution>" | |
18639 | msgstr "B<Distribution:>I< distribution-cible>" | |
18640 | ||
18641 | #. type: TP | |
18642 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18643 | #, no-wrap | |
18644 | msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>" | |
18645 | msgstr "B<Urgency:>I< priorité>" | |
18646 | ||
18647 | #. type: Plain text | |
18648 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18649 | msgid "" | |
18650 | "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the " | |
18651 | "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested." | |
18652 | msgstr "" | |
18653 | "La priorité la plus élevée de toutes les entrées incluses est utilisée, " | |
18654 | "suivie par les commentaires concaténés et séparés par une espace pour toutes " | |
18655 | "les versions demandées." | |
18656 | ||
18657 | #. type: TP | |
18658 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18659 | #, no-wrap | |
18660 | msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< author>" | |
18661 | msgstr "B<Maintainer:>I< auteur>" | |
18662 | ||
18663 | #. type: TP | |
18664 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18665 | #, no-wrap | |
18666 | msgid "B<Date:>I< date>" | |
18667 | msgstr "B<Date:>I< date>" | |
18668 | ||
18669 | #. type: Plain text | |
18670 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18671 | msgid "" | |
18672 | "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a " | |
18673 | "B<strptime>(3) format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the " | |
18674 | "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of " | |
18675 | "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, " | |
18676 | "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible " | |
18677 | "to map it back to the exact value in this field." | |
18678 | msgstr "" | |
18679 | ||
18680 | #. type: TP | |
18681 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18682 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18683 | #| msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>" | |
18684 | msgid "B<Timestamp:>I< timestamp>" | |
18685 | msgstr "B<Tag:>I< liste-d'étiquettes>" | |
18686 | ||
18687 | #. type: Plain text | |
18688 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18689 | msgid "" | |
18690 | "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg " | |
18691 | "1.18.8)." | |
18692 | msgstr "" | |
18693 | ||
18694 | #. type: TP | |
18695 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18696 | #, no-wrap | |
18697 | msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>" | |
18698 | msgstr "B<Closes:>I< numéro-bogue>" | |
18699 | ||
18700 | #. type: Plain text | |
18701 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18702 | msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged." | |
18703 | msgstr "Les champs « Closes » de toutes les entrées incluses sont fusionnés." | |
18704 | ||
18705 | #. type: TP | |
18706 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18707 | #, no-wrap | |
18708 | msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>" | |
18709 | msgstr "B<Changes:>I< entrées-du-fichier-des-changements>" | |
18710 | ||
18711 | #. type: Plain text | |
18712 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18713 | msgid "" | |
18714 | "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " | |
18715 | "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a " | |
18716 | "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact " | |
18717 | "content depends on the changelog format." | |
18718 | msgstr "" | |
18719 | "Les textes de toutes les entrées de changelog sont concaténés. Pour faire de " | |
18720 | "ce champ un champ de contrôle Debian valide, les lignes multiples qui sont " | |
18721 | "vides sont remplacées par un point B<« . »> et toutes les lignes sont " | |
18722 | "indentées par une seule espace. Le contenu exact dépend du format du " | |
18723 | "changelog." | |
18724 | ||
18725 | #. type: Plain text | |
18726 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18727 | msgid "" | |
18728 | "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> " | |
18729 | "fields are mandatory." | |
18730 | msgstr "" | |
18731 | "Les champs B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> et " | |
18732 | "B<Changes> sont obligatoires." | |
18733 | ||
18734 | #. type: Plain text | |
18735 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18736 | msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present." | |
18737 | msgstr "" | |
18738 | "Il est possible d'avoir d'autres champs qui sont définis par l'utilisateur." | |
18739 | ||
18740 | #. type: Plain text | |
18741 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18742 | msgid "" | |
18743 | "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph " | |
18744 | "for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved." | |
18745 | msgstr "" | |
18746 | "Le format B<rfc822> utilise les mêmes champs mais le résultat est un " | |
18747 | "paragraphe distinct pour chaque entrée du changelog afin que toutes les " | |
18748 | "métadonnées de chaque entrée soit préservées." | |
18749 | ||
18750 | #. type: TP | |
18751 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man update-alternatives.man | |
18752 | #, no-wrap | |
18753 | msgid "B<--all>" | |
18754 | msgstr "B<--all>" | |
18755 | ||
18756 | #. type: Plain text | |
18757 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18758 | #, fuzzy | |
18759 | #| msgid "" | |
18760 | #| "include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in " | |
18761 | #| "use." | |
18762 | msgid "" | |
18763 | "Include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use." | |
18764 | msgstr "" | |
18765 | "inclut toutes les modifications. Note : d'autres options deviennent sans " | |
18766 | "effet lorsque celle-ci est utilisée." | |
18767 | ||
18768 | #. type: TP | |
18769 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18770 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18771 | #| msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" | |
18772 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>" | |
18773 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" | |
18774 | ||
18775 | #. type: TQ | |
18776 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18777 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18778 | #| msgid "B<-v>I<version>" | |
18779 | msgid "B<-v> I<version>" | |
18780 | msgstr "B<-v>I<version>" | |
18781 | ||
18782 | #. type: Plain text | |
18783 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18784 | #, fuzzy | |
18785 | #| msgid "include all changes later than I<version>." | |
18786 | msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>." | |
18787 | msgstr "inclut tous les changements qui ont suivi la I<version>." | |
18788 | ||
18789 | #. type: TP | |
18790 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18791 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18792 | #| msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" | |
18793 | msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>" | |
18794 | msgstr "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" | |
18795 | ||
18796 | #. type: Plain text | |
18797 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18798 | #, fuzzy | |
18799 | #| msgid "include all changes earlier than I<version>." | |
18800 | msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>." | |
18801 | msgstr "inclut tous les changements qui ont eu lieu avant la I<version>." | |
18802 | ||
18803 | #. type: TP | |
18804 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18805 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18806 | #| msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
18807 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>" | |
18808 | msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
18809 | ||
18810 | #. type: Plain text | |
18811 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18812 | #, fuzzy | |
18813 | #| msgid "include all changes equal or later than I<version>." | |
18814 | msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>." | |
18815 | msgstr "inclut tous les changements depuis la I<version> (incluse)." | |
18816 | ||
18817 | #. type: TP | |
18818 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18819 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18820 | #| msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
18821 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>" | |
18822 | msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
18823 | ||
18824 | #. type: Plain text | |
18825 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18826 | #, fuzzy | |
18827 | #| msgid "include all changes up to or equal than I<version>." | |
18828 | msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>." | |
18829 | msgstr "inclut tous les changements apportés jusqu'à la I<version> comprise." | |
18830 | ||
18831 | #. type: TP | |
18832 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18833 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18834 | #| msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" | |
18835 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>" | |
18836 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" | |
18837 | ||
18838 | #. type: TQ | |
18839 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18840 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18841 | #| msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" | |
18842 | msgid "B<-n> I<number>" | |
18843 | msgstr "B<-n>I<nom-de-fichier>" | |
18844 | ||
18845 | #. type: Plain text | |
18846 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18847 | #, fuzzy | |
18848 | #| msgid "" | |
18849 | #| "include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower " | |
18850 | #| "than 0)." | |
18851 | msgid "" | |
18852 | "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower " | |
18853 | "than 0)." | |
18854 | msgstr "" | |
18855 | "inclut ce I<nombre> d'entrées depuis le début (ou la fin si le I<nombre> est " | |
18856 | "inférieur à 0)." | |
18857 | ||
18858 | #. type: TP | |
18859 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18860 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
18861 | #| msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>" | |
18862 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>" | |
18863 | msgstr "I<-a>, B<--startas> I<nom-de-chemin>" | |
18864 | ||
18865 | #. type: Plain text | |
18866 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18867 | #, fuzzy | |
18868 | #| msgid "" | |
18869 | #| "change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the " | |
18870 | #| "tail if I<number> is lower than 0)." | |
18871 | msgid "" | |
18872 | "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail " | |
18873 | "if I<number> is lower than 0)." | |
18874 | msgstr "" | |
18875 | "modifie le point de départ pour B<--count>, à compter du début (ou la fin si " | |
18876 | "le I<nombre> est inférieur à 0)." | |
18877 | ||
18878 | #. type: SH | |
18879 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18880 | #, no-wrap | |
18881 | msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS" | |
18882 | msgstr "FORMATS DE JOURNAUX DE MODIFICATIONS" | |
18883 | ||
18884 | #. type: Plain text | |
18885 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18886 | msgid "" | |
18887 | "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a " | |
18888 | "parser for that alternative format." | |
18889 | msgstr "" | |
18890 | "Il est possible d'utiliser un format différent de celui utilisé " | |
18891 | "habituellement, en fournissant un analyseur pour le format alternatif." | |
18892 | ||
18893 | #. type: Plain text | |
18894 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18895 | msgid "" | |
18896 | "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be " | |
18897 | "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl " | |
18898 | "regular expression: “B<\\eschangelog-format:\\es+([0-9a-z]+)\\eW>”. The " | |
18899 | "part in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:" | |
18900 | msgstr "" | |
18901 | "Afin que B<dpkg-parsechangelog> utilise le nouvel analyseur, il doit exister " | |
18902 | "une ligne, parmi les 40 dernières du fichier, qui corresponde à l'expression " | |
18903 | "régulière Perl “B<\\eschangelog-format:\\es+([0-9a-z]+)\\eW>\\ (la partie " | |
18904 | "entre parenthèses doit être le nom du format). Exemple :" | |
18905 | ||
18906 | #. type: Plain text | |
18907 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18908 | #, no-wrap | |
18909 | msgid " @@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@\n" | |
18910 | msgstr " @@@ changelog-format: I<autreformat> @@@\n" | |
18911 | ||
18912 | #. type: Plain text | |
18913 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18914 | msgid "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of alphanumerics." | |
18915 | msgstr "" | |
18916 | "Les noms de formats de journaux de modifications sont des chaînes non vides " | |
18917 | "de caractères alphanumériques." | |
18918 | ||
18919 | #. type: Plain text | |
18920 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18921 | #, fuzzy | |
18922 | #| msgid "" | |
18923 | #| "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the " | |
18924 | #| "parser as B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog/>I<otherformat> or B</usr/local/" | |
18925 | #| "lib/dpkg/parsechangelog/>I<otherformat>; it is an error for it not being " | |
18926 | #| "present or not being an executable program. The default changelog format " | |
18927 | #| "is B<debian>, and a parser for it is provided by default." | |
18928 | msgid "" | |
18929 | "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser " | |
18930 | "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it " | |
18931 | "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically " | |
18932 | "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it " | |
18933 | "is provided by default." | |
18934 | msgstr "" | |
18935 | "Si une telle ligne existe, B<dpkg-parsechangelog> recherchera l'analyseur " | |
18936 | "sous les noms B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog/>I<autreformat> ou B</usr/local/" | |
18937 | "lib/dpkg/parsechangelog/>I<autreformat> ; si aucun de ces fichiers n'est " | |
18938 | "présent et exécutable, c'est une condition d'erreur. Le format de journaux " | |
18939 | "des modifications par défaut est B<debian> et un analyseur pour ce format " | |
18940 | "est fourni par défaut." | |
18941 | ||
18942 | #. type: Plain text | |
18943 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18944 | msgid "" | |
18945 | "The parser should be derived from the Dpkg::Changelog class and implement " | |
18946 | "the required documented interface." | |
18947 | msgstr "" | |
18948 | ||
18949 | #. type: Plain text | |
18950 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18951 | msgid "" | |
18952 | "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves " | |
18953 | "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be " | |
18954 | "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact." | |
18955 | msgstr "" | |
18956 | "Si le format du journal des modifications analysé laisse toujours ou presque " | |
18957 | "une ligne blanche entre chaque changement, ces lignes blanches devraient " | |
18958 | "être retirées, afin de rendre l'affichage de sortie plus compact." | |
18959 | ||
18960 | #. type: Plain text | |
18961 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18962 | msgid "" | |
18963 | "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information " | |
18964 | "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not " | |
18965 | "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources." | |
18966 | msgstr "" | |
18967 | "Si le journal des modifications ne contient pas d'informations de date ou de " | |
18968 | "nom de paquet, cette information doit être omise de l'affichage. L'analyseur " | |
18969 | "ne doit pas essayer de les calculer ou de les retrouver depuis d'autres " | |
18970 | "sources." | |
18971 | ||
18972 | #. type: Plain text | |
18973 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18974 | #, fuzzy | |
18975 | #| msgid "" | |
18976 | #| "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should exit " | |
18977 | #| "with a nonzero exit status, rather than trying to muddle through and " | |
18978 | #| "possibly generating incorrect output." | |
18979 | msgid "" | |
18980 | "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error " | |
18981 | "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect " | |
18982 | "output." | |
18983 | msgstr "" | |
18984 | "Si le journal des modifications n'utilise pas le format attendu, l'analyseur " | |
18985 | "doit se terminer avec un état de sortie non nul, plutôt que d'essayer de " | |
18986 | "s'en tirer comme il peut et produire une sortie incorrecte." | |
18987 | ||
18988 | #. type: Plain text | |
18989 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18990 | msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all." | |
18991 | msgstr "" | |
18992 | "Un analyseur de journal de modifications ne doit pas du tout interagir avec " | |
18993 | "l'utilisateur." | |
18994 | ||
18995 | #. type: Plain text | |
18996 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
18997 | #, fuzzy | |
18998 | #| msgid "" | |
18999 | #| "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg " | |
19000 | #| "1.14.16. Third party parsers for changelog formats other than I<debian> " | |
19001 | #| "might not support all options." | |
19002 | msgid "" | |
19003 | "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg 1.14.16." | |
19004 | msgstr "" | |
19005 | "Toutes les B<options d'analyse> sauf B<-v> sont gérées par B<dpkg> seulement " | |
19006 | "depuis la version 1.14.16. Les analyseurs tiers pour les formats de journaux " | |
19007 | "de modifications autres que I<debian> ne gèrent peut-être pas toutes les " | |
19008 | "options." | |
19009 | ||
19010 | #. type: Plain text | |
19011 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
19012 | #, fuzzy | |
19013 | #| msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17." | |
19014 | msgid "" | |
19015 | "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg " | |
19016 | "1.18.0." | |
19017 | msgstr "" | |
19018 | "Tous les noms de commandes et d'options longs ne sont disponibles qu'à " | |
19019 | "partir de dpkg 1.17.17." | |
19020 | ||
19021 | #. type: TP | |
19022 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
19023 | #, no-wrap | |
19024 | msgid "B<debian/changelog>" | |
19025 | msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" | |
19026 | ||
19027 | #. type: Plain text | |
19028 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
19029 | msgid "" | |
19030 | "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " | |
19031 | "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " | |
19032 | "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " | |
19033 | "itself." | |
19034 | msgstr "" | |
19035 | "Le journal des modifications ; on s'en sert pour connaître les informations " | |
19036 | "qui dépendent d'une version du paquet source, par exemple l'urgence ou la " | |
19037 | "distribution d'une installation sur le serveur, les modifications faites " | |
19038 | "depuis telle édition et le numéro de la version source lui-même." | |
19039 | ||
19040 | #. type: Plain text | |
19041 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man | |
19042 | #, fuzzy | |
19043 | #| msgid "B<debian/changelog>" | |
19044 | msgid "B<deb-changelog>(5)." | |
19045 | msgstr "B<debian/changelog>" | |
19046 | ||
19047 | #. type: TH | |
19048 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19049 | #, no-wrap | |
19050 | msgid "dpkg-query" | |
19051 | msgstr "dpkg-query" | |
19052 | ||
19053 | #. type: Plain text | |
19054 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19055 | msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" | |
19056 | msgstr "dpkg-query - Un outil pour interroger la base de données de dpkg" | |
19057 | ||
19058 | #. type: Plain text | |
19059 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19060 | msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
19061 | msgstr "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
19062 | ||
19063 | #. type: Plain text | |
19064 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19065 | msgid "" | |
19066 | "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " | |
19067 | "B<dpkg> database." | |
19068 | msgstr "" | |
19069 | "B<dpkg-query> est un outil pour afficher des informations sur les paquets " | |
19070 | "connus par la base de données de B<dpkg>." | |
19071 | ||
19072 | #. type: TP | |
19073 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19074 | #, no-wrap | |
19075 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" | |
19076 | msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<motif-de-nom-de-paquet>...]" | |
19077 | ||
19078 | #. type: Plain text | |
19079 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19080 | #, fuzzy | |
19081 | #| msgid "" | |
19082 | #| "List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " | |
19083 | #| "given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, excluding the ones " | |
19084 | #| "marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). " | |
19085 | #| "Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please " | |
19086 | #| "note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent " | |
19087 | #| "the shell from performing filename expansion. For example this will list " | |
19088 | #| "all package names starting with ``libc6'':" | |
19089 | msgid "" | |
19090 | "List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " | |
19091 | "given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, excluding the ones marked " | |
19092 | "as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). Normal " | |
19093 | "shell wildcard characters are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please " | |
19094 | "note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the " | |
19095 | "shell from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all " | |
19096 | "package names starting with ``libc6'':" | |
19097 | msgstr "" | |
19098 | "Affiche les paquets correspondant au motif donné. Si aucun I<motif-de-nom-de-" | |
19099 | "paquet> n'est indiqué, affiche tous les paquets de I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, " | |
19100 | "sauf ceux qui ne sont pas installés (c'est-à-dire ceux qui ont été " | |
19101 | "précédemment purgés). Les métacaractères ordinaires de l'interpréteur de " | |
19102 | "commandes sont autorisés dans I<motif-de-nom-de-paquet>. Il faudra sans " | |
19103 | "doute mettre I<motif-de-nom-de-paquet> entre apostrophes pour éviter " | |
19104 | "l'expansion des noms de fichier par l'interpréteur de commandes. Par " | |
19105 | "exemple, tous les paquets dont le nom commence par « libc6 » seront affichés " | |
19106 | "par la commande :" | |
19107 | ||
19108 | #. type: Plain text | |
19109 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19110 | #, no-wrap | |
19111 | msgid " B<dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'>\n" | |
19112 | msgstr "B<dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'>\n" | |
19113 | ||
19114 | #. type: Plain text | |
19115 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19116 | msgid "" | |
19117 | "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package " | |
19118 | "status, and errors, in that order." | |
19119 | msgstr "" | |
19120 | "Les trois premières colonnes affichées montrent dans l'ordre : l'action " | |
19121 | "souhaitée, l'état du paquet et les erreurs." | |
19122 | ||
19123 | #. type: Plain text | |
19124 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19125 | msgid "Desired action:" | |
19126 | msgstr "Action souhaitée :" | |
19127 | ||
19128 | #. type: Plain text | |
19129 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19130 | #, no-wrap | |
19131 | msgid "" | |
19132 | " u = Unknown\n" | |
19133 | " i = Install\n" | |
19134 | " h = Hold\n" | |
19135 | " r = Remove\n" | |
19136 | " p = Purge\n" | |
19137 | msgstr "" | |
19138 | " u = Inconnu (Unknown)\n" | |
19139 | " i = Installer (Install)\n" | |
19140 | " h = Garder (Hold)\n" | |
19141 | " r = Supprimer (Remove)\n" | |
19142 | " p = Purger (Purge)\n" | |
19143 | ||
19144 | #. type: Plain text | |
19145 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19146 | msgid "Package status:" | |
19147 | msgstr "État du paquet :" | |
19148 | ||
19149 | #. type: Plain text | |
19150 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19151 | #, no-wrap | |
19152 | msgid "" | |
19153 | " n = Not-installed\n" | |
19154 | " c = Config-files\n" | |
19155 | " H = Half-installed\n" | |
19156 | " U = Unpacked\n" | |
19157 | " F = Half-configured\n" | |
19158 | " W = Triggers-awaiting\n" | |
19159 | " t = Triggers-pending\n" | |
19160 | " i = Installed\n" | |
19161 | msgstr "" | |
19162 | " n = Non installé (Not-installed)\n" | |
19163 | " c = Fichiers de configuration (Config-files)\n" | |
19164 | " H = Semi-installé (Half-installed)\n" | |
19165 | " U = Décompressé (Unpacked)\n" | |
19166 | " F = Semi-configuré (Half-configured)\n" | |
19167 | " W = Attente de déclenchements (Triggers-awaiting)\n" | |
19168 | " t = Déclenchements en attente (Triggers-pending)\n" | |
19169 | " i = Installé (Installed)\n" | |
19170 | ||
19171 | #. type: Plain text | |
19172 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19173 | msgid "Error flags:" | |
19174 | msgstr "Drapeaux d'erreur :" | |
19175 | ||
19176 | #. type: Plain text | |
19177 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19178 | #, no-wrap | |
19179 | msgid "" | |
19180 | " E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n" | |
19181 | " R = Reinst-required\n" | |
19182 | msgstr "" | |
19183 | " E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (aucun)\n" | |
19184 | " R = Réinstallation requise (Reinst-required)\n" | |
19185 | ||
19186 | #. type: Plain text | |
19187 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19188 | msgid "" | |
19189 | "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause " | |
19190 | "severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above " | |
19191 | "states and flags." | |
19192 | msgstr "" | |
19193 | "Un état en majuscules ou une lettre d'erreur indiquent que le paquet peut " | |
19194 | "provoquer des problèmes graves. Veuillez consulter B<dpkg>(1) à propos des " | |
19195 | "états et drapeaux ci-dessus." | |
19196 | ||
19197 | #. type: Plain text | |
19198 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19199 | msgid "" | |
19200 | "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " | |
19201 | "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " | |
19202 | "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" | |
19203 | "showformat> for a way to configure the output format." | |
19204 | msgstr "" | |
19205 | "On ne peut pas configurer le format de sortie de cette option. Il s'adapte " | |
19206 | "automatiquement à la largeur du terminal. Ce format est destiné aux humains " | |
19207 | "et la machine le lit mal. Voyez B<-W> (B<--show>) et B<--showformat> pour " | |
19208 | "une possible configuration de ce format." | |
19209 | ||
19210 | #. type: TP | |
19211 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19212 | #, no-wrap | |
19213 | msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" | |
19214 | msgstr "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<motif-de-nom-de-paquet>...]" | |
19215 | ||
19216 | #. type: Plain text | |
19217 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19218 | msgid "" | |
19219 | "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " | |
19220 | "given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" | |
19221 | "showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " | |
19222 | "package, each line having the name (extended with the architecture qualifier " | |
19223 | "for B<Multi-Arch> B<same> packages) and installed version of the package, " | |
19224 | "separated by a tab." | |
19225 | msgstr "" | |
19226 | "Tout comme l'option B<--list>, cette option affiche la liste des paquets qui " | |
19227 | "correspondent au motif donné. La sortie peut cependant être formatée en " | |
19228 | "utilisant l'option B<--showformat>. Le format de sortie par défaut est le " | |
19229 | "suivant : une ligne pour chaque paquet, avec le nom (éventuellement complété " | |
19230 | "par l'identifiant d'architecture pour les paquets B<Multi-Arch> B<same>) et " | |
19231 | "la version installée, séparés par une tabulation." | |
19232 | ||
19233 | #. type: TP | |
19234 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19235 | #, no-wrap | |
19236 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..." | |
19237 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--status> I<nom-du-paquet> ..." | |
19238 | ||
19239 | #. type: Plain text | |
19240 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19241 | msgid "" | |
19242 | "Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " | |
19243 | "installed package status database. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, " | |
19244 | "the requested status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same " | |
19245 | "order as specified on the argument list." | |
19246 | msgstr "" | |
19247 | "Donne l'état du paquet indiqué. C'est simplement l'affichage de l'entrée de " | |
19248 | "la base de données concernant les états des paquets installés. Lorsque des " | |
19249 | "I<noms-de-paquets> multiples sont indiqués, les entrées d'état demandées " | |
19250 | "sont séparées par une ligne vide et sont dans l'ordre utilisé pour la liste " | |
19251 | "de paramètres." | |
19252 | ||
19253 | #. type: TP | |
19254 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19255 | #, no-wrap | |
19256 | msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..." | |
19257 | msgstr "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<nom-du-paquet>..." | |
19258 | ||
19259 | #. type: Plain text | |
19260 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19261 | msgid "" | |
19262 | "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple " | |
19263 | "I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an " | |
19264 | "empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list. However, " | |
19265 | "note that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not " | |
19266 | "listed." | |
19267 | msgstr "" | |
19268 | "Affiche la liste des fichiers du I<nom-du-paquet> installés sur le système. " | |
19269 | "Lorsque plusieurs I<nom-du-paquet> sont indiqués, les différentes listes de " | |
19270 | "fichiers sont séparées par une ligne vide et elles sont fournies dans " | |
19271 | "l'ordre de la liste de paramètres. Il faut remarquer cependant que les " | |
19272 | "fichiers créés par les scripts d'installation propres aux paquets ne sont " | |
19273 | "pas affichés." | |
19274 | ||
19275 | #. type: TP | |
19276 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19277 | #, no-wrap | |
19278 | msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>" | |
19279 | msgstr "B<--control-list> I<nom-du-paquet>" | |
19280 | ||
19281 | #. type: Plain text | |
19282 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19283 | #, fuzzy | |
19284 | #| msgid "" | |
19285 | #| "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name>. These " | |
19286 | #| "can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>." | |
19287 | msgid "" | |
19288 | "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg " | |
19289 | "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>." | |
19290 | msgstr "" | |
19291 | "Affiche les fichiers de contrôle installés sur le système à partir de I<nom-" | |
19292 | "du-paquet>. Ceux-ci peuvent être utilisés en paramètres d'entrée de B<--" | |
19293 | "control-show>." | |
19294 | ||
19295 | #. type: TP | |
19296 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19297 | #, no-wrap | |
19298 | msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>" | |
19299 | msgstr "B<--control-show> I<nom-du-paquet> I<fichier-de-contrôle>" | |
19300 | ||
19301 | #. type: Plain text | |
19302 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19303 | #, fuzzy | |
19304 | #| msgid "" | |
19305 | #| "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> " | |
19306 | #| "to the standard output." | |
19307 | msgid "" | |
19308 | "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to " | |
19309 | "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)." | |
19310 | msgstr "" | |
19311 | "Affiche sur la sortie standard le I<fichier-de-contrôle> installé sur le " | |
19312 | "système pour I<nom-du-paquet>." | |
19313 | ||
19314 | #. type: TP | |
19315 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19316 | #, no-wrap | |
19317 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]" | |
19318 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<nom-du-paquet> [I<fichier-contrôle>]" | |
19319 | ||
19320 | #. type: Plain text | |
19321 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19322 | #, fuzzy | |
19323 | #| msgid "" | |
19324 | #| "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-" | |
19325 | #| "name>. If I<control-file> is specified then only list the path for that " | |
19326 | #| "control file if it is present." | |
19327 | msgid "" | |
19328 | "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> " | |
19329 | "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the " | |
19330 | "path for that control file if it is present." | |
19331 | msgstr "" | |
19332 | "Affiche les chemins pour les fichiers de contrôle installés sur votre " | |
19333 | "système pour I<nom-du-paquet>. Si I<fichier-contrôle> est indiqué, seul le " | |
19334 | "chemin pour ce fichier de contrôle sera affiché, s'il est présent." | |
19335 | ||
19336 | #. type: Plain text | |
19337 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19338 | msgid "" | |
19339 | "B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the " | |
19340 | "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--" | |
19341 | "control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same " | |
19342 | "end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where this " | |
19343 | "command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm maintainer " | |
19344 | "script), and while there is no good solution for that, this command will not " | |
19345 | "get removed." | |
19346 | msgstr "" | |
19347 | "B<Attention> : cette commande est obsolète parce qu'elle donne un accès " | |
19348 | "direct à la base de données interne de dpkg, et il est conseillé d'utiliser " | |
19349 | "B<--control-list> et B<--control-show> à la place dans tous les cas où ces " | |
19350 | "commandes peuvent donner le même résultat. Néanmoins,aussi longtemps qu'il y " | |
19351 | "a un cas au moins où cette commande est nécessaire (c'est-à-dire quand il " | |
19352 | "faut supprimer le script d'un responsable endommageant postrm), et tant " | |
19353 | "qu'il n'y aura pas de bonne solution pour cela, cette commande ne sera pas " | |
19354 | "supprimée." | |
19355 | ||
19356 | #. type: TP | |
19357 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19358 | #, no-wrap | |
19359 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..." | |
19360 | msgstr "B<-S>, B<--search> I<motif-de-nom-à-rechercher>..." | |
19361 | ||
19362 | #. type: Plain text | |
19363 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19364 | #, fuzzy | |
19365 | #| msgid "" | |
19366 | #| "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " | |
19367 | #| "Standard shell wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will " | |
19368 | #| "not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list " | |
19369 | #| "alternatives." | |
19370 | msgid "" | |
19371 | "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " | |
19372 | "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where " | |
19373 | "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and blackslash " | |
19374 | "(B<\\e>) will be used as an escape character." | |
19375 | msgstr "" | |
19376 | "Recherche les paquets propriétaires de fichiers dont le nom correspond au " | |
19377 | "motif indiqué. On peut utiliser dans le motif tous les métacaractères de " | |
19378 | "l'interpréteur de commandes. Cette commande ne donne pas les fichiers " | |
19379 | "supplémentaires créés par les scripts du responsable de paquet, ni les " | |
19380 | "alternatives." | |
19381 | ||
19382 | #. type: Plain text | |
19383 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19384 | msgid "" | |
19385 | "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of ‘B<*[?/" | |
19386 | ">’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be implicitly " | |
19387 | "surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). If the " | |
19388 | "subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\e>’, then it will handled like a " | |
19389 | "glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be removed and a " | |
19390 | "literal path lookup will be performed." | |
19391 | msgstr "" | |
19392 | ||
19393 | #. type: Plain text | |
19394 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19395 | #, fuzzy | |
19396 | #| msgid "" | |
19397 | #| "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " | |
19398 | #| "Standard shell wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will " | |
19399 | #| "not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list " | |
19400 | #| "alternatives." | |
19401 | msgid "" | |
19402 | "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor " | |
19403 | "will it list alternatives." | |
19404 | msgstr "" | |
19405 | "Recherche les paquets propriétaires de fichiers dont le nom correspond au " | |
19406 | "motif indiqué. On peut utiliser dans le motif tous les métacaractères de " | |
19407 | "l'interpréteur de commandes. Cette commande ne donne pas les fichiers " | |
19408 | "supplémentaires créés par les scripts du responsable de paquet, ni les " | |
19409 | "alternatives." | |
19410 | ||
19411 | #. type: TP | |
19412 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19413 | #, no-wrap | |
19414 | msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..." | |
19415 | msgstr "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<nom-du-paquet>..." | |
19416 | ||
19417 | #. type: Plain text | |
19418 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19419 | msgid "" | |
19420 | "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. " | |
19421 | "When multiple I<package-name> are listed, the requested I<available> entries " | |
19422 | "are separated by an empty line, with the same order as specified on the " | |
19423 | "argument list." | |
19424 | msgstr "" | |
19425 | "Affiche les détails relatifs à I<nom-du-paquet>, tels que présents dans I</" | |
19426 | "var/lib/dpkg/available>. Si des I<nom-paquet> multiples sont indiqués, les " | |
19427 | "entrées I<available> correspondantes seront séparées par des lignes vides et " | |
19428 | "apparaîtront dans l'ordre de la liste de paramètres." | |
19429 | ||
19430 | #. type: Plain text | |
19431 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19432 | msgid "" | |
19433 | "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> " | |
19434 | "instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using " | |
19435 | "B<dselect>." | |
19436 | msgstr "" | |
19437 | "Les utilisateurs des outils basés sur APT devraient plutôt utiliser la " | |
19438 | "commande B<apt-cache show> I<nom-du-paquet> car le fichier I<available> " | |
19439 | "n'est tenu à jour que lorsque B<dselect> est utilisé." | |
19440 | ||
19441 | #. type: Plain text | |
19442 | #: dpkg-query.man dpkg-trigger.man | |
19443 | #, fuzzy | |
19444 | #| msgid "" | |
19445 | #| "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</" | |
19446 | #| "var/lib/dpkg>." | |
19447 | msgid "" | |
19448 | "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I<" | |
19449 | "%ADMINDIR%>." | |
19450 | msgstr "" | |
19451 | "Change l'endroit où se trouve la base de données de B<dpkg>. Par défaut, " | |
19452 | "c'est I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
19453 | ||
19454 | #. type: TP | |
19455 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19456 | #, no-wrap | |
19457 | msgid "B<--load-avail>" | |
19458 | msgstr "B<--load-avail>" | |
19459 | ||
19460 | #. type: Plain text | |
19461 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19462 | #, fuzzy | |
19463 | #| msgid "" | |
19464 | #| "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> " | |
19465 | #| "commands, which now default to only querying the status file." | |
19466 | msgid "" | |
19467 | "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> " | |
19468 | "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg " | |
19469 | "1.16.2)." | |
19470 | msgstr "" | |
19471 | "Charge également le fichier I<available> à l'utilisation des commandes B<--" | |
19472 | "show> et B<--list>, ce qui désormais revient à n'interroger que le fichier " | |
19473 | "d'état." | |
19474 | ||
19475 | #. type: TP | |
19476 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19477 | #, no-wrap | |
19478 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>" | |
19479 | msgstr "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>" | |
19480 | ||
19481 | #. type: Plain text | |
19482 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19483 | msgid "In the format string, “B<\\e>” introduces escapes:" | |
19484 | msgstr "Dans la chaîne, “B<\\e>” déspécifie le caractère :" | |
19485 | ||
19486 | #. type: Plain text | |
19487 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19488 | #, no-wrap | |
19489 | msgid "" | |
19490 | " B<\\en> newline\n" | |
19491 | " B<\\er> carriage return\n" | |
19492 | " B<\\et> tab\n" | |
19493 | msgstr "" | |
19494 | " B<\\en> nouvelle ligne\n" | |
19495 | " B<\\er> retour chariot\n" | |
19496 | " B<\\et> tabulation\n" | |
19497 | ||
19498 | #. type: Plain text | |
19499 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19500 | msgid "" | |
19501 | "“B<\\e>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the " | |
19502 | "following character, which is useful for “B<\\e>” and “B<$>”." | |
19503 | msgstr "" | |
19504 | "“B<\\e>” avant un caractère supprime la signification du caractère qui suit. " | |
19505 | "C'est utile pour les caractères “B<\\e>” et “B<$>”." | |
19506 | ||
19507 | #. type: Plain text | |
19508 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19509 | msgid "" | |
19510 | "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " | |
19511 | "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields " | |
19512 | "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left " | |
19513 | "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are " | |
19514 | "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields " | |
19515 | "stored in the binary package end up in it):" | |
19516 | msgstr "" | |
19517 | "L'information relative à un paquet peut être indiquée en insérant des appels " | |
19518 | "de variables spécifiant des champs du paquet avec la syntaxe suivante : “B<" | |
19519 | "${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Les champs sont alignés à droite, à moins " | |
19520 | "que la largeur ne soit négative, auquel cas ils sont alignés à gauche. Les " | |
19521 | "champs suivants sont reconnus, mais pas nécessairement disponibles dans le " | |
19522 | "fichier d'état (seuls les champs internes ou les champs conservés avec le " | |
19523 | "paquet binaire le sont) :" | |
19524 | ||
19525 | #. type: Plain text | |
19526 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19527 | #, no-wrap | |
19528 | msgid "" | |
19529 | " B<Architecture>\n" | |
19530 | " B<Bugs>\n" | |
19531 | " B<Conffiles> (internal)\n" | |
19532 | " B<Config-Version> (internal)\n" | |
19533 | " B<Conflicts>\n" | |
19534 | " B<Breaks>\n" | |
19535 | " B<Depends>\n" | |
19536 | " B<Description>\n" | |
19537 | " B<Enhances>\n" | |
19538 | " B<Essential>\n" | |
19539 | " B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
19540 | " B<Homepage>\n" | |
19541 | " B<Installed-Size>\n" | |
19542 | " B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
19543 | " B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
19544 | " B<Maintainer>\n" | |
19545 | " B<Origin>\n" | |
19546 | " B<Package>\n" | |
19547 | " B<Pre-Depends>\n" | |
19548 | " B<Priority>\n" | |
19549 | " B<Provides>\n" | |
19550 | " B<Recommends>\n" | |
19551 | " B<Replaces>\n" | |
19552 | " B<Revision> (obsolete)\n" | |
19553 | " B<Section>\n" | |
19554 | " B<Size> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
19555 | " B<Source>\n" | |
19556 | " B<Status> (internal)\n" | |
19557 | " B<Suggests>\n" | |
19558 | " B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)\n" | |
19559 | " B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n" | |
19560 | " B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n" | |
19561 | " B<Version>\n" | |
19562 | msgstr "" | |
19563 | " B<Architecture>\n" | |
19564 | " B<Bugs>\n" | |
19565 | " B<Conffiles> (interne)\n" | |
19566 | " B<Config-Version> (interne)\n" | |
19567 | " B<Conflicts>\n" | |
19568 | " B<Breaks>\n" | |
19569 | " B<Depends>\n" | |
19570 | " B<Description>\n" | |
19571 | " B<Enhances>\n" | |
19572 | " B<Essential>\n" | |
19573 | " B<Filename> (interne, lié au programme frontal)\n" | |
19574 | " B<Homepage>\n" | |
19575 | " B<Installed-Size>\n" | |
19576 | " B<MD5sum> (interne, lié au programme frontal)\n" | |
19577 | " B<MSDOS-Filename> (interne, lié au programme frontal)\n" | |
19578 | " B<Maintainer>\n" | |
19579 | " B<Origin>\n" | |
19580 | " B<Package>\n" | |
19581 | " B<Pre-Depends>\n" | |
19582 | " B<Priority>\n" | |
19583 | " B<Provides>\n" | |
19584 | " B<Recommends>\n" | |
19585 | " B<Replaces>\n" | |
19586 | " B<Revision> (obsolète)\n" | |
19587 | " B<Section>\n" | |
19588 | " B<Size> (interne, lié au programme frontal)\n" | |
19589 | " B<Source>\n" | |
19590 | " B<Status> (interne)\n" | |
19591 | " B<Suggests>\n" | |
19592 | " B<Tag> (en général pas dans le .deb mais dans les fichiers Packages des dépôts)\n" | |
19593 | " B<Triggers-Awaited> (interne)\n" | |
19594 | " B<Triggers-Pending> (interne)\n" | |
19595 | " B<Version>\n" | |
19596 | ||
19597 | #. type: Plain text | |
19598 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19599 | msgid "" | |
19600 | "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values " | |
19601 | "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in " | |
19602 | "control files):" | |
19603 | msgstr "" | |
19604 | "Les champs suivants sont virtuels, créés par B<dpkg-query> à partir des " | |
19605 | "valeurs d'autres champs (veuillez noter qu'ils utilisent des noms qui ne " | |
19606 | "sont pas valables comme noms de champs dans le fichiers de contrôle) :" | |
19607 | ||
19608 | #. type: TP | |
19609 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19610 | #, no-wrap | |
19611 | msgid "B<binary:Package>" | |
19612 | msgstr "B<binary:Package>" | |
19613 | ||
19614 | #. type: Plain text | |
19615 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19616 | #, fuzzy | |
19617 | #| msgid "" | |
19618 | #| "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture " | |
19619 | #| "qualifier like \"libc6:amd64\" (since dpkg 1.16.2). The architecture " | |
19620 | #| "qualifier will only be present if the package has a B<Multi-Arch> field " | |
19621 | #| "with a value of B<same>. This makes the package name unambiguous." | |
19622 | msgid "" | |
19623 | "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier " | |
19624 | "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be " | |
19625 | "present to make the package name unambiguous, for example if the package has " | |
19626 | "a B<Multi-Arch> field with a value of B<same> or the package is of a foreign " | |
19627 | "architecture." | |
19628 | msgstr "" | |
19629 | "Contient le nom du paquet binaire avec éventuellement le type d'architecture " | |
19630 | "tel que « libc6:amd64 » (depuis dpkg 1.16.2). Le type d'architecture sera " | |
19631 | "présent uniquement si le champ B<Multi-Arch> du paquet a la valeur B<same>. " | |
19632 | "Le nom du paquet est ainsi non ambigu." | |
19633 | ||
19634 | #. type: TP | |
19635 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19636 | #, no-wrap | |
19637 | msgid "B<binary:Summary>" | |
19638 | msgstr "B<binary:Summary>" | |
19639 | ||
19640 | #. type: Plain text | |
19641 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19642 | msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
19643 | msgstr "Il contient la description courte du paquet (depuis dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
19644 | ||
19645 | #. type: TP | |
19646 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19647 | #, no-wrap | |
19648 | msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>" | |
19649 | msgstr "B<db:Status-Abbrev>" | |
19650 | ||
19651 | #. type: Plain text | |
19652 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19653 | #, fuzzy | |
19654 | #| msgid "" | |
19655 | #| "It contains the abbreviated package status, such as “ii” (since dpkg " | |
19656 | #| "1.16.2)." | |
19657 | msgid "" | |
19658 | "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as " | |
19659 | "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description " | |
19660 | "for more details." | |
19661 | msgstr "" | |
19662 | "Il contient le statut du paquet dans sa forme abrégée comme “ii” (depuis " | |
19663 | "dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
19664 | ||
19665 | #. type: TP | |
19666 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19667 | #, no-wrap | |
19668 | msgid "B<db:Status-Want>" | |
19669 | msgstr "B<db:Status-Want>" | |
19670 | ||
19671 | #. type: Plain text | |
19672 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19673 | msgid "" | |
19674 | "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg " | |
19675 | "1.17.11)." | |
19676 | msgstr "" | |
19677 | "Il contient le statut désiré du paquet, extrait du champ Status (depuis dpkg " | |
19678 | "1.17.11)." | |
19679 | ||
19680 | #. type: TP | |
19681 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19682 | #, no-wrap | |
19683 | msgid "B<db:Status-Status>" | |
19684 | msgstr "B<db:Status-Status>" | |
19685 | ||
19686 | #. type: Plain text | |
19687 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19688 | msgid "" | |
19689 | "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg " | |
19690 | "1.17.11)." | |
19691 | msgstr "" | |
19692 | "Il contient le statut actuel du paquet, extrait du champ Status (depuis dpkg " | |
19693 | "1.17.11)." | |
19694 | ||
19695 | #. type: TP | |
19696 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19697 | #, no-wrap | |
19698 | msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>" | |
19699 | msgstr "B<db:Status-Eflag>" | |
19700 | ||
19701 | #. type: Plain text | |
19702 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19703 | msgid "" | |
19704 | "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since " | |
19705 | "dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
19706 | msgstr "" | |
19707 | "Il contient le drapeau d'erreur du statut du paquet, extrait du champ Status " | |
19708 | "(depuis dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
19709 | ||
19710 | #. type: TP | |
19711 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19712 | #, no-wrap | |
19713 | msgid "B<source:Package>" | |
19714 | msgstr "B<source:Package>" | |
19715 | ||
19716 | #. type: Plain text | |
19717 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19718 | msgid "" | |
19719 | "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg " | |
19720 | "1.16.2)." | |
19721 | msgstr "" | |
19722 | "Il contient le nom du paquet source de ce paquet binaire (depuis dpkg " | |
19723 | "1.16.2)." | |
19724 | ||
19725 | #. type: Plain text | |
19726 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19727 | msgid "" | |
19728 | "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg " | |
19729 | "1.16.2)" | |
19730 | msgstr "" | |
19731 | "Il contient la version du paquet source de ce paquet binaire (depuis dpkg " | |
19732 | "1.16.2)." | |
19733 | ||
19734 | #. type: Plain text | |
19735 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19736 | #, fuzzy | |
19737 | #| msgid "" | |
19738 | #| "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since " | |
19739 | #| "dpkg 1.16.2)" | |
19740 | msgid "" | |
19741 | "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package " | |
19742 | "(since dpkg 1.18.16)" | |
19743 | msgstr "" | |
19744 | "Il contient la version du paquet source de ce paquet binaire (depuis dpkg " | |
19745 | "1.16.2)." | |
19746 | ||
19747 | #. type: Plain text | |
19748 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19749 | msgid "" | |
19750 | "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\et${Version}\\en>”. " | |
19751 | "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " | |
19752 | "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " | |
19753 | "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the " | |
19754 | "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" | |
19755 | msgstr "" | |
19756 | "Le format par défaut est le suivant : “B<${binary:Package}\\et" | |
19757 | "${Version}\\en>”. Tous les autres champs du fichier d'état, par exemple des " | |
19758 | "champs définis par l'utilisateur, peuvent être demandés. Ils seront affichés " | |
19759 | "mais sans aucune mise en forme et aucune conversion ou vérification n'est " | |
19760 | "faite. Pour obtenir le nom du responsable de B<dpkg> et la version " | |
19761 | "installée, exécutez par exemple :" | |
19762 | ||
19763 | #. type: Plain text | |
19764 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19765 | #, no-wrap | |
19766 | msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" | |
19767 | msgstr " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n" | |
19768 | ||
19769 | #. type: Plain text | |
19770 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19771 | msgid "The requested query was successfully performed." | |
19772 | msgstr "La requête demandée s'est correctement déroulée." | |
19773 | ||
19774 | #. type: Plain text | |
19775 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19776 | msgid "" | |
19777 | "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or " | |
19778 | "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and B<--" | |
19779 | "control-show> were such errors are fatal)." | |
19780 | msgstr "" | |
19781 | ||
19782 | #. type: Plain text | |
19783 | #: dpkg-query.man | |
19784 | msgid "" | |
19785 | "This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " | |
19786 | "width of its output." | |
19787 | msgstr "" | |
19788 | "Ce réglage influence la sortie de l'option B<--list> en modifiant la largeur " | |
19789 | "d'affichage." | |
19790 | ||
19791 | #. type: TH | |
19792 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19793 | #, no-wrap | |
19794 | msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" | |
19795 | msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" | |
19796 | ||
19797 | #. type: Plain text | |
19798 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19799 | msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files" | |
19800 | msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - créer des fichiers d'index de paquets." | |
19801 | ||
19802 | #. type: Plain text | |
19803 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19804 | #, fuzzy | |
19805 | #| msgid "" | |
19806 | #| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> " | |
19807 | #| "[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" | |
19808 | msgid "" | |
19809 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> [I<path-" | |
19810 | "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" | |
19811 | msgstr "" | |
19812 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<rep-de-binaires> [I<fichier-" | |
19813 | "d'override> [I<chemin-à-préfixer>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages> " | |
19814 | ||
19815 | #. type: Plain text | |
19816 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19817 | msgid "" | |
19818 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " | |
19819 | "creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " | |
19820 | "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " | |
19821 | "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " | |
19822 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " | |
19823 | "install on a cluster of machines." | |
19824 | msgstr "" | |
19825 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> trie une arborescence contenant des paquets binaires " | |
19826 | "Debian et crée un fichier « Packages » qui permettra à B<apt>(8), " | |
19827 | "B<dselect>(1), ou à un autre programme, de savoir quels sont les paquets " | |
19828 | "installables. Ces fichiers « Packages » sont semblables à ceux qu'on peut " | |
19829 | "trouver sur les sites d'archives Debian ou sur des CD. Quand on crée un " | |
19830 | "répertoire contenant des paquets qu'on veut installer sur un ensemble de " | |
19831 | "machines, on peut se servir soi-même de B<dpkg-scanpackages>." | |
19832 | ||
19833 | #. type: Plain text | |
19834 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19835 | #, fuzzy | |
19836 | #| msgid "" | |
19837 | #| "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> " | |
19838 | #| "you will probably need to compress the file with B<bzip2>(1) (generating " | |
19839 | #| "a Packages.bz2 file) or B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt " | |
19840 | #| "ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e. " | |
19841 | #| "B<file://> sources)." | |
19842 | msgid "" | |
19843 | "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " | |
19844 | "will probably need to compress the file with B<xz>(1) (generating a " | |
19845 | "Packages.xz file), B<bzip2>(1) (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or " | |
19846 | "B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed " | |
19847 | "Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." | |
19848 | msgstr "" | |
19849 | "B<Note :> Pour pouvoir accéder avec B<apt> au fichier « Packages » créé, il " | |
19850 | "faudra sans doute le compresser avec B<bzip2>(1) (qui crée un fichier " | |
19851 | "Packages.bz2) ou B<gzip>(1) (qui crée un fichier Packages.gz). apt ignore " | |
19852 | "les fichiers « Packages » non compressés, sauf pour des sources locales " | |
19853 | "(c'est-à-dire B<file://>)." | |
19854 | ||
19855 | #. type: Plain text | |
19856 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19857 | #, fuzzy | |
19858 | #| msgid "" | |
19859 | #| "I<binary-dir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process " | |
19860 | #| "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative " | |
19861 | #| "to the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the " | |
19862 | #| "new Packages file will start with this string." | |
19863 | msgid "" | |
19864 | "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process " | |
19865 | "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to " | |
19866 | "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new " | |
19867 | "Packages file will start with this string." | |
19868 | msgstr "" | |
19869 | "I<rep-de-binaires> est le nom de l'arborescence des paquets binaires (par " | |
19870 | "exemple B<contrib/binary-i386)> que l'on veut traiter. Il vaut mieux qu'elle " | |
19871 | "soit relative à la racine de l'archive Debian ; ainsi chaque champ " | |
19872 | "« Filename » dans le nouveau fichier « Packages » commencera par cette " | |
19873 | "chaîne." | |
19874 | ||
19875 | #. type: Plain text | |
19876 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19877 | #, fuzzy | |
19878 | #| msgid "" | |
19879 | #| "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information " | |
19880 | #| "about how the package fits into the distribution (it can be a compressed " | |
19881 | #| "file); see B<deb-override>(5)." | |
19882 | msgid "" | |
19883 | "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information " | |
19884 | "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed " | |
19885 | "since dpkg 1.15.5); see B<deb-override>(5)." | |
19886 | msgstr "" | |
19887 | "I<fichier-d'override> est le nom du fichier qui contient les renseignements " | |
19888 | "sur la manière dont le paquet s'insère dans la distribution (ce fichier peut " | |
19889 | "être compressé) ; voir B<deb-override>(5)." | |
19890 | ||
19891 | #. type: Plain text | |
19892 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19893 | msgid "" | |
19894 | "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." | |
19895 | msgstr "" | |
19896 | "I<chemin-à-préfixer> est une chaîne facultative qui préfixera les champs " | |
19897 | "« Filename »." | |
19898 | ||
19899 | #. type: Plain text | |
19900 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19901 | msgid "" | |
19902 | "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " | |
19903 | "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " | |
19904 | "architecture only the first one found is used." | |
19905 | msgstr "" | |
19906 | "S'il existe plusieurs versions d'un paquet, seule la plus récente est " | |
19907 | "affichée en sortie. Si les paquets ont la même version mais diffèrent par " | |
19908 | "l'architecture, seul le premier trouvé est utilisé." | |
19909 | ||
19910 | #. type: TP | |
19911 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19912 | #, no-wrap | |
19913 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>" | |
19914 | msgstr "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>" | |
19915 | ||
19916 | #. type: Plain text | |
19917 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19918 | msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb." | |
19919 | msgstr "Recherche des fichiers *.I<type>, plutôt que I<*.deb>." | |
19920 | ||
19921 | #. type: IP | |
19922 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-scansources.man | |
19923 | #, no-wrap | |
19924 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>" | |
19925 | msgstr "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<fichier>" | |
19926 | ||
19927 | #. type: Plain text | |
19928 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19929 | #, fuzzy | |
19930 | #| msgid "" | |
19931 | #| "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be " | |
19932 | #| "compressed). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on its " | |
19933 | #| "format." | |
19934 | msgid "" | |
19935 | "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed " | |
19936 | "since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on " | |
19937 | "its format." | |
19938 | msgstr "" | |
19939 | "Examine I<fichier> à la recherche d'« overrides » supplémentaires (ce " | |
19940 | "fichier peut être compressé). Voir B<deb-extra-override>(5) pour plus " | |
19941 | "d'information sur le format utilisé." | |
19942 | ||
19943 | #. type: TP | |
19944 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19945 | #, no-wrap | |
19946 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>" | |
19947 | msgstr "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>" | |
19948 | ||
19949 | #. type: Plain text | |
19950 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19951 | msgid "" | |
19952 | "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of " | |
19953 | "scanning for all debs." | |
19954 | msgstr "" | |
19955 | "Utilise un motif équivalent à I<*_all.deb> et à I<*_arch.deb>, plutôt que de " | |
19956 | "rechercher tous les fichiers debs." | |
19957 | ||
19958 | #. type: TP | |
19959 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19960 | #, no-wrap | |
19961 | msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>" | |
19962 | msgstr "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<liste-de-hachage>" | |
19963 | ||
19964 | #. type: Plain text | |
19965 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19966 | #, fuzzy | |
19967 | #| msgid "" | |
19968 | #| "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified. The " | |
19969 | #| "default is to generate all currently supported hashes. Supported values: " | |
19970 | #| "B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>." | |
19971 | msgid "" | |
19972 | "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg " | |
19973 | "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. " | |
19974 | "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>." | |
19975 | msgstr "" | |
19976 | "Générer uniquement le hachage de fichiers spécifiés (liste séparée par des " | |
19977 | "virgules). Par défaut cela génére tous les hachages actuellement pris en " | |
19978 | "charge. Valeurs supportées: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>." | |
19979 | ||
19980 | #. type: TP | |
19981 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19982 | #, no-wrap | |
19983 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" | |
19984 | msgstr "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" | |
19985 | ||
19986 | #. type: Plain text | |
19987 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19988 | msgid "Include all found packages in the output." | |
19989 | msgstr "Affiche tous les paquets trouvés en sortie." | |
19990 | ||
19991 | #. type: TP | |
19992 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19993 | #, no-wrap | |
19994 | msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>" | |
19995 | msgstr "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-chaîne>" | |
19996 | ||
19997 | #. type: Plain text | |
19998 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
19999 | #, fuzzy | |
20000 | #| msgid "" | |
20001 | #| "Add an X-Medium field containing the value I<id-string>. This field is " | |
20002 | #| "required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> files for use by the " | |
20003 | #| "multicd access method of dselect." | |
20004 | msgid "" | |
20005 | "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg " | |
20006 | "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> " | |
20007 | "files for use by the multicd access method of dselect." | |
20008 | msgstr "" | |
20009 | "Ajoute un champ X-Medium qui contient la valeur I<id-chaîne>. Ce champ est " | |
20010 | "obligatoire si vous voulez créer des fichiers B<Packages.cd> destinés à être " | |
20011 | "utilisés avec la méthode multicd de dselect." | |
20012 | ||
20013 | #. type: SH | |
20014 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man dpkg-shlibdeps.man dpkg-source.man | |
20015 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
20016 | #, no-wrap | |
20017 | msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" | |
20018 | msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS" | |
20019 | ||
20020 | #. type: Plain text | |
20021 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
20022 | msgid "" | |
20023 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " | |
20024 | "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " | |
20025 | "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " | |
20026 | "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." | |
20027 | msgstr "" | |
20028 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> affiche les erreurs habituelles qui se comprennent " | |
20029 | "d'elles-mêmes. Il affiche aussi des avertissements quand des paquets sont " | |
20030 | "dans un mauvais sous-répertoire, existent en double exemplaire, ont des " | |
20031 | "champs « Filename » dans leur fichier « control », sont absents du fichier " | |
20032 | "« override » ou bien dont les substitutions de responsable ne peuvent pas " | |
20033 | "s'appliquer." | |
20034 | ||
20035 | #. type: Plain text | |
20036 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man | |
20037 | msgid "" | |
20038 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " | |
20039 | "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." | |
20040 | msgstr "" | |
20041 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " | |
20042 | "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." | |
20043 | ||
20044 | #. type: TH | |
20045 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20046 | #, no-wrap | |
20047 | msgid "dpkg-scansources" | |
20048 | msgstr "dpkg-scansources" | |
20049 | ||
20050 | #. type: Plain text | |
20051 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20052 | msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files" | |
20053 | msgstr "dpkg-scansources - crée des fichiers d'index de sources" | |
20054 | ||
20055 | #. type: Plain text | |
20056 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20057 | msgid "" | |
20058 | "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" | |
20059 | "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" | |
20060 | msgstr "" | |
20061 | "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<rep-de-binaires> [I<fichier-d'override> " | |
20062 | "[I<chemin-à-préfixer>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources> " | |
20063 | ||
20064 | #. type: Plain text | |
20065 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20066 | msgid "" | |
20067 | "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " | |
20068 | "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." | |
20069 | msgstr "" | |
20070 | "B<dpkg-scansources> recherche des fichiers I<.dsc> dans le répertoire I<rep-" | |
20071 | "de-binaires> indiqué. Ces fichiers sont utilisés pour créer un index de " | |
20072 | "sources Debian, qui est envoyé sur la sortie standard." | |
20073 | ||
20074 | #. type: Plain text | |
20075 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20076 | #, fuzzy | |
20077 | #| msgid "" | |
20078 | #| "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the " | |
20079 | #| "resulting index records and to override the maintainer field given in the " | |
20080 | #| "I<.dsc> files. The file can be compressed. See B<deb-override>(5) for " | |
20081 | #| "the format of this file. Note: Since the override file is indexed by " | |
20082 | #| "binary, not source packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current " | |
20083 | #| "implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary packages " | |
20084 | #| "produced by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, and " | |
20085 | #| "the override entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> " | |
20086 | #| "file to modify maintainer information. This might change." | |
20087 | msgid "" | |
20088 | "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " | |
20089 | "index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " | |
20090 | "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-" | |
20091 | "override>(5) for the format of this file. Note: Since the override file is " | |
20092 | "indexed by binary, not source packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The " | |
20093 | "current implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary packages " | |
20094 | "produced by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, and the " | |
20095 | "override entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to " | |
20096 | "modify maintainer information. This might change." | |
20097 | msgstr "" | |
20098 | "Le I<fichier-d'override>, s'il est indiqué, est utilisé pour fixer les " | |
20099 | "priorités dans l'index créé et pour modifier le responsable donné par les " | |
20100 | "fichiers I<.dsc>. Consultez B<deb-override>(5) pour plus de détails sur le " | |
20101 | "format de ce fichier. Note : comme le fichier override est indexé par paquet " | |
20102 | "binaire et non pas par paquet source, cela pose un léger problème. " | |
20103 | "L'implémentation actuelle utilise la priorité la plus élevée des paquets " | |
20104 | "produits par un fichier I<.dsc> comme priorité du paquet source, et l'entrée " | |
20105 | "du fichier override du premier paquet binaire listé dans le fichier I<.dsc> " | |
20106 | "pour modifier l'information sur le responsable. Cela pourra changer." | |
20107 | ||
20108 | #. type: Plain text | |
20109 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20110 | msgid "" | |
20111 | "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " | |
20112 | "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " | |
20113 | "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." | |
20114 | msgstr "" | |
20115 | "Le I<chemin-à-préfixer>, s'il est indiqué, est ajouté au début du champ " | |
20116 | "Directory (« répertoire ») dans l'index des sources généré. C'est, en règle " | |
20117 | "générale, utilisé pour que le champ Directory contienne un chemin depuis la " | |
20118 | "racine de l'archive Debian." | |
20119 | ||
20120 | #. type: Plain text | |
20121 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20122 | msgid "" | |
20123 | "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " | |
20124 | "you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " | |
20125 | "Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " | |
20126 | "access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." | |
20127 | msgstr "" | |
20128 | "B<Note :> Si vous voulez accéder au fichier Sources généré avec B<apt>(8), " | |
20129 | "vous devrez probablement compresser ce fichier avec B<gzip>(1) (pour créer " | |
20130 | "un fichier Sources.gz). Apt ignore les fichiers Sources non compressés sauf " | |
20131 | "pour les accès locaux (c'est-à-dire les sources B<file://>)." | |
20132 | ||
20133 | #. type: IP | |
20134 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20135 | #, no-wrap | |
20136 | msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" | |
20137 | msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" | |
20138 | ||
20139 | #. type: Plain text | |
20140 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20141 | msgid "" | |
20142 | "Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " | |
20143 | "name." | |
20144 | msgstr "" | |
20145 | "Ne trie pas les entrées de l'index. Elles sont d'habitude triées en fonction " | |
20146 | "du nom du paquet source." | |
20147 | ||
20148 | #. type: Plain text | |
20149 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20150 | #, fuzzy | |
20151 | #| msgid "" | |
20152 | #| "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be " | |
20153 | #| "compressed). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on its " | |
20154 | #| "format." | |
20155 | msgid "" | |
20156 | "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file " | |
20157 | "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for " | |
20158 | "more information on its format." | |
20159 | msgstr "" | |
20160 | "Examine I<fichier> à la recherche d'« overrides » supplémentaires (ce " | |
20161 | "fichier peut être compressé). Voir B<deb-extra-override>(5) pour plus " | |
20162 | "d'information sur le format utilisé." | |
20163 | ||
20164 | #. type: IP | |
20165 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20166 | #, no-wrap | |
20167 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" | |
20168 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<fichier>" | |
20169 | ||
20170 | #. type: Plain text | |
20171 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20172 | #, fuzzy | |
20173 | #| msgid "" | |
20174 | #| "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed). " | |
20175 | #| "The default is the name of the override file you specified with I<.src> " | |
20176 | #| "appended." | |
20177 | msgid "" | |
20178 | "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since " | |
20179 | "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified " | |
20180 | "with I<.src> appended." | |
20181 | msgstr "" | |
20182 | "Utilise I<fichier> comme fichier override des sources (ce fichier peut être " | |
20183 | "compressé). La valeur par défaut est le fichier override indiqué auquel est " | |
20184 | "ajoutée l'extension I<.src>." | |
20185 | ||
20186 | #. type: Plain text | |
20187 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20188 | msgid "" | |
20189 | "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " | |
20190 | "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " | |
20191 | "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " | |
20192 | "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " | |
20193 | "the source override takes precedence for setting the section." | |
20194 | msgstr "" | |
20195 | "Le format des fichiers override des sources est différent des fichiers " | |
20196 | "override des binaires. Il ne contient que deux champs séparés par des " | |
20197 | "espaces, le premier indique le paquet source et le second, la section. Les " | |
20198 | "lignes blanches et les lignes de commentaire sont ignorées comme à " | |
20199 | "l'habitude. Si un paquet apparaît dans chaque fichier, le fichier des " | |
20200 | "sources est prioritaire pour fixer la section." | |
20201 | ||
20202 | #. type: IP | |
20203 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20204 | #, no-wrap | |
20205 | msgid "B<--debug>" | |
20206 | msgstr "B<--debug>" | |
20207 | ||
20208 | #. type: Plain text | |
20209 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20210 | msgid "Turn debugging on." | |
20211 | msgstr "Active le débogage." | |
20212 | ||
20213 | #. type: Plain text | |
20214 | #: dpkg-scansources.man | |
20215 | msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
20216 | msgstr "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
20217 | ||
20218 | #. type: TH | |
20219 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20220 | #, no-wrap | |
20221 | msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps" | |
20222 | msgstr "dpkg-shlibdeps" | |
20223 | ||
20224 | #. type: Plain text | |
20225 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20226 | msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies" | |
20227 | msgstr "" | |
20228 | "dpkg-shlibdeps - générateur de variables de substitution de dépendances pour " | |
20229 | "bibliothèques partagées" | |
20230 | ||
20231 | #. type: Plain text | |
20232 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20233 | msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<executable> [I<option>...]" | |
20234 | msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<exécutable> [I<option>...] " | |
20235 | ||
20236 | #. type: Plain text | |
20237 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20238 | msgid "" | |
20239 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " | |
20240 | "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " | |
20241 | "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-" | |
20242 | "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other " | |
20243 | "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file." | |
20244 | msgstr "" | |
20245 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calcule, pour les exécutables indiqués dans ses " | |
20246 | "paramètres, les dépendances envers les bibliothèques partagées. Ces " | |
20247 | "dépendances sont ajoutées au fichier de variables de substitution B<debian/" | |
20248 | "substvars> sous la forme B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield> où I<dependencyfield> " | |
20249 | "est le nom du champ de dépendance. Toute autre variable après I<shlibs:> est " | |
20250 | "supprimée du fichier." | |
20251 | ||
20252 | #. type: Plain text | |
20253 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20254 | msgid "" | |
20255 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate " | |
20256 | "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each " | |
20257 | "binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries " | |
20258 | "that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the " | |
20259 | "I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if " | |
20260 | "debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are " | |
20261 | "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available " | |
20262 | "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>." | |
20263 | "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library " | |
20264 | "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would " | |
20265 | "use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the package providing " | |
20266 | "the library." | |
20267 | msgstr "" | |
20268 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> a deux sources possibles pour créer les informations " | |
20269 | "concernant les dépendances. Soit les fichiers I<symbols>, soit les fichiers " | |
20270 | "I<shlibs>. Pour chaque fichier binaire qu'il analyse, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " | |
20271 | "recherche la liste des bibliothèques partagées qui lui sont liées. Puis, " | |
20272 | "pour chacune d'elles il analyse soit le fichier I<symbols>, soit le fichier " | |
20273 | "I<shlibs> (si le premier n'existe pas ou si debian/shlibs.local contient les " | |
20274 | "dépendances appropriées). Ces deux fichiers sont sensés être fournis par le " | |
20275 | "paquet de la bibliothèque et disponibles dans %ADMINDIR%/info/I<paquet>." | |
20276 | "I<symbols> ou %ADMINDIR%/info/I<paquet>.I<shlibs>. Le nom du paquet est " | |
20277 | "trouvé en deux étapes : en cherchant les fichiers de la bibliothèque sur le " | |
20278 | "système, dans le répertoire que B<ld.so> utiliserait, puis un utilisant " | |
20279 | "B<dpkg -S >I<fichier-bibliothèque> pour trouver le paquet qui fournit cette " | |
20280 | "bibliothèque." | |
20281 | ||
20282 | #. type: SS | |
20283 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20284 | #, no-wrap | |
20285 | msgid "Symbols files" | |
20286 | msgstr "Fichiers symboles" | |
20287 | ||
20288 | #. type: Plain text | |
20289 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20290 | msgid "" | |
20291 | "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the " | |
20292 | "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script " | |
20293 | "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the " | |
20294 | "following places (first match is used):" | |
20295 | msgstr "" | |
20296 | "Les fichiers symboles contiennent des informations de dépendances plus fines " | |
20297 | "en fournissant les dépendances minimales pour chaque symbole de la " | |
20298 | "bibliothèque exportée. Le script essaie de trouver un fichier de symboles " | |
20299 | "associé à un paquet de bibliothèque dans les emplacements suivants (le " | |
20300 | "premier trouvé est utilisé) :" | |
20301 | ||
20302 | #. type: IP | |
20303 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20304 | #, no-wrap | |
20305 | msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" | |
20306 | msgstr "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" | |
20307 | ||
20308 | #. type: Plain text | |
20309 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20310 | msgid "" | |
20311 | "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " | |
20312 | "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). " | |
20313 | "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The " | |
20314 | "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from " | |
20315 | "other binary packages." | |
20316 | msgstr "" | |
20317 | "L'information des bibliothèques partagées générée par l'actuel processus de " | |
20318 | "construction qui invoque aussi B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Elles sont générées par " | |
20319 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1) et ne sont utilisées que si la bibliothèque se trouve " | |
20320 | "dans l'arbre de construction d'un paquet. Le fichier des symboles qui " | |
20321 | "construit l'arbre s'appuie sur les fichiers de symboles d'autres paquets " | |
20322 | "binaires." | |
20323 | ||
20324 | #. type: IP | |
20325 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20326 | #, no-wrap | |
20327 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" | |
20328 | msgstr "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<paquet>.symbols.I<architecture>" | |
20329 | ||
20330 | #. type: IP | |
20331 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20332 | #, no-wrap | |
20333 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols" | |
20334 | msgstr "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<paquet>.symbols" | |
20335 | ||
20336 | #. type: Plain text | |
20337 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20338 | msgid "" | |
20339 | "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the " | |
20340 | "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -" | |
20341 | "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." | |
20342 | msgstr "" | |
20343 | "L'information de dépendance des bibliothèques partagées associée aux " | |
20344 | "systèmes. I<arch> est l'architecture du système actuel (obtenu par B<dpkg-" | |
20345 | "architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." | |
20346 | ||
20347 | #. type: IP | |
20348 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20349 | #, no-wrap | |
20350 | msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”" | |
20351 | msgstr "Affichage de “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<paquet> symbols”" | |
20352 | ||
20353 | #. type: Plain text | |
20354 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20355 | msgid "" | |
20356 | "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden " | |
20357 | "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%." | |
20358 | msgstr "" | |
20359 | "Paquet fournissant des informations concernant les dépendances envers des " | |
20360 | "bibliothèques partagées. Sauf indication contraire par le biais de B<--" | |
20361 | "admindir>, ces fichiers sont par défaut dans %ADMINDIR%." | |
20362 | ||
20363 | #. type: Plain text | |
20364 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20365 | msgid "" | |
20366 | "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers " | |
20367 | "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the " | |
20368 | "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library " | |
20369 | "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)." | |
20370 | msgstr "" | |
20371 | "Lors de l'analyse des symboles utilisés par tous les binaires, B<dpkg-" | |
20372 | "shlibdeps> retient la (plus grande) version minimale nécessaire pour chaque " | |
20373 | "bibliothèque. À la fin du processus, il est capable d'écrire la dépendance " | |
20374 | "minimale pour toutes les bibliothèques utilisées (à condition que " | |
20375 | "l'information des fichiers I<symbols> soit exacte)." | |
20376 | ||
20377 | #. type: Plain text | |
20378 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20379 | msgid "" | |
20380 | "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-" | |
20381 | "Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the " | |
20382 | "minimal version required by the corresponding package in the B<Build-" | |
20383 | "Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version " | |
20384 | "computed by scanning symbols." | |
20385 | msgstr "" | |
20386 | "Comme garde-fou, un fichier de symboles peut fournir un champ B<Build-" | |
20387 | "Depends-Package> de méta-information et B<dpkg-shlibdeps> en extraira la " | |
20388 | "version minimale requise par le paquet correspondant depuis ce champ B<Build-" | |
20389 | "Depends> et utilisera cette version si elle est supérieure à la version " | |
20390 | "minimale calculée par l'examen des symboles." | |
20391 | ||
20392 | #. type: SS | |
20393 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20394 | #, no-wrap | |
20395 | msgid "Shlibs files" | |
20396 | msgstr "Fichiers Shlibs" | |
20397 | ||
20398 | #. type: Plain text | |
20399 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20400 | msgid "" | |
20401 | "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking " | |
20402 | "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe " | |
20403 | "and easy to handle." | |
20404 | msgstr "" | |
20405 | "Les fichiers Shlibs associent directement une bibliothèque à une dépendance " | |
20406 | "(sans regarder les symboles). Il agit donc souvent plus fortement que ce " | |
20407 | "dont on aurait besoin mais il reste très sûr et facile à manipuler." | |
20408 | ||
20409 | #. type: Plain text | |
20410 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20411 | msgid "" | |
20412 | "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first " | |
20413 | "file providing information for the library of interest is used:" | |
20414 | msgstr "" | |
20415 | "Les dépendances d'une bibliothèque sont recherchées à plusieurs endroits. Le " | |
20416 | "premier fichier d'informations trouvé qui concerne la bibliothèque est " | |
20417 | "utilisé :" | |
20418 | ||
20419 | #. type: IP | |
20420 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20421 | #, no-wrap | |
20422 | msgid "debian/shlibs.local" | |
20423 | msgstr "debian/shlibs.local" | |
20424 | ||
20425 | #. type: Plain text | |
20426 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20427 | msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." | |
20428 | msgstr "" | |
20429 | "Fichier particulier à un paquet remplaçant les informations qui concernent " | |
20430 | "les dépendances envers des bibliothèques partagées." | |
20431 | ||
20432 | #. type: IP | |
20433 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20434 | #, no-wrap | |
20435 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override" | |
20436 | msgstr "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override" | |
20437 | ||
20438 | #. type: Plain text | |
20439 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20440 | msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." | |
20441 | msgstr "" | |
20442 | "Fichier système remplaçant les informations qui concernent les dépendances " | |
20443 | "envers des bibliothèques partagées." | |
20444 | ||
20445 | #. type: IP | |
20446 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20447 | #, no-wrap | |
20448 | msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" | |
20449 | msgstr "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" | |
20450 | ||
20451 | #. type: Plain text | |
20452 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20453 | msgid "" | |
20454 | "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " | |
20455 | "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a " | |
20456 | "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence " | |
20457 | "over shlibs files from other binary packages." | |
20458 | msgstr "" | |
20459 | "Information sur la bibliothèque partagée générée par le processus actuel de " | |
20460 | "construction qui invoque aussi B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Il n'est utilisé que si la " | |
20461 | "bibliothèque se trouve dans l'arbre de construction du paquet. Le fichier " | |
20462 | "shlibs qui construit l'arbre a priorité sur les fichiers shlibs des autres " | |
20463 | "paquets binaires." | |
20464 | ||
20465 | #. type: IP | |
20466 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20467 | #, no-wrap | |
20468 | msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”" | |
20469 | msgstr "Affichage de “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<paquet> shlibs”" | |
20470 | ||
20471 | #. type: IP | |
20472 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20473 | #, no-wrap | |
20474 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default" | |
20475 | msgstr "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default" | |
20476 | ||
20477 | #. type: Plain text | |
20478 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20479 | msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." | |
20480 | msgstr "" | |
20481 | "Fichier système par défaut concernant les informations de dépendance envers " | |
20482 | "des bibliothèques partagées." | |
20483 | ||
20484 | #. type: Plain text | |
20485 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20486 | msgid "" | |
20487 | "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are " | |
20488 | "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker " | |
20489 | "than another dependency)." | |
20490 | msgstr "" | |
20491 | "Les dépendances trouvées sont ensuite directement utilisées (sauf si elles " | |
20492 | "sont filtrées parce qu'elles ont été identifiées comme étant en double, ou " | |
20493 | "d'un niveau plus faible qu'une autre dépendance)." | |
20494 | ||
20495 | #. type: Plain text | |
20496 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20497 | msgid "" | |
20498 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " | |
20499 | "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." | |
20500 | msgstr "" | |
20501 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprète des arguments sans option comme des commandes " | |
20502 | "exécutables, comme si on avait simplement donné B<-e>I<exécutable>." | |
20503 | ||
20504 | #. type: TP | |
20505 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20506 | #, no-wrap | |
20507 | msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" | |
20508 | msgstr "B<-e>I<exécutable>" | |
20509 | ||
20510 | #. type: Plain text | |
20511 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20512 | msgid "" | |
20513 | "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " | |
20514 | "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times." | |
20515 | msgstr "" | |
20516 | "Cette option inclut les bonnes dépendances envers les bibliothèques " | |
20517 | "partagées que demande I<exécutable>. Cette option peut être utilisée " | |
20518 | "plusieurs fois." | |
20519 | ||
20520 | #. type: TP | |
20521 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20522 | #, no-wrap | |
20523 | msgid "B<-l>I<directory>" | |
20524 | msgstr "B<-l>I<répertoire>" | |
20525 | ||
20526 | #. type: Plain text | |
20527 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20528 | #, fuzzy | |
20529 | #| msgid "" | |
20530 | #| "Add I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared " | |
20531 | #| "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times." | |
20532 | msgid "" | |
20533 | "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared " | |
20534 | "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times." | |
20535 | msgstr "" | |
20536 | "Ajoute I<répertoire> à la liste des répertoires où chercher des " | |
20537 | "bibliothèques partagées privées (depuis dpkg 1.17.0). Cette option peut être " | |
20538 | "utilisée plusieurs fois." | |
20539 | ||
20540 | #. type: Plain text | |
20541 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20542 | msgid "" | |
20543 | "Note: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that " | |
20544 | "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it " | |
20545 | "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-" | |
20546 | "compiling for example." | |
20547 | msgstr "" | |
20548 | "Note : Utilisez cette option plutôt que le réglage de B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, " | |
20549 | "parce que cette variable d'environnement est utilisé pour contrôler " | |
20550 | "l'éditeur de liens d'exécution et et servir d'elle pour définir les chemins " | |
20551 | "des bibliothèques partagées au moment de la construction peut être " | |
20552 | "problématique, par exemple, lors d'une compilation croisée." | |
20553 | ||
20554 | #. type: TP | |
20555 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20556 | #, no-wrap | |
20557 | msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>" | |
20558 | msgstr "B<-d>I<champ-dépendance>" | |
20559 | ||
20560 | #. type: Plain text | |
20561 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20562 | msgid "" | |
20563 | "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " | |
20564 | "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " | |
20565 | "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)" | |
20566 | msgstr "" | |
20567 | "Cette option ajoute les dépendances destinées au champ « dépendance » du " | |
20568 | "fichier de contrôle I<champ-dépendance.> (Les dépendances pour ce champ sont " | |
20569 | "dans la variable B<shlibs:>I<champ-dépendance>.)" | |
20570 | ||
20571 | #. type: Plain text | |
20572 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20573 | msgid "" | |
20574 | "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after " | |
20575 | "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default " | |
20576 | "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>." | |
20577 | msgstr "" | |
20578 | "L'option B<-d>I<champ-dépendance> concerne tous les exécutables qui suivent " | |
20579 | "l'option, jusqu'à la prochaine option B<-d>I<champ-dépendance>. Par défaut, " | |
20580 | "I<champ-dépendance> vaut B<Depends>." | |
20581 | ||
20582 | #. type: Plain text | |
20583 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20584 | msgid "" | |
20585 | "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " | |
20586 | "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " | |
20587 | "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " | |
20588 | "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " | |
20589 | "representing the most important dependencies." | |
20590 | msgstr "" | |
20591 | "Quand, dans plusieurs champs reconnus ayant trait aux dépendances comme les " | |
20592 | "champs B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> ou B<Suggests> " | |
20593 | "apparaît la même entrée (ou bien un ensemble d'alternatives), B<dpkg-" | |
20594 | "shlibdeps> supprime automatiquement les dépendances dans tous les champs " | |
20595 | "sauf celui qui représente les dépendances les plus importantes." | |
20596 | ||
20597 | #. type: TP | |
20598 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20599 | #, no-wrap | |
20600 | msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>" | |
20601 | msgstr "B<-p>I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-variables>" | |
20602 | ||
20603 | #. type: Plain text | |
20604 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20605 | msgid "" | |
20606 | "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:" | |
20607 | ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-" | |
20608 | "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the substitution " | |
20609 | "variables file." | |
20610 | msgstr "" | |
20611 | "Fait commencer les variables de substitution par I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-" | |
20612 | "variables>B<:> au lieu de B<shlibs:>. De même, toute variable de " | |
20613 | "substitution commençant par I<préfixe-pour-le-nom-des-variables>B<:> (au " | |
20614 | "lieu de B<shlibs:>) est enlevée du fichier de substitution des variables." | |
20615 | ||
20616 | #. type: Plain text | |
20617 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20618 | #, fuzzy | |
20619 | #| msgid "" | |
20620 | #| "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> " | |
20621 | #| "if specified), rather than being added to the substitution variables file " | |
20622 | #| "(B<debian/substvars> by default)." | |
20623 | msgid "" | |
20624 | "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if " | |
20625 | "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution " | |
20626 | "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)." | |
20627 | msgstr "" | |
20628 | "Affiche les définitions des variables de substitution sur la sortie standard " | |
20629 | "(ou I<nom-de-fichier> si spécifié), plutôt que de les ajouter dans le " | |
20630 | "fichier de substitution des variables qui est par défaut B<debian/substvars>." | |
20631 | ||
20632 | #. type: TP | |
20633 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20634 | #, no-wrap | |
20635 | msgid "B<-t>I<type>" | |
20636 | msgstr "B<-t>I<type>" | |
20637 | ||
20638 | #. type: Plain text | |
20639 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20640 | #, fuzzy | |
20641 | #| msgid "" | |
20642 | #| "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " | |
20643 | #| "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " | |
20644 | #| "information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library " | |
20645 | #| "dependency information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with " | |
20646 | #| "the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." | |
20647 | msgid "" | |
20648 | "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " | |
20649 | "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " | |
20650 | "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency " | |
20651 | "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the " | |
20652 | "type, a colon, and whitespace." | |
20653 | msgstr "" | |
20654 | "Préférer les informations sur les dépendances des bibliothèques partagées " | |
20655 | "qui sont étiquetées pour un type de paquet donné. Si aucune information de " | |
20656 | "type n'est donnée, il n'utilisera pas d'information. Par défaut, le type de " | |
20657 | "paquet est « deb ». On peut créer une étiquette pour ces informations en les " | |
20658 | "préfixant par le nom du type, un deux-points et une espace." | |
20659 | ||
20660 | #. type: TP | |
20661 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20662 | #, no-wrap | |
20663 | msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>" | |
20664 | msgstr "B<-L>I<fichier-local-shlibs>" | |
20665 | ||
20666 | #. type: Plain text | |
20667 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20668 | msgid "" | |
20669 | "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-" | |
20670 | "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." | |
20671 | msgstr "" | |
20672 | "Lire les informations de remplacement concernant les dépendances envers les " | |
20673 | "bibliothèques partagées dans I<fichier-local-shlibs> au lieu de B<debian/" | |
20674 | "shlibs.local>." | |
20675 | ||
20676 | #. type: Plain text | |
20677 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20678 | msgid "" | |
20679 | "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/" | |
20680 | "substvars>." | |
20681 | msgstr "" | |
20682 | "Écrire les variables de substitution dans I<fichier/substvars> ; le fichier " | |
20683 | "par défaut est B<debian/substvars>." | |
20684 | ||
20685 | #. type: TP | |
20686 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20687 | #, no-wrap | |
20688 | msgid "B<-v>" | |
20689 | msgstr "B<-v>" | |
20690 | ||
20691 | #. type: Plain text | |
20692 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20693 | #, fuzzy | |
20694 | #| msgid "" | |
20695 | #| "Enable verbose mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what " | |
20696 | #| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does." | |
20697 | msgid "" | |
20698 | "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to " | |
20699 | "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does." | |
20700 | msgstr "" | |
20701 | "Active le mode bavard. De nombreux messages sont affichés pour expliquer ce " | |
20702 | "que B<dpkg-shlibdeps> fait." | |
20703 | ||
20704 | #. type: TP | |
20705 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20706 | #, no-wrap | |
20707 | msgid "B<-x>I<package>" | |
20708 | msgstr "B<-x>I<package>" | |
20709 | ||
20710 | #. type: Plain text | |
20711 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20712 | #, fuzzy | |
20713 | #| msgid "" | |
20714 | #| "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies. This is useful to " | |
20715 | #| "avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF binaries " | |
20716 | #| "(executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the same " | |
20717 | #| "package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several " | |
20718 | #| "packages." | |
20719 | msgid "" | |
20720 | "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). " | |
20721 | "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF " | |
20722 | "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the " | |
20723 | "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several " | |
20724 | "packages." | |
20725 | msgstr "" | |
20726 | "Exclut le paquet des dépendances générées. Cela évite les auto-dépendances " | |
20727 | "pour les paquets fournissant des exécutables ELF (exécutables ou modules " | |
20728 | "complémentaires de bibliothèque) qui utilisent une bibliothèque incluse dans " | |
20729 | "ce même paquet. Cette option peut être utilisée plusieurs fois pour exclure " | |
20730 | "plusieurs paquets." | |
20731 | ||
20732 | #. type: TP | |
20733 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20734 | #, no-wrap | |
20735 | msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>" | |
20736 | msgstr "B<-S>I<répertoire-construction-paquet>" | |
20737 | ||
20738 | #. type: Plain text | |
20739 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20740 | #, fuzzy | |
20741 | #| msgid "" | |
20742 | #| "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library. This " | |
20743 | #| "is useful when the source package builds multiple flavors of the same " | |
20744 | #| "library and you want to ensure that you get the dependency from a given " | |
20745 | #| "binary package. You can use this option multiple times: directories will " | |
20746 | #| "be tried in the same order before directories of other binary packages." | |
20747 | msgid "" | |
20748 | "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since " | |
20749 | "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple " | |
20750 | "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the " | |
20751 | "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple " | |
20752 | "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of " | |
20753 | "other binary packages." | |
20754 | msgstr "" | |
20755 | "Recherche dans I<répertoire-construction-paquet> en premier et essaie de " | |
20756 | "trouver une bibliothèque. C'est utile lorsque le paquet source construit " | |
20757 | "plusieurs saveurs de la même bibliothèque et que vous voulez vous assurer " | |
20758 | "que vous obtiendrez la dépendance d'un paquet binaire donné. Cette option " | |
20759 | "peut être utilisée plusieurs fois : les répertoires seront examinés dans le " | |
20760 | "même ordre avant les répertoires d'autres paquets binaires." | |
20761 | ||
20762 | #. type: TP | |
20763 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20764 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
20765 | #| msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>" | |
20766 | msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>" | |
20767 | msgstr "B<-P>I<répertoire-construction-paquet>" | |
20768 | ||
20769 | #. type: Plain text | |
20770 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20771 | msgid "" | |
20772 | "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared " | |
20773 | "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times." | |
20774 | msgstr "" | |
20775 | ||
20776 | #. type: TP | |
20777 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20778 | #, no-wrap | |
20779 | msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>" | |
20780 | msgstr "B<--ignore-missing-info>" | |
20781 | ||
20782 | #. type: Plain text | |
20783 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20784 | #, fuzzy | |
20785 | #| msgid "" | |
20786 | #| "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared " | |
20787 | #| "library. Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries should " | |
20788 | #| "provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with symbols " | |
20789 | #| "files) even if they are not yet used by other packages." | |
20790 | msgid "" | |
20791 | "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library " | |
20792 | "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries " | |
20793 | "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with " | |
20794 | "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages." | |
20795 | msgstr "" | |
20796 | "Pas d'échec si l'information de dépendance ne peut pas être trouvée pour une " | |
20797 | "bibliothèque partagée. L'utilisation de cette option est déconseillée, " | |
20798 | "toutes les bibliothèques devraient fournir leurs informations de dépendance " | |
20799 | "(que ce soit avec les fichiers shlibs, ou avec les fichiers symboles), même " | |
20800 | "si elles ne sont pas encore utilisées par d'autres paquets." | |
20801 | ||
20802 | #. type: TP | |
20803 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20804 | #, no-wrap | |
20805 | msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>" | |
20806 | msgstr "B<--warnings=>I<valeur>" | |
20807 | ||
20808 | #. type: Plain text | |
20809 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20810 | #, fuzzy | |
20811 | #| msgid "" | |
20812 | #| "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted " | |
20813 | #| "by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning \"symbol " | |
20814 | #| "I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries\", bit 1 " | |
20815 | #| "(value=2) enables the warning \"package could avoid a useless dependency" | |
20816 | #| "\" and bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning \"I<binary> should not be " | |
20817 | #| "linked against I<library>\". The default I<value> is 3: the first two " | |
20818 | #| "warnings are active by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if " | |
20819 | #| "you want all warnings to be active." | |
20820 | msgid "" | |
20821 | "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by " | |
20822 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning " | |
20823 | "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 " | |
20824 | "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and " | |
20825 | "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against " | |
20826 | "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active " | |
20827 | "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings " | |
20828 | "to be active." | |
20829 | msgstr "" | |
20830 | "I<valeur> est un champ de « bit » définissant l'ensemble des avertissements " | |
20831 | "qui peuvent être émis par B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Le bit 0 (valeur = 1) active " | |
20832 | "l'avertissement « symbole I<sym> utilisé par le I<binaire> trouvé dans " | |
20833 | "aucune des bibliothèques ». Le bit 1 (valeur = 2) active l'avertissement " | |
20834 | "« le paquet pourrait éviter une dépendance inutile ». Le bit 2 (valeur = 4) " | |
20835 | "active l'avertissement « Le I<binaire> ne devrait pas être lié à " | |
20836 | "I<bibliothèque> ». La I<valeur> par défaut est 3 : les deux premières mises " | |
20837 | "en garde sont actives par défaut, la dernière ne l'est pas. Positionnez la " | |
20838 | "I<valeur> à 7 si vous souhaitez que tous les avertissements soient actifs." | |
20839 | ||
20840 | #. type: SS | |
20841 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20842 | #, no-wrap | |
20843 | msgid "Warnings" | |
20844 | msgstr "Avertissements" | |
20845 | ||
20846 | #. type: Plain text | |
20847 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20848 | msgid "" | |
20849 | "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of " | |
20850 | "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They " | |
20851 | "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, " | |
20852 | "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of " | |
20853 | "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:" | |
20854 | msgstr "" | |
20855 | "Depuis que B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyse l'ensemble des symboles utilisés par " | |
20856 | "chaque binaire généré par le paquet, il est en mesure d'émettre des " | |
20857 | "avertissements dans plusieurs cas. Ils vous informent des choses qui peuvent " | |
20858 | "être améliorées dans le paquet. Dans la plupart des cas, ces améliorations " | |
20859 | "concernent directement les sources amont. Dans l'ordre d'importance " | |
20860 | "décroissant, voici les différents avertissements que vous pouvez rencontrer :" | |
20861 | ||
20862 | #. type: TP | |
20863 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20864 | #, no-wrap | |
20865 | msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>" | |
20866 | msgstr "B<symbole>I< sym>B< utilisé par >I<binaire>B< trouvé dans aucune des bibliothèques.>" | |
20867 | ||
20868 | #. type: Plain text | |
20869 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20870 | msgid "" | |
20871 | "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " | |
20872 | "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked " | |
20873 | "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> " | |
20874 | "of the linker)." | |
20875 | msgstr "" | |
20876 | "Le symbole indiqué n'a pas été trouvé dans les bibliothèques liées au " | |
20877 | "binaire. Le I<binaire> est probablement plutôt une bibliothèque et elle doit " | |
20878 | "être liée avec une bibliothèque supplémentaire durant le processus de " | |
20879 | "construction (l'option B<-l>I<bibliothèque> de l'éditeur de liens)." | |
20880 | ||
20881 | #. type: TP | |
20882 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20883 | #, no-wrap | |
20884 | msgid "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's probably a plugin>" | |
20885 | msgstr "I<binary>B< contient une référence non résolue au symbole >I<sym>B<: il s'agit probablement d'un greffon (plugin)>" | |
20886 | ||
20887 | #. type: Plain text | |
20888 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20889 | msgid "" | |
20890 | "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " | |
20891 | "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably " | |
20892 | "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't " | |
20893 | "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be " | |
20894 | "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a " | |
20895 | "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared " | |
20896 | "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But " | |
20897 | "there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs " | |
20898 | "linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In " | |
20899 | "that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed." | |
20900 | msgstr "" | |
20901 | "Le symbole indiqué n'a pas été trouvé dans les bilbiothèques liées avec le " | |
20902 | "fichier binaire. Le I<binaire> est très probablement un greffon (plugin) et " | |
20903 | "le symbole est probablement fourni par le programme qui charge ce greffon. " | |
20904 | "En théorie, un greffon n'a pas de « SONAME » mais ce binaire en possède un " | |
20905 | "et n'a pas pu être identifié en tant que tel. Cependant, le fait que le " | |
20906 | "binaire soit stocké dans un répertoire non public est une indication forte " | |
20907 | "qu'il ne s'agit pas d'une bibliothèque partagée normale. Si le binaire est " | |
20908 | "vraiment un greffon, vous pouvez ignorer cet avertissement. Il existe " | |
20909 | "cependant une possibilité qu'il s'agisse d'un vrai binaire et que les " | |
20910 | "programmes avec lequel il est lié utilisent un RPATH afin que le chargeur " | |
20911 | "dynamique le trouve. Dans ce cas, la bibliothèque est incorrecte et doit " | |
20912 | "être corrigée." | |
20913 | ||
20914 | #. type: TP | |
20915 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20916 | #, no-wrap | |
20917 | msgid "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binary>B< was not linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>" | |
20918 | msgstr "B<paquet pourrait éviter une dépendance inutile si >I<le binaire>B< n'était pas lié avec >I<bibliothèque>B< (il ne fait usage d'aucun de ses symboles)>" | |
20919 | ||
20920 | #. type: Plain text | |
20921 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20922 | msgid "" | |
20923 | "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the " | |
20924 | "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid " | |
20925 | "the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is " | |
20926 | "also generated by another library that is really used)." | |
20927 | msgstr "" | |
20928 | "Aucun des I<binaires> liés à la I<bibliothèque> utilise les symboles qu'elle " | |
20929 | "fournit. En corrigeant tous les binaires, vous éviteriez la dépendance " | |
20930 | "associée à cette bibliothèque (à moins que la même dépendance soit également " | |
20931 | "liée à une autre bibliothèque qui est elle réellement utilisée)." | |
20932 | ||
20933 | #. type: TP | |
20934 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20935 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
20936 | #| msgid "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binaries>B< were not linked against >I<library>B< (they uses none of the library's symbols)>" | |
20937 | msgid "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binaries>B< were not linked against >I<library>B< (they use none of the library's symbols)>" | |
20938 | msgstr "B<paquet pourrait éviter une dépendance inutile si >I<les binaires>B< n'étaient pas liés avec >I<bibliothèque>B< (ils ne font usage d'aucun de ses symboles)>" | |
20939 | ||
20940 | #. type: Plain text | |
20941 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20942 | msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries." | |
20943 | msgstr "Identique à l'avertissement précédent, pour des binaires multiples." | |
20944 | ||
20945 | #. type: TP | |
20946 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20947 | #, no-wrap | |
20948 | msgid "I<binary>B< should not be linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>" | |
20949 | msgstr "I<le binaire>B< ne devrait pas être lié avec la >I<bibliothèque>B< (il ne fait usage d'aucun de ses symboles)>" | |
20950 | ||
20951 | #. type: Plain text | |
20952 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20953 | #, fuzzy | |
20954 | #| msgid "" | |
20955 | #| "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a " | |
20956 | #| "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can " | |
20957 | #| "be obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning " | |
20958 | #| "checks the same information than the previous one but does it for each " | |
20959 | #| "binary instead of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed." | |
20960 | msgid "" | |
20961 | "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a " | |
20962 | "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be " | |
20963 | "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the " | |
20964 | "same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead of " | |
20965 | "doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed." | |
20966 | msgstr "" | |
20967 | "Le I<binaire> est lié à une bibliothèque dont il n'a pas besoin. Ce n'est " | |
20968 | "pas un problème mais de petites améliorations de performance dans le temps " | |
20969 | "de chargement de celui-ci peuvent être obtenues en ne le liant pas à cette " | |
20970 | "bibliothèque. Cet avertissement vérifie la même information que la " | |
20971 | "précédente mais elle le fait pour tous les binaires au lieu de ne faire le " | |
20972 | "contrôle qu'au niveau global sur tous les binaires analysés." | |
20973 | ||
20974 | #. type: SS | |
20975 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20976 | #, no-wrap | |
20977 | msgid "Errors" | |
20978 | msgstr "Erreurs" | |
20979 | ||
20980 | #. type: Plain text | |
20981 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20982 | msgid "" | |
20983 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a " | |
20984 | "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either " | |
20985 | "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned " | |
20986 | "(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a " | |
20987 | "SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned." | |
20988 | msgstr "" | |
20989 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> échouera s'il ne peut pas trouver de bibliothèque publique " | |
20990 | "utilisée par un binaire ou si cette bibliothèque n'a pas d'informations sur " | |
20991 | "les dépendances associées (soit les fichier shlibs, soit le fichier des " | |
20992 | "symboles). Une bibliothèque publique a un SONAME et un numéro de version " | |
20993 | "(libsomething.so.I<X>). Une bibliothèque privée (comme un module " | |
20994 | "additionnel) ne devrait pas avoir de SONAME et n'a pas besoin d'avoir de " | |
20995 | "version." | |
20996 | ||
20997 | #. type: TP | |
20998 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
20999 | #, no-wrap | |
21000 | msgid "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>" | |
21001 | msgstr "B<impossible de trouver la bibliothèque >I<library-soname> B<demandée par le> I<binaire> B<(son RPATH est '>I<rpath>B<')>" | |
21002 | ||
21003 | #. type: Plain text | |
21004 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
21005 | #, fuzzy | |
21006 | #| msgid "" | |
21007 | #| "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-" | |
21008 | #| "shlibdeps> has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " | |
21009 | #| "creates a list of directories to check as following: directories listed " | |
21010 | #| "in the RPATH of the binary, directories listed in %CONFDIR%/ld.so.conf, " | |
21011 | #| "directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the " | |
21012 | #| "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, and standard public directories " | |
21013 | #| "(/lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it checks " | |
21014 | #| "those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being " | |
21015 | #| "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-" | |
21016 | #| "line option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs " | |
21017 | #| "or DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library " | |
21018 | #| "is not found in any of those directories, then you get this error." | |
21019 | msgid "" | |
21020 | "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " | |
21021 | "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of " | |
21022 | "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the " | |
21023 | "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the " | |
21024 | "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories (ex. /" | |
21025 | "lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public directories " | |
21026 | "(/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and obsolete " | |
21027 | "multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it " | |
21028 | "checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being " | |
21029 | "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line " | |
21030 | "option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or " | |
21031 | "DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library is " | |
21032 | "not found in any of those directories, then you get this error." | |
21033 | msgstr "" | |
21034 | "Le I<binaire> utilise une bibliothèque appelée I<library-soname> mais B<dpkg-" | |
21035 | "shlibdeps> n'a pas été en mesure de trouver cette bibliothèque. B<dpkg-" | |
21036 | "shlibdeps> crée une liste de répertoires à vérifier de la manière suivante : " | |
21037 | "les répertoires énumérés dans le RPATH du binaire, les répertoires listés " | |
21038 | "dans %CONFDIR%/ld.so.conf, les répertoires ajoutés par l'option B<-l>, les " | |
21039 | "répertoires listés dans la variable d'environnement LD_LIBRARY_PATH, et les " | |
21040 | "répertoires publics standard (/lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /" | |
21041 | "usr/lib64). Ensuite, il vérifie les répertoires qui sont dans l'arbre de " | |
21042 | "construction du paquet binaire en cours d'analyse, dans l'arbre de " | |
21043 | "construction du paquet indiqué avec l'option de ligne de commande B<-S>, " | |
21044 | "dans les autres arbres de paquets qui contiennent un fichier DEBIAN/shlibs " | |
21045 | "ou DEBIAN/symbols et enfin dans le répertoire racine. Si la bibliothèque " | |
21046 | "n'est pas trouvée dans l'un de ces répertoires, alors ce message d'erreur " | |
21047 | "est obtenu." | |
21048 | ||
21049 | #. type: Plain text | |
21050 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
21051 | msgid "" | |
21052 | "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then " | |
21053 | "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package " | |
21054 | "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this " | |
21055 | "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory " | |
21056 | "if it also is in a private directory." | |
21057 | msgstr "" | |
21058 | "Si la bibliothèque non trouvée est cependant disponible dans le répertoire " | |
21059 | "privé de ce même paquet, alors il vous faut ajouter ce répertoire avec B<-" | |
21060 | "l>. S'il est dans un autre paquet binaire en cours de construction, alors " | |
21061 | "assurez-vous que les fichiers shlibs/symbols de ce paquet sont déjà créés et " | |
21062 | "que B<-l> contient le répertoire approprié si c'est aussi un répertoire " | |
21063 | "privé." | |
21064 | ||
21065 | #. type: TP | |
21066 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
21067 | #, no-wrap | |
21068 | msgid "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by >I<binary>B<).>" | |
21069 | msgstr "B<aucune information de dépendance trouvée pour> I<la bibliothèque> B<(utilisée par le> I<binaire>B<).>" | |
21070 | ||
21071 | #. type: Plain text | |
21072 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
21073 | #, fuzzy | |
21074 | #| msgid "" | |
21075 | #| "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in " | |
21076 | #| "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any " | |
21077 | #| "dependency information for that library. To find out the dependency, it " | |
21078 | #| "has tried to map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -" | |
21079 | #| "S >I<library-file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols " | |
21080 | #| "files in /var/lib/dpkg/info/, and in the various package's build trees " | |
21081 | #| "(debian/*/DEBIAN/)." | |
21082 | msgid "" | |
21083 | "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in " | |
21084 | "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency " | |
21085 | "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to " | |
21086 | "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S >I<library-" | |
21087 | "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in " | |
21088 | "%ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/" | |
21089 | "DEBIAN/)." | |
21090 | msgstr "" | |
21091 | "La bibliothèque nécessaire au I<binaire> a été trouvée par B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " | |
21092 | "dans I<fichier-bibliothèque> mais B<dpkg-shlibdeps> n'a pas été en mesure de " | |
21093 | "trouver d'informations de dépendance pour cette bibliothèque. Pour trouver " | |
21094 | "la dépendance, il a essayé de lier la bibliothèque à un paquet Debian avec " | |
21095 | "l'aide de B<dpkg -S >I<fichier-bibliothèque>. Puis, il a vérifié les shlibs " | |
21096 | "correspondants et les fichiers symboles de %ADMINDIR%/info/ et enfin les " | |
21097 | "différents arbres des paquets construits (debian/*/DEBIAN/)." | |
21098 | ||
21099 | #. type: Plain text | |
21100 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
21101 | msgid "" | |
21102 | "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the " | |
21103 | "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within " | |
21104 | "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in " | |
21105 | "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling " | |
21106 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under " | |
21107 | "a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl." | |
21108 | "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any " | |
21109 | "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback " | |
21110 | "on a canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. " | |
21111 | "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems." | |
21112 | msgstr "" | |
21113 | "Cet échec peut être causé par un shlibs ou un fichier de symboles qui serait " | |
21114 | "mauvais ou manquant dans le paquet. Une autre cause serait que la " | |
21115 | "bibliothèque soit construite au sein du même paquet source et que les " | |
21116 | "fichiers shlibs n'aient pas encore été créés (dans ce cas debian/rules doit " | |
21117 | "être modifié pour créer le shlibs avant l'appel de B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Un " | |
21118 | "mauvais RPATH peut aussi conduire à ce que la bibliothèque soit trouvée sous " | |
21119 | "un nom non-canonique (comme : /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl.so.0.9.8 " | |
21120 | "au lieu de /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) qui n'est associé à aucun paquet, " | |
21121 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> essaie de travailler sur ce nom non-canonique (en " | |
21122 | "utilisant B<realpath>(3)), mais cela ne fonctionne pas toujours. Il est " | |
21123 | "toujours préférable de bien nettoyer le RPATH du binaire afin d'éviter ces " | |
21124 | "problèmes." | |
21125 | ||
21126 | #. type: Plain text | |
21127 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
21128 | msgid "" | |
21129 | "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more " | |
21130 | "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This " | |
21131 | "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error." | |
21132 | msgstr "" | |
21133 | "L'appel de B<dpkg-shlibdeps> en mode bavard (B<-v>) fournira beaucoup plus " | |
21134 | "d'informations sur l'endroit où il a essayé de trouver l'information sur les " | |
21135 | "dépendances. Ceci peut être utile si vous ne comprenez pas pourquoi vous " | |
21136 | "obtenez cette erreur." | |
21137 | ||
21138 | #. type: Plain text | |
21139 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man | |
21140 | msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
21141 | msgstr "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
21142 | ||
21143 | #. type: TH | |
21144 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21145 | #, no-wrap | |
21146 | msgid "dpkg-source" | |
21147 | msgstr "dpkg-source" | |
21148 | ||
21149 | #. type: Plain text | |
21150 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21151 | msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool" | |
21152 | msgstr "dpkg-source - outil de manipulation des paquets sources Debian (.dsc)." | |
21153 | ||
21154 | #. type: Plain text | |
21155 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21156 | msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
21157 | msgstr "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
21158 | ||
21159 | #. type: Plain text | |
21160 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21161 | msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." | |
21162 | msgstr "B<dpkg-source> empaquette ou dépaquette une archive source Debian." | |
21163 | ||
21164 | #. type: Plain text | |
21165 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21166 | msgid "" | |
21167 | "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " | |
21168 | "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " | |
21169 | "argument." | |
21170 | msgstr "" | |
21171 | "Aucune de ces commandes ne permet la combinaison de plusieurs options en une " | |
21172 | "seule et elles ne permettent pas d'indiquer la valeur d'une option dans un " | |
21173 | "argument séparé." | |
21174 | ||
21175 | #. type: TP | |
21176 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21177 | #, no-wrap | |
21178 | msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]" | |
21179 | msgstr "B<-x >, B<--extract> I<nom-de-fichier>.dsc [I<répertoire-de-sortie>]" | |
21180 | ||
21181 | #. type: Plain text | |
21182 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21183 | #, fuzzy | |
21184 | #| msgid "" | |
21185 | #| "Extract a source package. The B<--extract> alias was added in dpkg " | |
21186 | #| "1.17.14. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name of the " | |
21187 | #| "Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " | |
21188 | #| "argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " | |
21189 | #| "package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " | |
21190 | #| "source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version> " | |
21191 | #| "under the current working directory." | |
21192 | msgid "" | |
21193 | "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option " | |
21194 | "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<." | |
21195 | "dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify " | |
21196 | "the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no " | |
21197 | "output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a " | |
21198 | "directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working directory." | |
21199 | msgstr "" | |
21200 | "Cette option sert à extraire un paquet source. L'alias B<--extract> a été " | |
21201 | "ajouté dans dpkg 1.17.14. On doit donner un seul argument sans option : le " | |
21202 | "nom du fichier de contrôle des sources Debian (B<.dsc>). Un deuxième " | |
21203 | "argument sans option peut également être donné pour indiquer le répertoire " | |
21204 | "où extraire le paquet source : ce répertoire ne doit pas déjà exister. Quand " | |
21205 | "aucun répertoire n'est indiqué, le paquet source est extrait dans un " | |
21206 | "répertoire I<source>-I<version> du répertoire courant." | |
21207 | ||
21208 | #. type: Plain text | |
21209 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21210 | msgid "" | |
21211 | "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source " | |
21212 | "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory " | |
21213 | "as the B<.dsc>." | |
21214 | msgstr "" | |
21215 | "B<dpkg-source> lit, dans le fichier de contrôle, les noms des fichiers qui " | |
21216 | "composent le paquet source ; il suppose qu'ils sont dans le même répertoire " | |
21217 | "que le fichier B<.dsc>." | |
21218 | ||
21219 | #. type: Plain text | |
21220 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21221 | msgid "" | |
21222 | "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " | |
21223 | "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " | |
21224 | "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " | |
21225 | "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " | |
21226 | "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " | |
21227 | "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." | |
21228 | msgstr "" | |
21229 | "Les fichiers extraits du paquet auront le même système de propriété et de " | |
21230 | "permission que s'ils avaient été simplement créés -- les répertoires et les " | |
21231 | "fichiers exécutables auront un système de permission égal à 0777 et les " | |
21232 | "simples fichiers, 0666 ; ces deux systèmes étant modifiés par le masque de " | |
21233 | "celui qui fait l'extraction ; si le répertoire parent est « setgid », les " | |
21234 | "répertoires extraits le seront aussi et tous les fichiers et répertoires " | |
21235 | "hériteront du système de propriété de ce groupe." | |
21236 | ||
21237 | #. type: Plain text | |
21238 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21239 | #, fuzzy | |
21240 | #| msgid "" | |
21241 | #| "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means " | |
21242 | #| "all formats except \"1.0\"), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/" | |
21243 | #| "format> so that the following builds of the source package use the same " | |
21244 | #| "format by default." | |
21245 | msgid "" | |
21246 | "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all " | |
21247 | "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so " | |
21248 | "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by " | |
21249 | "default." | |
21250 | msgstr "" | |
21251 | "Si le paquet source utilise un format non-standard (actuellement, cela " | |
21252 | "signifie tous les formats sauf le « 1.0 »), son nom sera enregistré dans " | |
21253 | "B<debian/source/format> de sorte que la construction du paquet source " | |
21254 | "utilise le même format par défaut." | |
21255 | ||
21256 | #. type: TP | |
21257 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21258 | #, no-wrap | |
21259 | msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]" | |
21260 | msgstr "B<-b>, B<--build> I<répertoire> [I<paramètres-dans-un-format-spécifique>]" | |
21261 | ||
21262 | #. type: Plain text | |
21263 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21264 | #, fuzzy | |
21265 | #| msgid "" | |
21266 | #| "Build a source package. The B<--build> alias was added in dpkg 1.17.14. " | |
21267 | #| "The first non-option argument is taken as the name of the directory " | |
21268 | #| "containing the debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory " | |
21269 | #| "and maybe changes to the original files). Depending on the source " | |
21270 | #| "package format used to build the package, additional parameters might be " | |
21271 | #| "accepted." | |
21272 | msgid "" | |
21273 | "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first non-" | |
21274 | "option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the " | |
21275 | "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes " | |
21276 | "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to " | |
21277 | "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted." | |
21278 | msgstr "" | |
21279 | "Construit un paquet source. L'alias B<--build> a été ajouté dans dpkg " | |
21280 | "1.17.14. Le premier argument sans option est pris comme nom du répertoire " | |
21281 | "contenant l'arborescence des sources Debianisées (c'est-à-dire avec un sous-" | |
21282 | "répertoire debian et peut-être des modifications sur les fichiers " | |
21283 | "d'origine). Selon le format du paquet source utilisé pour construire le " | |
21284 | "paquet, d'autres paramètres peuvent être acceptés." | |
21285 | ||
21286 | #. type: Plain text | |
21287 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21288 | #, fuzzy | |
21289 | #| msgid "" | |
21290 | #| "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found " | |
21291 | #| "in this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command " | |
21292 | #| "line option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, \"1.0\". " | |
21293 | #| "The fallback to \"1.0\" is deprecated and will be removed at some point " | |
21294 | #| "in the future, you should always document the desired source format in " | |
21295 | #| "B<debian/source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an " | |
21296 | #| "extensive description of the various source package formats." | |
21297 | msgid "" | |
21298 | "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in " | |
21299 | "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line " | |
21300 | "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The " | |
21301 | "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the " | |
21302 | "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/" | |
21303 | "source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive " | |
21304 | "description of the various source package formats." | |
21305 | msgstr "" | |
21306 | "B<dpkg-source> va construire le paquet source dans le premier format qui " | |
21307 | "fonctionnera dans la liste suivante : le(s) format(s) indiqué(s) avec le " | |
21308 | "paramètre de la ligne de commande I<--format>, le format indiqué dans " | |
21309 | "B<debian/source/format>, « 1.0 ». L'utilisation de « 1.0 » comme dernier " | |
21310 | "recours est obsolète et sera retirée dans le futur. Le format source devrait " | |
21311 | "toujours être indiqué dans B<debian/source/format>. Voir la section " | |
21312 | "B<FORMATS DE PAQUETS SOURCE> pour une description plus détaillée des " | |
21313 | "différents formats de paquet source." | |
21314 | ||
21315 | #. type: TP | |
21316 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21317 | #, no-wrap | |
21318 | msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>" | |
21319 | msgstr "B<--print-format> I<répertoire>" | |
21320 | ||
21321 | #. type: Plain text | |
21322 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21323 | #, fuzzy | |
21324 | #| msgid "" | |
21325 | #| "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if " | |
21326 | #| "B<dpkg-source --build >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions " | |
21327 | #| "and with the same parameters)." | |
21328 | msgid "" | |
21329 | "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if " | |
21330 | "B<dpkg-source --build >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and " | |
21331 | "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)." | |
21332 | msgstr "" | |
21333 | "Affiche le format source qui serait utilisé pour construire le paquet source " | |
21334 | "si B<dpkg-source --build >I<répertoire> était utilisé (dans les mêmes " | |
21335 | "conditions et avec les mêmes options)." | |
21336 | ||
21337 | #. type: TP | |
21338 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21339 | #, no-wrap | |
21340 | msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>" | |
21341 | msgstr "B<--before-build> I<répertoire>" | |
21342 | ||
21343 | #. type: Plain text | |
21344 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21345 | #, fuzzy | |
21346 | #| msgid "" | |
21347 | #| "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is " | |
21348 | #| "called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it " | |
21349 | #| "very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This command is idempotent " | |
21350 | #| "and can be called multiple times. Not all source formats implement " | |
21351 | #| "something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare the source tree " | |
21352 | #| "for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian patches are applied." | |
21353 | msgid "" | |
21354 | "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " | |
21355 | "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-" | |
21356 | "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This " | |
21357 | "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source " | |
21358 | "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare " | |
21359 | "the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian " | |
21360 | "patches are applied." | |
21361 | msgstr "" | |
21362 | "Exécute le point d'entrée correspondant du format de paquet source. Ce point " | |
21363 | "d'entrée doit être utilisé avant toute construction du paquet (B<dpkg-" | |
21364 | "buildpackage> l'utilise très tôt, avant même B<debian/rules clean>). Il doit " | |
21365 | "être autonome et pouvoir être lancé plusieurs fois. Tous les formats source " | |
21366 | "ne mettent pas en œuvre ce branchement et ceux qui le font préparent " | |
21367 | "l'arborescence source pour la construction, par exemple en garantissant que " | |
21368 | "les correctifs Debian sont appliqués." | |
21369 | ||
21370 | #. type: TP | |
21371 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21372 | #, no-wrap | |
21373 | msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>" | |
21374 | msgstr "B<--after-build> I<répertoire>" | |
21375 | ||
21376 | #. type: Plain text | |
21377 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21378 | #, fuzzy | |
21379 | #| msgid "" | |
21380 | #| "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is " | |
21381 | #| "called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it " | |
21382 | #| "last). This command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not " | |
21383 | #| "all source formats implement something in this hook, and those that do " | |
21384 | #| "usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done." | |
21385 | msgid "" | |
21386 | "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " | |
21387 | "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-" | |
21388 | "buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be called " | |
21389 | "multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this hook, and " | |
21390 | "those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done." | |
21391 | msgstr "" | |
21392 | "Exécute le point d'entrée correspondant du format de paquet source. Ce point " | |
21393 | "d'entrée doit être utilisé après toute construction du paquet (B<dpkg-" | |
21394 | "buildpackage> l'utilise en dernier). Il doit être autonome et doit pouvoir " | |
21395 | "être lancé plusieurs fois. Tous les formats source ne mettent pas en œuvre " | |
21396 | "ce branchement et ceux qui le font s'en servent pour défaire ce qui a été " | |
21397 | "fait par B<--before-build>." | |
21398 | ||
21399 | #. type: TP | |
21400 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21401 | #, no-wrap | |
21402 | msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..." | |
21403 | msgstr "B<--commit> [I<répertoire>] ..." | |
21404 | ||
21405 | #. type: Plain text | |
21406 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21407 | #, fuzzy | |
21408 | #| msgid "" | |
21409 | #| "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory>. This command " | |
21410 | #| "can take supplementary parameters depending on the source format. It " | |
21411 | #| "will error out for formats where this operation doesn't mean anything." | |
21412 | msgid "" | |
21413 | "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg " | |
21414 | "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the " | |
21415 | "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't " | |
21416 | "mean anything." | |
21417 | msgstr "" | |
21418 | "Enregistre les modifications dans l'arborescence source décompressée dans " | |
21419 | "I<répertoire>. Cette commande peut accepter des paramètres supplémentaires " | |
21420 | "selon le format source. Elle provoquera une erreur pour les formats où cette " | |
21421 | "opération n'a pas de signification." | |
21422 | ||
21423 | #. type: Plain text | |
21424 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21425 | msgid "" | |
21426 | "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract " | |
21427 | "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option." | |
21428 | msgstr "" | |
21429 | ||
21430 | #. type: SS | |
21431 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21432 | #, no-wrap | |
21433 | msgid "Generic build options" | |
21434 | msgstr "Options de construction générique" | |
21435 | ||
21436 | #. type: Plain text | |
21437 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21438 | msgid "" | |
21439 | "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " | |
21440 | "is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " | |
21441 | "starting at the source tree's top level directory." | |
21442 | msgstr "" | |
21443 | "Indique le principal fichier de contrôle des sources où trouver les " | |
21444 | "renseignements. Par défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/control>. Lorsqu'un " | |
21445 | "chemin relatif est fourni, on considère qu'il est relatif au répertoire le " | |
21446 | "plus élevé de l'arborescence source." | |
21447 | ||
21448 | #. type: Plain text | |
21449 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21450 | msgid "" | |
21451 | "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " | |
21452 | "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " | |
21453 | "starting at the source tree's top level directory." | |
21454 | msgstr "" | |
21455 | "Indique le journal des modifications où trouver des renseignements. Par " | |
21456 | "défaut, c'est le fichier B<debian/changelog>. Lorsqu'un chemin relatif est " | |
21457 | "fourni, on considère qu'il est relatif au répertoire le plus élevé de " | |
21458 | "l'arborescence source." | |
21459 | ||
21460 | #. type: TP | |
21461 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21462 | #, no-wrap | |
21463 | msgid "B<--format=>I<value>" | |
21464 | msgstr "B<--format=>I<valeur>" | |
21465 | ||
21466 | #. type: Plain text | |
21467 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21468 | #, fuzzy | |
21469 | #| msgid "" | |
21470 | #| "Use the given format for building the source package. It does override " | |
21471 | #| "any format given in B<debian/source/format>." | |
21472 | msgid "" | |
21473 | "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). " | |
21474 | "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>." | |
21475 | msgstr "" | |
21476 | "Utilise le format indiqué pour la construction du paquet source. Ce choix " | |
21477 | "remplace le format indiqué dans B<debian/source/format>." | |
21478 | ||
21479 | #. type: Plain text | |
21480 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21481 | #, fuzzy | |
21482 | #| msgid "" | |
21483 | #| "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not " | |
21484 | #| "read any file. This option can be used multiple times to read " | |
21485 | #| "substitution variables from multiple files." | |
21486 | msgid "" | |
21487 | "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read " | |
21488 | "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " | |
21489 | "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
21490 | msgstr "" | |
21491 | "Lit les variables de substitution dans I<fichier-substvars> ; par défaut " | |
21492 | "aucun fichier n'est lu. Cette option peut être utilisée plusieurs fois pour " | |
21493 | "lire des variables de substitution depuis plusieurs fichiers." | |
21494 | ||
21495 | #. type: TP | |
21496 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21497 | #, no-wrap | |
21498 | msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" | |
21499 | msgstr "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" | |
21500 | ||
21501 | #. type: Plain text | |
21502 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21503 | #, fuzzy | |
21504 | #| msgid "" | |
21505 | #| "Specify the compression to use for created files (tarballs and diffs). " | |
21506 | #| "Note that this option will not cause existing tarballs to be " | |
21507 | #| "recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported values are: I<gzip>, " | |
21508 | #| "I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for formats 2.0 and " | |
21509 | #| "newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported since dpkg " | |
21510 | #| "1.15.5." | |
21511 | msgid "" | |
21512 | "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files (B<--" | |
21513 | "compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause " | |
21514 | "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported " | |
21515 | "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for " | |
21516 | "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported " | |
21517 | "since dpkg 1.15.5." | |
21518 | msgstr "" | |
21519 | "Spécifie le niveau de compression à utiliser pour les fichiers créés " | |
21520 | "(archives et fichiers diffs). Notez que cette option ne causera pas la " | |
21521 | "recompression des archives existantes, cela ne concerne que les nouveaux " | |
21522 | "fichiers. Les valeurs acceptées sont les suivantes : I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, " | |
21523 | "I<lzma> et I<xz>. L'option par défaut est I<xz> pour les formats 2.0 et plus " | |
21524 | "récents et I<gzip> est l'option par défaut pour le format 1.0. I<xz> n'est " | |
21525 | "géré que depuis dpkg-dev 1.15.5." | |
21526 | ||
21527 | #. type: TP | |
21528 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21529 | #, no-wrap | |
21530 | msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>" | |
21531 | msgstr "B<-z>I<niveau>, B<--compression-level>=I<niveau>" | |
21532 | ||
21533 | #. type: Plain text | |
21534 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21535 | #, fuzzy | |
21536 | #| msgid "" | |
21537 | #| "Compression level to use. As with B<-Z> it only affects newly created " | |
21538 | #| "files. Supported values are: I<1> to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The " | |
21539 | #| "default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> for xz and lzma." | |
21540 | msgid "" | |
21541 | "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As " | |
21542 | "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> " | |
21543 | "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> " | |
21544 | "for xz and lzma." | |
21545 | msgstr "" | |
21546 | "Niveau de compression à utiliser. Comme avec B<-Z> cela ne concerne que les " | |
21547 | "fichiers nouvellement créés. Les valeurs prises possibles sont les " | |
21548 | "suivantes : I<1> à I<9>, I<best>, et I<fast>. La valeur par défaut est I<9> " | |
21549 | "pour gzip et bzip2, I<6> pour xz et lzma." | |
21550 | ||
21551 | #. type: TP | |
21552 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21553 | #, no-wrap | |
21554 | msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" | |
21555 | msgstr "B<-i>[I<expr. rat.>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<expr. rat.>]" | |
21556 | ||
21557 | #. type: Plain text | |
21558 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21559 | #, fuzzy | |
21560 | #| msgid "" | |
21561 | #| "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want " | |
21562 | #| "filtered out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated " | |
21563 | #| "by a find command.) (If the source package is being built as a version 3 " | |
21564 | #| "source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore uncommitted " | |
21565 | #| "changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)" | |
21566 | msgid "" | |
21567 | "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " | |
21568 | "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). " | |
21569 | "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being " | |
21570 | "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore " | |
21571 | "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)" | |
21572 | msgstr "" | |
21573 | "Il est possible de donner une expression rationnelle Perl pour filtrer les " | |
21574 | "fichiers qui doivent être éliminés de la liste des fichiers pour le " | |
21575 | "« diff ». Cette liste est créée avec une commande « find ». Si le fichier " | |
21576 | "source en construction est un fichier source de version 3 utilisant un " | |
21577 | "système de suivi de versions, cette option est utile pour ignorer les " | |
21578 | "modifications non envoyées. Utiliser -i.* les ignorera toutes." | |
21579 | ||
21580 | #. type: Plain text | |
21581 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21582 | msgid "" | |
21583 | "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex " | |
21584 | "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of " | |
21585 | "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories " | |
21586 | "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and " | |
21587 | "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of " | |
21588 | "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect." | |
21589 | msgstr "" | |
21590 | "L'option B<-i> active cette fonction avec une expression rationnelle par " | |
21591 | "défaut (en préservant toutes les modifications faites à l'expression " | |
21592 | "rationnelle par défaut par une utilisation précédente de B<--extend-diff-" | |
21593 | "ignore>) qui couvre les fichiers de contrôle des plus usuels systèmes de " | |
21594 | "gestion de version, les fichiers de sauvegardes, les fichiers d'échange et " | |
21595 | "les répertoires utilisés par Libtool. Il ne peut y avoir qu'une seule " | |
21596 | "expression rationnelle active ; avec de multiples options B<-i>, seule la " | |
21597 | "dernière mentionnée sera prise en compte." | |
21598 | ||
21599 | #. type: Plain text | |
21600 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21601 | #, fuzzy | |
21602 | #| msgid "" | |
21603 | #| "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " | |
21604 | #| "the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system " | |
21605 | #| "and want to use a checkout to build a source package without including " | |
21606 | #| "the additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. " | |
21607 | #| "CVS/, .cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very exhaustive, " | |
21608 | #| "but if you need to replace it, please note that by default it can match " | |
21609 | #| "any part of a path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or " | |
21610 | #| "only full filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. " | |
21611 | #| "'(^|/)', '($|/)') yourself." | |
21612 | msgid "" | |
21613 | "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " | |
21614 | "the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and " | |
21615 | "want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the " | |
21616 | "additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, ." | |
21617 | "cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very exhaustive, but if you " | |
21618 | "need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a " | |
21619 | "path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full " | |
21620 | "filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, " | |
21621 | "‘($|/)’) yourself." | |
21622 | msgstr "" | |
21623 | "C'est très utile pour supprimer des fichiers qui sont inclus dans le diff, " | |
21624 | "par exemple, si vous maintenez un source avec un système de contrôle de " | |
21625 | "version et que voulez construire un paquet source sans inclure des fichiers " | |
21626 | "et répertoires additionnels qu'il contient généralement (par exemple CVS/, ." | |
21627 | "cvsignore, .svn/). L'expression rationnelle par défaut est déjà très " | |
21628 | "exhaustive, mais si avez besoin de la remplacer, veuillez noter que par " | |
21629 | "défaut, il sait vérifier n'importe quelle partie d'un chemin, donc si vous " | |
21630 | "voulez trouver le début d'un nom de fichier ou des noms de fichiers " | |
21631 | "complets, vous devrez fournir les caractères spéciaux vous-même (par " | |
21632 | "exemple'(^|/)', '($|/)')." | |
21633 | ||
21634 | #. type: TP | |
21635 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21636 | #, no-wrap | |
21637 | msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>" | |
21638 | msgstr "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<expr.rat.>" | |
21639 | ||
21640 | #. type: Plain text | |
21641 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21642 | #, fuzzy | |
21643 | #| msgid "" | |
21644 | #| "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used " | |
21645 | #| "by B<--diff-ignore> and its current value (if set). It does this by " | |
21646 | #| "concatenating \"B<|>I<regex>\" to the existing value. This option is " | |
21647 | #| "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-" | |
21648 | #| "generated files from the automatic patch generation." | |
21649 | msgid "" | |
21650 | "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by " | |
21651 | "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does " | |
21652 | "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is " | |
21653 | "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated " | |
21654 | "files from the automatic patch generation." | |
21655 | msgstr "" | |
21656 | "L'expression rationnelle Perl indiquée complétera la valeur par défaut " | |
21657 | "utilisée par B<--diff-ignore> et sa valeur courante (si définie). Cela est " | |
21658 | "effectué en concaténant « B<|>I<expr.rat.> » à la valeur existante. Cette " | |
21659 | "option est pratique dans B<debian/source/options> pour exclure certains " | |
21660 | "fichiers auto-créés de la création automatique de correctifs." | |
21661 | ||
21662 | #. type: TP | |
21663 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21664 | #, no-wrap | |
21665 | msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]" | |
21666 | msgstr "B<-I>[I<motif-fichier>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<motif-fichier>]" | |
21667 | ||
21668 | #. type: Plain text | |
21669 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21670 | #, fuzzy | |
21671 | #| msgid "" | |
21672 | #| "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s " | |
21673 | #| "B<--exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar " | |
21674 | #| "file. For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when " | |
21675 | #| "generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to " | |
21676 | #| "list multiple patterns to exclude." | |
21677 | msgid "" | |
21678 | "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s B<--" | |
21679 | "exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file (B<--" | |
21680 | "tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip " | |
21681 | "over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be " | |
21682 | "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude." | |
21683 | msgstr "" | |
21684 | "Avec cette option, le fichier est passé à l'option B<--exclude> de B<tar>(1) " | |
21685 | "quand on veut créer un fichier .orig.tar.gz ou .tar.gz. Par exemple, B<-" | |
21686 | "I>CVS fera que tar sautera les répertoires du CVS quand il doit créer un " | |
21687 | "fichier .tar.gz. On peut répéter cette option pour exclure plusieurs " | |
21688 | "fichiers." | |
21689 | ||
21690 | #. type: Plain text | |
21691 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21692 | msgid "" | |
21693 | "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out " | |
21694 | "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, " | |
21695 | "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." | |
21696 | msgstr "" | |
21697 | "B<-I> ajoute par défaut des options B<--exclude> qui élimineront les " | |
21698 | "fichiers et les répertoires de contrôles des systèmes les plus connus de " | |
21699 | "contrôle de version, les fichiers d'échange et de sauvegarde et les " | |
21700 | "répertoires utilisés par Libtool." | |
21701 | ||
21702 | #. type: Plain text | |
21703 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21704 | msgid "" | |
21705 | "B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very " | |
21706 | "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a " | |
21707 | "perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full " | |
21708 | "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a " | |
21709 | "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full " | |
21710 | "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact " | |
21711 | "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see https://" | |
21712 | "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full documentation." | |
21713 | msgstr "" | |
21714 | "B<Note :> même si elles ont des rôles similaires, B<-i> et B<-I> ont une " | |
21715 | "syntaxe et une sémantique très différentes. B<-i> ne peut être spécifié " | |
21716 | "qu'une fois et reçoit une expression rationnelle compatible avec le langage " | |
21717 | "Perl qui est appliquée sur chaque chemin relatif complet de chaque fichier. " | |
21718 | "B<-I> peut être spécifié plusieurs fois et prend un motif de nom de fichier " | |
21719 | "avec les méta-caractères du shell. Le motif est appliqué au chemin relatif " | |
21720 | "complet mais aussi à chaque partie du chemin individuellement. La sémantique " | |
21721 | "exacte de l'option B<--exclude> de tar est un peu compliquée, voir https://" | |
21722 | "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manuel/tar.html#wildcards pour une documentation " | |
21723 | "plus complète." | |
21724 | ||
21725 | #. type: Plain text | |
21726 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21727 | msgid "" | |
21728 | "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of " | |
21729 | "the B<--help> command." | |
21730 | msgstr "" | |
21731 | "L'expression rationnelle et le motif par défaut pour les deux options " | |
21732 | "peuvent être trouvés dans la sortie de la commande B<--help>." | |
21733 | ||
21734 | #. type: SS | |
21735 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21736 | #, no-wrap | |
21737 | msgid "Generic extract options" | |
21738 | msgstr "Options d'extraction génériques" | |
21739 | ||
21740 | #. type: TP | |
21741 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21742 | #, no-wrap | |
21743 | msgid "B<--no-copy>" | |
21744 | msgstr "B<--no-copy>" | |
21745 | ||
21746 | #. type: Plain text | |
21747 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21748 | #, fuzzy | |
21749 | #| msgid "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package." | |
21750 | msgid "" | |
21751 | "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg " | |
21752 | "1.14.17)." | |
21753 | msgstr "" | |
21754 | "Ne copie pas l'archive d'origine à côté de l'extraction du paquet source." | |
21755 | ||
21756 | #. type: TP | |
21757 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21758 | #, no-wrap | |
21759 | msgid "B<--no-check>" | |
21760 | msgstr "B<--no-check>" | |
21761 | ||
21762 | #. type: Plain text | |
21763 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21764 | #, fuzzy | |
21765 | #| msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking." | |
21766 | msgid "" | |
21767 | "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
21768 | msgstr "" | |
21769 | "Ne vérifie pas les signatures et les sommes de contrôle avant de dépaqueter." | |
21770 | ||
21771 | #. type: TP | |
21772 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21773 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
21774 | #| msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" | |
21775 | msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>" | |
21776 | msgstr "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" | |
21777 | ||
21778 | #. type: Plain text | |
21779 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21780 | msgid "" | |
21781 | "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg " | |
21782 | "1.18.8)." | |
21783 | msgstr "" | |
21784 | ||
21785 | #. type: TP | |
21786 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21787 | #, no-wrap | |
21788 | msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>" | |
21789 | msgstr "B<--require-valid-signature>" | |
21790 | ||
21791 | #. type: Plain text | |
21792 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21793 | #, fuzzy | |
21794 | #| msgid "" | |
21795 | #| "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP " | |
21796 | #| "signature that can be verified either with the user's I<trustedkeys.gpg> " | |
21797 | #| "keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of the official " | |
21798 | #| "Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and I</usr/" | |
21799 | #| "share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." | |
21800 | msgid "" | |
21801 | "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP " | |
21802 | "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's " | |
21803 | "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of " | |
21804 | "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and " | |
21805 | "I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." | |
21806 | msgstr "" | |
21807 | "Refuse de décompresser le paquet source s'il ne contient pas de signature " | |
21808 | "OpenPGP pouvant être vérifiée soit avec le fichier de clés I<trustedkeys." | |
21809 | "gpg> de l'utilisateur, un des fichiers de clés propre à un distributeur ou " | |
21810 | "un des fichiers de clés officiels de Debian (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-" | |
21811 | "keyring.gpg> et I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." | |
21812 | ||
21813 | #. type: TP | |
21814 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21815 | #, no-wrap | |
21816 | msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>" | |
21817 | msgstr "" | |
21818 | ||
21819 | #. type: Plain text | |
21820 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21821 | msgid "" | |
21822 | "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong " | |
21823 | "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered " | |
21824 | "strong is B<SHA-256>." | |
21825 | msgstr "" | |
21826 | ||
21827 | #. type: TP | |
21828 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21829 | #, no-wrap | |
21830 | msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>" | |
21831 | msgstr "B<--ignore-bad-version>" | |
21832 | ||
21833 | #. type: Plain text | |
21834 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21835 | #, fuzzy | |
21836 | #| msgid "" | |
21837 | #| "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning. " | |
21838 | #| "This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient source " | |
21839 | #| "packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility." | |
21840 | msgid "" | |
21841 | "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since " | |
21842 | "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient " | |
21843 | "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility." | |
21844 | msgstr "" | |
21845 | "Transforme la vérification des mauvaises versions des paquets source en " | |
21846 | "avertissement non-fatal. Cette option sera seulement nécessaire quand on " | |
21847 | "extrait des anciens paquets source avec des versions cassées, pour préserver " | |
21848 | "la compatibilité avec les versions précédentes." | |
21849 | ||
21850 | #. type: SH | |
21851 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21852 | #, no-wrap | |
21853 | msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS" | |
21854 | msgstr "FORMATS DE PAQUET SOURCE" | |
21855 | ||
21856 | #. type: Plain text | |
21857 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21858 | #, fuzzy | |
21859 | #| msgid "" | |
21860 | #| "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick " | |
21861 | #| "either \"3.0 (quilt)\" or \"3.0 (native)\". See https://wiki.debian.org/" | |
21862 | #| "Projects/DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment of those formats " | |
21863 | #| "within Debian." | |
21864 | msgid "" | |
21865 | "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either " | |
21866 | "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/" | |
21867 | "DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian." | |
21868 | msgstr "" | |
21869 | "Si vous ne savez pas quel format source utiliser, il est conseillé de " | |
21870 | "choisir soit « 3.0 (quilt) » soit « 3.0 (native) ». Voir https://wiki.debian." | |
21871 | "org/Projects/DebSrc3.0 pour plus d'informations sur la mise en œuvre de ces " | |
21872 | "formats dans Debian." | |
21873 | ||
21874 | #. type: SS | |
21875 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21876 | #, no-wrap | |
21877 | msgid "Format: 1.0" | |
21878 | msgstr "Format: 1.0" | |
21879 | ||
21880 | #. type: Plain text | |
21881 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21882 | #, fuzzy | |
21883 | #| msgid "" | |
21884 | #| "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> " | |
21885 | #| "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the " | |
21886 | #| "package is said to be I<native>)." | |
21887 | msgid "" | |
21888 | "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> " | |
21889 | "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package " | |
21890 | "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be " | |
21891 | "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction " | |
21892 | "supported since dpkg 1.18.5." | |
21893 | msgstr "" | |
21894 | "Un paquet source dans ce format se compose soit d'un B<.orig.tar.gz> associé " | |
21895 | "à un B<.diff.gz> ou un simple B<.tar.gz> (dans ce cas, le paquet est appelé " | |
21896 | "natif I<« native »>)." | |
21897 | ||
21898 | #. type: Plain text | |
21899 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21900 | msgid "B<Extracting>" | |
21901 | msgstr "B<Extracting>" | |
21902 | ||
21903 | #. type: Plain text | |
21904 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21905 | msgid "" | |
21906 | "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in " | |
21907 | "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first " | |
21908 | "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the " | |
21909 | "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the " | |
21910 | "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading " | |
21911 | "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new " | |
21912 | "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove " | |
21913 | "files (empty files will be left over)." | |
21914 | msgstr "" | |
21915 | "Extraire un paquet natif revient à une simple extraction de l'archive TAR " | |
21916 | "dans le répertoire cible. L'extraction d'un paquet non-natif consiste au " | |
21917 | "dépaquetage du B<.orig.tar.gz> puis l'application des correctifs contenus " | |
21918 | "dans le B<.diff.gz>. La date de tous les fichiers correctifs est celle du " | |
21919 | "moment où a eu lieu l'extraction depuis le paquet source (cela évite les " | |
21920 | "heures fausses menant à des problèmes lorsque des fichiers générés " | |
21921 | "automatiquement sont modifiés). Le diff peut créer de nouveaux fichiers " | |
21922 | "(tout le répertoire debian est créé de cette façon) mais ne peut pas " | |
21923 | "supprimer de fichiers (les fichiers vides seront laissés là)." | |
21924 | ||
21925 | #. type: Plain text | |
21926 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21927 | msgid "B<Building>" | |
21928 | msgstr "B<Construction>" | |
21929 | ||
21930 | #. type: Plain text | |
21931 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21932 | #, fuzzy | |
21933 | #| msgid "" | |
21934 | #| "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the " | |
21935 | #| "source directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the " | |
21936 | #| "original tarball in a separate \".orig\" directory and regenerating the " | |
21937 | #| "B<.diff.gz> by comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig " | |
21938 | #| "directory." | |
21939 | msgid "" | |
21940 | "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source " | |
21941 | "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original " | |
21942 | "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by " | |
21943 | "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory." | |
21944 | msgstr "" | |
21945 | "Construire un paquet natif revient simplement à créer une archive TAR avec " | |
21946 | "le répertoire du source. La création d'un paquet non-natif consiste à " | |
21947 | "extraire l'archive d'origine dans un répertoire séparé « .orig » puis " | |
21948 | "régénérer le B<.diff.gz> en comparant le I<répertoire> du paquet source avec " | |
21949 | "répertoire « .orig »." | |
21950 | ||
21951 | #. type: Plain text | |
21952 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21953 | msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>" | |
21954 | msgstr "B<Options de construction (avec --build) :>" | |
21955 | ||
21956 | #. type: Plain text | |
21957 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21958 | #, fuzzy | |
21959 | #| msgid "" | |
21960 | #| "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the " | |
21961 | #| "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package " | |
21962 | #| "is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second " | |
21963 | #| "argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original " | |
21964 | #| "source tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the " | |
21965 | #| "original source directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> " | |
21966 | #| "arguments." | |
21967 | msgid "" | |
21968 | "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the " | |
21969 | "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a " | |
21970 | "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second argument " | |
21971 | "is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile " | |
21972 | "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source " | |
21973 | "directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments." | |
21974 | msgstr "" | |
21975 | "Si l'on donne un second argument, ce sera le nom du répertoire source " | |
21976 | "d'origine ou le nom du fichier tar ou bien une chaîne vide si le paquet est " | |
21977 | "un « Debian pure souche » et n'a donc pas de fichiers « diffs » concernant " | |
21978 | "sa « debianization ». S'il n'y a pas de second argument, et selon les autres " | |
21979 | "arguments donnés, B<dpkg-source> cherche le fichier tar des sources " | |
21980 | "d'origine I<paquet>B<_>I<version-d'origine>B<.orig.tar.gz> ou bien le " | |
21981 | "répertoire source d'origine I<répertoire>B<.orig> selon les paramètres B<-" | |
21982 | "sX>." | |
21983 | ||
21984 | #. type: Plain text | |
21985 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21986 | msgid "" | |
21987 | "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " | |
21988 | "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" | |
21989 | "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." | |
21990 | msgstr "" | |
21991 | "Les options B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> et B<-sr> ne remplacent pas les " | |
21992 | "fichiers tar ou les répertoires existants. Pour cela, il faut utiliser les " | |
21993 | "options B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> et B<-sR.>" | |
21994 | ||
21995 | #. type: Plain text | |
21996 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
21997 | msgid "" | |
21998 | "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default " | |
21999 | "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave " | |
22000 | "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current " | |
22001 | "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into " | |
22002 | "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff." | |
22003 | msgstr "" | |
22004 | "Spécifie que le source d'origine est attendu sous forme tar ; par défaut, " | |
22005 | "I<paquet>B<_>I<version-d'origine>B<.orig.tar>I<extension>. Il le laisse en " | |
22006 | "place en tant que fichier tar ou le copie dans le répertoire en cours s'il " | |
22007 | "n'y est pas déjà. Le fichier sera dépaqueté dans I<répertoire>B<.orig> pour " | |
22008 | "la génération du fichier diff." | |
22009 | ||
22010 | #. type: TP | |
22011 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22012 | #, no-wrap | |
22013 | msgid "B<-sp>" | |
22014 | msgstr "B<-sp>" | |
22015 | ||
22016 | #. type: Plain text | |
22017 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22018 | msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards." | |
22019 | msgstr "Comme B<-sk> mais supprimera le répertoire à nouveau par la suite." | |
22020 | ||
22021 | #. type: Plain text | |
22022 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22023 | msgid "" | |
22024 | "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default " | |
22025 | "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a " | |
22026 | "new original source archive from it." | |
22027 | msgstr "" | |
22028 | "Quand on spécifie que le source d'origine est un répertoire ; la valeur par " | |
22029 | "défaut est le répertoire I<paquet>B<->I<version-d'origine>B<.orig> et B<dpkg-" | |
22030 | "source> crée une nouvelle archive du source d'origine." | |
22031 | ||
22032 | #. type: Plain text | |
22033 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22034 | msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used." | |
22035 | msgstr "Comme B<-su> mais supprimera ce répertoire après utilisation." | |
22036 | ||
22037 | #. type: Plain text | |
22038 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22039 | msgid "" | |
22040 | "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a " | |
22041 | "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the " | |
22042 | "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the " | |
22043 | "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated." | |
22044 | msgstr "" | |
22045 | "Indique que le source d'origine est disponible à la fois comme un répertoire " | |
22046 | "et comme un fichier tar. B<dpkg-source> se servira du répertoire pour créer " | |
22047 | "le « diff », mais du fichier tar pour créer le fichier B<.dsc>. Aussi, faire " | |
22048 | "attention avec cette option. Si le répertoire et le fichier tar ne " | |
22049 | "correspondent pas, il en résulte une mauvaise archive source." | |
22050 | ||
22051 | #. type: Plain text | |
22052 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22053 | msgid "" | |
22054 | "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. " | |
22055 | "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for " | |
22056 | "Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and " | |
22057 | "therefore have no debianization diffs." | |
22058 | msgstr "" | |
22059 | "Indique de ne pas chercher de source d'origine et de ne pas créer de " | |
22060 | "« diff ». Le second argument, s'il existe, doit être une chaîne vide. Cela " | |
22061 | "sert pour les paquets Debian pure souche qui n'ont pas une source d'origine " | |
22062 | "distincte et donc pas de fichier « diff » de debianization." | |
22063 | ||
22064 | #. type: TP | |
22065 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22066 | #, no-wrap | |
22067 | msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" | |
22068 | msgstr "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" | |
22069 | ||
22070 | #. type: Plain text | |
22071 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22072 | msgid "" | |
22073 | "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a " | |
22074 | "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string " | |
22075 | "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack " | |
22076 | "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-" | |
22077 | "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source " | |
22078 | "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found " | |
22079 | "it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a " | |
22080 | "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are " | |
22081 | "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-" | |
22082 | "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-" | |
22083 | "sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." | |
22084 | msgstr "" | |
22085 | "Indique comme source d'origine soit un fichier tar, soit un répertoire — le " | |
22086 | "deuxième argument, s'il existe, doit être l'un d'eux ou bien une chaîne vide " | |
22087 | "(cela revient à utiliser l'option B<-sn)>. Quand un fichier tar existe, il " | |
22088 | "est dépaqueté pour créer le fichier « diff » ; ensuite il est supprimé (cela " | |
22089 | "revient à utiliser l'option B<-sp)> ; quand un répertoire est trouvé, il est " | |
22090 | "dépaqueté et B<dpkg-source> crée le source d'origine et supprime ensuite ce " | |
22091 | "répertoire (cela revient à utiliser l'option B<-sr)> ; quand ni l'un ni " | |
22092 | "l'autre n'est trouvé, B<dpkg-source> suppose que le paquet ne possède pas de " | |
22093 | "fichier « diff » de debianization, mais seulement une simple archive source " | |
22094 | "(cela revient à utiliser l'option B<-sn>). Quand les deux sont trouvés, " | |
22095 | "B<dpkg-source> ignore le répertoire et le remplace si l'option B<-sA> a été " | |
22096 | "spécifiée (cela revient à utiliser l'option B<-sP)> ou il provoque une " | |
22097 | "erreur si l'option B<-sa> a été spécifiée. L'option par défaut est B<-sA>." | |
22098 | ||
22099 | #. type: TP | |
22100 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22101 | #, no-wrap | |
22102 | msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" | |
22103 | msgstr "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" | |
22104 | ||
22105 | #. type: Plain text | |
22106 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22107 | #, fuzzy | |
22108 | #| msgid "" | |
22109 | #| "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside " | |
22110 | #| "of the debian sub-directory. This option is not allowed in B<debian/" | |
22111 | #| "source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." | |
22112 | msgid "" | |
22113 | "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of " | |
22114 | "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in " | |
22115 | "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." | |
22116 | msgstr "" | |
22117 | "Ce processus échoue si le fichier de différences contient des modifications " | |
22118 | "apportées à des fichiers en dehors du sous-répertoire debian. Cette option " | |
22119 | "n'est pas autorisée dans B<debian/source/options> mais peut être utilisée " | |
22120 | "dans B<debian/source/local-options>." | |
22121 | ||
22122 | #. type: Plain text | |
22123 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22124 | msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>" | |
22125 | msgstr "B<options d'extraction (avec --extract) :>" | |
22126 | ||
22127 | #. type: Plain text | |
22128 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22129 | msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." | |
22130 | msgstr "" | |
22131 | "Dans tous ces cas, l'arborescence existante des sources d'origine est " | |
22132 | "supprimée." | |
22133 | ||
22134 | #. type: Plain text | |
22135 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22136 | msgid "" | |
22137 | "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a " | |
22138 | "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an " | |
22139 | "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is " | |
22140 | "the default>)." | |
22141 | msgstr "" | |
22142 | "Quand on extrait le répertoire source d'origine (s'il existe), il est " | |
22143 | "conservé en tant que fichier tar. S'il n'est pas déjà dans le répertoire " | |
22144 | "courant ou si ce répertoire contient un fichier différent, le fichier tar " | |
22145 | "est copié dans ce répertoire. (B<Ceci est le comportement par défaut>)." | |
22146 | ||
22147 | #. type: Plain text | |
22148 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22149 | msgid "Unpacks the original source tree." | |
22150 | msgstr "Dépaquetage de l'arborescence du répertoire source d'origine." | |
22151 | ||
22152 | #. type: Plain text | |
22153 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22154 | msgid "" | |
22155 | "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory " | |
22156 | "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is " | |
22157 | "still removed." | |
22158 | msgstr "" | |
22159 | "Assure que le répertoire source d'origine ne sera ni copié dans le " | |
22160 | "répertoire en cours, ni dépaqueté. Si une arborescence source d'origine est " | |
22161 | "présente dans le répertoire courant, elle est toujours supprimée." | |
22162 | ||
22163 | #. type: Plain text | |
22164 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22165 | msgid "" | |
22166 | "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than " | |
22167 | "one only the last one will be used." | |
22168 | msgstr "" | |
22169 | "Toutes les options B<-s>I<X> s'excluent mutuellement. Si vous en indiquez " | |
22170 | "plusieurs, seule la dernière sera prise en compte." | |
22171 | ||
22172 | #. type: TP | |
22173 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22174 | #, no-wrap | |
22175 | msgid "B<--skip-debianization>" | |
22176 | msgstr "B<--skip-debianization>" | |
22177 | ||
22178 | #. type: Plain text | |
22179 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22180 | #, fuzzy | |
22181 | #| msgid "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources." | |
22182 | msgid "" | |
22183 | "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since " | |
22184 | "dpkg 1.15.1)." | |
22185 | msgstr "" | |
22186 | "Passe l'étape d'application du fichier de différences Debian aux sources " | |
22187 | "amont." | |
22188 | ||
22189 | #. type: SS | |
22190 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22191 | #, no-wrap | |
22192 | msgid "Format: 2.0" | |
22193 | msgstr "Format: 2.0" | |
22194 | ||
22195 | #. type: Plain text | |
22196 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22197 | #, fuzzy | |
22198 | #| msgid "" | |
22199 | #| "Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-spread " | |
22200 | #| "usage, the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" replaces it. Wig&pen was the first " | |
22201 | #| "specification of a new-generation source package format." | |
22202 | msgid "" | |
22203 | "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg " | |
22204 | "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-" | |
22205 | "spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the first " | |
22206 | "specification of a new-generation source package format." | |
22207 | msgstr "" | |
22208 | "Aussi connu sous le nom de « wig&pen ». Ce format n'est pas recommandé afin " | |
22209 | "d'assurer une utilisation massive du format « 3.0 (quilt) » qui le remplace. " | |
22210 | "Wig&pen a été la première spécification d'une nouvelle génération de format " | |
22211 | "de paquet source." | |
22212 | ||
22213 | #. type: Plain text | |
22214 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22215 | #, fuzzy | |
22216 | #| msgid "" | |
22217 | #| "The behaviour of this format is the same as the \"3.0 (quilt)\" format " | |
22218 | #| "except that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in " | |
22219 | #| "B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must " | |
22220 | #| "be valid patches: they are applied at extraction time." | |
22221 | msgid "" | |
22222 | "The behaviour of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except " | |
22223 | "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in B<debian/" | |
22224 | "patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be valid " | |
22225 | "patches: they are applied at extraction time." | |
22226 | msgstr "" | |
22227 | "Le comportement de ce format est le même que pour le format « 3.0 (quilt) » " | |
22228 | "sauf qu'il n'utilise pas de liste explicite de correctifs. Tous les fichiers " | |
22229 | "dans B<debian/patches/> correspondant à l'expression rationnelle Perl " | |
22230 | "B<[\\ew-]+> doivent être des correctifs valides : ils sont appliqués au " | |
22231 | "moment de l'extraction." | |
22232 | ||
22233 | #. type: Plain text | |
22234 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22235 | msgid "" | |
22236 | "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is " | |
22237 | "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." | |
22238 | msgstr "" | |
22239 | "Lors de la construction d'un nouveau paquet source, toute modification " | |
22240 | "apportée à la source amont est enregistrée dans un correctif nommé " | |
22241 | "B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." | |
22242 | ||
22243 | #. type: SS | |
22244 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22245 | #, no-wrap | |
22246 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)" | |
22247 | msgstr "Format: 3.0 (native)" | |
22248 | ||
22249 | #. type: Plain text | |
22250 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22251 | #, fuzzy | |
22252 | #| msgid "" | |
22253 | #| "This format is an extension of the native package format as defined in " | |
22254 | #| "the 1.0 format. It supports all compression methods and will ignore by " | |
22255 | #| "default any VCS specific files and directories as well as many temporary " | |
22256 | #| "files (see default value associated to B<-I> option in the B<--help> " | |
22257 | #| "output)." | |
22258 | msgid "" | |
22259 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native " | |
22260 | "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression " | |
22261 | "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as " | |
22262 | "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option " | |
22263 | "in the B<--help> output)." | |
22264 | msgstr "" | |
22265 | "Ce format est une extension du format de paquet natif tel que défini dans le " | |
22266 | "format 1.0. Il gère toutes les méthodes de compression et ignore par défaut " | |
22267 | "tout fichier et répertoire VCS ainsi que de nombreux fichiers temporaires " | |
22268 | "(voir la valeur par défaut associée à l'option B<-I> dans la sortie de B<--" | |
22269 | "help>)." | |
22270 | ||
22271 | #. type: SS | |
22272 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22273 | #, no-wrap | |
22274 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" | |
22275 | msgstr "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" | |
22276 | ||
22277 | #. type: Plain text | |
22278 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22279 | #, fuzzy | |
22280 | #| msgid "" | |
22281 | #| "A source package in this format contains at least an original tarball (B<." | |
22282 | #| "orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) " | |
22283 | #| "and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It can also contain " | |
22284 | #| "additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>). " | |
22285 | #| "I<component> can only contain alphanumeric characters and hyphens (\"-\")." | |
22286 | msgid "" | |
22287 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at " | |
22288 | "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, " | |
22289 | "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It " | |
22290 | "can also contain additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar." | |
22291 | ">I<ext>). I<component> can only contain alphanumeric characters and hyphens " | |
22292 | "(‘-’). Optionally each original tarball can be accompanied by a detached " | |
22293 | "upstream signature (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and B<.orig->I<component>B<." | |
22294 | "tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), extraction supported since dpkg 1.17.20, building " | |
22295 | "supported since dpkg 1.18.5." | |
22296 | msgstr "" | |
22297 | "Un paquet source dans ce format contient au moins une archive tar d'origine " | |
22298 | "(B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> où I<ext> peut être B<gz>, B<bz2> B<lzma> et B<xz>) et " | |
22299 | "une archive tar debian (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). Il peut également contenir " | |
22300 | "d'autres archives tar d'origine (B<.orig->I<composant>B<.tar.>I<ext>). " | |
22301 | "I<composant> ne peut être constitué que de caractères alphanumériques et de " | |
22302 | "tirets (« - »)." | |
22303 | ||
22304 | #. type: Plain text | |
22305 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22306 | msgid "" | |
22307 | "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original " | |
22308 | "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part " | |
22309 | "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian " | |
22310 | "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of " | |
22311 | "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must " | |
22312 | "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files " | |
22313 | "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)." | |
22314 | msgstr "" | |
22315 | "L'archive principale tar d'origine est extraite tout d'abord, puis toutes " | |
22316 | "les autres archives tar d'origine sont extraites dans des sous-répertoires " | |
22317 | "dont le nom est formé à partir de la partie I<composant> de leur nom. " | |
22318 | "L'archive tar Debian est extraite par dessus le répertoire source, après la " | |
22319 | "suppression de tout répertoire B<debian> existant. Notez que l'archive tar " | |
22320 | "Debian doit contenir un sous-répertoire B<debian>, mais il peut également " | |
22321 | "contenir des fichiers binaires en dehors de ce répertoire (voir l'option B<--" | |
22322 | "include-binaries>)." | |
22323 | ||
22324 | #. type: Plain text | |
22325 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22326 | msgid "" | |
22327 | "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or B<debian/patches/" | |
22328 | "series> are then applied. If the former file is used and the latter one " | |
22329 | "doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink " | |
22330 | "to the former. This is meant to simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set " | |
22331 | "of patches. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series " | |
22332 | "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line " | |
22333 | "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those " | |
22334 | "options and always expect patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> option " | |
22335 | "of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such options, " | |
22336 | "and the build is likely to fail." | |
22337 | msgstr "" | |
22338 | "Toutes les modifications figurant dans B<debian/patches/debian.series> ou " | |
22339 | "B<debian/patches/series> sont alors appliquées. Si l'ancien fichier est " | |
22340 | "utilisé et qu'il n'y en a pas de plus récent (ou si c'est un lien " | |
22341 | "symbolique), alors celui-ci est remplacé par un lien symbolique vers " | |
22342 | "l'ancien. Cette disposition vise à simplifier l'utilisation de B<quilt> pour " | |
22343 | "gérer l'ensemble des correctifs. Notez toutefois que si B<dpkg-source> " | |
22344 | "analyse correctement une série de fichiers avec les options utilisées pour " | |
22345 | "l'application du correctif (stockées sur chaque ligne après le nom du " | |
22346 | "correctif et d'une ou plusieurs espaces), il n'ignore pas ces options et " | |
22347 | "s'attendra toujours à ce que les correctifs puissent être appliqués avec " | |
22348 | "l'option B<-p1> de B<patch>. Il va donc émettre un avertissement lorsqu'il " | |
22349 | "rencontrera ces options, et la construction est susceptible d'échouer." | |
22350 | ||
22351 | #. type: Plain text | |
22352 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22353 | msgid "" | |
22354 | "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the " | |
22355 | "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when " | |
22356 | "autogenerated files are patched)." | |
22357 | msgstr "" | |
22358 | ||
22359 | #. type: Plain text | |
22360 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22361 | msgid "" | |
22362 | "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, patches are expected to apply " | |
22363 | "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches " | |
22364 | "with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to apply them." | |
22365 | msgstr "" | |
22366 | "Au contraire du comportement par défaut de B<quilt>, les correctifs doivent " | |
22367 | "s'appliquer sans décalage (« fuzz »). Quand cela n'est pas le cas, il est " | |
22368 | "suggéré de les rafraîchir avec B<quilt> sinon B<dpkg-source> se terminera " | |
22369 | "avec une erreur en tentant de les appliquer." | |
22370 | ||
22371 | #. type: Plain text | |
22372 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22373 | msgid "" | |
22374 | "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, the patches can remove files too." | |
22375 | msgstr "" | |
22376 | "Similaire au comportement par défaut de B<quilt>, les modifications peuvent " | |
22377 | "aussi supprimer des fichiers." | |
22378 | ||
22379 | #. type: Plain text | |
22380 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22381 | msgid "" | |
22382 | "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied " | |
22383 | "during the extraction." | |
22384 | msgstr "" | |
22385 | "Le fichier B<.pc/applied-patches> est créé si certains correctifs ont été " | |
22386 | "appliqués au cours de l'extraction." | |
22387 | ||
22388 | #. type: Plain text | |
22389 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22390 | msgid "" | |
22391 | "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a " | |
22392 | "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the " | |
22393 | "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches " | |
22394 | "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-" | |
22395 | "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary " | |
22396 | "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-" | |
22397 | "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> " | |
22398 | "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If " | |
22399 | "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series " | |
22400 | "file and from the B<quilt> metadata." | |
22401 | msgstr "" | |
22402 | "Les originaux de toutes les archives tar trouvées dans le répertoire courant " | |
22403 | "sont extraits dans un répertoire temporaire en suivant la même logique que " | |
22404 | "pour le dépaquetage, le répertoire debian est copié dans le répertoire " | |
22405 | "temporaire, et toutes les mises à jour sauf B<debian-changes->I<version> " | |
22406 | "sont appliquées. Le répertoire temporaire est comparé à celui du paquet " | |
22407 | "source. Si le fichier de différences n'est pas vide, il est stocké dans le " | |
22408 | "correctif automatique. Si le correctif automatique est créé ou supprimé, il " | |
22409 | "est ajouté ou supprimé dans le fichier series et les méta-données de " | |
22410 | "B<quilt>." | |
22411 | ||
22412 | #. type: Plain text | |
22413 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22414 | msgid "" | |
22415 | "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus " | |
22416 | "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that " | |
22417 | "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/" | |
22418 | "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the " | |
22419 | "debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted through B<debian/" | |
22420 | "source/include-binaries>." | |
22421 | msgstr "" | |
22422 | "Tout changement dans un fichier binaire ne peut être indiqué dans le diff et " | |
22423 | "va déboucher sur un échec à moins que le responsable ne décide délibérément " | |
22424 | "d'inclure cette modification binaire dans l'archive tar Debian (en le " | |
22425 | "listant dans B<debian/source/include-binaries>). La construction pourra " | |
22426 | "également échouer si des fichiers binaires sont trouvés dans le sous-" | |
22427 | "répertoire debian sans être indiqué dans la liste blanche de B<debian/source/" | |
22428 | "include-binaries>." | |
22429 | ||
22430 | #. type: Plain text | |
22431 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22432 | msgid "" | |
22433 | "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used " | |
22434 | "to generate the debian tarball." | |
22435 | msgstr "" | |
22436 | "Le répertoire debian mis à jour et la liste des binaires modifiés sont " | |
22437 | "ensuite utilisés pour recréer l'archive tar debian." | |
22438 | ||
22439 | #. type: Plain text | |
22440 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22441 | msgid "" | |
22442 | "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific " | |
22443 | "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> " | |
22444 | "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by " | |
22445 | "B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch." | |
22446 | msgstr "" | |
22447 | "Le diff généré automatiquement n'inclut pas les changements spécifiques sur " | |
22448 | "les fichiers VCS ainsi sur que de nombreux fichiers temporaires (pour la " | |
22449 | "valeur par défaut associée à l'option B<-i>, voir la sortie de B<--help>). " | |
22450 | "En particulier, le répertoire B<.pc> utilisé par B<quilt> est ignoré lors de " | |
22451 | "la génération automatique du correctif." | |
22452 | ||
22453 | #. type: Plain text | |
22454 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22455 | msgid "" | |
22456 | "Note: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that all " | |
22457 | "patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build always " | |
22458 | "has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches (they are " | |
22459 | "listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the " | |
22460 | "first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them " | |
22461 | "all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behavior." | |
22462 | msgstr "" | |
22463 | "Note : B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (et B<--build>) prendront soin " | |
22464 | "d'appliquer les correctifs indiqués dans le fichier series afin qu'un paquet " | |
22465 | "soit toujours construit avec toutes les corrections appliquées. Pour " | |
22466 | "effectuer cette détection, il recherche la liste des correctifs non " | |
22467 | "appliqués (ils sont mentionnés dans le fichier B<series> mais pas dans B<.pc/" | |
22468 | "applied-patches>) et si le premier de cette liste peut être appliqué sans " | |
22469 | "erreur, il les applique tous. L'option B<--no-preparation> peut être " | |
22470 | "utilisée pour désactiver ce comportement." | |
22471 | ||
22472 | #. type: Plain text | |
22473 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22474 | msgid "B<Recording changes>" | |
22475 | msgstr "B<Enregistrement des modifications>" | |
22476 | ||
22477 | #. type: TP | |
22478 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22479 | #, no-wrap | |
22480 | msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]" | |
22481 | msgstr "B<--commit> [I<répertoire>] [I<nom-du-correctif>] [I<fichier-de-correctif>]" | |
22482 | ||
22483 | #. type: Plain text | |
22484 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22485 | msgid "" | |
22486 | "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by " | |
22487 | "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the " | |
22488 | "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked interactively. " | |
22489 | "If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch corresponding to the " | |
22490 | "local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor is launched so that " | |
22491 | "you can edit the meta-information in the patch header." | |
22492 | msgstr "" | |
22493 | "Crée un correctif correspondant aux modifications locales non gérées par le " | |
22494 | "système de gestion de correctifs B<quilt> et les intègre dans la liste des " | |
22495 | "correctifs sous le nom I<nom-du-correctif>. Si le nom est omis, il sera " | |
22496 | "demandé interactivement. Si I<fichier-de-correctifs> est indiqué, il est " | |
22497 | "utilisé comme fichier de modifications locales à intégrer. Une fois intégré, " | |
22498 | "un éditeur est lancé afin de permettre d'ajouter des méta-informations dans " | |
22499 | "l'en-tête du correctif." | |
22500 | ||
22501 | #. type: Plain text | |
22502 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22503 | msgid "" | |
22504 | "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-" | |
22505 | "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after " | |
22506 | "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must " | |
22507 | "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must " | |
22508 | "not have supplementary unrecorded changes." | |
22509 | msgstr "" | |
22510 | "Le fait de passer I<fichier-de-correctifs> est essentiellement utile après " | |
22511 | "un échec de construction qui prégénère ce fichier. Sur ces bases, le fichier " | |
22512 | "est supprimé après intégration. Veuillez également noter que les " | |
22513 | "modifications contenues dans le fichier de correctifs doivent déjà être " | |
22514 | "appliquées dans l'arborescence et que les fichiers modifiés par le correctif " | |
22515 | "ne doivent pas comporter de modifications supplémentaires." | |
22516 | ||
22517 | #. type: Plain text | |
22518 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22519 | msgid "" | |
22520 | "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be " | |
22521 | "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up " | |
22522 | "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --" | |
22523 | "build> would do)." | |
22524 | msgstr "" | |
22525 | "Si la création de correctif détecte des fichiers binaires modifiés, ils " | |
22526 | "seront ajoutés automatiquement à B<debian/source/include-binaries> afin de " | |
22527 | "pouvoir être inclus dans l'archive debian (de façon analogue à ce que ferait " | |
22528 | "B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --build>)." | |
22529 | ||
22530 | #. type: Plain text | |
22531 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22532 | msgid "B<Build options>" | |
22533 | msgstr "B<Options de construction>" | |
22534 | ||
22535 | #. type: TP | |
22536 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22537 | #, no-wrap | |
22538 | msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>" | |
22539 | msgstr "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>" | |
22540 | ||
22541 | # type: Plain text | |
22542 | #. type: Plain text | |
22543 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22544 | #, fuzzy | |
22545 | #| msgid "" | |
22546 | #| "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the " | |
22547 | #| "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't " | |
22548 | #| "know about it. Effectively this says that the given version of the " | |
22549 | #| "B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that B<dpkg-source> " | |
22550 | #| "currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is stored in B<." | |
22551 | #| "pc/.version>." | |
22552 | msgid "" | |
22553 | "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the " | |
22554 | "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know " | |
22555 | "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given " | |
22556 | "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that " | |
22557 | "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is " | |
22558 | "stored in B<.pc/.version>." | |
22559 | msgstr "" | |
22560 | "Autorise B<dpkg-source> à construire le fichier si la version des méta-" | |
22561 | "données de B<quilt> est celle indiquée, même si B<dpkg-source> n'en n'a pas " | |
22562 | "connaissance. En fait, cela indique que la version indiquée des méta-données " | |
22563 | "de B<quilt> est compatible avec la version 2 que B<dpkg-source> gère. La " | |
22564 | "version des méta-données de B<quilt> est conservée dans B<.pc/.version>." | |
22565 | ||
22566 | #. type: TP | |
22567 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22568 | #, no-wrap | |
22569 | msgid "B<--include-removal>" | |
22570 | msgstr "B<--include-removal>" | |
22571 | ||
22572 | #. type: Plain text | |
22573 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22574 | msgid "" | |
22575 | "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated " | |
22576 | "patch." | |
22577 | msgstr "" | |
22578 | "N'ignore pas les fichiers supprimés et les inclut dans le fichier de " | |
22579 | "modification généré automatiquement." | |
22580 | ||
22581 | #. type: TP | |
22582 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22583 | #, no-wrap | |
22584 | msgid "B<--include-timestamp>" | |
22585 | msgstr "B<--include-timestamp>" | |
22586 | ||
22587 | #. type: Plain text | |
22588 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22589 | msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch." | |
22590 | msgstr "Inclut la date dans le correctif généré automatiquement." | |
22591 | ||
22592 | #. type: TP | |
22593 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22594 | #, no-wrap | |
22595 | msgid "B<--include-binaries>" | |
22596 | msgstr "B<--include-binaries>" | |
22597 | ||
22598 | #. type: Plain text | |
22599 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22600 | msgid "" | |
22601 | "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/" | |
22602 | "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds " | |
22603 | "and this option is thus no more needed." | |
22604 | msgstr "" | |
22605 | "Ajoute tous les binaires modifiés dans l'archive tar debian. Les ajoute " | |
22606 | "aussi à B<debian/source/include-binaries> : elles seront ajoutées par défaut " | |
22607 | "dans les constructions correspondantes aussi cette option n'est donc plus " | |
22608 | "nécessaire." | |
22609 | ||
22610 | #. type: TP | |
22611 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22612 | #, no-wrap | |
22613 | msgid "B<--no-preparation>" | |
22614 | msgstr "B<--no-preparation>" | |
22615 | ||
22616 | #. type: Plain text | |
22617 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22618 | #, fuzzy | |
22619 | #| msgid "" | |
22620 | #| "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are " | |
22621 | #| "apparently unapplied." | |
22622 | msgid "" | |
22623 | "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are " | |
22624 | "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)." | |
22625 | msgstr "" | |
22626 | "N'essaye pas de préparer l'arbre de la construction en appliquant les " | |
22627 | "correctifs qui ne lui sont apparemment pas appliqués." | |
22628 | ||
22629 | #. type: TP | |
22630 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22631 | #, no-wrap | |
22632 | msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>" | |
22633 | msgstr "B<--single-debian-patch>" | |
22634 | ||
22635 | # type: Plain text | |
22636 | #. type: Plain text | |
22637 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22638 | #, fuzzy | |
22639 | #| msgid "" | |
22640 | #| "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-" | |
22641 | #| "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during " | |
22642 | #| "build. This option is particularly useful when the package is maintained " | |
22643 | #| "in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. Instead the current " | |
22644 | #| "diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. The option would " | |
22645 | #| "be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a " | |
22646 | #| "B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian " | |
22647 | #| "changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used." | |
22648 | msgid "" | |
22649 | "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-" | |
22650 | "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during " | |
22651 | "build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is particularly useful when the " | |
22652 | "package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. " | |
22653 | "Instead the current diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. " | |
22654 | "The option would be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be " | |
22655 | "accompanied by a B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the " | |
22656 | "Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used." | |
22657 | msgstr "" | |
22658 | "Utilise B<debian/patches/debian-changes> au lieu de B<debian/patches/debian-" | |
22659 | "changes->I<version> comme nom du correctif automatiquement créé au cours de " | |
22660 | "la construction. Cette option est particulièrement pratique lorsque le " | |
22661 | "paquet est géré avec un outil de gestion de versions et qu'un jeu de " | |
22662 | "correctifs ne peut être créé de façon fiable. Dans ce cas, les différences " | |
22663 | "avec la version amont doivent être conservées dans un correctif unique. " | |
22664 | "Cette option serait indiquée dans B<debian/source/local-options> et " | |
22665 | "accompagnée par un fichier B<debian/source/patch-header> qui explique la " | |
22666 | "meilleure méthode pour relire les corrections spécifiques à Debian, par " | |
22667 | "exemple dans le gestionnaire de versions utilisé." | |
22668 | ||
22669 | #. type: TP | |
22670 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22671 | #, no-wrap | |
22672 | msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>" | |
22673 | msgstr "B<--create-empty-orig>" | |
22674 | ||
22675 | #. type: Plain text | |
22676 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22677 | #, fuzzy | |
22678 | #| msgid "" | |
22679 | #| "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing " | |
22680 | #| "and if there are supplementary original tarballs. This option is meant to " | |
22681 | #| "be used when the source package is just a bundle of multiple upstream " | |
22682 | #| "software and where there's no \"main\" software." | |
22683 | msgid "" | |
22684 | "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and " | |
22685 | "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This " | |
22686 | "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of " | |
22687 | "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software." | |
22688 | msgstr "" | |
22689 | "Crée automatiquement une archive tar d'origine vide si elle est manquante et " | |
22690 | "qu'il existe des archives tar d'origine additionnelles. Cette option peut " | |
22691 | "être utilisée lorsque le paquet source est une collection de différentes " | |
22692 | "sources amont et qu'il n'existe pas de logiciel « principal »." | |
22693 | ||
22694 | #. type: TP | |
22695 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22696 | #, no-wrap | |
22697 | msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>" | |
22698 | msgstr "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>" | |
22699 | ||
22700 | #. type: Plain text | |
22701 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22702 | #, fuzzy | |
22703 | #| msgid "" | |
22704 | #| "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the " | |
22705 | #| "B<--after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build>. " | |
22706 | #| "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch " | |
22707 | #| "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/" | |
22708 | #| "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same " | |
22709 | #| "behavior by default." | |
22710 | msgid "" | |
22711 | "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--" | |
22712 | "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> (B<--unapply-" | |
22713 | "patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.16.5). " | |
22714 | "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch " | |
22715 | "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/" | |
22716 | "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same behavior " | |
22717 | "by default." | |
22718 | msgstr "" | |
22719 | "Par défaut, B<dpkg-source> retire automatiquement les correctifs dans le " | |
22720 | "point d'entrée B<--after-build> s'ils ont été appliqués pendant B<--before-" | |
22721 | "build>. Ces options permettent de désactiver ou activer unilatéralement ce " | |
22722 | "retrait des correctifs. Elles ne sont permises que dans B<debian/source/" | |
22723 | "local-options> afin que tous les paquets source créés aient le même " | |
22724 | "comportement par défaut." | |
22725 | ||
22726 | #. type: Plain text | |
22727 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22728 | #, fuzzy | |
22729 | #| msgid "" | |
22730 | #| "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated. This option " | |
22731 | #| "can be used to ensure that all changes were properly recorded in separate " | |
22732 | #| "B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. This option is not " | |
22733 | #| "allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/" | |
22734 | #| "local-options>." | |
22735 | msgid "" | |
22736 | "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg " | |
22737 | "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly " | |
22738 | "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. " | |
22739 | "This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in " | |
22740 | "B<debian/source/local-options>." | |
22741 | msgstr "" | |
22742 | "Ce processus échouera si un correctif automatique a été créé. Cette " | |
22743 | "optionpeut servir à vérifier que toutes les modifications ont été " | |
22744 | "enregistrées correctement dans des correctifs B<quilt> distincts avant la " | |
22745 | "construction du paquet source. Elle n'est pas autorisée dans B<debian/source/" | |
22746 | "options> mais peut prendre place dans B<debian/source/local-options>." | |
22747 | ||
22748 | #. type: TP | |
22749 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22750 | #, no-wrap | |
22751 | msgid "B<--auto-commit>" | |
22752 | msgstr "B<--auto-commit>" | |
22753 | ||
22754 | #. type: Plain text | |
22755 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22756 | msgid "" | |
22757 | "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead " | |
22758 | "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series." | |
22759 | msgstr "" | |
22760 | "Pas d'échec du processus de construction si un correctif automatique a été " | |
22761 | "créé : il est enregistré automatiquement dans le fichier series de B<quilt>." | |
22762 | ||
22763 | #. type: Plain text | |
22764 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22765 | msgid "B<Extract options>" | |
22766 | msgstr "B<Options d'extraction>" | |
22767 | ||
22768 | #. type: Plain text | |
22769 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22770 | #, fuzzy | |
22771 | #| msgid "" | |
22772 | #| "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources." | |
22773 | msgid "" | |
22774 | "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since " | |
22775 | "dpkg 1.15.1)." | |
22776 | msgstr "" | |
22777 | "Passe l'étape d'extraction de l'archive tar debian par dessus les sources " | |
22778 | "amont" | |
22779 | ||
22780 | #. type: TP | |
22781 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22782 | #, no-wrap | |
22783 | msgid "B<--skip-patches>" | |
22784 | msgstr "B<--skip-patches>" | |
22785 | ||
22786 | #. type: Plain text | |
22787 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22788 | #, fuzzy | |
22789 | #| msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction." | |
22790 | msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)." | |
22791 | msgstr "Ne pas appliquer des correctifs à la fin de l'extraction." | |
22792 | ||
22793 | #. type: SS | |
22794 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22795 | #, no-wrap | |
22796 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)" | |
22797 | msgstr "Format: 3.0 (custom)" | |
22798 | ||
22799 | #. type: Plain text | |
22800 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22801 | #, fuzzy | |
22802 | #| msgid "" | |
22803 | #| "This format is special. It doesn't represent a real source package format " | |
22804 | #| "but can be used to create source packages with arbitrary files." | |
22805 | msgid "" | |
22806 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent " | |
22807 | "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with " | |
22808 | "arbitrary files." | |
22809 | msgstr "" | |
22810 | "Ce format est particulier. Il ne représente pas un réel format de paquet " | |
22811 | "source mais peut être utilisé pour créer des paquets sources avec des " | |
22812 | "fichiers arbitraires." | |
22813 | ||
22814 | #. type: Plain text | |
22815 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22816 | msgid "" | |
22817 | "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated " | |
22818 | "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current directory. " | |
22819 | "At least one file must be given." | |
22820 | msgstr "" | |
22821 | "Tous les arguments qui ne sont pas des options sont pris pour des fichiers à " | |
22822 | "intégrer dans le paquet source généré. Ils doivent exister et être de " | |
22823 | "préférence dans le répertoire courant. Au moins un fichier doit être donné." | |
22824 | ||
22825 | #. type: TP | |
22826 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22827 | #, no-wrap | |
22828 | msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>" | |
22829 | msgstr "B<--target-format=>I<valeur>" | |
22830 | ||
22831 | #. type: Plain text | |
22832 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22833 | #, fuzzy | |
22834 | #| msgid "" | |
22835 | #| "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. " | |
22836 | #| "The generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field " | |
22837 | #| "and not \"3.0 (custom)\"." | |
22838 | msgid "" | |
22839 | "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The " | |
22840 | "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not " | |
22841 | "“3.0 (custom)”." | |
22842 | msgstr "" | |
22843 | "B<Required>. Définit le format réel du paquet source généré. Le fichier " | |
22844 | "généré .dsc contiendra cette valeur dans son champ B<format> et non « 3.0 " | |
22845 | "(custom) »." | |
22846 | ||
22847 | #. type: SS | |
22848 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22849 | #, no-wrap | |
22850 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)" | |
22851 | msgstr "Format: 3.0 (git)" | |
22852 | ||
22853 | #. type: Plain text | |
22854 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22855 | #, fuzzy | |
22856 | #| msgid "This format is experimental." | |
22857 | msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental." | |
22858 | msgstr "Ce format est expérimental." | |
22859 | ||
22860 | #. type: Plain text | |
22861 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22862 | msgid "" | |
22863 | "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git " | |
22864 | "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<." | |
22865 | "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone." | |
22866 | msgstr "" | |
22867 | "Un paquet source qui utilise ce format est constitué d'un ensemble d'un seul " | |
22868 | "dépôt git B<.git> qui contient les sources du paquet. Il peut également " | |
22869 | "exister un fichier B<.gitshallow> qui donne les révisions d'un clone git " | |
22870 | "« shallow »." | |
22871 | ||
22872 | #. type: Plain text | |
22873 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22874 | #, fuzzy | |
22875 | #| msgid "" | |
22876 | #| "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If " | |
22877 | #| "there is a gitshallow file, it is installed as `.git/shallow` inside the " | |
22878 | #| "cloned git repository." | |
22879 | msgid "" | |
22880 | "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there " | |
22881 | "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned " | |
22882 | "git repository." | |
22883 | msgstr "" | |
22884 | "Cet ensemble est cloné sous forme d'un dépôt git dans le répertoire cible. " | |
22885 | "S'il existe un fichier .gitshallow, il est installé en tant que « .git/" | |
22886 | "shallow » dans le dépôt git cloné." | |
22887 | ||
22888 | #. type: Plain text | |
22889 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22890 | #, fuzzy | |
22891 | #| msgid "" | |
22892 | #| "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked " | |
22893 | #| "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically \"master\", " | |
22894 | #| "but it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under " | |
22895 | #| "`remotes/origin/`." | |
22896 | msgid "" | |
22897 | "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked " | |
22898 | "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “master”, but " | |
22899 | "it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under I<remotes/" | |
22900 | "origin/>." | |
22901 | msgstr "" | |
22902 | "Veuillez noter que, par défaut, le nouveau dépôt aura la même branche " | |
22903 | "récupérée que celle qui était récupérée dans les sources d'origine (souvent " | |
22904 | "« master » mais cela peut être tout à fait autre chose). Toutes les autres " | |
22905 | "branches seront disponibles sous « remotes/origin »." | |
22906 | ||
22907 | #. type: Plain text | |
22908 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22909 | msgid "" | |
22910 | "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have " | |
22911 | "any non-ignored uncommitted changes." | |
22912 | msgstr "" | |
22913 | "Avant d'aller plus loin, quelques vérifications sont effectuées afin de " | |
22914 | "s'assurer qu'il n'existe aucun changement non-soumis et à ne pas ignorer." | |
22915 | ||
22916 | #. type: Plain text | |
22917 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22918 | msgid "" | |
22919 | "B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By " | |
22920 | "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle." | |
22921 | msgstr "" | |
22922 | "B<git-bundle>(1) permet de créer un ensemble à partir du dépôt git. Par " | |
22923 | "défaut, toutes les branches et étiquettes du dépôt sont incluses dans cet " | |
22924 | "ensemble." | |
22925 | ||
22926 | #. type: TP | |
22927 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22928 | #, no-wrap | |
22929 | msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>" | |
22930 | msgstr "B<--git-ref=>I<réf>" | |
22931 | ||
22932 | #. type: Plain text | |
22933 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22934 | msgid "" | |
22935 | "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the " | |
22936 | "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified " | |
22937 | "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It " | |
22938 | "may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For " | |
22939 | "example, to include only the master branch, use B<--git-ref=>master. To " | |
22940 | "include all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-" | |
22941 | "ref=>--all B<--git-ref=>^private" | |
22942 | msgstr "" | |
22943 | "Permet d'indiquer une référence git à inclure dans l'ensemble git. " | |
22944 | "L'utilisation de cette option désactive le comportement par défaut qui est " | |
22945 | "d'inclure toutes les branches et étiquettes. Cette option peut être " | |
22946 | "utilisée plusieurs fois. Le paramètre I<réf> peut être le nom d'une branche " | |
22947 | "ou une étiquette à inclure. Il peut également être tout paramètre que l'on " | |
22948 | "peut passer à B<git-rev-list>(1). Par exemple, pour n'inclure que la branche " | |
22949 | "« master », on peut utiliser B<--git-ref>=master. Pour inclure toutes les " | |
22950 | "étiquettes et toutes les branches, sauf la branche privée, on peut utiliser -" | |
22951 | "B<git-ref=>--all B<-- git-ref=>^private." | |
22952 | ||
22953 | #. type: TP | |
22954 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22955 | #, no-wrap | |
22956 | msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>" | |
22957 | msgstr "B<--git-depth=>I<nombre>" | |
22958 | ||
22959 | #. type: Plain text | |
22960 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22961 | msgid "" | |
22962 | "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of " | |
22963 | "revisions." | |
22964 | msgstr "" | |
22965 | "Crée un clone « shallow » dont l'historique est tronqué au nombre indiqué de " | |
22966 | "révisions." | |
22967 | ||
22968 | #. type: SS | |
22969 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22970 | #, no-wrap | |
22971 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" | |
22972 | msgstr "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" | |
22973 | ||
22974 | #. type: Plain text | |
22975 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22976 | #, fuzzy | |
22977 | #| msgid "" | |
22978 | #| "This format is experimental. It generates a single tarball containing the " | |
22979 | #| "bzr repository." | |
22980 | msgid "" | |
22981 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a " | |
22982 | "single tarball containing the bzr repository." | |
22983 | msgstr "" | |
22984 | "Ce format est expérimental. Il crée une archive tar contenant le dépôt bzr " | |
22985 | "correspondant." | |
22986 | ||
22987 | #. type: Plain text | |
22988 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22989 | msgid "" | |
22990 | "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch." | |
22991 | msgstr "" | |
22992 | "L'archive tar est décompressée puis bzr est utilisé afin de récupérer la " | |
22993 | "branche courante." | |
22994 | ||
22995 | #. type: Plain text | |
22996 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
22997 | msgid "" | |
22998 | "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a " | |
22999 | "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, " | |
23000 | "various cleanup are done to save space." | |
23001 | msgstr "" | |
23002 | "Ensuite, la partie spécifique du répertoire source du gestionnaire de " | |
23003 | "versions est copiée dans un répertoire temporaire. Avant que ce répertoire " | |
23004 | "temporaire ne soit empaqueté dans une archive tar, divers nettoyages sont " | |
23005 | "effectués pour économiser de l'espace." | |
23006 | ||
23007 | #. type: SS | |
23008 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23009 | #, no-wrap | |
23010 | msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format" | |
23011 | msgstr "aucun format source indiqué dans debian/source/format" | |
23012 | ||
23013 | #. type: Plain text | |
23014 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23015 | #, fuzzy | |
23016 | #| msgid "" | |
23017 | #| "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the " | |
23018 | #| "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format \"1.0\" is " | |
23019 | #| "assumed when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at " | |
23020 | #| "some point in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when " | |
23021 | #| "that file doesn't exist." | |
23022 | msgid "" | |
23023 | "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the " | |
23024 | "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed " | |
23025 | "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point " | |
23026 | "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't " | |
23027 | "exist." | |
23028 | msgstr "" | |
23029 | "Le fichier B<debian/source/format> devrait toujours exister et indiquer le " | |
23030 | "format source souhaité. Pour préserver la compatibilité avec d'anciennes " | |
23031 | "versions, le format « 1.0 » est implicite quand le fichier n'existe pas. Il " | |
23032 | "est déconseillé de dépendre de ce comportement qui pourrait être modifié " | |
23033 | "dans de futures versions de B<dpkg-source>, qui échoueront alors en " | |
23034 | "l'absence d'une mention explicite de format." | |
23035 | ||
23036 | #. type: Plain text | |
23037 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23038 | #, fuzzy | |
23039 | #| msgid "" | |
23040 | #| "The rationale is that format \"1.0\" is no longer the recommended format, " | |
23041 | #| "you should usually pick one of the newer formats (\"3.0 (quilt)\", \"3.0 " | |
23042 | #| "(native)\") but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. " | |
23043 | #| "If you want to continue using the old format, you should be explicit " | |
23044 | #| "about it and put \"1.0\" in B<debian/source/format>." | |
23045 | msgid "" | |
23046 | "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you " | |
23047 | "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) " | |
23048 | "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to " | |
23049 | "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” " | |
23050 | "in B<debian/source/format>." | |
23051 | msgstr "" | |
23052 | "Cela est dû au fait que le format « 1.0 » n'est plus le format recommandé, " | |
23053 | "qu'il est conseillé de choisir un des formats les plus récents (« 3.0 " | |
23054 | "(quilt) » ou « 3.0 (native) ») mais que dpkg-source ne le fera pas " | |
23055 | "automatiquement. Si vous souhaitez continuer à utiliser l'ancien format, il " | |
23056 | "est nécessaire d'être explicite et indiquer « 1.0 » dans B<debian/source/" | |
23057 | "format>." | |
23058 | ||
23059 | #. type: SS | |
23060 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23061 | #, no-wrap | |
23062 | msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files" | |
23063 | msgstr "le fichier de différences modifie les fichiers amont suivants" | |
23064 | ||
23065 | #. type: Plain text | |
23066 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23067 | #, fuzzy | |
23068 | #| msgid "" | |
23069 | #| "When using source format \"1.0\" it is usually a bad idea to modify " | |
23070 | #| "upstream files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly " | |
23071 | #| "undocumented in the .diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes " | |
23072 | #| "as patches in the debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid " | |
23073 | #| "this complexity you can also use the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" that offers " | |
23074 | #| "this natively." | |
23075 | msgid "" | |
23076 | "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream " | |
23077 | "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ." | |
23078 | "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian " | |
23079 | "directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can " | |
23080 | "also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively." | |
23081 | msgstr "" | |
23082 | "Lors de l'utilisation du format source « 1.0 », il est déconseillé de " | |
23083 | "modifier directement les fichiers amont car les modifications restent alors " | |
23084 | "cachées et souvent non documentées dans le fichier diff.gz. Au contraire, il " | |
23085 | "est conseillé de conserver les modifications sous forme de correctifs dans " | |
23086 | "le répertoire debian et de les appliquer au moment de la construction. Pour " | |
23087 | "éviter ces opérations plus complexes, vous pouvez également choisir le " | |
23088 | "format « 3.0 (quilt) » qui permet ces opérations de manière native." | |
23089 | ||
23090 | #. type: SS | |
23091 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23092 | #, no-wrap | |
23093 | msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>" | |
23094 | msgstr "impossible d'identifier les changements de I<fichier>" | |
23095 | ||
23096 | #. type: Plain text | |
23097 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23098 | msgid "" | |
23099 | "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all " | |
23100 | "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of " | |
23101 | "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different " | |
23102 | "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you " | |
23103 | "will get this error message." | |
23104 | msgstr "" | |
23105 | "Les modifications des sources amont sont en général conservées dans des " | |
23106 | "fichiers de correctifs mais certaines modifications ne peuvent être " | |
23107 | "représentées sous forme de tels fichiers qui ne peuvent modifier que des " | |
23108 | "fichiers texte. Si vous essayez de remplacer un fichier avec un objet d'un " | |
23109 | "type différent (par exemple remplacer un fichier par un lien ou un " | |
23110 | "répertoire), ce message d'erreur s'affichera." | |
23111 | ||
23112 | #. type: SS | |
23113 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23114 | #, no-wrap | |
23115 | msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff" | |
23116 | msgstr "le fichier I<fichier>, nouvellement créé, ne sera pas représenté dans le fichier de différences" | |
23117 | ||
23118 | #. type: Plain text | |
23119 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23120 | msgid "" | |
23121 | "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not " | |
23122 | "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it." | |
23123 | msgstr "" | |
23124 | "Les fichiers vides ne peuvent pas être créés avec des correctifs. En " | |
23125 | "conséquence, la modification n'est pas enregistrée dans le paquet source, ce " | |
23126 | "qui provoque cet avertissement." | |
23127 | ||
23128 | #. type: SS | |
23129 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23130 | #, no-wrap | |
23131 | msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" | |
23132 | msgstr "le mode exécutable I<permissions> de I<fichier> ne sera pas représenté dans le fichier de différences" | |
23133 | ||
23134 | #. type: Plain text | |
23135 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23136 | msgid "" | |
23137 | "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable " | |
23138 | "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you " | |
23139 | "of that fact." | |
23140 | msgstr "" | |
23141 | "Les fichiers de correctifs n'enregistrent pas les permissions de fichiers " | |
23142 | "et, en conséquence, les permissions des exécutables ne sont pas enregistrées " | |
23143 | "dans le paquet source, ce qui provoque cet avertissement." | |
23144 | ||
23145 | #. type: SS | |
23146 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23147 | #, no-wrap | |
23148 | msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" | |
23149 | msgstr "le mode spécial I<permissions> de I<fichier> ne sera pas représenté dans le fichier de différences" | |
23150 | ||
23151 | #. type: Plain text | |
23152 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23153 | msgid "" | |
23154 | "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions " | |
23155 | "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact." | |
23156 | msgstr "" | |
23157 | "Les fichiers correctifs n'enregistrent pas les permissions de fichiers et, " | |
23158 | "en conséquence, les permissions modifiées ne sont pas enregistrées dans le " | |
23159 | "paquet source, ce qui provoque cet avertissement." | |
23160 | ||
23161 | #. type: Plain text | |
23162 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23163 | msgid "" | |
23164 | "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to " | |
23165 | "clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) file entries." | |
23166 | msgstr "" | |
23167 | ||
23168 | #. type: TP | |
23169 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23170 | #, no-wrap | |
23171 | msgid "B<VISUAL>" | |
23172 | msgstr "" | |
23173 | ||
23174 | #. type: TQ | |
23175 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23176 | #, no-wrap | |
23177 | msgid "B<EDITOR>" | |
23178 | msgstr "" | |
23179 | ||
23180 | #. type: Plain text | |
23181 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23182 | msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules." | |
23183 | msgstr "" | |
23184 | ||
23185 | #. type: TP | |
23186 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23187 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
23188 | #| msgid "B<TMPDIR>" | |
23189 | msgid "B<GIT_DIR>" | |
23190 | msgstr "B<TMPDIR>" | |
23191 | ||
23192 | #. type: TQ | |
23193 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23194 | #, no-wrap | |
23195 | msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>" | |
23196 | msgstr "" | |
23197 | ||
23198 | #. type: TQ | |
23199 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23200 | #, no-wrap | |
23201 | msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>" | |
23202 | msgstr "" | |
23203 | ||
23204 | #. type: TQ | |
23205 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23206 | #, no-wrap | |
23207 | msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>" | |
23208 | msgstr "" | |
23209 | ||
23210 | #. type: TQ | |
23211 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23212 | #, no-wrap | |
23213 | msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>" | |
23214 | msgstr "" | |
23215 | ||
23216 | #. type: Plain text | |
23217 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23218 | msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules." | |
23219 | msgstr "" | |
23220 | ||
23221 | #. type: SS | |
23222 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23223 | #, no-wrap | |
23224 | msgid "debian/source/format" | |
23225 | msgstr "debian/source/format" | |
23226 | ||
23227 | #. type: Plain text | |
23228 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23229 | msgid "" | |
23230 | "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build " | |
23231 | "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or " | |
23232 | "trailing spaces are allowed." | |
23233 | msgstr "" | |
23234 | "Ce fichier contient sur une seule ligne le format à utiliser pour construire " | |
23235 | "le paquet source (les formats acceptés sont décrits plus haut). Il ne doit " | |
23236 | "pas contenir d'espaces avant ou après l'indication du format." | |
23237 | ||
23238 | #. type: SS | |
23239 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23240 | #, no-wrap | |
23241 | msgid "debian/source/include-binaries" | |
23242 | msgstr "debian/source/include-binaries" | |
23243 | ||
23244 | #. type: Plain text | |
23245 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23246 | #, fuzzy | |
23247 | #| msgid "" | |
23248 | #| "This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be " | |
23249 | #| "included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are " | |
23250 | #| "stripped. Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty " | |
23251 | #| "lines are ignored." | |
23252 | msgid "" | |
23253 | "This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be " | |
23254 | "included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. " | |
23255 | "Lines starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are " | |
23256 | "ignored." | |
23257 | msgstr "" | |
23258 | "Ce fichier contient une liste de fichiers binaires (un par ligne) qui " | |
23259 | "doivent être inclus dans l'archive tar debian. Les espaces placées avant ou " | |
23260 | "après ces noms sont supprimées. Les lignes commençant par « # » sont des " | |
23261 | "commentaires et sont ignorées, ainsi que les lignes vides." | |
23262 | ||
23263 | #. type: SS | |
23264 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23265 | #, no-wrap | |
23266 | msgid "debian/source/options" | |
23267 | msgstr "debian/source/options" | |
23268 | ||
23269 | #. type: Plain text | |
23270 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23271 | msgid "" | |
23272 | "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically " | |
23273 | "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or " | |
23274 | "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--" | |
23275 | "compression-level> are well suited for this file." | |
23276 | msgstr "" | |
23277 | "Ce fichier contient la liste des options qui seront automatiquement ajoutées " | |
23278 | "au jeu d'options de ligne de commande lors de l'appel à B<dpkg-source --" | |
23279 | "build> ou B<dpkg-source --print-format>. Des options comme B<--compression> " | |
23280 | "et B<--compression-level> conviennent bien pour ce fichier." | |
23281 | ||
23282 | #. type: Plain text | |
23283 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23284 | #, fuzzy | |
23285 | #| msgid "" | |
23286 | #| "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines " | |
23287 | #| "starting with \"#\" are ignored. The leading \"--\" should be stripped " | |
23288 | #| "and short options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the " | |
23289 | #| "\"=\" symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an " | |
23290 | #| "example of such a file:" | |
23291 | msgid "" | |
23292 | "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting " | |
23293 | "with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped and short " | |
23294 | "options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the ‘B<=>’ " | |
23295 | "symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example " | |
23296 | "of such a file:" | |
23297 | msgstr "" | |
23298 | "Chaque option doit être placée sur une ligne distincte. Les lignes vides et " | |
23299 | "les lignes commençant par le caractère « # » sont ignorées. Les caractères " | |
23300 | "initiaux « -- » doivent être retirés et les options courtes ne peuvent pas " | |
23301 | "être utilisées. Des espaces optionnelles sont autorisées autour du symbole " | |
23302 | "« = », ainsi que des guillemets optionnels autour de la valeur d'une option " | |
23303 | "donnée. Voici un exemple d'un tel fichier :" | |
23304 | ||
23305 | #. type: Plain text | |
23306 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23307 | #, no-wrap | |
23308 | msgid "" | |
23309 | " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n" | |
23310 | " compression = \"bzip2\"\n" | |
23311 | " compression-level = 9\n" | |
23312 | " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n" | |
23313 | " single-debian-patch\n" | |
23314 | " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n" | |
23315 | " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n" | |
23316 | msgstr "" | |
23317 | " # autoriser dpkg-source à créer un fichier debian.tar.bz2 avec la compression maximale\n" | |
23318 | " compression = \"bzip2\"\n" | |
23319 | " compression-level = 9\n" | |
23320 | " # utiliser debian/patches/debian-changes comme correctif automatique\n" | |
23321 | " single-debian-patch\n" | |
23322 | " # ignorer les modifications dans config.{sub,guess}\n" | |
23323 | " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n" | |
23324 | ||
23325 | #. type: Plain text | |
23326 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23327 | msgid "" | |
23328 | "Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use " | |
23329 | "B<debian/source/format> instead." | |
23330 | msgstr "" | |
23331 | "Note : les options de B<format> ne sont pas acceptées dans ce fichier. Vous " | |
23332 | "devriez utiliser B<debian/source/format> à la place." | |
23333 | ||
23334 | #. type: SS | |
23335 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23336 | #, no-wrap | |
23337 | msgid "debian/source/local-options" | |
23338 | msgstr "debian/source/local-options" | |
23339 | ||
23340 | #. type: Plain text | |
23341 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23342 | msgid "" | |
23343 | "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included " | |
23344 | "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied " | |
23345 | "to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is " | |
23346 | "maintained." | |
23347 | msgstr "" | |
23348 | "Identique à B<debian/source/options> mais n'est pas enregistré dans le " | |
23349 | "paquet source créé. Ce fichier peut être utile pour conserver une préférence " | |
23350 | "propre au responsable ou au dépôt de gestionnaire de versions où le paquet " | |
23351 | "source est géré." | |
23352 | ||
23353 | #. type: SS | |
23354 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23355 | #, no-wrap | |
23356 | msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header" | |
23357 | msgstr "debian/source/local-patch-header R<et> debian/source/patch-header" | |
23358 | ||
23359 | # type: Plain text | |
23360 | #. type: Plain text | |
23361 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23362 | #, fuzzy | |
23363 | #| msgid "" | |
23364 | #| "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " | |
23365 | #| "formats \"2.0\" or \"3.0 (quilt)\". B<local-patch-header> is not included " | |
23366 | #| "in the generated source package while B<patch-header> is." | |
23367 | msgid "" | |
23368 | "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " | |
23369 | "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in the " | |
23370 | "generated source package while B<patch-header> is." | |
23371 | msgstr "" | |
23372 | "Texte en format libre qui sera ajouté au correctif automatique créé dans les " | |
23373 | "formats « 2.0 » et « 3.0 (quilt) ». B<local-patch-header> n'est pas inclus " | |
23374 | "dans le paquet source créé alors que B<patch-header> l'est." | |
23375 | ||
23376 | #. type: SS | |
23377 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23378 | #, no-wrap | |
23379 | msgid "debian/patches/series" | |
23380 | msgstr "debian/patches/series" | |
23381 | ||
23382 | #. type: Plain text | |
23383 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23384 | #, fuzzy | |
23385 | #| msgid "" | |
23386 | #| "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) " | |
23387 | #| "on top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are " | |
23388 | #| "stripped. Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty " | |
23389 | #| "lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative " | |
23390 | #| "to the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or " | |
23391 | #| "the end of line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of " | |
23392 | #| "line or the first \"#\" preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the " | |
23393 | #| "start of a comment up to the end of line)." | |
23394 | msgid "" | |
23395 | "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on " | |
23396 | "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are " | |
23397 | "stripped. Lines starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty " | |
23398 | "lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to " | |
23399 | "the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end " | |
23400 | "of line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the " | |
23401 | "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a " | |
23402 | "comment up to the end of line)." | |
23403 | msgstr "" | |
23404 | "Ce fichier comporte la liste de toutes les corrections qui ont été " | |
23405 | "appliquées (dans l'ordre indiqué) aux sources amont. Les espaces situées " | |
23406 | "avant et après les noms sont ignorées. Les lignes commençant par « # » sont " | |
23407 | "des commentaires et sont ignorées, ainsi que les lignes vides. Les autres " | |
23408 | "lignes débutent par le nom du fichier de corrections (relatif au répertoire " | |
23409 | "B<debian/patches/>) et se terminent à la première espace ou à la fin de la " | |
23410 | "ligne. Des options facultatives de B<quilt> peuvent être ajoutées jusqu'à la " | |
23411 | "fin de la ligne ou jusqu'au premier caractère « # » précédé par une ou " | |
23412 | "plusieurs espaces (ce qui indique le début d'un commentaire se terminant à " | |
23413 | "la fin de la ligne)." | |
23414 | ||
23415 | #. type: Plain text | |
23416 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23417 | msgid "" | |
23418 | "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " | |
23419 | "output field settings is rather confused." | |
23420 | msgstr "" | |
23421 | "Le moment où a lieu le remplacement d'un champ par rapport à certaines " | |
23422 | "déterminations de champ affichées sur la sortie standard est plutôt " | |
23423 | "embrouillé." | |
23424 | ||
23425 | #. type: Plain text | |
23426 | #: dpkg-source.man | |
23427 | #, fuzzy | |
23428 | #| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" | |
23429 | msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), B<dsc>(5)." | |
23430 | msgstr "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)." | |
23431 | ||
23432 | #. type: TH | |
23433 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23434 | #, no-wrap | |
23435 | msgid "dpkg-split" | |
23436 | msgstr "dpkg-split" | |
23437 | ||
23438 | #. type: Plain text | |
23439 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23440 | msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" | |
23441 | msgstr "dpkg-split - outil de décomposition/recomposition des paquets Debian" | |
23442 | ||
23443 | #. type: Plain text | |
23444 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23445 | msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
23446 | msgstr "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
23447 | ||
23448 | #. type: Plain text | |
23449 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23450 | msgid "" | |
23451 | "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " | |
23452 | "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " | |
23453 | "small media such as floppy disks." | |
23454 | msgstr "" | |
23455 | "B<dpkg-split> décompose les fichiers d'un paquet binaire Debian en parties " | |
23456 | "plus petites (et les recompose), pour permettre l'enregistrement des " | |
23457 | "fichiers d'un paquet volumineux sur des média de faible capacité tels que " | |
23458 | "les disquettes." | |
23459 | ||
23460 | #. type: Plain text | |
23461 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23462 | msgid "" | |
23463 | "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " | |
23464 | "options." | |
23465 | msgstr "" | |
23466 | "On peut s'en servir « à la main » avec les options B<--split>, B<--join> et " | |
23467 | "B<--info>." | |
23468 | ||
23469 | #. type: Plain text | |
23470 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23471 | msgid "" | |
23472 | "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " | |
23473 | "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " | |
23474 | "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" | |
23475 | "discard> options allow the management of the queue." | |
23476 | msgstr "" | |
23477 | "Il possède aussi un mode automatique, appelé avec l'option B<--auto>, dans " | |
23478 | "lequel il conserve séparément dans une file les parties connues ou recompose " | |
23479 | "le fichier d'un paquet quand il connaît toutes ses parties. Les options B<--" | |
23480 | "listq> et B<--discard> permettent la gestion de cette file." | |
23481 | ||
23482 | #. type: Plain text | |
23483 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23484 | msgid "" | |
23485 | "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " | |
23486 | "on standard output; these may safely be ignored." | |
23487 | msgstr "" | |
23488 | "Toutes les opérations de décomposition, recomposition ou de mise en file " | |
23489 | "produisent des messages sur la sortie standard ; ils peuvent être " | |
23490 | "tranquillement ignorés." | |
23491 | ||
23492 | #. type: TP | |
23493 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23494 | #, no-wrap | |
23495 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" | |
23496 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--split> I<archive-complète> [I<préfixe>]" | |
23497 | ||
23498 | #. type: Plain text | |
23499 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23500 | msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." | |
23501 | msgstr "Décompose en plusieurs parties un paquet binaire Debian." | |
23502 | ||
23503 | #. type: Plain text | |
23504 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23505 | msgid "" | |
23506 | "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " | |
23507 | "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " | |
23508 | "decimal)." | |
23509 | msgstr "" | |
23510 | "Le nom d'une partie est : I<préfixe>B<.>I<N>B<de>I<M>B<.deb> où I<N> le " | |
23511 | "numéro de partie, commençant à 1, et I<M> est le nombre total de parties " | |
23512 | "(les deux sont des décimaux)." | |
23513 | ||
23514 | #. type: Plain text | |
23515 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23516 | msgid "" | |
23517 | "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " | |
23518 | "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." | |
23519 | msgstr "" | |
23520 | "Quand on ne donne pas de I<préfixe>, le nom du fichier I<archive-complète> " | |
23521 | "est utilisé, en incluant le répertoire et en supprimant tout B<.deb> restant." | |
23522 | ||
23523 | #. type: TP | |
23524 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23525 | #, no-wrap | |
23526 | msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..." | |
23527 | msgstr "B<-j>, B<--join> I<partie>..." | |
23528 | ||
23529 | #. type: Plain text | |
23530 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23531 | msgid "" | |
23532 | "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " | |
23533 | "as it was before it was split." | |
23534 | msgstr "" | |
23535 | "Rassemble les parties d'un fichier, recomposant ainsi le fichier d'origine " | |
23536 | "tel qu'il était avant la décomposition." | |
23537 | ||
23538 | #. type: Plain text | |
23539 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23540 | msgid "" | |
23541 | "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " | |
23542 | "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " | |
23543 | "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." | |
23544 | msgstr "" | |
23545 | "Ces parties, données comme arguments, doivent appartenir toutes au même " | |
23546 | "fichier binaire d'origine. Chaque partie ne doit apparaître qu'une seule " | |
23547 | "fois dans la liste des arguments ; mais il est inutile de les ordonner." | |
23548 | ||
23549 | #. type: Plain text | |
23550 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23551 | msgid "" | |
23552 | "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " | |
23553 | "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " | |
23554 | "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." | |
23555 | msgstr "" | |
23556 | "Les parties doivent bien sûr avoir été créées selon le même modèle (taille " | |
23557 | "maximum des parties), qui est déclaré au moment de la décomposition ; ce qui " | |
23558 | "signifie en fait qu'elles doivent avoir été créées par le même appel à " | |
23559 | "B<dpkg-split --split>." | |
23560 | ||
23561 | #. type: Plain text | |
23562 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23563 | msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." | |
23564 | msgstr "" | |
23565 | "Les parties des noms ne sont pas significatives pour le processus de " | |
23566 | "recomposition." | |
23567 | ||
23568 | #. type: Plain text | |
23569 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23570 | msgid "" | |
23571 | "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<." | |
23572 | "deb>." | |
23573 | msgstr "" | |
23574 | "Par défaut, le fichier produit " | |
23575 | "s'appelle I<paquet>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>." | |
23576 | ||
23577 | #. type: TP | |
23578 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23579 | #, no-wrap | |
23580 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..." | |
23581 | msgstr "B<-I>, B<--info> I<partie>..." | |
23582 | ||
23583 | #. type: Plain text | |
23584 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23585 | msgid "" | |
23586 | "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " | |
23587 | "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " | |
23588 | "saying so instead (but still on standard output)." | |
23589 | msgstr "" | |
23590 | "Affiche les renseignements concernant telle partie dans un format lisible " | |
23591 | "par tous. Les arguments ne représentant pas la partie d'un fichier binaire " | |
23592 | "le disent aussi sur la sortie standard." | |
23593 | ||
23594 | #. type: TP | |
23595 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23596 | #, no-wrap | |
23597 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>" | |
23598 | msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<fichier-complet partie>" | |
23599 | ||
23600 | #. type: Plain text | |
23601 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23602 | msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." | |
23603 | msgstr "" | |
23604 | "Met en file automatiquement les parties en vue de la recomposition d'un " | |
23605 | "paquet." | |
23606 | ||
23607 | #. type: Plain text | |
23608 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23609 | msgid "" | |
23610 | "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " | |
23611 | "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." | |
23612 | msgstr "" | |
23613 | "La I<partie> déclarée est examinée et comparée avec les autres parties du " | |
23614 | "même paquet qui se trouvent (si elles existent) dans la file." | |
23615 | ||
23616 | #. type: Plain text | |
23617 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23618 | msgid "" | |
23619 | "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " | |
23620 | "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " | |
23621 | "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." | |
23622 | msgstr "" | |
23623 | "Quand toutes les parties d'un fichier (auquel appartient la partie " | |
23624 | "I<partie>) sont présentes, le fichier est recomposé et créé en tant que " | |
23625 | "I<fichier-complet> (ce fichier ne devrait pas déjà exister, mais ce n'est " | |
23626 | "pas une erreur)." | |
23627 | ||
23628 | #. type: Plain text | |
23629 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23630 | msgid "" | |
23631 | "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " | |
23632 | "not created." | |
23633 | msgstr "" | |
23634 | "Quand ce n'est pas le cas, la partie I<partie> est mise dans la file et le " | |
23635 | "fichier I<fichier-complet> n'est pas créé." | |
23636 | ||
23637 | #. type: Plain text | |
23638 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23639 | msgid "" | |
23640 | "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " | |
23641 | "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status " | |
23642 | "B<2>." | |
23643 | msgstr "" | |
23644 | "Quand la I<partie> n'appartient pas à un paquet binaire décomposé, B<dpkg-" | |
23645 | "split> se termine avec un code de sortie égal à B<1> ; s'il y a une autre " | |
23646 | "erreur, c'est un code de sortie égal à B<2>." | |
23647 | ||
23648 | #. type: Plain text | |
23649 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23650 | msgid "" | |
23651 | "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " | |
23652 | "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " | |
23653 | "to expect.)" | |
23654 | msgstr "" | |
23655 | "L'option B<--output> ou B<-o> doit être fournie avec l'action B<--auto>. Si " | |
23656 | "cela n'était pas obligatoire, le programme appelant ne saurait pas quel " | |
23657 | "fichier attendre." | |
23658 | ||
23659 | #. type: TP | |
23660 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23661 | #, no-wrap | |
23662 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>" | |
23663 | msgstr "B<-l>, B<--listq>" | |
23664 | ||
23665 | #. type: Plain text | |
23666 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23667 | msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." | |
23668 | msgstr "Liste le contenu d'une file de paquets à recomposer." | |
23669 | ||
23670 | #. type: Plain text | |
23671 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23672 | msgid "" | |
23673 | "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " | |
23674 | "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " | |
23675 | "stored in the queue." | |
23676 | msgstr "" | |
23677 | "Pour chaque fichier possédant des parties dans la file, cette action donne " | |
23678 | "le nom du fichier, les parties présentes dans la file et le nombre total " | |
23679 | "d'octets conservés." | |
23680 | ||
23681 | #. type: TP | |
23682 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23683 | #, no-wrap | |
23684 | msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]" | |
23685 | msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<paquet>...]" | |
23686 | ||
23687 | #. type: Plain text | |
23688 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23689 | msgid "" | |
23690 | "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " | |
23691 | "of their packages." | |
23692 | msgstr "" | |
23693 | "Cette action laisse de côté certaines parties dans la file, celles qui sont " | |
23694 | "en attente des autres parties composant le paquet." | |
23695 | ||
23696 | #. type: Plain text | |
23697 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23698 | msgid "" | |
23699 | "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " | |
23700 | "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." | |
23701 | msgstr "" | |
23702 | "Quand aucun I<paquet> n'est donné, la file est vidée ; si un paquet est " | |
23703 | "donné, seules les parties de ce paquet sont détruites." | |
23704 | ||
23705 | #. type: TP | |
23706 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23707 | #, no-wrap | |
23708 | msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" | |
23709 | msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< répertoire>" | |
23710 | ||
23711 | #. type: Plain text | |
23712 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23713 | msgid "" | |
23714 | "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " | |
23715 | "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
23716 | msgstr "" | |
23717 | "Indique un répertoire différent pour la file comprenant les parties en " | |
23718 | "attente d'une recomposition automatique. Par défaut, c'est le répertoire B</" | |
23719 | "var/lib/dpkg>." | |
23720 | ||
23721 | #. type: TP | |
23722 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23723 | #, no-wrap | |
23724 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>" | |
23725 | msgstr "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibi-octets>" | |
23726 | ||
23727 | #. type: Plain text | |
23728 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23729 | msgid "" | |
23730 | "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). " | |
23731 | "The default is 450 KiB." | |
23732 | msgstr "" | |
23733 | "Indique, en kibi-octets (1024 octets), la taille maximum d'une partie lors " | |
23734 | "d'une décomposition. Par défaut, la taille maximum est de 450 Kio." | |
23735 | ||
23736 | #. type: TP | |
23737 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23738 | #, no-wrap | |
23739 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>" | |
23740 | msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<fichier-complet>" | |
23741 | ||
23742 | #. type: Plain text | |
23743 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23744 | msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." | |
23745 | msgstr "Indique le nom du fichier à produire pour une recomposition." | |
23746 | ||
23747 | #. type: Plain text | |
23748 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23749 | msgid "" | |
23750 | "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " | |
23751 | "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." | |
23752 | msgstr "" | |
23753 | "Cela annule le fichier par défaut lors d'une recomposition « à la " | |
23754 | "main » (B<--join>) et c'est obligatoire pour une recomposition ou une mise " | |
23755 | "en file automatiques (B<--auto>)." | |
23756 | ||
23757 | #. type: TP | |
23758 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23759 | #, no-wrap | |
23760 | msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" | |
23761 | msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" | |
23762 | ||
23763 | #. type: Plain text | |
23764 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23765 | msgid "" | |
23766 | "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " | |
23767 | "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " | |
23768 | "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " | |
23769 | "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." | |
23770 | msgstr "" | |
23771 | "Pour une recomposition ou une mise en file automatiques, B<dpkg-split> " | |
23772 | "affiche habituellement un message si on lui donne une I<partie> qui n'est " | |
23773 | "pas une partie d'un paquet binaire. Cette option supprime ce message ; cela " | |
23774 | "permet à des programmes comme B<dpkg> de ne pas afficher de faux messages " | |
23775 | "quand il est confronté à des paquets décomposés et des paquets non " | |
23776 | "décomposés." | |
23777 | ||
23778 | #. type: TP | |
23779 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23780 | #, no-wrap | |
23781 | msgid "B<--msdos>" | |
23782 | msgstr "B<--msdos>" | |
23783 | ||
23784 | #. type: Plain text | |
23785 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23786 | msgid "" | |
23787 | "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." | |
23788 | msgstr "" | |
23789 | "Oblige le nom des fichiers produits par B<--split> à se conformer à msdos." | |
23790 | ||
23791 | #. type: Plain text | |
23792 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23793 | msgid "" | |
23794 | "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " | |
23795 | "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " | |
23796 | "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." | |
23797 | msgstr "" | |
23798 | "Cela supprime le préfixe - soit celui par défaut dérivé du fichier d'entrée, " | |
23799 | "soit celui donné comme argument : les caractères alphanumériques sont en " | |
23800 | "minuscules, les signes plus sont remplacés par des B<x> et tous les autres " | |
23801 | "caractères sont abandonnés." | |
23802 | ||
23803 | #. type: Plain text | |
23804 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23805 | msgid "" | |
23806 | "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " | |
23807 | "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." | |
23808 | msgstr "" | |
23809 | "Le résultat est alors tronqué autant que nécessaire et des fichiers de la " | |
23810 | "forme : I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> sont créés." | |
23811 | ||
23812 | #. type: Plain text | |
23813 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23814 | msgid "" | |
23815 | "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands " | |
23816 | "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts." | |
23817 | msgstr "" | |
23818 | "La recomposition ou bien toute autre commande a réussi. Les commandes B<--" | |
23819 | "info> réussissent toujours même si les fichiers ne sont pas des parties d'un " | |
23820 | "paquet binaire." | |
23821 | ||
23822 | #. type: Plain text | |
23823 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23824 | msgid "" | |
23825 | "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a " | |
23826 | "binary package part." | |
23827 | msgstr "" | |
23828 | "Ne peut apparaître qu'avec l'action B<--auto> et signale que le fichier " | |
23829 | "I<partie> n'est pas une partie d'un paquet binaire." | |
23830 | ||
23831 | #. type: Plain text | |
23832 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23833 | msgid "" | |
23834 | "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that " | |
23835 | "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the " | |
23836 | "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc." | |
23837 | msgstr "" | |
23838 | ||
23839 | #. type: Plain text | |
23840 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23841 | msgid "" | |
23842 | "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " | |
23843 | "B<deb-split>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container." | |
23844 | msgstr "" | |
23845 | ||
23846 | #. type: TP | |
23847 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23848 | #, no-wrap | |
23849 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>" | |
23850 | msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>" | |
23851 | ||
23852 | #. type: Plain text | |
23853 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23854 | msgid "" | |
23855 | "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." | |
23856 | msgstr "" | |
23857 | "Le répertoire par défaut de la file contenant les fichiers qui attendent une " | |
23858 | "recomposition automatique." | |
23859 | ||
23860 | #. type: Plain text | |
23861 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23862 | msgid "" | |
23863 | "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" | |
23864 | "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " | |
23865 | "filename format should not be relied upon." | |
23866 | msgstr "" | |
23867 | "Les noms de fichiers utilisés dans ce répertoire sont dans un format " | |
23868 | "particulier à B<dpkg-split> et ne sont sans doute pas utiles pour d'autres " | |
23869 | "programmes ; en tous cas on ne peut pas compter sur ce format de nom de " | |
23870 | "fichier." | |
23871 | ||
23872 | #. type: Plain text | |
23873 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23874 | msgid "" | |
23875 | "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " | |
23876 | "digging into the queue directory yourself." | |
23877 | msgstr "" | |
23878 | "On ne peut pas obtenir tous les détails voulus sur les paquets présents dans " | |
23879 | "la file à moins d'aller voir soi-même dans le répertoire de la file." | |
23880 | ||
23881 | #. type: Plain text | |
23882 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23883 | msgid "" | |
23884 | "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " | |
23885 | "part is one." | |
23886 | msgstr "" | |
23887 | "On ne peut pas facilement savoir si un fichier est vraiment la partie d'un " | |
23888 | "paquet binaire ou non." | |
23889 | ||
23890 | #. type: Plain text | |
23891 | #: dpkg-split.man | |
23892 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." | |
23893 | msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." | |
23894 | ||
23895 | #. type: TH | |
23896 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23897 | #, no-wrap | |
23898 | msgid "dpkg-statoverride" | |
23899 | msgstr "dpkg-statoverride" | |
23900 | ||
23901 | #. type: Plain text | |
23902 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23903 | msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" | |
23904 | msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - annuler la propriété et le mode des fichiers" | |
23905 | ||
23906 | #. type: Plain text | |
23907 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23908 | msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
23909 | msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
23910 | ||
23911 | #. type: Plain text | |
23912 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23913 | #, fuzzy | |
23914 | #| msgid "" | |
23915 | #| "`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different " | |
23916 | #| "owner or mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any " | |
23917 | #| "filesystem object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, " | |
23918 | #| "etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be " | |
23919 | #| "install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group." | |
23920 | msgid "" | |
23921 | "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " | |
23922 | "or mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any " | |
23923 | "filesystem object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, " | |
23924 | "etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be " | |
23925 | "install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group." | |
23926 | msgstr "" | |
23927 | "Les « B<dérogations au statut> » sont une façon de demander à B<dpkg>(1) de " | |
23928 | "changer le propriétaire ou le mode d'un chemin lors de l'installation d'un " | |
23929 | "paquet (cela s'applique à tout objet de système de fichiers que B<dpkg> " | |
23930 | "gère, notamment les répertoires, les périphériques, etc.) On peut s'en " | |
23931 | "servir pour forcer l'installation de programmes qui sont normalement " | |
23932 | "« setuid » sans ce drapeau « setuid », ou pour les rendre exécutables " | |
23933 | "seulement par un groupe donné." | |
23934 | ||
23935 | #. type: Plain text | |
23936 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23937 | msgid "" | |
23938 | "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " | |
23939 | "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." | |
23940 | msgstr "" | |
23941 | "B<dpkg-statoverride> est un utilitaire pour gérer la liste des dérogations. " | |
23942 | "Il possède trois fonctions élémentaires : l'ajout, la suppression et le " | |
23943 | "listage des dérogations." | |
23944 | ||
23945 | #. type: TP | |
23946 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23947 | #, no-wrap | |
23948 | msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode path>" | |
23949 | msgstr "B<--add>I< utilisateur groupe mode chemin>" | |
23950 | ||
23951 | #. type: Plain text | |
23952 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23953 | #, fuzzy | |
23954 | #| msgid "" | |
23955 | #| "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist when this " | |
23956 | #| "command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " | |
23957 | #| "groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), " | |
23958 | #| "or by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example " | |
23959 | #| "B<#0> or B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal." | |
23960 | msgid "" | |
23961 | "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist when this " | |
23962 | "command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " | |
23963 | "groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or " | |
23964 | "by their number by prepending the number with a ‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or " | |
23965 | "B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal." | |
23966 | msgstr "" | |
23967 | "Ajoute une dérogation (« override ») pour I<chemin>. I<chemin> n'a pas " | |
23968 | "besoin d'exister quand cette commande est utilisée ; la dérogation est " | |
23969 | "stockée et utilisée par la suite. Les utilisateurs ou les groupes peuvent " | |
23970 | "être indiqués par leur nom (par exemple B<root> ou B<nobody>) ou bien par " | |
23971 | "leur numéro, en préfixant ce numéro par le caractère « B<#> » (par exemple, " | |
23972 | "B<#0> ou B<#65534>). Le I<mode> doit être indiqué en numérotation octale." | |
23973 | ||
23974 | #. type: Plain text | |
23975 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23976 | msgid "" | |
23977 | "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the " | |
23978 | "new owner and mode." | |
23979 | msgstr "" | |
23980 | "Si B<--update> est utilisée et si I<chemin> existe, le fichier change " | |
23981 | "immédiatement de propriétaire et de mode." | |
23982 | ||
23983 | #. type: TP | |
23984 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23985 | #, no-wrap | |
23986 | msgid "B<--remove>I< path>" | |
23987 | msgstr "B<--remove> I< chemin>" | |
23988 | ||
23989 | #. type: Plain text | |
23990 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
23991 | msgid "" | |
23992 | "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by " | |
23993 | "this command." | |
23994 | msgstr "" | |
23995 | "Supprime une dérogation (« override ») pour I<chemin>, l'état de I<chemin> " | |
23996 | "est inchangé." | |
23997 | ||
23998 | #. type: TP | |
23999 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24000 | #, no-wrap | |
24001 | msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]" | |
24002 | msgstr "B<--list> [I<motif-global>]" | |
24003 | ||
24004 | #. type: Plain text | |
24005 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24006 | #, fuzzy | |
24007 | #| msgid "" | |
24008 | #| "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " | |
24009 | #| "overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match " | |
24010 | #| "the glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." | |
24011 | msgid "" | |
24012 | "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " | |
24013 | "overrides which match the glob." | |
24014 | msgstr "" | |
24015 | "Liste toutes les dérogations. Quand on donne une expression rationnelle, on " | |
24016 | "réduit la sortie aux dérogations qui correspondent au motif. Quand il n'y a " | |
24017 | "pas de dérogation, ou quand aucune ne correspond au motif, B<dpkg-" | |
24018 | "statoverride> se termine avec un code de sortie égal à 1." | |
24019 | ||
24020 | #. type: Plain text | |
24021 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24022 | msgid "" | |
24023 | "Change the I<directory> of the B<dpkg> database where the statoverride file " | |
24024 | "is also stored. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
24025 | msgstr "" | |
24026 | "Change le I<répertoire> de la base de données de B<dpkg>, où se trouve aussi " | |
24027 | "le fichier statoverride. La valeur par défaut est I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
24028 | ||
24029 | #. type: TP | |
24030 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man update-alternatives.man | |
24031 | #, no-wrap | |
24032 | msgid "B<--force>" | |
24033 | msgstr "B<--force>" | |
24034 | ||
24035 | #. type: Plain text | |
24036 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24037 | msgid "" | |
24038 | "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " | |
24039 | "is necessary to override an existing override." | |
24040 | msgstr "" | |
24041 | "Forcer une opération, même si une vérification raisonnable l'interdirait. " | |
24042 | "C'est nécessaire pour annuler une précédente dérogation." | |
24043 | ||
24044 | #. type: TP | |
24045 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24046 | #, no-wrap | |
24047 | msgid "B<--update>" | |
24048 | msgstr "B<--update>" | |
24049 | ||
24050 | #. type: Plain text | |
24051 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24052 | msgid "" | |
24053 | "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists." | |
24054 | msgstr "" | |
24055 | "Essaye de changer immédiatement le I<chemin> vers les nouveaux propriétaire " | |
24056 | "et mode s'il existe." | |
24057 | ||
24058 | #. type: Plain text | |
24059 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24060 | msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." | |
24061 | msgstr "Moins de bavardage sur ce qui est fait." | |
24062 | ||
24063 | #. type: Plain text | |
24064 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24065 | msgid "" | |
24066 | "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob." | |
24067 | msgstr "" | |
24068 | ||
24069 | #. type: TP | |
24070 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24071 | #, no-wrap | |
24072 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>" | |
24073 | msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>" | |
24074 | ||
24075 | #. type: Plain text | |
24076 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24077 | #, fuzzy | |
24078 | #| msgid "" | |
24079 | #| "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It " | |
24080 | #| "is located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other " | |
24081 | #| "files important to B<dpkg>, such as `status' or `available'." | |
24082 | msgid "" | |
24083 | "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " | |
24084 | "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " | |
24085 | "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." | |
24086 | msgstr "" | |
24087 | "Ce fichier contient la liste actuelle des dérogations concernant le système. " | |
24088 | "Il se trouve dans le répertoire d'administration de B<dpkg>, avec les autres " | |
24089 | "fichiers importants comme « status » ou « available »." | |
24090 | ||
24091 | #. type: Plain text | |
24092 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man | |
24093 | #, fuzzy | |
24094 | #| msgid "" | |
24095 | #| "Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with " | |
24096 | #| "extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." | |
24097 | msgid "" | |
24098 | "Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with " | |
24099 | "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one." | |
24100 | msgstr "" | |
24101 | "Note : B<dpkg-statoverride> garde une copie de ce fichier, avec une " | |
24102 | "extension « -old », avant de le remplacer par un nouveau." | |
24103 | ||
24104 | #. type: TH | |
24105 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24106 | #, no-wrap | |
24107 | msgid "dpkg-trigger" | |
24108 | msgstr "dpkg-trigger" | |
24109 | ||
24110 | #. type: Plain text | |
24111 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24112 | msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility" | |
24113 | msgstr "" | |
24114 | "dpkg-trigger - un utilitaire pour activer les actions différées de paquets" | |
24115 | ||
24116 | #. type: Plain text | |
24117 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24118 | msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>" | |
24119 | msgstr "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<nom-action-différée>" | |
24120 | ||
24121 | #. type: Plain text | |
24122 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24123 | msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
24124 | msgstr "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
24125 | ||
24126 | #. type: Plain text | |
24127 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24128 | msgid "" | |
24129 | "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its " | |
24130 | "support on the running B<dpkg>." | |
24131 | msgstr "" | |
24132 | "B<dpkg-trigger> est un outil pour activer explicitement les actions " | |
24133 | "différées et pour vérifier leur gestion dans le fonctionnement de B<dpkg>." | |
24134 | ||
24135 | #. type: Plain text | |
24136 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24137 | msgid "" | |
24138 | "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations " | |
24139 | "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control " | |
24140 | "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and " | |
24141 | "by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run " | |
24142 | "by B<dpkg-trigger>)." | |
24143 | msgstr "" | |
24144 | "Utilisable par les scripts du responsable dans certaines situations " | |
24145 | "complexes où un fichier d'actions différées (« triggers ») ou la directive " | |
24146 | "B<activate> du fichier de contrôle des actions différées ne sont pas " | |
24147 | "suffisants. Peut également être utilisé pour des essais ou par les " | |
24148 | "administrateurs système (noter que les actions différées ne seront alors pas " | |
24149 | "exécutées par B<dpkg-trigger>)." | |
24150 | ||
24151 | #. type: Plain text | |
24152 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24153 | msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>." | |
24154 | msgstr "" | |
24155 | "Les syntaxes non-reconnues pour le nom des actions différées constituent une " | |
24156 | "erreur pour B<dpkg-trigger>." | |
24157 | ||
24158 | #. type: TP | |
24159 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24160 | #, no-wrap | |
24161 | msgid "B<--check-supported>" | |
24162 | msgstr "B<--check-supported>" | |
24163 | ||
24164 | #. type: Plain text | |
24165 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24166 | msgid "" | |
24167 | "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a " | |
24168 | "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> " | |
24169 | "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just " | |
24170 | "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>." | |
24171 | msgstr "" | |
24172 | "Vérifie si B<dpkg> sait gérer les actions différées (généralement appelées " | |
24173 | "depuis un script de post-installation). Retourne en sortie B<0> si c'est le " | |
24174 | "cas, ou B<1> avec un message d'erreur sur stderr si ce n'est pas le cas. " | |
24175 | "Toutefois, en règle générale, il est préférable de simplement activer " | |
24176 | "l'action différée désirée à l'aide de B<dpkg-trigger>." | |
24177 | ||
24178 | #. type: TP | |
24179 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24180 | #, no-wrap | |
24181 | msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>" | |
24182 | msgstr "B<--by-package=>I<paquet>" | |
24183 | ||
24184 | #. type: Plain text | |
24185 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24186 | msgid "" | |
24187 | "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the " | |
24188 | "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, " | |
24189 | "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by " | |
24190 | "default)." | |
24191 | msgstr "" | |
24192 | "Indique le paquet qui sera marqué en attente de l'exécution de l'action " | |
24193 | "différée (normalement défini par la variable d'environnement " | |
24194 | "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> dans les scripts du responsable, qui nomme le " | |
24195 | "paquet auquel le script appartient, et qui constitue la valeur par défaut)." | |
24196 | ||
24197 | #. type: TP | |
24198 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24199 | #, no-wrap | |
24200 | msgid "B<--no-await>" | |
24201 | msgstr "B<--no-await>" | |
24202 | ||
24203 | #. type: Plain text | |
24204 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24205 | msgid "" | |
24206 | "This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the " | |
24207 | "processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added " | |
24208 | "to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged. T may " | |
24209 | "be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the trigger." | |
24210 | msgstr "" | |
24211 | "Cette option fait en sorte que le paquet appelant T (s'il existe) n'a pas " | |
24212 | "besoin d'attendre l'exécution de cette action différée ; I, le(s) paquet(s) " | |
24213 | "associé(s) à l'action différée, ne sera pas ajouté à liste des paquets dont " | |
24214 | "le traitement des actions différées est attendu par T et l'état de T reste " | |
24215 | "inchangé. T peut être considéré installé même si les actions différées de I " | |
24216 | "n'ont pas encore été exécutées." | |
24217 | ||
24218 | #. type: TP | |
24219 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24220 | #, no-wrap | |
24221 | msgid "B<--await>" | |
24222 | msgstr "B<--await>" | |
24223 | ||
24224 | #. type: Plain text | |
24225 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24226 | #, fuzzy | |
24227 | #| msgid "" | |
24228 | #| "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await>. It is currently the " | |
24229 | #| "default behavior." | |
24230 | msgid "" | |
24231 | "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). It is " | |
24232 | "currently the default behavior." | |
24233 | msgstr "" | |
24234 | "Cette option a l'effet inverse de B<--no-await>. C'est actuellement le " | |
24235 | "comportement par défaut." | |
24236 | ||
24237 | #. type: TP | |
24238 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24239 | #, no-wrap | |
24240 | msgid "B<--no-act>" | |
24241 | msgstr "B<--no-act>" | |
24242 | ||
24243 | #. type: Plain text | |
24244 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24245 | msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything." | |
24246 | msgstr "Teste uniquement, n'apporte aucun changement." | |
24247 | ||
24248 | #. FIXME: Unhardcode the pathname, and use dpkg instead of dpkg-dev. | |
24249 | #. type: Plain text | |
24250 | #: dpkg-trigger.man | |
24251 | msgid "" | |
24252 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." | |
24253 | msgstr "" | |
24254 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." | |
24255 | ||
24256 | #. type: TH | |
24257 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24258 | #, no-wrap | |
24259 | msgid "dpkg-vendor" | |
24260 | msgstr "dpkg-vendor" | |
24261 | ||
24262 | #. type: Plain text | |
24263 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24264 | msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors" | |
24265 | msgstr "" | |
24266 | "dpkg-vendor - récupére les informations sur les éditeurs de distribution" | |
24267 | ||
24268 | #. type: Plain text | |
24269 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24270 | msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
24271 | msgstr "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
24272 | ||
24273 | #. type: Plain text | |
24274 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24275 | #, fuzzy | |
24276 | #| msgid "" | |
24277 | #| "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in B<" | |
24278 | #| "%CONFDIR%/dpkg/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains " | |
24279 | #| "information about the current vendor." | |
24280 | msgid "" | |
24281 | "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in B<" | |
24282 | "%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains information " | |
24283 | "about the current vendor." | |
24284 | msgstr "" | |
24285 | "B<dpkg-vendor> est un outil qui permet de récupérer des informations sur les " | |
24286 | "éditeurs (« vendors ») de distributions référencés dans B<%PKGCONFDIR%/" | |
24287 | "origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contient l'information relative à " | |
24288 | "l'éditeur actuellement utilisé." | |
24289 | ||
24290 | #. type: TP | |
24291 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24292 | #, no-wrap | |
24293 | msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>" | |
24294 | msgstr "B<--is>I< éditeur>" | |
24295 | ||
24296 | #. type: Plain text | |
24297 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24298 | #, fuzzy | |
24299 | #| msgid "" | |
24300 | #| "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with " | |
24301 | #| "non-zero." | |
24302 | msgid "" | |
24303 | "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with " | |
24304 | "B<1>." | |
24305 | msgstr "" | |
24306 | "Retourne B<0> si l'éditeur est I<éditeur>. Retourne une valeur non nulle " | |
24307 | "dans le cas contraire." | |
24308 | ||
24309 | #. type: TP | |
24310 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24311 | #, no-wrap | |
24312 | msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>" | |
24313 | msgstr "B<--derives-from>I< éditeur>" | |
24314 | ||
24315 | #. type: Plain text | |
24316 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24317 | #, fuzzy | |
24318 | #| msgid "" | |
24319 | #| "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " | |
24320 | #| "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with non-zero. It uses the B<Parent> field to " | |
24321 | #| "browse all ancestors of the current vendor." | |
24322 | msgid "" | |
24323 | "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " | |
24324 | "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse " | |
24325 | "all ancestors of the current vendor." | |
24326 | msgstr "" | |
24327 | "Retourne B<0> si la distribution de l'éditeur actuel est une distribution " | |
24328 | "dérivée de I<éditeur>. Le champ B<Parent> est utilisé pour parcourir tous " | |
24329 | "les ancêtres de l'éditeur actuel." | |
24330 | ||
24331 | #. type: TP | |
24332 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24333 | #, no-wrap | |
24334 | msgid "B<--query>I< field>" | |
24335 | msgstr "B<--query>I< champ>" | |
24336 | ||
24337 | #. type: Plain text | |
24338 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24339 | msgid "" | |
24340 | "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the " | |
24341 | "current vendor." | |
24342 | msgstr "" | |
24343 | "Affiche sur la sortie standard la valeur du champ spécifique I<champ> de " | |
24344 | "l'éditeur actuel." | |
24345 | ||
24346 | #. type: TP | |
24347 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24348 | #, no-wrap | |
24349 | msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>" | |
24350 | msgstr "B<--vendor>I< éditeur>" | |
24351 | ||
24352 | #. type: Plain text | |
24353 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24354 | msgid "" | |
24355 | "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the " | |
24356 | "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
24357 | msgstr "" | |
24358 | "Suppose que l'éditeur actuel est I<éditeur> au lieu d'utiliser la variable " | |
24359 | "B<DEB_VENDOR> ou B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
24360 | ||
24361 | #. type: Plain text | |
24362 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24363 | msgid "" | |
24364 | "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " | |
24365 | "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
24366 | msgstr "" | |
24367 | "Ce réglage définit l'éditeur (« vendor ») actuel. Si cette valeur est vide, " | |
24368 | "le contenu du fichier B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> est utilisé." | |
24369 | ||
24370 | #. type: Plain text | |
24371 | #: dpkg-vendor.man | |
24372 | msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)." | |
24373 | msgstr "B<deb-origin>(5)." | |
24374 | ||
24375 | #. type: TH | |
24376 | #: dselect.man | |
24377 | #, no-wrap | |
24378 | msgid "dselect" | |
24379 | msgstr "dselect" | |
24380 | ||
24381 | #. type: Plain text | |
24382 | #: dselect.man | |
24383 | msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" | |
24384 | msgstr "dselect - Interface de gestion de paquets Debian." | |
24385 | ||
24386 | #. type: Plain text | |
24387 | #: dselect.man | |
24388 | #, fuzzy | |
24389 | #| msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<action>]" | |
24390 | msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]" | |
24391 | msgstr "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<action>]" | |
24392 | ||
24393 | #. type: Plain text | |
24394 | #: dselect.man | |
24395 | #, no-wrap | |
24396 | msgid "" | |
24397 | "B<dselect>\n" | |
24398 | "is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" | |
24399 | "system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" | |
24400 | " - Update the list of available package versions,\n" | |
24401 | " - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" | |
24402 | " - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" | |
24403 | " - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" | |
24404 | msgstr "" | |
24405 | "B<dselect> est une des principales interfaces de gestion des paquets sur un système Debian. À partir du menu principal de B<dselect>, l'administrateur système peut :\n" | |
24406 | " - Mettre à jour la liste des versions des paquets disponibles,\n" | |
24407 | " - Voir l'état des paquets installés ou disponibles,\n" | |
24408 | " - Modifier les sélections de paquets et gérer les dépendances,\n" | |
24409 | " - Installer de nouveaux paquets ou mettre à jour vers de nouvelles versions.\n" | |
24410 | ||
24411 | #. type: Plain text | |
24412 | #: dselect.man | |
24413 | #, fuzzy | |
24414 | #| msgid "" | |
24415 | #| "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " | |
24416 | #| "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections " | |
24417 | #| "manager with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with " | |
24418 | #| "administrator privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and " | |
24419 | #| "removed. Various access methods can be configured to retrieve available " | |
24420 | #| "package version information and installable packages from package " | |
24421 | #| "repositories. Depending on the used access method, these repositories " | |
24422 | #| "can be public archive servers on the internet, local archive servers or " | |
24423 | #| "cdroms. The recommended access method is I<apt>, which is provided by " | |
24424 | #| "the package B<apt>." | |
24425 | msgid "" | |
24426 | "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level Debian " | |
24427 | "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " | |
24428 | "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " | |
24429 | "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " | |
24430 | "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " | |
24431 | "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " | |
24432 | "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " | |
24433 | "internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " | |
24434 | "I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." | |
24435 | msgstr "" | |
24436 | "B<dselect> est une interface au dessus de B<dpkg>(1), l'outil bas niveau de " | |
24437 | "gestion des paquets Debian. Il propose à l'écran un gestionnaire de " | |
24438 | "sélections de paquets avec la possibilité de résoudre les conflits et " | |
24439 | "dépendances. Exécuté avec les droits administrateur, il permet d'installer " | |
24440 | "des paquets, les mettre à jour ou les retirer. Plusieurs méthodes d'accès " | |
24441 | "peuvent être configurées pour récupérer les informations sur les versions " | |
24442 | "des paquets disponibles et les paquets eux-mêmes dans les dépôts de paquets. " | |
24443 | "Suivant la méthode d'accès utilisée, ces dépôts peuvent être des serveurs " | |
24444 | "d'archives publics sur Internet, des serveurs locaux ou des CDROM. La " | |
24445 | "méthode d'accès recommandée est I<apt>, qui est fournie par le paquet B<apt>." | |
24446 | ||
24447 | #. type: Plain text | |
24448 | #: dselect.man | |
24449 | #, fuzzy | |
24450 | #| msgid "" | |
24451 | #| "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " | |
24452 | #| "presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " | |
24453 | #| "argument, then that action is started immediately. Several command line " | |
24454 | #| "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of " | |
24455 | #| "B<dselect> or show additional information about the program." | |
24456 | msgid "" | |
24457 | "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " | |
24458 | "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as " | |
24459 | "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line " | |
24460 | "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " | |
24461 | "or show additional information about the program." | |
24462 | msgstr "" | |
24463 | "Normalement, B<dselect> est appelé sans paramètre. Un menu interactif est " | |
24464 | "présenté, offrant à l'utilisateur une liste d'actions. Si une action est " | |
24465 | "donnée en paramètre, alors cette action est démarrée immédiatement. " | |
24466 | "Plusieurs paramètres en ligne de commande sont disponibles pour modifier le " | |
24467 | "comportement de B<dselect> ou pour montrer des informations supplémentaires " | |
24468 | "sur le programme." | |
24469 | ||
24470 | #. type: Plain text | |
24471 | #: dselect.man | |
24472 | #, fuzzy | |
24473 | #| msgid "" | |
24474 | #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the " | |
24475 | #| "B<dselect> configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on " | |
24476 | #| "the configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in " | |
24477 | #| "the configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the " | |
24478 | #| "command line option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it " | |
24479 | #| "starts with a B<#>)." | |
24480 | msgid "" | |
24481 | "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> " | |
24482 | "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the " | |
24483 | "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the " | |
24484 | "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " | |
24485 | "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " | |
24486 | "‘B<#>’)." | |
24487 | msgstr "" | |
24488 | "On peut spécifier une option à la fois sur la ligne de commande et dans le " | |
24489 | "fichier de configuration de B<dselect>, I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> ou dans " | |
24490 | "les fichiers du répertoire de configuration I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. " | |
24491 | "Chaque ligne de ce fichier est soit une option (identique à une option en " | |
24492 | "ligne de commande mais sans tiret), soit un commentaire (si il commence par " | |
24493 | "B<#>)." | |
24494 | ||
24495 | #. type: Plain text | |
24496 | #: dselect.man | |
24497 | #, fuzzy | |
24498 | #| msgid "" | |
24499 | #| "Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and " | |
24500 | #| "similar files are located. This defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> and normally " | |
24501 | #| "there shouldn't be any need to change it." | |
24502 | msgid "" | |
24503 | "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar " | |
24504 | "files are located. This defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> and normally there " | |
24505 | "shouldn't be any need to change it." | |
24506 | msgstr "" | |
24507 | "Change le répertoire où les fichiers « I<status> », « I<available> » et " | |
24508 | "autres sont situés. Le répertoire par défaut est I<%ADMINDIR%> et il ne " | |
24509 | "devrait pas y avoir besoin de le modifier." | |
24510 | ||
24511 | #. type: TP | |
24512 | #: dselect.man | |
24513 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
24514 | #| msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>" | |
24515 | msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>" | |
24516 | msgstr "B<-l>, B<--label> I<fichier>" | |
24517 | ||
24518 | #. type: Plain text | |
24519 | #: dselect.man | |
24520 | msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>." | |
24521 | msgstr "" | |
24522 | "Activer le débogage. Les informations de débogage sont envoyées dans " | |
24523 | "I<fichier>." | |
24524 | ||
24525 | #. type: TP | |
24526 | #: dselect.man | |
24527 | #, no-wrap | |
24528 | msgid "B<--expert>" | |
24529 | msgstr "B<--expert>" | |
24530 | ||
24531 | #. type: Plain text | |
24532 | #: dselect.man | |
24533 | msgid "" | |
24534 | "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." | |
24535 | msgstr "" | |
24536 | "Activer le mode expert, c'est-à-dire ne pas afficher les messages d'aide " | |
24537 | "ennuyeux." | |
24538 | ||
24539 | #. type: TP | |
24540 | #: dselect.man | |
24541 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
24542 | #| msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+...>]]" | |
24543 | msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]" | |
24544 | msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<partie_écran:>[I<premier_plan>],[I<arrière_plan>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+...>]]" | |
24545 | ||
24546 | #. type: Plain text | |
24547 | #: dselect.man | |
24548 | msgid "" | |
24549 | "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " | |
24550 | "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " | |
24551 | "Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " | |
24552 | "the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" | |
24553 | msgstr "" | |
24554 | "Configure les couleurs des écrans. Cela ne fonctionne que si votre terminal " | |
24555 | "gère les couleurs. Cette option peut-être utilisée plusieurs fois (et il est " | |
24556 | "préférable de l'utiliser dans I<dselect.cfg>). Chaque utilisation change la " | |
24557 | "couleur (et, en option, d'autres attributs) d'une partie de l'écran. Les " | |
24558 | "parties de l'écran (de haut en bas) sont :" | |
24559 | ||
24560 | #. type: TP | |
24561 | #: dselect.man | |
24562 | #, no-wrap | |
24563 | msgid "B<title>" | |
24564 | msgstr "B<title>" | |
24565 | ||
24566 | #. type: Plain text | |
24567 | #: dselect.man | |
24568 | msgid "The screen title." | |
24569 | msgstr "Le titre de l'écran." | |
24570 | ||
24571 | #. type: TP | |
24572 | #: dselect.man | |
24573 | #, no-wrap | |
24574 | msgid "B<listhead>" | |
24575 | msgstr "B<listhead>" | |
24576 | ||
24577 | #. type: Plain text | |
24578 | #: dselect.man | |
24579 | msgid "The header line above the list of packages." | |
24580 | msgstr "La ligne d'en-tête au dessus de la liste de paquets." | |
24581 | ||
24582 | #. type: TP | |
24583 | #: dselect.man | |
24584 | #, no-wrap | |
24585 | msgid "B<list>" | |
24586 | msgstr "B<list>" | |
24587 | ||
24588 | #. type: Plain text | |
24589 | #: dselect.man | |
24590 | msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." | |
24591 | msgstr "La liste déroulante de paquets (et de textes explicatifs)." | |
24592 | ||
24593 | #. type: TP | |
24594 | #: dselect.man | |
24595 | #, no-wrap | |
24596 | msgid "B<listsel>" | |
24597 | msgstr "B<listsel>" | |
24598 | ||
24599 | #. type: Plain text | |
24600 | #: dselect.man | |
24601 | msgid "The selected item in the list." | |
24602 | msgstr "L'élément sélectionné dans la liste." | |
24603 | ||
24604 | #. type: TP | |
24605 | #: dselect.man | |
24606 | #, no-wrap | |
24607 | msgid "B<pkgstate>" | |
24608 | msgstr "B<pkgstate>" | |
24609 | ||
24610 | #. type: Plain text | |
24611 | #: dselect.man | |
24612 | msgid "" | |
24613 | "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " | |
24614 | "package." | |
24615 | msgstr "" | |
24616 | "Dans la liste des paquets, le texte qui indique l'état actuel de chaque " | |
24617 | "paquet." | |
24618 | ||
24619 | #. type: TP | |
24620 | #: dselect.man | |
24621 | #, no-wrap | |
24622 | msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" | |
24623 | msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>" | |
24624 | ||
24625 | #. type: Plain text | |
24626 | #: dselect.man | |
24627 | msgid "" | |
24628 | "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " | |
24629 | "currently selected package." | |
24630 | msgstr "" | |
24631 | "Dans la liste des paquets, le texte qui indique l'état actuel du paquet " | |
24632 | "sélectionné." | |
24633 | ||
24634 | #. type: TP | |
24635 | #: dselect.man | |
24636 | #, no-wrap | |
24637 | msgid "B<infohead>" | |
24638 | msgstr "B<infohead>" | |
24639 | ||
24640 | #. type: Plain text | |
24641 | #: dselect.man | |
24642 | msgid "" | |
24643 | "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." | |
24644 | msgstr "La ligne d'en-tête qui affiche l'état du paquet sélectionné." | |
24645 | ||
24646 | #. type: TP | |
24647 | #: dselect.man | |
24648 | #, no-wrap | |
24649 | msgid "B<infodesc>" | |
24650 | msgstr "B<infodesc>" | |
24651 | ||
24652 | #. type: Plain text | |
24653 | #: dselect.man | |
24654 | msgid "The package's short description." | |
24655 | msgstr "La description courte du paquet." | |
24656 | ||
24657 | #. type: TP | |
24658 | #: dselect.man | |
24659 | #, no-wrap | |
24660 | msgid "B<info>" | |
24661 | msgstr "B<info>" | |
24662 | ||
24663 | #. type: Plain text | |
24664 | #: dselect.man | |
24665 | msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." | |
24666 | msgstr "" | |
24667 | "Utilisé pour afficher les informations sur le paquet, comme par exemple la " | |
24668 | "description du paquet." | |
24669 | ||
24670 | #. type: TP | |
24671 | #: dselect.man | |
24672 | #, no-wrap | |
24673 | msgid "B<infofoot>" | |
24674 | msgstr "B<infofoot>" | |
24675 | ||
24676 | #. type: Plain text | |
24677 | #: dselect.man | |
24678 | msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." | |
24679 | msgstr "La dernière ligne de l'écran lors de la sélection des paquets." | |
24680 | ||
24681 | #. type: TP | |
24682 | #: dselect.man | |
24683 | #, no-wrap | |
24684 | msgid "B<query>" | |
24685 | msgstr "B<query>" | |
24686 | ||
24687 | #. type: Plain text | |
24688 | #: dselect.man | |
24689 | msgid "Used to display query lines" | |
24690 | msgstr "Utilisé pour les lignes des recherches." | |
24691 | ||
24692 | #. type: TP | |
24693 | #: dselect.man | |
24694 | #, no-wrap | |
24695 | msgid "B<helpscreen>" | |
24696 | msgstr "B<helpscreen>" | |
24697 | ||
24698 | #. type: Plain text | |
24699 | #: dselect.man | |
24700 | msgid "Color of help screens." | |
24701 | msgstr "La couleur des écrans d'aide." | |
24702 | ||
24703 | #. type: Plain text | |
24704 | #: dselect.man | |
24705 | msgid "" | |
24706 | "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " | |
24707 | "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " | |
24708 | "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." | |
24709 | msgstr "" | |
24710 | "Après la partie de l'écran concernée, vient un signe deux-points et la " | |
24711 | "spécification des couleurs. Pour surcharger les valeurs des couleurs " | |
24712 | "compilées, vous pouvez indiquer la couleur du premier plan, de l'arrière-" | |
24713 | "plan, ou les deux. Utilisez les noms standard de couleurs curses." | |
24714 | ||
24715 | #. type: Plain text | |
24716 | #: dselect.man | |
24717 | #, fuzzy | |
24718 | #| msgid "" | |
24719 | #| "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an " | |
24720 | #| "attribute specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, " | |
24721 | #| "separated by plus (\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not " | |
24722 | #| "all of these will work on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, " | |
24723 | #| "reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold" | |
24724 | msgid "" | |
24725 | "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " | |
24726 | "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " | |
24727 | "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " | |
24728 | "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, " | |
24729 | "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>" | |
24730 | msgstr "" | |
24731 | "En option, les spécifications des couleurs peuvent être suivies d'un signe " | |
24732 | "deux-points et de la spécification d'un attribut. Il s'agit d'une liste " | |
24733 | "d'attributs, séparés par des caractères plus (« + »). Parmi les attributs " | |
24734 | "disponibles, on trouve (tous ne fonctionnent pas sur tous les terminaux) : " | |
24735 | "normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim et bold." | |
24736 | ||
24737 | #. type: Plain text | |
24738 | #: dselect.man | |
24739 | msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." | |
24740 | msgstr "Affiche une aide rapide et se termine normalement." | |
24741 | ||
24742 | #. type: Plain text | |
24743 | #: dselect.man | |
24744 | msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." | |
24745 | msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." | |
24746 | ||
24747 | #. type: Plain text | |
24748 | #: dselect.man | |
24749 | #, fuzzy | |
24750 | #| msgid "" | |
24751 | #| "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following actions, either " | |
24752 | #| "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user " | |
24753 | #| "with a menu of available actions if running interactively:" | |
24754 | msgid "" | |
24755 | "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either " | |
24756 | "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user " | |
24757 | "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:" | |
24758 | msgstr "" | |
24759 | "Quand B<dselect> est démarré, il peut effectuer les actions suivantes, soit " | |
24760 | "directement si elles sont indiquées dans la ligne de commande, soit " | |
24761 | "interactivement avec un menu d'actions possibles :" | |
24762 | ||
24763 | #. type: SS | |
24764 | #: dselect.man | |
24765 | #, no-wrap | |
24766 | msgid "access" | |
24767 | msgstr "Accéder (access)" | |
24768 | ||
24769 | #. type: Plain text | |
24770 | #: dselect.man | |
24771 | msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." | |
24772 | msgstr "Choisir et configurer une méthode d'accès aux dépôts de paquets." | |
24773 | ||
24774 | #. type: Plain text | |
24775 | #: dselect.man | |
24776 | msgid "" | |
24777 | "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<cdrom>, " | |
24778 | "I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount>, " | |
24779 | "I<floppy> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, eg. " | |
24780 | "the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package." | |
24781 | msgstr "" | |
24782 | "Par défaut, B<dselect> fournit plusieurs méthodes telles que I<cdrom>, " | |
24783 | "I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount>, " | |
24784 | "I<floppy> ou I<ftp>, mais d'autres paquets peuvent fournir des méthodes " | |
24785 | "supplémentaires, comme la méthode d'accès I<apt> fournie par le paquet " | |
24786 | "B<apt>." | |
24787 | ||
24788 | #. type: Plain text | |
24789 | #: dselect.man | |
24790 | msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." | |
24791 | msgstr "L'utilisation de la méthode d'accès I<apt> est fortement conseillée." | |
24792 | ||
24793 | #. type: SS | |
24794 | #: dselect.man | |
24795 | #, no-wrap | |
24796 | msgid "update" | |
24797 | msgstr "Mise à jour (update)" | |
24798 | ||
24799 | #. type: Plain text | |
24800 | #: dselect.man | |
24801 | msgid "Refresh the available packages database." | |
24802 | msgstr "Rafraîchir la liste des paquets disponibles." | |
24803 | ||
24804 | #. type: Plain text | |
24805 | #: dselect.man | |
24806 | msgid "" | |
24807 | "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " | |
24808 | "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " | |
24809 | "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " | |
24810 | "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " | |
24811 | "maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
24812 | msgstr "" | |
24813 | "Récupère une liste de versions de paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt de " | |
24814 | "paquets, qui a été configuré pour la méthode d'accès actuelle, puis met à " | |
24815 | "jour la base de données de dpkg. Les listes de paquets sont d'habitude " | |
24816 | "fournies par les dépôts sous la forme de fichiers I<Packages> ou I<Packages." | |
24817 | "gz>. Ces fichiers peuvent être générés par les responsables des dépôts grâce " | |
24818 | "au programme B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
24819 | ||
24820 | #. type: Plain text | |
24821 | #: dselect.man | |
24822 | #, fuzzy | |
24823 | #| msgid "" | |
24824 | #| "Details of the update action depend on the access method's " | |
24825 | #| "implementation. Normally the process is straightforward and requires no " | |
24826 | #| "user interaction." | |
24827 | msgid "" | |
24828 | "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. " | |
24829 | "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." | |
24830 | msgstr "" | |
24831 | "Le fonctionnement détaillé des mises à jour dépend de l'implémentation de la " | |
24832 | "méthode d'accès. Normalement le processus se passe tout seul, sans " | |
24833 | "intervention de l'utilisateur." | |
24834 | ||
24835 | #. type: SS | |
24836 | #: dselect.man | |
24837 | #, no-wrap | |
24838 | msgid "select" | |
24839 | msgstr "Sélectionner (select)" | |
24840 | ||
24841 | #. type: Plain text | |
24842 | #: dselect.man | |
24843 | msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." | |
24844 | msgstr "Voir ou gérer les paquets sélectionnés et les dépendances." | |
24845 | ||
24846 | #. type: Plain text | |
24847 | #: dselect.man | |
24848 | msgid "" | |
24849 | "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " | |
24850 | "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " | |
24851 | "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " | |
24852 | "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " | |
24853 | "changes to other depending or conflicting packages." | |
24854 | msgstr "" | |
24855 | "Il s'agit de la fonction principale de B<dselect>. Dans l'écran de " | |
24856 | "sélection, l'utilisateur peut consulter la liste de tous les paquets " | |
24857 | "disponibles ou installés. Exécuté avec les privilèges administrateur, il " | |
24858 | "permet également de changer de façon interactive l'état de paquets " | |
24859 | "sélectionnés. B<dselect> vérifie les implications de ces changements vis-à-" | |
24860 | "vis des dépendances et des conflits entre paquets." | |
24861 | ||
24862 | #. type: Plain text | |
24863 | #: dselect.man | |
24864 | msgid "" | |
24865 | "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " | |
24866 | "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " | |
24867 | "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " | |
24868 | "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " | |
24869 | "override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " | |
24870 | "the unresolved depends or conflicts." | |
24871 | msgstr "" | |
24872 | "Lorsqu'un conflit ou une dépendance manquante est détecté, un sous-écran de " | |
24873 | "résolution des dépendances est proposé à l'utilisateur. Dans cet écran, une " | |
24874 | "liste de paquets avec des conflits ou avec des dépendances manquantes est " | |
24875 | "affichée et pour chaque paquet listé, la raison de sa présence dans cette " | |
24876 | "liste est indiquée. L'utilisateur peut ensuite appliquer les suggestion de " | |
24877 | "B<dselect>, les modifier ou supprimer toutes les modifications, dont celles " | |
24878 | "qui ont créé les conflits ou dépendances non résolues." | |
24879 | ||
24880 | #. type: Plain text | |
24881 | #: dselect.man | |
24882 | msgid "" | |
24883 | "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " | |
24884 | "in more detail below." | |
24885 | msgstr "" | |
24886 | "L'utilisation de l'écran interactif des sélections de paquets est expliquée " | |
24887 | "de façon plus détaillée ci-dessous." | |
24888 | ||
24889 | #. type: SS | |
24890 | #: dselect.man | |
24891 | #, no-wrap | |
24892 | msgid "install" | |
24893 | msgstr "Installer (install)" | |
24894 | ||
24895 | #. type: Plain text | |
24896 | #: dselect.man | |
24897 | msgid "Installs selected packages." | |
24898 | msgstr "Installer les paquets sélectionnés." | |
24899 | ||
24900 | #. type: Plain text | |
24901 | #: dselect.man | |
24902 | msgid "" | |
24903 | "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " | |
24904 | "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " | |
24905 | "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " | |
24906 | "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " | |
24907 | "remove packages that were marked for removal." | |
24908 | msgstr "" | |
24909 | "La méthode d'accès récupérera dans les dépôts les paquets qui peuvent être " | |
24910 | "installés ou mis à jour, puis les installe avec B<dpkg>. En fonction de la " | |
24911 | "méthode d'accès, les paquets peuvent être tous récupérés avant installation, " | |
24912 | "ou récupérés à la demande. Certaines méthodes d'accès retirent également les " | |
24913 | "paquets qui ont été marqués pour être retirés." | |
24914 | ||
24915 | #. type: Plain text | |
24916 | #: dselect.man | |
24917 | msgid "" | |
24918 | "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " | |
24919 | "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " | |
24920 | "persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " | |
24921 | "the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " | |
24922 | "system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at https://bugs.debian." | |
24923 | "org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " | |
24924 | "these are installed." | |
24925 | msgstr "" | |
24926 | "Si une erreur apparaît lors de l'installation, il est recommandé de " | |
24927 | "redémarrer une installation. La plupart des fois, les problèmes " | |
24928 | "disparaissent ou sont résolus. Si les problèmes persistent ou si " | |
24929 | "l'installation n'est pas correcte, veuillez examiner les causes et " | |
24930 | "circonstances puis soumettez un rapport de bogue au système de suivi des " | |
24931 | "bogues Debian. Les instructions pour soumettre ces rapports de bogues se " | |
24932 | "trouvent sur https://bugs.debian.org/ ou dans la page de manuel de " | |
24933 | "B<reportbug>(1), si ce paquet est installé." | |
24934 | ||
24935 | #. type: Plain text | |
24936 | #: dselect.man | |
24937 | #, fuzzy | |
24938 | #| msgid "" | |
24939 | #| "Details of the install action depend on the access method's " | |
24940 | #| "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during " | |
24941 | #| "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the " | |
24942 | #| "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the " | |
24943 | #| "B<debconf>(1) library, allowing for more flexible or even automated " | |
24944 | #| "installation setups." | |
24945 | msgid "" | |
24946 | "Details of the install command depend on the access method's " | |
24947 | "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during " | |
24948 | "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the " | |
24949 | "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the " | |
24950 | "B<debconf>(1) library, allowing for more flexible or even automated " | |
24951 | "installation setups." | |
24952 | msgstr "" | |
24953 | "Les détails de l'action d'installation dépendent de l'implémentation de la " | |
24954 | "méthode d'accès. L'attention et la contribution de l'utilisateur peuvent " | |
24955 | "être nécessaires lors de l'installation ou du retrait des paquets. Cela " | |
24956 | "dépend des scripts des responsables des paquets. Certains paquets utilisent " | |
24957 | "la bibliothèque B<debconf>(1), ce qui permet la mise en place " | |
24958 | "d'installations plus flexibles ou même automatisées." | |
24959 | ||
24960 | #. type: SS | |
24961 | #: dselect.man | |
24962 | #, no-wrap | |
24963 | msgid "config" | |
24964 | msgstr "Configurer (config)" | |
24965 | ||
24966 | #. type: Plain text | |
24967 | #: dselect.man | |
24968 | msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." | |
24969 | msgstr "" | |
24970 | "Configure les paquets déjà installés mais n'étant pas complètement installés." | |
24971 | ||
24972 | #. type: SS | |
24973 | #: dselect.man | |
24974 | #, no-wrap | |
24975 | msgid "remove" | |
24976 | msgstr "Retirer (remove)" | |
24977 | ||
24978 | #. type: Plain text | |
24979 | #: dselect.man | |
24980 | msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." | |
24981 | msgstr "" | |
24982 | "Retirer ou purger les paquets installés qui sont marqués comme étant à " | |
24983 | "retirer." | |
24984 | ||
24985 | #. type: SS | |
24986 | #: dselect.man | |
24987 | #, no-wrap | |
24988 | msgid "quit" | |
24989 | msgstr "Quitter (quit)" | |
24990 | ||
24991 | #. type: Plain text | |
24992 | #: dselect.man | |
24993 | #, fuzzy | |
24994 | #| msgid "Quit B<dselect>" | |
24995 | msgid "Quit B<dselect>." | |
24996 | msgstr "Quitter B<dselect>" | |
24997 | ||
24998 | #. type: Plain text | |
24999 | #: dselect.man | |
25000 | msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." | |
25001 | msgstr "Quitte le programme avec un code d'erreur de 0 (succès)." | |
25002 | ||
25003 | #. type: SH | |
25004 | #: dselect.man | |
25005 | #, no-wrap | |
25006 | msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT" | |
25007 | msgstr "GESTION DE LA SÉLECTION DES PAQUETS" | |
25008 | ||
25009 | #. type: SS | |
25010 | #: dselect.man | |
25011 | #, no-wrap | |
25012 | msgid "Introduction" | |
25013 | msgstr "Introduction" | |
25014 | ||
25015 | #. type: Plain text | |
25016 | #: dselect.man | |
25017 | #, fuzzy | |
25018 | #| msgid "" | |
25019 | #| "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " | |
25020 | #| "involved with managing large sets of packages with many " | |
25021 | #| "interdependencies. For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the " | |
25022 | #| "ways of the debian package management system, it can be quite " | |
25023 | #| "overwhelming. Although B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management " | |
25024 | #| "and administration, it is only instrumental in doing so and cannot be " | |
25025 | #| "assumed to be a sufficient substitute for administrator skill and " | |
25026 | #| "understanding. The user is required to be familiar with the concepts " | |
25027 | #| "underlying the Debian packaging system. In case of doubt, consult the " | |
25028 | #| "B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, contained in the " | |
25029 | #| "B<debian-policy> package." | |
25030 | msgid "" | |
25031 | "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " | |
25032 | "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " | |
25033 | "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the Debian " | |
25034 | "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " | |
25035 | "is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " | |
25036 | "instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to be a sufficient substitute " | |
25037 | "for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required to be " | |
25038 | "familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In case " | |
25039 | "of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the distribution policy." | |
25040 | msgstr "" | |
25041 | "B<dselect> expose directement l'administrateur à une partie de la complexité " | |
25042 | "liée à la gestion d'un grand nombre de paquets ayant beaucoup de liens entre " | |
25043 | "eux. Pour un utilisateur qui n'est pas habitué aux concepts et au système de " | |
25044 | "gestion des paquets Debian, cela peut être perturbant. Mais B<dselect> est " | |
25045 | "conçu pour aider la gestion et l'administration des paquets. Ce n'est qu'un " | |
25046 | "outil, et ne doit pas remplacer la compréhension et les aptitudes d'un " | |
25047 | "administrateur. L'utilisateur doit être familier des concepts sous-jacents " | |
25048 | "au système de gestion des paquets Debian. En cas de doute, consultez la page " | |
25049 | "de manuel B<dpkg>(1) et la Charte Debian présente dans le paquet B<debian-" | |
25050 | "policy>." | |
25051 | ||
25052 | #. type: Plain text | |
25053 | #: dselect.man | |
25054 | #, fuzzy | |
25055 | #| msgid "" | |
25056 | #| "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is " | |
25057 | #| "first displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is " | |
25058 | #| "I<strongly> advised to study all of the information presented in the " | |
25059 | #| "online help screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at " | |
25060 | #| "any time be invoked with the B<'?'> key." | |
25061 | msgid "" | |
25062 | "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " | |
25063 | "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " | |
25064 | "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " | |
25065 | "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " | |
25066 | "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key." | |
25067 | msgstr "" | |
25068 | "À moins que B<dselect> ne soit lancé en mode expert ou intermédiaire, un " | |
25069 | "message d'aide est d'abord affiché lorsque cette action est choisie dans le " | |
25070 | "menu. Il est B<fortement> conseillé à l'utilisateur d'étudier toutes les " | |
25071 | "informations dans ces écrans d'aide lorsqu'ils apparaissent. Les écrans " | |
25072 | "d'aide peuvent être affichés à tout moment à l'aide de la touche « B<?> »." | |
25073 | ||
25074 | #. type: SS | |
25075 | #: dselect.man | |
25076 | #, no-wrap | |
25077 | msgid "Screen layout" | |
25078 | msgstr "Disposition de l'écran" | |
25079 | ||
25080 | #. type: Plain text | |
25081 | #: dselect.man | |
25082 | msgid "" | |
25083 | "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " | |
25084 | "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " | |
25085 | "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " | |
25086 | "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " | |
25087 | "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " | |
25088 | "is displayed can be varied." | |
25089 | msgstr "" | |
25090 | "L'écran de sélection est découpé par défaut en une moitié supérieure et une " | |
25091 | "moitié inférieure. La moitié supérieure affiche une liste de paquets. Un " | |
25092 | "curseur permet de sélectionner un paquet, ou un groupe de paquets en " | |
25093 | "sélectionnant le titre du groupe, si ça s'applique. La moitié inférieure de " | |
25094 | "l'écran affiche les détails du paquet sélectionné dans la moitié supérieure. " | |
25095 | "Le type de détail affiché peut varier." | |
25096 | ||
25097 | #. type: Plain text | |
25098 | #: dselect.man | |
25099 | #, fuzzy | |
25100 | #| msgid "" | |
25101 | #| "Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages " | |
25102 | #| "list, an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split " | |
25103 | #| "screen." | |
25104 | msgid "" | |
25105 | "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " | |
25106 | "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." | |
25107 | msgstr "" | |
25108 | "Appuyez sur la touche « B<I> » pour passer d'un affichage de la liste des " | |
25109 | "paquets en mode plein-écran, à un affichage plus important des détails des " | |
25110 | "paquets ou à un mode partagé équitablement." | |
25111 | ||
25112 | #. type: SS | |
25113 | #: dselect.man | |
25114 | #, no-wrap | |
25115 | msgid "Package details view" | |
25116 | msgstr "Vue des détails d'un paquet" | |
25117 | ||
25118 | #. type: Plain text | |
25119 | #: dselect.man | |
25120 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
25121 | #| msgid "" | |
25122 | #| "The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" | |
25123 | #| "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" | |
25124 | #| "The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" | |
25125 | #| "alternates between:\n" | |
25126 | #| " - the extended description\n" | |
25127 | #| " - the control information for the installed version\n" | |
25128 | #| " - the control information for the available version\n" | |
25129 | msgid "" | |
25130 | "The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" | |
25131 | "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" | |
25132 | "The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key.\n" | |
25133 | "This alternates between:\n" | |
25134 | " - the extended description\n" | |
25135 | " - the control information for the installed version\n" | |
25136 | " - the control information for the available version\n" | |
25137 | msgstr "" | |
25138 | "La vue des détails d'un paquet affiche par défaut la description longue du paquet sélectionné dans la liste des paquets. Le type de détail peut être modifié en pressant la touche « B<i> ». Cela permet de passer de :\n" | |
25139 | " - la description longue\n" | |
25140 | " - les informations de contrôle de la version installée\n" | |
25141 | " - les informations de contrôle de la version disponible\n" | |
25142 | ||
25143 | #. type: Plain text | |
25144 | #: dselect.man | |
25145 | msgid "" | |
25146 | "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " | |
25147 | "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " | |
25148 | "causing it to be listed." | |
25149 | msgstr "" | |
25150 | "Dans un écran de résolution des dépendances, on peut également voir les " | |
25151 | "dépendances et conflits spécifiques au paquet qui expliquent la présence du " | |
25152 | "paquet dans la liste." | |
25153 | ||
25154 | #. type: SS | |
25155 | #: dselect.man | |
25156 | #, no-wrap | |
25157 | msgid "Packages status list" | |
25158 | msgstr "Liste des états des paquets" | |
25159 | ||
25160 | #. type: Plain text | |
25161 | #: dselect.man | |
25162 | #, fuzzy | |
25163 | #| msgid "" | |
25164 | #| "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the " | |
25165 | #| "debian package management system. This includes packages installed on the " | |
25166 | #| "system and packages known from the available packages database." | |
25167 | msgid "" | |
25168 | "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian " | |
25169 | "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " | |
25170 | "and packages known from the available packages database." | |
25171 | msgstr "" | |
25172 | "L'écran principal de sélection affiche une liste de tous les paquets connus " | |
25173 | "par le système de gestion des paquets Debian. Ceci inclut les paquets " | |
25174 | "installés sur le système et les paquets connus par la base de données des " | |
25175 | "paquets disponibles." | |
25176 | ||
25177 | #. type: Plain text | |
25178 | #: dselect.man | |
25179 | #, fuzzy | |
25180 | #| msgid "" | |
25181 | #| "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, " | |
25182 | #| "section, installed and available architecture, installed and available " | |
25183 | #| "versions, the package name and its short description, all in one line. " | |
25184 | #| "By pressing the B<'A'> key, the display of the installed and available " | |
25185 | #| "architecture can be toggled between on an off. By pressing the B<'V'> " | |
25186 | #| "key, the display of the installed and available version can be toggled " | |
25187 | #| "between on an off. By pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status " | |
25188 | #| "display is toggled between verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is " | |
25189 | #| "the default." | |
25190 | msgid "" | |
25191 | "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " | |
25192 | "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the " | |
25193 | "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the " | |
25194 | "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be " | |
25195 | "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the " | |
25196 | "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " | |
25197 | "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between " | |
25198 | "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." | |
25199 | msgstr "" | |
25200 | "Pour tous les paquets, la liste affiche sur une ligne l'état du paquet, sa " | |
25201 | "priorité, sa section, les architectures installée et disponible, les " | |
25202 | "versions installée et disponible, le nom du paquet et sa description courte. " | |
25203 | "En appuyant sur la touche « B<A> », on peut activer ou désactiver " | |
25204 | "l'affichage des architectures installée et disponible.En appuyant sur la " | |
25205 | "touche « B<V> », on peut activer ou désactiver l'affichage des versions " | |
25206 | "installée et disponible. En appuyant sur la touche « B<v> », l'affichage de " | |
25207 | "l'état passe d'un mode bavard à un mode raccourci. Par défaut, l'état " | |
25208 | "raccourci est utilisé." | |
25209 | ||
25210 | #. type: Plain text | |
25211 | #: dselect.man | |
25212 | msgid "" | |
25213 | "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " | |
25214 | "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " | |
25215 | "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " | |
25216 | "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." | |
25217 | msgstr "" | |
25218 | "L'état raccourci consiste en 4 parties : un drapeau d'erreur, qui est " | |
25219 | "habituellement vide, l'état courant, l'état de sélection précédent et l'état " | |
25220 | "de sélection actuel. Les deux premiers donnent des indications sur l'état " | |
25221 | "courant du paquet, les deux suivants concernent les sélections définies par " | |
25222 | "l'utilisateur." | |
25223 | ||
25224 | #. type: Plain text | |
25225 | #: dselect.man | |
25226 | #, no-wrap | |
25227 | msgid "" | |
25228 | "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" | |
25229 | " Error flag:\n" | |
25230 | " I<empty> no error\n" | |
25231 | " B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" | |
25232 | " Installed state:\n" | |
25233 | " I<empty> not installed;\n" | |
25234 | " B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" | |
25235 | " B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" | |
25236 | " B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" | |
25237 | " B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" | |
25238 | " B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" | |
25239 | " Current and requested selections:\n" | |
25240 | " B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" | |
25241 | " B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" | |
25242 | " B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" | |
25243 | " B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" | |
25244 | " B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" | |
25245 | msgstr "" | |
25246 | "Voici la signification des codes d'indication des états :\n" | |
25247 | " Drapeau d'erreur :\n" | |
25248 | " I<vide> aucune erreur ;\n" | |
25249 | " B<R> erreur sérieuse, réinstallation nécessaire.\n" | |
25250 | " État d'installation :\n" | |
25251 | " I<vide> pas installé ;\n" | |
25252 | " B<*> complètement installé et configuré ;\n" | |
25253 | " B<-> pas installé, mais des fichiers de configuration existent toujours ;\n" | |
25254 | " B<U> dépaqueté, mais toujours pas configuré ;\n" | |
25255 | " B<C> à moitié configuré (il y a eu une erreur) ;\n" | |
25256 | " B<I> à moitié installé (il y a eu une erreur).\n" | |
25257 | " Sélection actuelle et demandée :\n" | |
25258 | " B<*> marqué comme étant à installer ou à mettre à jour ;\n" | |
25259 | " B<-> marqué comme étant à retirer, en conservant la configuration ;\n" | |
25260 | " B<=> marqué comme étant à conserver : le paquet ne sera pas traité ;\n" | |
25261 | " B<_> marqué comme étant à nettoyer, la configuration sera retirée également ;\n" | |
25262 | " B<n> nouveau paquet, n'a toujours pas été marqué.\n" | |
25263 | ||
25264 | #. type: SS | |
25265 | #: dselect.man | |
25266 | #, no-wrap | |
25267 | msgid "Cursor and screen movement" | |
25268 | msgstr "Déplacement du curseur et de l'écran" | |
25269 | ||
25270 | #. type: Plain text | |
25271 | #: dselect.man | |
25272 | msgid "" | |
25273 | "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " | |
25274 | "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" | |
25275 | msgstr "" | |
25276 | "Vous pouvez naviguer dans la liste de sélection des paquets et dans l'écran " | |
25277 | "de résolution des dépendances et des conflits à l'aide des touches " | |
25278 | "suivantes :" | |
25279 | ||
25280 | #. type: Plain text | |
25281 | #: dselect.man | |
25282 | #, no-wrap | |
25283 | msgid "" | |
25284 | " B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" | |
25285 | " B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" | |
25286 | " B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" | |
25287 | " B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" | |
25288 | " B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" | |
25289 | " B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" | |
25290 | " B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" | |
25291 | " B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" | |
25292 | " B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" | |
25293 | " B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" | |
25294 | " B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" | |
25295 | " B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" | |
25296 | " B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" | |
25297 | " B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" | |
25298 | " B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" | |
25299 | " B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" | |
25300 | msgstr "" | |
25301 | " B<p, Haut, k> déplace le curseur vers le haut\n" | |
25302 | " B<n, Bas, j> déplace le curseur vers le bas\n" | |
25303 | " B<P, Page-préc., Effacer> fait défiler la liste d'une page vers le haut\n" | |
25304 | " B<N, Page-suiv., Espace> fait défiler la liste d'une page vers le bas\n" | |
25305 | " B<^p> fait défiler la liste d'une ligne vers le haut\n" | |
25306 | " B<^n> fait défiler la liste d'une ligne vers le bas\n" | |
25307 | " B<t, Home> saute au début de la liste\n" | |
25308 | " B<e, Fin> saute à la fin de la liste\n" | |
25309 | " B<u> fait défiler les informations d'une page vers le haut\n" | |
25310 | " B<d> fait défiler les informations d'une page vers le bas\n" | |
25311 | " B<^u> fait défiler les informations d'une ligne vers le haut\n" | |
25312 | " B<^d> fait défiler les informations d'une ligne vers le bas\n" | |
25313 | " B<B, gauche> déplace l'affichage de 1/3 vers la gauche\n" | |
25314 | " B<F, droite> déplace l'affichage de 1/3 vers la droite\n" | |
25315 | " B<^b> déplace l'affichage d'un caractère vers la gauche\n" | |
25316 | " B<^f> déplace l'affichage d'un caractère vers la droite\n" | |
25317 | ||
25318 | #. type: SS | |
25319 | #: dselect.man | |
25320 | #, no-wrap | |
25321 | msgid "Searching and sorting" | |
25322 | msgstr "Recherches et tris" | |
25323 | ||
25324 | #. type: Plain text | |
25325 | #: dselect.man | |
25326 | #, fuzzy | |
25327 | #| msgid "" | |
25328 | #| "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " | |
25329 | #| "pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " | |
25330 | #| "interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to " | |
25331 | #| "the search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you " | |
25332 | #| "add B<'/i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these " | |
25333 | #| "two suffixes like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by " | |
25334 | #| "repeatedly pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package " | |
25335 | #| "is found. If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the " | |
25336 | #| "top and continues searching from there." | |
25337 | msgid "" | |
25338 | "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " | |
25339 | "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is " | |
25340 | "interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the " | |
25341 | "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add ‘B</" | |
25342 | "i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " | |
25343 | "like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " | |
25344 | "pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\e>’ keys, until the wanted package is found. If " | |
25345 | "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " | |
25346 | "searching from there." | |
25347 | msgstr "" | |
25348 | "On peut rechercher un paquet par son nom dans la liste des paquets. Pour " | |
25349 | "cela, il faut presser la touche « B</> », puis taper le texte à rechercher. " | |
25350 | "Ce texte est interprété comme une expression rationnelle (voir B<regex>(7)). " | |
25351 | "Si vous ajoutez « B</d> » à la recherche, dselect recherchera également dans " | |
25352 | "les descriptions. Si vous ajoutez « B</i> », la recherche ne prend pas en " | |
25353 | "compte la casse. Les deux suffixes peuvent être combinés comme ceci : « B</" | |
25354 | "id> ». La recherche peut être répétée en appuyant sur la touche « B<n> » ou " | |
25355 | "« B<\\e> », jusqu'à ce que le paquet soit trouvé. Lorsque la recherche " | |
25356 | "atteint la fin de la liste, elle recommence au début." | |
25357 | ||
25358 | #. type: Plain text | |
25359 | #: dselect.man | |
25360 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
25361 | #| msgid "" | |
25362 | #| "The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" | |
25363 | #| "the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" | |
25364 | #| "The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" | |
25365 | #| " alphabet available status\n" | |
25366 | #| " priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" | |
25367 | #| " section+priority available+section status+section\n" | |
25368 | msgid "" | |
25369 | "The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" | |
25370 | "the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys repeatedly.\n" | |
25371 | "The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" | |
25372 | " alphabet available status\n" | |
25373 | " priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" | |
25374 | " section+priority available+section status+section\n" | |
25375 | msgstr "" | |
25376 | "On peut changer l'ordre du tri en appuyant sur la touche « B<o> » ou « B<O> ». Les neuf systèmes de tris suivants existent :\n" | |
25377 | " alphabétique disponible état\n" | |
25378 | " priorité+section disponible+priorité état+priorité\n" | |
25379 | " section+priorité disponible+section état+section\n" | |
25380 | ||
25381 | #. type: Plain text | |
25382 | #: dselect.man | |
25383 | msgid "" | |
25384 | "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " | |
25385 | "subordering sort key." | |
25386 | msgstr "" | |
25387 | "Lorsqu'il n'est pas indiqué, l'ordre alphabétique est utilisé comme dernier " | |
25388 | "critère de tri." | |
25389 | ||
25390 | #. type: SS | |
25391 | #: dselect.man | |
25392 | #, no-wrap | |
25393 | msgid "Altering selections" | |
25394 | msgstr "Modifier les sélections" | |
25395 | ||
25396 | #. type: Plain text | |
25397 | #: dselect.man | |
25398 | #, no-wrap | |
25399 | msgid "" | |
25400 | "The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" | |
25401 | "altered with the following commands:\n" | |
25402 | " B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" | |
25403 | " B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" | |
25404 | " B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" | |
25405 | " B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" | |
25406 | " B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" | |
25407 | msgstr "" | |
25408 | "Le type de sélection demandé d'un paquet peut être changé à l'aide des commandes suivantes :\n" | |
25409 | " B<+, Inser> installer ou mettre à jour\n" | |
25410 | " B<=, H> à garder dans l'état et la version actuels\n" | |
25411 | " B<:, G> ne plus garder : mettre à jour ou laisser non installé\n" | |
25412 | " B<-, Suppr> retirer, en gardant la configuration\n" | |
25413 | " B<_> retirer et supprimer la configuration\n" | |
25414 | ||
25415 | #. type: Plain text | |
25416 | #: dselect.man | |
25417 | msgid "" | |
25418 | "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " | |
25419 | "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " | |
25420 | "This will be further explained below." | |
25421 | msgstr "" | |
25422 | "Lorsque la demande de modification entraîne des dépendances non satisfaites " | |
25423 | "ou des conflits, B<dselect> fournit à l'utilisateur un écran de résolution " | |
25424 | "des dépendances. Ceci sera décrit plus tard." | |
25425 | ||
25426 | #. type: Plain text | |
25427 | #: dselect.man | |
25428 | msgid "" | |
25429 | "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " | |
25430 | "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " | |
25431 | "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." | |
25432 | msgstr "" | |
25433 | "Il est également possible d'appliquer ces commandes à des groupes de " | |
25434 | "sélections de paquets en plaçant le curseur sur le titre d'un groupe. Le " | |
25435 | "regroupement des paquets dépend de la façon dont les paquets sont triés dans " | |
25436 | "la liste." | |
25437 | ||
25438 | #. type: Plain text | |
25439 | #: dselect.man | |
25440 | msgid "" | |
25441 | "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " | |
25442 | "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " | |
25443 | "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " | |
25444 | "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " | |
25445 | "operations are useful when applied to groups." | |
25446 | msgstr "" | |
25447 | "Une attention particulière doit être prise lors de la modification de grands " | |
25448 | "groupes de sélections, parce qu'ils peuvent créer rapidement un nombre " | |
25449 | "important de dépendances non résolues ou de conflits, qui seraient tous " | |
25450 | "listés dans un écran de résolution de dépendances, le rendant difficile à " | |
25451 | "utiliser. En pratique, seules les opérations « à garder » et « ne plus " | |
25452 | "garder » sont utiles pour les groupes." | |
25453 | ||
25454 | #. type: SS | |
25455 | #: dselect.man | |
25456 | #, no-wrap | |
25457 | msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" | |
25458 | msgstr "Résoudre les dépendances et les conflits" | |
25459 | ||
25460 | #. type: Plain text | |
25461 | #: dselect.man | |
25462 | msgid "" | |
25463 | "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " | |
25464 | "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " | |
25465 | "First however, an informative help screen is displayed." | |
25466 | msgstr "" | |
25467 | "Lorsque la demande de modification entraîne des dépendances non satisfaites " | |
25468 | "ou des conflits, B<dselect> fournit à l'utilisateur un écran de résolution " | |
25469 | "des dépendances. Mais un écran d'information est affiché dans un premier " | |
25470 | "temps." | |
25471 | ||
25472 | #. type: Plain text | |
25473 | #: dselect.man | |
25474 | msgid "" | |
25475 | "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " | |
25476 | "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " | |
25477 | "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " | |
25478 | "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " | |
25479 | "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " | |
25480 | "listed." | |
25481 | msgstr "" | |
25482 | "La moitié supérieure de cet écran liste tous les paquets ayant des " | |
25483 | "dépendances non résolues ou des conflits dus aux modifications demandées, " | |
25484 | "ainsi que les paquets dont l'installation permettrait de résoudre une " | |
25485 | "dépendance ou dont le retrait permettrait de résoudre un conflit. La moitié " | |
25486 | "inférieure affiche par défaut les dépendances ou conflits pour lesquels le " | |
25487 | "paquet sélectionné se trouve présent dans la liste." | |
25488 | ||
25489 | #. type: Plain text | |
25490 | #: dselect.man | |
25491 | msgid "" | |
25492 | "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " | |
25493 | "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " | |
25494 | "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency " | |
25495 | "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " | |
25496 | "suggestions made by B<dselect>." | |
25497 | msgstr "" | |
25498 | "Quand la sous-liste de paquets est affichée pour la première fois, " | |
25499 | "B<dselect> peut avoir déjà fixé les états demandés pour certains des paquets " | |
25500 | "listés, cela afin de résoudre les dépendances ou les conflits qui ont causé " | |
25501 | "l'apparition de l'écran de résolution des dépendances. Il est habituellement " | |
25502 | "recommandé de suivre les suggestions de B<dselect>." | |
25503 | ||
25504 | #. type: Plain text | |
25505 | #: dselect.man | |
25506 | #, fuzzy | |
25507 | #| msgid "" | |
25508 | #| "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " | |
25509 | #| "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " | |
25510 | #| "created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " | |
25511 | #| "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the " | |
25512 | #| "dependency resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. " | |
25513 | #| "Finally, by pressing B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the " | |
25514 | #| "automatic suggestion values." | |
25515 | msgid "" | |
25516 | "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " | |
25517 | "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " | |
25518 | "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the " | |
25519 | "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " | |
25520 | "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " | |
25521 | "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." | |
25522 | msgstr "" | |
25523 | "Le type de sélection des paquets listés peut être remis dans leurs états " | |
25524 | "précédents, avant que le problème de dépendance ou le conflit ne soit créé, " | |
25525 | "en appuyant sur la touche « B<R> ». La touche « B<D> » permet de remettre à " | |
25526 | "zéro les suggestions automatiques, tout en conservant les modifications qui " | |
25527 | "ont causé l'apparition de l'écran de résolution des dépendances. Enfin, la " | |
25528 | "touche « B<U> » permet de rétablir les suggestions automatiques." | |
25529 | ||
25530 | #. type: SS | |
25531 | #: dselect.man | |
25532 | #, no-wrap | |
25533 | msgid "Establishing the requested selections" | |
25534 | msgstr "Établir les sélections demandées" | |
25535 | ||
25536 | #. type: Plain text | |
25537 | #: dselect.man | |
25538 | msgid "" | |
25539 | "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " | |
25540 | "If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " | |
25541 | "selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " | |
25542 | "unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " | |
25543 | "resolution screen." | |
25544 | msgstr "" | |
25545 | "En appuyant sur B<Entrée>, les sélections affichées sont acceptées. Si " | |
25546 | "B<dselect> ne détecte pas de dépendances non résolues du fait de ces " | |
25547 | "sélections, les nouvelles sélections sont établies. Cependant, si des " | |
25548 | "dépendances non résolues sont trouvées, B<dselect> affichera de nouveau un " | |
25549 | "écran de résolution des dépendances." | |
25550 | ||
25551 | #. type: Plain text | |
25552 | #: dselect.man | |
25553 | #, fuzzy | |
25554 | #| msgid "" | |
25555 | #| "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " | |
25556 | #| "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " | |
25557 | #| "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " | |
25558 | #| "this unless you've read the fine print." | |
25559 | msgid "" | |
25560 | "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " | |
25561 | "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the " | |
25562 | "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " | |
25563 | "this unless you've read the fine print." | |
25564 | msgstr "" | |
25565 | "Pour modifier un jeu de sélections qui causent des dépendances non résolues " | |
25566 | "ou des conflits, et forcer B<dselect> à l'accepter, appuyez sur la touche " | |
25567 | "« B<Q> ». Ceci fixe les sélections telles qu'elles sont définies par " | |
25568 | "l'utilisateur, sans condition. En général, ne faites pas cela, sauf si vous " | |
25569 | "avez bien lu ce qu'il y a d'écrit." | |
25570 | ||
25571 | #. type: Plain text | |
25572 | #: dselect.man | |
25573 | #, fuzzy | |
25574 | #| msgid "" | |
25575 | #| "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go " | |
25576 | #| "back to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the " | |
25577 | #| "B<'X'> or B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly " | |
25578 | #| "detrimental changes to the requested package selections can be backed out " | |
25579 | #| "completely to the last established settings." | |
25580 | msgid "" | |
25581 | "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " | |
25582 | "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or " | |
25583 | "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " | |
25584 | "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " | |
25585 | "the last established settings." | |
25586 | msgstr "" | |
25587 | "L'effet inverse, qui consiste à oublier les demandes de modification des " | |
25588 | "sélections et revenir à la liste précédente de sélections, peut être obtenu " | |
25589 | "en appuyant sur la touche « B<X> » ou « B<Echap> ». En répétant l'opération, " | |
25590 | "on peut complètement revenir à la dernière configuration établie." | |
25591 | ||
25592 | #. type: Plain text | |
25593 | #: dselect.man | |
25594 | #, fuzzy | |
25595 | #| msgid "" | |
25596 | #| "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the " | |
25597 | #| "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the B<'C'> " | |
25598 | #| "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all " | |
25599 | #| "packages, but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the " | |
25600 | #| "user pressed B<enter> by accident." | |
25601 | msgid "" | |
25602 | "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the " | |
25603 | "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ " | |
25604 | "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, " | |
25605 | "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed " | |
25606 | "B<enter> by accident." | |
25607 | msgstr "" | |
25608 | "Si par erreur vous avez fixé certains paramètres et que vous souhaitez " | |
25609 | "revenir en arrière sur ce qui est actuellement installé sur le système, " | |
25610 | "appuyez sur la touche « B<C> ». C'est un peu comme utiliser la commande de " | |
25611 | "déblocage sur tous les paquets, mais cela offre un bouton panique plus " | |
25612 | "évident pour les cas où l'utilisateur a appuyé sur B<entrée> " | |
25613 | "accidentellement." | |
25614 | ||
25615 | #. type: Plain text | |
25616 | #: dselect.man | |
25617 | #, fuzzy | |
25618 | #| msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." | |
25619 | msgid "The requested command was successfully performed." | |
25620 | msgstr "L'action demandée s'est correctement déroulée." | |
25621 | ||
25622 | #. type: Plain text | |
25623 | #: dselect.man | |
25624 | msgid "" | |
25625 | "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " | |
25626 | "specific configuration file." | |
25627 | msgstr "" | |
25628 | "Si positionné, sera utilisé par B<dselect> comme le répertoire d'où sera lu " | |
25629 | "le fichier de configuration propre à l'utilisateur." | |
25630 | ||
25631 | #. type: Plain text | |
25632 | #: dselect.man | |
25633 | msgid "" | |
25634 | "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " | |
25635 | "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." | |
25636 | msgstr "" | |
25637 | "L'interface B<dselect> de sélection de paquets est déroutante pour les " | |
25638 | "nouveaux utilisateurs. On rapporte même qu'elle fait pleurer certains " | |
25639 | "développeurs chevronnés du noyau (NdT : du moins les derniers historiques " | |
25640 | "dinosaures qui s'en servent encore)." | |
25641 | ||
25642 | #. type: Plain text | |
25643 | #: dselect.man | |
25644 | msgid "The documentation is lacking." | |
25645 | msgstr "La documentation manque." | |
25646 | ||
25647 | #. type: Plain text | |
25648 | #: dselect.man | |
25649 | msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." | |
25650 | msgstr "Il n'existe pas d'option d'aide dans le menu." | |
25651 | ||
25652 | #. type: Plain text | |
25653 | #: dselect.man | |
25654 | msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." | |
25655 | msgstr "La liste visible des paquets disponibles ne peut pas être réduite." | |
25656 | ||
25657 | #. type: Plain text | |
25658 | #: dselect.man | |
25659 | msgid "" | |
25660 | "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " | |
25661 | "standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " | |
25662 | "it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." | |
25663 | msgstr "" | |
25664 | "La méthode d'accès intégrée ne satisfait pas les normes de qualité " | |
25665 | "actuelles. Utilisez plutôt la méthode fournie par APT. Non seulement elle " | |
25666 | "n'est pas cassée, mais en plus elle est plus souple que la méthode d'accès " | |
25667 | "intégrée." | |
25668 | ||
25669 | #. type: Plain text | |
25670 | #: dselect.man | |
25671 | msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." | |
25672 | msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." | |
25673 | ||
25674 | #. type: TH | |
25675 | #: dselect.cfg.man | |
25676 | #, no-wrap | |
25677 | msgid "dselect.cfg" | |
25678 | msgstr "dselect.cfg" | |
25679 | ||
25680 | #. type: Plain text | |
25681 | #: dselect.cfg.man | |
25682 | msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" | |
25683 | msgstr "dselect.cfg - Fichier de configuration de dselect" | |
25684 | ||
25685 | #. type: Plain text | |
25686 | #: dselect.cfg.man | |
25687 | #, fuzzy | |
25688 | #| msgid "" | |
25689 | #| "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a " | |
25690 | #| "single option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option " | |
25691 | #| "for dselect except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. " | |
25692 | #| "Quotes surrounding option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by " | |
25693 | #| "starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." | |
25694 | msgid "" | |
25695 | "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " | |
25696 | "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect " | |
25697 | "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " | |
25698 | "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " | |
25699 | "hash sign (‘B<#>’)." | |
25700 | msgstr "" | |
25701 | "Ce fichier liste les options appliquées par défaut à dselect. Chaque ligne " | |
25702 | "contient une seule option, écrite exactement comme sur la ligne de commande " | |
25703 | "mais sans les tirets initiaux, inutilisés. Les guillemets placés autour des " | |
25704 | "options sont supprimés. Les commentaires sont autorisés en faisant commencer " | |
25705 | "la ligne par un caractère B<#>." | |
25706 | ||
25707 | #. type: Plain text | |
25708 | #: dselect.cfg.man | |
25709 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" | |
25710 | msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" | |
25711 | ||
25712 | #. type: Plain text | |
25713 | #: dselect.cfg.man | |
25714 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>" | |
25715 | msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>" | |
25716 | ||
25717 | #. type: Plain text | |
25718 | #: dselect.cfg.man | |
25719 | msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" | |
25720 | msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" | |
25721 | ||
25722 | #. type: Plain text | |
25723 | #: dselect.cfg.man | |
25724 | msgid "B<dselect>(1)." | |
25725 | msgstr "B<dselect>(1)." | |
25726 | ||
25727 | #. type: TH | |
25728 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25729 | #, no-wrap | |
25730 | msgid "start-stop-daemon" | |
25731 | msgstr "start-stop-daemon" | |
25732 | ||
25733 | #. type: Plain text | |
25734 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25735 | msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" | |
25736 | msgstr "start-stop-daemon - lance ou arrête des démons système" | |
25737 | ||
25738 | #. type: Plain text | |
25739 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25740 | msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
25741 | msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
25742 | ||
25743 | #. type: Plain text | |
25744 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25745 | msgid "" | |
25746 | "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " | |
25747 | "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-" | |
25748 | "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process." | |
25749 | msgstr "" | |
25750 | "On se sert de B<start-stop-daemon> pour contrôler la création ou l'arrêt de " | |
25751 | "processus système. En utilisant les options correspondantes, B<start-stop-" | |
25752 | "daemon> peut être configuré pour trouver les exemplaires présents d'un " | |
25753 | "processus en fonctionnement." | |
25754 | ||
25755 | #. type: Plain text | |
25756 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25757 | msgid "" | |
25758 | "Note: unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> " | |
25759 | "behaves similar to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the " | |
25760 | "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent " | |
25761 | "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--" | |
25762 | "start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the " | |
25763 | "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--" | |
25764 | "stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to " | |
25765 | "live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile." | |
25766 | msgstr "" | |
25767 | "Veuillez noter qu'à moins d'utiliser B<--pid> ou B<--pidfile>, le programme " | |
25768 | "B<start-stop-daemon> se comporte comme B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> " | |
25769 | "recherche dans le tableau des processus tout processus qui correspond au " | |
25770 | "nom, pid parent, uid et/ou gid du processus (si indiqué). Toute " | |
25771 | "correspondance empêchera B<--start> de démarrer le démon. Tous les processus " | |
25772 | "qui correspondent recevront le signal TERM (ou le signal indiqué par B<--" | |
25773 | "signal> ou B<--retry>) si B<--stop> est indiqué. Pour les démons avec des " | |
25774 | "processus enfant qui doivent survivre à un B<--stop>, il est nécessaire " | |
25775 | "d'indiquer un fichier pid (« pidfile »)." | |
25776 | ||
25777 | #. type: TP | |
25778 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25779 | #, no-wrap | |
25780 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>" | |
25781 | msgstr "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<paramètres>" | |
25782 | ||
25783 | #. type: Plain text | |
25784 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25785 | msgid "" | |
25786 | "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " | |
25787 | "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--" | |
25788 | "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an " | |
25789 | "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if " | |
25790 | "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command " | |
25791 | "line are passed unmodified to the program being started." | |
25792 | msgstr "" | |
25793 | "Vérifier l'existence d'un processus particulier. Quand il existe un tel " | |
25794 | "processus, B<start-stop-daemon> ne fait rien et se termine avec un code " | |
25795 | "d'erreur égal à 1 (0 si B<--oknodo> est précisé). Quand un tel processus " | |
25796 | "n'existe pas, un exemplaire de l'exécutable est lancé, en utilisant le " | |
25797 | "paramètre de B<--exec> ou celui de B<--startas> si cette option est " | |
25798 | "précisée. Tout argument donné après B<--> sur la ligne de commande est passé " | |
25799 | "tel quel au programme qui doit être lancé." | |
25800 | ||
25801 | #. type: TP | |
25802 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25803 | #, no-wrap | |
25804 | msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>" | |
25805 | msgstr "B<-K>, B<--stop>" | |
25806 | ||
25807 | #. type: Plain text | |
25808 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25809 | msgid "" | |
25810 | "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " | |
25811 | "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits " | |
25812 | "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> " | |
25813 | "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is " | |
25814 | "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have " | |
25815 | "terminated." | |
25816 | msgstr "" | |
25817 | "Vérifier aussi l'existence d'un processus particulier. Quand un tel " | |
25818 | "processus existe, B<start-stop-daemon> lui envoie le signal précisé avec B<--" | |
25819 | "signal> et se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 0. Quand un tel processus " | |
25820 | "n'existe pas, B<start-stop-daemon> se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 1 " | |
25821 | "(0 si B<--oknodo> est précisé). Si B<--retry> est indiquée, B<start-stop-" | |
25822 | "daemon> recherche si le processus ou les processus se sont bien terminés." | |
25823 | ||
25824 | #. type: TP | |
25825 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25826 | #, no-wrap | |
25827 | msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>" | |
25828 | msgstr "B<-T>, B<--status>" | |
25829 | ||
25830 | #. type: Plain text | |
25831 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25832 | #, fuzzy | |
25833 | #| msgid "" | |
25834 | #| "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit " | |
25835 | #| "status code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions." | |
25836 | msgid "" | |
25837 | "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status " | |
25838 | "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)." | |
25839 | msgstr "" | |
25840 | "Contrôle l'existence du processus indiqué et sort avec un code de sortie " | |
25841 | "défini par les actions des scripts d'initialisation de la LSB (« LSB Init " | |
25842 | "Script Actions »)." | |
25843 | ||
25844 | #. type: TP | |
25845 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25846 | #, no-wrap | |
25847 | msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>" | |
25848 | msgstr "B<-H>, B<--help>" | |
25849 | ||
25850 | #. type: Plain text | |
25851 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25852 | msgid "Show usage information and exit." | |
25853 | msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide, puis quitte." | |
25854 | ||
25855 | #. type: TP | |
25856 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25857 | #, no-wrap | |
25858 | msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" | |
25859 | msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>" | |
25860 | ||
25861 | #. type: Plain text | |
25862 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25863 | msgid "Show the program version and exit." | |
25864 | msgstr "Affiche la version du programme, puis quitte." | |
25865 | ||
25866 | #. type: SS | |
25867 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25868 | #, no-wrap | |
25869 | msgid "Matching options" | |
25870 | msgstr "Options de correspondance" | |
25871 | ||
25872 | #. type: TP | |
25873 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25874 | #, no-wrap | |
25875 | msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>" | |
25876 | msgstr "[B<--pid>] I<pid>" | |
25877 | ||
25878 | #. type: Plain text | |
25879 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25880 | #, fuzzy | |
25881 | #| msgid "" | |
25882 | #| "Check for a process with the specified I<pid>. The I<pid> must be a " | |
25883 | #| "number greater than 0." | |
25884 | msgid "" | |
25885 | "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The " | |
25886 | "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0." | |
25887 | msgstr "" | |
25888 | "Vérifie l'existence d'un processus avec le I<pid> spécifié. Le I<pid> doit " | |
25889 | "avoir un numéro supérieur à 0." | |
25890 | ||
25891 | #. type: TP | |
25892 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25893 | #, no-wrap | |
25894 | msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>" | |
25895 | msgstr "[B<--ppid>] I<pid parent>" | |
25896 | ||
25897 | #. type: Plain text | |
25898 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25899 | #, fuzzy | |
25900 | #| msgid "" | |
25901 | #| "Check for a process with the specified I<ppid> (parent pid). The I<ppid> " | |
25902 | #| "must be a number greater than 0." | |
25903 | msgid "" | |
25904 | "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version " | |
25905 | "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0." | |
25906 | msgstr "" | |
25907 | "Vérifie l'existence d'un processus avec le I<ppid> spécifié (pid parent). Le " | |
25908 | "I<ppid> doit avoir un numéro supérieur à 0." | |
25909 | ||
25910 | #. type: TP | |
25911 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25912 | #, no-wrap | |
25913 | msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" | |
25914 | msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" | |
25915 | ||
25916 | #. type: Plain text | |
25917 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25918 | msgid "" | |
25919 | "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>. Note: using this " | |
25920 | "matching option alone might cause unintended processes to be acted on, if " | |
25921 | "the old process terminated without being able to remove the I<pid-file>." | |
25922 | msgstr "" | |
25923 | "Contrôle si un processus a créé le fichier I<fichier-pid>. Note : " | |
25924 | "l'utilisation de l'option de correspondance seule peut provoquer des actions " | |
25925 | "sur des processus non prévus, si l'ancien processus s'est terminé dans " | |
25926 | "savoir retiré le I<fichier-pid>." | |
25927 | ||
25928 | #. type: TP | |
25929 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25930 | #, no-wrap | |
25931 | msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>" | |
25932 | msgstr "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<exécutable>" | |
25933 | ||
25934 | #. type: Plain text | |
25935 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25936 | msgid "" | |
25937 | "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The " | |
25938 | "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname. Note: this might not " | |
25939 | "work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the executable will point to " | |
25940 | "the interpreter. Take into account processes running from inside a chroot " | |
25941 | "will also be matched, so other match restrictions might be needed." | |
25942 | msgstr "" | |
25943 | "Contrôle l'existence de processus qui soient des exemplaires de cet " | |
25944 | "I<exécutable>. Le paramètre I<exécutable> doit être un chemin absolu. " | |
25945 | "Note : cela peut ne pas fonctionner avec des scripts interprétés, car " | |
25946 | "l'exécutable sera alors l'interpréteur. Des processus en exécution au sein " | |
25947 | "d'un environnement fermé d'exécution (« chroot ») seront également trouvés " | |
25948 | "et il peut donc être nécessaire d'ajouter d'autres restrictions de " | |
25949 | "correspondance." | |
25950 | ||
25951 | #. type: TP | |
25952 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25953 | #, no-wrap | |
25954 | msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>" | |
25955 | msgstr "B<-n>, B<--name> I<nom-de-processus>" | |
25956 | ||
25957 | #. type: Plain text | |
25958 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25959 | msgid "" | |
25960 | "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is " | |
25961 | "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process " | |
25962 | "itself. Note: on most systems this information is retrieved from the process " | |
25963 | "comm name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length " | |
25964 | "limit (assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)." | |
25965 | msgstr "" | |
25966 | "Contrôle l'existence de processus avec I<nom-de-processus> comme nom. Le " | |
25967 | "I<nom-de-processus> est en général le nom du fichier du processus, mais peut " | |
25968 | "avoir été modifié par le processus lui-même. Note : sur la plupart des " | |
25969 | "systèmes, cette information est récupérée par le nom de communication du " | |
25970 | "noyau, ce qui induit une limite de longueur assez courte (la portabilité " | |
25971 | "impose de ne pas supposer plus de 15 caractères)." | |
25972 | ||
25973 | #. type: TP | |
25974 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25975 | #, no-wrap | |
25976 | msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" | |
25977 | msgstr "B<-u>, B<--user> I<identifiant>|I<uid>" | |
25978 | ||
25979 | #. type: Plain text | |
25980 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25981 | msgid "" | |
25982 | "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>. " | |
25983 | "Note: using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching the " | |
25984 | "user to be acted on." | |
25985 | msgstr "" | |
25986 | "Contrôle l'existence de processus dont le propriétaire est I<identifiant> ou " | |
25987 | "I<uid>. Note : si cette option est utilisée seule, tous les processus de cet " | |
25988 | "utilisateur seront concernés par l'action." | |
25989 | ||
25990 | #. type: SS | |
25991 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25992 | #, no-wrap | |
25993 | msgid "Generic options" | |
25994 | msgstr "Options génériques" | |
25995 | ||
25996 | #. type: TP | |
25997 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
25998 | #, no-wrap | |
25999 | msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" | |
26000 | msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group> I<groupe>|I<gid>" | |
26001 | ||
26002 | #. type: Plain text | |
26003 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26004 | msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." | |
26005 | msgstr "Modifie le I<groupe> ou le I<gid> au début du processus." | |
26006 | ||
26007 | #. type: TP | |
26008 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26009 | #, no-wrap | |
26010 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" | |
26011 | msgstr "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" | |
26012 | ||
26013 | #. type: Plain text | |
26014 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26015 | msgid "" | |
26016 | "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " | |
26017 | "(default TERM)." | |
26018 | msgstr "" | |
26019 | "L'action B<--stop> définit le signal à envoyer au processus qui doit être " | |
26020 | "arrêté (par défaut : TERM)." | |
26021 | ||
26022 | #. type: TP | |
26023 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26024 | #, no-wrap | |
26025 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" | |
26026 | msgstr "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<durée>|I<action-prévue>" | |
26027 | ||
26028 | #. type: Plain text | |
26029 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26030 | msgid "" | |
26031 | "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " | |
26032 | "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " | |
26033 | "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " | |
26034 | "then take further action as determined by the schedule." | |
26035 | msgstr "" | |
26036 | "Avec l'action B<--stop>, B<start-stop-daemon> doit vérifier que les " | |
26037 | "processus se sont terminés. Il le fait pour tous les processus " | |
26038 | "correspondants qui tournent, jusqu'à ce qu'il n'y en ait plus. Quand le " | |
26039 | "processus ne se termine pas, il prend d'autres mesures déterminées par " | |
26040 | "l'I<action-prévue>." | |
26041 | ||
26042 | #. type: Plain text | |
26043 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26044 | msgid "" | |
26045 | "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule " | |
26046 | "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " | |
26047 | "signal specified with B<--signal>." | |
26048 | msgstr "" | |
26049 | "Si I<durée> est indiquée plutôt que I<action-prévue>, l'action-prévue " | |
26050 | "I<signal>B</>I<durée>B</KILL/>I<durée> est utilisée, où I<signal> est le " | |
26051 | "signal indiqué par B<--signal>." | |
26052 | ||
26053 | #. type: Plain text | |
26054 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26055 | msgid "" | |
26056 | "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " | |
26057 | "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " | |
26058 | "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " | |
26059 | "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " | |
26060 | "schedule forever if necessary." | |
26061 | msgstr "" | |
26062 | "I<action-prévue> est une liste d'au moins deux items séparés par des barres " | |
26063 | "obliques (B</>) ; chaque item peut être de la forme B<->I<signal-numéro> ou " | |
26064 | "de la forme [B<->]I<signal-nom>, ce qui demande d'envoyer ce signal ; ou " | |
26065 | "bien de la forme I<durée,> ce qui demande d'attendre tant de secondes avant " | |
26066 | "de terminer les processus, ou bien de la forme B<forever>, ce qui demande de " | |
26067 | "répéter constamment le reste de action-prévue, si nécessaire." | |
26068 | ||
26069 | #. type: Plain text | |
26070 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26071 | msgid "" | |
26072 | "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " | |
26073 | "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " | |
26074 | "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." | |
26075 | msgstr "" | |
26076 | "Quand la fin de l'action-prévue est atteinte et que B<forever> n'a pas été " | |
26077 | "précisé, B<start-stop-daemon> se termine avec un code d'erreur égal à 2. " | |
26078 | "Quand une action-prévue est indiquée, tout signal donné par B<--signal> est " | |
26079 | "ignoré." | |
26080 | ||
26081 | #. type: TP | |
26082 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26083 | #, no-wrap | |
26084 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>" | |
26085 | msgstr "I<-a>, B<--startas> I<nom-de-chemin>" | |
26086 | ||
26087 | #. type: Plain text | |
26088 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26089 | msgid "" | |
26090 | "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " | |
26091 | "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." | |
26092 | msgstr "" | |
26093 | "Avec l'action B<--start>, lance le processus spécifié par I<nom-de-chemin>. " | |
26094 | "Si rien n'est précisé, c'est par défaut l'argument donné à B<--exec>." | |
26095 | ||
26096 | #. type: TP | |
26097 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26098 | #, no-wrap | |
26099 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" | |
26100 | msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" | |
26101 | ||
26102 | #. type: Plain text | |
26103 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26104 | msgid "" | |
26105 | "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " | |
26106 | "no action." | |
26107 | msgstr "" | |
26108 | "Affiche les actions qui seraient entreprises et détermine la bonne valeur de " | |
26109 | "retour, mais ne fait rien." | |
26110 | ||
26111 | #. type: TP | |
26112 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26113 | #, no-wrap | |
26114 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" | |
26115 | msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" | |
26116 | ||
26117 | #. type: Plain text | |
26118 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26119 | msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." | |
26120 | msgstr "" | |
26121 | "Retourne un code de sortie égal à 0 au lieu de 1 si rien n'est ou ne sera " | |
26122 | "fait." | |
26123 | ||
26124 | #. type: TP | |
26125 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26126 | #, no-wrap | |
26127 | msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" | |
26128 | msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" | |
26129 | ||
26130 | #. type: Plain text | |
26131 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26132 | msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." | |
26133 | msgstr "" | |
26134 | "N'affiche pas de messages d'information ; affiche seulement les messages " | |
26135 | "d'erreur." | |
26136 | ||
26137 | #. type: TP | |
26138 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26139 | #, no-wrap | |
26140 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]" | |
26141 | msgstr "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<identifiant>|I<uid>[B<:>I<groupe>|I<gid>]" | |
26142 | ||
26143 | #. type: Plain text | |
26144 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26145 | #, fuzzy | |
26146 | #| msgid "" | |
26147 | #| "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " | |
26148 | #| "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same " | |
26149 | #| "way as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a " | |
26150 | #| "user is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is " | |
26151 | #| "used. When using this option you must realize that the primary and " | |
26152 | #| "supplemental groups are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not " | |
26153 | #| "specified. The B<--group> option is only for groups that the user isn't " | |
26154 | #| "normally a member of (like adding per process group membership for " | |
26155 | #| "generic users like B<nobody>)." | |
26156 | msgid "" | |
26157 | "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " | |
26158 | "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " | |
26159 | "as you would for the B<chown>(1) command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user " | |
26160 | "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When " | |
26161 | "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups " | |
26162 | "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--" | |
26163 | "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of " | |
26164 | "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." | |
26165 | msgstr "" | |
26166 | "Change pour cet utilisateur ou « uid » avant de lancer le processus. On peut " | |
26167 | "aussi préciser un groupe en ajoutant un B<:>, puis le groupe ou un « gid » " | |
26168 | "de la même façon qu'avec la commande « chown » (I<utilisateur>B<:" | |
26169 | ">I<groupe>). Lorsqu'un utilisateur est indiqué mais pas de groupe alors le " | |
26170 | "groupe primaire de celui-ci est utilisé. Quand on utilise cette option, on " | |
26171 | "doit veiller à ce que les groupes primaires ainsi que les groupes " | |
26172 | "secondaires existent bien, même si l'option B<--group> n'est pas spécifiée. " | |
26173 | "L'option B<--group> sert seulement pour les groupes dont l'utilisateur n'est " | |
26174 | "pas membre (c'est comme rendre membre d'un groupe-pour-processus des " | |
26175 | "utilisateurs génériques comme B<nobody>)." | |
26176 | ||
26177 | #. type: TP | |
26178 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26179 | #, no-wrap | |
26180 | msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" | |
26181 | msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" | |
26182 | ||
26183 | #. type: Plain text | |
26184 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26185 | msgid "" | |
26186 | "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " | |
26187 | "the pidfile is also written after the chroot." | |
26188 | msgstr "" | |
26189 | "Change de répertoire racine pour B<root> avant de lancer le processus. " | |
26190 | "Remarquez que le « pidfile » est aussi écrit après le changement de racine." | |
26191 | ||
26192 | #. type: TP | |
26193 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26194 | #, no-wrap | |
26195 | msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>" | |
26196 | msgstr "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<chemin>" | |
26197 | ||
26198 | #. type: Plain text | |
26199 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26200 | msgid "" | |
26201 | "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " | |
26202 | "if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, B<start-stop-" | |
26203 | "daemon> will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." | |
26204 | msgstr "" | |
26205 | "Change de répertoire pour I<chemin> avant de commencer le processus. Cela " | |
26206 | "est fait après le changement de répertoire racine si l'option B<-r>|B<--" | |
26207 | "chroot> est demandée. Si rien n'est demandé, B<start-stop-daemon> changera " | |
26208 | "de répertoire pour le répertoire racine avant de commencer le processus." | |
26209 | ||
26210 | #. type: TP | |
26211 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26212 | #, no-wrap | |
26213 | msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>" | |
26214 | msgstr "B<-b>, B<--background>" | |
26215 | ||
26216 | #. type: Plain text | |
26217 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26218 | #, fuzzy | |
26219 | #| msgid "" | |
26220 | #| "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " | |
26221 | #| "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " | |
26222 | #| "force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " | |
26223 | #| "the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This " | |
26224 | #| "is a last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no " | |
26225 | #| "sense forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code " | |
26226 | #| "for them to do this themselves." | |
26227 | msgid "" | |
26228 | "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " | |
26229 | "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " | |
26230 | "force it into the background. B<Warning: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " | |
26231 | "the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " | |
26232 | "last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " | |
26233 | "forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " | |
26234 | "do this themselves." | |
26235 | msgstr "" | |
26236 | "Utilisé généralement pour les programmes qui ne « se détachent » pas d'eux-" | |
26237 | "mêmes. Cette option oblige B<start-stop-daemon> à se dupliquer (fork) avant " | |
26238 | "de lancer le processus, et l'oblige à passer en arrière-plan. " | |
26239 | "B<AVERTISSEMENT : start-stop-daemon> ne peut pas vérifier le code de sortie " | |
26240 | "quand, pour B<une raison ou une autre>, le processus échoue. C'est un " | |
26241 | "expédient dont on se servira seulement pour des programmes dont la " | |
26242 | "duplication n'a pas de sens ou bien des programmes dont le code n'est pas " | |
26243 | "adaptable pour leur ajouter cette fonctionnalité." | |
26244 | ||
26245 | #. type: TP | |
26246 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26247 | #, no-wrap | |
26248 | msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" | |
26249 | msgstr "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" | |
26250 | ||
26251 | #. type: Plain text | |
26252 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26253 | #, fuzzy | |
26254 | #| msgid "" | |
26255 | #| "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the " | |
26256 | #| "background. Used for debugging purposes to see the process output, or to " | |
26257 | #| "redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only relevant when " | |
26258 | #| "using B<--background>." | |
26259 | msgid "" | |
26260 | "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background " | |
26261 | "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process " | |
26262 | "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only " | |
26263 | "relevant when using B<--background>." | |
26264 | msgstr "" | |
26265 | "Ne fermer aucun descripteur de fichiers en forçant le démon à s'exécuter en " | |
26266 | "arrière-plan. Utilisé à des fins de débogage afin de voir ce qu'affiche le " | |
26267 | "processus ou pour rediriger les descripteurs de fichiers pour journaliser " | |
26268 | "l'affichage du processus. N'est pertinent que lors de l'utilisation de B<--" | |
26269 | "background>." | |
26270 | ||
26271 | #. type: TP | |
26272 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26273 | #, no-wrap | |
26274 | msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>" | |
26275 | msgstr "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>" | |
26276 | ||
26277 | #. type: Plain text | |
26278 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26279 | msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." | |
26280 | msgstr "Cela modifie la priorité du processus avant qu'il ne soit lancé." | |
26281 | ||
26282 | #. type: TP | |
26283 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26284 | #, no-wrap | |
26285 | msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>" | |
26286 | msgstr "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<politique>B<:>I<priorité>" | |
26287 | ||
26288 | #. type: Plain text | |
26289 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26290 | #, fuzzy | |
26291 | #| msgid "" | |
26292 | #| "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process " | |
26293 | #| "before starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending " | |
26294 | #| "a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 0. The currently " | |
26295 | #| "supported policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>." | |
26296 | msgid "" | |
26297 | "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before " | |
26298 | "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " | |
26299 | "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " | |
26300 | "is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>." | |
26301 | msgstr "" | |
26302 | "Modifie la politique du programmateur de processus (« process scheduler " | |
26303 | "policy ») et la priorité du processus avant de le démarrer. La priorité peut " | |
26304 | "être indiquée de manière facultative avec B<:> suivi de la valeur souhaitée. " | |
26305 | "La I<priorité> par défaut est 0. Les valeurs de politiques actuellement " | |
26306 | "gérées sont B<other>, B<fifo> et B<rr>." | |
26307 | ||
26308 | #. type: TP | |
26309 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26310 | #, no-wrap | |
26311 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>" | |
26312 | msgstr "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<classe>B<:>I<priorité>" | |
26313 | ||
26314 | #. type: Plain text | |
26315 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26316 | #, fuzzy | |
26317 | #| msgid "" | |
26318 | #| "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before " | |
26319 | #| "starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> " | |
26320 | #| "followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is " | |
26321 | #| "B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The currently supported " | |
26322 | #| "values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and B<real-time>." | |
26323 | msgid "" | |
26324 | "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before " | |
26325 | "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " | |
26326 | "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " | |
26327 | "is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The " | |
26328 | "currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and " | |
26329 | "B<real-time>." | |
26330 | msgstr "" | |
26331 | "Modifie la classe du programmateur d'entrée/sortie (« IO scheduler ») et la " | |
26332 | "priorité du processus avant de le démarrer. La priorité peut être indiquée " | |
26333 | "de manière facultative avec B<:> suivi de la valeur souhaitée. La " | |
26334 | "I<priorité> par défaut est 4, sauf si I<classe> est B<idle>, auquel cas " | |
26335 | "I<priorité> sera toujours égale à 7. Les valeurs de I<classe> actuellement " | |
26336 | "gérées sont B<idle>, B<best-effort> et B<real-time>." | |
26337 | ||
26338 | #. type: TP | |
26339 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26340 | #, no-wrap | |
26341 | msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>" | |
26342 | msgstr "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<masque>" | |
26343 | ||
26344 | #. type: Plain text | |
26345 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26346 | #, fuzzy | |
26347 | #| msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." | |
26348 | msgid "" | |
26349 | "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version " | |
26350 | "1.13.22)." | |
26351 | msgstr "" | |
26352 | "Cela modifie le masque utilisateur du processus avant qu'il ne soit lancé." | |
26353 | ||
26354 | #. type: TP | |
26355 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26356 | #, no-wrap | |
26357 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" | |
26358 | msgstr "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" | |
26359 | ||
26360 | #. type: Plain text | |
26361 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26362 | #, fuzzy | |
26363 | #| msgid "" | |
26364 | #| "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " | |
26365 | #| "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" | |
26366 | #| "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. " | |
26367 | #| "Note, the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--" | |
26368 | #| "remove-pidfile> is used. B<NOTE:> This feature may not work in all " | |
26369 | #| "cases. Most notably when the program being executed forks from its main " | |
26370 | #| "process. Because of this, it is usually only useful when combined with " | |
26371 | #| "the B<--background> option." | |
26372 | msgid "" | |
26373 | "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " | |
26374 | "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" | |
26375 | "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " | |
26376 | "the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-" | |
26377 | "pidfile> is used. B<Note:> This feature may not work in all cases. Most " | |
26378 | "notably when the program being executed forks from its main process. Because " | |
26379 | "of this, it is usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> " | |
26380 | "option." | |
26381 | msgstr "" | |
26382 | "Utilisé lors du lancement d'un programme qui ne crée pas son propre fichier " | |
26383 | "identificateur « pid ». Cette option indique à B<start-stop-daemon> de créer " | |
26384 | "le fichier référencé par B<--pidfile> et placer le « pid » dans ce fichier " | |
26385 | "juste avant d'exécuter le processus. Il faut remarquer que ce fichier ne " | |
26386 | "sera supprimé quand le programme s'arrête que si B<--remove-pidfile> est " | |
26387 | "utilisé. B<NOTE :> il se peut que cette caractéristique ne marche pas dans " | |
26388 | "tous les cas. Notamment quand le programme qui est exécuté se duplique. À " | |
26389 | "cause de cela, cette option n'est habituellement utile que combinée avec " | |
26390 | "l'option B<--background>." | |
26391 | ||
26392 | #. type: TP | |
26393 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26394 | #, no-wrap | |
26395 | msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>" | |
26396 | msgstr "B<--remove-pidfile>" | |
26397 | ||
26398 | #. type: Plain text | |
26399 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26400 | #, fuzzy | |
26401 | #| msgid "" | |
26402 | #| "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file. This " | |
26403 | #| "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the file referenced with B<--" | |
26404 | #| "pidfile> after terminating the process." | |
26405 | msgid "" | |
26406 | "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since " | |
26407 | "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the " | |
26408 | "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process." | |
26409 | msgstr "" | |
26410 | "Utilisé lors de l'arrêt d'un programme qui ne supprime pas lui-même son " | |
26411 | "fichier identificateur « pid ». Cette option indique à B<start-stop-daemon> " | |
26412 | "de supprimer le fichier référencé par B<--pid-file> après l'arrêt du " | |
26413 | "processus." | |
26414 | ||
26415 | #. type: Plain text | |
26416 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26417 | msgid "Print verbose informational messages." | |
26418 | msgstr "Affiche des messages prolixes en renseignements." | |
26419 | ||
26420 | #. type: Plain text | |
26421 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26422 | msgid "" | |
26423 | "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also " | |
26424 | "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was " | |
26425 | "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was " | |
26426 | "specified and there were no matching processes." | |
26427 | msgstr "" | |
26428 | "L'action demandée a été effectuée. Si B<--oknodo> était indiqué, il est " | |
26429 | "également possible que rien ne se soit passé. Cela peut se produire si B<--" | |
26430 | "start> était indiqué et qu'un processus correspondant était déjà en train de " | |
26431 | "s'exécuter ou si B<--stop> était indiqué et qu'aucun processus ne " | |
26432 | "correspondait." | |
26433 | ||
26434 | #. type: Plain text | |
26435 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26436 | msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done." | |
26437 | msgstr "Si B<--oknodo> n'était pas indiqué et que rien ne s'est passé." | |
26438 | ||
26439 | #. type: Plain text | |
26440 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26441 | msgid "" | |
26442 | "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was " | |
26443 | "reached and the processes were still running." | |
26444 | msgstr "" | |
26445 | "Si B<--stop> et B<--retry> étaient indiqués mais que la fin de la " | |
26446 | "planification a été atteinte et que les processus étaient toujours en cours " | |
26447 | "d'exécution." | |
26448 | ||
26449 | #. type: TP | |
26450 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26451 | #, no-wrap | |
26452 | msgid "B<3>" | |
26453 | msgstr "B<3>" | |
26454 | ||
26455 | #. type: Plain text | |
26456 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26457 | msgid "Any other error." | |
26458 | msgstr "Toute autre erreur." | |
26459 | ||
26460 | #. type: Plain text | |
26461 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26462 | msgid "" | |
26463 | "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:" | |
26464 | msgstr "" | |
26465 | "Lorsque la commande B<--status> est utilisée, les codes d'état suivants sont " | |
26466 | "renvoyés :" | |
26467 | ||
26468 | #. type: Plain text | |
26469 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26470 | msgid "Program is running." | |
26471 | msgstr "Le programme est en cours d'exécution." | |
26472 | ||
26473 | #. type: Plain text | |
26474 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26475 | msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists." | |
26476 | msgstr "Le programme n'est pas en cours d'exécution et le fichier PID existe." | |
26477 | ||
26478 | #. type: Plain text | |
26479 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26480 | msgid "Program is not running." | |
26481 | msgstr "Le programme n'est pas en cours d'exécution." | |
26482 | ||
26483 | #. type: TP | |
26484 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26485 | #, no-wrap | |
26486 | msgid "B<4>" | |
26487 | msgstr "B<4>" | |
26488 | ||
26489 | #. type: Plain text | |
26490 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26491 | msgid "Unable to determine program status." | |
26492 | msgstr "Impossible de déterminer l'état du programme." | |
26493 | ||
26494 | #. type: Plain text | |
26495 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26496 | msgid "" | |
26497 | "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named " | |
26498 | "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):" | |
26499 | msgstr "" | |
26500 | "Démarre le démon B<food>, à moins qu'il soit déjà en cours d'exécution (un " | |
26501 | "processus nommé B<food>, tournant sous le nom d'utilisateur B<food>, avec un " | |
26502 | "pid dans food.pid) :" | |
26503 | ||
26504 | #. type: Plain text | |
26505 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26506 | #, no-wrap | |
26507 | msgid "" | |
26508 | "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
26509 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\e\n" | |
26510 | "\t--chuid food -- --daemon\n" | |
26511 | msgstr "" | |
26512 | "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
26513 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\e\n" | |
26514 | "\t--chuid food -- --daemon\n" | |
26515 | ||
26516 | #. type: Plain text | |
26517 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26518 | msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:" | |
26519 | msgstr "" | |
26520 | "Envoie le signal B<SIGTERM> à B<food> et attend durant 5 secondes son arrêt :" | |
26521 | ||
26522 | #. type: Plain text | |
26523 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26524 | #, no-wrap | |
26525 | msgid "" | |
26526 | "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
26527 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry 5\n" | |
26528 | msgstr "" | |
26529 | "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
26530 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry 5\n" | |
26531 | ||
26532 | #. type: Plain text | |
26533 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26534 | msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:" | |
26535 | msgstr "Démonstration d'un ordonnanceur personnalisé pour l'arrêt de B<food> :" | |
26536 | ||
26537 | #. type: Plain text | |
26538 | #: start-stop-daemon.man | |
26539 | #, no-wrap | |
26540 | msgid "" | |
26541 | "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
26542 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" | |
26543 | msgstr "" | |
26544 | "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
26545 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" | |
26546 | ||
26547 | #. type: TH | |
26548 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26549 | #, no-wrap | |
26550 | msgid "update-alternatives" | |
26551 | msgstr "update-alternatives" | |
26552 | ||
26553 | #. type: Plain text | |
26554 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26555 | msgid "" | |
26556 | "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" | |
26557 | msgstr "" | |
26558 | "update-alternatives - maintenance des liens symboliques déterminant les noms " | |
26559 | "par défaut de certaines commandes" | |
26560 | ||
26561 | #. type: Plain text | |
26562 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26563 | msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
26564 | msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<commande>" | |
26565 | ||
26566 | #. type: Plain text | |
26567 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26568 | msgid "" | |
26569 | "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " | |
26570 | "about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." | |
26571 | msgstr "" | |
26572 | "B<update-alternatives> crée, enlève, conserve et affiche des informations " | |
26573 | "concernant les liens symboliques qui forment le système Debian des " | |
26574 | "« alternatives »." | |
26575 | ||
26576 | #. type: Plain text | |
26577 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26578 | msgid "" | |
26579 | "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " | |
26580 | "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " | |
26581 | "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " | |
26582 | "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " | |
26583 | "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " | |
26584 | "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." | |
26585 | msgstr "" | |
26586 | "Il est possible d'installer, sur un même système et en même temps, des " | |
26587 | "programmes qui remplissent des fonctions identiques ou semblables. Par " | |
26588 | "exemple, beaucoup de systèmes installent plusieurs éditeurs de texte en même " | |
26589 | "temps. Cela permet à chaque utilisateur d'un système de choisir, s'il le " | |
26590 | "désire, un éditeur de texte différent ; mais cela rend les choses difficiles " | |
26591 | "pour le programme qui doit choisir un bon éditeur de texte quand " | |
26592 | "l'utilisateur n'a pas fait de choix précis." | |
26593 | ||
26594 | #. type: Plain text | |
26595 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26596 | msgid "" | |
26597 | "Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " | |
26598 | "the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " | |
26599 | "functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " | |
26600 | "together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " | |
26601 | "For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " | |
26602 | "on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" | |
26603 | "bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " | |
26604 | "can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " | |
26605 | "alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " | |
26606 | "to do so." | |
26607 | msgstr "" | |
26608 | "Le système Debian des « alternatives » essaie de résoudre ce problème. Tous " | |
26609 | "les fichiers qui proposent des fonctions interchangeables se servent d'un " | |
26610 | "nom générique qui se trouve dans l'arborescence. Le système des " | |
26611 | "« alternatives » et l'administrateur système font connaître ensemble le " | |
26612 | "fichier qui est réellement visé par ce nom générique. Par exemple, si les " | |
26613 | "éditeurs de texte B<ed>(1) et B<nvi>(1) sont tous les deux installés, le " | |
26614 | "système des « alternatives » fait que le nom générique I</usr/bin/editor> " | |
26615 | "renvoie par défaut à I</usr/bin/nvi>. L'administrateur système peut " | |
26616 | "remplacer cette assignation par I</usr/bin/ed> et le système des " | |
26617 | "« alternatives » ne la changera pas tant qu'on ne lui aura pas demandé " | |
26618 | "explicitement de le faire." | |
26619 | ||
26620 | #. type: Plain text | |
26621 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26622 | msgid "" | |
26623 | "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " | |
26624 | "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " | |
26625 | "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " | |
26626 | "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " | |
26627 | "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why " | |
26628 | "this is a Good Thing." | |
26629 | msgstr "" | |
26630 | "Le nom générique n'est pas un lien symbolique direct vers l'alternative " | |
26631 | "choisie. C'est en fait un lien symbolique vers un nom situé dans le " | |
26632 | "I<répertoire> I<des « alternatives »>, lequel nom est à son tour un lien " | |
26633 | "symbolique vers le fichier réellement visé. Les modifications faites par " | |
26634 | "l'administrateur système sont ainsi confinées dans le répertoire I<%CONFDIR" | |
26635 | "%> ; le FHS (lisez-le) donne de Bonnes Raisons de faire ainsi." | |
26636 | ||
26637 | #. type: Plain text | |
26638 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26639 | msgid "" | |
26640 | "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " | |
26641 | "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " | |
26642 | "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" | |
26643 | "alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or B<prerm> " | |
26644 | "(remove and deconfigure) scripts in Debian packages." | |
26645 | msgstr "" | |
26646 | "Chaque fois qu'un paquet, proposant un fichier pour une fonction déterminée, " | |
26647 | "est installé, modifié ou désinstallé, B<update-alternatives> est appelé pour " | |
26648 | "mettre à jour les informations concernant ce fichier dans le système des " | |
26649 | "« alternatives ». En général, B<update-alternatives> est appelé dans les " | |
26650 | "scripts B<postinst> (configure) et B<prerm> (remove and deconfigure) des " | |
26651 | "paquets Debian." | |
26652 | ||
26653 | #. type: Plain text | |
26654 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26655 | msgid "" | |
26656 | "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that " | |
26657 | "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the " | |
26658 | "B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/" | |
26659 | "man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/" | |
26660 | "vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " | |
26661 | "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " | |
26662 | "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." | |
26663 | msgstr "" | |
26664 | "Il est souvent utile de synchroniser certaines alternatives, de manière à " | |
26665 | "pouvoir les manipuler globalement ; par exemple, quand plusieurs versions de " | |
26666 | "B<vi>(1) sont installées, la page de manuel qui est visée par I</usr/share/" | |
26667 | "man/man1/vi.1> devrait correspondre à I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> " | |
26668 | "gère ce problème avec les liens I<principaux (« master »)> et les liens " | |
26669 | "I<secondaires (« slave »)>. Quand le lien principal est changé, tous les " | |
26670 | "liens secondaires associés sont changés. Un lien principal et ses liens " | |
26671 | "secondaires associés composent un I<groupe> de I<liens.>" | |
26672 | ||
26673 | #. type: Plain text | |
26674 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26675 | msgid "" | |
26676 | "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " | |
26677 | "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " | |
26678 | "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " | |
26679 | "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain " | |
26680 | "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when " | |
26681 | "something is broken)." | |
26682 | msgstr "" | |
26683 | "À tout moment, un groupe de liens est dans l'un des deux modes suivants : " | |
26684 | "automatique ou manuel. Quand un groupe est dans le mode automatique et que " | |
26685 | "des paquets sont installés ou désinstallés, le système des « alternatives » " | |
26686 | "décide automatiquement s'il doit mettre à jour les liens et comment le " | |
26687 | "faire. Dans le mode manuel, le système des « alternatives » ne change pas " | |
26688 | "les liens et laisse l'administrateur système prendre toutes les décisions " | |
26689 | "(sauf si quelque chose est cassé)." | |
26690 | ||
26691 | #. type: Plain text | |
26692 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26693 | msgid "" | |
26694 | "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " | |
26695 | "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " | |
26696 | "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " | |
26697 | "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " | |
26698 | "manual mode." | |
26699 | msgstr "" | |
26700 | "Un groupe de liens est en mode automatique quand il est créé sur un système " | |
26701 | "pour la première fois. Quand l'administrateur système modifie le paramétrage " | |
26702 | "automatique du système, B<update-alternatives> le remarquera la prochaine " | |
26703 | "fois qu'il sera lancé pour ce groupe aux liens modifiés et il fera passer ce " | |
26704 | "groupe en mode manuel." | |
26705 | ||
26706 | #. type: Plain text | |
26707 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26708 | msgid "" | |
26709 | "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " | |
26710 | "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " | |
26711 | "be those which have the highest priority." | |
26712 | msgstr "" | |
26713 | "À chaque alternative est associée une I<priorité>. Quand un groupe de liens " | |
26714 | "est en mode automatique, l'alternative visée par les éléments du groupe est " | |
26715 | "celle qui possède la priorité la plus élevée." | |
26716 | ||
26717 | #. type: Plain text | |
26718 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26719 | #, fuzzy | |
26720 | #| msgid "" | |
26721 | #| "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all " | |
26722 | #| "of the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " | |
26723 | #| "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a '*'. You will then " | |
26724 | #| "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the " | |
26725 | #| "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will " | |
26726 | #| "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode " | |
26727 | #| "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." | |
26728 | msgid "" | |
26729 | "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " | |
26730 | "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " | |
26731 | "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then " | |
26732 | "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the " | |
26733 | "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will " | |
26734 | "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode " | |
26735 | "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." | |
26736 | msgstr "" | |
26737 | "Quand l'option B<--config> est utilisée, B<update-alternatives> affiche " | |
26738 | "toutes les possibilités du groupe pour lequel I<nom> est le lien principal. " | |
26739 | "Le choix actuel est noté par un « * ». Il sera alors demandé quel choix doit " | |
26740 | "être fait pour ce groupe. Suivant le choix effectué, le groupe de liens peut " | |
26741 | "ne plus être en mode I<auto>. Il vous faudra utiliser l'option B<--auto> " | |
26742 | "pour revenir au mode automatique (ou réutiliser B<--config> et choisir " | |
26743 | "l'entrée marquée comme automatique)." | |
26744 | ||
26745 | #. type: Plain text | |
26746 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26747 | msgid "" | |
26748 | "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option " | |
26749 | "instead (see below)." | |
26750 | msgstr "" | |
26751 | "Si vous voulez configurer de manière non interactive, vous pouvez utiliser " | |
26752 | "l'option B<--set> (voyez ci-dessous)." | |
26753 | ||
26754 | #. type: Plain text | |
26755 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26756 | msgid "" | |
26757 | "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " | |
26758 | "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " | |
26759 | "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in " | |
26760 | "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." | |
26761 | msgstr "" | |
26762 | "Les différents paquets qui fournissent un même fichier doivent le faire en " | |
26763 | "B<collaborant>. En d'autres termes, l'utilisation de B<update-alternatives> " | |
26764 | "est B<obligatoire> pour tous les paquets qui sont dans ce cas et il n'est " | |
26765 | "pas possible de remplacer un fichier d'un paquet qui n'utilise pas le " | |
26766 | "mécanisme offert par B<update-alternatives>." | |
26767 | ||
26768 | #. type: SH | |
26769 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26770 | #, no-wrap | |
26771 | msgid "TERMINOLOGY" | |
26772 | msgstr "TERMINOLOGIE" | |
26773 | ||
26774 | #. type: Plain text | |
26775 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26776 | msgid "" | |
26777 | "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " | |
26778 | "specific terms will help to explain its operation." | |
26779 | msgstr "" | |
26780 | "Comme les opérations de B<update-alternatives> sont très compliquées, voici " | |
26781 | "quelques termes qui faciliteront l'explication." | |
26782 | ||
26783 | #. type: TP | |
26784 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26785 | #, no-wrap | |
26786 | msgid "generic name (or alternative link)" | |
26787 | msgstr "nom générique (ou lien alternatif)" | |
26788 | ||
26789 | #. type: Plain text | |
26790 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26791 | msgid "" | |
26792 | "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " | |
26793 | "to one of a number of files of similar function." | |
26794 | msgstr "" | |
26795 | "C'est un nom, par exemple I</usr/bin/editor>, qui renvoie, à travers le " | |
26796 | "système des « alternatives », à l'un des fichiers qui remplissent des " | |
26797 | "fonctions similaires." | |
26798 | ||
26799 | #. type: TP | |
26800 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26801 | #, no-wrap | |
26802 | msgid "alternative name" | |
26803 | msgstr "nom alternatif" | |
26804 | ||
26805 | #. type: Plain text | |
26806 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26807 | msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory." | |
26808 | msgstr "Nom d'un lien symbolique dans le répertoire des alternatives." | |
26809 | ||
26810 | #. type: TP | |
26811 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26812 | #, no-wrap | |
26813 | msgid "alternative (or alternative path)" | |
26814 | msgstr "alternative (ou chemin alternatif)" | |
26815 | ||
26816 | #. type: Plain text | |
26817 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26818 | msgid "" | |
26819 | "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " | |
26820 | "via a generic name using the alternatives system." | |
26821 | msgstr "" | |
26822 | "C'est le nom d'un fichier particulier dans l'arborescence ; il peut être " | |
26823 | "accessible avec un nom générique grâce au système d'alternatives." | |
26824 | ||
26825 | #. type: TP | |
26826 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26827 | #, no-wrap | |
26828 | msgid "alternatives directory" | |
26829 | msgstr "répertoire des alternatives " | |
26830 | ||
26831 | #. type: Plain text | |
26832 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26833 | msgid "" | |
26834 | "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." | |
26835 | msgstr "" | |
26836 | "C'est le répertoire qui contient les liens symboliques ; il s'agit par " | |
26837 | "défaut de I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives.>" | |
26838 | ||
26839 | #. type: TP | |
26840 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26841 | #, no-wrap | |
26842 | msgid "administrative directory" | |
26843 | msgstr "répertoire administratif" | |
26844 | ||
26845 | #. type: Plain text | |
26846 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26847 | msgid "" | |
26848 | "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing B<update-" | |
26849 | "alternatives>' state information." | |
26850 | msgstr "" | |
26851 | "C'est le répertoire qui contient des renseignements sur l'état de B<update-" | |
26852 | "alternatives.> Il s'agit par défaut de I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives.>" | |
26853 | ||
26854 | #. type: TP | |
26855 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26856 | #, no-wrap | |
26857 | msgid "link group" | |
26858 | msgstr "groupe de liens" | |
26859 | ||
26860 | #. type: Plain text | |
26861 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26862 | msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." | |
26863 | msgstr "" | |
26864 | "C'est un ensemble de liens symboliques corrélés, de manière qu'on puisse les " | |
26865 | "mettre à jour en une seule fois." | |
26866 | ||
26867 | #. type: TP | |
26868 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26869 | #, no-wrap | |
26870 | msgid "master link" | |
26871 | msgstr "lien principal" | |
26872 | ||
26873 | #. type: Plain text | |
26874 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26875 | msgid "" | |
26876 | "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in " | |
26877 | "the group are configured." | |
26878 | msgstr "" | |
26879 | "Dans un groupe de liens, c'est le lien alternatif qui détermine comment sont " | |
26880 | "configurés les autres liens du groupe." | |
26881 | ||
26882 | #. type: TP | |
26883 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26884 | #, no-wrap | |
26885 | msgid "slave link" | |
26886 | msgstr "lien secondaire (« slave »)" | |
26887 | ||
26888 | #. type: Plain text | |
26889 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26890 | msgid "" | |
26891 | "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of " | |
26892 | "the master link." | |
26893 | msgstr "" | |
26894 | "Dans un groupe de liens, c'est un lien alternatif contrôlé par la " | |
26895 | "configuration du lien principal." | |
26896 | ||
26897 | #. type: TP | |
26898 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26899 | #, no-wrap | |
26900 | msgid "automatic mode" | |
26901 | msgstr "mode automatique" | |
26902 | ||
26903 | #. type: Plain text | |
26904 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26905 | msgid "" | |
26906 | "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " | |
26907 | "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " | |
26908 | "for the group." | |
26909 | msgstr "" | |
26910 | "Quand un groupe de liens est en mode automatique, le système des " | |
26911 | "« alternatives » assure que les liens dans le groupe pointent vers " | |
26912 | "l'alternative possédant la priorité la plus élevée dans ce groupe." | |
26913 | ||
26914 | #. type: TP | |
26915 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26916 | #, no-wrap | |
26917 | msgid "manual mode" | |
26918 | msgstr "mode manuel " | |
26919 | ||
26920 | #. type: Plain text | |
26921 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26922 | msgid "" | |
26923 | "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " | |
26924 | "any changes to the system administrator's settings." | |
26925 | msgstr "" | |
26926 | "Quand un groupe de liens est en mode manuel, le système des « alternatives » " | |
26927 | "ne modifie pas le paramétrage de l'administrateur système." | |
26928 | ||
26929 | #. type: TP | |
26930 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26931 | #, no-wrap | |
26932 | msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..." | |
26933 | msgstr "B<--install> I<lien nom chemin priorité> [B<--slave> I<lien nom chemin>]..." | |
26934 | ||
26935 | #. type: Plain text | |
26936 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26937 | msgid "" | |
26938 | "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for " | |
26939 | "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives " | |
26940 | "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master " | |
26941 | "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in " | |
26942 | "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero " | |
26943 | "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be " | |
26944 | "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will " | |
26945 | "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave " | |
26946 | "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be " | |
26947 | "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to " | |
26948 | "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used." | |
26949 | msgstr "" | |
26950 | "Ajoute un groupe d'alternatives au système. I<lien> est le nom générique du " | |
26951 | "lien principal, I<nom> est le nom de son lien symbolique, et I<chemin> est " | |
26952 | "l'alternative présentée pour le lien principal. Les paramètres qui suivent " | |
26953 | "B<--slave> sont le nom générique, le lien symbolique dans le répertoire des " | |
26954 | "alternatives et l'alternative pour un lien secondaire. On peut indiquer zéro " | |
26955 | "ou plusieurs options B<--slave>, chacune suivie par trois paramètres. " | |
26956 | "L'alternative principale doit exister, sinon la commande échouera. " | |
26957 | "Cependant, si une alternative secondaire n'existe pas, le lien secondaire ne " | |
26958 | "sera simplement pas installé (mais un avertissement sera affiché). Si un " | |
26959 | "fichier existe à l'emplacement où l'alternative doit être installée, il est " | |
26960 | "conservé sauf si B<--force> est utilisé." | |
26961 | ||
26962 | #. type: Plain text | |
26963 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26964 | msgid "" | |
26965 | "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives " | |
26966 | "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of " | |
26967 | "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, " | |
26968 | "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and " | |
26969 | "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed " | |
26970 | "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the " | |
26971 | "newly added alternatives." | |
26972 | msgstr "" | |
26973 | "Quand le lien principal spécifié existe déjà dans les enregistrements du " | |
26974 | "système des « alternatives », les renseignements fournis sont ajoutés dans " | |
26975 | "un nouvel ensemble d'alternatives pour le groupe. Sinon, un nouveau groupe " | |
26976 | "contenant ces informations est ajouté et mis en mode automatique. Quand un " | |
26977 | "groupe est en mode automatique, et que la priorité des alternatives " | |
26978 | "nouvellement ajoutées est supérieure à celle de toutes les alternatives " | |
26979 | "installées dans ce groupe, les liens symboliques sont mis à jour et pointent " | |
26980 | "vers les alternatives nouvellement ajoutées." | |
26981 | ||
26982 | #. type: TP | |
26983 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26984 | #, no-wrap | |
26985 | msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" | |
26986 | msgstr "B<--set> I<nom chemin>" | |
26987 | ||
26988 | #. type: Plain text | |
26989 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
26990 | msgid "" | |
26991 | "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " | |
26992 | "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." | |
26993 | msgstr "" | |
26994 | "Ajoute le programme I<chemin> comme alternative pour I<nom>. C'est " | |
26995 | "équivalent à B<--config> mais ce n'est pas interactif et on peut donc écrire " | |
26996 | "un script." | |
26997 | ||
26998 | #. type: TP | |
26999 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27000 | #, no-wrap | |
27001 | msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" | |
27002 | msgstr "B<--remove> I<nom chemin>" | |
27003 | ||
27004 | #. type: Plain text | |
27005 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27006 | msgid "" | |
27007 | "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " | |
27008 | "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " | |
27009 | "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " | |
27010 | "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the " | |
27011 | "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such " | |
27012 | "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, " | |
27013 | "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links " | |
27014 | "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed." | |
27015 | msgstr "" | |
27016 | "Enlève une alternative et tous les liens secondaires associés. I<nom> est un " | |
27017 | "nom dans le répertoire des « alternatives », et I<chemin> est un nom de " | |
27018 | "fichier auquel I<nom> peut être lié. Quand I<nom> est en effet lié à " | |
27019 | "I<chemin>, I<nom> est mis à jour et pointe vers une autre alternative " | |
27020 | "adéquate ou bien est enlevé s'il n'y en a pas d'autre. De même, les liens " | |
27021 | "secondaires associés sont mis à jour ou enlevés. Quand le lien ne pointe pas " | |
27022 | "déjà sur I<chemin>, aucun lien n'est modifié ; seules les informations sur " | |
27023 | "l'alternative sont supprimées." | |
27024 | ||
27025 | #. type: TP | |
27026 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27027 | #, no-wrap | |
27028 | msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" | |
27029 | msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nom>" | |
27030 | ||
27031 | #. type: Plain text | |
27032 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27033 | msgid "" | |
27034 | "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " | |
27035 | "a name in the alternatives directory." | |
27036 | msgstr "" | |
27037 | "Supprime toutes les alternatives et tous les liens secondaires associés. " | |
27038 | "I<nom> est un nom dans le répertoire des alternatives." | |
27039 | ||
27040 | #. type: Plain text | |
27041 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27042 | msgid "" | |
27043 | "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--" | |
27044 | "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured " | |
27045 | "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple " | |
27046 | "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | update-alternatives " | |
27047 | "--force --all>." | |
27048 | msgstr "" | |
27049 | "Utilise B<--config> sur toutes les alternatives. Cette option peut être " | |
27050 | "combinée avec B<--skip-auto> pour revoir et configurer toutes les " | |
27051 | "alternatives qui ne sont pas en mode automatique. Les alternatives erronées " | |
27052 | "sont aussi affichées. Ainsi, une méthode simple pour corriger les " | |
27053 | "alternatives cassées est d'utiliser B<yes '' | update-alternatives --force --" | |
27054 | "all>." | |
27055 | ||
27056 | #. type: TP | |
27057 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27058 | #, no-wrap | |
27059 | msgid "B<--auto> I<name>" | |
27060 | msgstr "B<--auto> I<nom>" | |
27061 | ||
27062 | #. type: Plain text | |
27063 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27064 | msgid "" | |
27065 | "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. " | |
27066 | "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to " | |
27067 | "the highest priority installed alternatives." | |
27068 | msgstr "" | |
27069 | "Passe le groupe de liens suivant l'alternative de I<nom> en mode " | |
27070 | "automatique. En même temps, le lien symbolique principal et ses liens " | |
27071 | "secondaires sont mis à jour et pointent vers les alternatives avec les " | |
27072 | "priorités les plus élevées." | |
27073 | ||
27074 | #. type: TP | |
27075 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27076 | #, no-wrap | |
27077 | msgid "B<--display> I<name>" | |
27078 | msgstr "B<--display> I<nom>" | |
27079 | ||
27080 | #. type: Plain text | |
27081 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27082 | #, fuzzy | |
27083 | #| msgid "" | |
27084 | #| "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes " | |
27085 | #| "the group's mode (auto or manual), which alternative the master link " | |
27086 | #| "currently points to, what other alternatives are available (and their " | |
27087 | #| "corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest priority alternative " | |
27088 | #| "currently installed." | |
27089 | msgid "" | |
27090 | "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes " | |
27091 | "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which " | |
27092 | "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are " | |
27093 | "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " | |
27094 | "priority alternative currently installed." | |
27095 | msgstr "" | |
27096 | "Affiche des renseignements sur le groupe de liens. L'information affichée " | |
27097 | "comprend le mode du groupe (auto ou manuel), vers quelle alternative le lien " | |
27098 | "principal pointe actuellement, quelles autres alternatives sont disponibles " | |
27099 | "(et les liens secondaires associés), et l'alternative actuellement installée " | |
27100 | "qui possède la priorité la plus élevée." | |
27101 | ||
27102 | #. type: TP | |
27103 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27104 | #, no-wrap | |
27105 | msgid "B<--get-selections>" | |
27106 | msgstr "B<--get-selections>" | |
27107 | ||
27108 | #. type: Plain text | |
27109 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27110 | #, fuzzy | |
27111 | #| msgid "" | |
27112 | #| "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and " | |
27113 | #| "their status. Each line contains up to 3 fields (separated by one or more " | |
27114 | #| "spaces). The first field is the alternative name, the second one is the " | |
27115 | #| "status (either \"auto\" or \"manual\"), and the last one contains the " | |
27116 | #| "current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and thus might " | |
27117 | #| "contain spaces)." | |
27118 | msgid "" | |
27119 | "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and " | |
27120 | "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields " | |
27121 | "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, " | |
27122 | "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one " | |
27123 | "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and " | |
27124 | "thus might contain spaces)." | |
27125 | msgstr "" | |
27126 | "Affiche tous les noms principaux d'alternatives (ceux qui contrôlent un " | |
27127 | "groupe de liens) ainsi que leur état. Chaque ligne comporte jusqu'à trois " | |
27128 | "champs (séparés par une ou plusieurs espaces). Le premier est le nom de " | |
27129 | "l'alternative, le second est son état (« auto » ou « manual ») et le dernier " | |
27130 | "montre le choix actuel pour l'alternative (il s'agit d'un nom de fichier " | |
27131 | "etdonc peut contenir des espaces)." | |
27132 | ||
27133 | #. type: Plain text | |
27134 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27135 | #, fuzzy | |
27136 | #| msgid "" | |
27137 | #| "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format " | |
27138 | #| "generated by B<update-alternatives --get-selections> and reconfigure them " | |
27139 | #| "accordingly." | |
27140 | msgid "" | |
27141 | "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated " | |
27142 | "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version " | |
27143 | "1.15.0)." | |
27144 | msgstr "" | |
27145 | "Lit la configuration des alternatives sur l'entrée standard, dans le format " | |
27146 | "utilisé par B<update-alternatives --get-selections> et les configure en " | |
27147 | "conséquence." | |
27148 | ||
27149 | #. type: TP | |
27150 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27151 | #, no-wrap | |
27152 | msgid "B<--query> I<name>" | |
27153 | msgstr "B<--query> I<nom>" | |
27154 | ||
27155 | #. type: Plain text | |
27156 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27157 | #, fuzzy | |
27158 | #| msgid "" | |
27159 | #| "Display information about the link group like --display does, but in a " | |
27160 | #| "machine parseable way (see section B<QUERY FORMAT> below)." | |
27161 | msgid "" | |
27162 | "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a " | |
27163 | "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section B<QUERY FORMAT> " | |
27164 | "below)." | |
27165 | msgstr "" | |
27166 | "Affiche des informations sur le groupe de liens de manière analogue à --" | |
27167 | "display, mais sous une forme qui peut être analysée automatiquement (voir la " | |
27168 | "section B<FORMAT DE REQUÊTE> ci-dessous)." | |
27169 | ||
27170 | #. type: TP | |
27171 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27172 | #, no-wrap | |
27173 | msgid "B<--list> I<name>" | |
27174 | msgstr "B<--list> I<nom>" | |
27175 | ||
27176 | #. type: Plain text | |
27177 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27178 | msgid "Display all targets of the link group." | |
27179 | msgstr "Affiche toutes les cibles du groupe de liens." | |
27180 | ||
27181 | #. type: TP | |
27182 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27183 | #, no-wrap | |
27184 | msgid "B<--config> I<name>" | |
27185 | msgstr "B<--config> I<nom>" | |
27186 | ||
27187 | #. type: Plain text | |
27188 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27189 | msgid "" | |
27190 | "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " | |
27191 | "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated." | |
27192 | msgstr "" | |
27193 | "Affiche les alternatives disponibles pour un groupe de liens et permet de " | |
27194 | "choisir interactivement laquelle doit être utilisée. Le groupe de liens est " | |
27195 | "mis à jour." | |
27196 | ||
27197 | #. type: TP | |
27198 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27199 | #, no-wrap | |
27200 | msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>" | |
27201 | msgstr "B<--altdir>I< répertoire>" | |
27202 | ||
27203 | #. type: Plain text | |
27204 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27205 | msgid "" | |
27206 | "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " | |
27207 | "default." | |
27208 | msgstr "" | |
27209 | "Donne le répertoire des alternatives, quand il est différent de celui par " | |
27210 | "défaut." | |
27211 | ||
27212 | #. type: Plain text | |
27213 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27214 | msgid "" | |
27215 | "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " | |
27216 | "the default." | |
27217 | msgstr "" | |
27218 | "Donne le répertoire administratif, quand il est différent de celui par " | |
27219 | "défaut." | |
27220 | ||
27221 | #. type: TP | |
27222 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27223 | #, no-wrap | |
27224 | msgid "B<--log>I< file>" | |
27225 | msgstr "B<--log>I< fichier>" | |
27226 | ||
27227 | #. type: Plain text | |
27228 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27229 | #, fuzzy | |
27230 | #| msgid "" | |
27231 | #| "Specifies the log file, when this is to be different from the default (/" | |
27232 | #| "var/log/alternatives.log)." | |
27233 | msgid "" | |
27234 | "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different " | |
27235 | "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)." | |
27236 | msgstr "" | |
27237 | "Indique le fichier journal, pour utiliser un fichier différent du fichier " | |
27238 | "par défaut (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)." | |
27239 | ||
27240 | #. type: Plain text | |
27241 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27242 | #, fuzzy | |
27243 | #| msgid "" | |
27244 | #| "Let B<update-alternatives> replace or drop any real file that is " | |
27245 | #| "installed where an alternative link has to be installed or removed." | |
27246 | msgid "" | |
27247 | "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an " | |
27248 | "alternative link has to be installed or removed." | |
27249 | msgstr "" | |
27250 | "Autorise B<update-alternatives> à remplacer ou supprimer tout fichier " | |
27251 | "installé à la place d'un lien d'alternative qui doit être créé ou supprimé." | |
27252 | ||
27253 | #. type: TP | |
27254 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27255 | #, no-wrap | |
27256 | msgid "B<--skip-auto>" | |
27257 | msgstr "B<--skip-auto>" | |
27258 | ||
27259 | #. type: Plain text | |
27260 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27261 | msgid "" | |
27262 | "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in " | |
27263 | "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>." | |
27264 | msgstr "" | |
27265 | "Passe l'invite de configuration pour les alternatives qui sont correctement " | |
27266 | "configurées en mode automatique. Cette option n'est pertinente qu'avec B<--" | |
27267 | "config> ou B<--all>." | |
27268 | ||
27269 | #. type: TP | |
27270 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27271 | #, no-wrap | |
27272 | msgid "B<--verbose>" | |
27273 | msgstr "B<--verbose>" | |
27274 | ||
27275 | #. type: Plain text | |
27276 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27277 | #, fuzzy | |
27278 | #| msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." | |
27279 | msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done." | |
27280 | msgstr "Produit plus de commentaires sur ce que fait B<update-alternatives>." | |
27281 | ||
27282 | #. type: Plain text | |
27283 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27284 | msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur." | |
27285 | msgstr "Ne crée pas de commentaire à moins qu'une erreur ne survienne." | |
27286 | ||
27287 | #. type: Plain text | |
27288 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27289 | msgid "" | |
27290 | "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " | |
27291 | "action." | |
27292 | msgstr "" | |
27293 | "Des problèmes sont survenus lors de l'analyse de la ligne de commande ou " | |
27294 | "bien pendant l'exécution de l'action." | |
27295 | ||
27296 | #. type: Plain text | |
27297 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27298 | msgid "" | |
27299 | "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " | |
27300 | "as the base administrative directory." | |
27301 | msgstr "" | |
27302 | "Si cette variable est positionnée et que l'option B<--admindir> n'est pas " | |
27303 | "précisée, ce répertoire sera utilisé comme répertoire de base pour " | |
27304 | "l'administration." | |
27305 | ||
27306 | #. type: TP | |
27307 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27308 | #, no-wrap | |
27309 | msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>" | |
27310 | msgstr "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>" | |
27311 | ||
27312 | #. type: Plain text | |
27313 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27314 | msgid "" | |
27315 | "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " | |
27316 | "option." | |
27317 | msgstr "" | |
27318 | "Le répertoire des « alternatives » par défaut. Peut être remplacé avec " | |
27319 | "l'option B<--altdir>." | |
27320 | ||
27321 | #. type: TP | |
27322 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27323 | #, no-wrap | |
27324 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>" | |
27325 | msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>" | |
27326 | ||
27327 | #. type: Plain text | |
27328 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27329 | msgid "" | |
27330 | "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" | |
27331 | "admindir> option." | |
27332 | msgstr "" | |
27333 | "Le répertoire administratif par défaut. Peut être remplacé avec l'option B<--" | |
27334 | "admindir>" | |
27335 | ||
27336 | #. type: SH | |
27337 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27338 | #, no-wrap | |
27339 | msgid "QUERY FORMAT" | |
27340 | msgstr "FORMAT DE REQUÊTE" | |
27341 | ||
27342 | #. type: Plain text | |
27343 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27344 | #, fuzzy | |
27345 | #| msgid "" | |
27346 | #| "The B<update-alternatives --query> format is using an RFC822-like flat " | |
27347 | #| "format. It's made of I<n> + 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of " | |
27348 | #| "alternatives available in the queried link group. The first block " | |
27349 | #| "contains the following fields:" | |
27350 | msgid "" | |
27351 | "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of I<n> " | |
27352 | "+ 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the queried " | |
27353 | "link group. The first block contains the following fields:" | |
27354 | msgstr "" | |
27355 | "Le format d'B<update-alternatives --query> est un format à plat de type " | |
27356 | "RFC822. Il est constitué de I<n>+1 blocs où I<n> est le nombre " | |
27357 | "d'alternatives disponibles dans le groupe de liens interrogé. Le premier " | |
27358 | "bloc contient les champs suivants :" | |
27359 | ||
27360 | #. type: TP | |
27361 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27362 | #, no-wrap | |
27363 | msgid "B<Name:>I< name>" | |
27364 | msgstr "B<Name:>I< nom>" | |
27365 | ||
27366 | #. type: Plain text | |
27367 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27368 | msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory." | |
27369 | msgstr "Nom de l'alternative dans le répertoire des alternatives." | |
27370 | ||
27371 | #. type: TP | |
27372 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27373 | #, no-wrap | |
27374 | msgid "B<Link:>I< link>" | |
27375 | msgstr "B<Link:>I< lien>" | |
27376 | ||
27377 | #. type: Plain text | |
27378 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27379 | msgid "The generic name of the alternative." | |
27380 | msgstr "Nom générique de l'alternative." | |
27381 | ||
27382 | #. type: TP | |
27383 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27384 | #, no-wrap | |
27385 | msgid "B<Slaves:>I< list-of-slaves>" | |
27386 | msgstr "B<Slaves:> I< liste-des-liens-secondaires>" | |
27387 | ||
27388 | #. type: Plain text | |
27389 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27390 | msgid "" | |
27391 | "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links " | |
27392 | "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " | |
27393 | "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " | |
27394 | "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link." | |
27395 | msgstr "" | |
27396 | "Lorsque cet en-tête est présent, les lignes B<suivantes> contiennent tous " | |
27397 | "les liens secondaires associés au lien principal de cette alternative, à " | |
27398 | "raison d'un lien secondaire par ligne. Chaque ligne comporte une espace, le " | |
27399 | "nom de l'alternative secondaire, une espace et le chemin vers le lien " | |
27400 | "secondaire." | |
27401 | ||
27402 | #. type: TP | |
27403 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27404 | #, no-wrap | |
27405 | msgid "B<Status:>I< status>" | |
27406 | msgstr "B<Status:>I< état>" | |
27407 | ||
27408 | #. type: Plain text | |
27409 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27410 | msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)." | |
27411 | msgstr "État de l'alternative (B<auto> ou B<manual>)." | |
27412 | ||
27413 | #. type: TP | |
27414 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27415 | #, no-wrap | |
27416 | msgid "B<Best:>I< best-choice>" | |
27417 | msgstr "B<Best:>I< meilleur-choix>" | |
27418 | ||
27419 | #. type: Plain text | |
27420 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27421 | msgid "" | |
27422 | "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there " | |
27423 | "is no alternatives available." | |
27424 | msgstr "" | |
27425 | "Chemin de la meilleure alternative pour ce groupe de liens. N'est pas " | |
27426 | "présent si aucune alternative n'est disponible." | |
27427 | ||
27428 | #. type: TP | |
27429 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27430 | #, no-wrap | |
27431 | msgid "B<Value:>I< currently-selected-alternative>" | |
27432 | msgstr "B<Value:> I< alternative-actuellement-choisie>" | |
27433 | ||
27434 | #. type: Plain text | |
27435 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27436 | msgid "" | |
27437 | "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic " | |
27438 | "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist." | |
27439 | msgstr "" | |
27440 | "Chemin de l'alternative actuellement choisie. Peut aussi prendre la valeur " | |
27441 | "spéciale B<none>, utilisée si le lien n'existe pas." | |
27442 | ||
27443 | #. type: Plain text | |
27444 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27445 | msgid "" | |
27446 | "The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link " | |
27447 | "group:" | |
27448 | msgstr "" | |
27449 | "Les autres blocs décrivent les alternatives disponibles dans le groupe de " | |
27450 | "liens interrogé." | |
27451 | ||
27452 | #. type: TP | |
27453 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27454 | #, no-wrap | |
27455 | msgid "B<Alternative:>I< path-of-this-alternative>" | |
27456 | msgstr "B<Alternative:> I< chemin-de-cette-alternative>" | |
27457 | ||
27458 | #. type: Plain text | |
27459 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27460 | msgid "Path to this block's alternative." | |
27461 | msgstr "Chemin vers l'alternative de ce bloc" | |
27462 | ||
27463 | #. type: TP | |
27464 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27465 | #, no-wrap | |
27466 | msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority-value>" | |
27467 | msgstr "B<Priority:> I< valeur-de-la-priorité>" | |
27468 | ||
27469 | #. type: Plain text | |
27470 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27471 | msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative." | |
27472 | msgstr "Valeur de la priorité de cette alternative." | |
27473 | ||
27474 | #. type: Plain text | |
27475 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27476 | msgid "" | |
27477 | "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives " | |
27478 | "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " | |
27479 | "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " | |
27480 | "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative." | |
27481 | msgstr "" | |
27482 | "Lorsque ce champ est présent, les lignes B<suivantes> contiennent toutes les " | |
27483 | "alternatives secondaires associées au lien principal de cette alternative, à " | |
27484 | "raison d'une alternative secondaire par ligne. Chaque ligne comporte une " | |
27485 | "espace, le nom de l'alternative secondaire, une espace et le chemin vers " | |
27486 | "l'alternative secondaire." | |
27487 | ||
27488 | #. type: SS | |
27489 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27490 | #, fuzzy, no-wrap | |
27491 | #| msgid "B<Example>" | |
27492 | msgid "Example" | |
27493 | msgstr "B<Exemple>" | |
27494 | ||
27495 | #. type: Plain text | |
27496 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27497 | #, no-wrap | |
27498 | msgid "" | |
27499 | "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" | |
27500 | "Name: editor\n" | |
27501 | "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n" | |
27502 | "Slaves:\n" | |
27503 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27504 | " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27505 | " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27506 | " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27507 | " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27508 | "Status: auto\n" | |
27509 | "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
27510 | "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
27511 | msgstr "" | |
27512 | "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" | |
27513 | "Name: editor\n" | |
27514 | "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n" | |
27515 | "Slaves:\n" | |
27516 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27517 | " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27518 | " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27519 | " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27520 | " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
27521 | "Status: auto\n" | |
27522 | "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
27523 | "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
27524 | ||
27525 | #. type: Plain text | |
27526 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27527 | #, no-wrap | |
27528 | msgid "" | |
27529 | "Alternative: /bin/ed\n" | |
27530 | "Priority: -100\n" | |
27531 | "Slaves:\n" | |
27532 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" | |
27533 | msgstr "" | |
27534 | "Alternative: /bin/ed\n" | |
27535 | "Priority: -100\n" | |
27536 | "Slaves:\n" | |
27537 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" | |
27538 | ||
27539 | #. type: Plain text | |
27540 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27541 | #, no-wrap | |
27542 | msgid "" | |
27543 | "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
27544 | "Priority: 50\n" | |
27545 | "Slaves:\n" | |
27546 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27547 | " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27548 | " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27549 | " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27550 | " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27551 | msgstr "" | |
27552 | "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
27553 | "Priority: 50\n" | |
27554 | "Slaves:\n" | |
27555 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27556 | " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27557 | " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27558 | " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27559 | " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
27560 | ||
27561 | #. type: Plain text | |
27562 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27563 | msgid "" | |
27564 | "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its " | |
27565 | "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-" | |
27566 | "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and " | |
27567 | "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; " | |
27568 | "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." | |
27569 | msgstr "" | |
27570 | "Avec l'option B<--verbose>, B<update-alternatives> affiche de très " | |
27571 | "nombreuses informations sur la sortie standard. Quand un problème survient, " | |
27572 | "B<update-alternatives> envoie des messages d'erreur sur la sortie d'erreur " | |
27573 | "standard et retourne un état de sortie égal à 2. Ces diagnostics devraient " | |
27574 | "être simples à comprendre ; si ce n'est pas le cas, veuillez envoyer un " | |
27575 | "rapport de bogue." | |
27576 | ||
27577 | #. type: Plain text | |
27578 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27579 | msgid "" | |
27580 | "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " | |
27581 | "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the " | |
27582 | "link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " | |
27583 | "associated manpage." | |
27584 | msgstr "" | |
27585 | "Plusieurs paquets fournissent un éditeur de texte compatible avec B<vi>, par " | |
27586 | "exemple B<nvi> et B<vim>. Celui qui sera utilisé est déterminé par le groupe " | |
27587 | "de liens B<vi>, qui comprend des liens pour le programme lui-même et sa page " | |
27588 | "de manuel." | |
27589 | ||
27590 | #. type: Plain text | |
27591 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27592 | msgid "" | |
27593 | "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " | |
27594 | "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:" | |
27595 | msgstr "" | |
27596 | "Pour afficher les paquets disponibles qui fournissent B<vi> et son " | |
27597 | "paramétrage actuel, on peut utiliser l'action B<--display> :" | |
27598 | ||
27599 | #. type: Plain text | |
27600 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27601 | msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" | |
27602 | msgstr "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" | |
27603 | ||
27604 | #. type: Plain text | |
27605 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27606 | msgid "" | |
27607 | "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " | |
27608 | "then select a number from the list:" | |
27609 | msgstr "" | |
27610 | "Pour choisir une implémentation particulière de B<vi>, on peut utiliser " | |
27611 | "cette commande en tant que superutilisateur et choisir un nombre dans la " | |
27612 | "liste :" | |
27613 | ||
27614 | #. type: Plain text | |
27615 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27616 | msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" | |
27617 | msgstr "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" | |
27618 | ||
27619 | #. type: Plain text | |
27620 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27621 | msgid "" | |
27622 | "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " | |
27623 | "as root:" | |
27624 | msgstr "" | |
27625 | "Pour retrouver l'implémentation par défaut de B<vi>, on peut utiliser cette " | |
27626 | "commande en tant que superutilisateur :" | |
27627 | ||
27628 | #. type: Plain text | |
27629 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27630 | msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" | |
27631 | msgstr "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" | |
27632 | ||
27633 | #. type: Plain text | |
27634 | #: update-alternatives.man | |
27635 | msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." | |
27636 | msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, le standard pour l'organisation du système de fichiers." | |
27637 | ||
27638 | #, fuzzy | |
27639 | #~| msgid "" | |
27640 | #~| "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing " | |
27641 | #~| "whitespace and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be " | |
27642 | #~| "trimmed, and empty lines will be ignored." | |
27643 | #~ msgid "" | |
27644 | #~ "This file contains a list of files, one per line. Trailing whitespace " | |
27645 | #~ "will be trimmed, and empty lines will be ignored." | |
27646 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27647 | #~ "Ce fichier contient des directives, une par ligne. Les mises en page et " | |
27648 | #~ "autres espaces ainsi que ce qui suit le caractère B<« # »> sont sautés, " | |
27649 | #~ "et les lignes vides seront ignorées." | |
27650 | ||
27651 | #, fuzzy | |
27652 | #~| msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" | |
27653 | #~ msgid "B<Testsuite-Restrictions:>I< name-list>" | |
27654 | #~ msgstr "B<Suggests:>I< liste-de-paquets>" | |
27655 | ||
27656 | #~ msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." | |
27657 | #~ msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." | |
27658 | ||
27659 | #~ msgid "" | |
27660 | #~ "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) " | |
27661 | #~ "for more information about them:" | |
27662 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27663 | #~ "Les fichiers suivants font partie d'un paquet binaire. Voyez B<deb>(5) " | |
27664 | #~ "pour des informations supplémentaires :" | |
27665 | ||
27666 | #, fuzzy | |
27667 | #~| msgid "" | |
27668 | #~| "I<control>\n" | |
27669 | #~| "I<conffiles>\n" | |
27670 | #~| "I<preinst>\n" | |
27671 | #~| "I<postinst>\n" | |
27672 | #~| "I<prerm>\n" | |
27673 | #~| "I<postrm>\n" | |
27674 | #~| "I<triggers>\n" | |
27675 | #~ msgid "" | |
27676 | #~ "I<control> (B<deb-control>(5))\n" | |
27677 | #~ "I<conffiles> (B<deb-conffiles>(5))\n" | |
27678 | #~ "I<preinst> (B<deb-preinst>(5))\n" | |
27679 | #~ "I<postinst> (B<deb-postinst>(5))\n" | |
27680 | #~ "I<prerm> (B<deb-prerm>(5))\n" | |
27681 | #~ "I<postrm> (B<deb-postrm>(5))\n" | |
27682 | #~ "I<triggers> (B<deb-triggers>(5))\n" | |
27683 | #~ "I<shlibs> (B<deb-shlibs>(5))\n" | |
27684 | #~ "I<symbols> (B<deb-symbols>(5))\n" | |
27685 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27686 | #~ "I<control>\n" | |
27687 | #~ "I<conffiles>\n" | |
27688 | #~ "I<preinst>\n" | |
27689 | #~ "I<postinst>\n" | |
27690 | #~ "I<prerm>\n" | |
27691 | #~ "I<postrm>\n" | |
27692 | #~ "I<triggers>\n" | |
27693 | ||
27694 | #~ msgid "B<--file>I< file>" | |
27695 | #~ msgstr "B<--file>I< fichier>" | |
27696 | ||
27697 | #, fuzzy | |
27698 | #~| msgid "" | |
27699 | #~| "Set the changelog filename to parse. Default is '-' (standard input)." | |
27700 | #~ msgid "" | |
27701 | #~ "Set the changelog filename to parse. Default is ‘-’ (standard input)." | |
27702 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27703 | #~ "Définit le nom de fichier changelog à analyser. Par défaut c'est « -" | |
27704 | #~ " » (entrée standard)." | |
27705 | ||
27706 | #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>" | |
27707 | #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--label> I<fichier>" | |
27708 | ||
27709 | #~ msgid "" | |
27710 | #~ "Set the name of the changelog file to use in error messages, instead of " | |
27711 | #~ "using the name from the B<--file> option, or its default value." | |
27712 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27713 | #~ "Définit le nom du fichier changelog à utiliser dans les messages " | |
27714 | #~ "d'erreur, plutôt que l'utilisation du nom de l'option B<--file> ou sa " | |
27715 | #~ "valeur par défaut." | |
27716 | ||
27717 | #, fuzzy | |
27718 | #~| msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" | |
27719 | #~ msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>I<buildinfo-id>B<.buildinfo>" | |
27720 | #~ msgstr "B<Source:> I<nom-du-paquet-source> (requis)" | |
27721 | ||
27722 | #, fuzzy | |
27723 | #~| msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" | |
27724 | #~ msgid "B<--buildinfo-id=>I<identifier>" | |
27725 | #~ msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<rep-info>" | |
27726 | ||
27727 | #, fuzzy | |
27728 | #~| msgid "" | |
27729 | #~| "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should " | |
27730 | #~| "match the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A " | |
27731 | #~| "package name must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits " | |
27732 | #~| "(0-9), plus (+) and minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must " | |
27733 | #~| "be at least two characters long and must start with an alphanumeric " | |
27734 | #~| "character." | |
27735 | #~ msgid "" | |
27736 | #~ "Specify the identifier part of the B<.buildinfo> file name (since dpkg " | |
27737 | #~ "1.18.11). By default, B<dpkg-buildpackage> will create an identifier " | |
27738 | #~ "using the current time and the first characters of the MD5 hash. An " | |
27739 | #~ "arbitrary identifier can be specified as a replacement. The identifier " | |
27740 | #~ "has the same restriction as package names: it must consist only of lower " | |
27741 | #~ "case letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and minus (-) signs, and " | |
27742 | #~ "periods (.), be at least two characters long and must start with an " | |
27743 | #~ "alphanumeric character." | |
27744 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27745 | #~ "La valeur de ce champ est le nom du paquet source et doit correspondre au " | |
27746 | #~ "nom du paquet source dans le fichier debian/changelog. Un nom de paquet " | |
27747 | #~ "doit être constitué uniquement de lettres minuscules (a-z), de chiffres " | |
27748 | #~ "(0-9), des caractères plus (+) et moins (-) et de points (.). Les noms de " | |
27749 | #~ "paquets doivent comporter au moins deux caractères et doivent commencer " | |
27750 | #~ "par un caractère alphanumérique." | |
27751 | ||
27752 | #, fuzzy | |
27753 | #~| msgid "" | |
27754 | #~| "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should " | |
27755 | #~| "match the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A " | |
27756 | #~| "package name must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits " | |
27757 | #~| "(0-9), plus (+) and minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must " | |
27758 | #~| "be at least two characters long and must start with an alphanumeric " | |
27759 | #~| "character." | |
27760 | #~ msgid "" | |
27761 | #~ "Specify the identifier part of the B<.buildinfo> file name. By default, " | |
27762 | #~ "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> will create an identifier using the current time and " | |
27763 | #~ "the first characters of the MD5 hash. An arbitrary identifier can be " | |
27764 | #~ "specified as a replacement. The identifier has the same restriction as " | |
27765 | #~ "package names: it must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits " | |
27766 | #~ "(0-9), plus (+) and minus (-) signs, and periods (.), be at least two " | |
27767 | #~ "characters long and must start with an alphanumeric character." | |
27768 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27769 | #~ "La valeur de ce champ est le nom du paquet source et doit correspondre au " | |
27770 | #~ "nom du paquet source dans le fichier debian/changelog. Un nom de paquet " | |
27771 | #~ "doit être constitué uniquement de lettres minuscules (a-z), de chiffres " | |
27772 | #~ "(0-9), des caractères plus (+) et moins (-) et de points (.). Les noms de " | |
27773 | #~ "paquets doivent comporter au moins deux caractères et doivent commencer " | |
27774 | #~ "par un caractère alphanumérique." | |
27775 | ||
27776 | #~ msgid "" | |
27777 | #~ "If set, and containing B<nocheck> the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable will " | |
27778 | #~ "be ignored." | |
27779 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27780 | #~ "Si cette option est utilisée et contient la valeur B<nocheck>, la " | |
27781 | #~ "variable B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> sera ignorée." | |
27782 | ||
27783 | #~ msgid "" | |
27784 | #~ "This is not compatible with B<-fPIC> so care must be taken when building " | |
27785 | #~ "shared objects." | |
27786 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27787 | #~ "Ce réglage n'est pas compatible avec B<-Fpic> : la prudence est donc " | |
27788 | #~ "conseillée pour la construction d'objets partagés." | |
27789 | ||
27790 | #~ msgid "Debian" | |
27791 | #~ msgstr "Debian" | |
27792 | ||
27793 | #~ msgid "dpkg utilities" | |
27794 | #~ msgstr "Utilitaires de dpkg" | |
27795 | ||
27796 | #, fuzzy | |
27797 | #~| msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
27798 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)." | |
27799 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
27800 | ||
27801 | #~ msgid "FILE FORMATS" | |
27802 | #~ msgstr "FORMATS DE FICHIERS" | |
27803 | ||
27804 | #~ msgid "Debian project" | |
27805 | #~ msgstr "Projet Debian" | |
27806 | ||
27807 | #, fuzzy | |
27808 | #~| msgid "" | |
27809 | #~| "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not " | |
27810 | #~| "needed. See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the " | |
27811 | #~| "B<debian-installer> package for more details about them." | |
27812 | #~ msgid "" | |
27813 | #~ "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not " | |
27814 | #~ "needed. See /usr/shared/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the " | |
27815 | #~ "B<debian-installer> package for more details about them." | |
27816 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27817 | #~ "Ces champs sont utilisés par l'installateur et ne sont en général pas " | |
27818 | #~ "nécessaires. Veuillez consulter /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/" | |
27819 | #~ "modules.txt fourni avec le paquet B<debian-installer> pour plus de " | |
27820 | #~ "détails." | |
27821 | ||
27822 | #, fuzzy | |
27823 | #~| msgid "" | |
27824 | #~| "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover " | |
27825 | #~| "the current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
27826 | #~ msgid "" | |
27827 | #~ "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover " | |
27828 | #~ "the current vendor by reading B<\\%%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
27829 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27830 | #~ "Ce réglage définit l'éditeur (« vendor ») actuel. Si cette valeur est " | |
27831 | #~ "vide, le contenu du fichier B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> est utilisé." | |
27832 | ||
27833 | #~ msgid "Debian Project" | |
27834 | #~ msgstr "Projet Debian" | |
27835 | ||
27836 | #, fuzzy | |
27837 | #~| msgid "" | |
27838 | #~| "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-" | |
27839 | #~| "arch installations. The value B<same> means that the package is co-" | |
27840 | #~| "installable with itself, but it must not be used to satisfy the " | |
27841 | #~| "dependency of any package of a different architecture from itself. The " | |
27842 | #~| "value B<foreign> means that the package is not co-installable with " | |
27843 | #~| "itself, but should be allowed to satisfy the dependency of a package of " | |
27844 | #~| "a different arch from itself. The value B<allowed> allows reverse-" | |
27845 | #~| "dependencies to indicate in their Depends field that they accept a " | |
27846 | #~| "package from a foreign architecture, but has no effect otherwise. The " | |
27847 | #~| "value B<no> is the default when the field is omitted, in which case " | |
27848 | #~| "adding the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed." | |
27849 | #~ msgid "" | |
27850 | #~ "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-" | |
27851 | #~ "arch installations. The value B<same> means that the package is co-" | |
27852 | #~ "installable with itself, but it must not be used to satisfy the " | |
27853 | #~ "dependency of any package of a different architecture from itself. The " | |
27854 | #~ "value B<foreign> means that the package is not co-installable with " | |
27855 | #~ "itself, but should be allowed to satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency " | |
27856 | #~ "of a package of a different arch from itself (if a dependency has an " | |
27857 | #~ "explicit arch-qualifier then the value B<foreign> is ignored). The value " | |
27858 | #~ "B<allowed> allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> " | |
27859 | #~ "field that they accept a package from a foreign architecture by " | |
27860 | #~ "qualifying the package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise. " | |
27861 | #~ "The value B<no> is the default when the field is omitted, in which case " | |
27862 | #~ "adding the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed." | |
27863 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27864 | #~ "Ce champ sert à indiquer comment ce paquet se comporte sur des " | |
27865 | #~ "installations multiarchitectures. La valeur B<same> indique que le paquet " | |
27866 | #~ "peut être co-installé avec lui-même, mais ne doit pas être utilisé pour " | |
27867 | #~ "satisfaire une dépendance d'un paquet d'une architecture différente de la " | |
27868 | #~ "sienne. La valeur B<foreign> indique que le paquet ne peut pas être co-" | |
27869 | #~ "installé avec lui-même, mais peut permettre de satisfaire les dépendances " | |
27870 | #~ "d'un paquet d'une architecture différente de la sienne. La valeur " | |
27871 | #~ "B<allowed> permet aux dépendances inverses d'indiquer dans leur champ " | |
27872 | #~ "Depends qu'elles acceptent un paquet d'une autre architecture, et n'a pas " | |
27873 | #~ "d'autres effets. La valeur B<no> est la valeur par défaut quand le champ " | |
27874 | #~ "est omis ; dans ce cas, ajouter le champ avec une valeur B<no> explicite " | |
27875 | #~ "est généralement inutile." | |
27876 | ||
27877 | #, fuzzy | |
27878 | #~| msgid "" | |
27879 | #~| "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. " | |
27880 | #~| "The tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied " | |
27881 | #~| "over to the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a " | |
27882 | #~| "custom naming scheme: the fields should start with an X, followed by one " | |
27883 | #~| "or more of the letters BCS and a hypen. If the letter B is used, the " | |
27884 | #~| "field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-" | |
27885 | #~| "control>(5), for the letter S in the source package control file as " | |
27886 | #~| "constructed by B<dpkg-source>(1) and for the letter C in the upload " | |
27887 | #~| "control (.changes) file. Note that the X[BCS]- prefixes are stripped " | |
27888 | #~| "when the fields are copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-" | |
27889 | #~| "Approved-By> will appear as B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will " | |
27890 | #~| "not appear in the binary or source package control files." | |
27891 | #~ msgid "" | |
27892 | #~ "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. " | |
27893 | #~ "The tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied " | |
27894 | #~ "over to the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a " | |
27895 | #~ "custom naming scheme: the fields should start with an X, followed by one " | |
27896 | #~ "or more of the letters BCS and a hyphen. If the letter B is used, the " | |
27897 | #~ "field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-" | |
27898 | #~ "control>(5), for the letter S in the source package control file as " | |
27899 | #~ "constructed by B<dpkg-source>(1) and for the letter C in the upload " | |
27900 | #~ "control (.changes) file. Note that the X[BCS]- prefixes are stripped when " | |
27901 | #~ "the fields are copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> " | |
27902 | #~ "will appear as B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in " | |
27903 | #~ "the binary or source package control files." | |
27904 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27905 | #~ "Il est possible d'ajouter des champs définis par l'utilisateur au fichier " | |
27906 | #~ "« control ». Les outils les ignoreront. Si ces champs doivent être copiés " | |
27907 | #~ "vers les fichiers créés, par exemple les paquets binaires, il est " | |
27908 | #~ "indispensable d'utiliser un schéma de nommage personnalisé : les champs " | |
27909 | #~ "doivent commencer par la lettre X suivie de l'une des lettres B, C ou S " | |
27910 | #~ "et d'un tiret. Si la lettre B est utilisée, le champ sera copié dans le " | |
27911 | #~ "fichier « control » du paquet binaire, voir B<deb-control>(5). Avec la " | |
27912 | #~ "lettre S, le champ sera copié dans le fichier « control » du paquet " | |
27913 | #~ "source créé par B<dpkg-source>(1). Enfin, la lettre C provoquera la " | |
27914 | #~ "recopie du champ dans le fichier de contrôle de l'envoi (« .changes »). " | |
27915 | #~ "Les préfixes X[BCS]- sont supprimés lors de ces recopies. Ainsi, un champ " | |
27916 | #~ "B<XC-Approved-By> apparaîtra sous le nom B<Approved-By> dans le fichier " | |
27917 | #~ "« changes » mais pas dans le fichier « control » du paquet binaire ni " | |
27918 | #~ "dans celui du paquet source." | |
27919 | ||
27920 | #, fuzzy | |
27921 | #~| msgid "" | |
27922 | #~| "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the " | |
27923 | #~| "default I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, " | |
27924 | #~| "the last filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:" | |
27925 | #~| "MM:SS status I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>' for status change " | |
27926 | #~| "updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> " | |
27927 | #~| "I<available-version>' for actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, " | |
27928 | #~| "B<upgrade>, B<remove>, B<purge>; and `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile " | |
27929 | #~| "I<filename> I<decision>' for conffile changes where I<decision> is " | |
27930 | #~| "either B<install> or B<keep>." | |
27931 | #~ msgid "" | |
27932 | #~ "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the " | |
27933 | #~ "default I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the " | |
27934 | #~ "last filename is used. Log messages are of the form ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS " | |
27935 | #~ "startup I<type> I<command>’ for each dpkg invocation where I<type> is " | |
27936 | #~ "B<archives> (with a I<command> of B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> " | |
27937 | #~ "(with a I<command> of B<configure>, B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or " | |
27938 | #~ "B<purge>); ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-" | |
27939 | #~ "version>’ for status change updates; ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> " | |
27940 | #~ "I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>’ for actions where " | |
27941 | #~ "I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, B<trigproc>, " | |
27942 | #~ "B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>; and ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile " | |
27943 | #~ "I<filename> I<decision>’ for conffile changes where I<decision> is either " | |
27944 | #~ "B<install> or B<keep>." | |
27945 | #~ msgstr "" | |
27946 | #~ "Enregistre la modification de l'état et les actions sur I<fichier> au " | |
27947 | #~ "lieu de l'habituel I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. Si cette option est donnée " | |
27948 | #~ "plusieurs fois, le dernier fichier est utilisé. Les messages " | |
27949 | #~ "d'enregistrement sont de la forme « AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS status I<état> " | |
27950 | #~ "I<paquet> I<version-installée> » pour les modifications d'état. Pour une " | |
27951 | #~ "action où I<action> est B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<remove> ou B<purge>, le " | |
27952 | #~ "message est de la forme « AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:SS I<action> I<paquet> " | |
27953 | #~ "I<version-installée> I<version-disponible> ». Pour une modification de " | |
27954 | #~ "fichier de configuration, le message est de la forme « AAAA-MM-JJ HH:MM:" | |
27955 | #~ "SS conffile I<fichier> I<décision> » où I<décision> est soit B<install> " | |
27956 | #~ "soit B<keep>." | |
27957 | ||
27958 | #~ msgid "B<--new>" | |
27959 | #~ msgstr "B<--new>" | |
27960 | ||
27961 | #~ msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<--deb-format=2.0>." | |
27962 | #~ msgstr "C'est un ancien alias pour B<--deb-format=2.0>." | |
27963 | ||
27964 | #~ msgid "B<--old>" | |
27965 | #~ msgstr "B<--old>" | |
27966 | ||
27967 | #~ msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<--deb-format=0.939000>." | |
27968 | #~ msgstr "C'est un ancien alias pour B<--deb-format=0.939000>." | |
27969 | ||
27970 | #~ msgid "AUTHOR" | |
27971 | #~ msgstr "AUTEUR" | |
27972 | ||
27973 | #~ msgid "B<-T>I<target>" | |
27974 | #~ msgstr "B<-T>I<cible>" | |
27975 | ||
27976 | #~ msgid "B<-P>I<profile>[B<,>...]" | |
27977 | #~ msgstr "B<-P>I<profil>[B<,>...]" | |
27978 | ||
27979 | #~ msgid "B<-D>" | |
27980 | #~ msgstr "B<-D>" | |
27981 | ||
27982 | #~ msgid "B<-nc>" | |
27983 | #~ msgstr "B<-nc>" | |
27984 | ||
27985 | #~ msgid "B<-tc>" | |
27986 | #~ msgstr "B<-tc>" | |
27987 | ||
27988 | #~ msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" | |
27989 | #~ msgstr "B<-r>I<commande-pour-obtenir-privilèges-de-root>" | |
27990 | ||
27991 | #~ msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>" | |
27992 | #~ msgstr "B<-R>I<fichier-rules>" | |
27993 | ||
27994 | #~ msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" | |
27995 | #~ msgstr "B<-p>I<commande-de-signature>" | |
27996 | ||
27997 | #~ msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" | |
27998 | #~ msgstr "B<-k>I<key-id>" | |
27999 | ||
28000 | #~ msgid "B<-us>" | |
28001 | #~ msgstr "B<-us>" | |
28002 | ||
28003 | #~ msgid "Do not sign the source package." | |
28004 | #~ msgstr "Ne pas signer le paquet source." | |
28005 | ||
28006 | #~ msgid "B<-uc>" | |
28007 | #~ msgstr "B<-uc>" | |
28008 | ||
28009 | #~ msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>]" | |
28010 | #~ msgstr "B<-i>[I<regex>]" | |
28011 | ||
28012 | #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<pattern>]" | |
28013 | #~ msgstr "B<-I>[I<motif>]" | |
28014 | ||
28015 | #~ msgid "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]" | |
28016 | #~ msgstr "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]" | |
28017 | ||
28018 | #~ msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>" | |
28019 | #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<-Z>" | |
28020 | ||
28021 | #~ msgid "Reliance on exported environment flags" | |
28022 | #~ msgstr "Dépendance des drapeaux d'environnement exportés" | |
28023 | ||
28024 | #~ msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture" | |
28025 | #~ msgstr "Variables positionnées par B<dpkg-architecture>" | |
28026 | ||
28027 | #~ msgid "" | |
28028 | #~ "Specify an additional directory to search for parser scripts. This " | |
28029 | #~ "directory is searched before the default directories which are currently " | |
28030 | #~ "B</usr/local/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> and B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog>." | |
28031 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28032 | #~ "Spécifie un répertoire supplémentaire pour la recherche de scripts " | |
28033 | #~ "d'analyse. Ce répertoire est examiné avant les répertoires par défaut qui " | |
28034 | #~ "sont B</usr/local/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> et B</usr/lib/dpkg/" | |
28035 | #~ "parsechangelog>." | |
28036 | ||
28037 | #~ msgid "" | |
28038 | #~ "The parser will be invoked with the changelog open on standard input at " | |
28039 | #~ "the start of the file. It should read the file (it may seek if it " | |
28040 | #~ "wishes) to determine the information required and return the parsed " | |
28041 | #~ "information to standard output in the format specified by the B<--format> " | |
28042 | #~ "option. It should accept all B<Parser Options>." | |
28043 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28044 | #~ "L'analyseur est invoqué avec le journal des modifications sur l'entrée " | |
28045 | #~ "standard en commençant à sa première ligne. Il doit lire le fichier (et y " | |
28046 | #~ "accéder) pour déterminer les informations nécessaires, puis retourner les " | |
28047 | #~ "informations analysées sur la sortie standard dans le format indiqué par " | |
28048 | #~ "l'option B<--format>. Il doit accepter toutes les B<Options d'analyse>." | |
28049 | ||
28050 | #~ msgid "" | |
28051 | #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to " | |
28052 | #~ "B<dselect>." | |
28053 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28054 | #~ "Consultez I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> pour la liste de ceux qui ont contribué à " | |
28055 | #~ "B<dselect>." | |
28056 | ||
28057 | #~ msgid "B<Source:>I< source-name>" | |
28058 | #~ msgstr "B<Source:>I< nom-du-source>" | |
28059 | ||
28060 | #~ msgid "" | |
28061 | #~ "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " | |
28062 | #~ "different than the name of the package itself." | |
28063 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28064 | #~ "Le nom du paquet source d'où provient le paquet binaire, s'il y a une " | |
28065 | #~ "différence entre les deux noms." | |
28066 | ||
28067 | #~ msgid "" | |
28068 | #~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</" | |
28069 | #~ "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>." | |
28070 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28071 | #~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</" | |
28072 | #~ "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>." | |
28073 | ||
28074 | #~ msgid "" | |
28075 | #~ "This setting (disabled by default) adds any warning option that reliably " | |
28076 | #~ "detects problematic source code. The warnings are fatal." | |
28077 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28078 | #~ "Ce paramètre (désactivé par défaut) ajoute toutes les options " | |
28079 | #~ "d'avertissement détectant de façon fiable du code source problématique. " | |
28080 | #~ "Les avertissements sont fatals." | |
28081 | ||
28082 | #, fuzzy | |
28083 | #~| msgid "" | |
28084 | #~| "Specifies a build limited to source and architecture independent " | |
28085 | #~| "packages. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28086 | #~ msgid "" | |
28087 | #~ "Specifies a build limited to source and architecture independent packages " | |
28088 | #~ "(since dpkg 1.17.11). Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28089 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28090 | #~ "Indique une construction limitée aux paquets source et binaires " | |
28091 | #~ "indépendants de l'architecture. Passé à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28092 | ||
28093 | #~ msgid "" | |
28094 | #~ "Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or " | |
28095 | #~ "distributed. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28096 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28097 | #~ "Indique que seul un paquet binaire est à construire ; aucun fichier " | |
28098 | #~ "source n'est à construire et/ou à distribuer. Passé à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28099 | ||
28100 | #~ msgid "" | |
28101 | #~ "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture dependent " | |
28102 | #~ "packages. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28103 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28104 | #~ "Indique une construction uniquement binaire, limitée aux paquets " | |
28105 | #~ "dépendant d'une architecture. Passé à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28106 | ||
28107 | #~ msgid "" | |
28108 | #~ "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture independent " | |
28109 | #~ "packages. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28110 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28111 | #~ "Indique une construction uniquement binaire, limitée aux paquets ne " | |
28112 | #~ "dépendant pas d'une architecture. Passé à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28113 | ||
28114 | #, fuzzy | |
28115 | #~| msgid "" | |
28116 | #~| "Specifies that only source and architecture independent packages should " | |
28117 | #~| "be uploaded (no architecture specific packages will be included)." | |
28118 | #~ msgid "" | |
28119 | #~ "Specifies that only source and architecture independent packages should " | |
28120 | #~ "be uploaded, thus no architecture specific packages will be included " | |
28121 | #~ "(since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
28122 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28123 | #~ "Spécifie que seuls les paquets source ou indépendants d'une architecture " | |
28124 | #~ "doivent être téléversés (aucun paquet propre à une architecture ne sera " | |
28125 | #~ "inclus)." | |
28126 | ||
28127 | #, fuzzy | |
28128 | #~| msgid "" | |
28129 | #~| "Specifies that only source and architecture specific packages should be " | |
28130 | #~| "uploaded (no architecture independent packages will be included)." | |
28131 | #~ msgid "" | |
28132 | #~ "Specifies that only source and architecture specific packages should be " | |
28133 | #~ "uploaded, thus no architecture independent packages will be included " | |
28134 | #~ "(since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
28135 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28136 | #~ "Spécifie que seuls les paquets source ou propres à une architecture " | |
28137 | #~ "doivent être téléversés (aucun paquet indépendant d'une architecture ne " | |
28138 | #~ "sera inclus)." | |
28139 | ||
28140 | #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>" | |
28141 | #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>" | |
28142 | ||
28143 | #, fuzzy | |
28144 | #~| msgid "" | |
28145 | #~| "Specifies that a binary-only build is taking place (no source files are " | |
28146 | #~| "to be included). There's no distinction between B<-b>, B<-B> and B<-A>, " | |
28147 | #~| "the produced B<.changes> file will include whatever files were created " | |
28148 | #~| "by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package being built." | |
28149 | #~ msgid "" | |
28150 | #~ "Specifies that a binary-only build is taking place, thus no source files " | |
28151 | #~ "are to be included. There's no distinction between B<-b>, B<-B> and B<-" | |
28152 | #~ "A>, the produced B<.changes> file will include whatever files were " | |
28153 | #~ "created by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the package being built." | |
28154 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28155 | #~ "Précise que l'on veut uniquement une construction du binaire (les " | |
28156 | #~ "fichiers sources ne seront pas inclus). Il n'y a pas de distinction entre " | |
28157 | #~ "B<-b>, B<-B> et B<-A> ; le fichier produit B<.changes> reprendra tous les " | |
28158 | #~ "fichiers créés par les cibles B<binary-*> du paquet en cours de " | |
28159 | #~ "construction." | |
28160 | ||
28161 | #, fuzzy | |
28162 | #~| msgid "" | |
28163 | #~| "Specifies that only the source should be uploaded (no binary packages " | |
28164 | #~| "will be included)." | |
28165 | #~ msgid "" | |
28166 | #~ "Specifies that only the source should be uploaded, thus no binary " | |
28167 | #~ "packages will be included." | |
28168 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28169 | #~ "Ne construit que le paquet source (aucun paquet binaire ne sera " | |
28170 | #~ "construit)." | |
28171 | ||
28172 | #~ msgid "" | |
28173 | #~ "Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing " | |
28174 | #~ "the query, including no file or package being found (except for B<--" | |
28175 | #~ "control-path>)." | |
28176 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28177 | #~ "Des problèmes sont survenus lors de l'analyse de la ligne de commande ou " | |
28178 | #~ "bien pendant l'exécution de la requête. Cela peut être une absence de " | |
28179 | #~ "fichier ou de paquet (sauf pour B<--control-path>)." | |
28180 | ||
28181 | #~ msgid "" | |
28182 | #~ "Some kind of trouble happened, such as a system call failure, a file that " | |
28183 | #~ "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a usage error or some " | |
28184 | #~ "other problem." | |
28185 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28186 | #~ "Signale des problèmes, comme l'échec d'un appel système, ou un fichier " | |
28187 | #~ "qui, bien que ressemblant à une partie de fichier, est défectueux, ou " | |
28188 | #~ "bien une erreur d'utilisation, etc." | |
28189 | ||
28190 | #~ msgid "The machine the compiler is building for." | |
28191 | #~ msgstr "Machine pour laquelle le compilateur est construit." | |
28192 | ||
28193 | #~ msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" | |
28194 | #~ msgstr "CHAMPS REQUIS" | |
28195 | ||
28196 | #~ msgid "B<Package:>I< package-name>" | |
28197 | #~ msgstr "B<Package:>I< nom-du-paquet>" | |
28198 | ||
28199 | #~ msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" | |
28200 | #~ msgstr "CHAMPS OPTIONNELS" | |
28201 | ||
28202 | #~ msgid "Quality Assurance (QA)" | |
28203 | #~ msgstr "Assurance Qualité « AQ »" | |
28204 | ||
28205 | #, fuzzy | |
28206 | #~| msgid "" | |
28207 | #~| "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package " | |
28208 | #~| "being built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden " | |
28209 | #~| "by the B<-P> option." | |
28210 | #~ msgid "" | |
28211 | #~ "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package " | |
28212 | #~ "being built. It is a space separated list of profile names (since dpkg " | |
28213 | #~ "1.17.2). Overridden by the B<-P> option." | |
28214 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28215 | #~ "Si cette option est utilisée, elle sera utilisée comme profil(s) de " | |
28216 | #~ "construction actif(s) pour le paquet à construire. C'est une liste " | |
28217 | #~ "séparée par des espaces de noms de profil. Cette option est outrepassée " | |
28218 | #~ "par l'option B<-P>." | |
28219 | ||
28220 | #~ msgid "" | |
28221 | #~ "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " | |
28222 | #~ "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', " | |
28223 | #~ "`mail', `text', `x11' etc." | |
28224 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28225 | #~ "Champ général qui indique la catégorie d'un paquet ; cette catégorie est " | |
28226 | #~ "fondée sur le programme que ce paquet installe. « utils », « net », " | |
28227 | #~ "« mail », « text », « x11 », etc., représentent quelques catégories " | |
28228 | #~ "habituelles." | |
28229 | ||
28230 | #~ msgid "" | |
28231 | #~ "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a " | |
28232 | #~ "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' " | |
28233 | #~ "etc." | |
28234 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28235 | #~ "Définit l'importance du paquet à l'intérieur du système général. " | |
28236 | #~ "« required », « standard », « optional », « extra », etc., représentent " | |
28237 | #~ "des priorités habituelles." | |
28238 | ||
28239 | #~ msgid "" | |
28240 | #~ "A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later " | |
28241 | #~ "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " | |
28242 | #~ "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>" | |
28243 | #~ "\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater " | |
28244 | #~ "than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for " | |
28245 | #~ "equal to." | |
28246 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28247 | #~ "Un numéro de version peut commencer par « E<gt>E<gt> », et dans ce cas " | |
28248 | #~ "toute version supérieure correspondra, et il peut indiquer (ou pas) le " | |
28249 | #~ "numéro de révision pour le paquet Debian (les deux numéros étant séparés " | |
28250 | #~ "par un trait d'union). Voici les relations acceptées pour les versions : " | |
28251 | #~ "« E<gt>E<gt> » pour supérieur à, « E<lt>E<lt> » pour inférieur à, " | |
28252 | #~ "« E<gt>= » pour supérieur ou égal, « E<lt>= » pour inférieur ou égal, et " | |
28253 | #~ "« = » pour égal à." | |
28254 | ||
28255 | #~ msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." | |
28256 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28257 | #~ "L'architecture pour laquelle on construit (tirée de B<dpkg --print-" | |
28258 | #~ "architecture>)." | |
28259 | ||
28260 | #~ msgid "" | |
28261 | #~ "Specifies a source-only build, no binary packages need to be made. " | |
28262 | #~ "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28263 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28264 | #~ "Ne construit qu'un paquet source, aucun paquet binaire ne sera construit. " | |
28265 | #~ "Passé à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28266 | ||
28267 | #~ msgid "" | |
28268 | #~ "The package name. When the package is \"Multi-Arch: same\", this " | |
28269 | #~ "parameter must include the architecture qualifier. If empty or omitted, " | |
28270 | #~ "the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable (as set by B<dpkg>) " | |
28271 | #~ "will be used." | |
28272 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28273 | #~ "I<paquet> est le nom du paquet. Quand le paquet est « Multi-Arch: same », " | |
28274 | #~ "ce paramètre doit inclure le qualificatif d'architecture. S'il est vide " | |
28275 | #~ "ou omis, la variable d'environnement B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> (telle " | |
28276 | #~ "que définie par B<dpkg>) sera utilisée." | |
28277 | ||
28278 | #~ msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>,B< -v>I<version>" | |
28279 | #~ msgstr "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>,B< -v>I<version>" | |
28280 | ||
28281 | #~ msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>" | |
28282 | #~ msgstr "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>" | |
28283 | ||
28284 | #~ msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>" | |
28285 | #~ msgstr "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>" | |
28286 | ||
28287 | #~ msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>" | |
28288 | #~ msgstr "B<--count> I<nombre>, B<-c>I<nombre>, B<-n>I<nombre>" | |
28289 | ||
28290 | #~ msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>" | |
28291 | #~ msgstr "B<--offset> I<nombre>, B<-o>I<nombre>" | |
28292 | ||
28293 | #~ msgid "B<--debug>I< file >|I< >B<-D>I<file>" | |
28294 | #~ msgstr "B<--debug>I< fichier >|I< >B<-D>I<fichier>" | |
28295 | ||
28296 | #~ msgid "B<-l>" | |
28297 | #~ msgstr "B<-l>" | |
28298 | ||
28299 | #~ msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" | |
28300 | #~ msgstr "B<-e>I<architecture-debian>" | |
28301 | ||
28302 | #~ msgid "B<-u>" | |
28303 | #~ msgstr "B<-u>" | |
28304 | ||
28305 | #~ msgid "B<-c>I< command>" | |
28306 | #~ msgstr "B<-c> I<commande>" | |
28307 | ||
28308 | #~ msgid "B<-L>" | |
28309 | #~ msgstr "B<-L>" | |
28310 | ||
28311 | #~ msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" | |
28312 | #~ msgstr "B<-a>I<architecture-debian>" | |
28313 | ||
28314 | #~ msgid "B<-A>I<debian-architecture>" | |
28315 | #~ msgstr "B<-A>I<architecture-debian>" | |
28316 | ||
28317 | #~ msgid "" | |
28318 | #~ "A profile specification consists of one or more profile names, prefixed " | |
28319 | #~ "with the \"B<profile.>\" namespace, separated by whitespace. Exclamation " | |
28320 | #~ "marks may be prepended to each of the names, meaning \"NOT\"." | |
28321 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28322 | #~ "Une indication de profil consiste en un ou plusieurs noms de profil " | |
28323 | #~ "préfixés par l'espace de nommage du B<profile.>, séparés par des espaces. " | |
28324 | #~ "Un nom de profil peut être précédé d'un point d'exclamation qui " | |
28325 | #~ "correspond alors au « NON » logique." | |
28326 | ||
28327 | #~ msgid "" | |
28328 | #~ "Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> " | |
28329 | #~ "as an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " | |
28330 | #~ "architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). Command finishes with an exit status " | |
28331 | #~ "of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." | |
28332 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28333 | #~ "Vérifie l'égalité d'architectures en développant I<architecture-joker> et " | |
28334 | #~ "en comparant à l'architecture Debian actuelle (depuis dpkg 1.13.13). La " | |
28335 | #~ "commande quitte avec un code de retour de 0 si l'architecture correspond " | |
28336 | #~ "et de 1 dans le cas contraire." | |
28337 | ||
28338 | #~ msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." | |
28339 | #~ msgstr "Affiche une liste des architectures valables." | |
28340 | ||
28341 | #~ msgid "" | |
28342 | #~ "It contains the binary package name, in a multiarch conformant form, arch-" | |
28343 | #~ "qualified if needed (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
28344 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28345 | #~ "Il contient le nom du paquet binaire, dans un format conforme à " | |
28346 | #~ "multiarch, c'est-à-dire qualifié avec son architecture si nécessaire " | |
28347 | #~ "(depuis dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
28348 | ||
28349 | #~ msgid "" | |
28350 | #~ " B<binary:Package>\n" | |
28351 | #~ " B<binary:Summary>\n" | |
28352 | #~ " B<db:Status-Abbrev>\n" | |
28353 | #~ " B<source:Package>\n" | |
28354 | #~ " B<source:Version>\n" | |
28355 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28356 | #~ " B<binary:Package>\n" | |
28357 | #~ " B<binary:Summary>\n" | |
28358 | #~ " B<db:Status-Abbrev>\n" | |
28359 | #~ " B<source:Package>\n" | |
28360 | #~ " B<source:Version>\n" | |
28361 | ||
28362 | #~ msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>" | |
28363 | #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit>" | |
28364 | ||
28365 | #~ msgid "" | |
28366 | #~ "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " | |
28367 | #~ "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." | |
28368 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28369 | #~ "Recherche les paquets qui n'ont été que partiellement installés sur le " | |
28370 | #~ "système. B<dpkg> suggère une manière de les faire fonctionner." | |
28371 | ||
28372 | #~| msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28373 | #~ msgid "Pass option I<opt> to I<check-command>." | |
28374 | #~ msgstr "Passe l'option I<opt> à B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
28375 | ||
28376 | #~| msgid "" | |
28377 | #~| "It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is " | |
28378 | #~| "specified)." | |
28379 | #~ msgid "" | |
28380 | #~ "It calls B<gpg2> or B<gpg> to sign the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is " | |
28381 | #~ "specified or on UNRELEASED builds)." | |
28382 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28383 | #~ "Appel de B<gpg> pour signer le fichier B<.changes> (sauf si B<-uc> est " | |
28384 | #~ "utilisé)." | |
28385 | ||
28386 | #~ msgid "B<-O>" | |
28387 | #~ msgstr "B<-O>" | |
28388 | ||
28389 | #~ msgid "" | |
28390 | #~ "Print the generated symbols file to standard output, rather than being " | |
28391 | #~ "stored in the package build tree." | |
28392 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28393 | #~ "Affiche le fichier de symboles créé sur la sortie standard au lieu de " | |
28394 | #~ "l'écrire dans l'arborescence source du paquet." | |
28395 | ||
28396 | #~ msgid "" | |
28397 | #~ "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there " | |
28398 | #~ "with:" | |
28399 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28400 | #~ "Vous pourriez transférer ce fichier sur un autre ordinateur et " | |
28401 | #~ "l'installer de cette manière :" | |
28402 | ||
28403 | #~ msgid "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
28404 | #~ msgstr "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
28405 | ||
28406 | #~ msgid "" | |
28407 | #~ "This field indicates whether the package can be uploaded by Debian " | |
28408 | #~ "Maintainers appearing in the Maintainer or Uploaders field. The default " | |
28409 | #~ "value is \"no\"." | |
28410 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28411 | #~ "Ce champ indique si un paquet peut être envoyé par les responsables " | |
28412 | #~ "Debian qui sont indiqués dans le champ Maintainer ou le champ Uploaders. " | |
28413 | #~ "La valeur par défaut est « no »." | |
28414 | ||
28415 | #~ msgid "CAVEATS" | |
28416 | #~ msgstr "CAVEATS" | |
28417 | ||
28418 | #~ msgid "PACKAGE STATES" | |
28419 | #~ msgstr "ÉTATS DES PAQUETS" | |
28420 | ||
28421 | #~ msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" | |
28422 | #~ msgstr "DRAPEAUX DES PAQUETS" | |
28423 | ||
28424 | #~ msgid "I<control>" | |
28425 | #~ msgstr "I<control>" | |
28426 | ||
28427 | #~ msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" | |
28428 | #~ msgstr "DEBIAN/RULES" | |
28429 | ||
28430 | #~ msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" | |
28431 | #~ msgstr "COMPATIBILITÉ ARRIÈRE" | |
28432 | ||
28433 | #~ msgid "" | |
28434 | #~ "The %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk Makefile snippet is provided by dpkg-dev " | |
28435 | #~ "since version 1.16.1." | |
28436 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28437 | #~ "Le fragment de fichier Makefile %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk Makefile est " | |
28438 | #~ "fourni par dpkg-dev depuis la version 1.16.1." | |
28439 | ||
28440 | #~ msgid "" | |
28441 | #~ "The DEB_*_ARCH_BITS and DEB_*_ARCH_ENDIAN variables were introduced in " | |
28442 | #~ "dpkg-dev 1.15.4. Using them in I<debian/rules> thus requires a build-" | |
28443 | #~ "dependency on dpkg-dev (E<gt>= 1.15.4)." | |
28444 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28445 | #~ "Les variables DEB_*_ARCH_BITS et DEB_*_ARCH_ENDIAN sont apparues avec la " | |
28446 | #~ "version 1.15.4 de dpkg-dev. Si elles sont utilisées dans I<debian/rules>, " | |
28447 | #~ "une dépendance de construction sur dpkg-dev (E<gt>= 1.15.4) est " | |
28448 | #~ "nécessaire." | |
28449 | ||
28450 | #~ msgid "" | |
28451 | #~ "The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were introduced in " | |
28452 | #~ "dpkg-dev 1.13.2." | |
28453 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28454 | #~ "Les variables DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU et DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS sont apparues dans la " | |
28455 | #~ "version 1.13.2 de dpkg-dev." | |
28456 | ||
28457 | #~ msgid "" | |
28458 | #~ "The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " | |
28459 | #~ "versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." | |
28460 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28461 | #~ "Les options B<-e> et B<-i> n'ont été ajoutées que relativement récemment " | |
28462 | #~ "à B<dpkg-architecture> (depuis la version 1.13.13 de dpkg)." | |
28463 | ||
28464 | #~ msgid "HARDENING" | |
28465 | #~ msgstr "COMPILATION RENFORCÉE (« HARDENING »)" | |
28466 | ||
28467 | #~ msgid "" | |
28468 | #~ "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be " | |
28469 | #~ "compiled with B<-O1> or higher." | |
28470 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28471 | #~ "Veuillez noter que pour que cette option ait une utilité, le code source " | |
28472 | #~ "doit être compilé avec l'option B<-O1> ou supérieure." | |
28473 | ||
28474 | #~ msgid "" | |
28475 | #~ "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the " | |
28476 | #~ "default." | |
28477 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28478 | #~ "S'assure que B<dpkg-deb> construit une archive avec le « nouveau » " | |
28479 | #~ "format. C'est le comportement par défaut." | |
28480 | ||
28481 | #~ msgid "REMOVING A CONFFILE" | |
28482 | #~ msgstr "SUPPRESSION D'UN FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION" | |
28483 | ||
28484 | #~ msgid "RENAMING A CONFFILE" | |
28485 | #~ msgstr "RENOMMAGE D'UN FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION" | |
28486 | ||
28487 | #~ msgid "WARNINGS" | |
28488 | #~ msgstr "AVERTISSEMENTS" | |
28489 | ||
28490 | #~ msgid "ERRORS" | |
28491 | #~ msgstr "ERREURS" | |
28492 | ||
28493 | #~ msgid "GENERIC BUILD OPTIONS" | |
28494 | #~ msgstr "OPTIONS DE CONSTRUCTION GÉNÉRIQUES" | |
28495 | ||
28496 | #~ msgid "GENERIC EXTRACT OPTIONS" | |
28497 | #~ msgstr "LES OPTIONS GENERIQUES POUR EXTRACTION" | |
28498 | ||
28499 | #~ msgid "WARNINGS AND ERRORS" | |
28500 | #~ msgstr "AVERTISSEMENTS ET ERREURS" | |
28501 | ||
28502 | #~ msgid "debian/source/patch-header" | |
28503 | #~ msgstr "debian/source/patch-header" | |
28504 | ||
28505 | #~ msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS" | |
28506 | #~ msgstr "OPTIONS DE CORRESPONDANCE" | |
28507 | ||
28508 | #~ msgid "" | |
28509 | #~ "If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system." | |
28510 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28511 | #~ "Si vous trouvez un bogue, veuillez le signaler au système de suivi des " | |
28512 | #~ "bogues de Debian." | |
28513 | ||
28514 | #~ msgid "" | |
28515 | #~ "If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-" | |
28516 | #~ "alternatives> and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the " | |
28517 | #~ "implementation or the documentation; please report it." | |
28518 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28519 | #~ "Si vous trouvez une discordance entre l'action de B<update-alternatives> " | |
28520 | #~ "et cette page de manuel, c'est qu'il y a un bogue, soit dans " | |
28521 | #~ "l'implémentation soit dans la documentation ; faites un rapport." | |
28522 | ||
28523 | #~ msgid "B<--command-fd >I<n>" | |
28524 | #~ msgstr "B<--command-fd >I<n>" | |
28525 | ||
28526 | #~ msgid "" | |
28527 | #~ "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>. Note: " | |
28528 | #~ "additional options set on the command line, and through this file " | |
28529 | #~ "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the " | |
28530 | #~ "same run." | |
28531 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28532 | #~ "Cette action accepte une série de commandes sur le descripteur du fichier " | |
28533 | #~ "d'entrée I<n>. Note : des options supplémentaires définies sur la ligne " | |
28534 | #~ "de commande à travers ce descripteur de fichier ne sont pas redéfinies " | |
28535 | #~ "pour les commandes suivantes qui sont exécutées pendant la même séquence." | |
28536 | ||
28537 | #~ msgid "" | |
28538 | #~ "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" | |
28539 | #~ "Link: editor\n" | |
28540 | #~ "Status: auto\n" | |
28541 | #~ "Best: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" | |
28542 | #~ "Value: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" | |
28543 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28544 | #~ "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" | |
28545 | #~ "Link: editor\n" | |
28546 | #~ "Status: auto\n" | |
28547 | #~ "Best: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" | |
28548 | #~ "Value: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" | |
28549 | ||
28550 | #~ msgid "" | |
28551 | #~ "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" | |
28552 | #~ "Priority: 50\n" | |
28553 | #~ "Slaves:\n" | |
28554 | #~ " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28555 | #~ " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28556 | #~ " editor.pl.ISO8859-2.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.ISO8859-2/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28557 | #~ " editor.it.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28558 | #~ " editor.pl.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28559 | #~ " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28560 | #~ " editor.fr.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28561 | #~ " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28562 | #~ " editor.it.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28563 | #~ " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28564 | #~ " editor.fr.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28565 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28566 | #~ "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" | |
28567 | #~ "Priority: 50\n" | |
28568 | #~ "Slaves:\n" | |
28569 | #~ " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28570 | #~ " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28571 | #~ " editor.pl.ISO8859-2.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.ISO8859-2/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28572 | #~ " editor.it.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28573 | #~ " editor.pl.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28574 | #~ " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28575 | #~ " editor.fr.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28576 | #~ " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28577 | #~ " editor.it.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28578 | #~ " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28579 | #~ " editor.fr.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
28580 | ||
28581 | #~ msgid "" | |
28582 | #~ "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. " | |
28583 | #~ "The file names might contain a trailing slash." | |
28584 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28585 | #~ "Le fichier est une archive B<ar> avec un numéro magique de B<!" | |
28586 | #~ "E<lt>archE<gt>>. Les noms de fichiers peuvent comporter un caractère " | |
28587 | #~ "« / » final." | |
28588 | ||
28589 | #~ msgid "" | |
28590 | #~ "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " | |
28591 | #~ "build the source package." | |
28592 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28593 | #~ "liste des paquets qu'il est nécessaire d'installer et configurer pour " | |
28594 | #~ "pouvoir construire le paquet source." | |
28595 | ||
28596 | #~ msgid "" | |
28597 | #~ "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is " | |
28598 | #~ "build, for example because they interfere with the used build system." | |
28599 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28600 | #~ "Une liste de paquets qui ne doivent pas être installés lorsque le paquet " | |
28601 | #~ "est construit, par exemple parce qu'ils interfèrent avec le système de " | |
28602 | #~ "construction utilisé." | |
28603 | ||
28604 | #~ msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" | |
28605 | #~ msgstr "Pour afficher les paquets liés au programme B<vi>(1) :" | |
28606 | ||
28607 | #~ msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" | |
28608 | #~ msgstr "B<-P>I<rep-de-construction-du-paquet>" | |
28609 | ||
28610 | #~ msgid "The highest urgency of all included entries is used." | |
28611 | #~ msgstr "La priorité la plus haute de celles indiquées est utilisée." | |
28612 | ||
28613 | #~ msgid "B<Obsolete> alias for B<-tudeb>." | |
28614 | #~ msgstr "Alias B<obsolete> pour B<-tudeb>." | |
28615 | ||
28616 | #~ msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>" | |
28617 | #~ msgstr "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>" | |
28618 | ||
28619 | #~ msgid "See the Debian Policy Manual for further details." | |
28620 | #~ msgstr "Lire la charte Debian pour plus d'informations." | |
28621 | ||
28622 | #~ msgid "[ ... ]" | |
28623 | #~ msgstr "[ ... ]" | |
28624 | ||
28625 | #~ msgid "Instead of:" | |
28626 | #~ msgstr "Au lieu de :" | |
28627 | ||
28628 | #~ msgid "" | |
28629 | #~ "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" | |
28630 | #~ "configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" | |
28631 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28632 | #~ "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" | |
28633 | #~ "configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" | |
28634 | ||
28635 | #~ msgid "please use the following:" | |
28636 | #~ msgstr "Veuillez utiliser :" | |
28637 | ||
28638 | #~ msgid "" | |
28639 | #~ "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=" | |
28640 | #~ "$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" | |
28641 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28642 | #~ "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=" | |
28643 | #~ "$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" | |
28644 | ||
28645 | #~ msgid "" | |
28646 | #~ "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" | |
28647 | #~ "ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" | |
28648 | #~ " ...\n" | |
28649 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28650 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28651 | #~ "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" | |
28652 | #~ "ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" | |
28653 | #~ " ...\n" | |
28654 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28655 | ||
28656 | #~ msgid "please use:" | |
28657 | #~ msgstr "Veuillez utiliser :" | |
28658 | ||
28659 | #~ msgid "" | |
28660 | #~ "In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture " | |
28661 | #~ "information is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward " | |
28662 | #~ "compatibility, see below). Especially the --print-architecture option is " | |
28663 | #~ "unreliable since we have Debian architectures which don't equal a " | |
28664 | #~ "processor name." | |
28665 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28666 | #~ "Appeler dpkg dans les fichiers « rules » pour obtenir les informations " | |
28667 | #~ "sur l'architecture est déconseillé (sauf pour des raisons de " | |
28668 | #~ "compatibilité arrière, voyez ci-dessous). En particulier, l'option --" | |
28669 | #~ "print-architecture n'est pas fiable puisque certaines architectures " | |
28670 | #~ "Debian ne correspondent à aucun nom de processeur." | |
28671 | ||
28672 | #~ msgid "" | |
28673 | #~ "The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were introduced in " | |
28674 | #~ "dpkg-dev 1.13.2. Before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the " | |
28675 | #~ "values of the DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have " | |
28676 | #~ "been subject to change." | |
28677 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28678 | #~ "Les variables DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU et DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS sont apparues avec la " | |
28679 | #~ "version 1.13.2 de dpkg-dev. Auparavant, les fichiers I<debian/rules> " | |
28680 | #~ "utilisaient les variables DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU ou DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE qui ont " | |
28681 | #~ "eu tendance à varier dans le temps." | |
28682 | ||
28683 | #~ msgid "" | |
28684 | #~ "Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what " | |
28685 | #~ "to compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. " | |
28686 | #~ "You may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-" | |
28687 | #~ "dev by using the following code:" | |
28688 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28689 | #~ "Si ces variables sont encore utilisées dans un fichier I<debian/rules> " | |
28690 | #~ "pour décider quoi construire et comment, il faut les remplacer par les " | |
28691 | #~ "nouvelles variables. Vous pouvez rester compatible avec les versions " | |
28692 | #~ "précédentes de dpkg-dev en utilisant le code suivant :" | |
28693 | ||
28694 | #~ msgid "" | |
28695 | #~ "DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/" | |
28696 | #~ "dev/null)\n" | |
28697 | #~ "DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/" | |
28698 | #~ "dev/null)\n" | |
28699 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28700 | #~ "DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/" | |
28701 | #~ "dev/null)\n" | |
28702 | #~ "DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/" | |
28703 | #~ "dev/null)\n" | |
28704 | ||
28705 | #~ msgid "" | |
28706 | #~ "# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" | |
28707 | #~ "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" | |
28708 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" | |
28709 | #~ " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" | |
28710 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" | |
28711 | #~ " endif\n" | |
28712 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28713 | #~ "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" | |
28714 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -" | |
28715 | #~ "qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" | |
28716 | #~ " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" | |
28717 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" | |
28718 | #~ " endif\n" | |
28719 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28720 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28721 | #~ "# Prise en compte des anciennes versions de dpkg-architecture.\n" | |
28722 | #~ "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" | |
28723 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" | |
28724 | #~ " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" | |
28725 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" | |
28726 | #~ " endif\n" | |
28727 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28728 | #~ "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" | |
28729 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -" | |
28730 | #~ "qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" | |
28731 | #~ " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" | |
28732 | #~ " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" | |
28733 | #~ " endif\n" | |
28734 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28735 | ||
28736 | #~ msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." | |
28737 | #~ msgstr "Et de la même façon pour DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU et DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." | |
28738 | ||
28739 | #~ msgid "" | |
28740 | #~ "If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " | |
28741 | #~ "B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" | |
28742 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28743 | #~ "Pour accepter encore les versions de dpkg-dev qui n'incluent pas B<dpkg-" | |
28744 | #~ "architecture>, vous pouvez utiliser :" | |
28745 | ||
28746 | #~ msgid "" | |
28747 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" | |
28748 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH" | |
28749 | #~ "\\s0))\n" | |
28750 | #~ "ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" | |
28751 | #~ " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" | |
28752 | #~ "else\n" | |
28753 | #~ " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" | |
28754 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28755 | #~ "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-" | |
28756 | #~ "$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" | |
28757 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28758 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" | |
28759 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH" | |
28760 | #~ "\\s0))\n" | |
28761 | #~ "ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" | |
28762 | #~ " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" | |
28763 | #~ "else\n" | |
28764 | #~ " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" | |
28765 | #~ "endif\n" | |
28766 | #~ "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-" | |
28767 | #~ "$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" | |
28768 | ||
28769 | #~ msgid "" | |
28770 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" | |
28771 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" | |
28772 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" | |
28773 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" | |
28774 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28775 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" | |
28776 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" | |
28777 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" | |
28778 | #~ "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" | |
28779 | ||
28780 | #~ msgid "" | |
28781 | #~ "Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " | |
28782 | #~ "default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." | |
28783 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28784 | #~ "Vous pouvez placer certaines de ces lignes au début de votre debian/" | |
28785 | #~ "rules. Ces valeurs par défaut seront écrasées si dpkg-architecture est " | |
28786 | #~ "utilisé." | |
28787 | ||
28788 | #~ msgid "" | |
28789 | #~ "You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " | |
28790 | #~ "values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " | |
28791 | #~ "Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " | |
28792 | #~ "sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, " | |
28793 | #~ "but remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with " | |
28794 | #~ "native compilation)." | |
28795 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28796 | #~ "Vous n'avez pas besoin de toutes ces lignes. Choisissez uniquement les " | |
28797 | #~ "variables que vous utilisez dans votre fichier « rules ». Par exemple, si " | |
28798 | #~ "vous n'avez besoin que de l'architecture hôte Debian, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=" | |
28799 | #~ "\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' est suffisant (il s'agit bien sûr de " | |
28800 | #~ "l'architecture Debian de la machine de construction, mais le but est ici " | |
28801 | #~ "de rester compatible avec les anciennes compilations natives)." | |
28802 | ||
28803 | #~ msgid "" | |
28804 | #~ "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove. I<lastversion> is " | |
28805 | #~ "the last version of the package that contained the conffile (or the last " | |
28806 | #~ "version of the package that did not take care to remove the obsolete " | |
28807 | #~ "conffile if this was not immediately implemented). If I<lastversion> is " | |
28808 | #~ "empty or omitted, then the operation is tried on every upgrade. " | |
28809 | #~ "I<package> is the package name, it's optional as it will default to " | |
28810 | #~ "$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this variable is set by dpkg to the name of " | |
28811 | #~ "the package acted upon). All the parameters of the maintainer scripts " | |
28812 | #~ "have to be forwarded to the program after \"--\"." | |
28813 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28814 | #~ "I<fichier-de-configuration> est le nom du fichier de configuration à " | |
28815 | #~ "supprimer. I<dernière-version> est la dernière version du paquet qui le " | |
28816 | #~ "fournissait (ou la dernière version du paquet qui ne prenait pas soin de " | |
28817 | #~ "supprimer le fichier de configuration obsolète si la suppression correcte " | |
28818 | #~ "n'a pas été immédiatement mise en oeuvre). Si I<dernière-version> est " | |
28819 | #~ "vide ou est omis, cette suppression sera tenté pour toute mise à jour. " | |
28820 | #~ "I<paquet> est le nom du paquet. Ce paramètre est optionnel, la valeur par " | |
28821 | #~ "défaut étant $DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (cette variable est positionnée " | |
28822 | #~ "par dpkg sur le nom du paquet sur lequel il travaille). Tous les " | |
28823 | #~ "paramètres des scripts du responsable doivent être redirigés au programme " | |
28824 | #~ "après « -- »." | |
28825 | ||
28826 | #~ msgid "" | |
28827 | #~ "I<oldconffile> and I<newconffile> are the old and new name of the " | |
28828 | #~ "conffile to rename. I<lastversion> is the last version of the package " | |
28829 | #~ "that contained the conffile with the old name. If I<lastversion> is empty " | |
28830 | #~ "or omitted, then the operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's " | |
28831 | #~ "safer to give the version and have the operation tried only once). " | |
28832 | #~ "I<package> is the package name, it's optional as it will default to " | |
28833 | #~ "$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this variable is set by dpkg to the name of " | |
28834 | #~ "the package acted upon). All the parameters of the maintainer scripts " | |
28835 | #~ "have to be forwarded to the program after \"--\"." | |
28836 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28837 | #~ "I<ancien-fichier> et I<nouveau-fichier> sont les deux noms successifs du " | |
28838 | #~ "fichier de configuration. I<dernière-version> est la dernière version du " | |
28839 | #~ "paquet qui contenait le fichier de configuration avec l'ancien nnom. Si " | |
28840 | #~ "I<dernière-version> est vide ou manquant, l'opération sera tentée à " | |
28841 | #~ "chaque mise à jour (il est plus sûr d'indiquer la bonne version afin qe " | |
28842 | #~ "l'opération ne soit tentée qu'une fois). I<paquet> est le nom du paquet. " | |
28843 | #~ "Ce paramètre est optionnel, la valeur par défaut étant " | |
28844 | #~ "$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (cette variable est positionnée par dpkg sur le " | |
28845 | #~ "nom du paquet sur lequel il travaille). Tous les paramètres des scripts " | |
28846 | #~ "du responsable doivent être redirigés au programme après « -- »." | |
28847 | ||
28848 | #~ msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." | |
28849 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28850 | #~ "Cherche les processus dont les identifiants sont précisés dans I<pid-" | |
28851 | #~ "file>." | |
28852 | ||
28853 | #~ msgid "" | |
28854 | #~ "Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to " | |
28855 | #~ "B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." | |
28856 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28857 | #~ "Cherche les processus qui sont des exemplaires de cet exécutable (selon " | |
28858 | #~ "B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." | |
28859 | ||
28860 | #~ msgid "" | |
28861 | #~ "Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" | |
28862 | #~ ">I<pid>B</stat>)." | |
28863 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28864 | #~ "Cherche les processus dont le nom est I<nomdeprocessus> (selon B</proc/" | |
28865 | #~ ">I<pid>B</stat>)." | |
28866 | ||
28867 | #~ msgid "" | |
28868 | #~ "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." | |
28869 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28870 | #~ "Cherche les processus qui appartiennent à l'utilisateur défini par " | |
28871 | #~ "I<nomdutilisateur> ou I<uid.>" | |
28872 | ||
28873 | #~ msgid "" | |
28874 | #~ "A comma-separated list of names of build-time features that are supported " | |
28875 | #~ "by the source package. Currently, the only supported feature is B<build-" | |
28876 | #~ "arch>. It allows dpkg-buildpackage to call the I<build-arch> or I<build-" | |
28877 | #~ "indep> targets in place of I<build>." | |
28878 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28879 | #~ "donne la liste des noms des fonctionnalités qui sont gérées par le paquet " | |
28880 | #~ "source. À ce jour, la seule fonctionnalité gérée est B<build-arch>. Elle " | |
28881 | #~ "permet à dpkg-buildpackage d'utiliser les cibles I<build-arch> ou I<build-" | |
28882 | #~ "indep> à la place de I<build>" | |
28883 | ||
28884 | #~| msgid "User configuration file." | |
28885 | #~ msgid "Package maintainer configuration file." | |
28886 | #~ msgstr "Fichier de configuration propre à l'utilisateur" | |
28887 | ||
28888 | #~ msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>" | |
28889 | #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nom du paquetE<gt>" | |
28890 | ||
28891 | #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>" | |
28892 | #~ msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> E<lt>same|foreign|allowedE<gt> " | |
28893 | #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nom du sourceE<gt>" | |
28894 | ||
28895 | #~ msgid "" | |
28896 | #~ "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " | |
28897 | #~ "separated by newlines. Currently seven lines are present. The first is " | |
28898 | #~ "the format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was " | |
28899 | #~ "written. The second is the package name. The third is the package " | |
28900 | #~ "version. The fourth is the md5sum of the package. The fifth is the total " | |
28901 | #~ "size of the package. The sixth is the maximum part size. The seventh is " | |
28902 | #~ "the current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of " | |
28903 | #~ "parts (as in ‘1/10’)." | |
28904 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28905 | #~ "Le premier membre est nommé B<debian-split> et contient une succession de " | |
28906 | #~ "lignes, séparées par des retours-chariot. Pour le moment, sept lignes " | |
28907 | #~ "sont présentes. La première est le numéro de version du format, B<2.1> à " | |
28908 | #~ "l'heure où ce document a été écrit. Le second est le nom du paquet. Le " | |
28909 | #~ "troisième est la version du paquet. Le quatrième est la somme MD5 du " | |
28910 | #~ "paquet. Le cinquième est la taille totale du paquet. Le sixième est la " | |
28911 | #~ "taille maximale d'une partie. Le septième est le numéro d'ordre de la " | |
28912 | #~ "partie concernée, suivi du caractère « / » et du nombre total de parties " | |
28913 | #~ "(de le forme ‘1/10’)." | |
28914 | ||
28915 | #~ msgid "" | |
28916 | #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " | |
28917 | #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " | |
28918 | #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" | |
28919 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28920 | #~ "On peut aussi utiliser B<dpkg> comme une interface à B<dpkg-deb>(1). " | |
28921 | #~ "Quand B<dpkg> rencontre les actions suivantes, qui sont des actions de " | |
28922 | #~ "B<dpkg-deb>, il lance simplement B<dpkg-deb> avec les paramètres qui lui " | |
28923 | #~ "ont été fournis :" | |
28924 | ||
28925 | #~ msgid "" | |
28926 | #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" | |
28927 | #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" | |
28928 | #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" | |
28929 | #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" | |
28930 | #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" | |
28931 | #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" | |
28932 | #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" | |
28933 | #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" | |
28934 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28935 | #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" | |
28936 | #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" | |
28937 | #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" | |
28938 | #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" | |
28939 | #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" | |
28940 | #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" | |
28941 | #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, et\n" | |
28942 | #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" | |
28943 | ||
28944 | #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." | |
28945 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28946 | #~ "Voyez B<dpkg-deb>(1) pour des renseignements supplémentaires sur ces " | |
28947 | #~ "actions." | |
28948 | ||
28949 | #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>" | |
28950 | #~ msgstr "B<--new>, B<--old>" | |
28951 | ||
28952 | #~ msgid "" | |
28953 | #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." | |
28954 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28955 | #~ "Sélectionne soit l'ancien format des paquet binaires, soit le nouveau. " | |
28956 | #~ "C'est une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." | |
28957 | ||
28958 | #~ msgid "" | |
28959 | #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. " | |
28960 | #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." | |
28961 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28962 | #~ "Ne pas lire ni vérifier le contenu du fichier de contrôle pendant la " | |
28963 | #~ "construction d'un paquet. C'est une option de B<dpkg-deb>(1)." | |
28964 | ||
28965 | #~ msgid "Compiler flags" | |
28966 | #~ msgstr "Drapeaux de compilation" | |
28967 | ||
28968 | #~ msgid "" | |
28969 | #~ "The B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS> " | |
28970 | #~ "environment variables are set to the values that B<dpkg-buildflags> " | |
28971 | #~ "returned. See its manual page for more information." | |
28972 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28973 | #~ "Les variables d'environnement B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, " | |
28974 | #~ "B<CPPFLAGS> et B<LDFLAGS> prennent les valeurs renvoyées par B<dpkg-" | |
28975 | #~ "buildflags>. Veuillez consulter la page de manuel de ce programme pour " | |
28976 | #~ "plus d'informations." | |
28977 | ||
28978 | #~ msgid "0" | |
28979 | #~ msgstr "0" | |
28980 | ||
28981 | #~ msgid "1" | |
28982 | #~ msgstr "1" | |
28983 | ||
28984 | #~ msgid "" | |
28985 | #~ "B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the filenames " | |
28986 | #~ "of Debian packages." | |
28987 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28988 | #~ "B<dpkg-split> utilise des conventions plutôt périmées pour les noms des " | |
28989 | #~ "paquets Debian." | |
28990 | ||
28991 | #~ msgid "" | |
28992 | #~ "The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in " | |
28993 | #~ "the control information of the contained binary package file, and it is " | |
28994 | #~ "not present in the filenames generated." | |
28995 | #~ msgstr "" | |
28996 | #~ "L'architecture n'est pas indiquée dans l'en-tête des fichiers ; elle " | |
28997 | #~ "l'est seulement dans les informations de contrôle du paquet binaire ; et " | |
28998 | #~ "elle n'est pas présente dans les fichiers produits." | |
28999 | ||
29000 | #~ msgid "" | |
29001 | #~ "B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--" | |
29002 | #~ "version>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] " | |
29003 | #~ "[I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:" | |
29004 | #~ ">[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" | |
29005 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29006 | #~ "B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--" | |
29007 | #~ "version>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>fichierE<gt>>] " | |
29008 | #~ "[I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I<partie-écran:>[I<avant-" | |
29009 | #~ "plan>],[I<arrière-plan>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" | |
29010 | ||
29011 | #~ msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" | |
29012 | #~ msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>répertoireE<gt>>" | |
29013 | ||
29014 | #~ msgid "USAGE" | |
29015 | #~ msgstr "UTILISATION" | |
29016 | ||
29017 | #~ msgid "" | |
29018 | #~ "B<start-stop-daemon> returns 0 if the requested action was performed, or " | |
29019 | #~ "if B<--oknodo> is specified and either B<--start> was specified and a " | |
29020 | #~ "matching process was already running, or B<--stop> was specified and " | |
29021 | #~ "there were no matching processes. If B<--oknodo> was not specified and " | |
29022 | #~ "nothing was done, 1 is returned. If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were " | |
29023 | #~ "specified, but the end of the schedule was reached and the processes were " | |
29024 | #~ "still running, the error value is 2. For all other errors, the status is " | |
29025 | #~ "3." | |
29026 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29027 | #~ "B<start-stop-daemon> renvoie 0 si l'action demandée a été effectuée, ou " | |
29028 | #~ "si B<--oknodo> est spécifié et aussi si B<--start> a été spécifié et " | |
29029 | #~ "qu'un processus de comparaison est déjà en cours d'exécution, ou si B<--" | |
29030 | #~ "stop> a été spécifié et qu'il n'y avait pas de processus correspondant. " | |
29031 | #~ "Si B<--oknodo> n'a pas été spécifié et rien n'a été fait, alors 1 est " | |
29032 | #~ "retourné. Si B<--stop> et B<--retry> ont été précisés, mais que " | |
29033 | #~ "l'ordonnanceur a atteint la fin du calendrier en ayant toujours le " | |
29034 | #~ "processus en cours d'exécution, la valeur d'erreur est 2. Pour toutes les " | |
29035 | #~ "autres erreurs, l'état est 3." | |
29036 | ||
29037 | #~ msgid "2" | |
29038 | #~ msgstr "2" | |
29039 | ||
29040 | #~ msgid "" | |
29041 | #~ "An error occurred. Unfortunately at the time of writing I<extended-error-" | |
29042 | #~ "message> can contain newlines, although in locales where the translators " | |
29043 | #~ "have not made mistakes every newline is followed by at least one space." | |
29044 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29045 | #~ "Une erreur s'est produite. Malheureusement, lors de l'écriture il se " | |
29046 | #~ "trouve que I<message-d'erreur-complet> peut contenir des retour à la " | |
29047 | #~ "ligne, alors que dans les locales où les traducteurs n'ont pas fait " | |
29048 | #~ "d'erreurs, chaque nouvelle ligne est suivie par au moins une espace." | |
29049 | ||
29050 | #~ msgid "I<admindir>/info/I<package>.symbols" | |
29051 | #~ msgstr "I<admindir>/info/I<paquet>.symbols" | |
29052 | ||
29053 | #~ msgid "I<admindir>/info/I<package>.shlibs" | |
29054 | #~ msgstr "I<admindir>/info/I<paquet>.shlibs" | |
29055 | ||
29056 | #~ msgid "Format: 3.0 (git) and 3.0 (bzr)" | |
29057 | #~ msgstr "Format: 3.0 (git) et 3.0 (bzr)" | |
29058 | ||
29059 | #~ msgid "" | |
29060 | #~ "I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; " | |
29061 | #~ "these ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found " | |
29062 | #~ "in a subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against " | |
29063 | #~ "I<section>." | |
29064 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29065 | #~ "Les éléments I<priorité> et I<section> placent le paquet dans " | |
29066 | #~ "l'arborescence ; on ne devrait pas les trouver dans le fichier " | |
29067 | #~ "« control ». Quand le paquet se trouve dans un sous-répertoire de I<rep-" | |
29068 | #~ "de-binaires,> on le compare avec le contenu de I<section>." | |
29069 | ||
29070 | #~ msgid "" | |
29071 | #~ "If the host architecture differs from the build architecture (as is the " | |
29072 | #~ "case for a cross-compilation), and if the environment variable " | |
29073 | #~ "B<PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR> is not set, then it is set to a value suitable for " | |
29074 | #~ "cross-compilation (\"/usr/I<gnu-system-type>/lib/pkgconfig/:/usr/share/" | |
29075 | #~ "pkgconfig\")." | |
29076 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29077 | #~ "Si l'architecture de l'hôte est différente de l'architecture construite " | |
29078 | #~ "(comme c'est le cas lors de compilation croisée) et si la variable " | |
29079 | #~ "d'environnement B<PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR> n'est pas renseignée, alors elle est " | |
29080 | #~ "positionnée à une valeur adaptée à la compilation croisée (\"/usr/I<selon-" | |
29081 | #~ "système-gnu>/lib/pkgconfig/:/usr/share/pkgconfig\")." | |
29082 | ||
29083 | #~ msgid "" | |
29084 | #~ "Some environment variables defining compiler and linker options are set " | |
29085 | #~ "to default values unless already present in the environment. Note that " | |
29086 | #~ "this mechanism was only introduced in version 1.14.17 of dpkg-dev and not " | |
29087 | #~ "all I<rules> files and build tools will honour these variables, yet." | |
29088 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29089 | #~ "Certaines variables d'environnement qui définissent les options du " | |
29090 | #~ "compilateur et de l'éditeur de lien sont réglés par défaut sauf si elles " | |
29091 | #~ "ont déjà été fixées dans l'environnement. Veuillez noter que ce mécanisme " | |
29092 | #~ "n'a été mis en place qu'à partir de la version 1.14.17 de dpkg-dev et que " | |
29093 | #~ "tous les fichiers I<rules> et les outils de construction n'utilisent pas " | |
29094 | #~ "encore ces variables." | |
29095 | ||
29096 | #~ msgid "" | |
29097 | #~ "Optimization options which are passed to the Debian build system and can/" | |
29098 | #~ "should be overridden by the package build if needed (default value: B<-g -" | |
29099 | #~ "O2>, or B<-g\\ -O0> if B<noopt> is specified in DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS). " | |
29100 | #~ "Overriding options can be used to explicitly set a higher optimization " | |
29101 | #~ "level, or work around compiler bugs, which only can be seen with some " | |
29102 | #~ "optimization levels (the last opt level \"wins\")." | |
29103 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29104 | #~ "Les options d'optimisation qui sont passées au système de construction " | |
29105 | #~ "Debian et qui peuvent être remplacées par le générateur de paquet si " | |
29106 | #~ "besoin (valeur par défaut : B<-g\\ -O2>, ou B<-g\\ -O0> si B<noopt> est " | |
29107 | #~ "indiqué dans DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS). Remplacer ces options peut être utilisé " | |
29108 | #~ "pour fixer un niveau d'optimisation plus élevé, ou plus de travail dans " | |
29109 | #~ "la recherche de bogues, qui ne peuvent être détectés qu'avec certains " | |
29110 | #~ "niveaux d'optimisation (le dernier niveau d'optimisation \"gagne\")." | |
29111 | ||
29112 | #~ msgid "B<CFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29113 | #~ msgstr "B<CFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29114 | ||
29115 | #~ msgid "" | |
29116 | #~ "Optimization options appended to the compiler flags, which must not be " | |
29117 | #~ "overwritten by the package (mostly used to for test builds). Default " | |
29118 | #~ "value: empty." | |
29119 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29120 | #~ "Les options d'optimisation passées sur les drapeaux du compilateur, qui " | |
29121 | #~ "ne doivent pas être remplacé par ceux du paquet (le plus souvent utilisé " | |
29122 | #~ "pour faire des tests de construction). Valeur par défaut : aucune." | |
29123 | ||
29124 | #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS> for C++ sources." | |
29125 | #~ msgstr "Identique à B<CFLAGS> pour des sources en C++." | |
29126 | ||
29127 | #~ msgid "B<CXXFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29128 | #~ msgstr "B<CXXFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29129 | ||
29130 | #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS_APPEND> for C++ sources." | |
29131 | #~ msgstr "Identique à B<CFLAGS_APPEND> pour des sources en C++." | |
29132 | ||
29133 | #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS> for Fortran sources." | |
29134 | #~ msgstr "Identique à B<CFLAGS> pour des sources en Fortran." | |
29135 | ||
29136 | #~ msgid "B<FFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29137 | #~ msgstr "B<FFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29138 | ||
29139 | #~ msgid "Same as B<CFLAGS_APPEND> for Fortran sources." | |
29140 | #~ msgstr "identique à B<CFLAGS_APPEND> pour des sources en Fortran." | |
29141 | ||
29142 | #~ msgid "" | |
29143 | #~ "Preprocessor flags which are passed to the Debian build system and can/" | |
29144 | #~ "should be overridden by the package build if needed (default: empty). " | |
29145 | #~ "This macro is seldom used (most build systems just use B<CFLAGS> instead " | |
29146 | #~ "of B<CPPFLAGS>)." | |
29147 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29148 | #~ "Les drapeaux du préprocesseur qui sont passés au système de construction " | |
29149 | #~ "Debian peuvent être remplacés par ceux du paquet en construction si " | |
29150 | #~ "besoin (par défaut : aucun). Cette macro est rarement utilisée (la " | |
29151 | #~ "plupart des systèmes de construction utilisent simplement B<CFLAGS> au " | |
29152 | #~ "lieu de B<CPPFLAGS>)." | |
29153 | ||
29154 | #~ msgid "B<CPPFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29155 | #~ msgstr "B<CPPFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29156 | ||
29157 | #~ msgid "" | |
29158 | #~ "Preprocessor flags appended to the preprocessor flags, which must not be " | |
29159 | #~ "overwritten by the package (mostly used to for test builds). Default " | |
29160 | #~ "value: empty." | |
29161 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29162 | #~ "Drapeaux du préprocesseur liés à ceux de ce dernier, qui ne doivent pas " | |
29163 | #~ "être remplacés par ceux du paquet (le plus souvent utilisé pour des tests " | |
29164 | #~ "de construction). Valeur par défaut : aucuns." | |
29165 | ||
29166 | #~ msgid "B<LDFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29167 | #~ msgstr "B<LDFLAGS_APPEND>" | |
29168 | ||
29169 | #~ msgid "" | |
29170 | #~ "Optimization options appended to the compiler flags when linking code, " | |
29171 | #~ "which must not be overwritten by the package (mostly used to for test " | |
29172 | #~ "builds). Default value: empty." | |
29173 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29174 | #~ "Options d'optimisation passées par les drapeaux du compilateur durant la " | |
29175 | #~ "phase de liaison, qui ne doivent pas être remplacés par ceux du paquet " | |
29176 | #~ "(le plus souvent utilisé pour des tests de construction). Valeur par " | |
29177 | #~ "défaut : aucunes." | |
29178 | ||
29179 | #~ msgid "include all changes." | |
29180 | #~ msgstr "inclut tous les changements." | |
29181 | ||
29182 | #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>" | |
29183 | #~ msgstr "B<--licence>, B<--license>" | |
29184 | ||
29185 | #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." | |
29186 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la licence de B<dpkg>." | |
29187 | ||
29188 | #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" | |
29189 | #~ msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT" | |
29190 | ||
29191 | #~ msgid "" | |
29192 | #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell " | |
29193 | #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." | |
29194 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29195 | #~ "Donnez lui une valeur si vous préférez que B<dpkg> lance un nouvel " | |
29196 | #~ "interpréteur de commandes plutôt que de s'interrompre, pour faire un " | |
29197 | #~ "appel à l'interpréteur de commandes." | |
29198 | ||
29199 | #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>" | |
29200 | #~ msgstr "B<--license>, B<--licence>" | |
29201 | ||
29202 | #~ msgid "Show the copyright licensing terms and exit." | |
29203 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29204 | #~ "Affiche des renseignements sur le copyright et la licence, puis quitte." | |
29205 | ||
29206 | #~ msgid "" | |
29207 | #~ "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" | |
29208 | #~ "substvars>." | |
29209 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29210 | #~ "Lire les variables de substitution dans I<fichier/substvars> ; le fichier " | |
29211 | #~ "par défaut est B<debian/substvars>." | |
29212 | ||
29213 | #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>" | |
29214 | #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--license>" | |
29215 | ||
29216 | #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]" | |
29217 | #~ msgstr "B<-I>[I<motif-de-fichier>]" | |
29218 | ||
29219 | #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" | |
29220 | #~ msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" | |
29221 | ||
29222 | #~ msgid "" | |
29223 | #~ "Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits " | |
29224 | #~ "successfully." | |
29225 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29226 | #~ "Affiche les informations sur le copyright et sur la licence de " | |
29227 | #~ "B<dselect>, puis se termine normalement." | |
29228 | ||
29229 | #~ msgid "B<-h>" | |
29230 | #~ msgstr "B<-h>" | |
29231 | ||
29232 | #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>" | |
29233 | #~ msgstr "B<--without-quilt>" | |
29234 | ||
29235 | #~ msgid "" | |
29236 | #~ "Don't use quilt to apply patches but dpkg-source's own code. It won't be " | |
29237 | #~ "possible to use quilt directly on the unpacked directory but it will be " | |
29238 | #~ "free of quilt's temporary files as well." | |
29239 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29240 | #~ "Ne pas utiliser « quilt » afin d'appliquer des correctifs, mais le code " | |
29241 | #~ "même de dpkg-source. Il ne sera pas possible d'utiliser directement " | |
29242 | #~ "« quilt » sur le répertoire dépaqueté mais il sera libre d'en faire usage " | |
29243 | #~ "sur les fichiers temporaires." | |
29244 | ||
29245 | #~ msgid "B<-z>I<level>" | |
29246 | #~ msgstr "B<-z>I<niveau>" | |
29247 | ||
29248 | #~ msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." | |
29249 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29250 | #~ "Oublie ce qui concerne les paquets non installés ou non disponibles." | |
29251 | ||
29252 | #~ msgid "install-info" | |
29253 | #~ msgstr "install-info" | |
29254 | ||
29255 | #~ msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file" | |
29256 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29257 | #~ "install-info - Création ou mise à jour d'une entrée dans le fichier dir " | |
29258 | #~ "du système Info." | |
29259 | ||
29260 | #~ msgid "" | |
29261 | #~ "B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" | |
29262 | #~ "maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--" | |
29263 | #~ "infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] " | |
29264 | #~ "[B<--description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] " | |
29265 | #~ "I<filename>" | |
29266 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29267 | #~ "B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" | |
29268 | #~ "maxwidth=nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " | |
29269 | #~ "[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" | |
29270 | #~ "description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<fichier>" | |
29271 | ||
29272 | #~ msgid "" | |
29273 | #~ "B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> " | |
29274 | #~ "file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified " | |
29275 | #~ "on the command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a " | |
29276 | #~ "description from the contents of the file." | |
29277 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29278 | #~ "B<install-info> crée, met à jour ou supprime des entrées dans le fichier " | |
29279 | #~ "B<dir> d'Info. Quand, pour la création ou la mise à jour d'une entrée, on " | |
29280 | #~ "ne donne aucune description sur la ligne de commande ou dans le fichier " | |
29281 | #~ "Info, B<install-info> essaie d'en deviner une à travers le contenu du " | |
29282 | #~ "fichier." | |
29283 | ||
29284 | #~ msgid "" | |
29285 | #~ "See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " | |
29286 | #~ "entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the " | |
29287 | #~ "B<dir> file." | |
29288 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29289 | #~ "Voyez la description de l'option B<--section> pour des précisions sur " | |
29290 | #~ "l'emplacement choisi pour l'entrée et sur le format attendu du fichier " | |
29291 | #~ "B<dir.>" | |
29292 | ||
29293 | #~ msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" | |
29294 | #~ msgstr "B<[--] >I<nom-de-fichier>" | |
29295 | ||
29296 | #~ msgid "" | |
29297 | #~ "Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " | |
29298 | #~ "updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " | |
29299 | #~ "should be the exact entry name to be removed (e.g. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " | |
29300 | #~ "\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent " | |
29301 | #~ "of the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-" | |
29302 | #~ "INFO-DIR entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or " | |
29303 | #~ "be about to be installed, or have previously existed when removing an " | |
29304 | #~ "entry) in the same directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> " | |
29305 | #~ "option)." | |
29306 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29307 | #~ "Donne le nom du fichier Info dont l'entrée de menu doit être créée, mise " | |
29308 | #~ "à jour ou supprimée. Si l'option B<--remove-exactly> est précisée, " | |
29309 | #~ "I<fichier> sera le nom exact de l'entrée à supprimer (p. ex. « emacs-20/" | |
29310 | #~ "emacs » ou « gcc ») ; dans les autres cas, la partie principale de ce nom " | |
29311 | #~ "sert de référent pour l'entrée de menu qui est créée, à moins qu'il y " | |
29312 | #~ "ait, dans le fichier donné, une entrée START-INFO-DIR. Ce fichier doit " | |
29313 | #~ "donc exister (ou bien être sur le point d'être installé, ou bien doit " | |
29314 | #~ "avoir existé en cas de suppression d'entrée) dans le même répertoire que " | |
29315 | #~ "le fichier B<dir> (voyez l'option B<--infodir>)." | |
29316 | ||
29317 | #~ msgid "" | |
29318 | #~ "If I<filename> ends in B<.gz>, it is taken to refer to a file compressed " | |
29319 | #~ "with B<gzip>; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> " | |
29320 | #~ "does, the latter is used instead." | |
29321 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29322 | #~ "Indique que si une entrée doit être créée, elle sera placée dans la " | |
29323 | #~ "section du un fichier comprimé avec B<gzip> ; s'il n'existe pas, mais " | |
29324 | #~ "qu'il y a un I<nom-de-fichier>B<.gz>, on utilisera ce dernier." | |
29325 | ||
29326 | #~ msgid "" | |
29327 | #~ "When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path " | |
29328 | #~ "specified (possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." | |
29329 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29330 | #~ "Quand on ajoute ou on met à jour des entrées, ce fichier doit exister " | |
29331 | #~ "dans le chemin spécifié (si possible avec l'extension B<.gz> " | |
29332 | #~ "supplémentaire)." | |
29333 | ||
29334 | #~ msgid "" | |
29335 | #~ "Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " | |
29336 | #~ "default entries are created or updated." | |
29337 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29338 | #~ "Demande que l'entrée pour le fichier I<nom-de-fichier> soit détruite ; " | |
29339 | #~ "par défaut les entrées sont créées ou mises à jour." | |
29340 | ||
29341 | #~ msgid "" | |
29342 | #~ "If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading " | |
29343 | #~ "(and the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the " | |
29344 | #~ "last section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--" | |
29345 | #~ "section> option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." | |
29346 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29347 | #~ "Quand la suppression d'une entrée vide une section, l'en-tête (et la " | |
29348 | #~ "ligne blanche détachée) de la section est supprimée aussi, à moins que ce " | |
29349 | #~ "ne soit la dernière section du fichier ou bien que l'option B<--keep-old> " | |
29350 | #~ "soit indiquée. Voyez l'option B<--section> pour des précisions sur le " | |
29351 | #~ "format attendu du fichier B<dir>." | |
29352 | ||
29353 | #~ msgid "" | |
29354 | #~ "If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in " | |
29355 | #~ "the first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others " | |
29356 | #~ "silently ignored." | |
29357 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29358 | #~ "Quand il y a plusieurs entrées possibles dans le fichier B<dir>, seules " | |
29359 | #~ "celles qui appartiennent au premier groupe contigu correspondant sont " | |
29360 | #~ "supprimées ; les autres sont silencieusement ignorées." | |
29361 | ||
29362 | #~ msgid "" | |
29363 | #~ "It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-" | |
29364 | #~ "info> will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." | |
29365 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29366 | #~ "Ne pas trouver d'entrée possible n'est pas une erreur, bien que B<install-" | |
29367 | #~ "info> avertisse du problème quand l'option B<--quiet> n'a pas été " | |
29368 | #~ "demandée." | |
29369 | ||
29370 | #~ msgid "" | |
29371 | #~ "When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--" | |
29372 | #~ "calign> formatting options are silently ignored." | |
29373 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29374 | #~ "Quand B<--remove> est spécifié, les options de formatage B<--maxwidth>, " | |
29375 | #~ "B<--align> et B<--calign> sont silencieusement ignorées." | |
29376 | ||
29377 | #~ msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" | |
29378 | #~ msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" | |
29379 | ||
29380 | #~ msgid "" | |
29381 | #~ "This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that " | |
29382 | #~ "I<filename> is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the " | |
29383 | #~ "name of an existing file. This can be important when trying to remove " | |
29384 | #~ "entries that refer to info files in subdirectories (e.g. \"emacs-20/emacs" | |
29385 | #~ "\") because B<--remove> will operate on the basename of the given " | |
29386 | #~ "I<filename> rather than the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> " | |
29387 | #~ "\"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not " | |
29388 | #~ "\"emacs-20/emacs\")." | |
29389 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29390 | #~ "Cette option est pratiquement identique à B<--remove> mais I<fichier> est " | |
29391 | #~ "compris comme le nom exact de l'entrée à supprimer plutôt que comme le " | |
29392 | #~ "nom d'un fichier existant. Cela peut être important quand on essaie de " | |
29393 | #~ "supprimer des entrées pour des fichiers info dans des sous-répertoires " | |
29394 | #~ "(p. ex. « emacs-20/emacs ») car B<--remove> opère sur la partie " | |
29395 | #~ "principale du I<fichier> plutôt que sur le nom exact. (p. ex. B<--" | |
29396 | #~ "remove> « emacs-20/emacs » forcerait B<install-info> à chercher " | |
29397 | #~ "« emacs », pas « emacs-20/emacs »)." | |
29398 | ||
29399 | #~ msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" | |
29400 | #~ msgstr "B<--section >I<exp-reg titre>" | |
29401 | ||
29402 | #~ msgid "" | |
29403 | #~ "Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " | |
29404 | #~ "section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " | |
29405 | #~ "section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the " | |
29406 | #~ "file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> " | |
29407 | #~ "menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." | |
29408 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29409 | #~ "Indique que l'entrée qui doit être créée sera placée dans la section du " | |
29410 | #~ "fichier B<dir> dont le titre correspond à I<exp-reg>. Si une telle " | |
29411 | #~ "section n'existe pas, une nouvelle dernière section (voyez ci-après) est " | |
29412 | #~ "créée dans le fichier, avec un titre égal à I<titre>. Une section est un " | |
29413 | #~ "choix possible dans le menu de B<dir> ; les choix sont séparés par des " | |
29414 | #~ "lignes blanches ; la première ligne est supposée représenter le titre." | |
29415 | ||
29416 | #~ msgid "" | |
29417 | #~ "If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert " | |
29418 | #~ "it within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section " | |
29419 | #~ "aren't already sorted, the new location within the section will be " | |
29420 | #~ "unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." | |
29421 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29422 | #~ "Quand une nouvelle entrée doit être créée, B<install-info> essaie de " | |
29423 | #~ "l'insérer dans la section selon l'ordre alphabétique. Si les entrées de " | |
29424 | #~ "la section ne sont pas déjà triées, on ne peut prévoir l'emplacement qui " | |
29425 | #~ "sera choisi. L'ordre existant des entrées n'est pas modifié." | |
29426 | ||
29427 | #~ msgid "" | |
29428 | #~ "If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look " | |
29429 | #~ "for a title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form" | |
29430 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29431 | #~ "Si l'option B<--section> n'est pas spécifiée, B<install-info> recherchera " | |
29432 | #~ "un titre dans le fichier Info lui-même, en recherchant une entrée de la " | |
29433 | #~ "forme :" | |
29434 | ||
29435 | #~ msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>" | |
29436 | #~ msgstr "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< titre>" | |
29437 | ||
29438 | #~ msgid "" | |
29439 | #~ "If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the " | |
29440 | #~ "end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title " | |
29441 | #~ "line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the " | |
29442 | #~ "right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that " | |
29443 | #~ "Info files with no better specified location are appended to it." | |
29444 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29445 | #~ "Par défaut, si aucun titre de section n'est trouvé, les entrées nouvelles " | |
29446 | #~ "sont ajoutées à la fin du fichier. La dernière section doit toujours " | |
29447 | #~ "exister (même si elle consiste en une simple ligne de titre) de manière " | |
29448 | #~ "que les nouvelles sections puissent être créées au bon endroit. Le titre " | |
29449 | #~ "de la dernière section devrait refléter le fait que des fichiers Info " | |
29450 | #~ "sans emplacement bien défini sont ajoutés à la fin de cette section." | |
29451 | ||
29452 | #~ msgid "" | |
29453 | #~ "If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is " | |
29454 | #~ "replaced in situ with the new entry." | |
29455 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29456 | #~ "Quand le fichier Info que l'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée, " | |
29457 | #~ "celle-ci est remplacée in situ par la nouvelle entrée." | |
29458 | ||
29459 | #~ msgid "" | |
29460 | #~ "If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored " | |
29461 | #~ "and a warning is issued." | |
29462 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29463 | #~ "Quand on supprime une entrée, une section spécifiée est ignorée et un " | |
29464 | #~ "avertissement est produit." | |
29465 | ||
29466 | #~ msgid "" | |
29467 | #~ "If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no " | |
29468 | #~ "section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the " | |
29469 | #~ "requested section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." | |
29470 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29471 | #~ "Quand on ajoute une entrée et qu'une section est spécifiée, mais que le " | |
29472 | #~ "fichier ne contient aucun en-tête de section, B<install-info> crée à la " | |
29473 | #~ "fois la section demandée et une section « Miscellaneous » à la fin du " | |
29474 | #~ "fichier." | |
29475 | ||
29476 | #~ msgid "" | |
29477 | #~ "Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " | |
29478 | #~ "file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/" | |
29479 | #~ "share/info/>." | |
29480 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29481 | #~ "Spécifie que le fichier B<dir> est situé dans I<infodir>, ou que la copie " | |
29482 | #~ "installée du nouveau fichier Info était, est ou sera située dans " | |
29483 | #~ "I<infodir>. Par défaut, c'est B</usr/share/info>." | |
29484 | ||
29485 | #~ msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" | |
29486 | #~ msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" | |
29487 | ||
29488 | #~ msgid "" | |
29489 | #~ "Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at " | |
29490 | #~ "least I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If " | |
29491 | #~ "necessary because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may " | |
29492 | #~ "be offset more. The default is 27." | |
29493 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29494 | #~ "Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la première ligne de la description " | |
29495 | #~ "sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères ; des espaces supplémentaires peuvent " | |
29496 | #~ "être ajoutées. Quand la longueur des éléments de l'entrée du menu B<dir> " | |
29497 | #~ "le demande, on peut le décaler davantage. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à " | |
29498 | #~ "27." | |
29499 | ||
29500 | #~ msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" | |
29501 | #~ msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" | |
29502 | ||
29503 | #~ msgid "" | |
29504 | #~ "Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should " | |
29505 | #~ "be indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." | |
29506 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29507 | #~ "Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la deuxième ligne et des lignes " | |
29508 | #~ "suivantes de la description sera d'au moins I<nnn> caractères. Par défaut " | |
29509 | #~ "ce nombre est égal à 29." | |
29510 | ||
29511 | #~ msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>" | |
29512 | #~ msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>" | |
29513 | ||
29514 | #~ msgid "" | |
29515 | #~ "Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is " | |
29516 | #~ "used when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." | |
29517 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29518 | #~ "Précise que la largeur maximale d'une ligne du fichier Info est de " | |
29519 | #~ "I<nnn>. Cela sert pour « couper » automatiquement les lignes du texte " | |
29520 | #~ "descriptif. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 79." | |
29521 | ||
29522 | #~ msgid "" | |
29523 | #~ "Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is " | |
29524 | #~ "inserted and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of " | |
29525 | #~ "existing entries and the creation and deletion of sections." | |
29526 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29527 | #~ "Empêche l'affichage normal de la nouvelle entrée du menu juste avant " | |
29528 | #~ "qu'elle soit insérée et l'affichage de messages annonçant le remplacement " | |
29529 | #~ "ou la suppression d'entrées existantes ou la création ou la suppression " | |
29530 | #~ "de section." | |
29531 | ||
29532 | #~ msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." | |
29533 | #~ msgstr "Option pour afficher une aide sur l'utilisation de B<install-info>" | |
29534 | ||
29535 | #~ msgid "" | |
29536 | #~ "Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information " | |
29537 | #~ "and exit." | |
29538 | #~ msgstr "Option pour afficher la version et le copyright de B<install-info>" | |
29539 | ||
29540 | #~ msgid "" | |
29541 | #~ "Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or " | |
29542 | #~ "updated entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the value specified in " | |
29543 | #~ "the Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" | |
29544 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29545 | #~ "Précise que la description employée après l'entrée du menu pour une " | |
29546 | #~ "nouvelle entrée ou bien pour une entrée mise à jour sera I<xxx>. Par " | |
29547 | #~ "défaut, on emploie la valeur indiquée par le fichier Info lui-même ; on " | |
29548 | #~ "peut la trouver en cherchant une section de la forme suivante :" | |
29549 | ||
29550 | #~ msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" | |
29551 | #~ msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" | |
29552 | ||
29553 | #~ msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" | |
29554 | #~ msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>" | |
29555 | ||
29556 | #~ msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" | |
29557 | #~ msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" | |
29558 | ||
29559 | #~ msgid "" | |
29560 | #~ "If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " | |
29561 | #~ "each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " | |
29562 | #~ "this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries " | |
29563 | #~ "are inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--" | |
29564 | #~ "menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> " | |
29565 | #~ "options are ignored." | |
29566 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29567 | #~ "Quand l'entrée trouvée dans le fichier Info lui-même s'étend sur " | |
29568 | #~ "plusieurs lignes, chacune donnant une entrée du menu, on reprend le texte " | |
29569 | #~ "trouvé « verbatim ». Dans ce cas, on ne tient pas compte de l'ordre " | |
29570 | #~ "alphabétique et les entrées sont insérées au début de la section en " | |
29571 | #~ "question. Et les options B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--" | |
29572 | #~ "calign> sont ignorées." | |
29573 | ||
29574 | #~ msgid "" | |
29575 | #~ "If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a " | |
29576 | #~ "paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " | |
29577 | #~ "capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." | |
29578 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29579 | #~ "Quand il n'y a pas d'entrée pour B<dir> dans le fichier, le programme " | |
29580 | #~ "essaie de trouver un paragraphe au début du fichier qui commence par " | |
29581 | #~ "B<this file documents>. Il met une capitale au premier caractère de la " | |
29582 | #~ "suite et l'utilise comme description." | |
29583 | ||
29584 | #~ msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description." | |
29585 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29586 | #~ "C'est une erreur si aucune de ces méthodes ne peut donner une description." | |
29587 | ||
29588 | #~ msgid "" | |
29589 | #~ "If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is " | |
29590 | #~ "ignored and a warning is issued." | |
29591 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29592 | #~ "Quand l'option B<--remove> est donnée, l'argument pour l'option « " | |
29593 | #~ "description » est ignoré et un avertissement est produit." | |
29594 | ||
29595 | #~ msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" | |
29596 | #~ msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" | |
29597 | ||
29598 | #~ msgid "" | |
29599 | #~ "Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " | |
29600 | #~ "use the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present, " | |
29601 | #~ "the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " | |
29602 | #~ "entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected " | |
29603 | #~ "for the menu entry in the Info file." | |
29604 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29605 | #~ "Précise que l'entrée de menu sera I<xxx>. Par défaut, on emploie la " | |
29606 | #~ "valeur indiquée par le fichier Info lui-même. Quand elle n'est pas " | |
29607 | #~ "présente, la partie principale du nom du fichier Info est utilisée (tout " | |
29608 | #~ "fichier B<.info >est supprimé et la première lettre de l'entrée est " | |
29609 | #~ "capitalisée). Voyez ci-dessus pour des précisions sur le format attendu " | |
29610 | #~ "pour l'entrée de menu dans le fichier Info." | |
29611 | ||
29612 | #~ msgid "" | |
29613 | #~ "When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match " | |
29614 | #~ "the actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " | |
29615 | #~ "significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is " | |
29616 | #~ "done." | |
29617 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29618 | #~ "Quand on supprime des entrées, la valeur de l'option B<--menuentry> doit " | |
29619 | #~ "correspondre au champ réel de l'entrée de menu qui doit être supprimée " | |
29620 | #~ "(peu importe la casse). Quand l'option B<--menuentry> est omise, aucune " | |
29621 | #~ "vérification sur l'entrée de menu n'est faite." | |
29622 | ||
29623 | #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>" | |
29624 | #~ msgstr "B<--keep-old>" | |
29625 | ||
29626 | #~ msgid "" | |
29627 | #~ "Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " | |
29628 | #~ "sections." | |
29629 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29630 | #~ "Empêche le remplacement d'entrées existantes et la suppression des " | |
29631 | #~ "sections vides." | |
29632 | ||
29633 | #~ msgid "" | |
29634 | #~ "If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, " | |
29635 | #~ "the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default " | |
29636 | #~ "is to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." | |
29637 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29638 | #~ "Quand le fichier qu'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée dans le " | |
29639 | #~ "fichier B<dir> d'Info, l'ancienne entrée est laissée seule plutôt que " | |
29640 | #~ "remplacée. Par défaut, toute entrée ancienne trouvée est remplacée par la " | |
29641 | #~ "nouvelle." | |
29642 | ||
29643 | #~ msgid "" | |
29644 | #~ "If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of " | |
29645 | #~ "the section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made " | |
29646 | #~ "empty by the removal." | |
29647 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29648 | #~ "Quand l'option B<--remove> est indiquée, B<--keep-old> empêche la " | |
29649 | #~ "suppression de l'en-tête de section qui sans cela serait supprimé si la " | |
29650 | #~ "suppression vidait la section." | |
29651 | ||
29652 | #~ msgid "" | |
29653 | #~ "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file." | |
29654 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29655 | #~ "Met en mode test, lequel empêche la mise à jour du fichier B<dir> d'Info." | |
29656 | ||
29657 | #~ msgid "" | |
29658 | #~ "Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " | |
29659 | #~ "steps are shown." | |
29660 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29661 | #~ "Met en mode débogage, lequel montre les résultats de certaines étapes du " | |
29662 | #~ "traitement." | |
29663 | ||
29664 | #~ msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" | |
29665 | #~ msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip>(1)." | |
29666 | ||
29667 | #~ msgid "Vendor identification" | |
29668 | #~ msgstr "Identifzierung des Lieferanten" | |
29669 | ||
29670 | #~ msgid "" | |
29671 | #~ "The variable B<DEB_VENDOR> will be set to the name of the current vendor " | |
29672 | #~ "if I<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> exists and can be used to look up the " | |
29673 | #~ "vendor name. If the variable already exists, and contains the name of an " | |
29674 | #~ "existing vendor in I<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>, it will be kept; otherwise " | |
29675 | #~ "the variable is unset." | |
29676 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29677 | #~ "Die Variable B<DEB_VENDOR> wird auf den Namen des derzeitigen Lieferanten " | |
29678 | #~ "(englisch: vendor) gesetzt, falls I<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> " | |
29679 | #~ "existiert und zum Nachschlagen des Lieferanten genutzt werden kann. Falls " | |
29680 | #~ "die Variable bereits existiert und den Namen eines existierenden " | |
29681 | #~ "Lieferanten in I<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> enthlt, wird diese beibehalten; " | |
29682 | #~ "andernfalls wird die Variable zurckgesetzt (d.h. sie ist im Bauprozess " | |
29683 | #~ "nicht gesetzt)." | |
29684 | ||
29685 | #~ msgid "" | |
29686 | #~ "This is a variant of the 2.0 format. The differences concern the " | |
29687 | #~ "management of the patches. This format uses an explicit list of patches " | |
29688 | #~ "contained in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or B<debian/patches/series>." | |
29689 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29690 | #~ "Dies ist eine Variante des 2.0-Formats. Die Unterschiede betreffen die " | |
29691 | #~ "Verwaltung der Patches. Dieses Format verwendet eine explizite Liste von " | |
29692 | #~ "Patches, die in B<debian/patches/debian.series> oder B<debian/patches/" | |
29693 | #~ "series> enthalten sind." | |
29694 | ||
29695 | #~ msgid "Unpacking of tarballs is done exactly like in the 2.0 format." | |
29696 | #~ msgstr "Das Entpacken des Tarballs erfolgt exakt wie im 2.0-Format." | |
29697 | ||
29698 | #~ msgid "" | |
29699 | #~ "The B<.pc> directory used by quilt is ignored during generation of the " | |
29700 | #~ "automatic patch." | |
29701 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29702 | #~ "Das von Quilt verwandte B<.pc>-Verzeichnis wird whrend der Erstellung des " | |
29703 | #~ "automatischen Patches ignoriert." | |
29704 | ||
29705 | #~ msgid "It supports all the options of the 2.0 format." | |
29706 | #~ msgstr "Es untersttzt alle Optionen des 2.0-Formats." | |
29707 | ||
29708 | #~ msgid "" | |
29709 | #~ "Furthermore, in some cases, this will lead to a non-versioned dependency " | |
29710 | #~ "on the library that could have been avoided if the binary was only linked " | |
29711 | #~ "against libraries that it really uses. The exception to this rule is when " | |
29712 | #~ "several binaries are linked against the same set of libraries but each " | |
29713 | #~ "binary only uses a subset of those. You will have warnings on individual " | |
29714 | #~ "binaries, but the set of libraries needed at the package level is the " | |
29715 | #~ "same whether you fix the binaries or not." | |
29716 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29717 | #~ "Desweiteren fhrt dies in einigen Fllen zu einer unversionierten " | |
29718 | #~ "Abhngigkeit auf diese Bibliothek, die vermieden werden knnte, falls das " | |
29719 | #~ "Programm nur gegen Bibliotheken gelinkt wre, die es wirklich verwendet. " | |
29720 | #~ "Die Ausnahme dieser Regel liegt dann vor, wenn mehrere Programme gegen " | |
29721 | #~ "den gleichen Satz an Bibliotheken gelinkt sind, aber jedes Programm nur " | |
29722 | #~ "eine Teilmenge davon verwendet. Sie werden fr die einzelnen Programme " | |
29723 | #~ "individuelle Warnungen erhalten, aber der bentigte Satz an Bibliotheken " | |
29724 | #~ "ist auf der Paketebene identisch, ob sie die Programme korrigieren oder " | |
29725 | #~ "nicht." | |
29726 | ||
29727 | #~ msgid "" | |
29728 | #~ "Shared library information generated by the current build process that " | |
29729 | #~ "also invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>." | |
29730 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29731 | #~ "Laufzeitbibliotheksinformationen, die vom aktuellen Bauprozess erstellt " | |
29732 | #~ "werden, der auch B<dpkg-shlibdeps> aufruft." | |
29733 | ||
29734 | #~ msgid "I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> is the name used by other packages' versions." | |
29735 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29736 | #~ "I<E<lt>umzuleitende<gt>> ist der Name der Datei, der von Versionen " | |
29737 | #~ "anderer Pakete benutzt wird." | |
29738 | ||
29739 | #~ msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions are diverted." | |
29740 | #~ msgstr "Gibt an, dass die Versionen aus allen Paketen umgeleitet sind." | |
29741 | ||
29742 | #~ msgid "Do not clean the source tree (implies B<-b>)." | |
29743 | #~ msgstr "Ne pas nettoyer l'arborescence source (implique l'option B<-b>)." | |
29744 | ||
29745 | #~ msgid "" | |
29746 | #~ "B<Deprecated>. Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-" | |
29747 | #~ "substvars>(5) for a discussion of output substitution." | |
29748 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29749 | #~ "B<Deprecated>. Fixe la valeur d'une variable de substitution. Consultez " | |
29750 | #~ "B<deb-substvars>(5) pour une discussion sur la valeur de substitution." | |
29751 | ||
29752 | #~ msgid "generic name" | |
29753 | #~ msgstr "nom générique" | |
29754 | ||
29755 | #~ msgid "symlink" | |
29756 | #~ msgstr "lien symbolique" | |
29757 | ||
29758 | #~ msgid "" | |
29759 | #~ "Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " | |
29760 | #~ "alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " | |
29761 | #~ "adjust." | |
29762 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29763 | #~ "Sans autre information, c'est un lien symbolique qui se trouve dans le " | |
29764 | #~ "répertoire alternatives, lien que l'administrateur système est supposé " | |
29765 | #~ "établir." | |
29766 | ||
29767 | #~ msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives." | |
29768 | #~ msgstr "Appelle B<--config> sur toutes les alternatives." | |
29769 | ||
29770 | #, fuzzy | |
29771 | #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>" | |
29772 | #~ msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioritéE<gt>" | |
29773 | ||
29774 | #, fuzzy | |
29775 | #~ msgid "" | |
29776 | #~ "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is " | |
29777 | #~ "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b>, B<-" | |
29778 | #~ "B> or B<-A> haven't been used)." | |
29779 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29780 | #~ "Les options B<-s>I<x> contrôlent si l'archive source originale est " | |
29781 | #~ "incluse dans l'installation produite si un paquet source est créé (cad. " | |
29782 | #~ "que les options B<-b> ou B<-B> n'ont pas été utilisées)." | |
29783 | ||
29784 | #~ msgid "" | |
29785 | #~ "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included if the " | |
29786 | #~ "version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision part " | |
29787 | #~ "of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." | |
29788 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29789 | #~ "Par défaut, ou si spécifié, les sources originales sont incluses si le " | |
29790 | #~ "numéro de version se termine par B<-0> ou B<-1>, c'est-à-dire si la " | |
29791 | #~ "partie « révision Debian » du numéro de version est égal à B<0> ou B<1>." | |
29792 | ||
29793 | #~ msgid "" | |
29794 | #~ "Use changelog information from all versions strictly later than " | |
29795 | #~ "I<version>." | |
29796 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29797 | #~ "Utilise les informations contenues dans le fichier « changelog » et qui " | |
29798 | #~ "concernent toutes les versions strictement plus récentes que I<version>." | |
29799 | ||
29800 | #~ msgid "B<-E>" | |
29801 | #~ msgstr "B<-E>" | |
29802 | ||
29803 | #~ msgid "" | |
29804 | #~ "Turn certain warnings into errors. Only B<dpkg-source> uses this, but " | |
29805 | #~ "B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." | |
29806 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29807 | #~ "Transforme certains avertissements en erreurs. Seul B<dpkg-source> " | |
29808 | #~ "l'utilise, mais B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconnaît et la transmet à B<dpkg-" | |
29809 | #~ "source>." | |
29810 | ||
29811 | #~ msgid "B<-W>" | |
29812 | #~ msgstr "B<-W>" | |
29813 | ||
29814 | #~ msgid "" | |
29815 | #~ "Negates a previously set B<-E>. Only B<dpkg-source> uses this, but " | |
29816 | #~ "B<dpkg-buildpackage> recognizes it, and passes it thru to B<dpkg-source>." | |
29817 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29818 | #~ "Annule une option B<-E> utilisée précédemment. Seul B<dpkg-source> " | |
29819 | #~ "l'utilise, mais B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconnaît et la transmet à B<dpkg-" | |
29820 | #~ "source>." | |
29821 | ||
29822 | #~ msgid "" | |
29823 | #~ "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " | |
29824 | #~ "straightforward checksum." | |
29825 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29826 | #~ "Il n'y a pas de validation des fichiers B<.deb ;> en fait, il n'y a même " | |
29827 | #~ "pas de simple somme de contrôle." | |
29828 | ||
29829 | #~ msgid "" | |
29830 | #~ "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file " | |
29831 | #~ "is B<dselect update>." | |
29832 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29833 | #~ "Pour récupérer et mettre à jour le fichier I<available>, il existe une " | |
29834 | #~ "commande plus simple : B<dselect update>." | |
29835 | ||
29836 | #~ msgid "" | |
29837 | #~ "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/" | |
29838 | #~ "available>." | |
29839 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29840 | #~ "Affiche des renseignements détaillés sur I<paquet>, tels qu'ils sont " | |
29841 | #~ "trouvés dans le fichier I<%ADMINDIR%/available>." | |
29842 | ||
29843 | #~ msgid "" | |
29844 | #~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " | |
29845 | #~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: " | |
29846 | #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: " | |
29847 | #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file " | |
29848 | #~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-" | |
29849 | #~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'." | |
29850 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29851 | #~ "Cette action envoie des informations sur l'état d'un paquet au " | |
29852 | #~ "descripteur de fichier I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. On peut répéter l'opération " | |
29853 | #~ "plusieurs fois. La mise à jour d'un état est de la forme : « status: " | |
29854 | #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt> ». Une erreur est signalée sous la " | |
29855 | #~ "forme : E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message. Un conflit avec un " | |
29856 | #~ "fichier de configuration est signalé sous la forme : status: conffile-" | |
29857 | #~ "prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited" | |
29858 | ||
29859 | #, fuzzy | |
29860 | #~ msgid "B<-b> I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-targz>|'']" | |
29861 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29862 | #~ "B<-b> [I<options>] I<répertoire> [I<répertoire-d'origine>|B<orig-" | |
29863 | #~ "targz>|'']" | |
29864 | ||
29865 | #, fuzzy | |
29866 | #~ msgid "This option turns certain warnings into errors." | |
29867 | #~ msgstr "Cette option transforme certaines erreurs en avertissements." | |
29868 | ||
29869 | #, fuzzy | |
29870 | #~ msgid "This option negates a previously set B<-E>." | |
29871 | #~ msgstr "Cette option annule une option B<-W> utilisée précédemment." | |
29872 | ||
29873 | #~ msgid "" | |
29874 | #~ "The binary package entries in the B<debian/files> file will be passed " | |
29875 | #~ "through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, " | |
29876 | #~ "B<{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." | |
29877 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29878 | #~ "On opère deux fois la substitution de variable sur les entrées d'un " | |
29879 | #~ "paquet binaire dans le fichier B<debian/files>. Cela ne devrait pas poser " | |
29880 | #~ "de problème puisque B<$>, B<{> et B<}> ne sont pas permis dans les noms " | |
29881 | #~ "de paquet et les numéros de version." | |
29882 | ||
29883 | #, fuzzy | |
29884 | #~ msgid "shlibs" | |
29885 | #~ msgstr "deb-shlibs" | |
29886 | ||
29887 | #, fuzzy | |
29888 | #~ msgid "FIXME not used in the source!?" | |
29889 | #~ msgstr "Ne pas signer le paquet source." | |
29890 | ||
29891 | #, fuzzy | |
29892 | #~ msgid "" | |
29893 | #~ "Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is " | |
29894 | #~ "not yet implemented." | |
29895 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29896 | #~ "Ne produit pas de commentaire à moins qu'une erreur survienne. Cette " | |
29897 | #~ "option n'est pas encore implémentée." | |
29898 | ||
29899 | #, fuzzy | |
29900 | #~ msgid "" | |
29901 | #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" | |
29902 | #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" | |
29903 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29904 | #~ "Consultez I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> pour la liste de ceux qui ont contribué à " | |
29905 | #~ "B<dpkg>." | |
29906 | ||
29907 | #~ msgid "" | |
29908 | #~ "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " | |
29909 | #~ "the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " | |
29910 | #~ "instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where " | |
29911 | #~ "you don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files " | |
29912 | #~ "and making tags for I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, it is necessary to perform an " | |
29913 | #~ "extra checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate " | |
29914 | #~ "the .orig.tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it " | |
29915 | #~ "that will contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working " | |
29916 | #~ "directory, thus causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff." | |
29917 | #~ "gz, unless you use the B<-i> switch." | |
29918 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29919 | #~ "C'est très utile pour supprimer les fichiers superflus qui sont inclus " | |
29920 | #~ "dans le .diff.gz (p. ex. « debian/BUGS_TODO/* » ou « debian/RCS/*,v »). " | |
29921 | #~ "Quand on suit avec un CVS distant un paquet que l'on maintient, et qu'on " | |
29922 | #~ "a pas la possibilité d'enregistrer les fichiers debian de contrôle ou " | |
29923 | #~ "d'étiqueter I<cvs-buildpackage(1)>, il faut faire un « checkout/update » " | |
29924 | #~ "supplémentaire dans un répertoire tenu vierge pour créer le fichier orig." | |
29925 | #~ "tar.gz. Les fichiers « CVS/Entries » de ce répertoire contiennent des " | |
29926 | #~ "dates qui diffèrent de celles du répertoire de travail ; cela provoque " | |
29927 | #~ "indûment leur inclusion dans chaque .diff.gz créé, à moins d'utiliser " | |
29928 | #~ "l'option B<-i>." | |
29929 | ||
29930 | #~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" | |
29931 | #~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<rep> | B<--admindir=>I<rep> | B<--instdir=>I<rep>" | |
29932 | ||
29933 | #, fuzzy | |
29934 | #~ msgid "" | |
29935 | #~ "These options control whether the original source archive is included in " | |
29936 | #~ "the upload generated by B<dpkg-buildpackage> if any source is being " | |
29937 | #~ "generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." | |
29938 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29939 | #~ "Les options B<-s>I<x> contrôlent si l'archive source originale est " | |
29940 | #~ "incluse dans l'installation produite si un paquet source est créé (cad. " | |
29941 | #~ "que les options B<-b> ou B<-B> n'ont pas été utilisées)." | |
29942 | ||
29943 | #, fuzzy | |
29944 | #~ msgid "" | |
29945 | #~ "Include the original source if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, " | |
29946 | #~ "i.e. if the Debian revision part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>. " | |
29947 | #~ "B<This is the default.>" | |
29948 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29949 | #~ "Par défaut, ou si spécifié, les sources originales sont incluses si le " | |
29950 | #~ "numéro de version se termine par B<-0> ou B<-1>, c'est-à-dire si la " | |
29951 | #~ "partie « révision Debian » du numéro de version est égal à B<0> ou B<1>." | |
29952 | ||
29953 | #, fuzzy | |
29954 | #~ msgid "" | |
29955 | #~ "B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " | |
29956 | #~ "exclusion and includes only the diff." | |
29957 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29958 | #~ "Force l'exclusion des sources originelles et inclut seulement le « diff »." | |
29959 | ||
29960 | #, fuzzy | |
29961 | #~ msgid "" | |
29962 | #~ "dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" | |
29963 | #~ msgstr "dpkg-scansources - créer des fichiers d'index de sources" | |
29964 | ||
29965 | #~ msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," | |
29966 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29967 | #~ "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC 822)," | |
29968 | ||
29969 | #~ msgid "" | |
29970 | #~ "I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " | |
29971 | #~ "section 5.2.14," | |
29972 | #~ msgstr "" | |
29973 | #~ "I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC 1123) " | |
29974 | #~ "section 5.2.14," | |
29975 | ||
29976 | #, fuzzy | |
29977 | #~ msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." | |
29978 | #~ msgstr "Affiche une aide rapide et se termine normalement." | |
29979 | ||
29980 | #, fuzzy | |
29981 | #~ msgid "Output version and exit successfully." | |
29982 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." | |
29983 | ||
29984 | #~ msgid "Print a usage message." | |
29985 | #~ msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide." | |
29986 | ||
29987 | #, fuzzy | |
29988 | #~ msgid "Print program version." | |
29989 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version du programme et le copyright, puis quitte." | |
29990 | ||
29991 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" | |
29992 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" | |
29993 | ||
29994 | #, fuzzy | |
29995 | #~ msgid "" | |
29996 | #~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" | |
29997 | #~ msgstr "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive répertoire>" | |
29998 | ||
29999 | #~ msgid "" | |
30000 | #~ "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " | |
30001 | #~ "their uses." | |
30002 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30003 | #~ "Affiche l'aide de B<dpkg-deb> qui résume la manière d'utiliser ses " | |
30004 | #~ "options." | |
30005 | ||
30006 | #, fuzzy | |
30007 | #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." | |
30008 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version de B<dpkg>." | |
30009 | ||
30010 | #, fuzzy | |
30011 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" | |
30012 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-name> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<fichiers>" | |
30013 | ||
30014 | #, fuzzy | |
30015 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" | |
30016 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30017 | ||
30018 | #, fuzzy | |
30019 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" | |
30020 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-name> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<fichiers>" | |
30021 | ||
30022 | #~ msgid "" | |
30023 | #~ "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " | |
30024 | #~ "diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and " | |
30025 | #~ "listing diversions. The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--" | |
30026 | #~ "list>, respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a " | |
30027 | #~ "diverted file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also " | |
30028 | #~ "be specified." | |
30029 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30030 | #~ "B<dpkg-divert> sert à créer et à mettre à jour la liste des " | |
30031 | #~ "détournements. Il possède trois modes élémentaires, l'ajout, la " | |
30032 | #~ "suppression et le listage d'un détournement. Les options sont " | |
30033 | #~ "respectivement B<--add>, B<--remove> et B<--list>. De plus, il peut " | |
30034 | #~ "afficher le vrai nom d'un fichier détourné avec B<--truename>. On peut " | |
30035 | #~ "indiquer d'autres options (voyez la liste ci-dessous)." | |
30036 | ||
30037 | #, fuzzy | |
30038 | #~ msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." | |
30039 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." | |
30040 | ||
30041 | #, fuzzy | |
30042 | #~ msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." | |
30043 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." | |
30044 | ||
30045 | #~ msgid "" | |
30046 | #~ "B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|" | |
30047 | #~ "B<--subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|" | |
30048 | #~ "B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]" | |
30049 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30050 | #~ "B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|" | |
30051 | #~ "B<--subdir> [I<rep>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|" | |
30052 | #~ "B<--version> [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] " | |
30053 | #~ "[I<fichiers>]" | |
30054 | ||
30055 | #, fuzzy | |
30056 | #~ msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." | |
30057 | #~ msgstr "Affiche une aide rapide et se termine normalement." | |
30058 | ||
30059 | #, fuzzy | |
30060 | #~ msgid "" | |
30061 | #~ "Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information " | |
30062 | #~ "and exit successfully." | |
30063 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30064 | #~ "Affiche les informations sur le copyright et sur la licence de " | |
30065 | #~ "B<dselect>, puis se termine normalement." | |
30066 | ||
30067 | #, fuzzy | |
30068 | #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information." | |
30069 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version de B<dpkg>." | |
30070 | ||
30071 | #, fuzzy | |
30072 | #~ msgid "Display version information." | |
30073 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version de B<dpkg>." | |
30074 | ||
30075 | #, fuzzy | |
30076 | #~ msgid "" | |
30077 | #~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] " | |
30078 | #~ "I<binarydir> I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" | |
30079 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30080 | #~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<options>] I<rep-de-binaires> [I<fichier-override> " | |
30081 | #~ "[I<chemin-à-préfixer>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" | |
30082 | ||
30083 | #~ msgid "" | |
30084 | #~ "When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for " | |
30085 | #~ "all debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used." | |
30086 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30087 | #~ "Quand B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> est spécifiée, la commande ne recherche pas " | |
30088 | #~ "tous les fichiers debs ; elle utilise un motif équivalent à *_all.deb et " | |
30089 | #~ "à *_arch.deb." | |
30090 | ||
30091 | #~ msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" | |
30092 | #~ msgstr "LE FICHIER « OVERRIDE »" | |
30093 | ||
30094 | #~ msgid "" | |
30095 | #~ "dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" | |
30096 | #~ "buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Debian source " | |
30097 | #~ "package tools" | |
30098 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30099 | #~ "dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" | |
30100 | #~ "buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - Les outils de " | |
30101 | #~ "Debian pour les paquets source." | |
30102 | ||
30103 | #, fuzzy | |
30104 | #~ msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" | |
30105 | #~ msgstr "OPTIONS" | |
30106 | ||
30107 | #~ msgid "" | |
30108 | #~ "Many of these programs share options; these are described here, together " | |
30109 | #~ "with the programs that accept them." | |
30110 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30111 | #~ "Beaucoup de ces programmes partagent les options qui sont décrites ici ; " | |
30112 | #~ "on décrit en même temps les programmes qui les acceptent." | |
30113 | ||
30114 | #~ msgid "" | |
30115 | #~ "Display the particular program's usage message, including a synopsis of " | |
30116 | #~ "the options it understands. This option is understood by all the source " | |
30117 | #~ "package tools." | |
30118 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30119 | #~ "Affiche le message d'aide associé au programme : il comprend un résumé " | |
30120 | #~ "des options acceptées. Tous les outils pour les paquets source " | |
30121 | #~ "comprennent cette option." | |
30122 | ||
30123 | #~ msgid "" | |
30124 | #~ "Display the particular program's version, including copyright and license " | |
30125 | #~ "information. This option is understood by all the source package tools." | |
30126 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30127 | #~ "Affiche la version du programme ; le message comprend des informations " | |
30128 | #~ "sur la licence et le copyright. Tous les outils pour les paquets source " | |
30129 | #~ "comprennent cette option." | |
30130 | ||
30131 | #, fuzzy | |
30132 | #~ msgid "" | |
30133 | #~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or " | |
30134 | #~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/" | |
30135 | #~ "dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." | |
30136 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30137 | #~ "Ce programme est un logiciel libre ; voyez la « GNU General Public " | |
30138 | #~ "Licence » version 2 ou supérieure pour le copyright. Il n'y a PAS de " | |
30139 | #~ "garantie." | |
30140 | ||
30141 | #~ msgid "" | |
30142 | #~ "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and " | |
30143 | #~ "their uses." | |
30144 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30145 | #~ "Affiche un message de B<dpkg-split> donnant un résumé de ses options et " | |
30146 | #~ "de leur utilisation." | |
30147 | ||
30148 | #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number." | |
30149 | #~ msgstr "Affiche le numéro de version de B<dpkg-split>." | |
30150 | ||
30151 | #~ msgid "" | |
30152 | #~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> " | |
30153 | #~ "E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>" | |
30154 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30155 | #~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>utilisateurE<gt> " | |
30156 | #~ "E<lt>groupeE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>>" | |
30157 | ||
30158 | #, fuzzy | |
30159 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" | |
30160 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30161 | ||
30162 | #, fuzzy | |
30163 | #~ msgid "" | |
30164 | #~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" | |
30165 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30166 | ||
30167 | #, fuzzy | |
30168 | #~ msgid "Print help information; then exit." | |
30169 | #~ msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide, puis quitte." | |
30170 | ||
30171 | #, fuzzy | |
30172 | #~ msgid "Print version information; then exit." | |
30173 | #~ msgstr "Affiche la version et se termine normalement." | |
30174 | ||
30175 | #, fuzzy | |
30176 | #~ msgid "" | |
30177 | #~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " | |
30178 | #~ "priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." | |
30179 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30180 | #~ "B<--install> I<genname lien altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname lien " | |
30181 | #~ "altern>]..." | |
30182 | ||
30183 | #, fuzzy | |
30184 | #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" | |
30185 | #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30186 | ||
30187 | #, fuzzy | |
30188 | #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" | |
30189 | #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30190 | ||
30191 | #, fuzzy | |
30192 | #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" | |
30193 | #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30194 | ||
30195 | #, fuzzy | |
30196 | #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" | |
30197 | #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30198 | ||
30199 | #, fuzzy | |
30200 | #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" | |
30201 | #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30202 | ||
30203 | #, fuzzy | |
30204 | #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>" | |
30205 | #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30206 | ||
30207 | #~ msgid "" | |
30208 | #~ "Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to " | |
30209 | #~ "perform any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be " | |
30210 | #~ "specified together with any action." | |
30211 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30212 | #~ "Pour toute opération significative, on doit demander une seule action à " | |
30213 | #~ "B<update-alternatives.> Pour toute action, on peut préciser un certain " | |
30214 | #~ "nombre d'options." | |
30215 | ||
30216 | #, fuzzy | |
30217 | #~ msgid "Give some usage information." | |
30218 | #~ msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide, puis quitte." | |
30219 | ||
30220 | #, fuzzy | |
30221 | #~ msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." | |
30222 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30223 | #~ "produit plus de commentaires sur ce que fait B<update-alternatives>." | |
30224 | ||
30225 | #, fuzzy | |
30226 | #~ msgid "" | |
30227 | #~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" | |
30228 | #~ "alternatives> this is)." | |
30229 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30230 | #~ "produit plus de commentaires sur ce que fait B<update-alternatives>." | |
30231 | ||
30232 | #~ msgid "COPYRIGHT" | |
30233 | #~ msgstr "COPYRIGHT" | |
30234 | ||
30235 | #~ msgid "" | |
30236 | #~ "For B<dpkg-genchanges> and B<dpkg-buildpackage> B<-b> and B<-B> specify " | |
30237 | #~ "that a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source " | |
30238 | #~ "files are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" | |
30239 | #~ "independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " | |
30240 | #~ "specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " | |
30241 | #~ "need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " | |
30242 | #~ "B<dpkg-buildpackage>; B<dpkg-genchanges> just produces a B<.changes> file " | |
30243 | #~ "for whatever files were produced by the B<binary-*> target(s) of the " | |
30244 | #~ "package being built." | |
30245 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30246 | #~ "Avec B<dpkg-genchanges> et B<dpkg-buildpackage> les options B<-b> et B<-" | |
30247 | #~ "B> indiquent qu'on veut seulement construire un paquet binaire. L'option " | |
30248 | #~ "B<-b> indique qu'aucun fichier source n'est à construire ou à distribuer, " | |
30249 | #~ "et l'option B<-B> indique en plus qu'aucun fichier, appartenant à un " | |
30250 | #~ "paquet binaire ne dépendant pas d'une architecture, n'est à distribuer. " | |
30251 | #~ "L'option B<-S> indique que seul le source doit être installé et qu'on a " | |
30252 | #~ "pas besoin de construire un paquet binaire. Seul B<dpkg-buildpackage> se " | |
30253 | #~ "sert des options B<-b> et B<-B>. B<dpkg-genchanges> crée seulement un " | |
30254 | #~ "fichier B<.changes> pour tous les fichiers produits par la cible B<binary-" | |
30255 | #~ "*> du paquet qui est construit." | |
30256 | ||
30257 | #~ msgid "" | |
30258 | #~ "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> with B<-b>" | |
30259 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30260 | #~ "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> avec B<-b>" | |
30261 | ||
30262 | #~ msgid "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> with B<-x>" | |
30263 | #~ msgstr "B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sn> avec B<-x>" | |
30264 | ||
30265 | #~ msgid "" | |
30266 | #~ "You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. " | |
30267 | #~ "B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip." | |
30268 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30269 | #~ "On peut préciser le degré de compression en ajoutant une option B<-z#>. " | |
30270 | #~ "B<dpkg-deb> passe cette option à gzip." | |
30271 | ||
30272 | #~ msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" | |
30273 | #~ msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" | |
30274 | ||
30275 | #~ msgid "" | |
30276 | #~ "Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of " | |
30277 | #~ "warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)." | |
30278 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30279 | #~ "Affiche des renseignements sur le copyright de B<dpkg-deb> et l'absence " | |
30280 | #~ "de garantie. (On peut utiliser l'écriture américaine B<--license.>)" | |
30281 | ||
30282 | #~ msgid "" | |
30283 | #~ "Read (or, for B<dpkg-shlibdeps>, write) substitution variables in " | |
30284 | #~ "I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/substvars>. This option is " | |
30285 | #~ "understood by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> and " | |
30286 | #~ "B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
30287 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30288 | #~ "Lit (ou, écrit, pour B<dpkg-shlibdeps),> les variables de substitution " | |
30289 | #~ "dans le fichier I<fichier/substvars>; Par défaut c'est le fichier " | |
30290 | #~ "B<debian/substvars.> B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol>, B<dpkg-" | |
30291 | #~ "shlibdeps> et dpkg-genchanges acceptent cette option." | |
30292 | ||
30293 | #~ msgid "" | |
30294 | #~ "Override or add an output control file field. This option is understood " | |
30295 | #~ "by B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
30296 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30297 | #~ "Remplace ou ajoute en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle. B<dpkg-" | |
30298 | #~ "source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." | |
30299 | ||
30300 | #~ msgid "" | |
30301 | #~ "Remove an output control file field. This option is understood by B<dpkg-" | |
30302 | #~ "source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
30303 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30304 | #~ "Supprime en sortie un champ dans le fichier de contrôle. B<dpkg-source>, " | |
30305 | #~ "B<dpkg-gencontrol> et B<dpkg-genchanges> acceptent cette option." | |
30306 | ||
30307 | #~ msgid "" | |
30308 | #~ "B<-b> tells B<dpkg-source> to build a source package (rather than to " | |
30309 | #~ "extract one) - see below." | |
30310 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30311 | #~ "L'option B<-b> indique à B<dpkg-source> de construire un paquet source " | |
30312 | #~ "(plutôt que d'en extraire un), voyez ci-dessous." | |
30313 | ||
30314 | #~ msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" | |
30315 | #~ msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-SOURCE" | |
30316 | ||
30317 | #~ msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" | |
30318 | #~ msgstr "LES OPTIONS POUR DPKG-SHLIBDEPS" | |
30319 | ||
30320 | #~ msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" | |
30321 | #~ msgstr "LES OPTIONS DE DPKG-BUILDPACKAGE" | |
30322 | ||
30323 | #~ msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" | |
30324 | #~ msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-DISTADDFILE" | |
30325 | ||
30326 | #~ msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" | |
30327 | #~ msgstr "LES ARGUMENTS DE DPKG-PARSECHANGELOG" | |
30328 | ||
30329 | #~ msgid "" | |
30330 | #~ "Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of " | |
30331 | #~ "warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)" | |
30332 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30333 | #~ "Affiche les renseignements sur le copyright et l'absence de garantie. " | |
30334 | #~ "(L'orthographe américaine : B<--license> est acceptée.)" | |
30335 | ||
30336 | #, fuzzy | |
30337 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" | |
30338 | #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit>" | |
30339 | ||
30340 | #, fuzzy | |
30341 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>" | |
30342 | #~ msgstr "B<--help>" | |
30343 | ||
30344 | #, fuzzy | |
30345 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" | |
30346 | #~ msgstr "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" | |
30347 | ||
30348 | #, fuzzy | |
30349 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" | |
30350 | #~ msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" | |
30351 | ||
30352 | #, fuzzy | |
30353 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg --version>" | |
30354 | #~ msgstr "B<--version>" | |
30355 | ||
30356 | #, fuzzy | |
30357 | #~ msgid "B<date>(1)." | |
30358 | #~ msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)." | |
30359 | ||
30360 | #, fuzzy | |
30361 | #~ msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" | |
30362 | #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<-B>" | |
30363 | ||
30364 | #, fuzzy | |
30365 | #~ msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" | |
30366 | #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<-Z>" | |
30367 | ||
30368 | #, fuzzy | |
30369 | #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" | |
30370 | #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<-Z>" | |
30371 | ||
30372 | #, fuzzy | |
30373 | #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" | |
30374 | #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<-Z>" | |
30375 | ||
30376 | #, fuzzy | |
30377 | #~ msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" | |
30378 | #~ msgstr "B<--license>, B<--licence>" | |
30379 | ||
30380 | #, fuzzy | |
30381 | #~ msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" | |
30382 | #~ msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" | |
30383 | ||
30384 | #, fuzzy | |
30385 | #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" | |
30386 | #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" | |
30387 | ||
30388 | #, fuzzy | |
30389 | #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" | |
30390 | #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" | |
30391 | ||
30392 | #, fuzzy | |
30393 | #~ msgid "B<--licence>" | |
30394 | #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--license>" | |
30395 | ||
30396 | #, fuzzy | |
30397 | #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" | |
30398 | #~ msgstr "OPTIONS" | |
30399 | ||
30400 | #, fuzzy | |
30401 | #~ msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" | |
30402 | #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<-B>" | |
30403 | ||
30404 | #, fuzzy | |
30405 | #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>" | |
30406 | #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" | |
30407 | ||
30408 | #, fuzzy | |
30409 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." | |
30410 | #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> I<motif-de-nom-de-paquet>..." | |
30411 | ||
30412 | #, fuzzy | |
30413 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." | |
30414 | #~ msgstr "B<-W>, B<--show> I<motif-de-nom-de-paquet>..." | |
30415 | ||
30416 | #, fuzzy | |
30417 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." | |
30418 | #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--status> I<nom-paquet> ..." | |
30419 | ||
30420 | #, fuzzy | |
30421 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." | |
30422 | #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<nom-paquet>..." | |
30423 | ||
30424 | #, fuzzy | |
30425 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." | |
30426 | #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--search> I<motif-de-nom-a-rechercher>..." | |
30427 | ||
30428 | #, fuzzy | |
30429 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." | |
30430 | #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<nom-paquet>..." | |
30431 | ||
30432 | #, fuzzy | |
30433 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" | |
30434 | #~ msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" | |
30435 | ||
30436 | #, fuzzy | |
30437 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" | |
30438 | #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
30439 | ||
30440 | #, fuzzy | |
30441 | #~ msgid "" | |
30442 | #~ "This option negates a previously set B<-W>. It is currently only " | |
30443 | #~ "understood by B<dpkg-buildpackage> and B<dpkg-source>." | |
30444 | #~ msgstr "" | |
30445 | #~ "Annule une option B<-E> utilisée précédemment. Seul B<dpkg-source> " | |
30446 | #~ "l'utilise, mais B<dpkg-buildpackage> la reconnaît et la transmet à B<dpkg-" | |
30447 | #~ "source>." | |
30448 | ||
30449 | #, fuzzy | |
30450 | #~ msgid "B<-x>" | |
30451 | #~ msgstr "B<-G>" | |
30452 | ||
30453 | #, fuzzy | |
30454 | #~ msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" | |
30455 | #~ msgstr "B<-n>I<nom-de-fichier>" | |
30456 | ||
30457 | #, fuzzy | |
30458 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments." | |
30459 | #~ msgstr "B<822-date> ne prend aucun paramètre ni aucune option." | |
30460 | ||
30461 | #, fuzzy | |
30462 | #~ msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" | |
30463 | #~ msgstr "OPTIONS DE CORRESPONDANCE" | |
30464 | ||
30465 | #, fuzzy | |
30466 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." | |
30467 | #~ msgstr "B<822-date> ne prend aucun paramètre ni aucune option." | |
30468 | ||
30469 | #, fuzzy | |
30470 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." | |
30471 | #~ msgstr "B<822-date> ne prend aucun paramètre ni aucune option." | |
30472 | ||
30473 | #, fuzzy | |
30474 | #~ msgid "" | |
30475 | #~ "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option " | |
30476 | #~ "arguments." | |
30477 | #~ msgstr "B<822-date> ne prend aucun paramètre ni aucune option." | |
30478 | ||
30479 | #, fuzzy | |
30480 | #~ msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" | |
30481 | #~ msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT" | |
30482 | ||
30483 | #, fuzzy | |
30484 | #~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" | |
30485 | #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--listq>" | |
30486 | ||
30487 | #, fuzzy | |
30488 | #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" | |
30489 | #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<-Z>" | |
30490 | ||
30491 | #, fuzzy | |
30492 | #~ msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>" | |
30493 | #~ msgstr "B<--auto> I<nom>" | |
30494 | ||
30495 | #, fuzzy | |
30496 | #~ msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" | |
30497 | #~ msgstr "B<--list> I<link>" | |
30498 | ||
30499 | #, fuzzy | |
30500 | #~ msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" | |
30501 | #~ msgstr "B<--new>, B<--old>" | |
30502 | ||
30503 | #, fuzzy | |
30504 | #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" | |
30505 | #~ msgstr "B<--new>, B<--old>" | |
30506 | ||
30507 | #, fuzzy | |
30508 | #~ msgid "B<--admindir>" | |
30509 | #~ msgstr "B<--admindir>=I<dir>" | |
30510 | ||
30511 | #, fuzzy | |
30512 | #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>" | |
30513 | #~ msgstr "start-stop-daemon" | |
30514 | ||
30515 | #, fuzzy | |
30516 | #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>" | |
30517 | #~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<options>] I<commande>" | |
30518 | ||
30519 | #, fuzzy | |
30520 | #~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" | |
30521 | #~ msgstr "B<-H>, B<--help>" |